syntax:glob
.svn
**.orig
+aclocal.m4
configure
config.log
**Makefile
+**Makefile.in
config.status
+config.status.lineno
autom4te.cache
-stamp-h
+lib/.deps
+lib/*.o
+lib/libgnu.a
+lib/unistd.h
+lib/stdbool.h
+lib/stdint.h
+lib/wchar.h
tests/WgetTest.pm
tests/unit-tests
tests/*.o
src/*.o
+src/.deps
+src/stamp-h1
src/config.h
src/config.h.in
src/wget
src/tags
src/TAGS
+src/libunittest.a
+src/version.c
+doc/stamp-vti
doc/wget.1
doc/wget.pod
doc/wget.info
doc/wget.vr
doc/wget_a4.ps
doc/wget_us.ps
-po/Makefile.in
+doc/version.texi
po/POTFILES
po/*.gmo
+po/wget.pot
+po/remove-potcdate.sed
+po/stamp-po
+po/en@boldquot.insert-header
+po/en@quot.insert-header
**~
**.*.swp
--- /dev/null
+1 Notes on the Free Translation Project
+***************************************
+
+Free software is going international! The Free Translation Project is
+a way to get maintainers of free software, translators, and users all
+together, so that free software will gradually become able to speak many
+languages. A few packages already provide translations for their
+messages.
+
+ If you found this `ABOUT-NLS' file inside a distribution, you may
+assume that the distributed package does use GNU `gettext' internally,
+itself available at your nearest GNU archive site. But you do _not_
+need to install GNU `gettext' prior to configuring, installing or using
+this package with messages translated.
+
+ Installers will find here some useful hints. These notes also
+explain how users should proceed for getting the programs to use the
+available translations. They tell how people wanting to contribute and
+work on translations can contact the appropriate team.
+
+ When reporting bugs in the `intl/' directory or bugs which may be
+related to internationalization, you should tell about the version of
+`gettext' which is used. The information can be found in the
+`intl/VERSION' file, in internationalized packages.
+
+1.1 Quick configuration advice
+==============================
+
+If you want to exploit the full power of internationalization, you
+should configure it using
+
+ ./configure --with-included-gettext
+
+to force usage of internationalizing routines provided within this
+package, despite the existence of internationalizing capabilities in the
+operating system where this package is being installed. So far, only
+the `gettext' implementation in the GNU C library version 2 provides as
+many features (such as locale alias, message inheritance, automatic
+charset conversion or plural form handling) as the implementation here.
+It is also not possible to offer this additional functionality on top
+of a `catgets' implementation. Future versions of GNU `gettext' will
+very likely convey even more functionality. So it might be a good idea
+to change to GNU `gettext' as soon as possible.
+
+ So you need _not_ provide this option if you are using GNU libc 2 or
+you have installed a recent copy of the GNU gettext package with the
+included `libintl'.
+
+1.2 INSTALL Matters
+===================
+
+Some packages are "localizable" when properly installed; the programs
+they contain can be made to speak your own native language. Most such
+packages use GNU `gettext'. Other packages have their own ways to
+internationalization, predating GNU `gettext'.
+
+ By default, this package will be installed to allow translation of
+messages. It will automatically detect whether the system already
+provides the GNU `gettext' functions. If not, the included GNU
+`gettext' library will be used. This library is wholly contained
+within this package, usually in the `intl/' subdirectory, so prior
+installation of the GNU `gettext' package is _not_ required.
+Installers may use special options at configuration time for changing
+the default behaviour. The commands:
+
+ ./configure --with-included-gettext
+ ./configure --disable-nls
+
+will, respectively, bypass any pre-existing `gettext' to use the
+internationalizing routines provided within this package, or else,
+_totally_ disable translation of messages.
+
+ When you already have GNU `gettext' installed on your system and run
+configure without an option for your new package, `configure' will
+probably detect the previously built and installed `libintl.a' file and
+will decide to use this. This might not be desirable. You should use
+the more recent version of the GNU `gettext' library. I.e. if the file
+`intl/VERSION' shows that the library which comes with this package is
+more recent, you should use
+
+ ./configure --with-included-gettext
+
+to prevent auto-detection.
+
+ The configuration process will not test for the `catgets' function
+and therefore it will not be used. The reason is that even an
+emulation of `gettext' on top of `catgets' could not provide all the
+extensions of the GNU `gettext' library.
+
+ Internationalized packages usually have many `po/LL.po' files, where
+LL gives an ISO 639 two-letter code identifying the language. Unless
+translations have been forbidden at `configure' time by using the
+`--disable-nls' switch, all available translations are installed
+together with the package. However, the environment variable `LINGUAS'
+may be set, prior to configuration, to limit the installed set.
+`LINGUAS' should then contain a space separated list of two-letter
+codes, stating which languages are allowed.
+
+1.3 Using This Package
+======================
+
+As a user, if your language has been installed for this package, you
+only have to set the `LANG' environment variable to the appropriate
+`LL_CC' combination. Here `LL' is an ISO 639 two-letter language code,
+and `CC' is an ISO 3166 two-letter country code. For example, let's
+suppose that you speak German and live in Germany. At the shell
+prompt, merely execute `setenv LANG de_DE' (in `csh'),
+`export LANG; LANG=de_DE' (in `sh') or `export LANG=de_DE' (in `bash').
+This can be done from your `.login' or `.profile' file, once and for
+all.
+
+ You might think that the country code specification is redundant.
+But in fact, some languages have dialects in different countries. For
+example, `de_AT' is used for Austria, and `pt_BR' for Brazil. The
+country code serves to distinguish the dialects.
+
+ The locale naming convention of `LL_CC', with `LL' denoting the
+language and `CC' denoting the country, is the one use on systems based
+on GNU libc. On other systems, some variations of this scheme are
+used, such as `LL' or `LL_CC.ENCODING'. You can get the list of
+locales supported by your system for your language by running the
+command `locale -a | grep '^LL''.
+
+ Not all programs have translations for all languages. By default, an
+English message is shown in place of a nonexistent translation. If you
+understand other languages, you can set up a priority list of languages.
+This is done through a different environment variable, called
+`LANGUAGE'. GNU `gettext' gives preference to `LANGUAGE' over `LANG'
+for the purpose of message handling, but you still need to have `LANG'
+set to the primary language; this is required by other parts of the
+system libraries. For example, some Swedish users who would rather
+read translations in German than English for when Swedish is not
+available, set `LANGUAGE' to `sv:de' while leaving `LANG' to `sv_SE'.
+
+ Special advice for Norwegian users: The language code for Norwegian
+bokma*l changed from `no' to `nb' recently (in 2003). During the
+transition period, while some message catalogs for this language are
+installed under `nb' and some older ones under `no', it's recommended
+for Norwegian users to set `LANGUAGE' to `nb:no' so that both newer and
+older translations are used.
+
+ In the `LANGUAGE' environment variable, but not in the `LANG'
+environment variable, `LL_CC' combinations can be abbreviated as `LL'
+to denote the language's main dialect. For example, `de' is equivalent
+to `de_DE' (German as spoken in Germany), and `pt' to `pt_PT'
+(Portuguese as spoken in Portugal) in this context.
+
+1.4 Translating Teams
+=====================
+
+For the Free Translation Project to be a success, we need interested
+people who like their own language and write it well, and who are also
+able to synergize with other translators speaking the same language.
+Each translation team has its own mailing list. The up-to-date list of
+teams can be found at the Free Translation Project's homepage,
+`http://www.iro.umontreal.ca/contrib/po/HTML/', in the "National teams"
+area.
+
+ If you'd like to volunteer to _work_ at translating messages, you
+should become a member of the translating team for your own language.
+The subscribing address is _not_ the same as the list itself, it has
+`-request' appended. For example, speakers of Swedish can send a
+message to `sv-request@li.org', having this message body:
+
+ subscribe
+
+ Keep in mind that team members are expected to participate
+_actively_ in translations, or at solving translational difficulties,
+rather than merely lurking around. If your team does not exist yet and
+you want to start one, or if you are unsure about what to do or how to
+get started, please write to `translation@iro.umontreal.ca' to reach the
+coordinator for all translator teams.
+
+ The English team is special. It works at improving and uniformizing
+the terminology in use. Proven linguistic skills are praised more than
+programming skills, here.
+
+1.5 Available Packages
+======================
+
+Languages are not equally supported in all packages. The following
+matrix shows the current state of internationalization, as of October
+2006. The matrix shows, in regard of each package, for which languages
+PO files have been submitted to translation coordination, with a
+translation percentage of at least 50%.
+
+ Ready PO files af am ar az be bg bs ca cs cy da de el en en_GB eo
+ +----------------------------------------------------+
+ GNUnet | [] |
+ a2ps | [] [] [] [] [] |
+ aegis | () |
+ ant-phone | () |
+ anubis | [] |
+ ap-utils | |
+ aspell | [] [] [] [] [] |
+ bash | [] [] [] |
+ batchelor | [] |
+ bfd | |
+ bibshelf | [] |
+ binutils | [] |
+ bison | [] [] |
+ bison-runtime | |
+ bluez-pin | [] [] [] [] [] |
+ cflow | [] |
+ clisp | [] [] |
+ console-tools | [] [] |
+ coreutils | [] [] [] |
+ cpio | |
+ cpplib | [] [] [] |
+ cryptonit | [] |
+ darkstat | [] () [] |
+ dialog | [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ diffutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ doodle | [] |
+ e2fsprogs | [] [] |
+ enscript | [] [] [] [] |
+ error | [] [] [] [] |
+ fetchmail | [] [] () [] |
+ fileutils | [] [] |
+ findutils | [] [] [] |
+ flex | [] [] [] |
+ fslint | [] |
+ gas | |
+ gawk | [] [] [] |
+ gbiff | [] |
+ gcal | [] |
+ gcc | [] |
+ gettext-examples | [] [] [] [] [] |
+ gettext-runtime | [] [] [] [] [] |
+ gettext-tools | [] [] |
+ gimp-print | [] [] [] [] |
+ gip | [] |
+ gliv | [] |
+ glunarclock | [] |
+ gmult | [] [] |
+ gnubiff | () |
+ gnucash | () () [] |
+ gnucash-glossary | [] () |
+ gnuedu | |
+ gnulib | [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ gnunet-gtk | |
+ gnutls | |
+ gpe-aerial | [] [] |
+ gpe-beam | [] [] |
+ gpe-calendar | |
+ gpe-clock | [] [] |
+ gpe-conf | [] [] |
+ gpe-contacts | |
+ gpe-edit | [] |
+ gpe-filemanager | |
+ gpe-go | [] |
+ gpe-login | [] [] |
+ gpe-ownerinfo | [] [] |
+ gpe-package | |
+ gpe-sketchbook | [] [] |
+ gpe-su | [] [] |
+ gpe-taskmanager | [] [] |
+ gpe-timesheet | [] |
+ gpe-today | [] [] |
+ gpe-todo | |
+ gphoto2 | [] [] [] [] |
+ gprof | [] [] |
+ gpsdrive | () () |
+ gramadoir | [] [] |
+ grep | [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ gretl | |
+ gsasl | |
+ gss | |
+ gst-plugins | [] [] [] [] |
+ gst-plugins-base | [] [] [] |
+ gst-plugins-good | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ gstreamer | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ gtick | () |
+ gtkam | [] [] [] |
+ gtkorphan | [] [] |
+ gtkspell | [] [] [] [] |
+ gutenprint | [] |
+ hello | [] [] [] [] [] |
+ id-utils | [] [] |
+ impost | |
+ indent | [] [] [] |
+ iso_3166 | [] [] |
+ iso_3166_2 | |
+ iso_4217 | [] |
+ iso_639 | [] [] |
+ jpilot | [] |
+ jtag | |
+ jwhois | |
+ kbd | [] [] [] [] |
+ keytouch | |
+ keytouch-editor | |
+ keytouch-keyboa... | |
+ latrine | () |
+ ld | [] |
+ leafpad | [] [] [] [] [] |
+ libc | [] [] [] [] [] |
+ libexif | [] |
+ libextractor | [] |
+ libgpewidget | [] [] [] |
+ libgpg-error | [] |
+ libgphoto2 | [] [] |
+ libgphoto2_port | [] [] |
+ libgsasl | |
+ libiconv | [] [] |
+ libidn | [] [] |
+ lifelines | [] () |
+ lilypond | [] |
+ lingoteach | |
+ lynx | [] [] [] [] |
+ m4 | [] [] [] [] |
+ mailutils | [] |
+ make | [] [] |
+ man-db | [] () [] [] |
+ minicom | [] [] [] |
+ mysecretdiary | [] [] |
+ nano | [] [] [] |
+ nano_1_0 | [] () [] [] |
+ opcodes | [] |
+ parted | |
+ pilot-qof | [] |
+ psmisc | [] |
+ pwdutils | |
+ python | |
+ qof | |
+ radius | [] |
+ recode | [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ rpm | [] [] |
+ screem | |
+ scrollkeeper | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ sed | [] [] [] |
+ sh-utils | [] [] |
+ shared-mime-info | [] [] [] [] |
+ sharutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ shishi | |
+ silky | |
+ skencil | [] () |
+ sketch | [] () |
+ solfege | |
+ soundtracker | [] [] |
+ sp | [] |
+ stardict | [] |
+ system-tools-ba... | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ tar | [] |
+ texinfo | [] [] [] |
+ textutils | [] [] [] |
+ tin | () () |
+ tp-robot | [] |
+ tuxpaint | [] [] [] [] [] |
+ unicode-han-tra... | |
+ unicode-transla... | |
+ util-linux | [] [] [] [] |
+ vorbis-tools | [] [] [] [] |
+ wastesedge | () |
+ wdiff | [] [] [] [] |
+ wget | [] [] |
+ xchat | [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ xkeyboard-config | |
+ xpad | [] [] |
+ +----------------------------------------------------+
+ af am ar az be bg bs ca cs cy da de el en en_GB eo
+ 10 0 1 2 9 22 1 42 41 2 60 95 16 1 17 16
+
+ es et eu fa fi fr ga gl gu he hi hr hu id is it
+ +--------------------------------------------------+
+ GNUnet | |
+ a2ps | [] [] [] () |
+ aegis | |
+ ant-phone | [] |
+ anubis | [] |
+ ap-utils | [] [] |
+ aspell | [] [] [] |
+ bash | [] [] [] |
+ batchelor | [] [] |
+ bfd | [] |
+ bibshelf | [] [] [] |
+ binutils | [] [] [] |
+ bison | [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ bison-runtime | [] [] [] [] [] |
+ bluez-pin | [] [] [] [] [] |
+ cflow | [] |
+ clisp | [] [] |
+ console-tools | |
+ coreutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ cpio | [] [] [] |
+ cpplib | [] [] |
+ cryptonit | [] |
+ darkstat | [] () [] [] [] |
+ dialog | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ diffutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ doodle | [] [] |
+ e2fsprogs | [] [] [] |
+ enscript | [] [] [] |
+ error | [] [] [] [] [] |
+ fetchmail | [] |
+ fileutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ findutils | [] [] [] [] |
+ flex | [] [] [] |
+ fslint | [] |
+ gas | [] [] |
+ gawk | [] [] [] [] |
+ gbiff | [] |
+ gcal | [] [] |
+ gcc | [] |
+ gettext-examples | [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ gettext-runtime | [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ gettext-tools | [] [] [] |
+ gimp-print | [] [] |
+ gip | [] [] [] |
+ gliv | () |
+ glunarclock | [] [] [] |
+ gmult | [] [] [] |
+ gnubiff | () () |
+ gnucash | () () () |
+ gnucash-glossary | [] [] |
+ gnuedu | [] |
+ gnulib | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ gnunet-gtk | |
+ gnutls | |
+ gpe-aerial | [] [] |
+ gpe-beam | [] [] |
+ gpe-calendar | |
+ gpe-clock | [] [] [] [] |
+ gpe-conf | [] |
+ gpe-contacts | [] [] |
+ gpe-edit | [] [] [] [] |
+ gpe-filemanager | [] |
+ gpe-go | [] [] [] |
+ gpe-login | [] [] [] |
+ gpe-ownerinfo | [] [] [] [] [] |
+ gpe-package | [] |
+ gpe-sketchbook | [] [] |
+ gpe-su | [] [] [] [] |
+ gpe-taskmanager | [] [] [] |
+ gpe-timesheet | [] [] [] [] |
+ gpe-today | [] [] [] [] |
+ gpe-todo | [] |
+ gphoto2 | [] [] [] [] [] |
+ gprof | [] [] [] [] |
+ gpsdrive | () () [] () |
+ gramadoir | [] [] |
+ grep | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ gretl | [] [] [] |
+ gsasl | [] [] |
+ gss | [] |
+ gst-plugins | [] [] [] |
+ gst-plugins-base | [] [] |
+ gst-plugins-good | [] [] [] |
+ gstreamer | [] [] [] |
+ gtick | [] |
+ gtkam | [] [] [] [] |
+ gtkorphan | [] [] |
+ gtkspell | [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ gutenprint | [] |
+ hello | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ id-utils | [] [] [] [] [] |
+ impost | [] [] |
+ indent | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ iso_3166 | [] [] [] |
+ iso_3166_2 | [] |
+ iso_4217 | [] [] [] [] |
+ iso_639 | [] [] [] [] [] |
+ jpilot | [] [] |
+ jtag | [] |
+ jwhois | [] [] [] [] [] |
+ kbd | [] [] |
+ keytouch | [] |
+ keytouch-editor | [] |
+ keytouch-keyboa... | [] |
+ latrine | [] [] [] |
+ ld | [] [] |
+ leafpad | [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ libc | [] [] [] [] [] |
+ libexif | [] |
+ libextractor | [] |
+ libgpewidget | [] [] [] [] [] |
+ libgpg-error | |
+ libgphoto2 | [] [] [] |
+ libgphoto2_port | [] [] |
+ libgsasl | [] [] |
+ libiconv | [] [] |
+ libidn | [] [] |
+ lifelines | () |
+ lilypond | [] |
+ lingoteach | [] [] [] |
+ lynx | [] [] [] |
+ m4 | [] [] [] [] |
+ mailutils | [] [] |
+ make | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ man-db | () |
+ minicom | [] [] [] [] |
+ mysecretdiary | [] [] [] |
+ nano | [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ nano_1_0 | [] [] [] [] [] |
+ opcodes | [] [] [] [] |
+ parted | [] [] [] [] |
+ pilot-qof | |
+ psmisc | [] [] [] |
+ pwdutils | |
+ python | |
+ qof | [] |
+ radius | [] [] |
+ recode | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ rpm | [] [] |
+ screem | |
+ scrollkeeper | [] [] [] |
+ sed | [] [] [] [] [] |
+ sh-utils | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ shared-mime-info | [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ sharutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ shishi | |
+ silky | [] |
+ skencil | [] [] |
+ sketch | [] [] |
+ solfege | [] |
+ soundtracker | [] [] [] |
+ sp | [] |
+ stardict | [] |
+ system-tools-ba... | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ tar | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ texinfo | [] [] |
+ textutils | [] [] [] [] [] |
+ tin | [] () |
+ tp-robot | [] [] [] [] |
+ tuxpaint | [] [] |
+ unicode-han-tra... | |
+ unicode-transla... | [] [] |
+ util-linux | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ vorbis-tools | [] [] |
+ wastesedge | () |
+ wdiff | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ wget | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ xchat | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ xkeyboard-config | [] [] [] [] |
+ xpad | [] [] [] |
+ +--------------------------------------------------+
+ es et eu fa fi fr ga gl gu he hi hr hu id is it
+ 88 22 14 2 40 115 61 14 1 8 1 6 59 31 0 52
+
+ ja ko ku ky lg lt lv mk mn ms mt nb ne nl nn no
+ +-------------------------------------------------+
+ GNUnet | |
+ a2ps | () [] [] () |
+ aegis | () |
+ ant-phone | [] |
+ anubis | [] [] [] |
+ ap-utils | [] |
+ aspell | [] [] |
+ bash | [] |
+ batchelor | [] [] |
+ bfd | |
+ bibshelf | [] |
+ binutils | |
+ bison | [] [] [] |
+ bison-runtime | [] [] [] |
+ bluez-pin | [] [] [] |
+ cflow | |
+ clisp | [] |
+ console-tools | |
+ coreutils | [] |
+ cpio | |
+ cpplib | [] |
+ cryptonit | [] |
+ darkstat | [] [] |
+ dialog | [] [] |
+ diffutils | [] [] [] |
+ doodle | |
+ e2fsprogs | [] |
+ enscript | [] |
+ error | [] |
+ fetchmail | [] [] |
+ fileutils | [] [] |
+ findutils | [] |
+ flex | [] [] |
+ fslint | [] [] |
+ gas | |
+ gawk | [] [] |
+ gbiff | [] |
+ gcal | |
+ gcc | |
+ gettext-examples | [] [] |
+ gettext-runtime | [] [] [] |
+ gettext-tools | [] [] |
+ gimp-print | [] [] |
+ gip | [] [] |
+ gliv | [] |
+ glunarclock | [] [] |
+ gmult | [] [] |
+ gnubiff | |
+ gnucash | () () |
+ gnucash-glossary | [] |
+ gnuedu | |
+ gnulib | [] [] [] [] |
+ gnunet-gtk | |
+ gnutls | |
+ gpe-aerial | [] |
+ gpe-beam | [] |
+ gpe-calendar | [] |
+ gpe-clock | [] [] [] |
+ gpe-conf | [] [] |
+ gpe-contacts | [] |
+ gpe-edit | [] [] [] |
+ gpe-filemanager | [] [] |
+ gpe-go | [] [] [] |
+ gpe-login | [] [] [] |
+ gpe-ownerinfo | [] [] |
+ gpe-package | [] [] |
+ gpe-sketchbook | [] [] |
+ gpe-su | [] [] [] |
+ gpe-taskmanager | [] [] [] [] |
+ gpe-timesheet | [] |
+ gpe-today | [] [] |
+ gpe-todo | [] |
+ gphoto2 | [] [] |
+ gprof | |
+ gpsdrive | () () () |
+ gramadoir | () |
+ grep | [] [] [] [] |
+ gretl | |
+ gsasl | [] |
+ gss | |
+ gst-plugins | [] |
+ gst-plugins-base | |
+ gst-plugins-good | [] |
+ gstreamer | [] |
+ gtick | |
+ gtkam | [] |
+ gtkorphan | [] |
+ gtkspell | [] [] |
+ gutenprint | |
+ hello | [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ id-utils | [] |
+ impost | |
+ indent | [] [] |
+ iso_3166 | [] |
+ iso_3166_2 | [] |
+ iso_4217 | [] [] [] |
+ iso_639 | [] [] |
+ jpilot | () () () |
+ jtag | |
+ jwhois | [] |
+ kbd | [] |
+ keytouch | [] |
+ keytouch-editor | |
+ keytouch-keyboa... | |
+ latrine | [] |
+ ld | |
+ leafpad | [] [] |
+ libc | [] [] [] [] [] |
+ libexif | |
+ libextractor | |
+ libgpewidget | [] |
+ libgpg-error | |
+ libgphoto2 | [] |
+ libgphoto2_port | [] |
+ libgsasl | [] |
+ libiconv | |
+ libidn | [] [] |
+ lifelines | [] |
+ lilypond | |
+ lingoteach | [] |
+ lynx | [] [] |
+ m4 | [] [] |
+ mailutils | |
+ make | [] [] [] |
+ man-db | () |
+ minicom | [] |
+ mysecretdiary | [] |
+ nano | [] [] [] |
+ nano_1_0 | [] [] [] |
+ opcodes | [] |
+ parted | [] [] |
+ pilot-qof | |
+ psmisc | [] [] [] |
+ pwdutils | |
+ python | |
+ qof | |
+ radius | |
+ recode | [] |
+ rpm | [] [] |
+ screem | [] |
+ scrollkeeper | [] [] [] [] |
+ sed | [] [] |
+ sh-utils | [] [] |
+ shared-mime-info | [] [] [] [] [] |
+ sharutils | [] [] |
+ shishi | |
+ silky | [] |
+ skencil | |
+ sketch | |
+ solfege | |
+ soundtracker | |
+ sp | () |
+ stardict | [] [] |
+ system-tools-ba... | [] [] [] [] |
+ tar | [] [] [] |
+ texinfo | [] [] [] |
+ textutils | [] [] [] |
+ tin | |
+ tp-robot | [] |
+ tuxpaint | [] |
+ unicode-han-tra... | |
+ unicode-transla... | |
+ util-linux | [] [] |
+ vorbis-tools | [] |
+ wastesedge | [] |
+ wdiff | [] [] |
+ wget | [] [] |
+ xchat | [] [] [] [] |
+ xkeyboard-config | [] |
+ xpad | [] [] [] |
+ +-------------------------------------------------+
+ ja ko ku ky lg lt lv mk mn ms mt nb ne nl nn no
+ 52 24 2 2 1 3 0 2 3 21 0 15 1 97 5 1
+
+ nso or pa pl pt pt_BR rm ro ru rw sk sl sq sr sv ta
+ +------------------------------------------------------+
+ GNUnet | |
+ a2ps | () [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ aegis | () () |
+ ant-phone | [] [] |
+ anubis | [] [] [] |
+ ap-utils | () |
+ aspell | [] [] |
+ bash | [] [] [] |
+ batchelor | [] [] |
+ bfd | |
+ bibshelf | [] |
+ binutils | [] [] |
+ bison | [] [] [] [] [] |
+ bison-runtime | [] [] [] [] |
+ bluez-pin | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ cflow | [] |
+ clisp | [] |
+ console-tools | [] |
+ coreutils | [] [] [] [] |
+ cpio | [] [] [] |
+ cpplib | [] |
+ cryptonit | [] [] |
+ darkstat | [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ dialog | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ diffutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ doodle | [] [] |
+ e2fsprogs | [] [] |
+ enscript | [] [] [] [] [] |
+ error | [] [] [] [] |
+ fetchmail | [] [] [] |
+ fileutils | [] [] [] [] [] |
+ findutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ flex | [] [] [] [] [] |
+ fslint | [] [] [] [] |
+ gas | |
+ gawk | [] [] [] [] |
+ gbiff | [] |
+ gcal | [] |
+ gcc | [] |
+ gettext-examples | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ gettext-runtime | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ gettext-tools | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ gimp-print | [] [] |
+ gip | [] [] [] [] |
+ gliv | [] [] [] [] |
+ glunarclock | [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ gmult | [] [] [] [] |
+ gnubiff | () |
+ gnucash | () [] |
+ gnucash-glossary | [] [] [] |
+ gnuedu | |
+ gnulib | [] [] [] [] [] |
+ gnunet-gtk | [] |
+ gnutls | [] [] |
+ gpe-aerial | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ gpe-beam | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ gpe-calendar | [] |
+ gpe-clock | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ gpe-conf | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ gpe-contacts | [] [] [] [] [] |
+ gpe-edit | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ gpe-filemanager | [] [] |
+ gpe-go | [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ gpe-login | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ gpe-ownerinfo | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ gpe-package | [] [] |
+ gpe-sketchbook | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ gpe-su | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ gpe-taskmanager | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ gpe-timesheet | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ gpe-today | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ gpe-todo | [] [] [] [] |
+ gphoto2 | [] [] [] [] [] |
+ gprof | [] [] [] |
+ gpsdrive | [] [] [] |
+ gramadoir | [] [] |
+ grep | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ gretl | [] |
+ gsasl | [] [] [] |
+ gss | [] [] [] |
+ gst-plugins | [] [] [] [] |
+ gst-plugins-base | [] |
+ gst-plugins-good | [] [] [] [] |
+ gstreamer | [] [] [] |
+ gtick | [] |
+ gtkam | [] [] [] [] |
+ gtkorphan | [] |
+ gtkspell | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ gutenprint | [] |
+ hello | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ id-utils | [] [] [] [] |
+ impost | [] |
+ indent | [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ iso_3166 | [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ iso_3166_2 | |
+ iso_4217 | [] [] [] [] |
+ iso_639 | [] [] [] [] |
+ jpilot | |
+ jtag | [] |
+ jwhois | [] [] [] [] |
+ kbd | [] [] [] |
+ keytouch | [] |
+ keytouch-editor | [] |
+ keytouch-keyboa... | [] |
+ latrine | [] [] |
+ ld | [] |
+ leafpad | [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ libc | [] [] [] [] [] |
+ libexif | [] |
+ libextractor | [] [] |
+ libgpewidget | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ libgpg-error | [] [] |
+ libgphoto2 | [] |
+ libgphoto2_port | [] [] [] |
+ libgsasl | [] [] [] [] |
+ libiconv | [] [] |
+ libidn | [] [] () |
+ lifelines | [] [] |
+ lilypond | |
+ lingoteach | [] |
+ lynx | [] [] [] |
+ m4 | [] [] [] [] [] |
+ mailutils | [] [] [] [] |
+ make | [] [] [] [] |
+ man-db | [] [] |
+ minicom | [] [] [] [] [] |
+ mysecretdiary | [] [] [] [] |
+ nano | [] [] [] |
+ nano_1_0 | [] [] [] [] |
+ opcodes | [] [] |
+ parted | [] |
+ pilot-qof | [] |
+ psmisc | [] [] |
+ pwdutils | [] [] |
+ python | |
+ qof | [] [] |
+ radius | [] [] |
+ recode | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ rpm | [] [] [] [] |
+ screem | |
+ scrollkeeper | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ sed | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ sh-utils | [] [] [] |
+ shared-mime-info | [] [] [] [] [] |
+ sharutils | [] [] [] [] |
+ shishi | [] |
+ silky | [] |
+ skencil | [] [] [] |
+ sketch | [] [] [] |
+ solfege | [] |
+ soundtracker | [] [] |
+ sp | |
+ stardict | [] [] [] |
+ system-tools-ba... | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ tar | [] [] [] [] [] |
+ texinfo | [] [] [] [] |
+ textutils | [] [] [] |
+ tin | () |
+ tp-robot | [] |
+ tuxpaint | [] [] [] [] [] |
+ unicode-han-tra... | |
+ unicode-transla... | |
+ util-linux | [] [] [] [] |
+ vorbis-tools | [] [] |
+ wastesedge | |
+ wdiff | [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ wget | [] [] [] [] |
+ xchat | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ xkeyboard-config | [] [] |
+ xpad | [] [] [] |
+ +------------------------------------------------------+
+ nso or pa pl pt pt_BR rm ro ru rw sk sl sq sr sv ta
+ 0 2 3 58 30 54 5 73 72 4 40 46 11 50 128 2
+
+ tg th tk tr uk ven vi wa xh zh_CN zh_HK zh_TW zu
+ +---------------------------------------------------+
+ GNUnet | [] | 2
+ a2ps | [] [] [] | 19
+ aegis | | 0
+ ant-phone | [] [] | 6
+ anubis | [] [] [] | 11
+ ap-utils | () [] | 4
+ aspell | [] [] [] | 15
+ bash | [] | 11
+ batchelor | [] [] | 9
+ bfd | | 1
+ bibshelf | [] | 7
+ binutils | [] [] [] | 9
+ bison | [] [] [] | 19
+ bison-runtime | [] [] [] | 15
+ bluez-pin | [] [] [] [] [] [] | 28
+ cflow | [] [] | 5
+ clisp | | 6
+ console-tools | [] [] | 5
+ coreutils | [] [] | 16
+ cpio | [] [] [] | 9
+ cpplib | [] [] [] [] | 11
+ cryptonit | | 5
+ darkstat | [] () () | 15
+ dialog | [] [] [] [] [] | 30
+ diffutils | [] [] [] [] | 28
+ doodle | [] | 6
+ e2fsprogs | [] [] | 10
+ enscript | [] [] [] | 16
+ error | [] [] [] [] | 18
+ fetchmail | [] [] | 12
+ fileutils | [] [] [] | 18
+ findutils | [] [] [] | 17
+ flex | [] [] | 15
+ fslint | [] | 9
+ gas | [] | 3
+ gawk | [] [] | 15
+ gbiff | [] | 5
+ gcal | [] | 5
+ gcc | [] [] [] | 6
+ gettext-examples | [] [] [] [] [] [] | 27
+ gettext-runtime | [] [] [] [] [] [] | 28
+ gettext-tools | [] [] [] [] [] | 19
+ gimp-print | [] [] | 12
+ gip | [] [] | 12
+ gliv | [] [] | 8
+ glunarclock | [] [] [] | 15
+ gmult | [] [] [] [] | 15
+ gnubiff | [] | 1
+ gnucash | () | 2
+ gnucash-glossary | [] [] | 9
+ gnuedu | [] | 2
+ gnulib | [] [] [] [] [] | 28
+ gnunet-gtk | | 1
+ gnutls | | 2
+ gpe-aerial | [] [] | 14
+ gpe-beam | [] [] | 14
+ gpe-calendar | [] | 3
+ gpe-clock | [] [] [] [] | 21
+ gpe-conf | [] [] | 14
+ gpe-contacts | [] [] | 10
+ gpe-edit | [] [] [] [] | 20
+ gpe-filemanager | [] | 6
+ gpe-go | [] [] | 15
+ gpe-login | [] [] [] [] [] | 21
+ gpe-ownerinfo | [] [] [] [] | 21
+ gpe-package | [] | 6
+ gpe-sketchbook | [] [] | 16
+ gpe-su | [] [] [] | 20
+ gpe-taskmanager | [] [] [] | 20
+ gpe-timesheet | [] [] [] [] | 18
+ gpe-today | [] [] [] [] [] | 21
+ gpe-todo | [] | 7
+ gphoto2 | [] [] [] [] | 20
+ gprof | [] [] | 11
+ gpsdrive | | 4
+ gramadoir | [] | 7
+ grep | [] [] [] [] | 34
+ gretl | | 4
+ gsasl | [] [] | 8
+ gss | [] | 5
+ gst-plugins | [] [] [] | 15
+ gst-plugins-base | [] [] [] | 9
+ gst-plugins-good | [] [] [] [] [] | 20
+ gstreamer | [] [] [] | 17
+ gtick | [] | 3
+ gtkam | [] | 13
+ gtkorphan | [] | 7
+ gtkspell | [] [] [] [] [] [] | 26
+ gutenprint | | 3
+ hello | [] [] [] [] [] | 37
+ id-utils | [] [] | 14
+ impost | [] | 4
+ indent | [] [] [] [] | 25
+ iso_3166 | [] [] [] [] | 16
+ iso_3166_2 | | 2
+ iso_4217 | [] [] | 14
+ iso_639 | [] | 14
+ jpilot | [] [] [] [] | 7
+ jtag | [] | 3
+ jwhois | [] [] [] | 13
+ kbd | [] [] | 12
+ keytouch | [] | 4
+ keytouch-editor | | 2
+ keytouch-keyboa... | [] | 3
+ latrine | [] [] | 8
+ ld | [] [] [] [] | 8
+ leafpad | [] [] [] [] | 23
+ libc | [] [] [] | 23
+ libexif | [] | 4
+ libextractor | [] | 5
+ libgpewidget | [] [] [] | 19
+ libgpg-error | [] | 4
+ libgphoto2 | [] | 8
+ libgphoto2_port | [] [] [] | 11
+ libgsasl | [] | 8
+ libiconv | [] | 7
+ libidn | [] [] | 10
+ lifelines | | 4
+ lilypond | | 2
+ lingoteach | [] | 6
+ lynx | [] [] [] | 15
+ m4 | [] [] [] | 18
+ mailutils | [] | 8
+ make | [] [] [] | 20
+ man-db | [] | 6
+ minicom | [] | 14
+ mysecretdiary | [] [] | 12
+ nano | [] [] | 17
+ nano_1_0 | [] [] [] | 18
+ opcodes | [] [] | 10
+ parted | [] [] [] | 10
+ pilot-qof | [] | 3
+ psmisc | [] | 10
+ pwdutils | [] | 3
+ python | | 0
+ qof | [] | 4
+ radius | [] | 6
+ recode | [] [] [] | 25
+ rpm | [] [] [] [] | 14
+ screem | [] | 2
+ scrollkeeper | [] [] [] [] | 26
+ sed | [] [] [] | 22
+ sh-utils | [] | 15
+ shared-mime-info | [] [] [] [] | 24
+ sharutils | [] [] [] | 23
+ shishi | | 1
+ silky | [] | 4
+ skencil | [] | 7
+ sketch | | 6
+ solfege | | 2
+ soundtracker | [] [] | 9
+ sp | [] | 3
+ stardict | [] [] [] [] | 11
+ system-tools-ba... | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 37
+ tar | [] [] [] [] | 20
+ texinfo | [] [] [] | 15
+ textutils | [] [] [] | 17
+ tin | | 1
+ tp-robot | [] [] [] | 10
+ tuxpaint | [] [] [] | 16
+ unicode-han-tra... | | 0
+ unicode-transla... | | 2
+ util-linux | [] [] [] | 20
+ vorbis-tools | [] [] | 11
+ wastesedge | | 1
+ wdiff | [] [] | 22
+ wget | [] [] [] | 19
+ xchat | [] [] [] [] | 29
+ xkeyboard-config | [] [] [] [] | 11
+ xpad | [] [] [] | 14
+ +---------------------------------------------------+
+ 77 teams tg th tk tr uk ven vi wa xh zh_CN zh_HK zh_TW zu
+ 170 domains 0 1 1 77 39 0 136 10 1 48 5 54 0 2028
+
+ Some counters in the preceding matrix are higher than the number of
+visible blocks let us expect. This is because a few extra PO files are
+used for implementing regional variants of languages, or language
+dialects.
+
+ For a PO file in the matrix above to be effective, the package to
+which it applies should also have been internationalized and
+distributed as such by its maintainer. There might be an observable
+lag between the mere existence a PO file and its wide availability in a
+distribution.
+
+ If October 2006 seems to be old, you may fetch a more recent copy of
+this `ABOUT-NLS' file on most GNU archive sites. The most up-to-date
+matrix with full percentage details can be found at
+`http://www.iro.umontreal.ca/contrib/po/HTML/matrix.html'.
+
+1.6 Using `gettext' in new packages
+===================================
+
+If you are writing a freely available program and want to
+internationalize it you are welcome to use GNU `gettext' in your
+package. Of course you have to respect the GNU Library General Public
+License which covers the use of the GNU `gettext' library. This means
+in particular that even non-free programs can use `libintl' as a shared
+library, whereas only free software can use `libintl' as a static
+library or use modified versions of `libintl'.
+
+ Once the sources are changed appropriately and the setup can handle
+the use of `gettext' the only thing missing are the translations. The
+Free Translation Project is also available for packages which are not
+developed inside the GNU project. Therefore the information given above
+applies also for every other Free Software Project. Contact
+`translation@iro.umontreal.ca' to make the `.pot' files available to
+the translation teams.
+
originally written for curl donated for use in GNU Wget.
Micah Cowan. Current Wget maintainer, from mid-2007.
+
+Ralf Wildenhues. Contributed patches to convert Wget to use Automake as
+part of its build process, and various bugfixes.
+2007-10-18 Micah Cowan <micah@cowan.name>
+
+ * po/POTFILES.in: Removed no-longer-existing or generated files.
+
+2007-10-16 Micah Cowan <micah@cowan.name>
+
+ * README: Draw attention to wiki:PatchGuidelines.
+
+2007-10-14 Micah Cowan <micah@cowan.name>
+
+ * configure.ac: Let gnulib handle builtin MD5 functionality.
+ * NEWS: Mention gnulib.
+
+2007-10-13 Micah Cowan <micah@cowan.name>
+
+ * GNUMakefile, maint.mk: Added as part of the gnulib-ization.
+ * Makefile.am: gnulib-ized.
+ * configure.ac: gnulib-ized. Removed built-in getopt checks.
+
+2007-10-12 Micah Cowan <micah@cowan.name>
+
+ * PATCHES: Removed.
+ * NEWS: Updated info about source repositories, removal of
+ PATCHES file.
+
+2007-10-09 Micah Cowan <micah@cowan.name>
+
+ * configure.in: Renamed to configure.ac
+ * configure.ac: Renamed from configure.in. Added invocations of
+ AM_GNU_GETTEXT, etc. Added en@quot and en@boldquot pseudo-LINGUA
+ support.
+ * ABOUT-NLS: Added back in (required by autoreconf :\).
+ * Makefile.am: Added ABOUT-NLS and msdos/Makefile.WC to EXTRA_DIST.
+ * m4/wget.m4: Removed no-longer-used NLS stuff.
+ * Makefile.in.in: Restore previous policy of not updating .po's
+ unless explicitly asked (via update-po).
+
+2007-10-09 gettextize <bug-gnu-gettext@gnu.org>
+
+ * m4/gettext.m4: New file, from gettext-0.16.1.
+ * m4/iconv.m4: New file, from gettext-0.16.1.
+ * m4/lib-ld.m4: Upgrade to gettext-0.16.1.
+ * m4/lib-link.m4: Upgrade to gettext-0.16.1.
+ * m4/lib-prefix.m4: Upgrade to gettext-0.16.1.
+ * m4/nls.m4: New file, from gettext-0.16.1.
+ * m4/po.m4: New file, from gettext-0.16.1.
+ * m4/progtest.m4: New file, from gettext-0.16.1.
+ * po/Makefile.in.in: Upgrade to gettext-0.16.1.
+ * po/Rules-quot: New file, from gettext-0.16.1.
+ * po/boldquot.sed: New file, from gettext-0.16.1.
+ * po/en@boldquot.header: New file, from gettext-0.16.1.
+ * po/en@quot.header: New file, from gettext-0.16.1.
+ * po/insert-header.sin: New file, from gettext-0.16.1.
+ * po/quot.sed: New file, from gettext-0.16.1.
+ * po/remove-potcdate.sin: New file, from gettext-0.16.1.
+
+2007-10-08 Micah Cowan <micah@cowan.name>
+
+ * AUTHORS: Credit to Ralf Wildenhues for automakifying patches.
+
+2007-10-05 Ralf Wildenhues <Ralf.Wildenhues@gmx.de>
+
+ * po/Makefile.in.in: Since `distdir' is used now, adjust
+ DISTFILES to the missing ChangeLog file.
+ Add trivial targets ps, pdf, html.
+ * Makefile.in: Removed, replaced by Makefile.am.
+ * Makefile.am: Converted from Makefile.in.
+ * util/Makefile.in: Removed, replaced by Makefile.am.
+ * util/Makefile.am: Converted from Makefile.in.
+ * configure.in: Adjust for automake support.
+
2007-10-05 Micah Cowan <micah@cowan.name>
* config.guess, config.sub, install-sh: Update from versions
found in /usr/share/automake/.
+ * autogen.sh: Removed, in favor of just running autoreconf.
2007-10-03 Micah Cowan <micah@cowan.name>
--- /dev/null
+# Having a separate GNUmakefile lets me `include' the dynamically
+# generated rules created via Makefile.maint as well as Makefile.maint itself.
+# This makefile is used only if you run GNU Make.
+# It is necessary if you want to build targets usually of interest
+# only to the maintainer.
+
+# Copyright (C) 2001, 2003, 2006, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License,
+# or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+# Systems where /bin/sh is not the default shell need this. The $(shell)
+# command below won't work with e.g. stock DOS/Windows shells.
+ifeq ($(wildcard /bin/s[h]),/bin/sh)
+SHELL = /bin/sh
+else
+# will be used only with the next shell-test line, then overwritten
+# by a configured-in value
+SHELL = sh
+endif
+
+# Make tar archive easier to reproduce.
+export TAR_OPTIONS = --owner=0 --group=0 --numeric-owner
+
+# Ran autoreconf and configure or not?
+have-Makefile := $(shell test -f Makefile && echo yes)
+ifeq ($(have-Makefile),yes)
+
+include Makefile
+-include $(srcdir)/maint-cfg.mk
+include $(srcdir)/maint.mk
+
+else
+
+.DEFAULT_GOAL := abort-due-to-no-makefile
+
+-include ./maint-cfg.mk
+include ./maint.mk
+
+abort-due-to-no-makefile:
+ @echo There seems to be no Makefile in this directory. 1>&2
+ @echo "You must run ./configure before running \`make'." 1>&2
+ @exit 1
+
+endif
+
+# Tell version 3.79 and up of GNU make to not build goals in this
+# directory in parallel. This is necessary in case someone tries to
+# build multiple targets on one command line.
+.NOTPARALLEL:
- -*- text -*-
-
- WGET-RELATED MAILING LISTS
-
-There are several mailing lists related to GNU Wget, all of them
-hosted by dotsrc.org, previously known as SunSITE.dk.
-
-wget@sunsite.dk:
-
- The mailing list for users and developers. This is the preferred
- place to post bug reports and suggestions, as well as discuss
- development-related matters.
-
- To post to the list, send mail to <wget@sunsite.dk>. To
- subscribe, send mail to <wget-subscribe@sunsite.dk>.
-
- NOTE: The list allows posts from non-subscribers. This is
- intentional; I hate having to subscribe to a list only to ask a
- single question. However, to protect the list members from spam,
- non-subscribers must confirm messages they send to the list.
-
- If you're not subscribed to the list and ask something, don't
- forget to request that the responses be Cc'ed to you.
-
- The list is archived at:
-
- http://www.mail-archive.com/wget%40sunsite.dk/
- http://news.gmane.org/gmane.comp.web.wget.general
-
-wget-patches@sunsite.dk:
-
- The mailing list for patch submission. Please see the PATCHES
- file for a detailed description of how to send patches to this
- list.
-
- This is list is also open to non-subscribers, but it is *not* a
- discussion list. It only ever distribute patches and immediate
- responses to a patch. If you wish to take very active part in
- development, you might wish to subscribe to it anyway, and receive
- the new patches. To do that, send mail to
- <wget-patches-subscribe@sunsite.dk>.
-
- The list is archived at:
-
- http://news.gmane.org/gmane.comp.web.wget.patches
-
-As of this writing, the mail alias <bug-wget@gnu.org> is an alias for
-<wget@sunsite.dk>.
+Mailing List
+================
+
+There are several Wget-related mailing lists. The general discussion
+list is at <wget@sunsite.dk>. It is the preferred place for support
+requests and suggestions, as well as for discussion of development.
+You are invited to subscribe.
+
+ To subscribe, simply send mail to <wget-subscribe@sunsite.dk> and
+follow the instructions. Unsubscribe by mailing to
+<wget-unsubscribe@sunsite.dk>. The mailing list is archived at
+`http://www.mail-archive.com/wget%40sunsite.dk/' and at
+`http://news.gmane.org/gmane.comp.web.wget.general'.
+
+ Another mailing list is at <wget-patches@sunsite.dk>, and is used to
+submit patches for review by Wget developers. A "patch" is a textual
+representation of change to source code, readable by both humans and
+programs. The file `PATCHES' that comes with Wget covers the creation
+and submitting of patches in detail. Please don't send general
+suggestions or bug reports to `wget-patches'; use it only for patch
+submissions.
+
+ Subscription is the same as above for <wget@sunsite.dk>, except that
+you send to <wget-patches-subscribe@sunsite.dk>, instead. The mailing
+list is archived at `http://news.gmane.org/gmane.comp.web.wget.patches'.
+
+ Finally, there is the <wget-notify@addictivecode.org> mailing list.
+This is a non-discussion list that receives commit notifications from
+the source repository, and also bug report-change notifications. This
+is the highest-traffic list for Wget, and is recommended only for
+people who are seriously interested in ongoing Wget development.
+Subscription is through the `mailman' interface at
+`http://addictivecode.org/mailman/listinfo/wget-notify'.
--- /dev/null
+# Makefile for `Wget' utility
+# Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 2006, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+# In addition, as a special exception, the Free Software Foundation
+# gives permission to link the code of its release of Wget with the
+# OpenSSL project's "OpenSSL" library (or with modified versions of it
+# that use the same license as the "OpenSSL" library), and distribute
+# the linked executables. You must obey the GNU General Public License
+# in all respects for all of the code used other than "OpenSSL". If you
+# modify this file, you may extend this exception to your version of the
+# file, but you are not obligated to do so. If you do not wish to do
+# so, delete this exception statement from your version.
+
+#
+# Version: @VERSION@
+#
+
+# Search for macros in the m4 subdirectory:
+ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I m4
+
+# subdirectories in the distribution
+SUBDIRS = lib src doc po tests util windows
+
+test: all
+ cd tests && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) $@
+
+EXTRA_DIST = ChangeLog.README configure.bat MAILING-LIST \
+ msdos/ChangeLog msdos/config.h msdos/Makefile.DJ \
+ msdos/Makefile.WC ABOUT-NLS
+
+CLEANFILES = *~ *.bak $(DISTNAME).tar.gz
+++ /dev/null
-# Makefile for `Wget' utility
-# Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 2006, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
-# (at your option) any later version.
-
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-# GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-
-# In addition, as a special exception, the Free Software Foundation
-# gives permission to link the code of its release of Wget with the
-# OpenSSL project's "OpenSSL" library (or with modified versions of it
-# that use the same license as the "OpenSSL" library), and distribute
-# the linked executables. You must obey the GNU General Public License
-# in all respects for all of the code used other than "OpenSSL". If you
-# modify this file, you may extend this exception to your version of the
-# file, but you are not obligated to do so. If you do not wish to do
-# so, delete this exception statement from your version.
-
-#
-# Version: @VERSION@
-#
-
-SHELL = /bin/sh
-@SET_MAKE@
-
-top_builddir = .
-
-srcdir = @srcdir@
-VPATH = @srcdir@
-
-#
-# User configuration section
-#
-
-#
-# Install variables
-#
-prefix = @prefix@
-exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
-bindir = @bindir@
-infodir = @infodir@
-sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@
-mandir = @mandir@
-manext = 1
-localedir = $(prefix)/share/locale
-
-CC = @CC@
-CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@
-CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
-DEFS = @DEFS@ -DSYSTEM_WGETRC=\"$(sysconfdir)/wgetrc\" -DLOCALEDIR=\"$(localedir)\"
-LIBS = @LIBS@ @LIBSSL@ @LIBGNUTLS@
-LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
-
-#
-# End of user configuration section. There should be no need to change
-# anything below this line.
-#
-
-DISTNAME = wget-@VERSION@
-RM = rm -f
-
-# These are used for maintenance only, so they are safe without
-# special autoconf cruft.
-FIND = find
-GZIP = gzip
-TAR = tar
-
-# flags passed to recursive makes in subdirectories
-MAKEDEFS = CC='$(CC)' CPPFLAGS='$(CPPFLAGS)' DEFS='$(DEFS)' \
-CFLAGS='$(CFLAGS)' LDFLAGS='$(LDFLAGS)' LIBS='$(LIBS)' \
-DESTDIR='$(DESTDIR)' prefix='$(prefix)' exec_prefix='$(exec_prefix)' \
-bindir='$(bindir)' infodir='$(infodir)' mandir='$(mandir)' \
-manext='$(manext)'
-
-# subdirectories in the distribution
-SUBDIRS = src doc po tests util windows
-
-# default target
-all: src/config.h Makefile $(SUBDIRS)
-
-test: src/config.h Makefile src
- cd tests && $(MAKE) $(MAKEDEFS) $@
-
-check: all
-
-$(SUBDIRS): FORCE
- cd $@ && $(MAKE) $(MAKEDEFS)
-
-# install everything
-install: install.bin install.info install.wgetrc \
- install.mo @COMMENT_IF_NO_POD2MAN@install.man
-
-# install/uninstall the binary
-install.bin uninstall.bin:
- cd src && $(MAKE) $(MAKEDEFS) $@
-
-# install/uninstall the info/man pages
-install.info uninstall.info install.man uninstall.man install.wgetrc:
- cd doc && $(MAKE) $(MAKEDEFS) $@
-
-# Install `.mo' files
-install.mo:
- cd po && $(MAKE) $(MAKEDEFS) $@
-
-# create tag files for Emacs
-TAGS:
- cd src && $(MAKE) $@
-
-dist: $(srcdir)/configure DISTFILES
- mkdir $(DISTNAME)
- for d in `$(FIND) . -type d ! -regex '.*/\.svn\(/.*\)?' -print`; do \
- if [ "$$d" != "." -a "$$d" != "./$(DISTNAME)" ]; then \
- mkdir $(DISTNAME)/$$d; \
- fi; \
- done
- for f in `cat DISTFILES`; do \
- ln $(srcdir)/$$f $(DISTNAME)/$$f || \
- { echo copying $$f; cp -p $(srcdir)/$$f $(DISTNAME)/$$f ; } \
- done
- (cd $(DISTNAME); $(MAKE) distclean)
- $(TAR) chvf - $(DISTNAME) | $(GZIP) -c --best >$(DISTNAME).tar.gz
- $(RM) -r $(DISTNAME)
- $(RM) DISTFILES
-
-DISTFILES: FORCE
- rm -rf $(DISTNAME)
- (cd $(srcdir); find . ! -type d -print) \
- | sed '/\/\.svn\//d; /$@/d; /\.tar.*/d; s/^.\///; /^\.$$/d;' \
- | sort | uniq > $@
-
-#
-# Cleanup dependencies
-#
-
-clean: clean-recursive clean-top
-distclean: distclean-recursive distclean-top
-realclean: realclean-recursive realclean-top
-
-clean-top:
- $(RM) *~ *.bak $(DISTNAME).tar.gz
-
-distclean-top: clean-top
- $(RM) Makefile config.status config.log config.cache libtool stamp-h
- $(RM) -r autom4te.cache
-
-realclean-top: distclean-top
- $(RM) configure
-
-clean-recursive distclean-recursive realclean-recursive:
- for subdir in $(SUBDIRS); do \
- target=`echo $@ | sed s/-recursive//`; \
- (cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(MAKEDEFS) $$target) || exit 1; \
- done
-
-#
-# Dependencies for maintenance
-#
-
-$(srcdir)/configure: configure.in
- cd $(srcdir) && autoconf
-
-# autoheader might not change config.h.in, so touch a stamp file.
-$(srcdir)/src/config.h.in: stamp-h.in
-$(srcdir)/stamp-h.in: configure.in
- @true; # running autoheader here breaks: cd $(srcdir) && autoheader
- echo timestamp > $(srcdir)/stamp-h.in
-
-src/config.h: stamp-h
-stamp-h: src/config.h.in config.status
- ./config.status
-
-Makefile: Makefile.in config.status
- ./config.status
-
-config.status: configure
- ./config.status --recheck
-
-FORCE:
Please send GNU Wget bug reports to <bug-wget@gnu.org>.
\f
+* Changes in Wget (MAINLINE).
+
+** Gnulib is now used to provide code for certain portability aspects in
+GNU Wget.
+
+** Wget uses Automake now as part of its build infrastructure.
+\f
* Changes in Wget 1.11.
+** The source code has been migrated to Mercurial. The repositories are
+available at http://hg.addictivecode.org/. Prior to this, the source
+code was hosted on Subversion (migrated from the original CVS); you can
+still get access to older tags and branches for Wget in the Subversion
+repository at http://addictivecode.org/svn/wget/.
+
+** PATCH file removed; see http://wget.addictivecode.org/PatchGuidelines
+for current information about producing patches for GNU Wget.
+
** TODO file removed: we use a bugtracker now; see
http://wget.addictivecode.org/BugTracker. Also,
http://wget.addictivecode.org/FeatureSpecifications.
broken scripts or Perl modules that unconditionally specify
`--passive-ftp' and your firewall disallows it, you can override them
by replacing wget with a script that execs wget "$@" --no-passive-ftp.
-
-** The source code has migrated from CVS to Subversion. The
-repository is available at http://svn.dotsrc.org/repo/wget/; to
-checkout the trunk to a directory named `wget', use something like
-`svn checkout http://svn.dotsrc.org/repo/wget/trunk/ wget'.
\f
* Changes in Wget 1.10.
+++ /dev/null
-* Guidelines for patch submissions.
-===================================
-
-** What is a patch?
--------------------
-
-A patch file, also known as a "diff", is a textual representation of
-changes to source code. Patches are readable enough to be reviewed by
-humans and at the same time regular enough to be processed by
-programs. The `patch' utility is used to change the source code in
-the manner that the patch describes, this being called "applying" the
-patch. Patches work even on files that have been modified
-independently of the modifications in the patch, as long as those
-other changes do not conflict with the patch.
-
-Because of these properties, patches are the preferred means of
-distributing the changes to a free software project. If you have made
-a change to Wget and would like to contribute it, you will need to
-create a patch and send it to the developers; please read on.
-
-** Where to send the patches.
------------------------------
-
-Patches intended to be applied to Wget should be mailed to
-<wget-patches@sunsite.dk>. Each patch will be reviewed by the
-developers, and will be acked and added to the distribution, or
-rejected with an explanation. Unfortunately, the developers are often
-busy with their day jobs, so the review process can take a while.
-
-If you want to discuss your patch with the community of Wget users and
-developers, it is OK to send it to the main list at <wget@sunsite.dk>.
-If the patch is really huge (more than 100K or so), you may want to
-put it on the web and post the URL.
-
-EVERY patch should be accompanied by an explanation of what the patch
-changes, and why the change is desirable or necessary. The
-explanation need not be long, but please don't just send a patch
-without any accompanying text.
-
-Normally, a patch can be just inserted into the message, after the
-explanation and the ChangeLog entry. However, if your mail composer
-or gateway is inclined to munge patches, e.g. by wrapping long lines,
-please send them out as a MIME attachment. It is important that the
-patch survives the travel unchanged so that we can feed it to the
-`patch' utility after reviewing it.
-
-** How to create patches.
--------------------------
-
-First, please make sure that you are working with the latest version
-of the source -- changing obsolete code is a waste of time. Working
-on the latest release is acceptable in most cases, but it is better
-yet to download the very latest sources from the public Subversionn
-server and work on those. The web page at
-<http://www.gnu.org/software/wget/> explains how to get the source
-code from the repository.
-
-Patches are created using the `diff' program. When making patches,
-please use the `-u' option, or if your diff doesn't support it, `-c'.
-Ordinary (context-free) diffs are notoriously prone to errors, since
-line numbers tend to change when others make changes to the same
-source file.
-
-In the general case, `diff' is used like this:
-
- diff -u ORIGFILE CHANGEDFILE > patch.txt
-
-Also, it is helpful if you create the patch in the top level of
-the Wget source directory. For example:
-
- cp src/http.c src/http.c.orig
- ... modify src/http.c ....
- diff -u src/http.c.orig src/http.c > patch.txt
-
-If your patch changes more than one file, feel free to simply
-concatenate the diffs of different files into a large diff:
-
- (diff -u foo.orig foo; diff -u bar.orig bar) > patch.txt
-
-The alternative is to leave the unchanged source lying around and use
-the `-r' option to compare entire directories:
-
- diff -ru wget-1.9.orig wget-1.9 > patch.txt
-
-If you do that, please be careful not to include the differences to
-automatically generated files, such as `.info*'.
-
-If you are using Subversion, generating diffs is even simpler -- after
-changing the files, all you need to do is run the following command
-from Wget's top-level directory:
-
- svn diff > patch.txt
-
-If you run on Windows and don't have `diff' handy, please obtain it.
-It's extremely hard to review changes to files unless they're in the
-form of a patch. If you really cannot use a variant of `diff', then
-mail us the whole new file and indicate which version of Wget you
-changed; that way we will be able to generate the diff ourselves.
-
-Finally, if your changes introduce new files, or if they change the
-old files past all recognition (e.g. by completely reimplementing the
-old stuff), sending a patch might not make sense. In that case, just
-attach the files along with an explanation of what is being changed.
-
-** Standards and coding style.
-------------------------------
-
-Wget abides by the GNU coding standards, available at:
-
- http://www.gnu.org/prep/standards.html
-
-I consider perhaps the most important single point in that entire
-document to be the "no arbitrary limits" rule. Even where Wget's
-coding is less than exemplary, it respects that rule. There should be
-no exceptions.
-
-Here is a short recap of the GNU formatting and naming conventions,
-partly borrowed from XEmacs:
-
- * Put a space after every comma.
-
- * Put a space before the parenthesis that begins a function call,
- macro call, function declaration or definition, or control
- statement (if, while, switch, for). (DO NOT do this for macro
- definitions; this is invalid preprocessor syntax.)
-
- * The brace that begins a control statement (if, while, for, switch,
- do) or a function definition should go on a line by itself.
-
- * In function definitions, put the return type and all other
- qualifiers on a line before the function name. Thus, the function
- name is always at the beginning of a line.
-
- * Indentation level is two spaces. (However, the first and
- following statements of a while/for/if/etc. block are indented
- four spaces from the while/for/if keyword. The opening and
- closing braces are indented two spaces.)
-
- * Variable and function names should be all lowercase, with
- underscores separating words, except for a prefixing tag, which may
- be in uppercase. Do not use the mixed-case convention (e.g.
- SetVariableToValue ()) and *especially* do not use Microsoft
- Hungarian notation (char **rgszRedundantTag).
-
- * Preprocessor constants and enumerations should be all uppercase,
- and should be prefixed with a tag that groups related constants
- together.
-
-** ChangeLog policy.
---------------------
-
-Each patch should be accompanied by an update to the appropriate
-ChangeLog file. Please don't mail diffs of ChangeLog files because
-they have an extremely high rate of failure; just mail us the new
-entries you added to the ChangeLog. Patches without a ChangeLog entry
-will be accepted, but this creates additional work for the
-maintainers, so please do take the time to write one.
-
-Guidelines for writing ChangeLog entries are also governed by the GNU
-coding standards, under the "Change Logs" section.
See the file `MAILING-LIST' for information about Wget mailing lists.
Wget's home page is at <http://www.gnu.org/software/wget/>.
+If you would like to contribute code for Wget, please read
+http://wget.addictivecode.org/PatchGuidelines.
+
MAINTAINER: Micah Cowan <micah@cowan.name>
Wget was originally written and mainained by Hrvoje Niksic. Please see
Important note:
-To reduce bandwidth and needless updates, the Subversion tree does not
+To reduce bandwidth and needless updates, the source repository does not
contain automatically-generated files, even when those files are
normally present in the distribution tarballs.
-Therefore, if you're building from the sources obtained via
-Subversion, you'll need to have at least GNU Autoconf (2.59 or newer)
-installed on your system. To generate the Info documentation, you
-will need the GNU Texinfo package. Those packages are available from
-<ftp://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/<package>/> and its mirrors, listed at
-<http://www.gnu.org/order/ftp.html>.
+Therefore, if you're building from the sources obtained from the source
+repository, you'll need to have at least GNU Autoconf (2.61 or newer)
+and GNU Automake (1.10 or newer) installed on your system. To generate
+the Info documentation, you will need the GNU Texinfo package. Those
+packages are available from <ftp://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/<package>/> and
+its mirrors, listed at <http://www.gnu.org/order/ftp.html>. Generating
+the wget.1 manpage, and running some tests, requires Perl.
-In case you aren't used to running autoconf manually to generate the
+In case you aren't used to running autotools manually to generate the
necessary configure script, a script called autogen.sh has been
provided, and may be invoked using `./autogen.sh'. Once the script
has completed, the configure script will reside in the current
--- /dev/null
+#! /bin/sh
+# Wrapper for compilers which do not understand `-c -o'.
+
+scriptversion=2005-05-14.22
+
+# Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2003, 2004, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Written by Tom Tromey <tromey@cygnus.com>.
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+# any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+
+# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
+# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
+# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
+# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
+
+# This file is maintained in Automake, please report
+# bugs to <bug-automake@gnu.org> or send patches to
+# <automake-patches@gnu.org>.
+
+case $1 in
+ '')
+ echo "$0: No command. Try \`$0 --help' for more information." 1>&2
+ exit 1;
+ ;;
+ -h | --h*)
+ cat <<\EOF
+Usage: compile [--help] [--version] PROGRAM [ARGS]
+
+Wrapper for compilers which do not understand `-c -o'.
+Remove `-o dest.o' from ARGS, run PROGRAM with the remaining
+arguments, and rename the output as expected.
+
+If you are trying to build a whole package this is not the
+right script to run: please start by reading the file `INSTALL'.
+
+Report bugs to <bug-automake@gnu.org>.
+EOF
+ exit $?
+ ;;
+ -v | --v*)
+ echo "compile $scriptversion"
+ exit $?
+ ;;
+esac
+
+ofile=
+cfile=
+eat=
+
+for arg
+do
+ if test -n "$eat"; then
+ eat=
+ else
+ case $1 in
+ -o)
+ # configure might choose to run compile as `compile cc -o foo foo.c'.
+ # So we strip `-o arg' only if arg is an object.
+ eat=1
+ case $2 in
+ *.o | *.obj)
+ ofile=$2
+ ;;
+ *)
+ set x "$@" -o "$2"
+ shift
+ ;;
+ esac
+ ;;
+ *.c)
+ cfile=$1
+ set x "$@" "$1"
+ shift
+ ;;
+ *)
+ set x "$@" "$1"
+ shift
+ ;;
+ esac
+ fi
+ shift
+done
+
+if test -z "$ofile" || test -z "$cfile"; then
+ # If no `-o' option was seen then we might have been invoked from a
+ # pattern rule where we don't need one. That is ok -- this is a
+ # normal compilation that the losing compiler can handle. If no
+ # `.c' file was seen then we are probably linking. That is also
+ # ok.
+ exec "$@"
+fi
+
+# Name of file we expect compiler to create.
+cofile=`echo "$cfile" | sed -e 's|^.*/||' -e 's/\.c$/.o/'`
+
+# Create the lock directory.
+# Note: use `[/.-]' here to ensure that we don't use the same name
+# that we are using for the .o file. Also, base the name on the expected
+# object file name, since that is what matters with a parallel build.
+lockdir=`echo "$cofile" | sed -e 's|[/.-]|_|g'`.d
+while true; do
+ if mkdir "$lockdir" >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+ break
+ fi
+ sleep 1
+done
+# FIXME: race condition here if user kills between mkdir and trap.
+trap "rmdir '$lockdir'; exit 1" 1 2 15
+
+# Run the compile.
+"$@"
+ret=$?
+
+if test -f "$cofile"; then
+ mv "$cofile" "$ofile"
+elif test -f "${cofile}bj"; then
+ mv "${cofile}bj" "$ofile"
+fi
+
+rmdir "$lockdir"
+exit $ret
+
+# Local Variables:
+# mode: shell-script
+# sh-indentation: 2
+# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
+# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
+# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
+# time-stamp-end: "$"
+# End:
# Output a system dependent set of variables, describing how to set the
# run time search path of shared libraries in an executable.
#
-# Copyright 1996-2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Copyright 1996-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# Taken from GNU libtool, 2001
# Originally by Gordon Matzigkeit <gord@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1996
#
# known workaround is to choose shorter directory names for the build
# directory and/or the installation directory.
-# All known linkers require a `.a' archive for static linking (except M$VC,
+# All known linkers require a `.a' archive for static linking (except MSVC,
# which needs '.lib').
libext=a
shrext=.so
host_vendor=`echo "$host" | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\2/'`
host_os=`echo "$host" | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\3/'`
-cc_basename=`echo "$CC" | sed -e 's%^.*/%%'`
+# Code taken from libtool.m4's _LT_CC_BASENAME.
+
+for cc_temp in $CC""; do
+ case $cc_temp in
+ compile | *[\\/]compile | ccache | *[\\/]ccache ) ;;
+ distcc | *[\\/]distcc | purify | *[\\/]purify ) ;;
+ \-*) ;;
+ *) break;;
+ esac
+done
+cc_basename=`echo "$cc_temp" | sed -e 's%^.*/%%'`
# Code taken from libtool.m4's AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_COMPILER_PIC.
wl='-Wl,'
;;
darwin*)
- case "$cc_basename" in
+ case $cc_basename in
xlc*)
wl='-Wl,'
;;
como)
wl='-lopt='
;;
+ *)
+ case `$CC -V 2>&1 | sed 5q` in
+ *Sun\ C*)
+ wl='-Wl,'
+ ;;
+ esac
+ ;;
esac
;;
osf3* | osf4* | osf5*)
with_gnu_ld=no
fi
;;
+ interix*)
+ # we just hope/assume this is gcc and not c89 (= MSVC++)
+ with_gnu_ld=yes
+ ;;
openbsd*)
with_gnu_ld=no
;;
ld_shlibs=yes
if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then
+ # Set some defaults for GNU ld with shared library support. These
+ # are reset later if shared libraries are not supported. Putting them
+ # here allows them to be overridden if necessary.
+ # Unlike libtool, we use -rpath here, not --rpath, since the documented
+ # option of GNU ld is called -rpath, not --rpath.
+ hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
case "$host_os" in
aix3* | aix4* | aix5*)
# On AIX/PPC, the GNU linker is very broken
ld_shlibs=no
fi
;;
+ interix3*)
+ hardcode_direct=no
+ hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath,$libdir'
+ ;;
+ linux*)
+ if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
+ :
+ else
+ ld_shlibs=no
+ fi
+ ;;
netbsd*)
;;
- solaris* | sysv5*)
+ solaris*)
if $LD -v 2>&1 | grep 'BFD 2\.8' > /dev/null; then
ld_shlibs=no
elif $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
ld_shlibs=no
fi
;;
+ sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | unixware* | OpenUNIX*)
+ case `$LD -v 2>&1` in
+ *\ [01].* | *\ 2.[0-9].* | *\ 2.1[0-5].*)
+ ld_shlibs=no
+ ;;
+ *)
+ if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
+ hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='`test -z "$SCOABSPATH" && echo ${wl}-rpath,$libdir`'
+ else
+ ld_shlibs=no
+ fi
+ ;;
+ esac
+ ;;
sunos4*)
hardcode_direct=yes
;;
- linux*)
- if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
- :
- else
- ld_shlibs=no
- fi
- ;;
*)
if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
:
fi
;;
esac
- if test "$ld_shlibs" = yes; then
- # Unlike libtool, we use -rpath here, not --rpath, since the documented
- # option of GNU ld is called -rpath, not --rpath.
- hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
+ if test "$ld_shlibs" = no; then
+ hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=
fi
else
case "$host_os" in
break
fi
done
+ ;;
esac
fi
hardcode_direct=yes
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
hardcode_libdir_separator=
fi
+ ;;
esac
fi
# Begin _LT_AC_SYS_LIBPATH_AIX.
if test "$GCC" = yes ; then
:
else
- case "$cc_basename" in
+ case $cc_basename in
xlc*)
;;
*)
# but as the default location of the library.
hardcode_minus_L=yes
;;
- hpux10* | hpux11*)
+ hpux10*)
if test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then
- case "$host_cpu" in
- hppa*64*)
- hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir'
- hardcode_libdir_separator=:
- hardcode_direct=no
- ;;
- ia64*)
- hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
+ hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir'
+ hardcode_libdir_separator=:
+ hardcode_direct=yes
+ # hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH,
+ # but as the default location of the library.
+ hardcode_minus_L=yes
+ fi
+ ;;
+ hpux11*)
+ if test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then
+ hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir'
+ hardcode_libdir_separator=:
+ case $host_cpu in
+ hppa*64*|ia64*)
hardcode_direct=no
- # hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH,
- # but as the default location of the library.
- hardcode_minus_L=yes
;;
*)
- hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir'
- hardcode_libdir_separator=:
hardcode_direct=yes
# hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH,
# but as the default location of the library.
fi
hardcode_libdir_separator=:
;;
- sco3.2v5*)
- ;;
solaris*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir'
;;
ld_shlibs=yes
fi
;;
- sysv4.2uw2*)
- hardcode_direct=yes
- hardcode_minus_L=no
- ;;
- sysv5OpenUNIX8* | sysv5UnixWare7* | sysv5uw[78]* | unixware7*)
+ sysv4*uw2* | sysv5OpenUNIX* | sysv5UnixWare7.[01].[10]* | unixware7*)
;;
- sysv5*)
- hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=
+ sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6*)
+ hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='`test -z "$SCOABSPATH" && echo ${wl}-R,$libdir`'
+ hardcode_libdir_separator=':'
;;
uts4*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
;;
kfreebsd*-gnu)
;;
- freebsd*)
+ freebsd* | dragonfly*)
;;
gnu*)
;;
hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*)
- case "$host_cpu" in
+ case $host_cpu in
ia64*)
shrext=.so
;;
;;
esac
;;
+ interix3*)
+ ;;
irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*)
case "$host_os" in
irix5* | nonstopux*)
;;
osf3* | osf4* | osf5*)
;;
- sco3.2v5*)
- ;;
solaris*)
;;
sunos4*)
;;
- sysv4 | sysv4.2uw2* | sysv4.3* | sysv5*)
+ sysv4 | sysv4.3*)
;;
sysv4*MP*)
;;
+ sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | unixware* | OpenUNIX* | sysv4*uw2*)
+ ;;
uts4*)
;;
esac
--- /dev/null
+dnl Template file for GNU Autoconf
+dnl Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 2001, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+dnl This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+dnl it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+dnl the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+dnl (at your option) any later version.
+
+dnl This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+dnl but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+dnl MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+dnl GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+dnl You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+dnl along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+dnl In addition, as a special exception, the Free Software Foundation
+dnl gives permission to link the code of its release of Wget with the
+dnl OpenSSL project's "OpenSSL" library (or with modified versions of it
+dnl that use the same license as the "OpenSSL" library), and distribute
+dnl the linked executables. You must obey the GNU General Public License
+dnl in all respects for all of the code used other than "OpenSSL". If you
+dnl modify this file, you may extend this exception to your version of the
+dnl file, but you are not obligated to do so. If you do not wish to do
+dnl so, delete this exception statement from your version.
+
+dnl
+dnl Process this file with autoconf to produce a configure script.
+dnl
+
+AC_INIT([wget],
+ [1.12-devel],
+ [bug-wget@gnu.org])
+AC_PREREQ(2.61)
+
+dnl
+dnl What version of Wget are we building?
+dnl
+AC_MSG_NOTICE([configuring for GNU Wget $PACKAGE_VERSION])
+
+AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIR([m4])
+AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR([.])
+
+dnl
+dnl Automake setup
+dnl
+AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(1.9)
+
+dnl
+dnl Gettext
+dnl
+AM_GNU_GETTEXT([external],[need-ngettext])
+AM_GNU_GETTEXT_VERSION([0.16.1])
+
+dnl
+dnl Get cannonical host
+dnl
+AC_CANONICAL_HOST
+AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([OS_TYPE], "$host_os",
+ [Define to be the name of the operating system.])
+
+dnl
+dnl Process features.
+dnl
+
+AC_ARG_WITH(ssl,
+[[ --without-ssl disable SSL autodetection]])
+
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(opie,
+[ --disable-opie disable support for opie or s/key FTP login],
+ENABLE_OPIE=$enableval, ENABLE_OPIE=yes)
+test x"${ENABLE_OPIE}" = xyes && AC_DEFINE([ENABLE_OPIE], 1,
+ [Define if you want the Opie support for FTP compiled in.])
+
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(digest,
+[ --disable-digest disable support for HTTP digest authorization],
+ENABLE_DIGEST=$enableval, ENABLE_DIGEST=yes)
+test x"${ENABLE_DIGEST}" = xyes && AC_DEFINE([ENABLE_DIGEST], 1,
+ [Define if you want the HTTP Digest Authorization compiled in.])
+
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(ntlm,
+[ --disable-ntlm disable support for NTLM authorization],
+[ENABLE_NTLM=$enableval], [ENABLE_NTLM=auto])
+
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(debug,
+[ --disable-debug disable support for debugging output],
+ENABLE_DEBUG=$enableval, ENABLE_DEBUG=yes)
+test x"${ENABLE_DEBUG}" = xyes && AC_DEFINE([ENABLE_DEBUG], 1,
+ [Define if you want the debug output support compiled in.])
+
+wget_need_md5=no
+
+case "${ENABLE_OPIE}${ENABLE_DIGEST}" in
+*yes*)
+ wget_need_md5=yes
+esac
+
+dnl
+dnl Find the compiler
+dnl
+
+dnl We want these before the checks, so the checks can modify their values.
+test -z "$CFLAGS" && CFLAGS= auto_cflags=1
+test -z "$CC" && cc_specified=yes
+
+AC_PROG_CC
+AM_PROG_CC_C_O
+AC_AIX
+gl_EARLY
+
+AC_PROG_RANLIB
+
+dnl Turn on optimization by default. Specifically:
+dnl
+dnl if the user hasn't specified CFLAGS, then
+dnl if compiler is gcc, then
+dnl use -O2 and some warning flags
+dnl else
+dnl use os-specific flags or -O
+if test -n "$auto_cflags"; then
+ if test -n "$GCC"; then
+ CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -O2 -Wall"
+ else
+ case "$host_os" in
+ *hpux*) CFLAGS="$CFLAGS +O3" ;;
+ *ultrix* | *osf*) CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -O -Olimit 2000" ;;
+ *) CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -O" ;;
+ esac
+ fi
+fi
+
+dnl
+dnl Checks for basic compiler characteristics.
+dnl
+AC_C_CONST
+AC_C_INLINE
+AC_C_VOLATILE
+
+dnl Check for basic headers, even though we expect them to exist and
+dnl #include them unconditionally in the code. Their detection is
+dnl still needed because test programs used by Autoconf macros check
+dnl for STDC_HEADERS, HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H, etc. before using them.
+dnl Without the checks they will fail to be included in test programs,
+dnl which will subsequently fail.
+AC_HEADER_STDC
+
+dnl Check for large file support. This check needs to come fairly
+dnl early because it could (in principle) affect whether functions and
+dnl headers are available, whether they work, etc.
+AC_SYS_LARGEFILE
+AC_CHECK_SIZEOF(off_t)
+
+dnl
+dnl Checks for system header files that might be missing.
+dnl
+AC_HEADER_STDBOOL
+AC_CHECK_HEADERS(unistd.h sys/time.h)
+AC_CHECK_HEADERS(termios.h sys/ioctl.h sys/select.h utime.h sys/utime.h)
+AC_CHECK_HEADERS(stdint.h inttypes.h pwd.h)
+
+dnl
+dnl Check sizes of integer types. These are used to find n-bit
+dnl integral types on older systems that fail to provide intN_t and
+dnl uintN_t typedefs.
+dnl
+AC_CHECK_SIZEOF(short)
+AC_CHECK_SIZEOF(int)
+AC_CHECK_SIZEOF(long)
+AC_CHECK_SIZEOF(long long)
+AC_CHECK_SIZEOF(void *)
+
+dnl
+dnl Checks for non-universal or system-specific types.
+dnl
+AC_TYPE_SIZE_T
+AC_TYPE_PID_T
+AC_CHECK_TYPES([uint32_t, uintptr_t, intptr_t, int64_t])
+AC_CHECK_TYPES(sig_atomic_t, [], [], [
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#if HAVE_INTTYPES_H
+# include <inttypes.h>
+#endif
+#include <signal.h>
+])
+
+# gnulib
+gl_INIT
+
+dnl
+dnl Checks for library functions.
+dnl
+AC_FUNC_ALLOCA
+AC_FUNC_MMAP
+AC_FUNC_FSEEKO
+AC_CHECK_FUNCS(strptime timegm snprintf vsnprintf vasprintf drand48)
+AC_CHECK_FUNCS(strtoll usleep ftello sigblock sigsetjmp memrchr)
+
+if test x"$ENABLE_OPIE" = xyes; then
+ AC_LIBOBJ([ftp-opie])
+fi
+
+dnl We expect to have these functions on Unix-like systems configure
+dnl runs on. The defines are provided to get them in config.h.in so
+dnl Wget can still be ported to non-Unix systems (such as Windows)
+dnl that lack some of these functions.
+AC_DEFINE([HAVE_STRCASECMP], 1, [Define to 1 if you have the `strcasecmp' function.])
+AC_DEFINE([HAVE_STRNCASECMP], 1, [Define to 1 if you have the `strncasecmp' function.])
+AC_DEFINE([HAVE_STRDUP], 1, [Define to 1 if you have the `strdup' function.])
+AC_DEFINE([HAVE_ISATTY], 1, [Define to 1 if you have the `isatty' function.])
+AC_DEFINE([HAVE_SYMLINK], 1, [Define to 1 if you have the `symlink' function.])
+
+dnl
+dnl Call Wget-specific macros defined in aclocal.
+dnl
+WGET_STRUCT_UTIMBUF
+WGET_SOCKLEN_T
+WGET_FNMATCH
+WGET_NANOSLEEP
+WGET_POSIX_CLOCK
+WGET_NSL_SOCKET
+
+dnl
+dnl Checks for libraries.
+dnl
+
+AS_IF([test x"$with_ssl" = xgnutls], [
+ dnl Now actually check for -lssl
+ AC_LIB_HAVE_LINKFLAGS([gnutls], [], [
+#include <gnutls/gnutls.h>
+ ], [gnutls_global_init()])
+ if test x"$LIBGNUTLS" != x
+ then
+ AC_MSG_NOTICE([compiling in support for SSL via GnuTLS])
+ AC_LIBOBJ([gnutls])
+ else
+ AC_MSG_ERROR([--with-ssl=gnutls was given, but GNUTLS is not available.])
+ fi
+], [
+ # --with-ssl is not gnutls: check if it's no
+ AS_IF([test x"$with_ssl" != xno], [
+ dnl As of this writing (OpenSSL 0.9.6), the libcrypto shared library
+ dnl doesn't record its dependency on libdl, so we need to make sure
+ dnl -ldl ends up in LIBS on systems that have it. Most OSes use
+ dnl dlopen(), but HP-UX uses shl_load().
+ AC_CHECK_LIB(dl, dlopen, [], [
+ AC_CHECK_LIB(dl, shl_load)
+ ])
+
+ dnl Now actually check for -lssl
+ AC_LIB_HAVE_LINKFLAGS([ssl], [crypto], [
+ #include <openssl/ssl.h>
+ #include <openssl/x509.h>
+ #include <openssl/err.h>
+ #include <openssl/rand.h>
+ #include <openssl/des.h>
+ #include <openssl/md4.h>
+ #include <openssl/md5.h>
+ ], [SSL_library_init ()])
+ if test x"$LIBSSL" != x
+ then
+ AC_MSG_NOTICE([compiling in support for SSL via OpenSSL])
+ AC_LIBOBJ([openssl])
+ elif test x"$with_ssl" != x
+ then
+ AC_MSG_ERROR([--with-ssl was given, but SSL is not available.])
+ fi
+ ]) # endif: --with-ssl == no?
+]) # endif: --with-ssl == gnutls?
+
+
+dnl Enable NTLM if requested and if SSL is available.
+if test x"$LIBSSL" != x
+then
+ if test x"$ENABLE_NTLM" != xno
+ then
+ AC_DEFINE([ENABLE_NTLM], 1,
+ [Define if you want the NTLM authorization support compiled in.])
+ AC_LIBOBJ([http-ntlm])
+ fi
+else
+ dnl If SSL is unavailable and the user explicitly requested NTLM,
+ dnl abort.
+ if test x"$ENABLE_NTLM" = xyes
+ then
+ AC_MSG_ERROR([NTLM authorization requested and OpenSSL not found; aborting])
+ fi
+fi
+
+dnl
+dnl Find an MD5 implementation. Since Wget rarely needs MD5, we try
+dnl to use an existing library implementation to save on code size.
+dnl
+
+if test x"$wget_need_md5" = xyes
+then
+ dnl This should be moved to an AC_DEFUN, but I'm not sure how to
+ dnl manipulate MD5_OBJ from the defun.
+
+ AC_LIBOBJ([gen-md5])
+ found_md5=no
+
+ dnl Check for the system MD5 library on Solaris. We don't check for
+ dnl something simple like "MD5Update" because there are a number of
+ dnl MD5 implementations that use that name, but have an otherwise
+ dnl incompatible interface. md5_calc is, hopefully, specific to the
+ dnl Solaris MD5 library.
+ if test x"$found_md5" = xno; then
+ AC_CHECK_LIB(md5, md5_calc, [
+ dnl Some installations have bogus <md5.h> in the compiler's
+ dnl include path, making the system md5 library useless.
+ AC_MSG_CHECKING([for working md5.h])
+ AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([#include <md5.h>
+ ], [
+ AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)
+ AC_DEFINE([HAVE_SOLARIS_MD5], 1, [Define when using Solaris MD5.])
+ LIBS="-lmd5 $LIBS"
+ found_md5=yes
+ AC_MSG_NOTICE([using the Solaris MD5 implementation])
+ ], [AC_MSG_RESULT(no)])
+ ])
+ fi
+
+ dnl Then see if we're linking OpenSSL anyway; if yes, use its md5
+ dnl implementation.
+ if test x"$found_md5" = xno; then
+ if test x"$LIBSSL" != x; then
+ AC_DEFINE([HAVE_OPENSSL_MD5], 1, [Define when using OpenSSL MD5.])
+ found_md5=yes
+ AC_MSG_NOTICE([using the OpenSSL MD5 implementation])
+ fi
+ fi
+
+ dnl If none of the above worked, use the one we ship with Wget.
+ if test x"$found_md5" = xno; then
+ AC_DEFINE([HAVE_BUILTIN_MD5], 1, [Define when using built-in MD5.])
+ found_md5=yes
+ AC_MSG_NOTICE([using the built-in (GNU) MD5 implementation])
+ AC_C_BIGENDIAN
+ fi
+fi
+AC_DEFINE([HAVE_MD5], 1, [Define if we're compiling support for MD5.])
+
+dnl **********************************************************************
+dnl Checks for IPv6
+dnl **********************************************************************
+
+dnl
+dnl We test for IPv6 by checking, in turn, for availability of
+dnl getaddrinfo, presence of the INET6 address/protocol family, and
+dnl the existence of struct sockaddr_in6. If any of them is missing,
+dnl IPv6 is disabled, and the code reverts to old-style gethostbyname.
+dnl
+dnl If --enable-ipv6 is explicitly specified on the configure command
+dnl line, we check for IPv6 and abort if not found. If --disable-ipv6
+dnl is specified, we disable IPv6 and don't check for it. The default
+dnl is to autodetect IPv6 and use it where available.
+dnl
+
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(ipv6,
+ AC_HELP_STRING([--disable-ipv6],[disable IPv6 support]),
+ [case "${enable_ipv6}" in
+ no)
+ AC_MSG_NOTICE([disabling IPv6 at user request])
+ dnl Disable IPv6 checking
+ ipv6=no
+ ;;
+ yes)
+ dnl IPv6 explicitly enabled: force its use (abort if unavailable).
+ ipv6=yes
+ force_ipv6=yes
+ ;;
+ auto)
+ dnl Auto-detect IPv6, i.e. check for IPv6, but don't force it.
+ ipv6=yes
+ ;;
+ *)
+ AC_MSG_ERROR([Invalid --enable-ipv6 argument \`$enable_ipv6'])
+ ;;
+ esac
+ ], [
+ dnl If nothing is specified, assume auto-detection.
+ ipv6=yes
+ ]
+)
+
+if test "X$ipv6" = "Xyes"; then
+ AC_CHECK_FUNCS(getaddrinfo, [], [
+ AC_MSG_NOTICE([Disabling IPv6 support: your system does not support getaddrinfo(3)])
+ ipv6=no
+ ])
+fi
+
+if test "X$ipv6" = "Xyes"; then
+ PROTO_INET6([], [
+ AC_MSG_NOTICE([Disabling IPv6 support: your system does not support the PF_INET6 protocol family])
+ ipv6=no
+ ])
+fi
+
+if test "X$ipv6" = "Xyes"; then
+ TYPE_STRUCT_SOCKADDR_IN6([],[
+ AC_MSG_NOTICE([Disabling IPv6 support: your system does not support \`struct sockaddr_in6'])
+ ipv6=no
+ ])
+ if test "X$ipv6" = "Xyes"; then
+ WGET_STRUCT_SOCKADDR_STORAGE
+ MEMBER_SIN6_SCOPE_ID
+ fi
+fi
+
+if test "X$ipv6" = "Xyes"; then
+ AC_DEFINE([ENABLE_IPV6], 1, [Define if IPv6 support is enabled.])
+ AC_MSG_NOTICE([Enabling support for IPv6.])
+elif test "x$force_ipv6" = "xyes"; then
+ AC_MSG_ERROR([IPv6 support requested but not found; aborting])
+fi
+
+
+dnl
+dnl Set of available languages.
+dnl
+dnl Originally this used to be static, looking like this:
+dnl ALL_LINGUAS="cs de hr it ..."
+dnl The downside was that configure needed to be rebuilt whenever a
+dnl new language was added.
+dnl
+ALL_LINGUAS="en@quot en@boldquot $(cd ${srcdir}/po && ls *.po | sed -e 's/\.po$//' | tr '\012' ' ')"
+
+dnl
+dnl Find makeinfo. We used to provide support for Emacs processing
+dnl Texinfo using `emacs -batch -eval ...' where makeinfo is
+dnl unavailable, but that broke with the addition of makeinfo-specific
+dnl command-line options, such as `-I'. Now we depend on makeinfo to
+dnl build the Info documentation.
+dnl
+
+AC_CHECK_PROGS(MAKEINFO, [makeinfo], [true])
+
+dnl
+dnl Find perl and pod2man
+dnl
+
+AC_PATH_PROGS(PERL, [perl5 perl], no)
+AC_PATH_PROG(POD2MAN, pod2man, no)
+
+if test "x${POD2MAN}" = xno; then
+ COMMENT_IF_NO_POD2MAN="# "
+else
+ COMMENT_IF_NO_POD2MAN=
+fi
+AC_SUBST(COMMENT_IF_NO_POD2MAN)
+
+dnl
+dnl Create output
+dnl
+AC_CONFIG_FILES([Makefile src/Makefile doc/Makefile util/Makefile
+ po/Makefile.in tests/Makefile tests/WgetTest.pm
+ lib/Makefile windows/Makefile])
+AC_CONFIG_HEADERS([src/config.h])
+AH_BOTTOM([
+#include "config-post.h"
+])
+AC_OUTPUT
+++ /dev/null
-dnl Template file for GNU Autoconf
-dnl Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 2001, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-dnl This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-dnl it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-dnl the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
-dnl (at your option) any later version.
-
-dnl This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-dnl but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-dnl MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-dnl GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-dnl You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-dnl along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-
-dnl In addition, as a special exception, the Free Software Foundation
-dnl gives permission to link the code of its release of Wget with the
-dnl OpenSSL project's "OpenSSL" library (or with modified versions of it
-dnl that use the same license as the "OpenSSL" library), and distribute
-dnl the linked executables. You must obey the GNU General Public License
-dnl in all respects for all of the code used other than "OpenSSL". If you
-dnl modify this file, you may extend this exception to your version of the
-dnl file, but you are not obligated to do so. If you do not wish to do
-dnl so, delete this exception statement from your version.
-
-dnl
-dnl Process this file with autoconf to produce a configure script.
-dnl
-
-AC_INIT([src/version.c])
-AC_PREREQ(2.61)
-
-dnl Include the M4 macros we use.
-builtin(include, [m4/wget.m4])dnl
-builtin(include, [m4/lib-ld.m4])dnl
-builtin(include, [m4/lib-link.m4])dnl
-builtin(include, [m4/lib-prefix.m4])dnl
-
-dnl
-dnl What version of Wget are we building?
-dnl
-VERSION=`sed -e 's/^.*"\(.*\)";$/\1/' ${srcdir}/src/version.c`
-AC_MSG_NOTICE([configuring for GNU Wget $VERSION])
-AC_SUBST(VERSION)
-PACKAGE=wget
-AC_SUBST(PACKAGE)
-
-dnl
-dnl Get cannonical host
-dnl
-AC_CANONICAL_HOST
-AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([OS_TYPE], "$host_os",
- [Define to be the name of the operating system.])
-
-dnl
-dnl Process features.
-dnl
-
-AC_ARG_WITH(ssl,
-[[ --without-ssl disable SSL autodetection]])
-
-AC_ARG_ENABLE(opie,
-[ --disable-opie disable support for opie or s/key FTP login],
-ENABLE_OPIE=$enableval, ENABLE_OPIE=yes)
-test x"${ENABLE_OPIE}" = xyes && AC_DEFINE([ENABLE_OPIE], 1,
- [Define if you want the Opie support for FTP compiled in.])
-
-AC_ARG_ENABLE(digest,
-[ --disable-digest disable support for HTTP digest authorization],
-ENABLE_DIGEST=$enableval, ENABLE_DIGEST=yes)
-test x"${ENABLE_DIGEST}" = xyes && AC_DEFINE([ENABLE_DIGEST], 1,
- [Define if you want the HTTP Digest Authorization compiled in.])
-
-AC_ARG_ENABLE(ntlm,
-[ --disable-ntlm disable support for NTLM authorization],
-[ENABLE_NTLM=$enableval], [ENABLE_NTLM=auto])
-
-AC_ARG_ENABLE(debug,
-[ --disable-debug disable support for debugging output],
-ENABLE_DEBUG=$enableval, ENABLE_DEBUG=yes)
-test x"${ENABLE_DEBUG}" = xyes && AC_DEFINE([ENABLE_DEBUG], 1,
- [Define if you want the debug output support compiled in.])
-
-wget_need_md5=no
-
-case "${ENABLE_OPIE}${ENABLE_DIGEST}" in
-*yes*)
- wget_need_md5=yes
-esac
-if test x"$ENABLE_OPIE" = xyes; then
- OPIE_OBJ='ftp-opie.o'
-fi
-AC_SUBST(OPIE_OBJ)
-
-dnl
-dnl Whether make sets $(MAKE)...
-dnl
-AC_PROG_MAKE_SET
-
-dnl
-dnl Find a good install
-dnl
-AC_PROG_INSTALL
-
-dnl
-dnl Find the compiler
-dnl
-
-dnl We want these before the checks, so the checks can modify their values.
-test -z "$CFLAGS" && CFLAGS= auto_cflags=1
-test -z "$CC" && cc_specified=yes
-
-AC_PROG_CC
-AC_AIX
-
-dnl Turn on optimization by default. Specifically:
-dnl
-dnl if the user hasn't specified CFLAGS, then
-dnl if compiler is gcc, then
-dnl use -O2 and some warning flags
-dnl else
-dnl use os-specific flags or -O
-if test -n "$auto_cflags"; then
- if test -n "$GCC"; then
- CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -O2 -Wall"
- else
- case "$host_os" in
- *hpux*) CFLAGS="$CFLAGS +O3" ;;
- *ultrix* | *osf*) CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -O -Olimit 2000" ;;
- *) CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -O" ;;
- esac
- fi
-fi
-
-dnl
-dnl Checks for basic compiler characteristics.
-dnl
-AC_C_CONST
-AC_C_INLINE
-AC_C_VOLATILE
-
-dnl Check for basic headers, even though we expect them to exist and
-dnl #include them unconditionally in the code. Their detection is
-dnl still needed because test programs used by Autoconf macros check
-dnl for STDC_HEADERS, HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H, etc. before using them.
-dnl Without the checks they will fail to be included in test programs,
-dnl which will subsequently fail.
-AC_HEADER_STDC
-
-dnl Check for large file support. This check needs to come fairly
-dnl early because it could (in principle) affect whether functions and
-dnl headers are available, whether they work, etc.
-AC_SYS_LARGEFILE
-AC_CHECK_SIZEOF(off_t)
-
-dnl
-dnl Checks for system header files that might be missing.
-dnl
-AC_HEADER_STDBOOL
-AC_CHECK_HEADERS(unistd.h sys/time.h)
-AC_CHECK_HEADERS(termios.h sys/ioctl.h sys/select.h utime.h sys/utime.h)
-AC_CHECK_HEADERS(stdint.h inttypes.h pwd.h)
-
-dnl
-dnl Check sizes of integer types. These are used to find n-bit
-dnl integral types on older systems that fail to provide intN_t and
-dnl uintN_t typedefs.
-dnl
-AC_CHECK_SIZEOF(short)
-AC_CHECK_SIZEOF(int)
-AC_CHECK_SIZEOF(long)
-AC_CHECK_SIZEOF(long long)
-AC_CHECK_SIZEOF(void *)
-
-dnl
-dnl Checks for non-universal or system-specific types.
-dnl
-AC_TYPE_SIZE_T
-AC_TYPE_PID_T
-AC_CHECK_TYPES([uint32_t, uintptr_t, intptr_t, int64_t])
-AC_CHECK_TYPES(sig_atomic_t, [], [], [
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#if HAVE_INTTYPES_H
-# include <inttypes.h>
-#endif
-#include <signal.h>
-])
-
-dnl
-dnl Checks for library functions.
-dnl
-AC_FUNC_ALLOCA
-AC_FUNC_MMAP
-AC_FUNC_FSEEKO
-AC_CHECK_FUNCS(strptime timegm snprintf vsnprintf vasprintf drand48)
-AC_CHECK_FUNCS(strtoll usleep ftello sigblock sigsetjmp memrchr)
-
-dnl We expect to have these functions on Unix-like systems configure
-dnl runs on. The defines are provided to get them in config.h.in so
-dnl Wget can still be ported to non-Unix systems (such as Windows)
-dnl that lack some of these functions.
-AC_DEFINE([HAVE_STRCASECMP], 1, [Define to 1 if you have the `strcasecmp' function.])
-AC_DEFINE([HAVE_STRNCASECMP], 1, [Define to 1 if you have the `strncasecmp' function.])
-AC_DEFINE([HAVE_STRDUP], 1, [Define to 1 if you have the `strdup' function.])
-AC_DEFINE([HAVE_ISATTY], 1, [Define to 1 if you have the `isatty' function.])
-AC_DEFINE([HAVE_SYMLINK], 1, [Define to 1 if you have the `symlink' function.])
-
-dnl
-dnl Call Wget-specific macros defined in aclocal.
-dnl
-WGET_STRUCT_UTIMBUF
-WGET_SOCKLEN_T
-WGET_FNMATCH
-WGET_NANOSLEEP
-WGET_POSIX_CLOCK
-WGET_NSL_SOCKET
-
-dnl
-dnl Check if we need to compile in getopt.c.
-dnl
-AC_CHECK_FUNC(getopt_long, [], [
- GETOPT_OBJ='getopt.o'
-])
-AC_SUBST(GETOPT_OBJ)
-
-dnl
-dnl Checks for libraries.
-dnl
-
-AS_IF([test x"$with_ssl" = xgnutls], [
- dnl Now actually check for -lssl
- AC_LIB_HAVE_LINKFLAGS([gnutls], [], [
-#include <gnutls/gnutls.h>
- ], [gnutls_global_init()])
- if test x"$LIBGNUTLS" != x
- then
- AC_MSG_NOTICE([compiling in support for SSL via GnuTLS])
- SSL_OBJ='gnutls.o'
- else
- AC_MSG_ERROR([--with-ssl=gnutls was given, but GNUTLS is not available.])
- fi
-], [
- # --with-ssl is not gnutls: check if it's no
- AS_IF([test x"$with_ssl" != xno], [
- dnl As of this writing (OpenSSL 0.9.6), the libcrypto shared library
- dnl doesn't record its dependency on libdl, so we need to make sure
- dnl -ldl ends up in LIBS on systems that have it. Most OSes use
- dnl dlopen(), but HP-UX uses shl_load().
- AC_CHECK_LIB(dl, dlopen, [], [
- AC_CHECK_LIB(dl, shl_load)
- ])
-
- dnl Now actually check for -lssl
- AC_LIB_HAVE_LINKFLAGS([ssl], [crypto], [
- #include <openssl/ssl.h>
- #include <openssl/x509.h>
- #include <openssl/err.h>
- #include <openssl/rand.h>
- #include <openssl/des.h>
- #include <openssl/md4.h>
- #include <openssl/md5.h>
- ], [SSL_library_init ()])
- if test x"$LIBSSL" != x
- then
- AC_MSG_NOTICE([compiling in support for SSL via OpenSSL])
- SSL_OBJ='openssl.o'
- elif test x"$with_ssl" != x
- then
- AC_MSG_ERROR([--with-ssl was given, but SSL is not available.])
- fi
- ]) # endif: --with-ssl == no?
-]) # endif: --with-ssl == gnutls?
-
-AC_SUBST(SSL_OBJ)
-
-dnl Enable NTLM if requested and if SSL is available.
-NTLM_OBJ=''
-if test x"$LIBSSL" != x
-then
- if test x"$ENABLE_NTLM" != xno
- then
- AC_DEFINE([ENABLE_NTLM], 1,
- [Define if you want the NTLM authorization support compiled in.])
- NTLM_OBJ='http-ntlm.o'
- fi
-else
- dnl If SSL is unavailable and the user explicitly requested NTLM,
- dnl abort.
- if test x"$ENABLE_NTLM" = xyes
- then
- AC_MSG_ERROR([NTLM authorization requested and OpenSSL not found; aborting])
- fi
-fi
-AC_SUBST(NTLM_OBJ)
-
-dnl
-dnl Find an MD5 implementation. Since Wget rarely needs MD5, we try
-dnl to use an existing library implementation to save on code size.
-dnl
-
-if test x"$wget_need_md5" = xyes
-then
- dnl This should be moved to an AC_DEFUN, but I'm not sure how to
- dnl manipulate MD5_OBJ from the defun.
-
- MD5_OBJ='gen-md5.o'
- found_md5=no
-
- dnl Check for the system MD5 library on Solaris. We don't check for
- dnl something simple like "MD5Update" because there are a number of
- dnl MD5 implementations that use that name, but have an otherwise
- dnl incompatible interface. md5_calc is, hopefully, specific to the
- dnl Solaris MD5 library.
- if test x"$found_md5" = xno; then
- AC_CHECK_LIB(md5, md5_calc, [
- dnl Some installations have bogus <md5.h> in the compiler's
- dnl include path, making the system md5 library useless.
- AC_MSG_CHECKING([for working md5.h])
- AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([#include <md5.h>
- ], [
- AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)
- AC_DEFINE([HAVE_SOLARIS_MD5], 1, [Define when using Solaris MD5.])
- LIBS="-lmd5 $LIBS"
- found_md5=yes
- AC_MSG_NOTICE([using the Solaris MD5 implementation])
- ], [AC_MSG_RESULT(no)])
- ])
- fi
-
- dnl Then see if we're linking OpenSSL anyway; if yes, use its md5
- dnl implementation.
- if test x"$found_md5" = xno; then
- if test x"$LIBSSL" != x; then
- AC_DEFINE([HAVE_OPENSSL_MD5], 1, [Define when using OpenSSL MD5.])
- found_md5=yes
- AC_MSG_NOTICE([using the OpenSSL MD5 implementation])
- fi
- fi
-
- dnl If none of the above worked, use the one we ship with Wget.
- if test x"$found_md5" = xno; then
- AC_DEFINE([HAVE_BUILTIN_MD5], 1, [Define when using built-in MD5.])
- MD5_OBJ="$MD5_OBJ gnu-md5.o"
- found_md5=yes
- AC_MSG_NOTICE([using the built-in (GNU) MD5 implementation])
- AC_C_BIGENDIAN
- fi
-fi
-AC_DEFINE([HAVE_MD5], 1, [Define if we're compiling support for MD5.])
-AC_SUBST(MD5_OBJ)
-
-dnl **********************************************************************
-dnl Checks for IPv6
-dnl **********************************************************************
-
-dnl
-dnl We test for IPv6 by checking, in turn, for availability of
-dnl getaddrinfo, presence of the INET6 address/protocol family, and
-dnl the existence of struct sockaddr_in6. If any of them is missing,
-dnl IPv6 is disabled, and the code reverts to old-style gethostbyname.
-dnl
-dnl If --enable-ipv6 is explicitly specified on the configure command
-dnl line, we check for IPv6 and abort if not found. If --disable-ipv6
-dnl is specified, we disable IPv6 and don't check for it. The default
-dnl is to autodetect IPv6 and use it where available.
-dnl
-
-AC_ARG_ENABLE(ipv6,
- AC_HELP_STRING([--disable-ipv6],[disable IPv6 support]),
- [case "${enable_ipv6}" in
- no)
- AC_MSG_NOTICE([disabling IPv6 at user request])
- dnl Disable IPv6 checking
- ipv6=no
- ;;
- yes)
- dnl IPv6 explicitly enabled: force its use (abort if unavailable).
- ipv6=yes
- force_ipv6=yes
- ;;
- auto)
- dnl Auto-detect IPv6, i.e. check for IPv6, but don't force it.
- ipv6=yes
- ;;
- *)
- AC_MSG_ERROR([Invalid --enable-ipv6 argument \`$enable_ipv6'])
- ;;
- esac
- ], [
- dnl If nothing is specified, assume auto-detection.
- ipv6=yes
- ]
-)
-
-if test "X$ipv6" = "Xyes"; then
- AC_CHECK_FUNCS(getaddrinfo, [], [
- AC_MSG_NOTICE([Disabling IPv6 support: your system does not support getaddrinfo(3)])
- ipv6=no
- ])
-fi
-
-if test "X$ipv6" = "Xyes"; then
- PROTO_INET6([], [
- AC_MSG_NOTICE([Disabling IPv6 support: your system does not support the PF_INET6 protocol family])
- ipv6=no
- ])
-fi
-
-if test "X$ipv6" = "Xyes"; then
- TYPE_STRUCT_SOCKADDR_IN6([],[
- AC_MSG_NOTICE([Disabling IPv6 support: your system does not support \`struct sockaddr_in6'])
- ipv6=no
- ])
- if test "X$ipv6" = "Xyes"; then
- WGET_STRUCT_SOCKADDR_STORAGE
- MEMBER_SIN6_SCOPE_ID
- fi
-fi
-
-if test "X$ipv6" = "Xyes"; then
- AC_DEFINE([ENABLE_IPV6], 1, [Define if IPv6 support is enabled.])
- AC_MSG_NOTICE([Enabling support for IPv6.])
-elif test "x$force_ipv6" = "xyes"; then
- AC_MSG_ERROR([IPv6 support requested but not found; aborting])
-fi
-
-
-dnl
-dnl Set of available languages.
-dnl
-dnl Originally this used to be static, looking like this:
-dnl ALL_LINGUAS="cs de hr it ..."
-dnl The downside was that configure needed to be rebuilt whenever a
-dnl new language was added.
-dnl
-ALL_LINGUAS=`(cd ${srcdir}/po && ls *.po | sed -e 's/\.po$//' | tr '\012' ' ')`
-
-dnl internationalization macros
-WGET_WITH_NLS
-
-dnl
-dnl Find makeinfo. We used to provide support for Emacs processing
-dnl Texinfo using `emacs -batch -eval ...' where makeinfo is
-dnl unavailable, but that broke with the addition of makeinfo-specific
-dnl command-line options, such as `-I'. Now we depend on makeinfo to
-dnl build the Info documentation.
-dnl
-
-AC_CHECK_PROGS(MAKEINFO, [makeinfo], [true])
-
-dnl
-dnl Find perl and pod2man
-dnl
-
-AC_PATH_PROGS(PERL, [perl5 perl], no)
-AC_PATH_PROG(POD2MAN, pod2man, no)
-
-if test "x${POD2MAN}" = xno; then
- COMMENT_IF_NO_POD2MAN="# "
-else
- COMMENT_IF_NO_POD2MAN=
-fi
-AC_SUBST(COMMENT_IF_NO_POD2MAN)
-
-dnl
-dnl Create output
-dnl
-AC_CONFIG_FILES([Makefile src/Makefile doc/Makefile util/Makefile
- po/Makefile.in tests/Makefile tests/WgetTest.pm
- windows/Makefile])
-AC_CONFIG_HEADERS([src/config.h])
-AH_BOTTOM([
-#include "config-post.h"
-])
-AC_CONFIG_FILES([stamp-h], [echo timestamp > stamp-h])
-AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS([default], [WGET_PROCESS_PO])
-AC_OUTPUT
--- /dev/null
+#! /bin/sh
+# depcomp - compile a program generating dependencies as side-effects
+
+scriptversion=2006-10-15.18
+
+# Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc.
+
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+# any later version.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
+# 02110-1301, USA.
+
+# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
+# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
+# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
+# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
+
+# Originally written by Alexandre Oliva <oliva@dcc.unicamp.br>.
+
+case $1 in
+ '')
+ echo "$0: No command. Try \`$0 --help' for more information." 1>&2
+ exit 1;
+ ;;
+ -h | --h*)
+ cat <<\EOF
+Usage: depcomp [--help] [--version] PROGRAM [ARGS]
+
+Run PROGRAMS ARGS to compile a file, generating dependencies
+as side-effects.
+
+Environment variables:
+ depmode Dependency tracking mode.
+ source Source file read by `PROGRAMS ARGS'.
+ object Object file output by `PROGRAMS ARGS'.
+ DEPDIR directory where to store dependencies.
+ depfile Dependency file to output.
+ tmpdepfile Temporary file to use when outputing dependencies.
+ libtool Whether libtool is used (yes/no).
+
+Report bugs to <bug-automake@gnu.org>.
+EOF
+ exit $?
+ ;;
+ -v | --v*)
+ echo "depcomp $scriptversion"
+ exit $?
+ ;;
+esac
+
+if test -z "$depmode" || test -z "$source" || test -z "$object"; then
+ echo "depcomp: Variables source, object and depmode must be set" 1>&2
+ exit 1
+fi
+
+# Dependencies for sub/bar.o or sub/bar.obj go into sub/.deps/bar.Po.
+depfile=${depfile-`echo "$object" |
+ sed 's|[^\\/]*$|'${DEPDIR-.deps}'/&|;s|\.\([^.]*\)$|.P\1|;s|Pobj$|Po|'`}
+tmpdepfile=${tmpdepfile-`echo "$depfile" | sed 's/\.\([^.]*\)$/.T\1/'`}
+
+rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+
+# Some modes work just like other modes, but use different flags. We
+# parameterize here, but still list the modes in the big case below,
+# to make depend.m4 easier to write. Note that we *cannot* use a case
+# here, because this file can only contain one case statement.
+if test "$depmode" = hp; then
+ # HP compiler uses -M and no extra arg.
+ gccflag=-M
+ depmode=gcc
+fi
+
+if test "$depmode" = dashXmstdout; then
+ # This is just like dashmstdout with a different argument.
+ dashmflag=-xM
+ depmode=dashmstdout
+fi
+
+case "$depmode" in
+gcc3)
+## gcc 3 implements dependency tracking that does exactly what
+## we want. Yay! Note: for some reason libtool 1.4 doesn't like
+## it if -MD -MP comes after the -MF stuff. Hmm.
+## Unfortunately, FreeBSD c89 acceptance of flags depends upon
+## the command line argument order; so add the flags where they
+## appear in depend2.am. Note that the slowdown incurred here
+## affects only configure: in makefiles, %FASTDEP% shortcuts this.
+ for arg
+ do
+ case $arg in
+ -c) set fnord "$@" -MT "$object" -MD -MP -MF "$tmpdepfile" "$arg" ;;
+ *) set fnord "$@" "$arg" ;;
+ esac
+ shift # fnord
+ shift # $arg
+ done
+ "$@"
+ stat=$?
+ if test $stat -eq 0; then :
+ else
+ rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+ exit $stat
+ fi
+ mv "$tmpdepfile" "$depfile"
+ ;;
+
+gcc)
+## There are various ways to get dependency output from gcc. Here's
+## why we pick this rather obscure method:
+## - Don't want to use -MD because we'd like the dependencies to end
+## up in a subdir. Having to rename by hand is ugly.
+## (We might end up doing this anyway to support other compilers.)
+## - The DEPENDENCIES_OUTPUT environment variable makes gcc act like
+## -MM, not -M (despite what the docs say).
+## - Using -M directly means running the compiler twice (even worse
+## than renaming).
+ if test -z "$gccflag"; then
+ gccflag=-MD,
+ fi
+ "$@" -Wp,"$gccflag$tmpdepfile"
+ stat=$?
+ if test $stat -eq 0; then :
+ else
+ rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+ exit $stat
+ fi
+ rm -f "$depfile"
+ echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
+ alpha=ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz
+## The second -e expression handles DOS-style file names with drive letters.
+ sed -e 's/^[^:]*: / /' \
+ -e 's/^['$alpha']:\/[^:]*: / /' < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
+## This next piece of magic avoids the `deleted header file' problem.
+## The problem is that when a header file which appears in a .P file
+## is deleted, the dependency causes make to die (because there is
+## typically no way to rebuild the header). We avoid this by adding
+## dummy dependencies for each header file. Too bad gcc doesn't do
+## this for us directly.
+ tr ' ' '
+' < "$tmpdepfile" |
+## Some versions of gcc put a space before the `:'. On the theory
+## that the space means something, we add a space to the output as
+## well.
+## Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation
+## correctly. Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround.
+ sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e '/:$/d' | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
+ rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+ ;;
+
+hp)
+ # This case exists only to let depend.m4 do its work. It works by
+ # looking at the text of this script. This case will never be run,
+ # since it is checked for above.
+ exit 1
+ ;;
+
+sgi)
+ if test "$libtool" = yes; then
+ "$@" "-Wp,-MDupdate,$tmpdepfile"
+ else
+ "$@" -MDupdate "$tmpdepfile"
+ fi
+ stat=$?
+ if test $stat -eq 0; then :
+ else
+ rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+ exit $stat
+ fi
+ rm -f "$depfile"
+
+ if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then # yes, the sourcefile depend on other files
+ echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
+
+ # Clip off the initial element (the dependent). Don't try to be
+ # clever and replace this with sed code, as IRIX sed won't handle
+ # lines with more than a fixed number of characters (4096 in
+ # IRIX 6.2 sed, 8192 in IRIX 6.5). We also remove comment lines;
+ # the IRIX cc adds comments like `#:fec' to the end of the
+ # dependency line.
+ tr ' ' '
+' < "$tmpdepfile" \
+ | sed -e 's/^.*\.o://' -e 's/#.*$//' -e '/^$/ d' | \
+ tr '
+' ' ' >> $depfile
+ echo >> $depfile
+
+ # The second pass generates a dummy entry for each header file.
+ tr ' ' '
+' < "$tmpdepfile" \
+ | sed -e 's/^.*\.o://' -e 's/#.*$//' -e '/^$/ d' -e 's/$/:/' \
+ >> $depfile
+ else
+ # The sourcefile does not contain any dependencies, so just
+ # store a dummy comment line, to avoid errors with the Makefile
+ # "include basename.Plo" scheme.
+ echo "#dummy" > "$depfile"
+ fi
+ rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+ ;;
+
+aix)
+ # The C for AIX Compiler uses -M and outputs the dependencies
+ # in a .u file. In older versions, this file always lives in the
+ # current directory. Also, the AIX compiler puts `$object:' at the
+ # start of each line; $object doesn't have directory information.
+ # Version 6 uses the directory in both cases.
+ stripped=`echo "$object" | sed 's/\(.*\)\..*$/\1/'`
+ tmpdepfile="$stripped.u"
+ if test "$libtool" = yes; then
+ "$@" -Wc,-M
+ else
+ "$@" -M
+ fi
+ stat=$?
+
+ if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then :
+ else
+ stripped=`echo "$stripped" | sed 's,^.*/,,'`
+ tmpdepfile="$stripped.u"
+ fi
+
+ if test $stat -eq 0; then :
+ else
+ rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+ exit $stat
+ fi
+
+ if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then
+ outname="$stripped.o"
+ # Each line is of the form `foo.o: dependent.h'.
+ # Do two passes, one to just change these to
+ # `$object: dependent.h' and one to simply `dependent.h:'.
+ sed -e "s,^$outname:,$object :," < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
+ sed -e "s,^$outname: \(.*\)$,\1:," < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
+ else
+ # The sourcefile does not contain any dependencies, so just
+ # store a dummy comment line, to avoid errors with the Makefile
+ # "include basename.Plo" scheme.
+ echo "#dummy" > "$depfile"
+ fi
+ rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+ ;;
+
+icc)
+ # Intel's C compiler understands `-MD -MF file'. However on
+ # icc -MD -MF foo.d -c -o sub/foo.o sub/foo.c
+ # ICC 7.0 will fill foo.d with something like
+ # foo.o: sub/foo.c
+ # foo.o: sub/foo.h
+ # which is wrong. We want:
+ # sub/foo.o: sub/foo.c
+ # sub/foo.o: sub/foo.h
+ # sub/foo.c:
+ # sub/foo.h:
+ # ICC 7.1 will output
+ # foo.o: sub/foo.c sub/foo.h
+ # and will wrap long lines using \ :
+ # foo.o: sub/foo.c ... \
+ # sub/foo.h ... \
+ # ...
+
+ "$@" -MD -MF "$tmpdepfile"
+ stat=$?
+ if test $stat -eq 0; then :
+ else
+ rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+ exit $stat
+ fi
+ rm -f "$depfile"
+ # Each line is of the form `foo.o: dependent.h',
+ # or `foo.o: dep1.h dep2.h \', or ` dep3.h dep4.h \'.
+ # Do two passes, one to just change these to
+ # `$object: dependent.h' and one to simply `dependent.h:'.
+ sed "s,^[^:]*:,$object :," < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
+ # Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation
+ # correctly. Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround.
+ sed 's,^[^:]*: \(.*\)$,\1,;s/^\\$//;/^$/d;/:$/d' < "$tmpdepfile" |
+ sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
+ rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+ ;;
+
+hp2)
+ # The "hp" stanza above does not work with aCC (C++) and HP's ia64
+ # compilers, which have integrated preprocessors. The correct option
+ # to use with these is +Maked; it writes dependencies to a file named
+ # 'foo.d', which lands next to the object file, wherever that
+ # happens to be.
+ # Much of this is similar to the tru64 case; see comments there.
+ dir=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's|/[^/]*$|/|'`
+ test "x$dir" = "x$object" && dir=
+ base=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's|^.*/||' -e 's/\.o$//' -e 's/\.lo$//'`
+ if test "$libtool" = yes; then
+ tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.d
+ tmpdepfile2=$dir.libs/$base.d
+ "$@" -Wc,+Maked
+ else
+ tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.d
+ tmpdepfile2=$dir$base.d
+ "$@" +Maked
+ fi
+ stat=$?
+ if test $stat -eq 0; then :
+ else
+ rm -f "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2"
+ exit $stat
+ fi
+
+ for tmpdepfile in "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2"
+ do
+ test -f "$tmpdepfile" && break
+ done
+ if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then
+ sed -e "s,^.*\.[a-z]*:,$object:," "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
+ # Add `dependent.h:' lines.
+ sed -ne '2,${; s/^ *//; s/ \\*$//; s/$/:/; p;}' "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
+ else
+ echo "#dummy" > "$depfile"
+ fi
+ rm -f "$tmpdepfile" "$tmpdepfile2"
+ ;;
+
+tru64)
+ # The Tru64 compiler uses -MD to generate dependencies as a side
+ # effect. `cc -MD -o foo.o ...' puts the dependencies into `foo.o.d'.
+ # At least on Alpha/Redhat 6.1, Compaq CCC V6.2-504 seems to put
+ # dependencies in `foo.d' instead, so we check for that too.
+ # Subdirectories are respected.
+ dir=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's|/[^/]*$|/|'`
+ test "x$dir" = "x$object" && dir=
+ base=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's|^.*/||' -e 's/\.o$//' -e 's/\.lo$//'`
+
+ if test "$libtool" = yes; then
+ # With Tru64 cc, shared objects can also be used to make a
+ # static library. This mechanism is used in libtool 1.4 series to
+ # handle both shared and static libraries in a single compilation.
+ # With libtool 1.4, dependencies were output in $dir.libs/$base.lo.d.
+ #
+ # With libtool 1.5 this exception was removed, and libtool now
+ # generates 2 separate objects for the 2 libraries. These two
+ # compilations output dependencies in $dir.libs/$base.o.d and
+ # in $dir$base.o.d. We have to check for both files, because
+ # one of the two compilations can be disabled. We should prefer
+ # $dir$base.o.d over $dir.libs/$base.o.d because the latter is
+ # automatically cleaned when .libs/ is deleted, while ignoring
+ # the former would cause a distcleancheck panic.
+ tmpdepfile1=$dir.libs/$base.lo.d # libtool 1.4
+ tmpdepfile2=$dir$base.o.d # libtool 1.5
+ tmpdepfile3=$dir.libs/$base.o.d # libtool 1.5
+ tmpdepfile4=$dir.libs/$base.d # Compaq CCC V6.2-504
+ "$@" -Wc,-MD
+ else
+ tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.o.d
+ tmpdepfile2=$dir$base.d
+ tmpdepfile3=$dir$base.d
+ tmpdepfile4=$dir$base.d
+ "$@" -MD
+ fi
+
+ stat=$?
+ if test $stat -eq 0; then :
+ else
+ rm -f "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3" "$tmpdepfile4"
+ exit $stat
+ fi
+
+ for tmpdepfile in "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3" "$tmpdepfile4"
+ do
+ test -f "$tmpdepfile" && break
+ done
+ if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then
+ sed -e "s,^.*\.[a-z]*:,$object:," < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
+ # That's a tab and a space in the [].
+ sed -e 's,^.*\.[a-z]*:[ ]*,,' -e 's,$,:,' < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
+ else
+ echo "#dummy" > "$depfile"
+ fi
+ rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+ ;;
+
+#nosideeffect)
+ # This comment above is used by automake to tell side-effect
+ # dependency tracking mechanisms from slower ones.
+
+dashmstdout)
+ # Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must*
+ # always write the preprocessed file to stdout, regardless of -o.
+ "$@" || exit $?
+
+ # Remove the call to Libtool.
+ if test "$libtool" = yes; then
+ while test $1 != '--mode=compile'; do
+ shift
+ done
+ shift
+ fi
+
+ # Remove `-o $object'.
+ IFS=" "
+ for arg
+ do
+ case $arg in
+ -o)
+ shift
+ ;;
+ $object)
+ shift
+ ;;
+ *)
+ set fnord "$@" "$arg"
+ shift # fnord
+ shift # $arg
+ ;;
+ esac
+ done
+
+ test -z "$dashmflag" && dashmflag=-M
+ # Require at least two characters before searching for `:'
+ # in the target name. This is to cope with DOS-style filenames:
+ # a dependency such as `c:/foo/bar' could be seen as target `c' otherwise.
+ "$@" $dashmflag |
+ sed 's:^[ ]*[^: ][^:][^:]*\:[ ]*:'"$object"'\: :' > "$tmpdepfile"
+ rm -f "$depfile"
+ cat < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
+ tr ' ' '
+' < "$tmpdepfile" | \
+## Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation
+## correctly. Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround.
+ sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e '/:$/d' | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
+ rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+ ;;
+
+dashXmstdout)
+ # This case only exists to satisfy depend.m4. It is never actually
+ # run, as this mode is specially recognized in the preamble.
+ exit 1
+ ;;
+
+makedepend)
+ "$@" || exit $?
+ # Remove any Libtool call
+ if test "$libtool" = yes; then
+ while test $1 != '--mode=compile'; do
+ shift
+ done
+ shift
+ fi
+ # X makedepend
+ shift
+ cleared=no
+ for arg in "$@"; do
+ case $cleared in
+ no)
+ set ""; shift
+ cleared=yes ;;
+ esac
+ case "$arg" in
+ -D*|-I*)
+ set fnord "$@" "$arg"; shift ;;
+ # Strip any option that makedepend may not understand. Remove
+ # the object too, otherwise makedepend will parse it as a source file.
+ -*|$object)
+ ;;
+ *)
+ set fnord "$@" "$arg"; shift ;;
+ esac
+ done
+ obj_suffix="`echo $object | sed 's/^.*\././'`"
+ touch "$tmpdepfile"
+ ${MAKEDEPEND-makedepend} -o"$obj_suffix" -f"$tmpdepfile" "$@"
+ rm -f "$depfile"
+ cat < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
+ sed '1,2d' "$tmpdepfile" | tr ' ' '
+' | \
+## Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation
+## correctly. Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround.
+ sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e '/:$/d' | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
+ rm -f "$tmpdepfile" "$tmpdepfile".bak
+ ;;
+
+cpp)
+ # Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must*
+ # always write the preprocessed file to stdout.
+ "$@" || exit $?
+
+ # Remove the call to Libtool.
+ if test "$libtool" = yes; then
+ while test $1 != '--mode=compile'; do
+ shift
+ done
+ shift
+ fi
+
+ # Remove `-o $object'.
+ IFS=" "
+ for arg
+ do
+ case $arg in
+ -o)
+ shift
+ ;;
+ $object)
+ shift
+ ;;
+ *)
+ set fnord "$@" "$arg"
+ shift # fnord
+ shift # $arg
+ ;;
+ esac
+ done
+
+ "$@" -E |
+ sed -n -e '/^# [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)".*/ s:: \1 \\:p' \
+ -e '/^#line [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)".*/ s:: \1 \\:p' |
+ sed '$ s: \\$::' > "$tmpdepfile"
+ rm -f "$depfile"
+ echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
+ cat < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
+ sed < "$tmpdepfile" '/^$/d;s/^ //;s/ \\$//;s/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
+ rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+ ;;
+
+msvisualcpp)
+ # Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must*
+ # always write the preprocessed file to stdout, regardless of -o,
+ # because we must use -o when running libtool.
+ "$@" || exit $?
+ IFS=" "
+ for arg
+ do
+ case "$arg" in
+ "-Gm"|"/Gm"|"-Gi"|"/Gi"|"-ZI"|"/ZI")
+ set fnord "$@"
+ shift
+ shift
+ ;;
+ *)
+ set fnord "$@" "$arg"
+ shift
+ shift
+ ;;
+ esac
+ done
+ "$@" -E |
+ sed -n '/^#line [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)"/ s::echo "`cygpath -u \\"\1\\"`":p' | sort | uniq > "$tmpdepfile"
+ rm -f "$depfile"
+ echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
+ . "$tmpdepfile" | sed 's% %\\ %g' | sed -n '/^\(.*\)$/ s:: \1 \\:p' >> "$depfile"
+ echo " " >> "$depfile"
+ . "$tmpdepfile" | sed 's% %\\ %g' | sed -n '/^\(.*\)$/ s::\1\::p' >> "$depfile"
+ rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+ ;;
+
+none)
+ exec "$@"
+ ;;
+
+*)
+ echo "Unknown depmode $depmode" 1>&2
+ exit 1
+ ;;
+esac
+
+exit 0
+
+# Local Variables:
+# mode: shell-script
+# sh-indentation: 2
+# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
+# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
+# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
+# time-stamp-end: "$"
+# End:
+2007-10-13 Micah Cowan <micah@cowan.name>
+
+ * wget.texi <Mailing Lists>: Replaced mention of no-longer
+ included PATCHES file with link to relevant Wgiki page.
+ * wget.texi <Internet Relay Chat>: Added new section.
+
+2007-10-10 Micah Cowan <micah@cowan.name>
+
+ * wget.texi <Wgetrc Commands>: Fixed "doewnloads" typo.
+
+2007-10-08 Micah Cowan <micah@cowan.name>
+
+ * wget.texi: Credit to Ralf Wildenhues for automakifying patches.
+
+2007-10-05 Ralf Wildenhues <Ralf.Wildenhues@gmx.de>
+
+ * Makefile.in: Removed, replaced by Makefile.am.
+ * Makefile.am: Converted from Makefile.in.
+
2007-10-03 Micah Cowan <micah@cowan.name>
* wget.texi <Wgetrc Commands>: Cleaned up alphabetization,
--- /dev/null
+# Makefile for `wget' utility
+# Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+#
+# Version: @VERSION@
+#
+
+# Program to convert DVI files to PostScript
+DVIPS = dvips -D 300
+# Program to convert texinfo files to html
+TEXI2HTML = texi2html -expandinfo -split_chapter
+
+manext = 1
+RM = rm -f
+
+TEXI2POD = $(srcdir)/texi2pod.pl
+POD2MAN = @POD2MAN@
+MAN = wget.$(manext)
+WGETRC = $(sysconfdir)/wgetrc
+SAMPLERCTEXI = sample.wgetrc.munged_for_texi_inclusion
+
+#
+# Dependencies for building
+#
+
+man_MANS = $(MAN)
+
+all: wget.info @COMMENT_IF_NO_POD2MAN@$(MAN)
+
+everything: all wget_us.ps wget_a4.ps wget_toc.html
+
+$(SAMPLERCTEXI): $(srcdir)/sample.wgetrc
+ sed s/@/@@/g $? > $@
+
+info_TEXINFOS = wget.texi
+wget_TEXINFOS = fdl.texi sample.wgetrc.munged_for_texi_inclusion
+
+EXTRA_DIST = README.maint sample.wgetrc $(SAMPLERCTEXI) \
+ texi2pod.pl
+
+wget.pod: $(srcdir)/wget.texi $(srcdir)/version.texi
+ $(TEXI2POD) $(srcdir)/wget.texi $@
+
+$(MAN): wget.pod
+ $(POD2MAN) --center="GNU Wget" --release="GNU Wget @VERSION@" $? > $@
+
+#wget.cat: $(MAN)
+# nroff -man $? > $@
+
+wget_us.ps: wget.dvi
+ $(DVIPS) -t letter -o $@ wget.dvi
+
+wget_a4.ps: wget.dvi
+ $(DVIPS) -t a4 -o $@ wget.dvi
+
+wget_toc.html: $(srcdir)/wget.texi
+ $(TEXI2HTML) $(srcdir)/wget.texi
+
+#
+# Dependencies for installing
+#
+
+# install all the documentation
+install-data-local: install.wgetrc @COMMENT_IF_NO_POD2MAN@install.man
+
+# uninstall all the documentation
+uninstall-local: @COMMENT_IF_NO_POD2MAN@uninstall.man
+
+
+# install man page, creating install directory if necessary
+install.man: $(MAN)
+ $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs $(DESTDIR)$(mandir)/man$(manext)
+ $(INSTALL_DATA) $(MAN) $(DESTDIR)$(mandir)/man$(manext)/$(MAN)
+
+# install sample.wgetrc
+install.wgetrc: $(srcdir)/sample.wgetrc
+ $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs $(DESTDIR)$(sysconfdir)
+ @if test -f $(DESTDIR)$(WGETRC); then \
+ if cmp -s $(srcdir)/sample.wgetrc $(DESTDIR)$(WGETRC); then echo ""; \
+ else \
+ echo ' $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/sample.wgetrc $(DESTDIR)$(WGETRC).new'; \
+ $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/sample.wgetrc $(DESTDIR)$(WGETRC).new; \
+ echo; \
+ echo "WARNING: Differing \`$(DESTDIR)$(WGETRC)'"; \
+ echo " exists and has been spared. You might want to"; \
+ echo " consider merging in the new lines from"; \
+ echo " \`$(DESTDIR)$(WGETRC).new'."; \
+ echo; \
+ fi; \
+ else \
+ $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/sample.wgetrc $(DESTDIR)$(WGETRC); \
+ fi
+
+# uninstall man page
+uninstall.man:
+ $(RM) $(DESTDIR)$(mandir)/man$(manext)/$(MAN)
+
+#
+# Dependencies for cleanup
+#
+
+CLEANFILES = *~ *.bak *.cat *.pod
+DISTCLEANFILES = $(MAN)
+++ /dev/null
-# Makefile for `wget' utility
-# Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
-# (at your option) any later version.
-
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-# GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-
-#
-# Version: @VERSION@
-#
-
-SHELL = /bin/sh
-
-# Program to format Texinfo source into Info files.
-MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@
-# Program to format Texinfo source into DVI files.
-TEXI2DVI = texi2dvi
-# Program to convert DVI files to PostScript
-DVIPS = dvips -D 300
-# Program to convert texinfo files to html
-TEXI2HTML = texi2html -expandinfo -split_chapter
-
-top_builddir = ..
-
-top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
-srcdir = @srcdir@
-VPATH = @srcdir@
-
-prefix = @prefix@
-infodir = @infodir@
-mandir = @mandir@
-manext = 1
-sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@
-
-DESTDIR =
-
-INSTALL = @INSTALL@
-INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
-RM = rm -f
-
-TEXI2POD = $(srcdir)/texi2pod.pl
-POD2MAN = @POD2MAN@
-MAN = wget.$(manext)
-WGETRC = $(sysconfdir)/wgetrc
-SAMPLERCTEXI = sample.wgetrc.munged_for_texi_inclusion
-
-#
-# Dependencies for building
-#
-
-all: wget.info @COMMENT_IF_NO_POD2MAN@$(MAN)
-
-everything: all wget_us.ps wget_a4.ps wget_toc.html
-
-$(SAMPLERCTEXI): $(srcdir)/sample.wgetrc
- sed s/@/@@/g $? > $@
-
-wget.info: $(srcdir)/wget.texi $(SAMPLERCTEXI) $(srcdir)/version.texi
- $(MAKEINFO) -I$(srcdir) $(srcdir)/wget.texi
-
-wget.pod: $(srcdir)/wget.texi $(srcdir)/version.texi
- $(TEXI2POD) $(srcdir)/wget.texi $@
-
-$(MAN): wget.pod
- $(POD2MAN) --center="GNU Wget" --release="GNU Wget @VERSION@" $? > $@
-
-#wget.cat: $(MAN)
-# nroff -man $? > $@
-
-dvi: wget.dvi
-
-wget.dvi: $(srcdir)/wget.texi
- $(TEXI2DVI) $(srcdir)/wget.texi
-
-wget_us.ps: wget.dvi
- $(DVIPS) -t letter -o $@ wget.dvi
-
-wget_a4.ps: wget.dvi
- $(DVIPS) -t a4 -o $@ wget.dvi
-
-wget_toc.html: $(srcdir)/wget.texi
- $(TEXI2HTML) $(srcdir)/wget.texi
-
-#
-# Dependencies for installing
-#
-
-# install all the documentation
-install: install.info install.wgetrc @COMMENT_IF_NO_POD2MAN@install.man
-
-# uninstall all the documentation
-uninstall: uninstall.info @COMMENT_IF_NO_POD2MAN@uninstall.man
-
-# install info pages, creating install directory if necessary
-# if the info pages are built in the build directory, they are used.
-# otherwise, the ones from the distribution are installed.
-install.info: wget.info
- $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs $(DESTDIR)$(infodir)
- -if test -f wget.info; then \
- for file in wget.info wget.info-*[0-9]; do \
- if test -f "$$file"; then \
- $(INSTALL_DATA) "$$file" "$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/$$file" ; \
- fi; \
- done; \
- else \
- for file in $(srcdir)/wget.info $(srcdir)/wget.info-*[0-9]; do \
- if test -f "$$file"; then \
- $(INSTALL_DATA) "$$file" "$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/`basename $$file`" ; \
- fi; \
- done; \
- fi
-
-# install man page, creating install directory if necessary
-install.man: $(MAN)
- $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs $(DESTDIR)$(mandir)/man$(manext)
- $(INSTALL_DATA) $(MAN) $(DESTDIR)$(mandir)/man$(manext)/$(MAN)
-
-# install sample.wgetrc
-install.wgetrc: $(srcdir)/sample.wgetrc
- $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs $(DESTDIR)$(sysconfdir)
- @if test -f $(DESTDIR)$(WGETRC); then \
- if cmp -s $(srcdir)/sample.wgetrc $(DESTDIR)$(WGETRC); then echo ""; \
- else \
- echo ' $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/sample.wgetrc $(DESTDIR)$(WGETRC).new'; \
- $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/sample.wgetrc $(DESTDIR)$(WGETRC).new; \
- echo; \
- echo "WARNING: Differing \`$(DESTDIR)$(WGETRC)'"; \
- echo " exists and has been spared. You might want to"; \
- echo " consider merging in the new lines from"; \
- echo " \`$(DESTDIR)$(WGETRC).new'."; \
- echo; \
- fi; \
- else \
- $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/sample.wgetrc $(DESTDIR)$(WGETRC); \
- fi
-
-# uninstall info pages
-uninstall.info:
- $(RM) $(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/wget.info*
-
-# uninstall man page
-uninstall.man:
- $(RM) $(DESTDIR)$(mandir)/man$(manext)/$(MAN)
-
-#
-# Dependencies for cleanup
-#
-
-clean:
- $(RM) *~ *.bak *.cat *.pod *.html
- $(RM) *.dvi *.aux *.cp *.cps *.fn *.toc *.tp *.vr *.ps *.ky *.pg *.log
-
-distclean: clean
- $(RM) Makefile
- $(RM) $(MAN)
-
-realclean: distclean
- $(RM) wget.info*
- $(RM) $(SAMPLERCTEXI)
-
-#
-# Dependencies for maintenance
-#
-
-subdir = doc
-
-Makefile: Makefile.in ../config.status
- cd .. && CONFIG_FILES=$(subdir)/$@ CONFIG_HEADERS= ./config.status
+++ /dev/null
-% texinfo.tex -- TeX macros to handle Texinfo files.
-%
-% Load plain if necessary, i.e., if running under initex.
-\expandafter\ifx\csname fmtname\endcsname\relax\input plain\fi
-%
-\def\texinfoversion{2004-11-25.16}
-%
-% Copyright (C) 1985, 1986, 1988, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995,
-% 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004 Free Software
-% Foundation, Inc.
-%
-% This texinfo.tex file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-% modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
-% published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at
-% your option) any later version.
-%
-% This texinfo.tex file is distributed in the hope that it will be
-% useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
-% of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-% General Public License for more details.
-%
-% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-% along with this texinfo.tex file. If not, see
-% <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-%
-% As a special exception, when this file is read by TeX when processing
-% a Texinfo source document, you may use the result without
-% restriction. (This has been our intent since Texinfo was invented.)
-%
-% Please try the latest version of texinfo.tex before submitting bug
-% reports; you can get the latest version from:
-% http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ (the Texinfo home page), or
-% ftp://tug.org/tex/texinfo.tex
-% (and all CTAN mirrors, see http://www.ctan.org).
-% The texinfo.tex in any given distribution could well be out
-% of date, so if that's what you're using, please check.
-%
-% Send bug reports to bug-texinfo@gnu.org. Please include including a
-% complete document in each bug report with which we can reproduce the
-% problem. Patches are, of course, greatly appreciated.
-%
-% To process a Texinfo manual with TeX, it's most reliable to use the
-% texi2dvi shell script that comes with the distribution. For a simple
-% manual foo.texi, however, you can get away with this:
-% tex foo.texi
-% texindex foo.??
-% tex foo.texi
-% tex foo.texi
-% dvips foo.dvi -o # or whatever; this makes foo.ps.
-% The extra TeX runs get the cross-reference information correct.
-% Sometimes one run after texindex suffices, and sometimes you need more
-% than two; texi2dvi does it as many times as necessary.
-%
-% It is possible to adapt texinfo.tex for other languages, to some
-% extent. You can get the existing language-specific files from the
-% full Texinfo distribution.
-%
-% The GNU Texinfo home page is http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo.
-
-
-\message{Loading texinfo [version \texinfoversion]:}
-
-% If in a .fmt file, print the version number
-% and turn on active characters that we couldn't do earlier because
-% they might have appeared in the input file name.
-\everyjob{\message{[Texinfo version \texinfoversion]}%
- \catcode`+=\active \catcode`\_=\active}
-
-\message{Basics,}
-\chardef\other=12
-
-% We never want plain's \outer definition of \+ in Texinfo.
-% For @tex, we can use \tabalign.
-\let\+ = \relax
-
-% Save some plain tex macros whose names we will redefine.
-\let\ptexb=\b
-\let\ptexbullet=\bullet
-\let\ptexc=\c
-\let\ptexcomma=\,
-\let\ptexdot=\.
-\let\ptexdots=\dots
-\let\ptexend=\end
-\let\ptexequiv=\equiv
-\let\ptexexclam=\!
-\let\ptexfootnote=\footnote
-\let\ptexgtr=>
-\let\ptexhat=^
-\let\ptexi=\i
-\let\ptexindent=\indent
-\let\ptexinsert=\insert
-\let\ptexlbrace=\{
-\let\ptexless=<
-\let\ptexnewwrite\newwrite
-\let\ptexnoindent=\noindent
-\let\ptexplus=+
-\let\ptexrbrace=\}
-\let\ptexslash=\/
-\let\ptexstar=\*
-\let\ptext=\t
-
-% If this character appears in an error message or help string, it
-% starts a new line in the output.
-\newlinechar = `^^J
-
-% Use TeX 3.0's \inputlineno to get the line number, for better error
-% messages, but if we're using an old version of TeX, don't do anything.
-%
-\ifx\inputlineno\thisisundefined
- \let\linenumber = \empty % Pre-3.0.
-\else
- \def\linenumber{l.\the\inputlineno:\space}
-\fi
-
-% Set up fixed words for English if not already set.
-\ifx\putwordAppendix\undefined \gdef\putwordAppendix{Appendix}\fi
-\ifx\putwordChapter\undefined \gdef\putwordChapter{Chapter}\fi
-\ifx\putwordfile\undefined \gdef\putwordfile{file}\fi
-\ifx\putwordin\undefined \gdef\putwordin{in}\fi
-\ifx\putwordIndexIsEmpty\undefined \gdef\putwordIndexIsEmpty{(Index is empty)}\fi
-\ifx\putwordIndexNonexistent\undefined \gdef\putwordIndexNonexistent{(Index is nonexistent)}\fi
-\ifx\putwordInfo\undefined \gdef\putwordInfo{Info}\fi
-\ifx\putwordInstanceVariableof\undefined \gdef\putwordInstanceVariableof{Instance Variable of}\fi
-\ifx\putwordMethodon\undefined \gdef\putwordMethodon{Method on}\fi
-\ifx\putwordNoTitle\undefined \gdef\putwordNoTitle{No Title}\fi
-\ifx\putwordof\undefined \gdef\putwordof{of}\fi
-\ifx\putwordon\undefined \gdef\putwordon{on}\fi
-\ifx\putwordpage\undefined \gdef\putwordpage{page}\fi
-\ifx\putwordsection\undefined \gdef\putwordsection{section}\fi
-\ifx\putwordSection\undefined \gdef\putwordSection{Section}\fi
-\ifx\putwordsee\undefined \gdef\putwordsee{see}\fi
-\ifx\putwordSee\undefined \gdef\putwordSee{See}\fi
-\ifx\putwordShortTOC\undefined \gdef\putwordShortTOC{Short Contents}\fi
-\ifx\putwordTOC\undefined \gdef\putwordTOC{Table of Contents}\fi
-%
-\ifx\putwordMJan\undefined \gdef\putwordMJan{January}\fi
-\ifx\putwordMFeb\undefined \gdef\putwordMFeb{February}\fi
-\ifx\putwordMMar\undefined \gdef\putwordMMar{March}\fi
-\ifx\putwordMApr\undefined \gdef\putwordMApr{April}\fi
-\ifx\putwordMMay\undefined \gdef\putwordMMay{May}\fi
-\ifx\putwordMJun\undefined \gdef\putwordMJun{June}\fi
-\ifx\putwordMJul\undefined \gdef\putwordMJul{July}\fi
-\ifx\putwordMAug\undefined \gdef\putwordMAug{August}\fi
-\ifx\putwordMSep\undefined \gdef\putwordMSep{September}\fi
-\ifx\putwordMOct\undefined \gdef\putwordMOct{October}\fi
-\ifx\putwordMNov\undefined \gdef\putwordMNov{November}\fi
-\ifx\putwordMDec\undefined \gdef\putwordMDec{December}\fi
-%
-\ifx\putwordDefmac\undefined \gdef\putwordDefmac{Macro}\fi
-\ifx\putwordDefspec\undefined \gdef\putwordDefspec{Special Form}\fi
-\ifx\putwordDefvar\undefined \gdef\putwordDefvar{Variable}\fi
-\ifx\putwordDefopt\undefined \gdef\putwordDefopt{User Option}\fi
-\ifx\putwordDeffunc\undefined \gdef\putwordDeffunc{Function}\fi
-
-% In some macros, we cannot use the `\? notation---the left quote is
-% in some cases the escape char.
-\chardef\colonChar = `\:
-\chardef\commaChar = `\,
-\chardef\dotChar = `\.
-\chardef\exclamChar= `\!
-\chardef\questChar = `\?
-\chardef\semiChar = `\;
-\chardef\underChar = `\_
-
-\chardef\spaceChar = `\ %
-\chardef\spacecat = 10
-\def\spaceisspace{\catcode\spaceChar=\spacecat}
-
-% Ignore a token.
-%
-\def\gobble#1{}
-
-% The following is used inside several \edef's.
-\def\makecsname#1{\expandafter\noexpand\csname#1\endcsname}
-
-% Hyphenation fixes.
-\hyphenation{
- Flor-i-da Ghost-script Ghost-view Mac-OS Post-Script
- ap-pen-dix bit-map bit-maps
- data-base data-bases eshell fall-ing half-way long-est man-u-script
- man-u-scripts mini-buf-fer mini-buf-fers over-view par-a-digm
- par-a-digms rath-er rec-tan-gu-lar ro-bot-ics se-vere-ly set-up spa-ces
- spell-ing spell-ings
- stand-alone strong-est time-stamp time-stamps which-ever white-space
- wide-spread wrap-around
-}
-
-% Margin to add to right of even pages, to left of odd pages.
-\newdimen\bindingoffset
-\newdimen\normaloffset
-\newdimen\pagewidth \newdimen\pageheight
-
-% For a final copy, take out the rectangles
-% that mark overfull boxes (in case you have decided
-% that the text looks ok even though it passes the margin).
-%
-\def\finalout{\overfullrule=0pt}
-
-% @| inserts a changebar to the left of the current line. It should
-% surround any changed text. This approach does *not* work if the
-% change spans more than two lines of output. To handle that, we would
-% have adopt a much more difficult approach (putting marks into the main
-% vertical list for the beginning and end of each change).
-%
-\def\|{%
- % \vadjust can only be used in horizontal mode.
- \leavevmode
- %
- % Append this vertical mode material after the current line in the output.
- \vadjust{%
- % We want to insert a rule with the height and depth of the current
- % leading; that is exactly what \strutbox is supposed to record.
- \vskip-\baselineskip
- %
- % \vadjust-items are inserted at the left edge of the type. So
- % the \llap here moves out into the left-hand margin.
- \llap{%
- %
- % For a thicker or thinner bar, change the `1pt'.
- \vrule height\baselineskip width1pt
- %
- % This is the space between the bar and the text.
- \hskip 12pt
- }%
- }%
-}
-
-% Sometimes it is convenient to have everything in the transcript file
-% and nothing on the terminal. We don't just call \tracingall here,
-% since that produces some useless output on the terminal. We also make
-% some effort to order the tracing commands to reduce output in the log
-% file; cf. trace.sty in LaTeX.
-%
-\def\gloggingall{\begingroup \globaldefs = 1 \loggingall \endgroup}%
-\def\loggingall{%
- \tracingstats2
- \tracingpages1
- \tracinglostchars2 % 2 gives us more in etex
- \tracingparagraphs1
- \tracingoutput1
- \tracingmacros2
- \tracingrestores1
- \showboxbreadth\maxdimen \showboxdepth\maxdimen
- \ifx\eTeXversion\undefined\else % etex gives us more logging
- \tracingscantokens1
- \tracingifs1
- \tracinggroups1
- \tracingnesting2
- \tracingassigns1
- \fi
- \tracingcommands3 % 3 gives us more in etex
- \errorcontextlines16
-}%
-
-% add check for \lastpenalty to plain's definitions. If the last thing
-% we did was a \nobreak, we don't want to insert more space.
-%
-\def\smallbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\smallskipamount
- \removelastskip\penalty-50\smallskip\fi\fi}
-\def\medbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\medskipamount
- \removelastskip\penalty-100\medskip\fi\fi}
-\def\bigbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\bigskipamount
- \removelastskip\penalty-200\bigskip\fi\fi}
-
-% For @cropmarks command.
-% Do @cropmarks to get crop marks.
-%
-\newif\ifcropmarks
-\let\cropmarks = \cropmarkstrue
-%
-% Dimensions to add cropmarks at corners.
-% Added by P. A. MacKay, 12 Nov. 1986
-%
-\newdimen\outerhsize \newdimen\outervsize % set by the paper size routines
-\newdimen\cornerlong \cornerlong=1pc
-\newdimen\cornerthick \cornerthick=.3pt
-\newdimen\topandbottommargin \topandbottommargin=.75in
-
-% Main output routine.
-\chardef\PAGE = 255
-\output = {\onepageout{\pagecontents\PAGE}}
-
-\newbox\headlinebox
-\newbox\footlinebox
-
-% \onepageout takes a vbox as an argument. Note that \pagecontents
-% does insertions, but you have to call it yourself.
-\def\onepageout#1{%
- \ifcropmarks \hoffset=0pt \else \hoffset=\normaloffset \fi
- %
- \ifodd\pageno \advance\hoffset by \bindingoffset
- \else \advance\hoffset by -\bindingoffset\fi
- %
- % Do this outside of the \shipout so @code etc. will be expanded in
- % the headline as they should be, not taken literally (outputting ''code).
- \setbox\headlinebox = \vbox{\let\hsize=\pagewidth \makeheadline}%
- \setbox\footlinebox = \vbox{\let\hsize=\pagewidth \makefootline}%
- %
- {%
- % Have to do this stuff outside the \shipout because we want it to
- % take effect in \write's, yet the group defined by the \vbox ends
- % before the \shipout runs.
- %
- \escapechar = `\\ % use backslash in output files.
- \indexdummies % don't expand commands in the output.
- \normalturnoffactive % \ in index entries must not stay \, e.g., if
- % the page break happens to be in the middle of an example.
- \shipout\vbox{%
- % Do this early so pdf references go to the beginning of the page.
- \ifpdfmakepagedest \pdfdest name{\the\pageno} xyz\fi
- %
- \ifcropmarks \vbox to \outervsize\bgroup
- \hsize = \outerhsize
- \vskip-\topandbottommargin
- \vtop to0pt{%
- \line{\ewtop\hfil\ewtop}%
- \nointerlineskip
- \line{%
- \vbox{\moveleft\cornerthick\nstop}%
- \hfill
- \vbox{\moveright\cornerthick\nstop}%
- }%
- \vss}%
- \vskip\topandbottommargin
- \line\bgroup
- \hfil % center the page within the outer (page) hsize.
- \ifodd\pageno\hskip\bindingoffset\fi
- \vbox\bgroup
- \fi
- %
- \unvbox\headlinebox
- \pagebody{#1}%
- \ifdim\ht\footlinebox > 0pt
- % Only leave this space if the footline is nonempty.
- % (We lessened \vsize for it in \oddfootingxxx.)
- % The \baselineskip=24pt in plain's \makefootline has no effect.
- \vskip 2\baselineskip
- \unvbox\footlinebox
- \fi
- %
- \ifcropmarks
- \egroup % end of \vbox\bgroup
- \hfil\egroup % end of (centering) \line\bgroup
- \vskip\topandbottommargin plus1fill minus1fill
- \boxmaxdepth = \cornerthick
- \vbox to0pt{\vss
- \line{%
- \vbox{\moveleft\cornerthick\nsbot}%
- \hfill
- \vbox{\moveright\cornerthick\nsbot}%
- }%
- \nointerlineskip
- \line{\ewbot\hfil\ewbot}%
- }%
- \egroup % \vbox from first cropmarks clause
- \fi
- }% end of \shipout\vbox
- }% end of group with \normalturnoffactive
- \advancepageno
- \ifnum\outputpenalty>-20000 \else\dosupereject\fi
-}
-
-\newinsert\margin \dimen\margin=\maxdimen
-
-\def\pagebody#1{\vbox to\pageheight{\boxmaxdepth=\maxdepth #1}}
-{\catcode`\@ =11
-\gdef\pagecontents#1{\ifvoid\topins\else\unvbox\topins\fi
-% marginal hacks, juha@viisa.uucp (Juha Takala)
-\ifvoid\margin\else % marginal info is present
- \rlap{\kern\hsize\vbox to\z@{\kern1pt\box\margin \vss}}\fi
-\dimen@=\dp#1 \unvbox#1
-\ifvoid\footins\else\vskip\skip\footins\footnoterule \unvbox\footins\fi
-\ifr@ggedbottom \kern-\dimen@ \vfil \fi}
-}
-
-% Here are the rules for the cropmarks. Note that they are
-% offset so that the space between them is truly \outerhsize or \outervsize
-% (P. A. MacKay, 12 November, 1986)
-%
-\def\ewtop{\vrule height\cornerthick depth0pt width\cornerlong}
-\def\nstop{\vbox
- {\hrule height\cornerthick depth\cornerlong width\cornerthick}}
-\def\ewbot{\vrule height0pt depth\cornerthick width\cornerlong}
-\def\nsbot{\vbox
- {\hrule height\cornerlong depth\cornerthick width\cornerthick}}
-
-% Parse an argument, then pass it to #1. The argument is the rest of
-% the input line (except we remove a trailing comment). #1 should be a
-% macro which expects an ordinary undelimited TeX argument.
-%
-\def\parsearg{\parseargusing{}}
-\def\parseargusing#1#2{%
- \def\next{#2}%
- \begingroup
- \obeylines
- \spaceisspace
- #1%
- \parseargline\empty% Insert the \empty token, see \finishparsearg below.
-}
-
-{\obeylines %
- \gdef\parseargline#1^^M{%
- \endgroup % End of the group started in \parsearg.
- \argremovecomment #1\comment\ArgTerm%
- }%
-}
-
-% First remove any @comment, then any @c comment.
-\def\argremovecomment#1\comment#2\ArgTerm{\argremovec #1\c\ArgTerm}
-\def\argremovec#1\c#2\ArgTerm{\argcheckspaces#1\^^M\ArgTerm}
-
-% Each occurence of `\^^M' or `<space>\^^M' is replaced by a single space.
-%
-% \argremovec might leave us with trailing space, e.g.,
-% @end itemize @c foo
-% This space token undergoes the same procedure and is eventually removed
-% by \finishparsearg.
-%
-\def\argcheckspaces#1\^^M{\argcheckspacesX#1\^^M \^^M}
-\def\argcheckspacesX#1 \^^M{\argcheckspacesY#1\^^M}
-\def\argcheckspacesY#1\^^M#2\^^M#3\ArgTerm{%
- \def\temp{#3}%
- \ifx\temp\empty
- % We cannot use \next here, as it holds the macro to run;
- % thus we reuse \temp.
- \let\temp\finishparsearg
- \else
- \let\temp\argcheckspaces
- \fi
- % Put the space token in:
- \temp#1 #3\ArgTerm
-}
-
-% If a _delimited_ argument is enclosed in braces, they get stripped; so
-% to get _exactly_ the rest of the line, we had to prevent such situation.
-% We prepended an \empty token at the very beginning and we expand it now,
-% just before passing the control to \next.
-% (Similarily, we have to think about #3 of \argcheckspacesY above: it is
-% either the null string, or it ends with \^^M---thus there is no danger
-% that a pair of braces would be stripped.
-%
-% But first, we have to remove the trailing space token.
-%
-\def\finishparsearg#1 \ArgTerm{\expandafter\next\expandafter{#1}}
-
-% \parseargdef\foo{...}
-% is roughly equivalent to
-% \def\foo{\parsearg\Xfoo}
-% \def\Xfoo#1{...}
-%
-% Actually, I use \csname\string\foo\endcsname, ie. \\foo, as it is my
-% favourite TeX trick. --kasal, 16nov03
-
-\def\parseargdef#1{%
- \expandafter \doparseargdef \csname\string#1\endcsname #1%
-}
-\def\doparseargdef#1#2{%
- \def#2{\parsearg#1}%
- \def#1##1%
-}
-
-% Several utility definitions with active space:
-{
- \obeyspaces
- \gdef\obeyedspace{ }
-
- % Make each space character in the input produce a normal interword
- % space in the output. Don't allow a line break at this space, as this
- % is used only in environments like @example, where each line of input
- % should produce a line of output anyway.
- %
- \gdef\sepspaces{\obeyspaces\let =\tie}
-
- % If an index command is used in an @example environment, any spaces
- % therein should become regular spaces in the raw index file, not the
- % expansion of \tie (\leavevmode \penalty \@M \ ).
- \gdef\unsepspaces{\let =\space}
-}
-
-
-\def\flushcr{\ifx\par\lisppar \def\next##1{}\else \let\next=\relax \fi \next}
-
-% Define the framework for environments in texinfo.tex. It's used like this:
-%
-% \envdef\foo{...}
-% \def\Efoo{...}
-%
-% It's the responsibility of \envdef to insert \begingroup before the
-% actual body; @end closes the group after calling \Efoo. \envdef also
-% defines \thisenv, so the current environment is known; @end checks
-% whether the environment name matches. The \checkenv macro can also be
-% used to check whether the current environment is the one expected.
-%
-% Non-false conditionals (@iftex, @ifset) don't fit into this, so they
-% are not treated as enviroments; they don't open a group. (The
-% implementation of @end takes care not to call \endgroup in this
-% special case.)
-
-
-% At runtime, environments start with this:
-\def\startenvironment#1{\begingroup\def\thisenv{#1}}
-% initialize
-\let\thisenv\empty
-
-% ... but they get defined via ``\envdef\foo{...}'':
-\long\def\envdef#1#2{\def#1{\startenvironment#1#2}}
-\def\envparseargdef#1#2{\parseargdef#1{\startenvironment#1#2}}
-
-% Check whether we're in the right environment:
-\def\checkenv#1{%
- \def\temp{#1}%
- \ifx\thisenv\temp
- \else
- \badenverr
- \fi
-}
-
-% Evironment mismatch, #1 expected:
-\def\badenverr{%
- \errhelp = \EMsimple
- \errmessage{This command can appear only \inenvironment\temp,
- not \inenvironment\thisenv}%
-}
-\def\inenvironment#1{%
- \ifx#1\empty
- out of any environment%
- \else
- in environment \expandafter\string#1%
- \fi
-}
-
-% @end foo executes the definition of \Efoo.
-% But first, it executes a specialized version of \checkenv
-%
-\parseargdef\end{%
- \if 1\csname iscond.#1\endcsname
- \else
- % The general wording of \badenverr may not be ideal, but... --kasal, 06nov03
- \expandafter\checkenv\csname#1\endcsname
- \csname E#1\endcsname
- \endgroup
- \fi
-}
-
-\newhelp\EMsimple{Press RETURN to continue.}
-
-
-%% Simple single-character @ commands
-
-% @@ prints an @
-% Kludge this until the fonts are right (grr).
-\def\@{{\tt\char64}}
-
-% This is turned off because it was never documented
-% and you can use @w{...} around a quote to suppress ligatures.
-%% Define @` and @' to be the same as ` and '
-%% but suppressing ligatures.
-%\def\`{{`}}
-%\def\'{{'}}
-
-% Used to generate quoted braces.
-\def\mylbrace {{\tt\char123}}
-\def\myrbrace {{\tt\char125}}
-\let\{=\mylbrace
-\let\}=\myrbrace
-\begingroup
- % Definitions to produce \{ and \} commands for indices,
- % and @{ and @} for the aux file.
- \catcode`\{ = \other \catcode`\} = \other
- \catcode`\[ = 1 \catcode`\] = 2
- \catcode`\! = 0 \catcode`\\ = \other
- !gdef!lbracecmd[\{]%
- !gdef!rbracecmd[\}]%
- !gdef!lbraceatcmd[@{]%
- !gdef!rbraceatcmd[@}]%
-!endgroup
-
-% @comma{} to avoid , parsing problems.
-\let\comma = ,
-
-% Accents: @, @dotaccent @ringaccent @ubaraccent @udotaccent
-% Others are defined by plain TeX: @` @' @" @^ @~ @= @u @v @H.
-\let\, = \c
-\let\dotaccent = \.
-\def\ringaccent#1{{\accent23 #1}}
-\let\tieaccent = \t
-\let\ubaraccent = \b
-\let\udotaccent = \d
-
-% Other special characters: @questiondown @exclamdown @ordf @ordm
-% Plain TeX defines: @AA @AE @O @OE @L (plus lowercase versions) @ss.
-\def\questiondown{?`}
-\def\exclamdown{!`}
-\def\ordf{\leavevmode\raise1ex\hbox{\selectfonts\lllsize \underbar{a}}}
-\def\ordm{\leavevmode\raise1ex\hbox{\selectfonts\lllsize \underbar{o}}}
-
-% Dotless i and dotless j, used for accents.
-\def\imacro{i}
-\def\jmacro{j}
-\def\dotless#1{%
- \def\temp{#1}%
- \ifx\temp\imacro \ptexi
- \else\ifx\temp\jmacro \j
- \else \errmessage{@dotless can be used only with i or j}%
- \fi\fi
-}
-
-% The \TeX{} logo, as in plain, but resetting the spacing so that a
-% period following counts as ending a sentence. (Idea found in latex.)
-%
-\edef\TeX{\TeX \spacefactor=1000 }
-
-% @LaTeX{} logo. Not quite the same results as the definition in
-% latex.ltx, since we use a different font for the raised A; it's most
-% convenient for us to use an explicitly smaller font, rather than using
-% the \scriptstyle font (since we don't reset \scriptstyle and
-% \scriptscriptstyle).
-%
-\def\LaTeX{%
- L\kern-.36em
- {\setbox0=\hbox{T}%
- \vbox to \ht0{\hbox{\selectfonts\lllsize A}\vss}}%
- \kern-.15em
- \TeX
-}
-
-% Be sure we're in horizontal mode when doing a tie, since we make space
-% equivalent to this in @example-like environments. Otherwise, a space
-% at the beginning of a line will start with \penalty -- and
-% since \penalty is valid in vertical mode, we'd end up putting the
-% penalty on the vertical list instead of in the new paragraph.
-{\catcode`@ = 11
- % Avoid using \@M directly, because that causes trouble
- % if the definition is written into an index file.
- \global\let\tiepenalty = \@M
- \gdef\tie{\leavevmode\penalty\tiepenalty\ }
-}
-
-% @: forces normal size whitespace following.
-\def\:{\spacefactor=1000 }
-
-% @* forces a line break.
-\def\*{\hfil\break\hbox{}\ignorespaces}
-
-% @/ allows a line break.
-\let\/=\allowbreak
-
-% @. is an end-of-sentence period.
-\def\.{.\spacefactor=3000 }
-
-% @! is an end-of-sentence bang.
-\def\!{!\spacefactor=3000 }
-
-% @? is an end-of-sentence query.
-\def\?{?\spacefactor=3000 }
-
-% @w prevents a word break. Without the \leavevmode, @w at the
-% beginning of a paragraph, when TeX is still in vertical mode, would
-% produce a whole line of output instead of starting the paragraph.
-\def\w#1{\leavevmode\hbox{#1}}
-
-% @group ... @end group forces ... to be all on one page, by enclosing
-% it in a TeX vbox. We use \vtop instead of \vbox to construct the box
-% to keep its height that of a normal line. According to the rules for
-% \topskip (p.114 of the TeXbook), the glue inserted is
-% max (\topskip - \ht (first item), 0). If that height is large,
-% therefore, no glue is inserted, and the space between the headline and
-% the text is small, which looks bad.
-%
-% Another complication is that the group might be very large. This can
-% cause the glue on the previous page to be unduly stretched, because it
-% does not have much material. In this case, it's better to add an
-% explicit \vfill so that the extra space is at the bottom. The
-% threshold for doing this is if the group is more than \vfilllimit
-% percent of a page (\vfilllimit can be changed inside of @tex).
-%
-\newbox\groupbox
-\def\vfilllimit{0.7}
-%
-\envdef\group{%
- \ifnum\catcode`\^^M=\active \else
- \errhelp = \groupinvalidhelp
- \errmessage{@group invalid in context where filling is enabled}%
- \fi
- \startsavinginserts
- %
- \setbox\groupbox = \vtop\bgroup
- % Do @comment since we are called inside an environment such as
- % @example, where each end-of-line in the input causes an
- % end-of-line in the output. We don't want the end-of-line after
- % the `@group' to put extra space in the output. Since @group
- % should appear on a line by itself (according to the Texinfo
- % manual), we don't worry about eating any user text.
- \comment
-}
-%
-% The \vtop produces a box with normal height and large depth; thus, TeX puts
-% \baselineskip glue before it, and (when the next line of text is done)
-% \lineskip glue after it. Thus, space below is not quite equal to space
-% above. But it's pretty close.
-\def\Egroup{%
- % To get correct interline space between the last line of the group
- % and the first line afterwards, we have to propagate \prevdepth.
- \endgraf % Not \par, as it may have been set to \lisppar.
- \global\dimen1 = \prevdepth
- \egroup % End the \vtop.
- % \dimen0 is the vertical size of the group's box.
- \dimen0 = \ht\groupbox \advance\dimen0 by \dp\groupbox
- % \dimen2 is how much space is left on the page (more or less).
- \dimen2 = \pageheight \advance\dimen2 by -\pagetotal
- % if the group doesn't fit on the current page, and it's a big big
- % group, force a page break.
- \ifdim \dimen0 > \dimen2
- \ifdim \pagetotal < \vfilllimit\pageheight
- \page
- \fi
- \fi
- \box\groupbox
- \prevdepth = \dimen1
- \checkinserts
-}
-%
-% TeX puts in an \escapechar (i.e., `@') at the beginning of the help
-% message, so this ends up printing `@group can only ...'.
-%
-\newhelp\groupinvalidhelp{%
-group can only be used in environments such as @example,^^J%
-where each line of input produces a line of output.}
-
-% @need space-in-mils
-% forces a page break if there is not space-in-mils remaining.
-
-\newdimen\mil \mil=0.001in
-
-% Old definition--didn't work.
-%\parseargdef\need{\par %
-%% This method tries to make TeX break the page naturally
-%% if the depth of the box does not fit.
-%{\baselineskip=0pt%
-%\vtop to #1\mil{\vfil}\kern -#1\mil\nobreak
-%\prevdepth=-1000pt
-%}}
-
-\parseargdef\need{%
- % Ensure vertical mode, so we don't make a big box in the middle of a
- % paragraph.
- \par
- %
- % If the @need value is less than one line space, it's useless.
- \dimen0 = #1\mil
- \dimen2 = \ht\strutbox
- \advance\dimen2 by \dp\strutbox
- \ifdim\dimen0 > \dimen2
- %
- % Do a \strut just to make the height of this box be normal, so the
- % normal leading is inserted relative to the preceding line.
- % And a page break here is fine.
- \vtop to #1\mil{\strut\vfil}%
- %
- % TeX does not even consider page breaks if a penalty added to the
- % main vertical list is 10000 or more. But in order to see if the
- % empty box we just added fits on the page, we must make it consider
- % page breaks. On the other hand, we don't want to actually break the
- % page after the empty box. So we use a penalty of 9999.
- %
- % There is an extremely small chance that TeX will actually break the
- % page at this \penalty, if there are no other feasible breakpoints in
- % sight. (If the user is using lots of big @group commands, which
- % almost-but-not-quite fill up a page, TeX will have a hard time doing
- % good page breaking, for example.) However, I could not construct an
- % example where a page broke at this \penalty; if it happens in a real
- % document, then we can reconsider our strategy.
- \penalty9999
- %
- % Back up by the size of the box, whether we did a page break or not.
- \kern -#1\mil
- %
- % Do not allow a page break right after this kern.
- \nobreak
- \fi
-}
-
-% @br forces paragraph break (and is undocumented).
-
-\let\br = \par
-
-% @page forces the start of a new page.
-%
-\def\page{\par\vfill\supereject}
-
-% @exdent text....
-% outputs text on separate line in roman font, starting at standard page margin
-
-% This records the amount of indent in the innermost environment.
-% That's how much \exdent should take out.
-\newskip\exdentamount
-
-% This defn is used inside fill environments such as @defun.
-\parseargdef\exdent{\hfil\break\hbox{\kern -\exdentamount{\rm#1}}\hfil\break}
-
-% This defn is used inside nofill environments such as @example.
-\parseargdef\nofillexdent{{\advance \leftskip by -\exdentamount
- \leftline{\hskip\leftskip{\rm#1}}}}
-
-% @inmargin{WHICH}{TEXT} puts TEXT in the WHICH margin next to the current
-% paragraph. For more general purposes, use the \margin insertion
-% class. WHICH is `l' or `r'.
-%
-\newskip\inmarginspacing \inmarginspacing=1cm
-\def\strutdepth{\dp\strutbox}
-%
-\def\doinmargin#1#2{\strut\vadjust{%
- \nobreak
- \kern-\strutdepth
- \vtop to \strutdepth{%
- \baselineskip=\strutdepth
- \vss
- % if you have multiple lines of stuff to put here, you'll need to
- % make the vbox yourself of the appropriate size.
- \ifx#1l%
- \llap{\ignorespaces #2\hskip\inmarginspacing}%
- \else
- \rlap{\hskip\hsize \hskip\inmarginspacing \ignorespaces #2}%
- \fi
- \null
- }%
-}}
-\def\inleftmargin{\doinmargin l}
-\def\inrightmargin{\doinmargin r}
-%
-% @inmargin{TEXT [, RIGHT-TEXT]}
-% (if RIGHT-TEXT is given, use TEXT for left page, RIGHT-TEXT for right;
-% else use TEXT for both).
-%
-\def\inmargin#1{\parseinmargin #1,,\finish}
-\def\parseinmargin#1,#2,#3\finish{% not perfect, but better than nothing.
- \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}%
- \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt
- \def\lefttext{#1}% have both texts
- \def\righttext{#2}%
- \else
- \def\lefttext{#1}% have only one text
- \def\righttext{#1}%
- \fi
- %
- \ifodd\pageno
- \def\temp{\inrightmargin\righttext}% odd page -> outside is right margin
- \else
- \def\temp{\inleftmargin\lefttext}%
- \fi
- \temp
-}
-
-% @include file insert text of that file as input.
-%
-\def\include{\parseargusing\filenamecatcodes\includezzz}
-\def\includezzz#1{%
- \pushthisfilestack
- \def\thisfile{#1}%
- {%
- \makevalueexpandable
- \def\temp{\input #1 }%
- \expandafter
- }\temp
- \popthisfilestack
-}
-\def\filenamecatcodes{%
- \catcode`\\=\other
- \catcode`~=\other
- \catcode`^=\other
- \catcode`_=\other
- \catcode`|=\other
- \catcode`<=\other
- \catcode`>=\other
- \catcode`+=\other
- \catcode`-=\other
-}
-
-\def\pushthisfilestack{%
- \expandafter\pushthisfilestackX\popthisfilestack\StackTerm
-}
-\def\pushthisfilestackX{%
- \expandafter\pushthisfilestackY\thisfile\StackTerm
-}
-\def\pushthisfilestackY #1\StackTerm #2\StackTerm {%
- \gdef\popthisfilestack{\gdef\thisfile{#1}\gdef\popthisfilestack{#2}}%
-}
-
-\def\popthisfilestack{\errthisfilestackempty}
-\def\errthisfilestackempty{\errmessage{Internal error:
- the stack of filenames is empty.}}
-
-\def\thisfile{}
-
-% @center line
-% outputs that line, centered.
-%
-\parseargdef\center{%
- \ifhmode
- \let\next\centerH
- \else
- \let\next\centerV
- \fi
- \next{\hfil \ignorespaces#1\unskip \hfil}%
-}
-\def\centerH#1{%
- {%
- \hfil\break
- \advance\hsize by -\leftskip
- \advance\hsize by -\rightskip
- \line{#1}%
- \break
- }%
-}
-\def\centerV#1{\line{\kern\leftskip #1\kern\rightskip}}
-
-% @sp n outputs n lines of vertical space
-
-\parseargdef\sp{\vskip #1\baselineskip}
-
-% @comment ...line which is ignored...
-% @c is the same as @comment
-% @ignore ... @end ignore is another way to write a comment
-
-\def\comment{\begingroup \catcode`\^^M=\other%
-\catcode`\@=\other \catcode`\{=\other \catcode`\}=\other%
-\commentxxx}
-{\catcode`\^^M=\other \gdef\commentxxx#1^^M{\endgroup}}
-
-\let\c=\comment
-
-% @paragraphindent NCHARS
-% We'll use ems for NCHARS, close enough.
-% NCHARS can also be the word `asis' or `none'.
-% We cannot feasibly implement @paragraphindent asis, though.
-%
-\def\asisword{asis} % no translation, these are keywords
-\def\noneword{none}
-%
-\parseargdef\paragraphindent{%
- \def\temp{#1}%
- \ifx\temp\asisword
- \else
- \ifx\temp\noneword
- \defaultparindent = 0pt
- \else
- \defaultparindent = #1em
- \fi
- \fi
- \parindent = \defaultparindent
-}
-
-% @exampleindent NCHARS
-% We'll use ems for NCHARS like @paragraphindent.
-% It seems @exampleindent asis isn't necessary, but
-% I preserve it to make it similar to @paragraphindent.
-\parseargdef\exampleindent{%
- \def\temp{#1}%
- \ifx\temp\asisword
- \else
- \ifx\temp\noneword
- \lispnarrowing = 0pt
- \else
- \lispnarrowing = #1em
- \fi
- \fi
-}
-
-% @firstparagraphindent WORD
-% If WORD is `none', then suppress indentation of the first paragraph
-% after a section heading. If WORD is `insert', then do indent at such
-% paragraphs.
-%
-% The paragraph indentation is suppressed or not by calling
-% \suppressfirstparagraphindent, which the sectioning commands do.
-% We switch the definition of this back and forth according to WORD.
-% By default, we suppress indentation.
-%
-\def\suppressfirstparagraphindent{\dosuppressfirstparagraphindent}
-\def\insertword{insert}
-%
-\parseargdef\firstparagraphindent{%
- \def\temp{#1}%
- \ifx\temp\noneword
- \let\suppressfirstparagraphindent = \dosuppressfirstparagraphindent
- \else\ifx\temp\insertword
- \let\suppressfirstparagraphindent = \relax
- \else
- \errhelp = \EMsimple
- \errmessage{Unknown @firstparagraphindent option `\temp'}%
- \fi\fi
-}
-
-% Here is how we actually suppress indentation. Redefine \everypar to
-% \kern backwards by \parindent, and then reset itself to empty.
-%
-% We also make \indent itself not actually do anything until the next
-% paragraph.
-%
-\gdef\dosuppressfirstparagraphindent{%
- \gdef\indent{%
- \restorefirstparagraphindent
- \indent
- }%
- \gdef\noindent{%
- \restorefirstparagraphindent
- \noindent
- }%
- \global\everypar = {%
- \kern -\parindent
- \restorefirstparagraphindent
- }%
-}
-
-\gdef\restorefirstparagraphindent{%
- \global \let \indent = \ptexindent
- \global \let \noindent = \ptexnoindent
- \global \everypar = {}%
-}
-
-
-% @asis just yields its argument. Used with @table, for example.
-%
-\def\asis#1{#1}
-
-% @math outputs its argument in math mode.
-%
-% One complication: _ usually means subscripts, but it could also mean
-% an actual _ character, as in @math{@var{some_variable} + 1}. So make
-% _ active, and distinguish by seeing if the current family is \slfam,
-% which is what @var uses.
-{
- \catcode\underChar = \active
- \gdef\mathunderscore{%
- \catcode\underChar=\active
- \def_{\ifnum\fam=\slfam \_\else\sb\fi}%
- }
-}
-% Another complication: we want \\ (and @\) to output a \ character.
-% FYI, plain.tex uses \\ as a temporary control sequence (why?), but
-% this is not advertised and we don't care. Texinfo does not
-% otherwise define @\.
-%
-% The \mathchar is class=0=ordinary, family=7=ttfam, position=5C=\.
-\def\mathbackslash{\ifnum\fam=\ttfam \mathchar"075C \else\backslash \fi}
-%
-\def\math{%
- \tex
- \mathunderscore
- \let\\ = \mathbackslash
- \mathactive
- $\finishmath
-}
-\def\finishmath#1{#1$\endgroup} % Close the group opened by \tex.
-
-% Some active characters (such as <) are spaced differently in math.
-% We have to reset their definitions in case the @math was an argument
-% to a command which sets the catcodes (such as @item or @section).
-%
-{
- \catcode`^ = \active
- \catcode`< = \active
- \catcode`> = \active
- \catcode`+ = \active
- \gdef\mathactive{%
- \let^ = \ptexhat
- \let< = \ptexless
- \let> = \ptexgtr
- \let+ = \ptexplus
- }
-}
-
-% @bullet and @minus need the same treatment as @math, just above.
-\def\bullet{$\ptexbullet$}
-\def\minus{$-$}
-
-% @dots{} outputs an ellipsis using the current font.
-% We do .5em per period so that it has the same spacing in a typewriter
-% font as three actual period characters.
-%
-\def\dots{%
- \leavevmode
- \hbox to 1.5em{%
- \hskip 0pt plus 0.25fil
- .\hfil.\hfil.%
- \hskip 0pt plus 0.5fil
- }%
-}
-
-% @enddots{} is an end-of-sentence ellipsis.
-%
-\def\enddots{%
- \dots
- \spacefactor=3000
-}
-
-% @comma{} is so commas can be inserted into text without messing up
-% Texinfo's parsing.
-%
-\let\comma = ,
-
-% @refill is a no-op.
-\let\refill=\relax
-
-% If working on a large document in chapters, it is convenient to
-% be able to disable indexing, cross-referencing, and contents, for test runs.
-% This is done with @novalidate (before @setfilename).
-%
-\newif\iflinks \linkstrue % by default we want the aux files.
-\let\novalidate = \linksfalse
-
-% @setfilename is done at the beginning of every texinfo file.
-% So open here the files we need to have open while reading the input.
-% This makes it possible to make a .fmt file for texinfo.
-\def\setfilename{%
- \fixbackslash % Turn off hack to swallow `\input texinfo'.
- \iflinks
- \tryauxfile
- % Open the new aux file. TeX will close it automatically at exit.
- \immediate\openout\auxfile=\jobname.aux
- \fi % \openindices needs to do some work in any case.
- \openindices
- \let\setfilename=\comment % Ignore extra @setfilename cmds.
- %
- % If texinfo.cnf is present on the system, read it.
- % Useful for site-wide @afourpaper, etc.
- \openin 1 texinfo.cnf
- \ifeof 1 \else \input texinfo.cnf \fi
- \closein 1
- %
- \comment % Ignore the actual filename.
-}
-
-% Called from \setfilename.
-%
-\def\openindices{%
- \newindex{cp}%
- \newcodeindex{fn}%
- \newcodeindex{vr}%
- \newcodeindex{tp}%
- \newcodeindex{ky}%
- \newcodeindex{pg}%
-}
-
-% @bye.
-\outer\def\bye{\pagealignmacro\tracingstats=1\ptexend}
-
-
-\message{pdf,}
-% adobe `portable' document format
-\newcount\tempnum
-\newcount\lnkcount
-\newtoks\filename
-\newcount\filenamelength
-\newcount\pgn
-\newtoks\toksA
-\newtoks\toksB
-\newtoks\toksC
-\newtoks\toksD
-\newbox\boxA
-\newcount\countA
-\newif\ifpdf
-\newif\ifpdfmakepagedest
-
-% when pdftex is run in dvi mode, \pdfoutput is defined (so \pdfoutput=1
-% can be set). So we test for \relax and 0 as well as \undefined,
-% borrowed from ifpdf.sty.
-\ifx\pdfoutput\undefined
-\else
- \ifx\pdfoutput\relax
- \else
- \ifcase\pdfoutput
- \else
- \pdftrue
- \fi
- \fi
-\fi
-%
-\ifpdf
- \input pdfcolor
- \pdfcatalog{/PageMode /UseOutlines}%
- \def\dopdfimage#1#2#3{%
- \def\imagewidth{#2}%
- \def\imageheight{#3}%
- % without \immediate, pdftex seg faults when the same image is
- % included twice. (Version 3.14159-pre-1.0-unofficial-20010704.)
- \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14
- \immediate\pdfimage
- \else
- \immediate\pdfximage
- \fi
- \ifx\empty\imagewidth\else width \imagewidth \fi
- \ifx\empty\imageheight\else height \imageheight \fi
- \ifnum\pdftexversion<13
- #1.pdf%
- \else
- {#1.pdf}%
- \fi
- \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14 \else
- \pdfrefximage \pdflastximage
- \fi}
- \def\pdfmkdest#1{{%
- % We have to set dummies so commands such as @code in a section title
- % aren't expanded.
- \atdummies
- \normalturnoffactive
- \pdfdest name{#1} xyz%
- }}
- \def\pdfmkpgn#1{#1}
- \let\linkcolor = \Blue % was Cyan, but that seems light?
- \def\endlink{\Black\pdfendlink}
- % Adding outlines to PDF; macros for calculating structure of outlines
- % come from Petr Olsak
- \def\expnumber#1{\expandafter\ifx\csname#1\endcsname\relax 0%
- \else \csname#1\endcsname \fi}
- \def\advancenumber#1{\tempnum=\expnumber{#1}\relax
- \advance\tempnum by 1
- \expandafter\xdef\csname#1\endcsname{\the\tempnum}}
- %
- % #1 is the section text. #2 is the pdf expression for the number
- % of subentries (or empty, for subsubsections). #3 is the node
- % text, which might be empty if this toc entry had no
- % corresponding node. #4 is the page number.
- %
- \def\dopdfoutline#1#2#3#4{%
- % Generate a link to the node text if that exists; else, use the
- % page number. We could generate a destination for the section
- % text in the case where a section has no node, but it doesn't
- % seem worthwhile, since most documents are normally structured.
- \def\pdfoutlinedest{#3}%
- \ifx\pdfoutlinedest\empty \def\pdfoutlinedest{#4}\fi
- %
- \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{\pdfoutlinedest}}#2{#1}%
- }
- %
- \def\pdfmakeoutlines{%
- \begingroup
- % Thanh's hack / proper braces in bookmarks
- \edef\mylbrace{\iftrue \string{\else}\fi}\let\{=\mylbrace
- \edef\myrbrace{\iffalse{\else\string}\fi}\let\}=\myrbrace
- %
- % Read toc silently, to get counts of subentries for \pdfoutline.
- \def\numchapentry##1##2##3##4{%
- \def\thischapnum{##2}%
- \def\thissecnum{0}%
- \def\thissubsecnum{0}%
- }%
- \def\numsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
- \advancenumber{chap\thischapnum}%
- \def\thissecnum{##2}%
- \def\thissubsecnum{0}%
- }%
- \def\numsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
- \advancenumber{sec\thissecnum}%
- \def\thissubsecnum{##2}%
- }%
- \def\numsubsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
- \advancenumber{subsec\thissubsecnum}%
- }%
- \def\thischapnum{0}%
- \def\thissecnum{0}%
- \def\thissubsecnum{0}%
- %
- % use \def rather than \let here because we redefine \chapentry et
- % al. a second time, below.
- \def\appentry{\numchapentry}%
- \def\appsecentry{\numsecentry}%
- \def\appsubsecentry{\numsubsecentry}%
- \def\appsubsubsecentry{\numsubsubsecentry}%
- \def\unnchapentry{\numchapentry}%
- \def\unnsecentry{\numsecentry}%
- \def\unnsubsecentry{\numsubsecentry}%
- \def\unnsubsubsecentry{\numsubsubsecentry}%
- \input \jobname.toc
- %
- % Read toc second time, this time actually producing the outlines.
- % The `-' means take the \expnumber as the absolute number of
- % subentries, which we calculated on our first read of the .toc above.
- %
- % We use the node names as the destinations.
- \def\numchapentry##1##2##3##4{%
- \dopdfoutline{##1}{count-\expnumber{chap##2}}{##3}{##4}}%
- \def\numsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
- \dopdfoutline{##1}{count-\expnumber{sec##2}}{##3}{##4}}%
- \def\numsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
- \dopdfoutline{##1}{count-\expnumber{subsec##2}}{##3}{##4}}%
- \def\numsubsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{% count is always zero
- \dopdfoutline{##1}{}{##3}{##4}}%
- %
- % PDF outlines are displayed using system fonts, instead of
- % document fonts. Therefore we cannot use special characters,
- % since the encoding is unknown. For example, the eogonek from
- % Latin 2 (0xea) gets translated to a | character. Info from
- % Staszek Wawrykiewicz, 19 Jan 2004 04:09:24 +0100.
- %
- % xx to do this right, we have to translate 8-bit characters to
- % their "best" equivalent, based on the @documentencoding. Right
- % now, I guess we'll just let the pdf reader have its way.
- \indexnofonts
- \turnoffactive
- \input \jobname.toc
- \endgroup
- }
- %
- \def\makelinks #1,{%
- \def\params{#1}\def\E{END}%
- \ifx\params\E
- \let\nextmakelinks=\relax
- \else
- \let\nextmakelinks=\makelinks
- \ifnum\lnkcount>0,\fi
- \picknum{#1}%
- \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}
- goto name{\pdfmkpgn{\the\pgn}}%
- \linkcolor #1%
- \advance\lnkcount by 1%
- \endlink
- \fi
- \nextmakelinks
- }
- \def\picknum#1{\expandafter\pn#1}
- \def\pn#1{%
- \def\p{#1}%
- \ifx\p\lbrace
- \let\nextpn=\ppn
- \else
- \let\nextpn=\ppnn
- \def\first{#1}
- \fi
- \nextpn
- }
- \def\ppn#1{\pgn=#1\gobble}
- \def\ppnn{\pgn=\first}
- \def\pdfmklnk#1{\lnkcount=0\makelinks #1,END,}
- \def\skipspaces#1{\def\PP{#1}\def\D{|}%
- \ifx\PP\D\let\nextsp\relax
- \else\let\nextsp\skipspaces
- \ifx\p\space\else\addtokens{\filename}{\PP}%
- \advance\filenamelength by 1
- \fi
- \fi
- \nextsp}
- \def\getfilename#1{\filenamelength=0\expandafter\skipspaces#1|\relax}
- \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14
- \let \startlink \pdfannotlink
- \else
- \let \startlink \pdfstartlink
- \fi
- \def\pdfurl#1{%
- \begingroup
- \normalturnoffactive\def\@{@}%
- \makevalueexpandable
- \leavevmode\Red
- \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}%
- user{/Subtype /Link /A << /S /URI /URI (#1) >>}%
- \endgroup}
- \def\pdfgettoks#1.{\setbox\boxA=\hbox{\toksA={#1.}\toksB={}\maketoks}}
- \def\addtokens#1#2{\edef\addtoks{\noexpand#1={\the#1#2}}\addtoks}
- \def\adn#1{\addtokens{\toksC}{#1}\global\countA=1\let\next=\maketoks}
- \def\poptoks#1#2|ENDTOKS|{\let\first=#1\toksD={#1}\toksA={#2}}
- \def\maketoks{%
- \expandafter\poptoks\the\toksA|ENDTOKS|\relax
- \ifx\first0\adn0
- \else\ifx\first1\adn1 \else\ifx\first2\adn2 \else\ifx\first3\adn3
- \else\ifx\first4\adn4 \else\ifx\first5\adn5 \else\ifx\first6\adn6
- \else\ifx\first7\adn7 \else\ifx\first8\adn8 \else\ifx\first9\adn9
- \else
- \ifnum0=\countA\else\makelink\fi
- \ifx\first.\let\next=\done\else
- \let\next=\maketoks
- \addtokens{\toksB}{\the\toksD}
- \ifx\first,\addtokens{\toksB}{\space}\fi
- \fi
- \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi
- \next}
- \def\makelink{\addtokens{\toksB}%
- {\noexpand\pdflink{\the\toksC}}\toksC={}\global\countA=0}
- \def\pdflink#1{%
- \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]} goto name{\pdfmkpgn{#1}}
- \linkcolor #1\endlink}
- \def\done{\edef\st{\global\noexpand\toksA={\the\toksB}}\st}
-\else
- \let\pdfmkdest = \gobble
- \let\pdfurl = \gobble
- \let\endlink = \relax
- \let\linkcolor = \relax
- \let\pdfmakeoutlines = \relax
-\fi % \ifx\pdfoutput
-
-
-\message{fonts,}
-
-% Change the current font style to #1, remembering it in \curfontstyle.
-% For now, we do not accumulate font styles: @b{@i{foo}} prints foo in
-% italics, not bold italics.
-%
-\def\setfontstyle#1{%
- \def\curfontstyle{#1}% not as a control sequence, because we are \edef'd.
- \csname ten#1\endcsname % change the current font
-}
-
-% Select #1 fonts with the current style.
-%
-\def\selectfonts#1{\csname #1fonts\endcsname \csname\curfontstyle\endcsname}
-
-\def\rm{\fam=0 \setfontstyle{rm}}
-\def\it{\fam=\itfam \setfontstyle{it}}
-\def\sl{\fam=\slfam \setfontstyle{sl}}
-\def\bf{\fam=\bffam \setfontstyle{bf}}\def\bfstylename{bf}
-\def\tt{\fam=\ttfam \setfontstyle{tt}}
-
-% Texinfo sort of supports the sans serif font style, which plain TeX does not.
-% So we set up a \sf.
-\newfam\sffam
-\def\sf{\fam=\sffam \setfontstyle{sf}}
-\let\li = \sf % Sometimes we call it \li, not \sf.
-
-% We don't need math for this font style.
-\def\ttsl{\setfontstyle{ttsl}}
-
-% Default leading.
-\newdimen\textleading \textleading = 13.2pt
-
-% Set the baselineskip to #1, and the lineskip and strut size
-% correspondingly. There is no deep meaning behind these magic numbers
-% used as factors; they just match (closely enough) what Knuth defined.
-%
-\def\lineskipfactor{.08333}
-\def\strutheightpercent{.70833}
-\def\strutdepthpercent {.29167}
-%
-\def\setleading#1{%
- \normalbaselineskip = #1\relax
- \normallineskip = \lineskipfactor\normalbaselineskip
- \normalbaselines
- \setbox\strutbox =\hbox{%
- \vrule width0pt height\strutheightpercent\baselineskip
- depth \strutdepthpercent \baselineskip
- }%
-}
-
-% Set the font macro #1 to the font named #2, adding on the
-% specified font prefix (normally `cm').
-% #3 is the font's design size, #4 is a scale factor
-\def\setfont#1#2#3#4{\font#1=\fontprefix#2#3 scaled #4}
-
-% Use cm as the default font prefix.
-% To specify the font prefix, you must define \fontprefix
-% before you read in texinfo.tex.
-\ifx\fontprefix\undefined
-\def\fontprefix{cm}
-\fi
-% Support font families that don't use the same naming scheme as CM.
-\def\rmshape{r}
-\def\rmbshape{bx} %where the normal face is bold
-\def\bfshape{b}
-\def\bxshape{bx}
-\def\ttshape{tt}
-\def\ttbshape{tt}
-\def\ttslshape{sltt}
-\def\itshape{ti}
-\def\itbshape{bxti}
-\def\slshape{sl}
-\def\slbshape{bxsl}
-\def\sfshape{ss}
-\def\sfbshape{ss}
-\def\scshape{csc}
-\def\scbshape{csc}
-
-% Text fonts (11.2pt, magstep1).
-\def\textnominalsize{11pt}
-\edef\mainmagstep{\magstephalf}
-\setfont\textrm\rmshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
-\setfont\texttt\ttshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
-\setfont\textbf\bfshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
-\setfont\textit\itshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
-\setfont\textsl\slshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
-\setfont\textsf\sfshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
-\setfont\textsc\scshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
-\setfont\textttsl\ttslshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
-\font\texti=cmmi10 scaled \mainmagstep
-\font\textsy=cmsy10 scaled \mainmagstep
-
-% A few fonts for @defun names and args.
-\setfont\defbf\bfshape{10}{\magstep1}
-\setfont\deftt\ttshape{10}{\magstep1}
-\setfont\defttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep1}
-\def\df{\let\tentt=\deftt \let\tenbf = \defbf \let\tenttsl=\defttsl \bf}
-
-% Fonts for indices, footnotes, small examples (9pt).
-\def\smallnominalsize{9pt}
-\setfont\smallrm\rmshape{9}{1000}
-\setfont\smalltt\ttshape{9}{1000}
-\setfont\smallbf\bfshape{10}{900}
-\setfont\smallit\itshape{9}{1000}
-\setfont\smallsl\slshape{9}{1000}
-\setfont\smallsf\sfshape{9}{1000}
-\setfont\smallsc\scshape{10}{900}
-\setfont\smallttsl\ttslshape{10}{900}
-\font\smalli=cmmi9
-\font\smallsy=cmsy9
-
-% Fonts for small examples (8pt).
-\def\smallernominalsize{8pt}
-\setfont\smallerrm\rmshape{8}{1000}
-\setfont\smallertt\ttshape{8}{1000}
-\setfont\smallerbf\bfshape{10}{800}
-\setfont\smallerit\itshape{8}{1000}
-\setfont\smallersl\slshape{8}{1000}
-\setfont\smallersf\sfshape{8}{1000}
-\setfont\smallersc\scshape{10}{800}
-\setfont\smallerttsl\ttslshape{10}{800}
-\font\smalleri=cmmi8
-\font\smallersy=cmsy8
-
-% Fonts for title page (20.4pt):
-\def\titlenominalsize{20pt}
-\setfont\titlerm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep3}
-\setfont\titleit\itbshape{10}{\magstep4}
-\setfont\titlesl\slbshape{10}{\magstep4}
-\setfont\titlett\ttbshape{12}{\magstep3}
-\setfont\titlettsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep4}
-\setfont\titlesf\sfbshape{17}{\magstep1}
-\let\titlebf=\titlerm
-\setfont\titlesc\scbshape{10}{\magstep4}
-\font\titlei=cmmi12 scaled \magstep3
-\font\titlesy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep4
-\def\authorrm{\secrm}
-\def\authortt{\sectt}
-
-% Chapter (and unnumbered) fonts (17.28pt).
-\def\chapnominalsize{17pt}
-\setfont\chaprm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep2}
-\setfont\chapit\itbshape{10}{\magstep3}
-\setfont\chapsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep3}
-\setfont\chaptt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep2}
-\setfont\chapttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep3}
-\setfont\chapsf\sfbshape{17}{1000}
-\let\chapbf=\chaprm
-\setfont\chapsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep3}
-\font\chapi=cmmi12 scaled \magstep2
-\font\chapsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep3
-
-% Section fonts (14.4pt).
-\def\secnominalsize{14pt}
-\setfont\secrm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep1}
-\setfont\secit\itbshape{10}{\magstep2}
-\setfont\secsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep2}
-\setfont\sectt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep1}
-\setfont\secttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep2}
-\setfont\secsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstep1}
-\let\secbf\secrm
-\setfont\secsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep2}
-\font\seci=cmmi12 scaled \magstep1
-\font\secsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep2
-
-% Subsection fonts (13.15pt).
-\def\ssecnominalsize{13pt}
-\setfont\ssecrm\rmbshape{12}{\magstephalf}
-\setfont\ssecit\itbshape{10}{1315}
-\setfont\ssecsl\slbshape{10}{1315}
-\setfont\ssectt\ttbshape{12}{\magstephalf}
-\setfont\ssecttsl\ttslshape{10}{1315}
-\setfont\ssecsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstephalf}
-\let\ssecbf\ssecrm
-\setfont\ssecsc\scbshape{10}{1315}
-\font\sseci=cmmi12 scaled \magstephalf
-\font\ssecsy=cmsy10 scaled 1315
-
-% Reduced fonts for @acro in text (10pt).
-\def\reducednominalsize{10pt}
-\setfont\reducedrm\rmshape{10}{1000}
-\setfont\reducedtt\ttshape{10}{1000}
-\setfont\reducedbf\bfshape{10}{1000}
-\setfont\reducedit\itshape{10}{1000}
-\setfont\reducedsl\slshape{10}{1000}
-\setfont\reducedsf\sfshape{10}{1000}
-\setfont\reducedsc\scshape{10}{1000}
-\setfont\reducedttsl\ttslshape{10}{1000}
-\font\reducedi=cmmi10
-\font\reducedsy=cmsy10
-
-% In order for the font changes to affect most math symbols and letters,
-% we have to define the \textfont of the standard families. Since
-% texinfo doesn't allow for producing subscripts and superscripts except
-% in the main text, we don't bother to reset \scriptfont and
-% \scriptscriptfont (which would also require loading a lot more fonts).
-%
-\def\resetmathfonts{%
- \textfont0=\tenrm \textfont1=\teni \textfont2=\tensy
- \textfont\itfam=\tenit \textfont\slfam=\tensl \textfont\bffam=\tenbf
- \textfont\ttfam=\tentt \textfont\sffam=\tensf
-}
-
-% The font-changing commands redefine the meanings of \tenSTYLE, instead
-% of just \STYLE. We do this because \STYLE needs to also set the
-% current \fam for math mode. Our \STYLE (e.g., \rm) commands hardwire
-% \tenSTYLE to set the current font.
-%
-% Each font-changing command also sets the names \lsize (one size lower)
-% and \lllsize (three sizes lower). These relative commands are used in
-% the LaTeX logo and acronyms.
-%
-% This all needs generalizing, badly.
-%
-\def\textfonts{%
- \let\tenrm=\textrm \let\tenit=\textit \let\tensl=\textsl
- \let\tenbf=\textbf \let\tentt=\texttt \let\smallcaps=\textsc
- \let\tensf=\textsf \let\teni=\texti \let\tensy=\textsy
- \let\tenttsl=\textttsl
- \def\curfontsize{text}%
- \def\lsize{reduced}\def\lllsize{smaller}%
- \resetmathfonts \setleading{\textleading}}
-\def\titlefonts{%
- \let\tenrm=\titlerm \let\tenit=\titleit \let\tensl=\titlesl
- \let\tenbf=\titlebf \let\tentt=\titlett \let\smallcaps=\titlesc
- \let\tensf=\titlesf \let\teni=\titlei \let\tensy=\titlesy
- \let\tenttsl=\titlettsl
- \def\curfontsize{title}%
- \def\lsize{chap}\def\lllsize{subsec}%
- \resetmathfonts \setleading{25pt}}
-\def\titlefont#1{{\titlefonts\rm #1}}
-\def\chapfonts{%
- \let\tenrm=\chaprm \let\tenit=\chapit \let\tensl=\chapsl
- \let\tenbf=\chapbf \let\tentt=\chaptt \let\smallcaps=\chapsc
- \let\tensf=\chapsf \let\teni=\chapi \let\tensy=\chapsy
- \let\tenttsl=\chapttsl
- \def\curfontsize{chap}%
- \def\lsize{sec}\def\lllsize{text}%
- \resetmathfonts \setleading{19pt}}
-\def\secfonts{%
- \let\tenrm=\secrm \let\tenit=\secit \let\tensl=\secsl
- \let\tenbf=\secbf \let\tentt=\sectt \let\smallcaps=\secsc
- \let\tensf=\secsf \let\teni=\seci \let\tensy=\secsy
- \let\tenttsl=\secttsl
- \def\curfontsize{sec}%
- \def\lsize{subsec}\def\lllsize{reduced}%
- \resetmathfonts \setleading{16pt}}
-\def\subsecfonts{%
- \let\tenrm=\ssecrm \let\tenit=\ssecit \let\tensl=\ssecsl
- \let\tenbf=\ssecbf \let\tentt=\ssectt \let\smallcaps=\ssecsc
- \let\tensf=\ssecsf \let\teni=\sseci \let\tensy=\ssecsy
- \let\tenttsl=\ssecttsl
- \def\curfontsize{ssec}%
- \def\lsize{text}\def\lllsize{small}%
- \resetmathfonts \setleading{15pt}}
-\let\subsubsecfonts = \subsecfonts
-\def\reducedfonts{%
- \let\tenrm=\reducedrm \let\tenit=\reducedit \let\tensl=\reducedsl
- \let\tenbf=\reducedbf \let\tentt=\reducedtt \let\reducedcaps=\reducedsc
- \let\tensf=\reducedsf \let\teni=\reducedi \let\tensy=\reducedsy
- \let\tenttsl=\reducedttsl
- \def\curfontsize{reduced}%
- \def\lsize{small}\def\lllsize{smaller}%
- \resetmathfonts \setleading{10.5pt}}
-\def\smallfonts{%
- \let\tenrm=\smallrm \let\tenit=\smallit \let\tensl=\smallsl
- \let\tenbf=\smallbf \let\tentt=\smalltt \let\smallcaps=\smallsc
- \let\tensf=\smallsf \let\teni=\smalli \let\tensy=\smallsy
- \let\tenttsl=\smallttsl
- \def\curfontsize{small}%
- \def\lsize{smaller}\def\lllsize{smaller}%
- \resetmathfonts \setleading{10.5pt}}
-\def\smallerfonts{%
- \let\tenrm=\smallerrm \let\tenit=\smallerit \let\tensl=\smallersl
- \let\tenbf=\smallerbf \let\tentt=\smallertt \let\smallcaps=\smallersc
- \let\tensf=\smallersf \let\teni=\smalleri \let\tensy=\smallersy
- \let\tenttsl=\smallerttsl
- \def\curfontsize{smaller}%
- \def\lsize{smaller}\def\lllsize{smaller}%
- \resetmathfonts \setleading{9.5pt}}
-
-% Set the fonts to use with the @small... environments.
-\let\smallexamplefonts = \smallfonts
-
-% About \smallexamplefonts. If we use \smallfonts (9pt), @smallexample
-% can fit this many characters:
-% 8.5x11=86 smallbook=72 a4=90 a5=69
-% If we use \scriptfonts (8pt), then we can fit this many characters:
-% 8.5x11=90+ smallbook=80 a4=90+ a5=77
-% For me, subjectively, the few extra characters that fit aren't worth
-% the additional smallness of 8pt. So I'm making the default 9pt.
-%
-% By the way, for comparison, here's what fits with @example (10pt):
-% 8.5x11=71 smallbook=60 a4=75 a5=58
-%
-% I wish the USA used A4 paper.
-% --karl, 24jan03.
-
-
-% Set up the default fonts, so we can use them for creating boxes.
-%
-\textfonts \rm
-
-% Define these so they can be easily changed for other fonts.
-\def\angleleft{$\langle$}
-\def\angleright{$\rangle$}
-
-% Count depth in font-changes, for error checks
-\newcount\fontdepth \fontdepth=0
-
-% Fonts for short table of contents.
-\setfont\shortcontrm\rmshape{12}{1000}
-\setfont\shortcontbf\bfshape{10}{\magstep1} % no cmb12
-\setfont\shortcontsl\slshape{12}{1000}
-\setfont\shortconttt\ttshape{12}{1000}
-
-%% Add scribe-like font environments, plus @l for inline lisp (usually sans
-%% serif) and @ii for TeX italic
-
-% \smartitalic{ARG} outputs arg in italics, followed by an italic correction
-% unless the following character is such as not to need one.
-\def\smartitalicx{\ifx\next,\else\ifx\next-\else\ifx\next.\else
- \ptexslash\fi\fi\fi}
-\def\smartslanted#1{{\ifusingtt\ttsl\sl #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx}
-\def\smartitalic#1{{\ifusingtt\ttsl\it #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx}
-
-% like \smartslanted except unconditionally uses \ttsl.
-% @var is set to this for defun arguments.
-\def\ttslanted#1{{\ttsl #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx}
-
-% like \smartslanted except unconditionally use \sl. We never want
-% ttsl for book titles, do we?
-\def\cite#1{{\sl #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx}
-
-\let\i=\smartitalic
-\let\slanted=\smartslanted
-\let\var=\smartslanted
-\let\dfn=\smartslanted
-\let\emph=\smartitalic
-
-% @b, explicit bold.
-\def\b#1{{\bf #1}}
-\let\strong=\b
-
-% @sansserif, explicit sans.
-\def\sansserif#1{{\sf #1}}
-
-% We can't just use \exhyphenpenalty, because that only has effect at
-% the end of a paragraph. Restore normal hyphenation at the end of the
-% group within which \nohyphenation is presumably called.
-%
-\def\nohyphenation{\hyphenchar\font = -1 \aftergroup\restorehyphenation}
-\def\restorehyphenation{\hyphenchar\font = `- }
-
-% Set sfcode to normal for the chars that usually have another value.
-% Can't use plain's \frenchspacing because it uses the `\x notation, and
-% sometimes \x has an active definition that messes things up.
-%
-\catcode`@=11
- \def\frenchspacing{%
- \sfcode\dotChar =\@m \sfcode\questChar=\@m \sfcode\exclamChar=\@m
- \sfcode\colonChar=\@m \sfcode\semiChar =\@m \sfcode\commaChar =\@m
- }
-\catcode`@=\other
-
-\def\t#1{%
- {\tt \rawbackslash \frenchspacing #1}%
- \null
-}
-\def\samp#1{`\tclose{#1}'\null}
-\setfont\keyrm\rmshape{8}{1000}
-\font\keysy=cmsy9
-\def\key#1{{\keyrm\textfont2=\keysy \leavevmode\hbox{%
- \raise0.4pt\hbox{\angleleft}\kern-.08em\vtop{%
- \vbox{\hrule\kern-0.4pt
- \hbox{\raise0.4pt\hbox{\vphantom{\angleleft}}#1}}%
- \kern-0.4pt\hrule}%
- \kern-.06em\raise0.4pt\hbox{\angleright}}}}
-% The old definition, with no lozenge:
-%\def\key #1{{\ttsl \nohyphenation \uppercase{#1}}\null}
-\def\ctrl #1{{\tt \rawbackslash \hat}#1}
-
-% @file, @option are the same as @samp.
-\let\file=\samp
-\let\option=\samp
-
-% @code is a modification of @t,
-% which makes spaces the same size as normal in the surrounding text.
-\def\tclose#1{%
- {%
- % Change normal interword space to be same as for the current font.
- \spaceskip = \fontdimen2\font
- %
- % Switch to typewriter.
- \tt
- %
- % But `\ ' produces the large typewriter interword space.
- \def\ {{\spaceskip = 0pt{} }}%
- %
- % Turn off hyphenation.
- \nohyphenation
- %
- \rawbackslash
- \frenchspacing
- #1%
- }%
- \null
-}
-
-% We *must* turn on hyphenation at `-' and `_' in @code.
-% Otherwise, it is too hard to avoid overfull hboxes
-% in the Emacs manual, the Library manual, etc.
-
-% Unfortunately, TeX uses one parameter (\hyphenchar) to control
-% both hyphenation at - and hyphenation within words.
-% We must therefore turn them both off (\tclose does that)
-% and arrange explicitly to hyphenate at a dash.
-% -- rms.
-{
- \catcode`\-=\active
- \catcode`\_=\active
- %
- \global\def\code{\begingroup
- \catcode`\-=\active \let-\codedash
- \catcode`\_=\active \let_\codeunder
- \codex
- }
-}
-
-\def\realdash{-}
-\def\codedash{-\discretionary{}{}{}}
-\def\codeunder{%
- % this is all so @math{@code{var_name}+1} can work. In math mode, _
- % is "active" (mathcode"8000) and \normalunderscore (or \char95, etc.)
- % will therefore expand the active definition of _, which is us
- % (inside @code that is), therefore an endless loop.
- \ifusingtt{\ifmmode
- \mathchar"075F % class 0=ordinary, family 7=ttfam, pos 0x5F=_.
- \else\normalunderscore \fi
- \discretionary{}{}{}}%
- {\_}%
-}
-\def\codex #1{\tclose{#1}\endgroup}
-
-% @kbd is like @code, except that if the argument is just one @key command,
-% then @kbd has no effect.
-
-% @kbdinputstyle -- arg is `distinct' (@kbd uses slanted tty font always),
-% `example' (@kbd uses ttsl only inside of @example and friends),
-% or `code' (@kbd uses normal tty font always).
-\parseargdef\kbdinputstyle{%
- \def\arg{#1}%
- \ifx\arg\worddistinct
- \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\ttsl}\gdef\kbdfont{\ttsl}%
- \else\ifx\arg\wordexample
- \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\ttsl}\gdef\kbdfont{\tt}%
- \else\ifx\arg\wordcode
- \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\tt}\gdef\kbdfont{\tt}%
- \else
- \errhelp = \EMsimple
- \errmessage{Unknown @kbdinputstyle option `\arg'}%
- \fi\fi\fi
-}
-\def\worddistinct{distinct}
-\def\wordexample{example}
-\def\wordcode{code}
-
-% Default is `distinct.'
-\kbdinputstyle distinct
-
-\def\xkey{\key}
-\def\kbdfoo#1#2#3\par{\def\one{#1}\def\three{#3}\def\threex{??}%
-\ifx\one\xkey\ifx\threex\three \key{#2}%
-\else{\tclose{\kbdfont\look}}\fi
-\else{\tclose{\kbdfont\look}}\fi}
-
-% For @indicateurl, @env, @command quotes seem unnecessary, so use \code.
-\let\indicateurl=\code
-\let\env=\code
-\let\command=\code
-
-% @uref (abbreviation for `urlref') takes an optional (comma-separated)
-% second argument specifying the text to display and an optional third
-% arg as text to display instead of (rather than in addition to) the url
-% itself. First (mandatory) arg is the url. Perhaps eventually put in
-% a hypertex \special here.
-%
-\def\uref#1{\douref #1,,,\finish}
-\def\douref#1,#2,#3,#4\finish{\begingroup
- \unsepspaces
- \pdfurl{#1}%
- \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}%
- \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt
- \unhbox0 % third arg given, show only that
- \else
- \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}%
- \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt
- \ifpdf
- \unhbox0 % PDF: 2nd arg given, show only it
- \else
- \unhbox0\ (\code{#1})% DVI: 2nd arg given, show both it and url
- \fi
- \else
- \code{#1}% only url given, so show it
- \fi
- \fi
- \endlink
-\endgroup}
-
-% @url synonym for @uref, since that's how everyone uses it.
-%
-\let\url=\uref
-
-% rms does not like angle brackets --karl, 17may97.
-% So now @email is just like @uref, unless we are pdf.
-%
-%\def\email#1{\angleleft{\tt #1}\angleright}
-\ifpdf
- \def\email#1{\doemail#1,,\finish}
- \def\doemail#1,#2,#3\finish{\begingroup
- \unsepspaces
- \pdfurl{mailto:#1}%
- \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}%
- \ifdim\wd0>0pt\unhbox0\else\code{#1}\fi
- \endlink
- \endgroup}
-\else
- \let\email=\uref
-\fi
-
-% Check if we are currently using a typewriter font. Since all the
-% Computer Modern typewriter fonts have zero interword stretch (and
-% shrink), and it is reasonable to expect all typewriter fonts to have
-% this property, we can check that font parameter.
-%
-\def\ifmonospace{\ifdim\fontdimen3\font=0pt }
-
-% Typeset a dimension, e.g., `in' or `pt'. The only reason for the
-% argument is to make the input look right: @dmn{pt} instead of @dmn{}pt.
-%
-\def\dmn#1{\thinspace #1}
-
-\def\kbd#1{\def\look{#1}\expandafter\kbdfoo\look??\par}
-
-% @l was never documented to mean ``switch to the Lisp font'',
-% and it is not used as such in any manual I can find. We need it for
-% Polish suppressed-l. --karl, 22sep96.
-%\def\l#1{{\li #1}\null}
-
-% Explicit font changes: @r, @sc, undocumented @ii.
-\def\r#1{{\rm #1}} % roman font
-\def\sc#1{{\smallcaps#1}} % smallcaps font
-\def\ii#1{{\it #1}} % italic font
-
-% @acronym for "FBI", "NATO", and the like.
-% We print this one point size smaller, since it's intended for
-% all-uppercase.
-%
-\def\acronym#1{\doacronym #1,,\finish}
-\def\doacronym#1,#2,#3\finish{%
- {\selectfonts\lsize #1}%
- \def\temp{#2}%
- \ifx\temp\empty \else
- \space ({\unsepspaces \ignorespaces \temp \unskip})%
- \fi
-}
-
-% @abbr for "Comput. J." and the like.
-% No font change, but don't do end-of-sentence spacing.
-%
-\def\abbr#1{\doabbr #1,,\finish}
-\def\doabbr#1,#2,#3\finish{%
- {\frenchspacing #1}%
- \def\temp{#2}%
- \ifx\temp\empty \else
- \space ({\unsepspaces \ignorespaces \temp \unskip})%
- \fi
-}
-
-% @pounds{} is a sterling sign, which Knuth put in the CM italic font.
-%
-\def\pounds{{\it\$}}
-
-% @euro{} comes from a separate font, depending on the current style.
-% We use the free feym* fonts from the eurosym package by Henrik
-% Theiling, which support regular, slanted, bold and bold slanted (and
-% "outlined" (blackboard board, sort of) versions, which we don't need).
-% It is available from http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/eurosym.
-%
-% Although only regular is the truly official Euro symbol, we ignore
-% that. The Euro is designed to be slightly taller than the regular
-% font height.
-%
-% feymr - regular
-% feymo - slanted
-% feybr - bold
-% feybo - bold slanted
-%
-% There is no good (free) typewriter version, to my knowledge.
-% A feymr10 euro is ~7.3pt wide, while a normal cmtt10 char is ~5.25pt wide.
-% Hmm.
-%
-% Also doesn't work in math. Do we need to do math with euro symbols?
-% Hope not.
-%
-%
-\def\euro{{\eurofont e}}
-\def\eurofont{%
- % We set the font at each command, rather than predefining it in
- % \textfonts and the other font-switching commands, so that
- % installations which never need the symbold don't have to have the
- % font installed.
- %
- % There is only one designed size (nominal 10pt), so we always scale
- % that to the current nominal size.
- %
- % By the way, simply using "at 1em" works for cmr10 and the like, but
- % does not work for cmbx10 and other extended/shrunken fonts.
- %
- \def\eurosize{\csname\curfontsize nominalsize\endcsname}%
- %
- \ifx\curfontstyle\bfstylename
- % bold:
- \font\thiseurofont = \ifusingit{feybo10}{feybr10} at \eurosize
- \else
- % regular:
- \font\thiseurofont = \ifusingit{feymo10}{feymr10} at \eurosize
- \fi
- \thiseurofont
-}
-
-% @registeredsymbol - R in a circle. The font for the R should really
-% be smaller yet, but lllsize is the best we can do for now.
-% Adapted from the plain.tex definition of \copyright.
-%
-\def\registeredsymbol{%
- $^{{\ooalign{\hfil\raise.07ex\hbox{\selectfonts\lllsize R}%
- \hfil\crcr\Orb}}%
- }$%
-}
-
-% Laurent Siebenmann reports \Orb undefined with:
-% Textures 1.7.7 (preloaded format=plain 93.10.14) (68K) 16 APR 2004 02:38
-% so we'll define it if necessary.
-%
-\ifx\Orb\undefined
-\def\Orb{\mathhexbox20D}
-\fi
-
-
-\message{page headings,}
-
-\newskip\titlepagetopglue \titlepagetopglue = 1.5in
-\newskip\titlepagebottomglue \titlepagebottomglue = 2pc
-
-% First the title page. Must do @settitle before @titlepage.
-\newif\ifseenauthor
-\newif\iffinishedtitlepage
-
-% Do an implicit @contents or @shortcontents after @end titlepage if the
-% user says @setcontentsaftertitlepage or @setshortcontentsaftertitlepage.
-%
-\newif\ifsetcontentsaftertitlepage
- \let\setcontentsaftertitlepage = \setcontentsaftertitlepagetrue
-\newif\ifsetshortcontentsaftertitlepage
- \let\setshortcontentsaftertitlepage = \setshortcontentsaftertitlepagetrue
-
-\parseargdef\shorttitlepage{\begingroup\hbox{}\vskip 1.5in \chaprm \centerline{#1}%
- \endgroup\page\hbox{}\page}
-
-\envdef\titlepage{%
- % Open one extra group, as we want to close it in the middle of \Etitlepage.
- \begingroup
- \parindent=0pt \textfonts
- % Leave some space at the very top of the page.
- \vglue\titlepagetopglue
- % No rule at page bottom unless we print one at the top with @title.
- \finishedtitlepagetrue
- %
- % Most title ``pages'' are actually two pages long, with space
- % at the top of the second. We don't want the ragged left on the second.
- \let\oldpage = \page
- \def\page{%
- \iffinishedtitlepage\else
- \finishtitlepage
- \fi
- \let\page = \oldpage
- \page
- \null
- }%
-}
-
-\def\Etitlepage{%
- \iffinishedtitlepage\else
- \finishtitlepage
- \fi
- % It is important to do the page break before ending the group,
- % because the headline and footline are only empty inside the group.
- % If we use the new definition of \page, we always get a blank page
- % after the title page, which we certainly don't want.
- \oldpage
- \endgroup
- %
- % Need this before the \...aftertitlepage checks so that if they are
- % in effect the toc pages will come out with page numbers.
- \HEADINGSon
- %
- % If they want short, they certainly want long too.
- \ifsetshortcontentsaftertitlepage
- \shortcontents
- \contents
- \global\let\shortcontents = \relax
- \global\let\contents = \relax
- \fi
- %
- \ifsetcontentsaftertitlepage
- \contents
- \global\let\contents = \relax
- \global\let\shortcontents = \relax
- \fi
-}
-
-\def\finishtitlepage{%
- \vskip4pt \hrule height 2pt width \hsize
- \vskip\titlepagebottomglue
- \finishedtitlepagetrue
-}
-
-%%% Macros to be used within @titlepage:
-
-\let\subtitlerm=\tenrm
-\def\subtitlefont{\subtitlerm \normalbaselineskip = 13pt \normalbaselines}
-
-\def\authorfont{\authorrm \normalbaselineskip = 16pt \normalbaselines
- \let\tt=\authortt}
-
-\parseargdef\title{%
- \checkenv\titlepage
- \leftline{\titlefonts\rm #1}
- % print a rule at the page bottom also.
- \finishedtitlepagefalse
- \vskip4pt \hrule height 4pt width \hsize \vskip4pt
-}
-
-\parseargdef\subtitle{%
- \checkenv\titlepage
- {\subtitlefont \rightline{#1}}%
-}
-
-% @author should come last, but may come many times.
-% It can also be used inside @quotation.
-%
-\parseargdef\author{%
- \def\temp{\quotation}%
- \ifx\thisenv\temp
- \def\quotationauthor{#1}% printed in \Equotation.
- \else
- \checkenv\titlepage
- \ifseenauthor\else \vskip 0pt plus 1filll \seenauthortrue \fi
- {\authorfont \leftline{#1}}%
- \fi
-}
-
-
-%%% Set up page headings and footings.
-
-\let\thispage=\folio
-
-\newtoks\evenheadline % headline on even pages
-\newtoks\oddheadline % headline on odd pages
-\newtoks\evenfootline % footline on even pages
-\newtoks\oddfootline % footline on odd pages
-
-% Now make TeX use those variables
-\headline={{\textfonts\rm \ifodd\pageno \the\oddheadline
- \else \the\evenheadline \fi}}
-\footline={{\textfonts\rm \ifodd\pageno \the\oddfootline
- \else \the\evenfootline \fi}\HEADINGShook}
-\let\HEADINGShook=\relax
-
-% Commands to set those variables.
-% For example, this is what @headings on does
-% @evenheading @thistitle|@thispage|@thischapter
-% @oddheading @thischapter|@thispage|@thistitle
-% @evenfooting @thisfile||
-% @oddfooting ||@thisfile
-
-
-\def\evenheading{\parsearg\evenheadingxxx}
-\def\evenheadingxxx #1{\evenheadingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish}
-\def\evenheadingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{%
-\global\evenheadline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}}
-
-\def\oddheading{\parsearg\oddheadingxxx}
-\def\oddheadingxxx #1{\oddheadingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish}
-\def\oddheadingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{%
-\global\oddheadline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}}
-
-\parseargdef\everyheading{\oddheadingxxx{#1}\evenheadingxxx{#1}}%
-
-\def\evenfooting{\parsearg\evenfootingxxx}
-\def\evenfootingxxx #1{\evenfootingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish}
-\def\evenfootingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{%
-\global\evenfootline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}}
-
-\def\oddfooting{\parsearg\oddfootingxxx}
-\def\oddfootingxxx #1{\oddfootingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish}
-\def\oddfootingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{%
- \global\oddfootline = {\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}%
- %
- % Leave some space for the footline. Hopefully ok to assume
- % @evenfooting will not be used by itself.
- \global\advance\pageheight by -\baselineskip
- \global\advance\vsize by -\baselineskip
-}
-
-\parseargdef\everyfooting{\oddfootingxxx{#1}\evenfootingxxx{#1}}
-
-
-% @headings double turns headings on for double-sided printing.
-% @headings single turns headings on for single-sided printing.
-% @headings off turns them off.
-% @headings on same as @headings double, retained for compatibility.
-% @headings after turns on double-sided headings after this page.
-% @headings doubleafter turns on double-sided headings after this page.
-% @headings singleafter turns on single-sided headings after this page.
-% By default, they are off at the start of a document,
-% and turned `on' after @end titlepage.
-
-\def\headings #1 {\csname HEADINGS#1\endcsname}
-
-\def\HEADINGSoff{%
-\global\evenheadline={\hfil} \global\evenfootline={\hfil}
-\global\oddheadline={\hfil} \global\oddfootline={\hfil}}
-\HEADINGSoff
-% When we turn headings on, set the page number to 1.
-% For double-sided printing, put current file name in lower left corner,
-% chapter name on inside top of right hand pages, document
-% title on inside top of left hand pages, and page numbers on outside top
-% edge of all pages.
-\def\HEADINGSdouble{%
-\global\pageno=1
-\global\evenfootline={\hfil}
-\global\oddfootline={\hfil}
-\global\evenheadline={\line{\folio\hfil\thistitle}}
-\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
-\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage
-}
-\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
-
-% For single-sided printing, chapter title goes across top left of page,
-% page number on top right.
-\def\HEADINGSsingle{%
-\global\pageno=1
-\global\evenfootline={\hfil}
-\global\oddfootline={\hfil}
-\global\evenheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
-\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
-\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
-}
-\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSdouble}
-
-\def\HEADINGSafter{\let\HEADINGShook=\HEADINGSdoublex}
-\let\HEADINGSdoubleafter=\HEADINGSafter
-\def\HEADINGSdoublex{%
-\global\evenfootline={\hfil}
-\global\oddfootline={\hfil}
-\global\evenheadline={\line{\folio\hfil\thistitle}}
-\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
-\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage
-}
-
-\def\HEADINGSsingleafter{\let\HEADINGShook=\HEADINGSsinglex}
-\def\HEADINGSsinglex{%
-\global\evenfootline={\hfil}
-\global\oddfootline={\hfil}
-\global\evenheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
-\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
-\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
-}
-
-% Subroutines used in generating headings
-% This produces Day Month Year style of output.
-% Only define if not already defined, in case a txi-??.tex file has set
-% up a different format (e.g., txi-cs.tex does this).
-\ifx\today\undefined
-\def\today{%
- \number\day\space
- \ifcase\month
- \or\putwordMJan\or\putwordMFeb\or\putwordMMar\or\putwordMApr
- \or\putwordMMay\or\putwordMJun\or\putwordMJul\or\putwordMAug
- \or\putwordMSep\or\putwordMOct\or\putwordMNov\or\putwordMDec
- \fi
- \space\number\year}
-\fi
-
-% @settitle line... specifies the title of the document, for headings.
-% It generates no output of its own.
-\def\thistitle{\putwordNoTitle}
-\def\settitle{\parsearg{\gdef\thistitle}}
-
-
-\message{tables,}
-% Tables -- @table, @ftable, @vtable, @item(x).
-
-% default indentation of table text
-\newdimen\tableindent \tableindent=.8in
-% default indentation of @itemize and @enumerate text
-\newdimen\itemindent \itemindent=.3in
-% margin between end of table item and start of table text.
-\newdimen\itemmargin \itemmargin=.1in
-
-% used internally for \itemindent minus \itemmargin
-\newdimen\itemmax
-
-% Note @table, @ftable, and @vtable define @item, @itemx, etc., with
-% these defs.
-% They also define \itemindex
-% to index the item name in whatever manner is desired (perhaps none).
-
-\newif\ifitemxneedsnegativevskip
-
-\def\itemxpar{\par\ifitemxneedsnegativevskip\nobreak\vskip-\parskip\nobreak\fi}
-
-\def\internalBitem{\smallbreak \parsearg\itemzzz}
-\def\internalBitemx{\itemxpar \parsearg\itemzzz}
-
-\def\itemzzz #1{\begingroup %
- \advance\hsize by -\rightskip
- \advance\hsize by -\tableindent
- \setbox0=\hbox{\itemindicate{#1}}%
- \itemindex{#1}%
- \nobreak % This prevents a break before @itemx.
- %
- % If the item text does not fit in the space we have, put it on a line
- % by itself, and do not allow a page break either before or after that
- % line. We do not start a paragraph here because then if the next
- % command is, e.g., @kindex, the whatsit would get put into the
- % horizontal list on a line by itself, resulting in extra blank space.
- \ifdim \wd0>\itemmax
- %
- % Make this a paragraph so we get the \parskip glue and wrapping,
- % but leave it ragged-right.
- \begingroup
- \advance\leftskip by-\tableindent
- \advance\hsize by\tableindent
- \advance\rightskip by0pt plus1fil
- \leavevmode\unhbox0\par
- \endgroup
- %
- % We're going to be starting a paragraph, but we don't want the
- % \parskip glue -- logically it's part of the @item we just started.
- \nobreak \vskip-\parskip
- %
- % Stop a page break at the \parskip glue coming up. However, if
- % what follows is an environment such as @example, there will be no
- % \parskip glue; then the negative vskip we just inserted would
- % cause the example and the item to crash together. So we use this
- % bizarre value of 10001 as a signal to \aboveenvbreak to insert
- % \parskip glue after all. Section titles are handled this way also.
- %
- \penalty 10001
- \endgroup
- \itemxneedsnegativevskipfalse
- \else
- % The item text fits into the space. Start a paragraph, so that the
- % following text (if any) will end up on the same line.
- \noindent
- % Do this with kerns and \unhbox so that if there is a footnote in
- % the item text, it can migrate to the main vertical list and
- % eventually be printed.
- \nobreak\kern-\tableindent
- \dimen0 = \itemmax \advance\dimen0 by \itemmargin \advance\dimen0 by -\wd0
- \unhbox0
- \nobreak\kern\dimen0
- \endgroup
- \itemxneedsnegativevskiptrue
- \fi
-}
-
-\def\item{\errmessage{@item while not in a list environment}}
-\def\itemx{\errmessage{@itemx while not in a list environment}}
-
-% @table, @ftable, @vtable.
-\envdef\table{%
- \let\itemindex\gobble
- \tablecheck{table}%
-}
-\envdef\ftable{%
- \def\itemindex ##1{\doind {fn}{\code{##1}}}%
- \tablecheck{ftable}%
-}
-\envdef\vtable{%
- \def\itemindex ##1{\doind {vr}{\code{##1}}}%
- \tablecheck{vtable}%
-}
-\def\tablecheck#1{%
- \ifnum \the\catcode`\^^M=\active
- \endgroup
- \errmessage{This command won't work in this context; perhaps the problem is
- that we are \inenvironment\thisenv}%
- \def\next{\doignore{#1}}%
- \else
- \let\next\tablex
- \fi
- \next
-}
-\def\tablex#1{%
- \def\itemindicate{#1}%
- \parsearg\tabley
-}
-\def\tabley#1{%
- {%
- \makevalueexpandable
- \edef\temp{\noexpand\tablez #1\space\space\space}%
- \expandafter
- }\temp \endtablez
-}
-\def\tablez #1 #2 #3 #4\endtablez{%
- \aboveenvbreak
- \ifnum 0#1>0 \advance \leftskip by #1\mil \fi
- \ifnum 0#2>0 \tableindent=#2\mil \fi
- \ifnum 0#3>0 \advance \rightskip by #3\mil \fi
- \itemmax=\tableindent
- \advance \itemmax by -\itemmargin
- \advance \leftskip by \tableindent
- \exdentamount=\tableindent
- \parindent = 0pt
- \parskip = \smallskipamount
- \ifdim \parskip=0pt \parskip=2pt \fi
- \let\item = \internalBitem
- \let\itemx = \internalBitemx
-}
-\def\Etable{\endgraf\afterenvbreak}
-\let\Eftable\Etable
-\let\Evtable\Etable
-\let\Eitemize\Etable
-\let\Eenumerate\Etable
-
-% This is the counter used by @enumerate, which is really @itemize
-
-\newcount \itemno
-
-\envdef\itemize{\parsearg\doitemize}
-
-\def\doitemize#1{%
- \aboveenvbreak
- \itemmax=\itemindent
- \advance\itemmax by -\itemmargin
- \advance\leftskip by \itemindent
- \exdentamount=\itemindent
- \parindent=0pt
- \parskip=\smallskipamount
- \ifdim\parskip=0pt \parskip=2pt \fi
- \def\itemcontents{#1}%
- % @itemize with no arg is equivalent to @itemize @bullet.
- \ifx\itemcontents\empty\def\itemcontents{\bullet}\fi
- \let\item=\itemizeitem
-}
-
-% Definition of @item while inside @itemize and @enumerate.
-%
-\def\itemizeitem{%
- \advance\itemno by 1 % for enumerations
- {\let\par=\endgraf \smallbreak}% reasonable place to break
- {%
- % If the document has an @itemize directly after a section title, a
- % \nobreak will be last on the list, and \sectionheading will have
- % done a \vskip-\parskip. In that case, we don't want to zero
- % parskip, or the item text will crash with the heading. On the
- % other hand, when there is normal text preceding the item (as there
- % usually is), we do want to zero parskip, or there would be too much
- % space. In that case, we won't have a \nobreak before. At least
- % that's the theory.
- \ifnum\lastpenalty<10000 \parskip=0in \fi
- \noindent
- \hbox to 0pt{\hss \itemcontents \kern\itemmargin}%
- \vadjust{\penalty 1200}}% not good to break after first line of item.
- \flushcr
-}
-
-% \splitoff TOKENS\endmark defines \first to be the first token in
-% TOKENS, and \rest to be the remainder.
-%
-\def\splitoff#1#2\endmark{\def\first{#1}\def\rest{#2}}%
-
-% Allow an optional argument of an uppercase letter, lowercase letter,
-% or number, to specify the first label in the enumerated list. No
-% argument is the same as `1'.
-%
-\envparseargdef\enumerate{\enumeratey #1 \endenumeratey}
-\def\enumeratey #1 #2\endenumeratey{%
- % If we were given no argument, pretend we were given `1'.
- \def\thearg{#1}%
- \ifx\thearg\empty \def\thearg{1}\fi
- %
- % Detect if the argument is a single token. If so, it might be a
- % letter. Otherwise, the only valid thing it can be is a number.
- % (We will always have one token, because of the test we just made.
- % This is a good thing, since \splitoff doesn't work given nothing at
- % all -- the first parameter is undelimited.)
- \expandafter\splitoff\thearg\endmark
- \ifx\rest\empty
- % Only one token in the argument. It could still be anything.
- % A ``lowercase letter'' is one whose \lccode is nonzero.
- % An ``uppercase letter'' is one whose \lccode is both nonzero, and
- % not equal to itself.
- % Otherwise, we assume it's a number.
- %
- % We need the \relax at the end of the \ifnum lines to stop TeX from
- % continuing to look for a <number>.
- %
- \ifnum\lccode\expandafter`\thearg=0\relax
- \numericenumerate % a number (we hope)
- \else
- % It's a letter.
- \ifnum\lccode\expandafter`\thearg=\expandafter`\thearg\relax
- \lowercaseenumerate % lowercase letter
- \else
- \uppercaseenumerate % uppercase letter
- \fi
- \fi
- \else
- % Multiple tokens in the argument. We hope it's a number.
- \numericenumerate
- \fi
-}
-
-% An @enumerate whose labels are integers. The starting integer is
-% given in \thearg.
-%
-\def\numericenumerate{%
- \itemno = \thearg
- \startenumeration{\the\itemno}%
-}
-
-% The starting (lowercase) letter is in \thearg.
-\def\lowercaseenumerate{%
- \itemno = \expandafter`\thearg
- \startenumeration{%
- % Be sure we're not beyond the end of the alphabet.
- \ifnum\itemno=0
- \errmessage{No more lowercase letters in @enumerate; get a bigger
- alphabet}%
- \fi
- \char\lccode\itemno
- }%
-}
-
-% The starting (uppercase) letter is in \thearg.
-\def\uppercaseenumerate{%
- \itemno = \expandafter`\thearg
- \startenumeration{%
- % Be sure we're not beyond the end of the alphabet.
- \ifnum\itemno=0
- \errmessage{No more uppercase letters in @enumerate; get a bigger
- alphabet}
- \fi
- \char\uccode\itemno
- }%
-}
-
-% Call \doitemize, adding a period to the first argument and supplying the
-% common last two arguments. Also subtract one from the initial value in
-% \itemno, since @item increments \itemno.
-%
-\def\startenumeration#1{%
- \advance\itemno by -1
- \doitemize{#1.}\flushcr
-}
-
-% @alphaenumerate and @capsenumerate are abbreviations for giving an arg
-% to @enumerate.
-%
-\def\alphaenumerate{\enumerate{a}}
-\def\capsenumerate{\enumerate{A}}
-\def\Ealphaenumerate{\Eenumerate}
-\def\Ecapsenumerate{\Eenumerate}
-
-
-% @multitable macros
-% Amy Hendrickson, 8/18/94, 3/6/96
-%
-% @multitable ... @end multitable will make as many columns as desired.
-% Contents of each column will wrap at width given in preamble. Width
-% can be specified either with sample text given in a template line,
-% or in percent of \hsize, the current width of text on page.
-
-% Table can continue over pages but will only break between lines.
-
-% To make preamble:
-%
-% Either define widths of columns in terms of percent of \hsize:
-% @multitable @columnfractions .25 .3 .45
-% @item ...
-%
-% Numbers following @columnfractions are the percent of the total
-% current hsize to be used for each column. You may use as many
-% columns as desired.
-
-
-% Or use a template:
-% @multitable {Column 1 template} {Column 2 template} {Column 3 template}
-% @item ...
-% using the widest term desired in each column.
-
-% Each new table line starts with @item, each subsequent new column
-% starts with @tab. Empty columns may be produced by supplying @tab's
-% with nothing between them for as many times as empty columns are needed,
-% ie, @tab@tab@tab will produce two empty columns.
-
-% @item, @tab do not need to be on their own lines, but it will not hurt
-% if they are.
-
-% Sample multitable:
-
-% @multitable {Column 1 template} {Column 2 template} {Column 3 template}
-% @item first col stuff @tab second col stuff @tab third col
-% @item
-% first col stuff
-% @tab
-% second col stuff
-% @tab
-% third col
-% @item first col stuff @tab second col stuff
-% @tab Many paragraphs of text may be used in any column.
-%
-% They will wrap at the width determined by the template.
-% @item@tab@tab This will be in third column.
-% @end multitable
-
-% Default dimensions may be reset by user.
-% @multitableparskip is vertical space between paragraphs in table.
-% @multitableparindent is paragraph indent in table.
-% @multitablecolmargin is horizontal space to be left between columns.
-% @multitablelinespace is space to leave between table items, baseline
-% to baseline.
-% 0pt means it depends on current normal line spacing.
-%
-\newskip\multitableparskip
-\newskip\multitableparindent
-\newdimen\multitablecolspace
-\newskip\multitablelinespace
-\multitableparskip=0pt
-\multitableparindent=6pt
-\multitablecolspace=12pt
-\multitablelinespace=0pt
-
-% Macros used to set up halign preamble:
-%
-\let\endsetuptable\relax
-\def\xendsetuptable{\endsetuptable}
-\let\columnfractions\relax
-\def\xcolumnfractions{\columnfractions}
-\newif\ifsetpercent
-
-% #1 is the @columnfraction, usually a decimal number like .5, but might
-% be just 1. We just use it, whatever it is.
-%
-\def\pickupwholefraction#1 {%
- \global\advance\colcount by 1
- \expandafter\xdef\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname{#1\hsize}%
- \setuptable
-}
-
-\newcount\colcount
-\def\setuptable#1{%
- \def\firstarg{#1}%
- \ifx\firstarg\xendsetuptable
- \let\go = \relax
- \else
- \ifx\firstarg\xcolumnfractions
- \global\setpercenttrue
- \else
- \ifsetpercent
- \let\go\pickupwholefraction
- \else
- \global\advance\colcount by 1
- \setbox0=\hbox{#1\unskip\space}% Add a normal word space as a
- % separator; typically that is always in the input, anyway.
- \expandafter\xdef\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname{\the\wd0}%
- \fi
- \fi
- \ifx\go\pickupwholefraction
- % Put the argument back for the \pickupwholefraction call, so
- % we'll always have a period there to be parsed.
- \def\go{\pickupwholefraction#1}%
- \else
- \let\go = \setuptable
- \fi%
- \fi
- \go
-}
-
-% multitable-only commands.
-%
-% @headitem starts a heading row, which we typeset in bold.
-% Assignments have to be global since we are inside the implicit group
-% of an alignment entry. Note that \everycr resets \everytab.
-\def\headitem{\checkenv\multitable \crcr \global\everytab={\bf}\the\everytab}%
-%
-% A \tab used to include \hskip1sp. But then the space in a template
-% line is not enough. That is bad. So let's go back to just `&' until
-% we encounter the problem it was intended to solve again.
-% --karl, nathan@acm.org, 20apr99.
-\def\tab{\checkenv\multitable &\the\everytab}%
-
-% @multitable ... @end multitable definitions:
-%
-\newtoks\everytab % insert after every tab.
-%
-\envdef\multitable{%
- \vskip\parskip
- \startsavinginserts
- %
- % @item within a multitable starts a normal row.
- % We use \def instead of \let so that if one of the multitable entries
- % contains an @itemize, we don't choke on the \item (seen as \crcr aka
- % \endtemplate) expanding \doitemize.
- \def\item{\crcr}%
- %
- \tolerance=9500
- \hbadness=9500
- \setmultitablespacing
- \parskip=\multitableparskip
- \parindent=\multitableparindent
- \overfullrule=0pt
- \global\colcount=0
- %
- \everycr = {%
- \noalign{%
- \global\everytab={}%
- \global\colcount=0 % Reset the column counter.
- % Check for saved footnotes, etc.
- \checkinserts
- % Keeps underfull box messages off when table breaks over pages.
- %\filbreak
- % Maybe so, but it also creates really weird page breaks when the
- % table breaks over pages. Wouldn't \vfil be better? Wait until the
- % problem manifests itself, so it can be fixed for real --karl.
- }%
- }%
- %
- \parsearg\domultitable
-}
-\def\domultitable#1{%
- % To parse everything between @multitable and @item:
- \setuptable#1 \endsetuptable
- %
- % This preamble sets up a generic column definition, which will
- % be used as many times as user calls for columns.
- % \vtop will set a single line and will also let text wrap and
- % continue for many paragraphs if desired.
- \halign\bgroup &%
- \global\advance\colcount by 1
- \multistrut
- \vtop{%
- % Use the current \colcount to find the correct column width:
- \hsize=\expandafter\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname
- %
- % In order to keep entries from bumping into each other
- % we will add a \leftskip of \multitablecolspace to all columns after
- % the first one.
- %
- % If a template has been used, we will add \multitablecolspace
- % to the width of each template entry.
- %
- % If the user has set preamble in terms of percent of \hsize we will
- % use that dimension as the width of the column, and the \leftskip
- % will keep entries from bumping into each other. Table will start at
- % left margin and final column will justify at right margin.
- %
- % Make sure we don't inherit \rightskip from the outer environment.
- \rightskip=0pt
- \ifnum\colcount=1
- % The first column will be indented with the surrounding text.
- \advance\hsize by\leftskip
- \else
- \ifsetpercent \else
- % If user has not set preamble in terms of percent of \hsize
- % we will advance \hsize by \multitablecolspace.
- \advance\hsize by \multitablecolspace
- \fi
- % In either case we will make \leftskip=\multitablecolspace:
- \leftskip=\multitablecolspace
- \fi
- % Ignoring space at the beginning and end avoids an occasional spurious
- % blank line, when TeX decides to break the line at the space before the
- % box from the multistrut, so the strut ends up on a line by itself.
- % For example:
- % @multitable @columnfractions .11 .89
- % @item @code{#}
- % @tab Legal holiday which is valid in major parts of the whole country.
- % Is automatically provided with highlighting sequences respectively
- % marking characters.
- \noindent\ignorespaces##\unskip\multistrut
- }\cr
-}
-\def\Emultitable{%
- \crcr
- \egroup % end the \halign
- \global\setpercentfalse
-}
-
-\def\setmultitablespacing{%
- \def\multistrut{\strut}% just use the standard line spacing
- %
- % Compute \multitablelinespace (if not defined by user) for use in
- % \multitableparskip calculation. We used define \multistrut based on
- % this, but (ironically) that caused the spacing to be off.
- % See bug-texinfo report from Werner Lemberg, 31 Oct 2004 12:52:20 +0100.
-\ifdim\multitablelinespace=0pt
-\setbox0=\vbox{X}\global\multitablelinespace=\the\baselineskip
-\global\advance\multitablelinespace by-\ht0
-\fi
-%% Test to see if parskip is larger than space between lines of
-%% table. If not, do nothing.
-%% If so, set to same dimension as multitablelinespace.
-\ifdim\multitableparskip>\multitablelinespace
-\global\multitableparskip=\multitablelinespace
-\global\advance\multitableparskip-7pt %% to keep parskip somewhat smaller
- %% than skip between lines in the table.
-\fi%
-\ifdim\multitableparskip=0pt
-\global\multitableparskip=\multitablelinespace
-\global\advance\multitableparskip-7pt %% to keep parskip somewhat smaller
- %% than skip between lines in the table.
-\fi}
-
-
-\message{conditionals,}
-
-% @iftex, @ifnotdocbook, @ifnothtml, @ifnotinfo, @ifnotplaintext,
-% @ifnotxml always succeed. They currently do nothing; we don't
-% attempt to check whether the conditionals are properly nested. But we
-% have to remember that they are conditionals, so that @end doesn't
-% attempt to close an environment group.
-%
-\def\makecond#1{%
- \expandafter\let\csname #1\endcsname = \relax
- \expandafter\let\csname iscond.#1\endcsname = 1
-}
-\makecond{iftex}
-\makecond{ifnotdocbook}
-\makecond{ifnothtml}
-\makecond{ifnotinfo}
-\makecond{ifnotplaintext}
-\makecond{ifnotxml}
-
-% Ignore @ignore, @ifhtml, @ifinfo, and the like.
-%
-\def\direntry{\doignore{direntry}}
-\def\documentdescription{\doignore{documentdescription}}
-\def\docbook{\doignore{docbook}}
-\def\html{\doignore{html}}
-\def\ifdocbook{\doignore{ifdocbook}}
-\def\ifhtml{\doignore{ifhtml}}
-\def\ifinfo{\doignore{ifinfo}}
-\def\ifnottex{\doignore{ifnottex}}
-\def\ifplaintext{\doignore{ifplaintext}}
-\def\ifxml{\doignore{ifxml}}
-\def\ignore{\doignore{ignore}}
-\def\menu{\doignore{menu}}
-\def\xml{\doignore{xml}}
-
-% Ignore text until a line `@end #1', keeping track of nested conditionals.
-%
-% A count to remember the depth of nesting.
-\newcount\doignorecount
-
-\def\doignore#1{\begingroup
- % Scan in ``verbatim'' mode:
- \catcode`\@ = \other
- \catcode`\{ = \other
- \catcode`\} = \other
- %
- % Make sure that spaces turn into tokens that match what \doignoretext wants.
- \spaceisspace
- %
- % Count number of #1's that we've seen.
- \doignorecount = 0
- %
- % Swallow text until we reach the matching `@end #1'.
- \dodoignore{#1}%
-}
-
-{ \catcode`_=11 % We want to use \_STOP_ which cannot appear in texinfo source.
- \obeylines %
- %
- \gdef\dodoignore#1{%
- % #1 contains the command name as a string, e.g., `ifinfo'.
- %
- % Define a command to find the next `@end #1', which must be on a line
- % by itself.
- \long\def\doignoretext##1^^M@end #1{\doignoretextyyy##1^^M@#1\_STOP_}%
- % And this command to find another #1 command, at the beginning of a
- % line. (Otherwise, we would consider a line `@c @ifset', for
- % example, to count as an @ifset for nesting.)
- \long\def\doignoretextyyy##1^^M@#1##2\_STOP_{\doignoreyyy{##2}\_STOP_}%
- %
- % And now expand that command.
- \obeylines %
- \doignoretext ^^M%
- }%
-}
-
-\def\doignoreyyy#1{%
- \def\temp{#1}%
- \ifx\temp\empty % Nothing found.
- \let\next\doignoretextzzz
- \else % Found a nested condition, ...
- \advance\doignorecount by 1
- \let\next\doignoretextyyy % ..., look for another.
- % If we're here, #1 ends with ^^M\ifinfo (for example).
- \fi
- \next #1% the token \_STOP_ is present just after this macro.
-}
-
-% We have to swallow the remaining "\_STOP_".
-%
-\def\doignoretextzzz#1{%
- \ifnum\doignorecount = 0 % We have just found the outermost @end.
- \let\next\enddoignore
- \else % Still inside a nested condition.
- \advance\doignorecount by -1
- \let\next\doignoretext % Look for the next @end.
- \fi
- \next
-}
-
-% Finish off ignored text.
-\def\enddoignore{\endgroup\ignorespaces}
-
-
-% @set VAR sets the variable VAR to an empty value.
-% @set VAR REST-OF-LINE sets VAR to the value REST-OF-LINE.
-%
-% Since we want to separate VAR from REST-OF-LINE (which might be
-% empty), we can't just use \parsearg; we have to insert a space of our
-% own to delimit the rest of the line, and then take it out again if we
-% didn't need it.
-% We rely on the fact that \parsearg sets \catcode`\ =10.
-%
-\parseargdef\set{\setyyy#1 \endsetyyy}
-\def\setyyy#1 #2\endsetyyy{%
- {%
- \makevalueexpandable
- \def\temp{#2}%
- \edef\next{\gdef\makecsname{SET#1}}%
- \ifx\temp\empty
- \next{}%
- \else
- \setzzz#2\endsetzzz
- \fi
- }%
-}
-% Remove the trailing space \setxxx inserted.
-\def\setzzz#1 \endsetzzz{\next{#1}}
-
-% @clear VAR clears (i.e., unsets) the variable VAR.
-%
-\parseargdef\clear{%
- {%
- \makevalueexpandable
- \global\expandafter\let\csname SET#1\endcsname=\relax
- }%
-}
-
-% @value{foo} gets the text saved in variable foo.
-\def\value{\begingroup\makevalueexpandable\valuexxx}
-\def\valuexxx#1{\expandablevalue{#1}\endgroup}
-{
- \catcode`\- = \active \catcode`\_ = \active
- %
- \gdef\makevalueexpandable{%
- \let\value = \expandablevalue
- % We don't want these characters active, ...
- \catcode`\-=\other \catcode`\_=\other
- % ..., but we might end up with active ones in the argument if
- % we're called from @code, as @code{@value{foo-bar_}}, though.
- % So \let them to their normal equivalents.
- \let-\realdash \let_\normalunderscore
- }
-}
-
-% We have this subroutine so that we can handle at least some @value's
-% properly in indexes (we call \makevalueexpandable in \indexdummies).
-% The command has to be fully expandable (if the variable is set), since
-% the result winds up in the index file. This means that if the
-% variable's value contains other Texinfo commands, it's almost certain
-% it will fail (although perhaps we could fix that with sufficient work
-% to do a one-level expansion on the result, instead of complete).
-%
-\def\expandablevalue#1{%
- \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax
- {[No value for ``#1'']}%
- \message{Variable `#1', used in @value, is not set.}%
- \else
- \csname SET#1\endcsname
- \fi
-}
-
-% @ifset VAR ... @end ifset reads the `...' iff VAR has been defined
-% with @set.
-%
-% To get special treatment of `@end ifset,' call \makeond and the redefine.
-%
-\makecond{ifset}
-\def\ifset{\parsearg{\doifset{\let\next=\ifsetfail}}}
-\def\doifset#1#2{%
- {%
- \makevalueexpandable
- \let\next=\empty
- \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#2\endcsname\relax
- #1% If not set, redefine \next.
- \fi
- \expandafter
- }\next
-}
-\def\ifsetfail{\doignore{ifset}}
-
-% @ifclear VAR ... @end ifclear reads the `...' iff VAR has never been
-% defined with @set, or has been undefined with @clear.
-%
-% The `\else' inside the `\doifset' parameter is a trick to reuse the
-% above code: if the variable is not set, do nothing, if it is set,
-% then redefine \next to \ifclearfail.
-%
-\makecond{ifclear}
-\def\ifclear{\parsearg{\doifset{\else \let\next=\ifclearfail}}}
-\def\ifclearfail{\doignore{ifclear}}
-
-% @dircategory CATEGORY -- specify a category of the dir file
-% which this file should belong to. Ignore this in TeX.
-\let\dircategory=\comment
-
-% @defininfoenclose.
-\let\definfoenclose=\comment
-
-
-\message{indexing,}
-% Index generation facilities
-
-% Define \newwrite to be identical to plain tex's \newwrite
-% except not \outer, so it can be used within macros and \if's.
-\edef\newwrite{\makecsname{ptexnewwrite}}
-
-% \newindex {foo} defines an index named foo.
-% It automatically defines \fooindex such that
-% \fooindex ...rest of line... puts an entry in the index foo.
-% It also defines \fooindfile to be the number of the output channel for
-% the file that accumulates this index. The file's extension is foo.
-% The name of an index should be no more than 2 characters long
-% for the sake of vms.
-%
-\def\newindex#1{%
- \iflinks
- \expandafter\newwrite \csname#1indfile\endcsname
- \openout \csname#1indfile\endcsname \jobname.#1 % Open the file
- \fi
- \expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{% % Define @#1index
- \noexpand\doindex{#1}}
-}
-
-% @defindex foo == \newindex{foo}
-%
-\def\defindex{\parsearg\newindex}
-
-% Define @defcodeindex, like @defindex except put all entries in @code.
-%
-\def\defcodeindex{\parsearg\newcodeindex}
-%
-\def\newcodeindex#1{%
- \iflinks
- \expandafter\newwrite \csname#1indfile\endcsname
- \openout \csname#1indfile\endcsname \jobname.#1
- \fi
- \expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{%
- \noexpand\docodeindex{#1}}%
-}
-
-
-% @synindex foo bar makes index foo feed into index bar.
-% Do this instead of @defindex foo if you don't want it as a separate index.
-%
-% @syncodeindex foo bar similar, but put all entries made for index foo
-% inside @code.
-%
-\def\synindex#1 #2 {\dosynindex\doindex{#1}{#2}}
-\def\syncodeindex#1 #2 {\dosynindex\docodeindex{#1}{#2}}
-
-% #1 is \doindex or \docodeindex, #2 the index getting redefined (foo),
-% #3 the target index (bar).
-\def\dosynindex#1#2#3{%
- % Only do \closeout if we haven't already done it, else we'll end up
- % closing the target index.
- \expandafter \ifx\csname donesynindex#2\endcsname \undefined
- % The \closeout helps reduce unnecessary open files; the limit on the
- % Acorn RISC OS is a mere 16 files.
- \expandafter\closeout\csname#2indfile\endcsname
- \expandafter\let\csname\donesynindex#2\endcsname = 1
- \fi
- % redefine \fooindfile:
- \expandafter\let\expandafter\temp\expandafter=\csname#3indfile\endcsname
- \expandafter\let\csname#2indfile\endcsname=\temp
- % redefine \fooindex:
- \expandafter\xdef\csname#2index\endcsname{\noexpand#1{#3}}%
-}
-
-% Define \doindex, the driver for all \fooindex macros.
-% Argument #1 is generated by the calling \fooindex macro,
-% and it is "foo", the name of the index.
-
-% \doindex just uses \parsearg; it calls \doind for the actual work.
-% This is because \doind is more useful to call from other macros.
-
-% There is also \dosubind {index}{topic}{subtopic}
-% which makes an entry in a two-level index such as the operation index.
-
-\def\doindex#1{\edef\indexname{#1}\parsearg\singleindexer}
-\def\singleindexer #1{\doind{\indexname}{#1}}
-
-% like the previous two, but they put @code around the argument.
-\def\docodeindex#1{\edef\indexname{#1}\parsearg\singlecodeindexer}
-\def\singlecodeindexer #1{\doind{\indexname}{\code{#1}}}
-
-% Take care of Texinfo commands that can appear in an index entry.
-% Since there are some commands we want to expand, and others we don't,
-% we have to laboriously prevent expansion for those that we don't.
-%
-\def\indexdummies{%
- \def\@{@}% change to @@ when we switch to @ as escape char in index files.
- \def\ {\realbackslash\space }%
- % Need these in case \tex is in effect and \{ is a \delimiter again.
- % But can't use \lbracecmd and \rbracecmd because texindex assumes
- % braces and backslashes are used only as delimiters.
- \let\{ = \mylbrace
- \let\} = \myrbrace
- %
- % \definedummyword defines \#1 as \realbackslash #1\space, thus
- % effectively preventing its expansion. This is used only for control
- % words, not control letters, because the \space would be incorrect
- % for control characters, but is needed to separate the control word
- % from whatever follows.
- %
- % For control letters, we have \definedummyletter, which omits the
- % space.
- %
- % These can be used both for control words that take an argument and
- % those that do not. If it is followed by {arg} in the input, then
- % that will dutifully get written to the index (or wherever).
- %
- \def\definedummyword##1{%
- \expandafter\def\csname ##1\endcsname{\realbackslash ##1\space}%
- }%
- \def\definedummyletter##1{%
- \expandafter\def\csname ##1\endcsname{\realbackslash ##1}%
- }%
- \let\definedummyaccent\definedummyletter
- %
- % Do the redefinitions.
- \commondummies
-}
-
-% For the aux file, @ is the escape character. So we want to redefine
-% everything using @ instead of \realbackslash. When everything uses
-% @, this will be simpler.
-%
-\def\atdummies{%
- \def\@{@@}%
- \def\ {@ }%
- \let\{ = \lbraceatcmd
- \let\} = \rbraceatcmd
- %
- % (See comments in \indexdummies.)
- \def\definedummyword##1{%
- \expandafter\def\csname ##1\endcsname{@##1\space}%
- }%
- \def\definedummyletter##1{%
- \expandafter\def\csname ##1\endcsname{@##1}%
- }%
- \let\definedummyaccent\definedummyletter
- %
- % Do the redefinitions.
- \commondummies
-}
-
-% Called from \indexdummies and \atdummies. \definedummyword and
-% \definedummyletter must be defined first.
-%
-\def\commondummies{%
- %
- \normalturnoffactive
- %
- \commondummiesnofonts
- %
- \definedummyletter{_}%
- %
- % Non-English letters.
- \definedummyword{AA}%
- \definedummyword{AE}%
- \definedummyword{L}%
- \definedummyword{OE}%
- \definedummyword{O}%
- \definedummyword{aa}%
- \definedummyword{ae}%
- \definedummyword{l}%
- \definedummyword{oe}%
- \definedummyword{o}%
- \definedummyword{ss}%
- \definedummyword{exclamdown}%
- \definedummyword{questiondown}%
- \definedummyword{ordf}%
- \definedummyword{ordm}%
- %
- % Although these internal commands shouldn't show up, sometimes they do.
- \definedummyword{bf}%
- \definedummyword{gtr}%
- \definedummyword{hat}%
- \definedummyword{less}%
- \definedummyword{sf}%
- \definedummyword{sl}%
- \definedummyword{tclose}%
- \definedummyword{tt}%
- %
- \definedummyword{LaTeX}%
- \definedummyword{TeX}%
- %
- % Assorted special characters.
- \definedummyword{bullet}%
- \definedummyword{comma}%
- \definedummyword{copyright}%
- \definedummyword{registeredsymbol}%
- \definedummyword{dots}%
- \definedummyword{enddots}%
- \definedummyword{equiv}%
- \definedummyword{error}%
- \definedummyword{euro}%
- \definedummyword{expansion}%
- \definedummyword{minus}%
- \definedummyword{pounds}%
- \definedummyword{point}%
- \definedummyword{print}%
- \definedummyword{result}%
- %
- % Handle some cases of @value -- where it does not contain any
- % (non-fully-expandable) commands.
- \makevalueexpandable
- %
- % Normal spaces, not active ones.
- \unsepspaces
- %
- % No macro expansion.
- \turnoffmacros
-}
-
-% \commondummiesnofonts: common to \commondummies and \indexnofonts.
-%
-% Better have this without active chars.
-{
- \catcode`\~=\other
- \gdef\commondummiesnofonts{%
- % Control letters and accents.
- \definedummyletter{!}%
- \definedummyaccent{"}%
- \definedummyaccent{'}%
- \definedummyletter{*}%
- \definedummyaccent{,}%
- \definedummyletter{.}%
- \definedummyletter{/}%
- \definedummyletter{:}%
- \definedummyaccent{=}%
- \definedummyletter{?}%
- \definedummyaccent{^}%
- \definedummyaccent{`}%
- \definedummyaccent{~}%
- \definedummyword{u}%
- \definedummyword{v}%
- \definedummyword{H}%
- \definedummyword{dotaccent}%
- \definedummyword{ringaccent}%
- \definedummyword{tieaccent}%
- \definedummyword{ubaraccent}%
- \definedummyword{udotaccent}%
- \definedummyword{dotless}%
- %
- % Texinfo font commands.
- \definedummyword{b}%
- \definedummyword{i}%
- \definedummyword{r}%
- \definedummyword{sc}%
- \definedummyword{t}%
- %
- % Commands that take arguments.
- \definedummyword{acronym}%
- \definedummyword{cite}%
- \definedummyword{code}%
- \definedummyword{command}%
- \definedummyword{dfn}%
- \definedummyword{emph}%
- \definedummyword{env}%
- \definedummyword{file}%
- \definedummyword{kbd}%
- \definedummyword{key}%
- \definedummyword{math}%
- \definedummyword{option}%
- \definedummyword{samp}%
- \definedummyword{strong}%
- \definedummyword{tie}%
- \definedummyword{uref}%
- \definedummyword{url}%
- \definedummyword{var}%
- \definedummyword{verb}%
- \definedummyword{w}%
- }
-}
-
-% \indexnofonts is used when outputting the strings to sort the index
-% by, and when constructing control sequence names. It eliminates all
-% control sequences and just writes whatever the best ASCII sort string
-% would be for a given command (usually its argument).
-%
-\def\indexnofonts{%
- % Accent commands should become @asis.
- \def\definedummyaccent##1{%
- \expandafter\let\csname ##1\endcsname\asis
- }%
- % We can just ignore other control letters.
- \def\definedummyletter##1{%
- \expandafter\def\csname ##1\endcsname{}%
- }%
- % Hopefully, all control words can become @asis.
- \let\definedummyword\definedummyaccent
- %
- \commondummiesnofonts
- %
- % Don't no-op \tt, since it isn't a user-level command
- % and is used in the definitions of the active chars like <, >, |, etc.
- % Likewise with the other plain tex font commands.
- %\let\tt=\asis
- %
- \def\ { }%
- \def\@{@}%
- % how to handle braces?
- \def\_{\normalunderscore}%
- %
- % Non-English letters.
- \def\AA{AA}%
- \def\AE{AE}%
- \def\L{L}%
- \def\OE{OE}%
- \def\O{O}%
- \def\aa{aa}%
- \def\ae{ae}%
- \def\l{l}%
- \def\oe{oe}%
- \def\o{o}%
- \def\ss{ss}%
- \def\exclamdown{!}%
- \def\questiondown{?}%
- \def\ordf{a}%
- \def\ordm{o}%
- %
- \def\LaTeX{LaTeX}%
- \def\TeX{TeX}%
- %
- % Assorted special characters.
- % (The following {} will end up in the sort string, but that's ok.)
- \def\bullet{bullet}%
- \def\comma{,}%
- \def\copyright{copyright}%
- \def\registeredsymbol{R}%
- \def\dots{...}%
- \def\enddots{...}%
- \def\equiv{==}%
- \def\error{error}%
- \def\euro{euro}%
- \def\expansion{==>}%
- \def\minus{-}%
- \def\pounds{pounds}%
- \def\point{.}%
- \def\print{-|}%
- \def\result{=>}%
- %
- % Don't write macro names.
- \emptyusermacros
-}
-
-\let\indexbackslash=0 %overridden during \printindex.
-\let\SETmarginindex=\relax % put index entries in margin (undocumented)?
-
-% Most index entries go through here, but \dosubind is the general case.
-% #1 is the index name, #2 is the entry text.
-\def\doind#1#2{\dosubind{#1}{#2}{}}
-
-% Workhorse for all \fooindexes.
-% #1 is name of index, #2 is stuff to put there, #3 is subentry --
-% empty if called from \doind, as we usually are (the main exception
-% is with most defuns, which call us directly).
-%
-\def\dosubind#1#2#3{%
- \iflinks
- {%
- % Store the main index entry text (including the third arg).
- \toks0 = {#2}%
- % If third arg is present, precede it with a space.
- \def\thirdarg{#3}%
- \ifx\thirdarg\empty \else
- \toks0 = \expandafter{\the\toks0 \space #3}%
- \fi
- %
- \edef\writeto{\csname#1indfile\endcsname}%
- %
- \ifvmode
- \dosubindsanitize
- \else
- \dosubindwrite
- \fi
- }%
- \fi
-}
-
-% Write the entry in \toks0 to the index file:
-%
-\def\dosubindwrite{%
- % Put the index entry in the margin if desired.
- \ifx\SETmarginindex\relax\else
- \insert\margin{\hbox{\vrule height8pt depth3pt width0pt \the\toks0}}%
- \fi
- %
- % Remember, we are within a group.
- \indexdummies % Must do this here, since \bf, etc expand at this stage
- \escapechar=`\\
- \def\backslashcurfont{\indexbackslash}% \indexbackslash isn't defined now
- % so it will be output as is; and it will print as backslash.
- %
- % Process the index entry with all font commands turned off, to
- % get the string to sort by.
- {\indexnofonts
- \edef\temp{\the\toks0}% need full expansion
- \xdef\indexsorttmp{\temp}%
- }%
- %
- % Set up the complete index entry, with both the sort key and
- % the original text, including any font commands. We write
- % three arguments to \entry to the .?? file (four in the
- % subentry case), texindex reduces to two when writing the .??s
- % sorted result.
- \edef\temp{%
- \write\writeto{%
- \string\entry{\indexsorttmp}{\noexpand\folio}{\the\toks0}}%
- }%
- \temp
-}
-
-% Take care of unwanted page breaks:
-%
-% If a skip is the last thing on the list now, preserve it
-% by backing up by \lastskip, doing the \write, then inserting
-% the skip again. Otherwise, the whatsit generated by the
-% \write will make \lastskip zero. The result is that sequences
-% like this:
-% @end defun
-% @tindex whatever
-% @defun ...
-% will have extra space inserted, because the \medbreak in the
-% start of the @defun won't see the skip inserted by the @end of
-% the previous defun.
-%
-% But don't do any of this if we're not in vertical mode. We
-% don't want to do a \vskip and prematurely end a paragraph.
-%
-% Avoid page breaks due to these extra skips, too.
-%
-% But wait, there is a catch there:
-% We'll have to check whether \lastskip is zero skip. \ifdim is not
-% sufficient for this purpose, as it ignores stretch and shrink parts
-% of the skip. The only way seems to be to check the textual
-% representation of the skip.
-%
-% The following is almost like \def\zeroskipmacro{0.0pt} except that
-% the ``p'' and ``t'' characters have catcode \other, not 11 (letter).
-%
-\edef\zeroskipmacro{\expandafter\the\csname z@skip\endcsname}
-%
-% ..., ready, GO:
-%
-\def\dosubindsanitize{%
- % \lastskip and \lastpenalty cannot both be nonzero simultaneously.
- \skip0 = \lastskip
- \edef\lastskipmacro{\the\lastskip}%
- \count255 = \lastpenalty
- %
- % If \lastskip is nonzero, that means the last item was a
- % skip. And since a skip is discardable, that means this
- % -\skip0 glue we're inserting is preceded by a
- % non-discardable item, therefore it is not a potential
- % breakpoint, therefore no \nobreak needed.
- \ifx\lastskipmacro\zeroskipmacro
- \else
- \vskip-\skip0
- \fi
- %
- \dosubindwrite
- %
- \ifx\lastskipmacro\zeroskipmacro
- % If \lastskip was zero, perhaps the last item was a penalty, and
- % perhaps it was >=10000, e.g., a \nobreak. In that case, we want
- % to re-insert the same penalty (values >10000 are used for various
- % signals); since we just inserted a non-discardable item, any
- % following glue (such as a \parskip) would be a breakpoint. For example:
- %
- % @deffn deffn-whatever
- % @vindex index-whatever
- % Description.
- % would allow a break between the index-whatever whatsit
- % and the "Description." paragraph.
- \ifnum\count255>9999 \penalty\count255 \fi
- \else
- % On the other hand, if we had a nonzero \lastskip,
- % this make-up glue would be preceded by a non-discardable item
- % (the whatsit from the \write), so we must insert a \nobreak.
- \nobreak\vskip\skip0
- \fi
-}
-
-% The index entry written in the file actually looks like
-% \entry {sortstring}{page}{topic}
-% or
-% \entry {sortstring}{page}{topic}{subtopic}
-% The texindex program reads in these files and writes files
-% containing these kinds of lines:
-% \initial {c}
-% before the first topic whose initial is c
-% \entry {topic}{pagelist}
-% for a topic that is used without subtopics
-% \primary {topic}
-% for the beginning of a topic that is used with subtopics
-% \secondary {subtopic}{pagelist}
-% for each subtopic.
-
-% Define the user-accessible indexing commands
-% @findex, @vindex, @kindex, @cindex.
-
-\def\findex {\fnindex}
-\def\kindex {\kyindex}
-\def\cindex {\cpindex}
-\def\vindex {\vrindex}
-\def\tindex {\tpindex}
-\def\pindex {\pgindex}
-
-\def\cindexsub {\begingroup\obeylines\cindexsub}
-{\obeylines %
-\gdef\cindexsub "#1" #2^^M{\endgroup %
-\dosubind{cp}{#2}{#1}}}
-
-% Define the macros used in formatting output of the sorted index material.
-
-% @printindex causes a particular index (the ??s file) to get printed.
-% It does not print any chapter heading (usually an @unnumbered).
-%
-\parseargdef\printindex{\begingroup
- \dobreak \chapheadingskip{10000}%
- %
- \smallfonts \rm
- \tolerance = 9500
- \everypar = {}% don't want the \kern\-parindent from indentation suppression.
- %
- % See if the index file exists and is nonempty.
- % Change catcode of @ here so that if the index file contains
- % \initial {@}
- % as its first line, TeX doesn't complain about mismatched braces
- % (because it thinks @} is a control sequence).
- \catcode`\@ = 11
- \openin 1 \jobname.#1s
- \ifeof 1
- % \enddoublecolumns gets confused if there is no text in the index,
- % and it loses the chapter title and the aux file entries for the
- % index. The easiest way to prevent this problem is to make sure
- % there is some text.
- \putwordIndexNonexistent
- \else
- %
- % If the index file exists but is empty, then \openin leaves \ifeof
- % false. We have to make TeX try to read something from the file, so
- % it can discover if there is anything in it.
- \read 1 to \temp
- \ifeof 1
- \putwordIndexIsEmpty
- \else
- % Index files are almost Texinfo source, but we use \ as the escape
- % character. It would be better to use @, but that's too big a change
- % to make right now.
- \def\indexbackslash{\backslashcurfont}%
- \catcode`\\ = 0
- \escapechar = `\\
- \begindoublecolumns
- \input \jobname.#1s
- \enddoublecolumns
- \fi
- \fi
- \closein 1
-\endgroup}
-
-% These macros are used by the sorted index file itself.
-% Change them to control the appearance of the index.
-
-\def\initial#1{{%
- % Some minor font changes for the special characters.
- \let\tentt=\sectt \let\tt=\sectt \let\sf=\sectt
- %
- % Remove any glue we may have, we'll be inserting our own.
- \removelastskip
- %
- % We like breaks before the index initials, so insert a bonus.
- \nobreak
- \vskip 0pt plus 3\baselineskip
- \penalty 0
- \vskip 0pt plus -3\baselineskip
- %
- % Typeset the initial. Making this add up to a whole number of
- % baselineskips increases the chance of the dots lining up from column
- % to column. It still won't often be perfect, because of the stretch
- % we need before each entry, but it's better.
- %
- % No shrink because it confuses \balancecolumns.
- \vskip 1.67\baselineskip plus .5\baselineskip
- \leftline{\secbf #1}%
- % Do our best not to break after the initial.
- \nobreak
- \vskip .33\baselineskip plus .1\baselineskip
-}}
-
-% \entry typesets a paragraph consisting of the text (#1), dot leaders, and
-% then page number (#2) flushed to the right margin. It is used for index
-% and table of contents entries. The paragraph is indented by \leftskip.
-%
-% A straightforward implementation would start like this:
-% \def\entry#1#2{...
-% But this frozes the catcodes in the argument, and can cause problems to
-% @code, which sets - active. This problem was fixed by a kludge---
-% ``-'' was active throughout whole index, but this isn't really right.
-%
-% The right solution is to prevent \entry from swallowing the whole text.
-% --kasal, 21nov03
-\def\entry{%
- \begingroup
- %
- % Start a new paragraph if necessary, so our assignments below can't
- % affect previous text.
- \par
- %
- % Do not fill out the last line with white space.
- \parfillskip = 0in
- %
- % No extra space above this paragraph.
- \parskip = 0in
- %
- % Do not prefer a separate line ending with a hyphen to fewer lines.
- \finalhyphendemerits = 0
- %
- % \hangindent is only relevant when the entry text and page number
- % don't both fit on one line. In that case, bob suggests starting the
- % dots pretty far over on the line. Unfortunately, a large
- % indentation looks wrong when the entry text itself is broken across
- % lines. So we use a small indentation and put up with long leaders.
- %
- % \hangafter is reset to 1 (which is the value we want) at the start
- % of each paragraph, so we need not do anything with that.
- \hangindent = 2em
- %
- % When the entry text needs to be broken, just fill out the first line
- % with blank space.
- \rightskip = 0pt plus1fil
- %
- % A bit of stretch before each entry for the benefit of balancing
- % columns.
- \vskip 0pt plus1pt
- %
- % Swallow the left brace of the text (first parameter):
- \afterassignment\doentry
- \let\temp =
-}
-\def\doentry{%
- \bgroup % Instead of the swallowed brace.
- \noindent
- \aftergroup\finishentry
- % And now comes the text of the entry.
-}
-\def\finishentry#1{%
- % #1 is the page number.
- %
- % The following is kludged to not output a line of dots in the index if
- % there are no page numbers. The next person who breaks this will be
- % cursed by a Unix daemon.
- \def\tempa{{\rm }}%
- \def\tempb{#1}%
- \edef\tempc{\tempa}%
- \edef\tempd{\tempb}%
- \ifx\tempc\tempd
- \ %
- \else
- %
- % If we must, put the page number on a line of its own, and fill out
- % this line with blank space. (The \hfil is overwhelmed with the
- % fill leaders glue in \indexdotfill if the page number does fit.)
- \hfil\penalty50
- \null\nobreak\indexdotfill % Have leaders before the page number.
- %
- % The `\ ' here is removed by the implicit \unskip that TeX does as
- % part of (the primitive) \par. Without it, a spurious underfull
- % \hbox ensues.
- \ifpdf
- \pdfgettoks#1.%
- \ \the\toksA
- \else
- \ #1%
- \fi
- \fi
- \par
- \endgroup
-}
-
-% Like \dotfill except takes at least 1 em.
-\def\indexdotfill{\cleaders
- \hbox{$\mathsurround=0pt \mkern1.5mu ${\it .}$ \mkern1.5mu$}\hskip 1em plus 1fill}
-
-\def\primary #1{\line{#1\hfil}}
-
-\newskip\secondaryindent \secondaryindent=0.5cm
-\def\secondary#1#2{{%
- \parfillskip=0in
- \parskip=0in
- \hangindent=1in
- \hangafter=1
- \noindent\hskip\secondaryindent\hbox{#1}\indexdotfill
- \ifpdf
- \pdfgettoks#2.\ \the\toksA % The page number ends the paragraph.
- \else
- #2
- \fi
- \par
-}}
-
-% Define two-column mode, which we use to typeset indexes.
-% Adapted from the TeXbook, page 416, which is to say,
-% the manmac.tex format used to print the TeXbook itself.
-\catcode`\@=11
-
-\newbox\partialpage
-\newdimen\doublecolumnhsize
-
-\def\begindoublecolumns{\begingroup % ended by \enddoublecolumns
- % Grab any single-column material above us.
- \output = {%
- %
- % Here is a possibility not foreseen in manmac: if we accumulate a
- % whole lot of material, we might end up calling this \output
- % routine twice in a row (see the doublecol-lose test, which is
- % essentially a couple of indexes with @setchapternewpage off). In
- % that case we just ship out what is in \partialpage with the normal
- % output routine. Generally, \partialpage will be empty when this
- % runs and this will be a no-op. See the indexspread.tex test case.
- \ifvoid\partialpage \else
- \onepageout{\pagecontents\partialpage}%
- \fi
- %
- \global\setbox\partialpage = \vbox{%
- % Unvbox the main output page.
- \unvbox\PAGE
- \kern-\topskip \kern\baselineskip
- }%
- }%
- \eject % run that output routine to set \partialpage
- %
- % Use the double-column output routine for subsequent pages.
- \output = {\doublecolumnout}%
- %
- % Change the page size parameters. We could do this once outside this
- % routine, in each of @smallbook, @afourpaper, and the default 8.5x11
- % format, but then we repeat the same computation. Repeating a couple
- % of assignments once per index is clearly meaningless for the
- % execution time, so we may as well do it in one place.
- %
- % First we halve the line length, less a little for the gutter between
- % the columns. We compute the gutter based on the line length, so it
- % changes automatically with the paper format. The magic constant
- % below is chosen so that the gutter has the same value (well, +-<1pt)
- % as it did when we hard-coded it.
- %
- % We put the result in a separate register, \doublecolumhsize, so we
- % can restore it in \pagesofar, after \hsize itself has (potentially)
- % been clobbered.
- %
- \doublecolumnhsize = \hsize
- \advance\doublecolumnhsize by -.04154\hsize
- \divide\doublecolumnhsize by 2
- \hsize = \doublecolumnhsize
- %
- % Double the \vsize as well. (We don't need a separate register here,
- % since nobody clobbers \vsize.)
- \vsize = 2\vsize
-}
-
-% The double-column output routine for all double-column pages except
-% the last.
-%
-\def\doublecolumnout{%
- \splittopskip=\topskip \splitmaxdepth=\maxdepth
- % Get the available space for the double columns -- the normal
- % (undoubled) page height minus any material left over from the
- % previous page.
- \dimen@ = \vsize
- \divide\dimen@ by 2
- \advance\dimen@ by -\ht\partialpage
- %
- % box0 will be the left-hand column, box2 the right.
- \setbox0=\vsplit255 to\dimen@ \setbox2=\vsplit255 to\dimen@
- \onepageout\pagesofar
- \unvbox255
- \penalty\outputpenalty
-}
-%
-% Re-output the contents of the output page -- any previous material,
-% followed by the two boxes we just split, in box0 and box2.
-\def\pagesofar{%
- \unvbox\partialpage
- %
- \hsize = \doublecolumnhsize
- \wd0=\hsize \wd2=\hsize
- \hbox to\pagewidth{\box0\hfil\box2}%
-}
-%
-% All done with double columns.
-\def\enddoublecolumns{%
- \output = {%
- % Split the last of the double-column material. Leave it on the
- % current page, no automatic page break.
- \balancecolumns
- %
- % If we end up splitting too much material for the current page,
- % though, there will be another page break right after this \output
- % invocation ends. Having called \balancecolumns once, we do not
- % want to call it again. Therefore, reset \output to its normal
- % definition right away. (We hope \balancecolumns will never be
- % called on to balance too much material, but if it is, this makes
- % the output somewhat more palatable.)
- \global\output = {\onepageout{\pagecontents\PAGE}}%
- }%
- \eject
- \endgroup % started in \begindoublecolumns
- %
- % \pagegoal was set to the doubled \vsize above, since we restarted
- % the current page. We're now back to normal single-column
- % typesetting, so reset \pagegoal to the normal \vsize (after the
- % \endgroup where \vsize got restored).
- \pagegoal = \vsize
-}
-%
-% Called at the end of the double column material.
-\def\balancecolumns{%
- \setbox0 = \vbox{\unvbox255}% like \box255 but more efficient, see p.120.
- \dimen@ = \ht0
- \advance\dimen@ by \topskip
- \advance\dimen@ by-\baselineskip
- \divide\dimen@ by 2 % target to split to
- %debug\message{final 2-column material height=\the\ht0, target=\the\dimen@.}%
- \splittopskip = \topskip
- % Loop until we get a decent breakpoint.
- {%
- \vbadness = 10000
- \loop
- \global\setbox3 = \copy0
- \global\setbox1 = \vsplit3 to \dimen@
- \ifdim\ht3>\dimen@
- \global\advance\dimen@ by 1pt
- \repeat
- }%
- %debug\message{split to \the\dimen@, column heights: \the\ht1, \the\ht3.}%
- \setbox0=\vbox to\dimen@{\unvbox1}%
- \setbox2=\vbox to\dimen@{\unvbox3}%
- %
- \pagesofar
-}
-\catcode`\@ = \other
-
-
-\message{sectioning,}
-% Chapters, sections, etc.
-
-% \unnumberedno is an oxymoron, of course. But we count the unnumbered
-% sections so that we can refer to them unambiguously in the pdf
-% outlines by their "section number". We avoid collisions with chapter
-% numbers by starting them at 10000. (If a document ever has 10000
-% chapters, we're in trouble anyway, I'm sure.)
-\newcount\unnumberedno \unnumberedno = 10000
-\newcount\chapno
-\newcount\secno \secno=0
-\newcount\subsecno \subsecno=0
-\newcount\subsubsecno \subsubsecno=0
-
-% This counter is funny since it counts through charcodes of letters A, B, ...
-\newcount\appendixno \appendixno = `\@
-%
-% \def\appendixletter{\char\the\appendixno}
-% We do the following ugly conditional instead of the above simple
-% construct for the sake of pdftex, which needs the actual
-% letter in the expansion, not just typeset.
-%
-\def\appendixletter{%
- \ifnum\appendixno=`A A%
- \else\ifnum\appendixno=`B B%
- \else\ifnum\appendixno=`C C%
- \else\ifnum\appendixno=`D D%
- \else\ifnum\appendixno=`E E%
- \else\ifnum\appendixno=`F F%
- \else\ifnum\appendixno=`G G%
- \else\ifnum\appendixno=`H H%
- \else\ifnum\appendixno=`I I%
- \else\ifnum\appendixno=`J J%
- \else\ifnum\appendixno=`K K%
- \else\ifnum\appendixno=`L L%
- \else\ifnum\appendixno=`M M%
- \else\ifnum\appendixno=`N N%
- \else\ifnum\appendixno=`O O%
- \else\ifnum\appendixno=`P P%
- \else\ifnum\appendixno=`Q Q%
- \else\ifnum\appendixno=`R R%
- \else\ifnum\appendixno=`S S%
- \else\ifnum\appendixno=`T T%
- \else\ifnum\appendixno=`U U%
- \else\ifnum\appendixno=`V V%
- \else\ifnum\appendixno=`W W%
- \else\ifnum\appendixno=`X X%
- \else\ifnum\appendixno=`Y Y%
- \else\ifnum\appendixno=`Z Z%
- % The \the is necessary, despite appearances, because \appendixletter is
- % expanded while writing the .toc file. \char\appendixno is not
- % expandable, thus it is written literally, thus all appendixes come out
- % with the same letter (or @) in the toc without it.
- \else\char\the\appendixno
- \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi
- \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi}
-
-% Each @chapter defines this as the name of the chapter.
-% page headings and footings can use it. @section does likewise.
-% However, they are not reliable, because we don't use marks.
-\def\thischapter{}
-\def\thissection{}
-
-\newcount\absseclevel % used to calculate proper heading level
-\newcount\secbase\secbase=0 % @raisesections/@lowersections modify this count
-
-% @raisesections: treat @section as chapter, @subsection as section, etc.
-\def\raisesections{\global\advance\secbase by -1}
-\let\up=\raisesections % original BFox name
-
-% @lowersections: treat @chapter as section, @section as subsection, etc.
-\def\lowersections{\global\advance\secbase by 1}
-\let\down=\lowersections % original BFox name
-
-% we only have subsub.
-\chardef\maxseclevel = 3
-%
-% A numbered section within an unnumbered changes to unnumbered too.
-% To achive this, remember the "biggest" unnum. sec. we are currently in:
-\chardef\unmlevel = \maxseclevel
-%
-% Trace whether the current chapter is an appendix or not:
-% \chapheadtype is "N" or "A", unnumbered chapters are ignored.
-\def\chapheadtype{N}
-
-% Choose a heading macro
-% #1 is heading type
-% #2 is heading level
-% #3 is text for heading
-\def\genhead#1#2#3{%
- % Compute the abs. sec. level:
- \absseclevel=#2
- \advance\absseclevel by \secbase
- % Make sure \absseclevel doesn't fall outside the range:
- \ifnum \absseclevel < 0
- \absseclevel = 0
- \else
- \ifnum \absseclevel > 3
- \absseclevel = 3
- \fi
- \fi
- % The heading type:
- \def\headtype{#1}%
- \if \headtype U%
- \ifnum \absseclevel < \unmlevel
- \chardef\unmlevel = \absseclevel
- \fi
- \else
- % Check for appendix sections:
- \ifnum \absseclevel = 0
- \edef\chapheadtype{\headtype}%
- \else
- \if \headtype A\if \chapheadtype N%
- \errmessage{@appendix... within a non-appendix chapter}%
- \fi\fi
- \fi
- % Check for numbered within unnumbered:
- \ifnum \absseclevel > \unmlevel
- \def\headtype{U}%
- \else
- \chardef\unmlevel = 3
- \fi
- \fi
- % Now print the heading:
- \if \headtype U%
- \ifcase\absseclevel
- \unnumberedzzz{#3}%
- \or \unnumberedseczzz{#3}%
- \or \unnumberedsubseczzz{#3}%
- \or \unnumberedsubsubseczzz{#3}%
- \fi
- \else
- \if \headtype A%
- \ifcase\absseclevel
- \appendixzzz{#3}%
- \or \appendixsectionzzz{#3}%
- \or \appendixsubseczzz{#3}%
- \or \appendixsubsubseczzz{#3}%
- \fi
- \else
- \ifcase\absseclevel
- \chapterzzz{#3}%
- \or \seczzz{#3}%
- \or \numberedsubseczzz{#3}%
- \or \numberedsubsubseczzz{#3}%
- \fi
- \fi
- \fi
- \suppressfirstparagraphindent
-}
-
-% an interface:
-\def\numhead{\genhead N}
-\def\apphead{\genhead A}
-\def\unnmhead{\genhead U}
-
-% @chapter, @appendix, @unnumbered. Increment top-level counter, reset
-% all lower-level sectioning counters to zero.
-%
-% Also set \chaplevelprefix, which we prepend to @float sequence numbers
-% (e.g., figures), q.v. By default (before any chapter), that is empty.
-\let\chaplevelprefix = \empty
-%
-\outer\parseargdef\chapter{\numhead0{#1}} % normally numhead0 calls chapterzzz
-\def\chapterzzz#1{%
- % section resetting is \global in case the chapter is in a group, such
- % as an @include file.
- \global\secno=0 \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0
- \global\advance\chapno by 1
- %
- % Used for \float.
- \gdef\chaplevelprefix{\the\chapno.}%
- \resetallfloatnos
- %
- \message{\putwordChapter\space \the\chapno}%
- %
- % Write the actual heading.
- \chapmacro{#1}{Ynumbered}{\the\chapno}%
- %
- % So @section and the like are numbered underneath this chapter.
- \global\let\section = \numberedsec
- \global\let\subsection = \numberedsubsec
- \global\let\subsubsection = \numberedsubsubsec
-}
-
-\outer\parseargdef\appendix{\apphead0{#1}} % normally apphead0 calls appendixzzz
-\def\appendixzzz#1{%
- \global\secno=0 \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0
- \global\advance\appendixno by 1
- \gdef\chaplevelprefix{\appendixletter.}%
- \resetallfloatnos
- %
- \def\appendixnum{\putwordAppendix\space \appendixletter}%
- \message{\appendixnum}%
- %
- \chapmacro{#1}{Yappendix}{\appendixletter}%
- %
- \global\let\section = \appendixsec
- \global\let\subsection = \appendixsubsec
- \global\let\subsubsection = \appendixsubsubsec
-}
-
-\outer\parseargdef\unnumbered{\unnmhead0{#1}} % normally unnmhead0 calls unnumberedzzz
-\def\unnumberedzzz#1{%
- \global\secno=0 \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0
- \global\advance\unnumberedno by 1
- %
- % Since an unnumbered has no number, no prefix for figures.
- \global\let\chaplevelprefix = \empty
- \resetallfloatnos
- %
- % This used to be simply \message{#1}, but TeX fully expands the
- % argument to \message. Therefore, if #1 contained @-commands, TeX
- % expanded them. For example, in `@unnumbered The @cite{Book}', TeX
- % expanded @cite (which turns out to cause errors because \cite is meant
- % to be executed, not expanded).
- %
- % Anyway, we don't want the fully-expanded definition of @cite to appear
- % as a result of the \message, we just want `@cite' itself. We use
- % \the<toks register> to achieve this: TeX expands \the<toks> only once,
- % simply yielding the contents of <toks register>. (We also do this for
- % the toc entries.)
- \toks0 = {#1}%
- \message{(\the\toks0)}%
- %
- \chapmacro{#1}{Ynothing}{\the\unnumberedno}%
- %
- \global\let\section = \unnumberedsec
- \global\let\subsection = \unnumberedsubsec
- \global\let\subsubsection = \unnumberedsubsubsec
-}
-
-% @centerchap is like @unnumbered, but the heading is centered.
-\outer\parseargdef\centerchap{%
- % Well, we could do the following in a group, but that would break
- % an assumption that \chapmacro is called at the outermost level.
- % Thus we are safer this way: --kasal, 24feb04
- \let\centerparametersmaybe = \centerparameters
- \unnmhead0{#1}%
- \let\centerparametersmaybe = \relax
-}
-
-% @top is like @unnumbered.
-\let\top\unnumbered
-
-% Sections.
-\outer\parseargdef\numberedsec{\numhead1{#1}} % normally calls seczzz
-\def\seczzz#1{%
- \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\secno by 1
- \sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Ynumbered}{\the\chapno.\the\secno}%
-}
-
-\outer\parseargdef\appendixsection{\apphead1{#1}} % normally calls appendixsectionzzz
-\def\appendixsectionzzz#1{%
- \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\secno by 1
- \sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Yappendix}{\appendixletter.\the\secno}%
-}
-\let\appendixsec\appendixsection
-
-\outer\parseargdef\unnumberedsec{\unnmhead1{#1}} % normally calls unnumberedseczzz
-\def\unnumberedseczzz#1{%
- \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\secno by 1
- \sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Ynothing}{\the\unnumberedno.\the\secno}%
-}
-
-% Subsections.
-\outer\parseargdef\numberedsubsec{\numhead2{#1}} % normally calls numberedsubseczzz
-\def\numberedsubseczzz#1{%
- \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\subsecno by 1
- \sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Ynumbered}{\the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno}%
-}
-
-\outer\parseargdef\appendixsubsec{\apphead2{#1}} % normally calls appendixsubseczzz
-\def\appendixsubseczzz#1{%
- \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\subsecno by 1
- \sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Yappendix}%
- {\appendixletter.\the\secno.\the\subsecno}%
-}
-
-\outer\parseargdef\unnumberedsubsec{\unnmhead2{#1}} %normally calls unnumberedsubseczzz
-\def\unnumberedsubseczzz#1{%
- \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\subsecno by 1
- \sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Ynothing}%
- {\the\unnumberedno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno}%
-}
-
-% Subsubsections.
-\outer\parseargdef\numberedsubsubsec{\numhead3{#1}} % normally numberedsubsubseczzz
-\def\numberedsubsubseczzz#1{%
- \global\advance\subsubsecno by 1
- \sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Ynumbered}%
- {\the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno}%
-}
-
-\outer\parseargdef\appendixsubsubsec{\apphead3{#1}} % normally appendixsubsubseczzz
-\def\appendixsubsubseczzz#1{%
- \global\advance\subsubsecno by 1
- \sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Yappendix}%
- {\appendixletter.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno}%
-}
-
-\outer\parseargdef\unnumberedsubsubsec{\unnmhead3{#1}} %normally unnumberedsubsubseczzz
-\def\unnumberedsubsubseczzz#1{%
- \global\advance\subsubsecno by 1
- \sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Ynothing}%
- {\the\unnumberedno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno}%
-}
-
-% These macros control what the section commands do, according
-% to what kind of chapter we are in (ordinary, appendix, or unnumbered).
-% Define them by default for a numbered chapter.
-\let\section = \numberedsec
-\let\subsection = \numberedsubsec
-\let\subsubsection = \numberedsubsubsec
-
-% Define @majorheading, @heading and @subheading
-
-% NOTE on use of \vbox for chapter headings, section headings, and such:
-% 1) We use \vbox rather than the earlier \line to permit
-% overlong headings to fold.
-% 2) \hyphenpenalty is set to 10000 because hyphenation in a
-% heading is obnoxious; this forbids it.
-% 3) Likewise, headings look best if no \parindent is used, and
-% if justification is not attempted. Hence \raggedright.
-
-
-\def\majorheading{%
- {\advance\chapheadingskip by 10pt \chapbreak }%
- \parsearg\chapheadingzzz
-}
-
-\def\chapheading{\chapbreak \parsearg\chapheadingzzz}
-\def\chapheadingzzz#1{%
- {\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000
- \parindent=0pt\raggedright
- \rm #1\hfill}}%
- \bigskip \par\penalty 200\relax
- \suppressfirstparagraphindent
-}
-
-% @heading, @subheading, @subsubheading.
-\parseargdef\heading{\sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Yomitfromtoc}{}
- \suppressfirstparagraphindent}
-\parseargdef\subheading{\sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Yomitfromtoc}{}
- \suppressfirstparagraphindent}
-\parseargdef\subsubheading{\sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Yomitfromtoc}{}
- \suppressfirstparagraphindent}
-
-% These macros generate a chapter, section, etc. heading only
-% (including whitespace, linebreaking, etc. around it),
-% given all the information in convenient, parsed form.
-
-%%% Args are the skip and penalty (usually negative)
-\def\dobreak#1#2{\par\ifdim\lastskip<#1\removelastskip\penalty#2\vskip#1\fi}
-
-%%% Define plain chapter starts, and page on/off switching for it
-% Parameter controlling skip before chapter headings (if needed)
-
-\newskip\chapheadingskip
-
-\def\chapbreak{\dobreak \chapheadingskip {-4000}}
-\def\chappager{\par\vfill\supereject}
-\def\chapoddpage{\chappager \ifodd\pageno \else \hbox to 0pt{} \chappager\fi}
-
-\def\setchapternewpage #1 {\csname CHAPPAG#1\endcsname}
-
-\def\CHAPPAGoff{%
-\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
-\global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chapbreak
-\global\let\pagealignmacro=\chappager}
-
-\def\CHAPPAGon{%
-\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
-\global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chappager
-\global\let\pagealignmacro=\chappager
-\global\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSsingle}}
-
-\def\CHAPPAGodd{%
-\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage
-\global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chapoddpage
-\global\let\pagealignmacro=\chapoddpage
-\global\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSdouble}}
-
-\CHAPPAGon
-
-% Chapter opening.
-%
-% #1 is the text, #2 is the section type (Ynumbered, Ynothing,
-% Yappendix, Yomitfromtoc), #3 the chapter number.
-%
-% To test against our argument.
-\def\Ynothingkeyword{Ynothing}
-\def\Yomitfromtockeyword{Yomitfromtoc}
-\def\Yappendixkeyword{Yappendix}
-%
-\def\chapmacro#1#2#3{%
- \pchapsepmacro
- {%
- \chapfonts \rm
- %
- % Have to define \thissection before calling \donoderef, because the
- % xref code eventually uses it. On the other hand, it has to be called
- % after \pchapsepmacro, or the headline will change too soon.
- \gdef\thissection{#1}%
- \gdef\thischaptername{#1}%
- %
- % Only insert the separating space if we have a chapter/appendix
- % number, and don't print the unnumbered ``number''.
- \def\temptype{#2}%
- \ifx\temptype\Ynothingkeyword
- \setbox0 = \hbox{}%
- \def\toctype{unnchap}%
- \def\thischapter{#1}%
- \else\ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword
- \setbox0 = \hbox{}% contents like unnumbered, but no toc entry
- \def\toctype{omit}%
- \xdef\thischapter{}%
- \else\ifx\temptype\Yappendixkeyword
- \setbox0 = \hbox{\putwordAppendix{} #3\enspace}%
- \def\toctype{app}%
- % We don't substitute the actual chapter name into \thischapter
- % because we don't want its macros evaluated now. And we don't
- % use \thissection because that changes with each section.
- %
- \xdef\thischapter{\putwordAppendix{} \appendixletter:
- \noexpand\thischaptername}%
- \else
- \setbox0 = \hbox{#3\enspace}%
- \def\toctype{numchap}%
- \xdef\thischapter{\putwordChapter{} \the\chapno:
- \noexpand\thischaptername}%
- \fi\fi\fi
- %
- % Write the toc entry for this chapter. Must come before the
- % \donoderef, because we include the current node name in the toc
- % entry, and \donoderef resets it to empty.
- \writetocentry{\toctype}{#1}{#3}%
- %
- % For pdftex, we have to write out the node definition (aka, make
- % the pdfdest) after any page break, but before the actual text has
- % been typeset. If the destination for the pdf outline is after the
- % text, then jumping from the outline may wind up with the text not
- % being visible, for instance under high magnification.
- \donoderef{#2}%
- %
- % Typeset the actual heading.
- \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000 \tolerance=5000 \parindent=0pt \raggedright
- \hangindent=\wd0 \centerparametersmaybe
- \unhbox0 #1\par}%
- }%
- \nobreak\bigskip % no page break after a chapter title
- \nobreak
-}
-
-% @centerchap -- centered and unnumbered.
-\let\centerparametersmaybe = \relax
-\def\centerparameters{%
- \advance\rightskip by 3\rightskip
- \leftskip = \rightskip
- \parfillskip = 0pt
-}
-
-
-% I don't think this chapter style is supported any more, so I'm not
-% updating it with the new noderef stuff. We'll see. --karl, 11aug03.
-%
-\def\setchapterstyle #1 {\csname CHAPF#1\endcsname}
-%
-\def\unnchfopen #1{%
-\chapoddpage {\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000
- \parindent=0pt\raggedright
- \rm #1\hfill}}\bigskip \par\nobreak
-}
-\def\chfopen #1#2{\chapoddpage {\chapfonts
-\vbox to 3in{\vfil \hbox to\hsize{\hfil #2} \hbox to\hsize{\hfil #1} \vfil}}%
-\par\penalty 5000 %
-}
-\def\centerchfopen #1{%
-\chapoddpage {\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000
- \parindent=0pt
- \hfill {\rm #1}\hfill}}\bigskip \par\nobreak
-}
-\def\CHAPFopen{%
- \global\let\chapmacro=\chfopen
- \global\let\centerchapmacro=\centerchfopen}
-
-
-% Section titles. These macros combine the section number parts and
-% call the generic \sectionheading to do the printing.
-%
-\newskip\secheadingskip
-\def\secheadingbreak{\dobreak \secheadingskip{-1000}}
-
-% Subsection titles.
-\newskip\subsecheadingskip
-\def\subsecheadingbreak{\dobreak \subsecheadingskip{-500}}
-
-% Subsubsection titles.
-\def\subsubsecheadingskip{\subsecheadingskip}
-\def\subsubsecheadingbreak{\subsecheadingbreak}
-
-
-% Print any size, any type, section title.
-%
-% #1 is the text, #2 is the section level (sec/subsec/subsubsec), #3 is
-% the section type for xrefs (Ynumbered, Ynothing, Yappendix), #4 is the
-% section number.
-%
-\def\sectionheading#1#2#3#4{%
- {%
- % Switch to the right set of fonts.
- \csname #2fonts\endcsname \rm
- %
- % Insert space above the heading.
- \csname #2headingbreak\endcsname
- %
- % Only insert the space after the number if we have a section number.
- \def\sectionlevel{#2}%
- \def\temptype{#3}%
- %
- \ifx\temptype\Ynothingkeyword
- \setbox0 = \hbox{}%
- \def\toctype{unn}%
- \gdef\thissection{#1}%
- \else\ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword
- % for @headings -- no section number, don't include in toc,
- % and don't redefine \thissection.
- \setbox0 = \hbox{}%
- \def\toctype{omit}%
- \let\sectionlevel=\empty
- \else\ifx\temptype\Yappendixkeyword
- \setbox0 = \hbox{#4\enspace}%
- \def\toctype{app}%
- \gdef\thissection{#1}%
- \else
- \setbox0 = \hbox{#4\enspace}%
- \def\toctype{num}%
- \gdef\thissection{#1}%
- \fi\fi\fi
- %
- % Write the toc entry (before \donoderef). See comments in \chfplain.
- \writetocentry{\toctype\sectionlevel}{#1}{#4}%
- %
- % Write the node reference (= pdf destination for pdftex).
- % Again, see comments in \chfplain.
- \donoderef{#3}%
- %
- % Output the actual section heading.
- \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000 \tolerance=5000 \parindent=0pt \raggedright
- \hangindent=\wd0 % zero if no section number
- \unhbox0 #1}%
- }%
- % Add extra space after the heading -- half of whatever came above it.
- % Don't allow stretch, though.
- \kern .5 \csname #2headingskip\endcsname
- %
- % Do not let the kern be a potential breakpoint, as it would be if it
- % was followed by glue.
- \nobreak
- %
- % We'll almost certainly start a paragraph next, so don't let that
- % glue accumulate. (Not a breakpoint because it's preceded by a
- % discardable item.)
- \vskip-\parskip
- %
- % This is purely so the last item on the list is a known \penalty >
- % 10000. This is so \startdefun can avoid allowing breakpoints after
- % section headings. Otherwise, it would insert a valid breakpoint between:
- %
- % @section sec-whatever
- % @deffn def-whatever
- \penalty 10001
-}
-
-
-\message{toc,}
-% Table of contents.
-\newwrite\tocfile
-
-% Write an entry to the toc file, opening it if necessary.
-% Called from @chapter, etc.
-%
-% Example usage: \writetocentry{sec}{Section Name}{\the\chapno.\the\secno}
-% We append the current node name (if any) and page number as additional
-% arguments for the \{chap,sec,...}entry macros which will eventually
-% read this. The node name is used in the pdf outlines as the
-% destination to jump to.
-%
-% We open the .toc file for writing here instead of at @setfilename (or
-% any other fixed time) so that @contents can be anywhere in the document.
-% But if #1 is `omit', then we don't do anything. This is used for the
-% table of contents chapter openings themselves.
-%
-\newif\iftocfileopened
-\def\omitkeyword{omit}%
-%
-\def\writetocentry#1#2#3{%
- \edef\writetoctype{#1}%
- \ifx\writetoctype\omitkeyword \else
- \iftocfileopened\else
- \immediate\openout\tocfile = \jobname.toc
- \global\tocfileopenedtrue
- \fi
- %
- \iflinks
- \toks0 = {#2}%
- \toks2 = \expandafter{\lastnode}%
- \edef\temp{\write\tocfile{\realbackslash #1entry{\the\toks0}{#3}%
- {\the\toks2}{\noexpand\folio}}}%
- \temp
- \fi
- \fi
- %
- % Tell \shipout to create a pdf destination on each page, if we're
- % writing pdf. These are used in the table of contents. We can't
- % just write one on every page because the title pages are numbered
- % 1 and 2 (the page numbers aren't printed), and so are the first
- % two pages of the document. Thus, we'd have two destinations named
- % `1', and two named `2'.
- \ifpdf \global\pdfmakepagedesttrue \fi
-}
-
-\newskip\contentsrightmargin \contentsrightmargin=1in
-\newcount\savepageno
-\newcount\lastnegativepageno \lastnegativepageno = -1
-
-% Prepare to read what we've written to \tocfile.
-%
-\def\startcontents#1{%
- % If @setchapternewpage on, and @headings double, the contents should
- % start on an odd page, unlike chapters. Thus, we maintain
- % \contentsalignmacro in parallel with \pagealignmacro.
- % From: Torbjorn Granlund <tege@matematik.su.se>
- \contentsalignmacro
- \immediate\closeout\tocfile
- %
- % Don't need to put `Contents' or `Short Contents' in the headline.
- % It is abundantly clear what they are.
- \def\thischapter{}%
- \chapmacro{#1}{Yomitfromtoc}{}%
- %
- \savepageno = \pageno
- \begingroup % Set up to handle contents files properly.
- \catcode`\\=0 \catcode`\{=1 \catcode`\}=2 \catcode`\@=11
- % We can't do this, because then an actual ^ in a section
- % title fails, e.g., @chapter ^ -- exponentiation. --karl, 9jul97.
- %\catcode`\^=7 % to see ^^e4 as \"a etc. juha@piuha.ydi.vtt.fi
- \raggedbottom % Worry more about breakpoints than the bottom.
- \advance\hsize by -\contentsrightmargin % Don't use the full line length.
- %
- % Roman numerals for page numbers.
- \ifnum \pageno>0 \global\pageno = \lastnegativepageno \fi
-}
-
-
-% Normal (long) toc.
-\def\contents{%
- \startcontents{\putwordTOC}%
- \openin 1 \jobname.toc
- \ifeof 1 \else
- \input \jobname.toc
- \fi
- \vfill \eject
- \contentsalignmacro % in case @setchapternewpage odd is in effect
- \ifeof 1 \else
- \pdfmakeoutlines
- \fi
- \closein 1
- \endgroup
- \lastnegativepageno = \pageno
- \global\pageno = \savepageno
-}
-
-% And just the chapters.
-\def\summarycontents{%
- \startcontents{\putwordShortTOC}%
- %
- \let\numchapentry = \shortchapentry
- \let\appentry = \shortchapentry
- \let\unnchapentry = \shortunnchapentry
- % We want a true roman here for the page numbers.
- \secfonts
- \let\rm=\shortcontrm \let\bf=\shortcontbf
- \let\sl=\shortcontsl \let\tt=\shortconttt
- \rm
- \hyphenpenalty = 10000
- \advance\baselineskip by 1pt % Open it up a little.
- \def\numsecentry##1##2##3##4{}
- \let\appsecentry = \numsecentry
- \let\unnsecentry = \numsecentry
- \let\numsubsecentry = \numsecentry
- \let\appsubsecentry = \numsecentry
- \let\unnsubsecentry = \numsecentry
- \let\numsubsubsecentry = \numsecentry
- \let\appsubsubsecentry = \numsecentry
- \let\unnsubsubsecentry = \numsecentry
- \openin 1 \jobname.toc
- \ifeof 1 \else
- \input \jobname.toc
- \fi
- \closein 1
- \vfill \eject
- \contentsalignmacro % in case @setchapternewpage odd is in effect
- \endgroup
- \lastnegativepageno = \pageno
- \global\pageno = \savepageno
-}
-\let\shortcontents = \summarycontents
-
-% Typeset the label for a chapter or appendix for the short contents.
-% The arg is, e.g., `A' for an appendix, or `3' for a chapter.
-%
-\def\shortchaplabel#1{%
- % This space should be enough, since a single number is .5em, and the
- % widest letter (M) is 1em, at least in the Computer Modern fonts.
- % But use \hss just in case.
- % (This space doesn't include the extra space that gets added after
- % the label; that gets put in by \shortchapentry above.)
- %
- % We'd like to right-justify chapter numbers, but that looks strange
- % with appendix letters. And right-justifying numbers and
- % left-justifying letters looks strange when there is less than 10
- % chapters. Have to read the whole toc once to know how many chapters
- % there are before deciding ...
- \hbox to 1em{#1\hss}%
-}
-
-% These macros generate individual entries in the table of contents.
-% The first argument is the chapter or section name.
-% The last argument is the page number.
-% The arguments in between are the chapter number, section number, ...
-
-% Chapters, in the main contents.
-\def\numchapentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}}
-%
-% Chapters, in the short toc.
-% See comments in \dochapentry re vbox and related settings.
-\def\shortchapentry#1#2#3#4{%
- \tocentry{\shortchaplabel{#2}\labelspace #1}{\doshortpageno\bgroup#4\egroup}%
-}
-
-% Appendices, in the main contents.
-% Need the word Appendix, and a fixed-size box.
-%
-\def\appendixbox#1{%
- % We use M since it's probably the widest letter.
- \setbox0 = \hbox{\putwordAppendix{} M}%
- \hbox to \wd0{\putwordAppendix{} #1\hss}}
-%
-\def\appentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{\appendixbox{#2}\labelspace#1}{#4}}
-
-% Unnumbered chapters.
-\def\unnchapentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{#1}{#4}}
-\def\shortunnchapentry#1#2#3#4{\tocentry{#1}{\doshortpageno\bgroup#4\egroup}}
-
-% Sections.
-\def\numsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosecentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}}
-\let\appsecentry=\numsecentry
-\def\unnsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosecentry{#1}{#4}}
-
-% Subsections.
-\def\numsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsecentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}}
-\let\appsubsecentry=\numsubsecentry
-\def\unnsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsecentry{#1}{#4}}
-
-% And subsubsections.
-\def\numsubsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsubsecentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}}
-\let\appsubsubsecentry=\numsubsubsecentry
-\def\unnsubsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsubsecentry{#1}{#4}}
-
-% This parameter controls the indentation of the various levels.
-% Same as \defaultparindent.
-\newdimen\tocindent \tocindent = 15pt
-
-% Now for the actual typesetting. In all these, #1 is the text and #2 is the
-% page number.
-%
-% If the toc has to be broken over pages, we want it to be at chapters
-% if at all possible; hence the \penalty.
-\def\dochapentry#1#2{%
- \penalty-300 \vskip1\baselineskip plus.33\baselineskip minus.25\baselineskip
- \begingroup
- \chapentryfonts
- \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}%
- \endgroup
- \nobreak\vskip .25\baselineskip plus.1\baselineskip
-}
-
-\def\dosecentry#1#2{\begingroup
- \secentryfonts \leftskip=\tocindent
- \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}%
-\endgroup}
-
-\def\dosubsecentry#1#2{\begingroup
- \subsecentryfonts \leftskip=2\tocindent
- \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}%
-\endgroup}
-
-\def\dosubsubsecentry#1#2{\begingroup
- \subsubsecentryfonts \leftskip=3\tocindent
- \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}%
-\endgroup}
-
-% We use the same \entry macro as for the index entries.
-\let\tocentry = \entry
-
-% Space between chapter (or whatever) number and the title.
-\def\labelspace{\hskip1em \relax}
-
-\def\dopageno#1{{\rm #1}}
-\def\doshortpageno#1{{\rm #1}}
-
-\def\chapentryfonts{\secfonts \rm}
-\def\secentryfonts{\textfonts}
-\def\subsecentryfonts{\textfonts}
-\def\subsubsecentryfonts{\textfonts}
-
-
-\message{environments,}
-% @foo ... @end foo.
-
-% @point{}, @result{}, @expansion{}, @print{}, @equiv{}.
-%
-% Since these characters are used in examples, it should be an even number of
-% \tt widths. Each \tt character is 1en, so two makes it 1em.
-%
-\def\point{$\star$}
-\def\result{\leavevmode\raise.15ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\Rightarrow$\hfil}}
-\def\expansion{\leavevmode\raise.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\mapsto$\hfil}}
-\def\print{\leavevmode\lower.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\dashv$\hfil}}
-\def\equiv{\leavevmode\lower.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\ptexequiv$\hfil}}
-
-% The @error{} command.
-% Adapted from the TeXbook's \boxit.
-%
-\newbox\errorbox
-%
-{\tentt \global\dimen0 = 3em}% Width of the box.
-\dimen2 = .55pt % Thickness of rules
-% The text. (`r' is open on the right, `e' somewhat less so on the left.)
-\setbox0 = \hbox{\kern-.75pt \tensf error\kern-1.5pt}
-%
-\setbox\errorbox=\hbox to \dimen0{\hfil
- \hsize = \dimen0 \advance\hsize by -5.8pt % Space to left+right.
- \advance\hsize by -2\dimen2 % Rules.
- \vbox{%
- \hrule height\dimen2
- \hbox{\vrule width\dimen2 \kern3pt % Space to left of text.
- \vtop{\kern2.4pt \box0 \kern2.4pt}% Space above/below.
- \kern3pt\vrule width\dimen2}% Space to right.
- \hrule height\dimen2}
- \hfil}
-%
-\def\error{\leavevmode\lower.7ex\copy\errorbox}
-
-% @tex ... @end tex escapes into raw Tex temporarily.
-% One exception: @ is still an escape character, so that @end tex works.
-% But \@ or @@ will get a plain tex @ character.
-
-\envdef\tex{%
- \catcode `\\=0 \catcode `\{=1 \catcode `\}=2
- \catcode `\$=3 \catcode `\&=4 \catcode `\#=6
- \catcode `\^=7 \catcode `\_=8 \catcode `\~=\active \let~=\tie
- \catcode `\%=14
- \catcode `\+=\other
- \catcode `\"=\other
- \catcode `\|=\other
- \catcode `\<=\other
- \catcode `\>=\other
- \escapechar=`\\
- %
- \let\b=\ptexb
- \let\bullet=\ptexbullet
- \let\c=\ptexc
- \let\,=\ptexcomma
- \let\.=\ptexdot
- \let\dots=\ptexdots
- \let\equiv=\ptexequiv
- \let\!=\ptexexclam
- \let\i=\ptexi
- \let\indent=\ptexindent
- \let\noindent=\ptexnoindent
- \let\{=\ptexlbrace
- \let\+=\tabalign
- \let\}=\ptexrbrace
- \let\/=\ptexslash
- \let\*=\ptexstar
- \let\t=\ptext
- %
- \def\endldots{\mathinner{\ldots\ldots\ldots\ldots}}%
- \def\enddots{\relax\ifmmode\endldots\else$\mathsurround=0pt \endldots\,$\fi}%
- \def\@{@}%
-}
-% There is no need to define \Etex.
-
-% Define @lisp ... @end lisp.
-% @lisp environment forms a group so it can rebind things,
-% including the definition of @end lisp (which normally is erroneous).
-
-% Amount to narrow the margins by for @lisp.
-\newskip\lispnarrowing \lispnarrowing=0.4in
-
-% This is the definition that ^^M gets inside @lisp, @example, and other
-% such environments. \null is better than a space, since it doesn't
-% have any width.
-\def\lisppar{\null\endgraf}
-
-% This space is always present above and below environments.
-\newskip\envskipamount \envskipamount = 0pt
-
-% Make spacing and below environment symmetrical. We use \parskip here
-% to help in doing that, since in @example-like environments \parskip
-% is reset to zero; thus the \afterenvbreak inserts no space -- but the
-% start of the next paragraph will insert \parskip.
-%
-\def\aboveenvbreak{{%
- % =10000 instead of <10000 because of a special case in \itemzzz and
- % \sectionheading, q.v.
- \ifnum \lastpenalty=10000 \else
- \advance\envskipamount by \parskip
- \endgraf
- \ifdim\lastskip<\envskipamount
- \removelastskip
- % it's not a good place to break if the last penalty was \nobreak
- % or better ...
- \ifnum\lastpenalty<10000 \penalty-50 \fi
- \vskip\envskipamount
- \fi
- \fi
-}}
-
-\let\afterenvbreak = \aboveenvbreak
-
-% \nonarrowing is a flag. If "set", @lisp etc don't narrow margins.
-\let\nonarrowing=\relax
-
-% @cartouche ... @end cartouche: draw rectangle w/rounded corners around
-% environment contents.
-\font\circle=lcircle10
-\newdimen\circthick
-\newdimen\cartouter\newdimen\cartinner
-\newskip\normbskip\newskip\normpskip\newskip\normlskip
-\circthick=\fontdimen8\circle
-%
-\def\ctl{{\circle\char'013\hskip -6pt}}% 6pt from pl file: 1/2charwidth
-\def\ctr{{\hskip 6pt\circle\char'010}}
-\def\cbl{{\circle\char'012\hskip -6pt}}
-\def\cbr{{\hskip 6pt\circle\char'011}}
-\def\carttop{\hbox to \cartouter{\hskip\lskip
- \ctl\leaders\hrule height\circthick\hfil\ctr
- \hskip\rskip}}
-\def\cartbot{\hbox to \cartouter{\hskip\lskip
- \cbl\leaders\hrule height\circthick\hfil\cbr
- \hskip\rskip}}
-%
-\newskip\lskip\newskip\rskip
-
-\envdef\cartouche{%
- \ifhmode\par\fi % can't be in the midst of a paragraph.
- \startsavinginserts
- \lskip=\leftskip \rskip=\rightskip
- \leftskip=0pt\rightskip=0pt % we want these *outside*.
- \cartinner=\hsize \advance\cartinner by-\lskip
- \advance\cartinner by-\rskip
- \cartouter=\hsize
- \advance\cartouter by 18.4pt % allow for 3pt kerns on either
- % side, and for 6pt waste from
- % each corner char, and rule thickness
- \normbskip=\baselineskip \normpskip=\parskip \normlskip=\lineskip
- % Flag to tell @lisp, etc., not to narrow margin.
- \let\nonarrowing=\comment
- \vbox\bgroup
- \baselineskip=0pt\parskip=0pt\lineskip=0pt
- \carttop
- \hbox\bgroup
- \hskip\lskip
- \vrule\kern3pt
- \vbox\bgroup
- \kern3pt
- \hsize=\cartinner
- \baselineskip=\normbskip
- \lineskip=\normlskip
- \parskip=\normpskip
- \vskip -\parskip
- \comment % For explanation, see the end of \def\group.
-}
-\def\Ecartouche{%
- \ifhmode\par\fi
- \kern3pt
- \egroup
- \kern3pt\vrule
- \hskip\rskip
- \egroup
- \cartbot
- \egroup
- \checkinserts
-}
-
-
-% This macro is called at the beginning of all the @example variants,
-% inside a group.
-\def\nonfillstart{%
- \aboveenvbreak
- \hfuzz = 12pt % Don't be fussy
- \sepspaces % Make spaces be word-separators rather than space tokens.
- \let\par = \lisppar % don't ignore blank lines
- \obeylines % each line of input is a line of output
- \parskip = 0pt
- \parindent = 0pt
- \emergencystretch = 0pt % don't try to avoid overfull boxes
- % @cartouche defines \nonarrowing to inhibit narrowing
- % at next level down.
- \ifx\nonarrowing\relax
- \advance \leftskip by \lispnarrowing
- \exdentamount=\lispnarrowing
- \fi
- \let\exdent=\nofillexdent
-}
-
-% If you want all examples etc. small: @set dispenvsize small.
-% If you want even small examples the full size: @set dispenvsize nosmall.
-% This affects the following displayed environments:
-% @example, @display, @format, @lisp
-%
-\def\smallword{small}
-\def\nosmallword{nosmall}
-\let\SETdispenvsize\relax
-\def\setnormaldispenv{%
- \ifx\SETdispenvsize\smallword
- \smallexamplefonts \rm
- \fi
-}
-\def\setsmalldispenv{%
- \ifx\SETdispenvsize\nosmallword
- \else
- \smallexamplefonts \rm
- \fi
-}
-
-% We often define two environments, @foo and @smallfoo.
-% Let's do it by one command:
-\def\makedispenv #1#2{
- \expandafter\envdef\csname#1\endcsname {\setnormaldispenv #2}
- \expandafter\envdef\csname small#1\endcsname {\setsmalldispenv #2}
- \expandafter\let\csname E#1\endcsname \afterenvbreak
- \expandafter\let\csname Esmall#1\endcsname \afterenvbreak
-}
-
-% Define two synonyms:
-\def\maketwodispenvs #1#2#3{
- \makedispenv{#1}{#3}
- \makedispenv{#2}{#3}
-}
-
-% @lisp: indented, narrowed, typewriter font; @example: same as @lisp.
-%
-% @smallexample and @smalllisp: use smaller fonts.
-% Originally contributed by Pavel@xerox.
-%
-\maketwodispenvs {lisp}{example}{%
- \nonfillstart
- \tt
- \let\kbdfont = \kbdexamplefont % Allow @kbd to do something special.
- \gobble % eat return
-}
-
-% @display/@smalldisplay: same as @lisp except keep current font.
-%
-\makedispenv {display}{%
- \nonfillstart
- \gobble
-}
-
-% @format/@smallformat: same as @display except don't narrow margins.
-%
-\makedispenv{format}{%
- \let\nonarrowing = t%
- \nonfillstart
- \gobble
-}
-
-% @flushleft: same as @format, but doesn't obey \SETdispenvsize.
-\envdef\flushleft{%
- \let\nonarrowing = t%
- \nonfillstart
- \gobble
-}
-\let\Eflushleft = \afterenvbreak
-
-% @flushright.
-%
-\envdef\flushright{%
- \let\nonarrowing = t%
- \nonfillstart
- \advance\leftskip by 0pt plus 1fill
- \gobble
-}
-\let\Eflushright = \afterenvbreak
-
-
-% @quotation does normal linebreaking (hence we can't use \nonfillstart)
-% and narrows the margins. We keep \parskip nonzero in general, since
-% we're doing normal filling. So, when using \aboveenvbreak and
-% \afterenvbreak, temporarily make \parskip 0.
-%
-\envdef\quotation{%
- {\parskip=0pt \aboveenvbreak}% because \aboveenvbreak inserts \parskip
- \parindent=0pt
- %
- % @cartouche defines \nonarrowing to inhibit narrowing at next level down.
- \ifx\nonarrowing\relax
- \advance\leftskip by \lispnarrowing
- \advance\rightskip by \lispnarrowing
- \exdentamount = \lispnarrowing
- \let\nonarrowing = \relax
- \fi
- \parsearg\quotationlabel
-}
-
-% We have retained a nonzero parskip for the environment, since we're
-% doing normal filling.
-%
-\def\Equotation{%
- \par
- \ifx\quotationauthor\undefined\else
- % indent a bit.
- \leftline{\kern 2\leftskip \sl ---\quotationauthor}%
- \fi
- {\parskip=0pt \afterenvbreak}%
-}
-
-% If we're given an argument, typeset it in bold with a colon after.
-\def\quotationlabel#1{%
- \def\temp{#1}%
- \ifx\temp\empty \else
- {\bf #1: }%
- \fi
-}
-
-
-% LaTeX-like @verbatim...@end verbatim and @verb{<char>...<char>}
-% If we want to allow any <char> as delimiter,
-% we need the curly braces so that makeinfo sees the @verb command, eg:
-% `@verbx...x' would look like the '@verbx' command. --janneke@gnu.org
-%
-% [Knuth]: Donald Ervin Knuth, 1996. The TeXbook.
-%
-% [Knuth] p.344; only we need to do the other characters Texinfo sets
-% active too. Otherwise, they get lost as the first character on a
-% verbatim line.
-\def\dospecials{%
- \do\ \do\\\do\{\do\}\do\$\do\&%
- \do\#\do\^\do\^^K\do\_\do\^^A\do\%\do\~%
- \do\<\do\>\do\|\do\@\do+\do\"%
-}
-%
-% [Knuth] p. 380
-\def\uncatcodespecials{%
- \def\do##1{\catcode`##1=\other}\dospecials}
-%
-% [Knuth] pp. 380,381,391
-% Disable Spanish ligatures ?` and !` of \tt font
-\begingroup
- \catcode`\`=\active\gdef`{\relax\lq}
-\endgroup
-%
-% Setup for the @verb command.
-%
-% Eight spaces for a tab
-\begingroup
- \catcode`\^^I=\active
- \gdef\tabeightspaces{\catcode`\^^I=\active\def^^I{\ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ }}
-\endgroup
-%
-\def\setupverb{%
- \tt % easiest (and conventionally used) font for verbatim
- \def\par{\leavevmode\endgraf}%
- \catcode`\`=\active
- \tabeightspaces
- % Respect line breaks,
- % print special symbols as themselves, and
- % make each space count
- % must do in this order:
- \obeylines \uncatcodespecials \sepspaces
-}
-
-% Setup for the @verbatim environment
-%
-% Real tab expansion
-\newdimen\tabw \setbox0=\hbox{\tt\space} \tabw=8\wd0 % tab amount
-%
-\def\starttabbox{\setbox0=\hbox\bgroup}
-\begingroup
- \catcode`\^^I=\active
- \gdef\tabexpand{%
- \catcode`\^^I=\active
- \def^^I{\leavevmode\egroup
- \dimen0=\wd0 % the width so far, or since the previous tab
- \divide\dimen0 by\tabw
- \multiply\dimen0 by\tabw % compute previous multiple of \tabw
- \advance\dimen0 by\tabw % advance to next multiple of \tabw
- \wd0=\dimen0 \box0 \starttabbox
- }%
- }
-\endgroup
-\def\setupverbatim{%
- \nonfillstart
- \advance\leftskip by -\defbodyindent
- % Easiest (and conventionally used) font for verbatim
- \tt
- \def\par{\leavevmode\egroup\box0\endgraf}%
- \catcode`\`=\active
- \tabexpand
- % Respect line breaks,
- % print special symbols as themselves, and
- % make each space count
- % must do in this order:
- \obeylines \uncatcodespecials \sepspaces
- \everypar{\starttabbox}%
-}
-
-% Do the @verb magic: verbatim text is quoted by unique
-% delimiter characters. Before first delimiter expect a
-% right brace, after last delimiter expect closing brace:
-%
-% \def\doverb'{'<char>#1<char>'}'{#1}
-%
-% [Knuth] p. 382; only eat outer {}
-\begingroup
- \catcode`[=1\catcode`]=2\catcode`\{=\other\catcode`\}=\other
- \gdef\doverb{#1[\def\next##1#1}[##1\endgroup]\next]
-\endgroup
-%
-\def\verb{\begingroup\setupverb\doverb}
-%
-%
-% Do the @verbatim magic: define the macro \doverbatim so that
-% the (first) argument ends when '@end verbatim' is reached, ie:
-%
-% \def\doverbatim#1@end verbatim{#1}
-%
-% For Texinfo it's a lot easier than for LaTeX,
-% because texinfo's \verbatim doesn't stop at '\end{verbatim}':
-% we need not redefine '\', '{' and '}'.
-%
-% Inspired by LaTeX's verbatim command set [latex.ltx]
-%
-\begingroup
- \catcode`\ =\active
- \obeylines %
- % ignore everything up to the first ^^M, that's the newline at the end
- % of the @verbatim input line itself. Otherwise we get an extra blank
- % line in the output.
- \xdef\doverbatim#1^^M#2@end verbatim{#2\noexpand\end\gobble verbatim}%
- % We really want {...\end verbatim} in the body of the macro, but
- % without the active space; thus we have to use \xdef and \gobble.
-\endgroup
-%
-\envdef\verbatim{%
- \setupverbatim\doverbatim
-}
-\let\Everbatim = \afterenvbreak
-
-
-% @verbatiminclude FILE - insert text of file in verbatim environment.
-%
-\def\verbatiminclude{\parseargusing\filenamecatcodes\doverbatiminclude}
-%
-\def\doverbatiminclude#1{%
- {%
- \makevalueexpandable
- \setupverbatim
- \input #1
- \afterenvbreak
- }%
-}
-
-% @copying ... @end copying.
-% Save the text away for @insertcopying later.
-%
-% We save the uninterpreted tokens, rather than creating a box.
-% Saving the text in a box would be much easier, but then all the
-% typesetting commands (@smallbook, font changes, etc.) have to be done
-% beforehand -- and a) we want @copying to be done first in the source
-% file; b) letting users define the frontmatter in as flexible order as
-% possible is very desirable.
-%
-\def\copying{\checkenv{}\begingroup\scanargctxt\docopying}
-\def\docopying#1@end copying{\endgroup\def\copyingtext{#1}}
-%
-\def\insertcopying{%
- \begingroup
- \parindent = 0pt % paragraph indentation looks wrong on title page
- \scanexp\copyingtext
- \endgroup
-}
-
-\message{defuns,}
-% @defun etc.
-
-\newskip\defbodyindent \defbodyindent=.4in
-\newskip\defargsindent \defargsindent=50pt
-\newskip\deflastargmargin \deflastargmargin=18pt
-
-% Start the processing of @deffn:
-\def\startdefun{%
- \ifnum\lastpenalty<10000
- \medbreak
- \else
- % If there are two @def commands in a row, we'll have a \nobreak,
- % which is there to keep the function description together with its
- % header. But if there's nothing but headers, we need to allow a
- % break somewhere. Check specifically for penalty 10002, inserted
- % by \defargscommonending, instead of 10000, since the sectioning
- % commands also insert a nobreak penalty, and we don't want to allow
- % a break between a section heading and a defun.
- %
- \ifnum\lastpenalty=10002 \penalty2000 \fi
- %
- % Similarly, after a section heading, do not allow a break.
- % But do insert the glue.
- \medskip % preceded by discardable penalty, so not a breakpoint
- \fi
- %
- \parindent=0in
- \advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent
- \exdentamount=\defbodyindent
-}
-
-\def\dodefunx#1{%
- % First, check whether we are in the right environment:
- \checkenv#1%
- %
- % As above, allow line break if we have multiple x headers in a row.
- % It's not a great place, though.
- \ifnum\lastpenalty=10002 \penalty3000 \fi
- %
- % And now, it's time to reuse the body of the original defun:
- \expandafter\gobbledefun#1%
-}
-\def\gobbledefun#1\startdefun{}
-
-% \printdefunline \deffnheader{text}
-%
-\def\printdefunline#1#2{%
- \begingroup
- % call \deffnheader:
- #1#2 \endheader
- % common ending:
- \interlinepenalty = 10000
- \advance\rightskip by 0pt plus 1fil
- \endgraf
- \nobreak\vskip -\parskip
- \penalty 10002 % signal to \startdefun and \dodefunx
- % Some of the @defun-type tags do not enable magic parentheses,
- % rendering the following check redundant. But we don't optimize.
- \checkparencounts
- \endgroup
-}
-
-\def\Edefun{\endgraf\medbreak}
-
-% \makedefun{deffn} creates \deffn, \deffnx and \Edeffn;
-% the only thing remainnig is to define \deffnheader.
-%
-\def\makedefun#1{%
- \expandafter\let\csname E#1\endcsname = \Edefun
- \edef\temp{\noexpand\domakedefun
- \makecsname{#1}\makecsname{#1x}\makecsname{#1header}}%
- \temp
-}
-
-% \domakedefun \deffn \deffnx \deffnheader
-%
-% Define \deffn and \deffnx, without parameters.
-% \deffnheader has to be defined explicitly.
-%
-\def\domakedefun#1#2#3{%
- \envdef#1{%
- \startdefun
- \parseargusing\activeparens{\printdefunline#3}%
- }%
- \def#2{\dodefunx#1}%
- \def#3%
-}
-
-%%% Untyped functions:
-
-% @deffn category name args
-\makedefun{deffn}{\deffngeneral{}}
-
-% @deffn category class name args
-\makedefun{defop}#1 {\defopon{#1\ \putwordon}}
-
-% \defopon {category on}class name args
-\def\defopon#1#2 {\deffngeneral{\putwordon\ \code{#2}}{#1\ \code{#2}} }
-
-% \deffngeneral {subind}category name args
-%
-\def\deffngeneral#1#2 #3 #4\endheader{%
- % Remember that \dosubind{fn}{foo}{} is equivalent to \doind{fn}{foo}.
- \dosubind{fn}{\code{#3}}{#1}%
- \defname{#2}{}{#3}\magicamp\defunargs{#4\unskip}%
-}
-
-%%% Typed functions:
-
-% @deftypefn category type name args
-\makedefun{deftypefn}{\deftypefngeneral{}}
-
-% @deftypeop category class type name args
-\makedefun{deftypeop}#1 {\deftypeopon{#1\ \putwordon}}
-
-% \deftypeopon {category on}class type name args
-\def\deftypeopon#1#2 {\deftypefngeneral{\putwordon\ \code{#2}}{#1\ \code{#2}} }
-
-% \deftypefngeneral {subind}category type name args
-%
-\def\deftypefngeneral#1#2 #3 #4 #5\endheader{%
- \dosubind{fn}{\code{#4}}{#1}%
- \defname{#2}{#3}{#4}\defunargs{#5\unskip}%
-}
-
-%%% Typed variables:
-
-% @deftypevr category type var args
-\makedefun{deftypevr}{\deftypecvgeneral{}}
-
-% @deftypecv category class type var args
-\makedefun{deftypecv}#1 {\deftypecvof{#1\ \putwordof}}
-
-% \deftypecvof {category of}class type var args
-\def\deftypecvof#1#2 {\deftypecvgeneral{\putwordof\ \code{#2}}{#1\ \code{#2}} }
-
-% \deftypecvgeneral {subind}category type var args
-%
-\def\deftypecvgeneral#1#2 #3 #4 #5\endheader{%
- \dosubind{vr}{\code{#4}}{#1}%
- \defname{#2}{#3}{#4}\defunargs{#5\unskip}%
-}
-
-%%% Untyped variables:
-
-% @defvr category var args
-\makedefun{defvr}#1 {\deftypevrheader{#1} {} }
-
-% @defcv category class var args
-\makedefun{defcv}#1 {\defcvof{#1\ \putwordof}}
-
-% \defcvof {category of}class var args
-\def\defcvof#1#2 {\deftypecvof{#1}#2 {} }
-
-%%% Type:
-% @deftp category name args
-\makedefun{deftp}#1 #2 #3\endheader{%
- \doind{tp}{\code{#2}}%
- \defname{#1}{}{#2}\defunargs{#3\unskip}%
-}
-
-% Remaining @defun-like shortcuts:
-\makedefun{defun}{\deffnheader{\putwordDeffunc} }
-\makedefun{defmac}{\deffnheader{\putwordDefmac} }
-\makedefun{defspec}{\deffnheader{\putwordDefspec} }
-\makedefun{deftypefun}{\deftypefnheader{\putwordDeffunc} }
-\makedefun{defvar}{\defvrheader{\putwordDefvar} }
-\makedefun{defopt}{\defvrheader{\putwordDefopt} }
-\makedefun{deftypevar}{\deftypevrheader{\putwordDefvar} }
-\makedefun{defmethod}{\defopon\putwordMethodon}
-\makedefun{deftypemethod}{\deftypeopon\putwordMethodon}
-\makedefun{defivar}{\defcvof\putwordInstanceVariableof}
-\makedefun{deftypeivar}{\deftypecvof\putwordInstanceVariableof}
-
-% \defname, which formats the name of the @def (not the args).
-% #1 is the category, such as "Function".
-% #2 is the return type, if any.
-% #3 is the function name.
-%
-% We are followed by (but not passed) the arguments, if any.
-%
-\def\defname#1#2#3{%
- % Get the values of \leftskip and \rightskip as they were outside the @def...
- \advance\leftskip by -\defbodyindent
- %
- % How we'll format the type name. Putting it in brackets helps
- % distinguish it from the body text that may end up on the next line
- % just below it.
- \def\temp{#1}%
- \setbox0=\hbox{\kern\deflastargmargin \ifx\temp\empty\else [\rm\temp]\fi}
- %
- % Figure out line sizes for the paragraph shape.
- % The first line needs space for \box0; but if \rightskip is nonzero,
- % we need only space for the part of \box0 which exceeds it:
- \dimen0=\hsize \advance\dimen0 by -\wd0 \advance\dimen0 by \rightskip
- % The continuations:
- \dimen2=\hsize \advance\dimen2 by -\defargsindent
- % (plain.tex says that \dimen1 should be used only as global.)
- \parshape 2 0in \dimen0 \defargsindent \dimen2
- %
- % Put the type name to the right margin.
- \noindent
- \hbox to 0pt{%
- \hfil\box0 \kern-\hsize
- % \hsize has to be shortened this way:
- \kern\leftskip
- % Intentionally do not respect \rightskip, since we need the space.
- }%
- %
- % Allow all lines to be underfull without complaint:
- \tolerance=10000 \hbadness=10000
- \exdentamount=\defbodyindent
- {%
- % defun fonts. We use typewriter by default (used to be bold) because:
- % . we're printing identifiers, they should be in tt in principle.
- % . in languages with many accents, such as Czech or French, it's
- % common to leave accents off identifiers. The result looks ok in
- % tt, but exceedingly strange in rm.
- % . we don't want -- and --- to be treated as ligatures.
- % . this still does not fix the ?` and !` ligatures, but so far no
- % one has made identifiers using them :).
- \df \tt
- \def\temp{#2}% return value type
- \ifx\temp\empty\else \tclose{\temp} \fi
- #3% output function name
- }%
- {\rm\enskip}% hskip 0.5 em of \tenrm
- %
- \boldbrax
- % arguments will be output next, if any.
-}
-
-% Print arguments in slanted roman (not ttsl), inconsistently with using
-% tt for the name. This is because literal text is sometimes needed in
-% the argument list (groff manual), and ttsl and tt are not very
-% distinguishable. Prevent hyphenation at `-' chars.
-%
-\def\defunargs#1{%
- % use sl by default (not ttsl),
- % tt for the names.
- \df \sl \hyphenchar\font=0
- %
- % On the other hand, if an argument has two dashes (for instance), we
- % want a way to get ttsl. Let's try @var for that.
- \let\var=\ttslanted
- #1%
- \sl\hyphenchar\font=45
-}
-
-% We want ()&[] to print specially on the defun line.
-%
-\def\activeparens{%
- \catcode`\(=\active \catcode`\)=\active
- \catcode`\[=\active \catcode`\]=\active
- \catcode`\&=\active
-}
-
-% Make control sequences which act like normal parenthesis chars.
-\let\lparen = ( \let\rparen = )
-
-% Be sure that we always have a definition for `(', etc. For example,
-% if the fn name has parens in it, \boldbrax will not be in effect yet,
-% so TeX would otherwise complain about undefined control sequence.
-{
- \activeparens
- \global\let(=\lparen \global\let)=\rparen
- \global\let[=\lbrack \global\let]=\rbrack
- \global\let& = \&
-
- \gdef\boldbrax{\let(=\opnr\let)=\clnr\let[=\lbrb\let]=\rbrb}
- \gdef\magicamp{\let&=\amprm}
-}
-
-\newcount\parencount
-
-% If we encounter &foo, then turn on ()-hacking afterwards
-\newif\ifampseen
-\def\amprm#1 {\ampseentrue{\bf\ }}
-
-\def\parenfont{%
- \ifampseen
- % At the first level, print parens in roman,
- % otherwise use the default font.
- \ifnum \parencount=1 \rm \fi
- \else
- % The \sf parens (in \boldbrax) actually are a little bolder than
- % the contained text. This is especially needed for [ and ] .
- \sf
- \fi
-}
-\def\infirstlevel#1{%
- \ifampseen
- \ifnum\parencount=1
- #1%
- \fi
- \fi
-}
-\def\bfafterword#1 {#1 \bf}
-
-\def\opnr{%
- \global\advance\parencount by 1
- {\parenfont(}%
- \infirstlevel \bfafterword
-}
-\def\clnr{%
- {\parenfont)}%
- \infirstlevel \sl
- \global\advance\parencount by -1
-}
-
-\newcount\brackcount
-\def\lbrb{%
- \global\advance\brackcount by 1
- {\bf[}%
-}
-\def\rbrb{%
- {\bf]}%
- \global\advance\brackcount by -1
-}
-
-\def\checkparencounts{%
- \ifnum\parencount=0 \else \badparencount \fi
- \ifnum\brackcount=0 \else \badbrackcount \fi
-}
-\def\badparencount{%
- \errmessage{Unbalanced parentheses in @def}%
- \global\parencount=0
-}
-\def\badbrackcount{%
- \errmessage{Unbalanced square braces in @def}%
- \global\brackcount=0
-}
-
-
-\message{macros,}
-% @macro.
-
-% To do this right we need a feature of e-TeX, \scantokens,
-% which we arrange to emulate with a temporary file in ordinary TeX.
-\ifx\eTeXversion\undefined
- \newwrite\macscribble
- \def\scantokens#1{%
- \toks0={#1}%
- \immediate\openout\macscribble=\jobname.tmp
- \immediate\write\macscribble{\the\toks0}%
- \immediate\closeout\macscribble
- \input \jobname.tmp
- }
-\fi
-
-\def\scanmacro#1{%
- \begingroup
- \newlinechar`\^^M
- \let\xeatspaces\eatspaces
- % Undo catcode changes of \startcontents and \doprintindex
- % When called from @insertcopying or (short)caption, we need active
- % backslash to get it printed correctly. Previously, we had
- % \catcode`\\=\other instead. We'll see whether a problem appears
- % with macro expansion. --kasal, 19aug04
- \catcode`\@=0 \catcode`\\=\active \escapechar=`\@
- % ... and \example
- \spaceisspace
- %
- % Append \endinput to make sure that TeX does not see the ending newline.
- %
- % I've verified that it is necessary both for e-TeX and for ordinary TeX
- % --kasal, 29nov03
- \scantokens{#1\endinput}%
- \endgroup
-}
-
-\def\scanexp#1{%
- \edef\temp{\noexpand\scanmacro{#1}}%
- \temp
-}
-
-\newcount\paramno % Count of parameters
-\newtoks\macname % Macro name
-\newif\ifrecursive % Is it recursive?
-\def\macrolist{} % List of all defined macros in the form
- % \do\macro1\do\macro2...
-
-% Utility routines.
-% This does \let #1 = #2, with \csnames; that is,
-% \let \csname#1\endcsname = \csname#2\endcsname
-% (except of course we have to play expansion games).
-%
-\def\cslet#1#2{%
- \expandafter\let
- \csname#1\expandafter\endcsname
- \csname#2\endcsname
-}
-
-% Trim leading and trailing spaces off a string.
-% Concepts from aro-bend problem 15 (see CTAN).
-{\catcode`\@=11
-\gdef\eatspaces #1{\expandafter\trim@\expandafter{#1 }}
-\gdef\trim@ #1{\trim@@ @#1 @ #1 @ @@}
-\gdef\trim@@ #1@ #2@ #3@@{\trim@@@\empty #2 @}
-\def\unbrace#1{#1}
-\unbrace{\gdef\trim@@@ #1 } #2@{#1}
-}
-
-% Trim a single trailing ^^M off a string.
-{\catcode`\^^M=\other \catcode`\Q=3%
-\gdef\eatcr #1{\eatcra #1Q^^MQ}%
-\gdef\eatcra#1^^MQ{\eatcrb#1Q}%
-\gdef\eatcrb#1Q#2Q{#1}%
-}
-
-% Macro bodies are absorbed as an argument in a context where
-% all characters are catcode 10, 11 or 12, except \ which is active
-% (as in normal texinfo). It is necessary to change the definition of \.
-
-% It's necessary to have hard CRs when the macro is executed. This is
-% done by making ^^M (\endlinechar) catcode 12 when reading the macro
-% body, and then making it the \newlinechar in \scanmacro.
-
-\def\scanctxt{%
- \catcode`\"=\other
- \catcode`\+=\other
- \catcode`\<=\other
- \catcode`\>=\other
- \catcode`\@=\other
- \catcode`\^=\other
- \catcode`\_=\other
- \catcode`\|=\other
- \catcode`\~=\other
-}
-
-\def\scanargctxt{%
- \scanctxt
- \catcode`\\=\other
- \catcode`\^^M=\other
-}
-
-\def\macrobodyctxt{%
- \scanctxt
- \catcode`\{=\other
- \catcode`\}=\other
- \catcode`\^^M=\other
- \usembodybackslash
-}
-
-\def\macroargctxt{%
- \scanctxt
- \catcode`\\=\other
-}
-
-% \mbodybackslash is the definition of \ in @macro bodies.
-% It maps \foo\ => \csname macarg.foo\endcsname => #N
-% where N is the macro parameter number.
-% We define \csname macarg.\endcsname to be \realbackslash, so
-% \\ in macro replacement text gets you a backslash.
-
-{\catcode`@=0 @catcode`@\=@active
- @gdef@usembodybackslash{@let\=@mbodybackslash}
- @gdef@mbodybackslash#1\{@csname macarg.#1@endcsname}
-}
-\expandafter\def\csname macarg.\endcsname{\realbackslash}
-
-\def\macro{\recursivefalse\parsearg\macroxxx}
-\def\rmacro{\recursivetrue\parsearg\macroxxx}
-
-\def\macroxxx#1{%
- \getargs{#1}% now \macname is the macname and \argl the arglist
- \ifx\argl\empty % no arguments
- \paramno=0%
- \else
- \expandafter\parsemargdef \argl;%
- \fi
- \if1\csname ismacro.\the\macname\endcsname
- \message{Warning: redefining \the\macname}%
- \else
- \expandafter\ifx\csname \the\macname\endcsname \relax
- \else \errmessage{Macro name \the\macname\space already defined}\fi
- \global\cslet{macsave.\the\macname}{\the\macname}%
- \global\expandafter\let\csname ismacro.\the\macname\endcsname=1%
- % Add the macroname to \macrolist
- \toks0 = \expandafter{\macrolist\do}%
- \xdef\macrolist{\the\toks0
- \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname\endcsname}%
- \fi
- \begingroup \macrobodyctxt
- \ifrecursive \expandafter\parsermacbody
- \else \expandafter\parsemacbody
- \fi}
-
-\parseargdef\unmacro{%
- \if1\csname ismacro.#1\endcsname
- \global\cslet{#1}{macsave.#1}%
- \global\expandafter\let \csname ismacro.#1\endcsname=0%
- % Remove the macro name from \macrolist:
- \begingroup
- \expandafter\let\csname#1\endcsname \relax
- \let\do\unmacrodo
- \xdef\macrolist{\macrolist}%
- \endgroup
- \else
- \errmessage{Macro #1 not defined}%
- \fi
-}
-
-% Called by \do from \dounmacro on each macro. The idea is to omit any
-% macro definitions that have been changed to \relax.
-%
-\def\unmacrodo#1{%
- \ifx#1\relax
- % remove this
- \else
- \noexpand\do \noexpand #1%
- \fi
-}
-
-% This makes use of the obscure feature that if the last token of a
-% <parameter list> is #, then the preceding argument is delimited by
-% an opening brace, and that opening brace is not consumed.
-\def\getargs#1{\getargsxxx#1{}}
-\def\getargsxxx#1#{\getmacname #1 \relax\getmacargs}
-\def\getmacname #1 #2\relax{\macname={#1}}
-\def\getmacargs#1{\def\argl{#1}}
-
-% Parse the optional {params} list. Set up \paramno and \paramlist
-% so \defmacro knows what to do. Define \macarg.blah for each blah
-% in the params list, to be ##N where N is the position in that list.
-% That gets used by \mbodybackslash (above).
-
-% We need to get `macro parameter char #' into several definitions.
-% The technique used is stolen from LaTeX: let \hash be something
-% unexpandable, insert that wherever you need a #, and then redefine
-% it to # just before using the token list produced.
-%
-% The same technique is used to protect \eatspaces till just before
-% the macro is used.
-
-\def\parsemargdef#1;{\paramno=0\def\paramlist{}%
- \let\hash\relax\let\xeatspaces\relax\parsemargdefxxx#1,;,}
-\def\parsemargdefxxx#1,{%
- \if#1;\let\next=\relax
- \else \let\next=\parsemargdefxxx
- \advance\paramno by 1%
- \expandafter\edef\csname macarg.\eatspaces{#1}\endcsname
- {\xeatspaces{\hash\the\paramno}}%
- \edef\paramlist{\paramlist\hash\the\paramno,}%
- \fi\next}
-
-% These two commands read recursive and nonrecursive macro bodies.
-% (They're different since rec and nonrec macros end differently.)
-
-\long\def\parsemacbody#1@end macro%
-{\xdef\temp{\eatcr{#1}}\endgroup\defmacro}%
-\long\def\parsermacbody#1@end rmacro%
-{\xdef\temp{\eatcr{#1}}\endgroup\defmacro}%
-
-% This defines the macro itself. There are six cases: recursive and
-% nonrecursive macros of zero, one, and many arguments.
-% Much magic with \expandafter here.
-% \xdef is used so that macro definitions will survive the file
-% they're defined in; @include reads the file inside a group.
-\def\defmacro{%
- \let\hash=##% convert placeholders to macro parameter chars
- \ifrecursive
- \ifcase\paramno
- % 0
- \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
- \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}}%
- \or % 1
- \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
- \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt
- \noexpand\braceorline
- \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname}%
- \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname##1{%
- \egroup\noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}}%
- \else % many
- \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
- \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt
- \noexpand\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname}%
- \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname##1{%
- \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname ##1,}%
- \expandafter\expandafter
- \expandafter\xdef
- \expandafter\expandafter
- \csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname
- \paramlist{\egroup\noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}}%
- \fi
- \else
- \ifcase\paramno
- % 0
- \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
- \noexpand\norecurse{\the\macname}%
- \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}\egroup}%
- \or % 1
- \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
- \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt
- \noexpand\braceorline
- \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname}%
- \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname##1{%
- \egroup
- \noexpand\norecurse{\the\macname}%
- \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}\egroup}%
- \else % many
- \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
- \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt
- \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname}%
- \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname##1{%
- \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname ##1,}%
- \expandafter\expandafter
- \expandafter\xdef
- \expandafter\expandafter
- \csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname
- \paramlist{%
- \egroup
- \noexpand\norecurse{\the\macname}%
- \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}\egroup}%
- \fi
- \fi}
-
-\def\norecurse#1{\bgroup\cslet{#1}{macsave.#1}}
-
-% \braceorline decides whether the next nonwhitespace character is a
-% {. If so it reads up to the closing }, if not, it reads the whole
-% line. Whatever was read is then fed to the next control sequence
-% as an argument (by \parsebrace or \parsearg)
-\def\braceorline#1{\let\next=#1\futurelet\nchar\braceorlinexxx}
-\def\braceorlinexxx{%
- \ifx\nchar\bgroup\else
- \expandafter\parsearg
- \fi \next}
-
-% We want to disable all macros during \shipout so that they are not
-% expanded by \write.
-\def\turnoffmacros{\begingroup \def\do##1{\let\noexpand##1=\relax}%
- \edef\next{\macrolist}\expandafter\endgroup\next}
-
-% For \indexnofonts, we need to get rid of all macros, leaving only the
-% arguments (if present). Of course this is not nearly correct, but it
-% is the best we can do for now. makeinfo does not expand macros in the
-% argument to @deffn, which ends up writing an index entry, and texindex
-% isn't prepared for an index sort entry that starts with \.
-%
-% Since macro invocations are followed by braces, we can just redefine them
-% to take a single TeX argument. The case of a macro invocation that
-% goes to end-of-line is not handled.
-%
-\def\emptyusermacros{\begingroup
- \def\do##1{\let\noexpand##1=\noexpand\asis}%
- \edef\next{\macrolist}\expandafter\endgroup\next}
-
-
-% @alias.
-% We need some trickery to remove the optional spaces around the equal
-% sign. Just make them active and then expand them all to nothing.
-\def\alias{\parseargusing\obeyspaces\aliasxxx}
-\def\aliasxxx #1{\aliasyyy#1\relax}
-\def\aliasyyy #1=#2\relax{%
- {%
- \expandafter\let\obeyedspace=\empty
- \xdef\next{\global\let\makecsname{#1}=\makecsname{#2}}%
- }%
- \next
-}
-
-
-\message{cross references,}
-
-\newwrite\auxfile
-
-\newif\ifhavexrefs % True if xref values are known.
-\newif\ifwarnedxrefs % True if we warned once that they aren't known.
-
-% @inforef is relatively simple.
-\def\inforef #1{\inforefzzz #1,,,,**}
-\def\inforefzzz #1,#2,#3,#4**{\putwordSee{} \putwordInfo{} \putwordfile{} \file{\ignorespaces #3{}},
- node \samp{\ignorespaces#1{}}}
-
-% @node's only job in TeX is to define \lastnode, which is used in
-% cross-references. The @node line might or might not have commas, and
-% might or might not have spaces before the first comma, like:
-% @node foo , bar , ...
-% We don't want such trailing spaces in the node name.
-%
-\parseargdef\node{\checkenv{}\donode #1 ,\finishnodeparse}
-%
-% also remove a trailing comma, in case of something like this:
-% @node Help-Cross, , , Cross-refs
-\def\donode#1 ,#2\finishnodeparse{\dodonode #1,\finishnodeparse}
-\def\dodonode#1,#2\finishnodeparse{\gdef\lastnode{#1}}
-
-\let\nwnode=\node
-\let\lastnode=\empty
-
-% Write a cross-reference definition for the current node. #1 is the
-% type (Ynumbered, Yappendix, Ynothing).
-%
-\def\donoderef#1{%
- \ifx\lastnode\empty\else
- \setref{\lastnode}{#1}%
- \global\let\lastnode=\empty
- \fi
-}
-
-% @anchor{NAME} -- define xref target at arbitrary point.
-%
-\newcount\savesfregister
-%
-\def\savesf{\relax \ifhmode \savesfregister=\spacefactor \fi}
-\def\restoresf{\relax \ifhmode \spacefactor=\savesfregister \fi}
-\def\anchor#1{\savesf \setref{#1}{Ynothing}\restoresf \ignorespaces}
-
-% \setref{NAME}{SNT} defines a cross-reference point NAME (a node or an
-% anchor), which consists of three parts:
-% 1) NAME-title - the current sectioning name taken from \thissection,
-% or the anchor name.
-% 2) NAME-snt - section number and type, passed as the SNT arg, or
-% empty for anchors.
-% 3) NAME-pg - the page number.
-%
-% This is called from \donoderef, \anchor, and \dofloat. In the case of
-% floats, there is an additional part, which is not written here:
-% 4) NAME-lof - the text as it should appear in a @listoffloats.
-%
-\def\setref#1#2{%
- \pdfmkdest{#1}%
- \iflinks
- {%
- \atdummies % preserve commands, but don't expand them
- \turnoffactive
- \otherbackslash
- \edef\writexrdef##1##2{%
- \write\auxfile{@xrdef{#1-% #1 of \setref, expanded by the \edef
- ##1}{##2}}% these are parameters of \writexrdef
- }%
- \toks0 = \expandafter{\thissection}%
- \immediate \writexrdef{title}{\the\toks0 }%
- \immediate \writexrdef{snt}{\csname #2\endcsname}% \Ynumbered etc.
- \writexrdef{pg}{\folio}% will be written later, during \shipout
- }%
- \fi
-}
-
-% @xref, @pxref, and @ref generate cross-references. For \xrefX, #1 is
-% the node name, #2 the name of the Info cross-reference, #3 the printed
-% node name, #4 the name of the Info file, #5 the name of the printed
-% manual. All but the node name can be omitted.
-%
-\def\pxref#1{\putwordsee{} \xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]}
-\def\xref#1{\putwordSee{} \xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]}
-\def\ref#1{\xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]}
-\def\xrefX[#1,#2,#3,#4,#5,#6]{\begingroup
- \unsepspaces
- \def\printedmanual{\ignorespaces #5}%
- \def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #3}%
- \setbox1=\hbox{\printedmanual\unskip}%
- \setbox0=\hbox{\printedrefname\unskip}%
- \ifdim \wd0 = 0pt
- % No printed node name was explicitly given.
- \expandafter\ifx\csname SETxref-automatic-section-title\endcsname\relax
- % Use the node name inside the square brackets.
- \def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #1}%
- \else
- % Use the actual chapter/section title appear inside
- % the square brackets. Use the real section title if we have it.
- \ifdim \wd1 > 0pt
- % It is in another manual, so we don't have it.
- \def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #1}%
- \else
- \ifhavexrefs
- % We know the real title if we have the xref values.
- \def\printedrefname{\refx{#1-title}{}}%
- \else
- % Otherwise just copy the Info node name.
- \def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #1}%
- \fi%
- \fi
- \fi
- \fi
- %
- % Make link in pdf output.
- \ifpdf
- \leavevmode
- \getfilename{#4}%
- {\turnoffactive \otherbackslash
- \ifnum\filenamelength>0
- \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}%
- goto file{\the\filename.pdf} name{#1}%
- \else
- \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}%
- goto name{\pdfmkpgn{#1}}%
- \fi
- }%
- \linkcolor
- \fi
- %
- % Float references are printed completely differently: "Figure 1.2"
- % instead of "[somenode], p.3". We distinguish them by the
- % LABEL-title being set to a magic string.
- {%
- % Have to otherify everything special to allow the \csname to
- % include an _ in the xref name, etc.
- \indexnofonts
- \turnoffactive
- \otherbackslash
- \expandafter\global\expandafter\let\expandafter\Xthisreftitle
- \csname XR#1-title\endcsname
- }%
- \iffloat\Xthisreftitle
- % If the user specified the print name (third arg) to the ref,
- % print it instead of our usual "Figure 1.2".
- \ifdim\wd0 = 0pt
- \refx{#1-snt}%
- \else
- \printedrefname
- \fi
- %
- % if the user also gave the printed manual name (fifth arg), append
- % "in MANUALNAME".
- \ifdim \wd1 > 0pt
- \space \putwordin{} \cite{\printedmanual}%
- \fi
- \else
- % node/anchor (non-float) references.
- %
- % If we use \unhbox0 and \unhbox1 to print the node names, TeX does not
- % insert empty discretionaries after hyphens, which means that it will
- % not find a line break at a hyphen in a node names. Since some manuals
- % are best written with fairly long node names, containing hyphens, this
- % is a loss. Therefore, we give the text of the node name again, so it
- % is as if TeX is seeing it for the first time.
- \ifdim \wd1 > 0pt
- \putwordsection{} ``\printedrefname'' \putwordin{} \cite{\printedmanual}%
- \else
- % _ (for example) has to be the character _ for the purposes of the
- % control sequence corresponding to the node, but it has to expand
- % into the usual \leavevmode...\vrule stuff for purposes of
- % printing. So we \turnoffactive for the \refx-snt, back on for the
- % printing, back off for the \refx-pg.
- {\turnoffactive \otherbackslash
- % Only output a following space if the -snt ref is nonempty; for
- % @unnumbered and @anchor, it won't be.
- \setbox2 = \hbox{\ignorespaces \refx{#1-snt}{}}%
- \ifdim \wd2 > 0pt \refx{#1-snt}\space\fi
- }%
- % output the `[mynode]' via a macro so it can be overridden.
- \xrefprintnodename\printedrefname
- %
- % But we always want a comma and a space:
- ,\space
- %
- % output the `page 3'.
- \turnoffactive \otherbackslash \putwordpage\tie\refx{#1-pg}{}%
- \fi
- \fi
- \endlink
-\endgroup}
-
-% This macro is called from \xrefX for the `[nodename]' part of xref
-% output. It's a separate macro only so it can be changed more easily,
-% since square brackets don't work well in some documents. Particularly
-% one that Bob is working on :).
-%
-\def\xrefprintnodename#1{[#1]}
-
-% Things referred to by \setref.
-%
-\def\Ynothing{}
-\def\Yomitfromtoc{}
-\def\Ynumbered{%
- \ifnum\secno=0
- \putwordChapter@tie \the\chapno
- \else \ifnum\subsecno=0
- \putwordSection@tie \the\chapno.\the\secno
- \else \ifnum\subsubsecno=0
- \putwordSection@tie \the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno
- \else
- \putwordSection@tie \the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno
- \fi\fi\fi
-}
-\def\Yappendix{%
- \ifnum\secno=0
- \putwordAppendix@tie @char\the\appendixno{}%
- \else \ifnum\subsecno=0
- \putwordSection@tie @char\the\appendixno.\the\secno
- \else \ifnum\subsubsecno=0
- \putwordSection@tie @char\the\appendixno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno
- \else
- \putwordSection@tie
- @char\the\appendixno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno
- \fi\fi\fi
-}
-
-% Define \refx{NAME}{SUFFIX} to reference a cross-reference string named NAME.
-% If its value is nonempty, SUFFIX is output afterward.
-%
-\def\refx#1#2{%
- {%
- \indexnofonts
- \otherbackslash
- \expandafter\global\expandafter\let\expandafter\thisrefX
- \csname XR#1\endcsname
- }%
- \ifx\thisrefX\relax
- % If not defined, say something at least.
- \angleleft un\-de\-fined\angleright
- \iflinks
- \ifhavexrefs
- \message{\linenumber Undefined cross reference `#1'.}%
- \else
- \ifwarnedxrefs\else
- \global\warnedxrefstrue
- \message{Cross reference values unknown; you must run TeX again.}%
- \fi
- \fi
- \fi
- \else
- % It's defined, so just use it.
- \thisrefX
- \fi
- #2% Output the suffix in any case.
-}
-
-% This is the macro invoked by entries in the aux file. Usually it's
-% just a \def (we prepend XR to the control sequence name to avoid
-% collisions). But if this is a float type, we have more work to do.
-%
-\def\xrdef#1#2{%
- \expandafter\gdef\csname XR#1\endcsname{#2}% remember this xref value.
- %
- % Was that xref control sequence that we just defined for a float?
- \expandafter\iffloat\csname XR#1\endcsname
- % it was a float, and we have the (safe) float type in \iffloattype.
- \expandafter\let\expandafter\floatlist
- \csname floatlist\iffloattype\endcsname
- %
- % Is this the first time we've seen this float type?
- \expandafter\ifx\floatlist\relax
- \toks0 = {\do}% yes, so just \do
- \else
- % had it before, so preserve previous elements in list.
- \toks0 = \expandafter{\floatlist\do}%
- \fi
- %
- % Remember this xref in the control sequence \floatlistFLOATTYPE,
- % for later use in \listoffloats.
- \expandafter\xdef\csname floatlist\iffloattype\endcsname{\the\toks0{#1}}%
- \fi
-}
-
-% Read the last existing aux file, if any. No error if none exists.
-%
-\def\tryauxfile{%
- \openin 1 \jobname.aux
- \ifeof 1 \else
- \readauxfile
- \global\havexrefstrue
- \fi
- \closein 1
-}
-
-\def\readauxfile{\begingroup
- \catcode`\^^@=\other
- \catcode`\^^A=\other
- \catcode`\^^B=\other
- \catcode`\^^C=\other
- \catcode`\^^D=\other
- \catcode`\^^E=\other
- \catcode`\^^F=\other
- \catcode`\^^G=\other
- \catcode`\^^H=\other
- \catcode`\^^K=\other
- \catcode`\^^L=\other
- \catcode`\^^N=\other
- \catcode`\^^P=\other
- \catcode`\^^Q=\other
- \catcode`\^^R=\other
- \catcode`\^^S=\other
- \catcode`\^^T=\other
- \catcode`\^^U=\other
- \catcode`\^^V=\other
- \catcode`\^^W=\other
- \catcode`\^^X=\other
- \catcode`\^^Z=\other
- \catcode`\^^[=\other
- \catcode`\^^\=\other
- \catcode`\^^]=\other
- \catcode`\^^^=\other
- \catcode`\^^_=\other
- % It was suggested to set the catcode of ^ to 7, which would allow ^^e4 etc.
- % in xref tags, i.e., node names. But since ^^e4 notation isn't
- % supported in the main text, it doesn't seem desirable. Furthermore,
- % that is not enough: for node names that actually contain a ^
- % character, we would end up writing a line like this: 'xrdef {'hat
- % b-title}{'hat b} and \xrdef does a \csname...\endcsname on the first
- % argument, and \hat is not an expandable control sequence. It could
- % all be worked out, but why? Either we support ^^ or we don't.
- %
- % The other change necessary for this was to define \auxhat:
- % \def\auxhat{\def^{'hat }}% extra space so ok if followed by letter
- % and then to call \auxhat in \setq.
- %
- \catcode`\^=\other
- %
- % Special characters. Should be turned off anyway, but...
- \catcode`\~=\other
- \catcode`\[=\other
- \catcode`\]=\other
- \catcode`\"=\other
- \catcode`\_=\other
- \catcode`\|=\other
- \catcode`\<=\other
- \catcode`\>=\other
- \catcode`\$=\other
- \catcode`\#=\other
- \catcode`\&=\other
- \catcode`\%=\other
- \catcode`+=\other % avoid \+ for paranoia even though we've turned it off
- %
- % This is to support \ in node names and titles, since the \
- % characters end up in a \csname. It's easier than
- % leaving it active and making its active definition an actual \
- % character. What I don't understand is why it works in the *value*
- % of the xrdef. Seems like it should be a catcode12 \, and that
- % should not typeset properly. But it works, so I'm moving on for
- % now. --karl, 15jan04.
- \catcode`\\=\other
- %
- % Make the characters 128-255 be printing characters.
- {%
- \count 1=128
- \def\loop{%
- \catcode\count 1=\other
- \advance\count 1 by 1
- \ifnum \count 1<256 \loop \fi
- }%
- }%
- %
- % @ is our escape character in .aux files, and we need braces.
- \catcode`\{=1
- \catcode`\}=2
- \catcode`\@=0
- %
- \input \jobname.aux
-\endgroup}
-
-
-\message{insertions,}
-% including footnotes.
-
-\newcount \footnoteno
-
-% The trailing space in the following definition for supereject is
-% vital for proper filling; pages come out unaligned when you do a
-% pagealignmacro call if that space before the closing brace is
-% removed. (Generally, numeric constants should always be followed by a
-% space to prevent strange expansion errors.)
-\def\supereject{\par\penalty -20000\footnoteno =0 }
-
-% @footnotestyle is meaningful for info output only.
-\let\footnotestyle=\comment
-
-{\catcode `\@=11
-%
-% Auto-number footnotes. Otherwise like plain.
-\gdef\footnote{%
- \let\indent=\ptexindent
- \let\noindent=\ptexnoindent
- \global\advance\footnoteno by \@ne
- \edef\thisfootno{$^{\the\footnoteno}$}%
- %
- % In case the footnote comes at the end of a sentence, preserve the
- % extra spacing after we do the footnote number.
- \let\@sf\empty
- \ifhmode\edef\@sf{\spacefactor\the\spacefactor}\ptexslash\fi
- %
- % Remove inadvertent blank space before typesetting the footnote number.
- \unskip
- \thisfootno\@sf
- \dofootnote
-}%
-
-% Don't bother with the trickery in plain.tex to not require the
-% footnote text as a parameter. Our footnotes don't need to be so general.
-%
-% Oh yes, they do; otherwise, @ifset (and anything else that uses
-% \parseargline) fails inside footnotes because the tokens are fixed when
-% the footnote is read. --karl, 16nov96.
-%
-\gdef\dofootnote{%
- \insert\footins\bgroup
- % We want to typeset this text as a normal paragraph, even if the
- % footnote reference occurs in (for example) a display environment.
- % So reset some parameters.
- \hsize=\pagewidth
- \interlinepenalty\interfootnotelinepenalty
- \splittopskip\ht\strutbox % top baseline for broken footnotes
- \splitmaxdepth\dp\strutbox
- \floatingpenalty\@MM
- \leftskip\z@skip
- \rightskip\z@skip
- \spaceskip\z@skip
- \xspaceskip\z@skip
- \parindent\defaultparindent
- %
- \smallfonts \rm
- %
- % Because we use hanging indentation in footnotes, a @noindent appears
- % to exdent this text, so make it be a no-op. makeinfo does not use
- % hanging indentation so @noindent can still be needed within footnote
- % text after an @example or the like (not that this is good style).
- \let\noindent = \relax
- %
- % Hang the footnote text off the number. Use \everypar in case the
- % footnote extends for more than one paragraph.
- \everypar = {\hang}%
- \textindent{\thisfootno}%
- %
- % Don't crash into the line above the footnote text. Since this
- % expands into a box, it must come within the paragraph, lest it
- % provide a place where TeX can split the footnote.
- \footstrut
- \futurelet\next\fo@t
-}
-}%end \catcode `\@=11
-
-% In case a @footnote appears in a vbox, save the footnote text and create
-% the real \insert just after the vbox finished. Otherwise, the insertion
-% would be lost.
-% Similarily, if a @footnote appears inside an alignment, save the footnote
-% text to a box and make the \insert when a row of the table is finished.
-% And the same can be done for other insert classes. --kasal, 16nov03.
-
-% Replace the \insert primitive by a cheating macro.
-% Deeper inside, just make sure that the saved insertions are not spilled
-% out prematurely.
-%
-\def\startsavinginserts{%
- \ifx \insert\ptexinsert
- \let\insert\saveinsert
- \else
- \let\checkinserts\relax
- \fi
-}
-
-% This \insert replacement works for both \insert\footins{foo} and
-% \insert\footins\bgroup foo\egroup, but it doesn't work for \insert27{foo}.
-%
-\def\saveinsert#1{%
- \edef\next{\noexpand\savetobox \makeSAVEname#1}%
- \afterassignment\next
- % swallow the left brace
- \let\temp =
-}
-\def\makeSAVEname#1{\makecsname{SAVE\expandafter\gobble\string#1}}
-\def\savetobox#1{\global\setbox#1 = \vbox\bgroup \unvbox#1}
-
-\def\checksaveins#1{\ifvoid#1\else \placesaveins#1\fi}
-
-\def\placesaveins#1{%
- \ptexinsert \csname\expandafter\gobblesave\string#1\endcsname
- {\box#1}%
-}
-
-% eat @SAVE -- beware, all of them have catcode \other:
-{
- \def\dospecials{\do S\do A\do V\do E} \uncatcodespecials % ;-)
- \gdef\gobblesave @SAVE{}
-}
-
-% initialization:
-\def\newsaveins #1{%
- \edef\next{\noexpand\newsaveinsX \makeSAVEname#1}%
- \next
-}
-\def\newsaveinsX #1{%
- \csname newbox\endcsname #1%
- \expandafter\def\expandafter\checkinserts\expandafter{\checkinserts
- \checksaveins #1}%
-}
-
-% initialize:
-\let\checkinserts\empty
-\newsaveins\footins
-\newsaveins\margin
-
-
-% @image. We use the macros from epsf.tex to support this.
-% If epsf.tex is not installed and @image is used, we complain.
-%
-% Check for and read epsf.tex up front. If we read it only at @image
-% time, we might be inside a group, and then its definitions would get
-% undone and the next image would fail.
-\openin 1 = epsf.tex
-\ifeof 1 \else
- % Do not bother showing banner with epsf.tex v2.7k (available in
- % doc/epsf.tex and on ctan).
- \def\epsfannounce{\toks0 = }%
- \input epsf.tex
-\fi
-\closein 1
-%
-% We will only complain once about lack of epsf.tex.
-\newif\ifwarnednoepsf
-\newhelp\noepsfhelp{epsf.tex must be installed for images to
- work. It is also included in the Texinfo distribution, or you can get
- it from ftp://tug.org/tex/epsf.tex.}
-%
-\def\image#1{%
- \ifx\epsfbox\undefined
- \ifwarnednoepsf \else
- \errhelp = \noepsfhelp
- \errmessage{epsf.tex not found, images will be ignored}%
- \global\warnednoepsftrue
- \fi
- \else
- \imagexxx #1,,,,,\finish
- \fi
-}
-%
-% Arguments to @image:
-% #1 is (mandatory) image filename; we tack on .eps extension.
-% #2 is (optional) width, #3 is (optional) height.
-% #4 is (ignored optional) html alt text.
-% #5 is (ignored optional) extension.
-% #6 is just the usual extra ignored arg for parsing this stuff.
-\newif\ifimagevmode
-\def\imagexxx#1,#2,#3,#4,#5,#6\finish{\begingroup
- \catcode`\^^M = 5 % in case we're inside an example
- \normalturnoffactive % allow _ et al. in names
- % If the image is by itself, center it.
- \ifvmode
- \imagevmodetrue
- \nobreak\bigskip
- % Usually we'll have text after the image which will insert
- % \parskip glue, so insert it here too to equalize the space
- % above and below.
- \nobreak\vskip\parskip
- \nobreak
- \line\bgroup\hss
- \fi
- %
- % Output the image.
- \ifpdf
- \dopdfimage{#1}{#2}{#3}%
- \else
- % \epsfbox itself resets \epsf?size at each figure.
- \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfxsize=#2\relax \fi
- \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfysize=#3\relax \fi
- \epsfbox{#1.eps}%
- \fi
- %
- \ifimagevmode \hss \egroup \bigbreak \fi % space after the image
-\endgroup}
-
-
-% @float FLOATTYPE,LABEL,LOC ... @end float for displayed figures, tables,
-% etc. We don't actually implement floating yet, we always include the
-% float "here". But it seemed the best name for the future.
-%
-\envparseargdef\float{\eatcommaspace\eatcommaspace\dofloat#1, , ,\finish}
-
-% There may be a space before second and/or third parameter; delete it.
-\def\eatcommaspace#1, {#1,}
-
-% #1 is the optional FLOATTYPE, the text label for this float, typically
-% "Figure", "Table", "Example", etc. Can't contain commas. If omitted,
-% this float will not be numbered and cannot be referred to.
-%
-% #2 is the optional xref label. Also must be present for the float to
-% be referable.
-%
-% #3 is the optional positioning argument; for now, it is ignored. It
-% will somehow specify the positions allowed to float to (here, top, bottom).
-%
-% We keep a separate counter for each FLOATTYPE, which we reset at each
-% chapter-level command.
-\let\resetallfloatnos=\empty
-%
-\def\dofloat#1,#2,#3,#4\finish{%
- \let\thiscaption=\empty
- \let\thisshortcaption=\empty
- %
- % don't lose footnotes inside @float.
- %
- % BEWARE: when the floats start float, we have to issue warning whenever an
- % insert appears inside a float which could possibly float. --kasal, 26may04
- %
- \startsavinginserts
- %
- % We can't be used inside a paragraph.
- \par
- %
- \vtop\bgroup
- \def\floattype{#1}%
- \def\floatlabel{#2}%
- \def\floatloc{#3}% we do nothing with this yet.
- %
- \ifx\floattype\empty
- \let\safefloattype=\empty
- \else
- {%
- % the floattype might have accents or other special characters,
- % but we need to use it in a control sequence name.
- \indexnofonts
- \turnoffactive
- \xdef\safefloattype{\floattype}%
- }%
- \fi
- %
- % If label is given but no type, we handle that as the empty type.
- \ifx\floatlabel\empty \else
- % We want each FLOATTYPE to be numbered separately (Figure 1,
- % Table 1, Figure 2, ...). (And if no label, no number.)
- %
- \expandafter\getfloatno\csname\safefloattype floatno\endcsname
- \global\advance\floatno by 1
- %
- {%
- % This magic value for \thissection is output by \setref as the
- % XREFLABEL-title value. \xrefX uses it to distinguish float
- % labels (which have a completely different output format) from
- % node and anchor labels. And \xrdef uses it to construct the
- % lists of floats.
- %
- \edef\thissection{\floatmagic=\safefloattype}%
- \setref{\floatlabel}{Yfloat}%
- }%
- \fi
- %
- % start with \parskip glue, I guess.
- \vskip\parskip
- %
- % Don't suppress indentation if a float happens to start a section.
- \restorefirstparagraphindent
-}
-
-% we have these possibilities:
-% @float Foo,lbl & @caption{Cap}: Foo 1.1: Cap
-% @float Foo,lbl & no caption: Foo 1.1
-% @float Foo & @caption{Cap}: Foo: Cap
-% @float Foo & no caption: Foo
-% @float ,lbl & Caption{Cap}: 1.1: Cap
-% @float ,lbl & no caption: 1.1
-% @float & @caption{Cap}: Cap
-% @float & no caption:
-%
-\def\Efloat{%
- \let\floatident = \empty
- %
- % In all cases, if we have a float type, it comes first.
- \ifx\floattype\empty \else \def\floatident{\floattype}\fi
- %
- % If we have an xref label, the number comes next.
- \ifx\floatlabel\empty \else
- \ifx\floattype\empty \else % if also had float type, need tie first.
- \appendtomacro\floatident{\tie}%
- \fi
- % the number.
- \appendtomacro\floatident{\chaplevelprefix\the\floatno}%
- \fi
- %
- % Start the printed caption with what we've constructed in
- % \floatident, but keep it separate; we need \floatident again.
- \let\captionline = \floatident
- %
- \ifx\thiscaption\empty \else
- \ifx\floatident\empty \else
- \appendtomacro\captionline{: }% had ident, so need a colon between
- \fi
- %
- % caption text.
- \appendtomacro\captionline{\scanexp\thiscaption}%
- \fi
- %
- % If we have anything to print, print it, with space before.
- % Eventually this needs to become an \insert.
- \ifx\captionline\empty \else
- \vskip.5\parskip
- \captionline
- %
- % Space below caption.
- \vskip\parskip
- \fi
- %
- % If have an xref label, write the list of floats info. Do this
- % after the caption, to avoid chance of it being a breakpoint.
- \ifx\floatlabel\empty \else
- % Write the text that goes in the lof to the aux file as
- % \floatlabel-lof. Besides \floatident, we include the short
- % caption if specified, else the full caption if specified, else nothing.
- {%
- \atdummies \turnoffactive \otherbackslash
- % since we read the caption text in the macro world, where ^^M
- % is turned into a normal character, we have to scan it back, so
- % we don't write the literal three characters "^^M" into the aux file.
- \scanexp{%
- \xdef\noexpand\gtemp{%
- \ifx\thisshortcaption\empty
- \thiscaption
- \else
- \thisshortcaption
- \fi
- }%
- }%
- \immediate\write\auxfile{@xrdef{\floatlabel-lof}{\floatident
- \ifx\gtemp\empty \else : \gtemp \fi}}%
- }%
- \fi
- \egroup % end of \vtop
- %
- % place the captured inserts
- %
- % BEWARE: when the floats start float, we have to issue warning whenever an
- % insert appears inside a float which could possibly float. --kasal, 26may04
- %
- \checkinserts
-}
-
-% Append the tokens #2 to the definition of macro #1, not expanding either.
-%
-\def\appendtomacro#1#2{%
- \expandafter\def\expandafter#1\expandafter{#1#2}%
-}
-
-% @caption, @shortcaption
-%
-\def\caption{\docaption\thiscaption}
-\def\shortcaption{\docaption\thisshortcaption}
-\def\docaption{\checkenv\float \bgroup\scanargctxt\defcaption}
-\def\defcaption#1#2{\egroup \def#1{#2}}
-
-% The parameter is the control sequence identifying the counter we are
-% going to use. Create it if it doesn't exist and assign it to \floatno.
-\def\getfloatno#1{%
- \ifx#1\relax
- % Haven't seen this figure type before.
- \csname newcount\endcsname #1%
- %
- % Remember to reset this floatno at the next chap.
- \expandafter\gdef\expandafter\resetallfloatnos
- \expandafter{\resetallfloatnos #1=0 }%
- \fi
- \let\floatno#1%
-}
-
-% \setref calls this to get the XREFLABEL-snt value. We want an @xref
-% to the FLOATLABEL to expand to "Figure 3.1". We call \setref when we
-% first read the @float command.
-%
-\def\Yfloat{\floattype@tie \chaplevelprefix\the\floatno}%
-
-% Magic string used for the XREFLABEL-title value, so \xrefX can
-% distinguish floats from other xref types.
-\def\floatmagic{!!float!!}
-
-% #1 is the control sequence we are passed; we expand into a conditional
-% which is true if #1 represents a float ref. That is, the magic
-% \thissection value which we \setref above.
-%
-\def\iffloat#1{\expandafter\doiffloat#1==\finish}
-%
-% #1 is (maybe) the \floatmagic string. If so, #2 will be the
-% (safe) float type for this float. We set \iffloattype to #2.
-%
-\def\doiffloat#1=#2=#3\finish{%
- \def\temp{#1}%
- \def\iffloattype{#2}%
- \ifx\temp\floatmagic
-}
-
-% @listoffloats FLOATTYPE - print a list of floats like a table of contents.
-%
-\parseargdef\listoffloats{%
- \def\floattype{#1}% floattype
- {%
- % the floattype might have accents or other special characters,
- % but we need to use it in a control sequence name.
- \indexnofonts
- \turnoffactive
- \xdef\safefloattype{\floattype}%
- }%
- %
- % \xrdef saves the floats as a \do-list in \floatlistSAFEFLOATTYPE.
- \expandafter\ifx\csname floatlist\safefloattype\endcsname \relax
- \ifhavexrefs
- % if the user said @listoffloats foo but never @float foo.
- \message{\linenumber No `\safefloattype' floats to list.}%
- \fi
- \else
- \begingroup
- \leftskip=\tocindent % indent these entries like a toc
- \let\do=\listoffloatsdo
- \csname floatlist\safefloattype\endcsname
- \endgroup
- \fi
-}
-
-% This is called on each entry in a list of floats. We're passed the
-% xref label, in the form LABEL-title, which is how we save it in the
-% aux file. We strip off the -title and look up \XRLABEL-lof, which
-% has the text we're supposed to typeset here.
-%
-% Figures without xref labels will not be included in the list (since
-% they won't appear in the aux file).
-%
-\def\listoffloatsdo#1{\listoffloatsdoentry#1\finish}
-\def\listoffloatsdoentry#1-title\finish{{%
- % Can't fully expand XR#1-lof because it can contain anything. Just
- % pass the control sequence. On the other hand, XR#1-pg is just the
- % page number, and we want to fully expand that so we can get a link
- % in pdf output.
- \toksA = \expandafter{\csname XR#1-lof\endcsname}%
- %
- % use the same \entry macro we use to generate the TOC and index.
- \edef\writeentry{\noexpand\entry{\the\toksA}{\csname XR#1-pg\endcsname}}%
- \writeentry
-}}
-
-\message{localization,}
-% and i18n.
-
-% @documentlanguage is usually given very early, just after
-% @setfilename. If done too late, it may not override everything
-% properly. Single argument is the language abbreviation.
-% It would be nice if we could set up a hyphenation file here.
-%
-\parseargdef\documentlanguage{%
- \tex % read txi-??.tex file in plain TeX.
- % Read the file if it exists.
- \openin 1 txi-#1.tex
- \ifeof 1
- \errhelp = \nolanghelp
- \errmessage{Cannot read language file txi-#1.tex}%
- \else
- \input txi-#1.tex
- \fi
- \closein 1
- \endgroup
-}
-\newhelp\nolanghelp{The given language definition file cannot be found or
-is empty. Maybe you need to install it? In the current directory
-should work if nowhere else does.}
-
-
-% @documentencoding should change something in TeX eventually, most
-% likely, but for now just recognize it.
-\let\documentencoding = \comment
-
-
-% Page size parameters.
-%
-\newdimen\defaultparindent \defaultparindent = 15pt
-
-\chapheadingskip = 15pt plus 4pt minus 2pt
-\secheadingskip = 12pt plus 3pt minus 2pt
-\subsecheadingskip = 9pt plus 2pt minus 2pt
-
-% Prevent underfull vbox error messages.
-\vbadness = 10000
-
-% Don't be so finicky about underfull hboxes, either.
-\hbadness = 2000
-
-% Following George Bush, just get rid of widows and orphans.
-\widowpenalty=10000
-\clubpenalty=10000
-
-% Use TeX 3.0's \emergencystretch to help line breaking, but if we're
-% using an old version of TeX, don't do anything. We want the amount of
-% stretch added to depend on the line length, hence the dependence on
-% \hsize. We call this whenever the paper size is set.
-%
-\def\setemergencystretch{%
- \ifx\emergencystretch\thisisundefined
- % Allow us to assign to \emergencystretch anyway.
- \def\emergencystretch{\dimen0}%
- \else
- \emergencystretch = .15\hsize
- \fi
-}
-
-% Parameters in order: 1) textheight; 2) textwidth; 3) voffset;
-% 4) hoffset; 5) binding offset; 6) topskip; 7) physical page height; 8)
-% physical page width.
-%
-% We also call \setleading{\textleading}, so the caller should define
-% \textleading. The caller should also set \parskip.
-%
-\def\internalpagesizes#1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8{%
- \voffset = #3\relax
- \topskip = #6\relax
- \splittopskip = \topskip
- %
- \vsize = #1\relax
- \advance\vsize by \topskip
- \outervsize = \vsize
- \advance\outervsize by 2\topandbottommargin
- \pageheight = \vsize
- %
- \hsize = #2\relax
- \outerhsize = \hsize
- \advance\outerhsize by 0.5in
- \pagewidth = \hsize
- %
- \normaloffset = #4\relax
- \bindingoffset = #5\relax
- %
- \ifpdf
- \pdfpageheight #7\relax
- \pdfpagewidth #8\relax
- \fi
- %
- \setleading{\textleading}
- %
- \parindent = \defaultparindent
- \setemergencystretch
-}
-
-% @letterpaper (the default).
-\def\letterpaper{{\globaldefs = 1
- \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt
- \textleading = 13.2pt
- %
- % If page is nothing but text, make it come out even.
- \internalpagesizes{46\baselineskip}{6in}%
- {\voffset}{.25in}%
- {\bindingoffset}{36pt}%
- {11in}{8.5in}%
-}}
-
-% Use @smallbook to reset parameters for 7x9.5 (or so) format.
-\def\smallbook{{\globaldefs = 1
- \parskip = 2pt plus 1pt
- \textleading = 12pt
- %
- \internalpagesizes{7.5in}{5in}%
- {\voffset}{.25in}%
- {\bindingoffset}{16pt}%
- {9.25in}{7in}%
- %
- \lispnarrowing = 0.3in
- \tolerance = 700
- \hfuzz = 1pt
- \contentsrightmargin = 0pt
- \defbodyindent = .5cm
-}}
-
-% Use @afourpaper to print on European A4 paper.
-\def\afourpaper{{\globaldefs = 1
- \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt
- \textleading = 13.2pt
- %
- % Double-side printing via postscript on Laserjet 4050
- % prints double-sided nicely when \bindingoffset=10mm and \hoffset=-6mm.
- % To change the settings for a different printer or situation, adjust
- % \normaloffset until the front-side and back-side texts align. Then
- % do the same for \bindingoffset. You can set these for testing in
- % your texinfo source file like this:
- % @tex
- % \global\normaloffset = -6mm
- % \global\bindingoffset = 10mm
- % @end tex
- \internalpagesizes{51\baselineskip}{160mm}
- {\voffset}{\hoffset}%
- {\bindingoffset}{44pt}%
- {297mm}{210mm}%
- %
- \tolerance = 700
- \hfuzz = 1pt
- \contentsrightmargin = 0pt
- \defbodyindent = 5mm
-}}
-
-% Use @afivepaper to print on European A5 paper.
-% From romildo@urano.iceb.ufop.br, 2 July 2000.
-% He also recommends making @example and @lisp be small.
-\def\afivepaper{{\globaldefs = 1
- \parskip = 2pt plus 1pt minus 0.1pt
- \textleading = 12.5pt
- %
- \internalpagesizes{160mm}{120mm}%
- {\voffset}{\hoffset}%
- {\bindingoffset}{8pt}%
- {210mm}{148mm}%
- %
- \lispnarrowing = 0.2in
- \tolerance = 800
- \hfuzz = 1.2pt
- \contentsrightmargin = 0pt
- \defbodyindent = 2mm
- \tableindent = 12mm
-}}
-
-% A specific text layout, 24x15cm overall, intended for A4 paper.
-\def\afourlatex{{\globaldefs = 1
- \afourpaper
- \internalpagesizes{237mm}{150mm}%
- {\voffset}{4.6mm}%
- {\bindingoffset}{7mm}%
- {297mm}{210mm}%
- %
- % Must explicitly reset to 0 because we call \afourpaper.
- \globaldefs = 0
-}}
-
-% Use @afourwide to print on A4 paper in landscape format.
-\def\afourwide{{\globaldefs = 1
- \afourpaper
- \internalpagesizes{241mm}{165mm}%
- {\voffset}{-2.95mm}%
- {\bindingoffset}{7mm}%
- {297mm}{210mm}%
- \globaldefs = 0
-}}
-
-% @pagesizes TEXTHEIGHT[,TEXTWIDTH]
-% Perhaps we should allow setting the margins, \topskip, \parskip,
-% and/or leading, also. Or perhaps we should compute them somehow.
-%
-\parseargdef\pagesizes{\pagesizesyyy #1,,\finish}
-\def\pagesizesyyy#1,#2,#3\finish{{%
- \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \hsize=#2\relax \fi
- \globaldefs = 1
- %
- \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt
- \setleading{\textleading}%
- %
- \dimen0 = #1
- \advance\dimen0 by \voffset
- %
- \dimen2 = \hsize
- \advance\dimen2 by \normaloffset
- %
- \internalpagesizes{#1}{\hsize}%
- {\voffset}{\normaloffset}%
- {\bindingoffset}{44pt}%
- {\dimen0}{\dimen2}%
-}}
-
-% Set default to letter.
-%
-\letterpaper
-
-
-\message{and turning on texinfo input format.}
-
-% Define macros to output various characters with catcode for normal text.
-\catcode`\"=\other
-\catcode`\~=\other
-\catcode`\^=\other
-\catcode`\_=\other
-\catcode`\|=\other
-\catcode`\<=\other
-\catcode`\>=\other
-\catcode`\+=\other
-\catcode`\$=\other
-\def\normaldoublequote{"}
-\def\normaltilde{~}
-\def\normalcaret{^}
-\def\normalunderscore{_}
-\def\normalverticalbar{|}
-\def\normalless{<}
-\def\normalgreater{>}
-\def\normalplus{+}
-\def\normaldollar{$}%$ font-lock fix
-
-% This macro is used to make a character print one way in \tt
-% (where it can probably be output as-is), and another way in other fonts,
-% where something hairier probably needs to be done.
-%
-% #1 is what to print if we are indeed using \tt; #2 is what to print
-% otherwise. Since all the Computer Modern typewriter fonts have zero
-% interword stretch (and shrink), and it is reasonable to expect all
-% typewriter fonts to have this, we can check that font parameter.
-%
-\def\ifusingtt#1#2{\ifdim \fontdimen3\font=0pt #1\else #2\fi}
-
-% Same as above, but check for italic font. Actually this also catches
-% non-italic slanted fonts since it is impossible to distinguish them from
-% italic fonts. But since this is only used by $ and it uses \sl anyway
-% this is not a problem.
-\def\ifusingit#1#2{\ifdim \fontdimen1\font>0pt #1\else #2\fi}
-
-% Turn off all special characters except @
-% (and those which the user can use as if they were ordinary).
-% Most of these we simply print from the \tt font, but for some, we can
-% use math or other variants that look better in normal text.
-
-\catcode`\"=\active
-\def\activedoublequote{{\tt\char34}}
-\let"=\activedoublequote
-\catcode`\~=\active
-\def~{{\tt\char126}}
-\chardef\hat=`\^
-\catcode`\^=\active
-\def^{{\tt \hat}}
-
-\catcode`\_=\active
-\def_{\ifusingtt\normalunderscore\_}
-% Subroutine for the previous macro.
-\def\_{\leavevmode \kern.07em \vbox{\hrule width.3em height.1ex}\kern .07em }
-
-\catcode`\|=\active
-\def|{{\tt\char124}}
-\chardef \less=`\<
-\catcode`\<=\active
-\def<{{\tt \less}}
-\chardef \gtr=`\>
-\catcode`\>=\active
-\def>{{\tt \gtr}}
-\catcode`\+=\active
-\def+{{\tt \char 43}}
-\catcode`\$=\active
-\def${\ifusingit{{\sl\$}}\normaldollar}%$ font-lock fix
-
-% If a .fmt file is being used, characters that might appear in a file
-% name cannot be active until we have parsed the command line.
-% So turn them off again, and have \everyjob (or @setfilename) turn them on.
-% \otherifyactive is called near the end of this file.
-\def\otherifyactive{\catcode`+=\other \catcode`\_=\other}
-
-\catcode`\@=0
-
-% \backslashcurfont outputs one backslash character in current font,
-% as in \char`\\.
-\global\chardef\backslashcurfont=`\\
-\global\let\rawbackslashxx=\backslashcurfont % let existing .??s files work
-
-% \rawbackslash defines an active \ to do \backslashcurfont.
-% \otherbackslash defines an active \ to be a literal `\' character with
-% catcode other.
-{\catcode`\\=\active
- @gdef@rawbackslash{@let\=@backslashcurfont}
- @gdef@otherbackslash{@let\=@realbackslash}
-}
-
-% \realbackslash is an actual character `\' with catcode other.
-{\catcode`\\=\other @gdef@realbackslash{\}}
-
-% \normalbackslash outputs one backslash in fixed width font.
-\def\normalbackslash{{\tt\backslashcurfont}}
-
-\catcode`\\=\active
-
-% Used sometimes to turn off (effectively) the active characters
-% even after parsing them.
-@def@turnoffactive{%
- @let"=@normaldoublequote
- @let\=@realbackslash
- @let~=@normaltilde
- @let^=@normalcaret
- @let_=@normalunderscore
- @let|=@normalverticalbar
- @let<=@normalless
- @let>=@normalgreater
- @let+=@normalplus
- @let$=@normaldollar %$ font-lock fix
- @unsepspaces
-}
-
-% Same as @turnoffactive except outputs \ as {\tt\char`\\} instead of
-% the literal character `\'. (Thus, \ is not expandable when this is in
-% effect.)
-%
-@def@normalturnoffactive{@turnoffactive @let\=@normalbackslash}
-
-% Make _ and + \other characters, temporarily.
-% This is canceled by @fixbackslash.
-@otherifyactive
-
-% If a .fmt file is being used, we don't want the `\input texinfo' to show up.
-% That is what \eatinput is for; after that, the `\' should revert to printing
-% a backslash.
-%
-@gdef@eatinput input texinfo{@fixbackslash}
-@global@let\ = @eatinput
-
-% On the other hand, perhaps the file did not have a `\input texinfo'. Then
-% the first `\{ in the file would cause an error. This macro tries to fix
-% that, assuming it is called before the first `\' could plausibly occur.
-% Also back turn on active characters that might appear in the input
-% file name, in case not using a pre-dumped format.
-%
-@gdef@fixbackslash{%
- @ifx\@eatinput @let\ = @normalbackslash @fi
- @catcode`+=@active
- @catcode`@_=@active
-}
-
-% Say @foo, not \foo, in error messages.
-@escapechar = `@@
-
-% These look ok in all fonts, so just make them not special.
-@catcode`@& = @other
-@catcode`@# = @other
-@catcode`@% = @other
-
-
-@c Local variables:
-@c eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
-@c page-delimiter: "^\\\\message"
-@c time-stamp-start: "def\\\\texinfoversion{"
-@c time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
-@c time-stamp-end: "}"
-@c End:
-
-@c vim:sw=2:
-
-@ignore
- arch-tag: e1b36e32-c96e-4135-a41a-0b2efa2ea115
-@end ignore
+++ /dev/null
-@set VERSION 1.10
Turn globbing on/off---the same as @samp{--glob} and @samp{--no-glob}.
@item header = @var{string}
-Define a header for HTTP doewnloads, like using
+Define a header for HTTP downloads, like using
@samp{--header=@var{string}}.
@item html_extension = on/off
* Distribution:: Getting the latest version.
* Web Site:: GNU Wget's presence on the World Wide Web.
* Mailing List:: Wget mailing list for announcements and discussion.
+* Internet Relay Chat:: Wget's presence on IRC.
* Reporting Bugs:: How and where to report bugs.
* Portability:: The systems Wget works on.
* Signals:: Signal-handling performed by Wget.
Another mailing list is at @email{wget-patches@@sunsite.dk}, and is
used to submit patches for review by Wget developers. A ``patch'' is
a textual representation of change to source code, readable by both
-humans and programs. The file @file{PATCHES} that comes with Wget
+humans and programs. The
+@url{http://wget.addictivecode.org/PatchGuidelines} page
covers the creation and submitting of patches in detail. Please don't
send general suggestions or bug reports to @samp{wget-patches}; use it
only for patch submissions.
Subscription is through the @code{mailman} interface at
@url{http://addictivecode.org/mailman/listinfo/wget-notify}.
+@node Internet Relay Chat
+@section Internet Relay Chat
+@cindex Internet Relay Chat
+@cindex IRC
+@cindex #wget
+
+While, at the time of this writing, there is very low activity, we do
+have a support channel set up via IRC at @code{irc.freenode.org},
+@code{#wget}. Come check it out!
+
@node Reporting Bugs
@section Reporting Bugs
@cindex bugs
Gisle Vanem---Many helpful patches and improvements, especially for
Windows and MS-DOS support.
+@item
+Ralf Wildenhues---Contributed patches to convert Wget to use Automake as
+part of its build process, and various bugfixes.
+
@item
People who provided donations for development---including Brian Gough.
@end itemize
--- /dev/null
+## DO NOT EDIT! GENERATED AUTOMATICALLY!
+## Process this file with automake to produce Makefile.in.
+# Copyright (C) 2004-2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
+# General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General
+# Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
+# that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
+# the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
+#
+# Generated by gnulib-tool.
+# Reproduce by: gnulib-tool --import --dir=. --lib=libgnu --source-base=lib --m4-base=m4 --doc-base=doc --aux-dir=. --no-libtool --macro-prefix=gl c-ctype crypto/md5 getopt maintainer-makefile md5
+
+AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = 1.5 gnits
+
+noinst_HEADERS =
+noinst_LIBRARIES =
+noinst_LTLIBRARIES =
+EXTRA_DIST =
+BUILT_SOURCES =
+SUFFIXES =
+MOSTLYCLEANFILES = core *.stackdump
+MOSTLYCLEANDIRS =
+CLEANFILES =
+DISTCLEANFILES =
+MAINTAINERCLEANFILES =
+
+AM_CPPFLAGS =
+
+noinst_LIBRARIES += libgnu.a
+
+libgnu_a_SOURCES =
+libgnu_a_LIBADD = $(gl_LIBOBJS)
+libgnu_a_DEPENDENCIES = $(gl_LIBOBJS)
+EXTRA_libgnu_a_SOURCES =
+
+## begin gnulib module c-ctype
+
+libgnu_a_SOURCES += c-ctype.h c-ctype.c
+
+## end gnulib module c-ctype
+
+## begin gnulib module crypto/md5
+
+
+EXTRA_DIST += md5.c md5.h
+
+EXTRA_libgnu_a_SOURCES += md5.c
+
+## end gnulib module crypto/md5
+
+## begin gnulib module getopt
+
+BUILT_SOURCES += $(GETOPT_H)
+
+# We need the following in order to create <getopt.h> when the system
+# doesn't have one that works with the given compiler.
+getopt.h: getopt.in.h
+ { echo '/* DO NOT EDIT! GENERATED AUTOMATICALLY! */'; \
+ cat $(srcdir)/getopt.in.h; \
+ } > $@-t
+ mv -f $@-t $@
+MOSTLYCLEANFILES += getopt.h getopt.h-t
+
+EXTRA_DIST += getopt.c getopt.in.h getopt1.c getopt_int.h
+
+EXTRA_libgnu_a_SOURCES += getopt.c getopt1.c
+
+## end gnulib module getopt
+
+## begin gnulib module gettext-h
+
+libgnu_a_SOURCES += gettext.h
+
+## end gnulib module gettext-h
+
+## begin gnulib module link-warning
+
+LINK_WARNING_H=$(top_srcdir)/./link-warning.h
+
+EXTRA_DIST += $(top_srcdir)/./link-warning.h
+
+## end gnulib module link-warning
+
+## begin gnulib module maintainer-makefile
+
+EXTRA_DIST += $(top_srcdir)/./GNUmakefile $(top_srcdir)/./maint.mk
+
+## end gnulib module maintainer-makefile
+
+## begin gnulib module stdbool
+
+BUILT_SOURCES += $(STDBOOL_H)
+
+# We need the following in order to create <stdbool.h> when the system
+# doesn't have one that works.
+stdbool.h: stdbool.in.h
+ rm -f $@-t $@
+ { echo '/* DO NOT EDIT! GENERATED AUTOMATICALLY! */'; \
+ sed -e 's/@''HAVE__BOOL''@/$(HAVE__BOOL)/g' < $(srcdir)/stdbool.in.h; \
+ } > $@-t
+ mv $@-t $@
+MOSTLYCLEANFILES += stdbool.h stdbool.h-t
+
+EXTRA_DIST += stdbool.in.h
+
+## end gnulib module stdbool
+
+## begin gnulib module stdint
+
+BUILT_SOURCES += $(STDINT_H)
+
+# We need the following in order to create <stdint.h> when the system
+# doesn't have one that works with the given compiler.
+stdint.h: stdint.in.h
+ rm -f $@-t $@
+ { echo '/* DO NOT EDIT! GENERATED AUTOMATICALLY! */'; \
+ sed -e 's/@''HAVE_STDINT_H''@/$(HAVE_STDINT_H)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''INCLUDE_NEXT''@/$(INCLUDE_NEXT)/g' \
+ -e 's|@''NEXT_STDINT_H''@|$(NEXT_STDINT_H)|g' \
+ -e 's/@''HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H''@/$(HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''HAVE_INTTYPES_H''@/$(HAVE_INTTYPES_H)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''HAVE_SYS_INTTYPES_H''@/$(HAVE_SYS_INTTYPES_H)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''HAVE_SYS_BITYPES_H''@/$(HAVE_SYS_BITYPES_H)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT''@/$(HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''HAVE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG_INT''@/$(HAVE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG_INT)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''BITSIZEOF_PTRDIFF_T''@/$(BITSIZEOF_PTRDIFF_T)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''PTRDIFF_T_SUFFIX''@/$(PTRDIFF_T_SUFFIX)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''BITSIZEOF_SIG_ATOMIC_T''@/$(BITSIZEOF_SIG_ATOMIC_T)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''HAVE_SIGNED_SIG_ATOMIC_T''@/$(HAVE_SIGNED_SIG_ATOMIC_T)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''SIG_ATOMIC_T_SUFFIX''@/$(SIG_ATOMIC_T_SUFFIX)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''BITSIZEOF_SIZE_T''@/$(BITSIZEOF_SIZE_T)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''SIZE_T_SUFFIX''@/$(SIZE_T_SUFFIX)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''BITSIZEOF_WCHAR_T''@/$(BITSIZEOF_WCHAR_T)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''HAVE_SIGNED_WCHAR_T''@/$(HAVE_SIGNED_WCHAR_T)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''WCHAR_T_SUFFIX''@/$(WCHAR_T_SUFFIX)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''BITSIZEOF_WINT_T''@/$(BITSIZEOF_WINT_T)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''HAVE_SIGNED_WINT_T''@/$(HAVE_SIGNED_WINT_T)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''WINT_T_SUFFIX''@/$(WINT_T_SUFFIX)/g' \
+ < $(srcdir)/stdint.in.h; \
+ } > $@-t
+ mv $@-t $@
+MOSTLYCLEANFILES += stdint.h stdint.h-t
+
+EXTRA_DIST += stdint.in.h
+
+## end gnulib module stdint
+
+## begin gnulib module unistd
+
+BUILT_SOURCES += unistd.h
+
+# We need the following in order to create an empty placeholder for
+# <unistd.h> when the system doesn't have one.
+unistd.h: unistd.in.h
+ rm -f $@-t $@
+ { echo '/* DO NOT EDIT! GENERATED AUTOMATICALLY! */'; \
+ sed -e 's|@''HAVE_UNISTD_H''@|$(HAVE_UNISTD_H)|g' \
+ -e 's/@''INCLUDE_NEXT''@/$(INCLUDE_NEXT)/g' \
+ -e 's|@''NEXT_UNISTD_H''@|$(NEXT_UNISTD_H)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''GNULIB_CHOWN''@|$(GNULIB_CHOWN)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''GNULIB_DUP2''@|$(GNULIB_DUP2)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''GNULIB_FCHDIR''@|$(GNULIB_FCHDIR)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''GNULIB_FTRUNCATE''@|$(GNULIB_FTRUNCATE)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''GNULIB_GETCWD''@|$(GNULIB_GETCWD)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''GNULIB_GETLOGIN_R''@|$(GNULIB_GETLOGIN_R)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''GNULIB_LCHOWN''@|$(GNULIB_LCHOWN)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''GNULIB_LSEEK''@|$(GNULIB_LSEEK)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''GNULIB_READLINK''@|$(GNULIB_READLINK)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''GNULIB_SLEEP''@|$(GNULIB_SLEEP)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''HAVE_DUP2''@|$(HAVE_DUP2)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''HAVE_FTRUNCATE''@|$(HAVE_FTRUNCATE)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''HAVE_READLINK''@|$(HAVE_READLINK)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''HAVE_SLEEP''@|$(HAVE_SLEEP)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_GETLOGIN_R''@|$(HAVE_DECL_GETLOGIN_R)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''REPLACE_CHOWN''@|$(REPLACE_CHOWN)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''REPLACE_FCHDIR''@|$(REPLACE_FCHDIR)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''REPLACE_GETCWD''@|$(REPLACE_GETCWD)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''REPLACE_LCHOWN''@|$(REPLACE_LCHOWN)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''REPLACE_LSEEK''@|$(REPLACE_LSEEK)|g' \
+ < $(srcdir)/unistd.in.h; \
+ } > $@-t
+ mv $@-t $@
+MOSTLYCLEANFILES += unistd.h unistd.h-t
+
+EXTRA_DIST += unistd.in.h
+
+## end gnulib module unistd
+
+## begin gnulib module wchar
+
+BUILT_SOURCES += $(WCHAR_H)
+
+# We need the following in order to create <wchar.h> when the system
+# version does not work standalone.
+wchar.h: wchar.in.h
+ rm -f $@-t $@
+ { echo '/* DO NOT EDIT! GENERATED AUTOMATICALLY! */'; \
+ sed -e 's/@''INCLUDE_NEXT''@/$(INCLUDE_NEXT)/g' \
+ -e 's|@''NEXT_WCHAR_H''@|$(NEXT_WCHAR_H)|g' \
+ -e 's/@''HAVE_WCHAR_H''@/$(HAVE_WCHAR_H)/g' \
+ -e 's|@''GNULIB_WCWIDTH''@|$(GNULIB_WCWIDTH)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_WCWIDTH''@|$(HAVE_DECL_WCWIDTH)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''REPLACE_WCWIDTH''@|$(REPLACE_WCWIDTH)|g' \
+ -e '/definition of GL_LINK_WARNING/r $(LINK_WARNING_H)' \
+ < $(srcdir)/wchar.in.h; \
+ } > $@-t
+ mv $@-t $@
+MOSTLYCLEANFILES += wchar.h wchar.h-t
+
+EXTRA_DIST += wchar.in.h
+
+## end gnulib module wchar
+
+
+mostlyclean-local: mostlyclean-generic
+ @for dir in '' $(MOSTLYCLEANDIRS); do \
+ if test -n "$$dir" && test -d $$dir; then \
+ echo "rmdir $$dir"; rmdir $$dir; \
+ fi; \
+ done; \
+ :
--- /dev/null
+/* Character handling in C locale.
+
+ Copyright 2000-2003, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification. */
+#define NO_C_CTYPE_MACROS
+#include "c-ctype.h"
+
+/* The function isascii is not locale dependent. Its use in EBCDIC is
+ questionable. */
+bool
+c_isascii (int c)
+{
+ return (c >= 0x00 && c <= 0x7f);
+}
+
+bool
+c_isalnum (int c)
+{
+#if C_CTYPE_CONSECUTIVE_DIGITS \
+ && C_CTYPE_CONSECUTIVE_UPPERCASE && C_CTYPE_CONSECUTIVE_LOWERCASE
+#if C_CTYPE_ASCII
+ return ((c >= '0' && c <= '9')
+ || ((c & ~0x20) >= 'A' && (c & ~0x20) <= 'Z'));
+#else
+ return ((c >= '0' && c <= '9')
+ || (c >= 'A' && c <= 'Z')
+ || (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z'));
+#endif
+#else
+ switch (c)
+ {
+ case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4': case '5':
+ case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9':
+ case 'A': case 'B': case 'C': case 'D': case 'E': case 'F':
+ case 'G': case 'H': case 'I': case 'J': case 'K': case 'L':
+ case 'M': case 'N': case 'O': case 'P': case 'Q': case 'R':
+ case 'S': case 'T': case 'U': case 'V': case 'W': case 'X':
+ case 'Y': case 'Z':
+ case 'a': case 'b': case 'c': case 'd': case 'e': case 'f':
+ case 'g': case 'h': case 'i': case 'j': case 'k': case 'l':
+ case 'm': case 'n': case 'o': case 'p': case 'q': case 'r':
+ case 's': case 't': case 'u': case 'v': case 'w': case 'x':
+ case 'y': case 'z':
+ return 1;
+ default:
+ return 0;
+ }
+#endif
+}
+
+bool
+c_isalpha (int c)
+{
+#if C_CTYPE_CONSECUTIVE_UPPERCASE && C_CTYPE_CONSECUTIVE_LOWERCASE
+#if C_CTYPE_ASCII
+ return ((c & ~0x20) >= 'A' && (c & ~0x20) <= 'Z');
+#else
+ return ((c >= 'A' && c <= 'Z') || (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z'));
+#endif
+#else
+ switch (c)
+ {
+ case 'A': case 'B': case 'C': case 'D': case 'E': case 'F':
+ case 'G': case 'H': case 'I': case 'J': case 'K': case 'L':
+ case 'M': case 'N': case 'O': case 'P': case 'Q': case 'R':
+ case 'S': case 'T': case 'U': case 'V': case 'W': case 'X':
+ case 'Y': case 'Z':
+ case 'a': case 'b': case 'c': case 'd': case 'e': case 'f':
+ case 'g': case 'h': case 'i': case 'j': case 'k': case 'l':
+ case 'm': case 'n': case 'o': case 'p': case 'q': case 'r':
+ case 's': case 't': case 'u': case 'v': case 'w': case 'x':
+ case 'y': case 'z':
+ return 1;
+ default:
+ return 0;
+ }
+#endif
+}
+
+bool
+c_isblank (int c)
+{
+ return (c == ' ' || c == '\t');
+}
+
+bool
+c_iscntrl (int c)
+{
+#if C_CTYPE_ASCII
+ return ((c & ~0x1f) == 0 || c == 0x7f);
+#else
+ switch (c)
+ {
+ case ' ': case '!': case '"': case '#': case '$': case '%':
+ case '&': case '\'': case '(': case ')': case '*': case '+':
+ case ',': case '-': case '.': case '/':
+ case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4': case '5':
+ case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9':
+ case ':': case ';': case '<': case '=': case '>': case '?':
+ case '@':
+ case 'A': case 'B': case 'C': case 'D': case 'E': case 'F':
+ case 'G': case 'H': case 'I': case 'J': case 'K': case 'L':
+ case 'M': case 'N': case 'O': case 'P': case 'Q': case 'R':
+ case 'S': case 'T': case 'U': case 'V': case 'W': case 'X':
+ case 'Y': case 'Z':
+ case '[': case '\\': case ']': case '^': case '_': case '`':
+ case 'a': case 'b': case 'c': case 'd': case 'e': case 'f':
+ case 'g': case 'h': case 'i': case 'j': case 'k': case 'l':
+ case 'm': case 'n': case 'o': case 'p': case 'q': case 'r':
+ case 's': case 't': case 'u': case 'v': case 'w': case 'x':
+ case 'y': case 'z':
+ case '{': case '|': case '}': case '~':
+ return 0;
+ default:
+ return 1;
+ }
+#endif
+}
+
+bool
+c_isdigit (int c)
+{
+#if C_CTYPE_CONSECUTIVE_DIGITS
+ return (c >= '0' && c <= '9');
+#else
+ switch (c)
+ {
+ case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4': case '5':
+ case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9':
+ return 1;
+ default:
+ return 0;
+ }
+#endif
+}
+
+bool
+c_islower (int c)
+{
+#if C_CTYPE_CONSECUTIVE_LOWERCASE
+ return (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z');
+#else
+ switch (c)
+ {
+ case 'a': case 'b': case 'c': case 'd': case 'e': case 'f':
+ case 'g': case 'h': case 'i': case 'j': case 'k': case 'l':
+ case 'm': case 'n': case 'o': case 'p': case 'q': case 'r':
+ case 's': case 't': case 'u': case 'v': case 'w': case 'x':
+ case 'y': case 'z':
+ return 1;
+ default:
+ return 0;
+ }
+#endif
+}
+
+bool
+c_isgraph (int c)
+{
+#if C_CTYPE_ASCII
+ return (c >= '!' && c <= '~');
+#else
+ switch (c)
+ {
+ case '!': case '"': case '#': case '$': case '%': case '&':
+ case '\'': case '(': case ')': case '*': case '+': case ',':
+ case '-': case '.': case '/':
+ case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4': case '5':
+ case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9':
+ case ':': case ';': case '<': case '=': case '>': case '?':
+ case '@':
+ case 'A': case 'B': case 'C': case 'D': case 'E': case 'F':
+ case 'G': case 'H': case 'I': case 'J': case 'K': case 'L':
+ case 'M': case 'N': case 'O': case 'P': case 'Q': case 'R':
+ case 'S': case 'T': case 'U': case 'V': case 'W': case 'X':
+ case 'Y': case 'Z':
+ case '[': case '\\': case ']': case '^': case '_': case '`':
+ case 'a': case 'b': case 'c': case 'd': case 'e': case 'f':
+ case 'g': case 'h': case 'i': case 'j': case 'k': case 'l':
+ case 'm': case 'n': case 'o': case 'p': case 'q': case 'r':
+ case 's': case 't': case 'u': case 'v': case 'w': case 'x':
+ case 'y': case 'z':
+ case '{': case '|': case '}': case '~':
+ return 1;
+ default:
+ return 0;
+ }
+#endif
+}
+
+bool
+c_isprint (int c)
+{
+#if C_CTYPE_ASCII
+ return (c >= ' ' && c <= '~');
+#else
+ switch (c)
+ {
+ case ' ': case '!': case '"': case '#': case '$': case '%':
+ case '&': case '\'': case '(': case ')': case '*': case '+':
+ case ',': case '-': case '.': case '/':
+ case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4': case '5':
+ case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9':
+ case ':': case ';': case '<': case '=': case '>': case '?':
+ case '@':
+ case 'A': case 'B': case 'C': case 'D': case 'E': case 'F':
+ case 'G': case 'H': case 'I': case 'J': case 'K': case 'L':
+ case 'M': case 'N': case 'O': case 'P': case 'Q': case 'R':
+ case 'S': case 'T': case 'U': case 'V': case 'W': case 'X':
+ case 'Y': case 'Z':
+ case '[': case '\\': case ']': case '^': case '_': case '`':
+ case 'a': case 'b': case 'c': case 'd': case 'e': case 'f':
+ case 'g': case 'h': case 'i': case 'j': case 'k': case 'l':
+ case 'm': case 'n': case 'o': case 'p': case 'q': case 'r':
+ case 's': case 't': case 'u': case 'v': case 'w': case 'x':
+ case 'y': case 'z':
+ case '{': case '|': case '}': case '~':
+ return 1;
+ default:
+ return 0;
+ }
+#endif
+}
+
+bool
+c_ispunct (int c)
+{
+#if C_CTYPE_ASCII
+ return ((c >= '!' && c <= '~')
+ && !((c >= '0' && c <= '9')
+ || ((c & ~0x20) >= 'A' && (c & ~0x20) <= 'Z')));
+#else
+ switch (c)
+ {
+ case '!': case '"': case '#': case '$': case '%': case '&':
+ case '\'': case '(': case ')': case '*': case '+': case ',':
+ case '-': case '.': case '/':
+ case ':': case ';': case '<': case '=': case '>': case '?':
+ case '@':
+ case '[': case '\\': case ']': case '^': case '_': case '`':
+ case '{': case '|': case '}': case '~':
+ return 1;
+ default:
+ return 0;
+ }
+#endif
+}
+
+bool
+c_isspace (int c)
+{
+ return (c == ' ' || c == '\t'
+ || c == '\n' || c == '\v' || c == '\f' || c == '\r');
+}
+
+bool
+c_isupper (int c)
+{
+#if C_CTYPE_CONSECUTIVE_UPPERCASE
+ return (c >= 'A' && c <= 'Z');
+#else
+ switch (c)
+ {
+ case 'A': case 'B': case 'C': case 'D': case 'E': case 'F':
+ case 'G': case 'H': case 'I': case 'J': case 'K': case 'L':
+ case 'M': case 'N': case 'O': case 'P': case 'Q': case 'R':
+ case 'S': case 'T': case 'U': case 'V': case 'W': case 'X':
+ case 'Y': case 'Z':
+ return 1;
+ default:
+ return 0;
+ }
+#endif
+}
+
+bool
+c_isxdigit (int c)
+{
+#if C_CTYPE_CONSECUTIVE_DIGITS \
+ && C_CTYPE_CONSECUTIVE_UPPERCASE && C_CTYPE_CONSECUTIVE_LOWERCASE
+#if C_CTYPE_ASCII
+ return ((c >= '0' && c <= '9')
+ || ((c & ~0x20) >= 'A' && (c & ~0x20) <= 'F'));
+#else
+ return ((c >= '0' && c <= '9')
+ || (c >= 'A' && c <= 'F')
+ || (c >= 'a' && c <= 'f'));
+#endif
+#else
+ switch (c)
+ {
+ case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4': case '5':
+ case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9':
+ case 'A': case 'B': case 'C': case 'D': case 'E': case 'F':
+ case 'a': case 'b': case 'c': case 'd': case 'e': case 'f':
+ return 1;
+ default:
+ return 0;
+ }
+#endif
+}
+
+int
+c_tolower (int c)
+{
+#if C_CTYPE_CONSECUTIVE_UPPERCASE && C_CTYPE_CONSECUTIVE_LOWERCASE
+ return (c >= 'A' && c <= 'Z' ? c - 'A' + 'a' : c);
+#else
+ switch (c)
+ {
+ case 'A': return 'a';
+ case 'B': return 'b';
+ case 'C': return 'c';
+ case 'D': return 'd';
+ case 'E': return 'e';
+ case 'F': return 'f';
+ case 'G': return 'g';
+ case 'H': return 'h';
+ case 'I': return 'i';
+ case 'J': return 'j';
+ case 'K': return 'k';
+ case 'L': return 'l';
+ case 'M': return 'm';
+ case 'N': return 'n';
+ case 'O': return 'o';
+ case 'P': return 'p';
+ case 'Q': return 'q';
+ case 'R': return 'r';
+ case 'S': return 's';
+ case 'T': return 't';
+ case 'U': return 'u';
+ case 'V': return 'v';
+ case 'W': return 'w';
+ case 'X': return 'x';
+ case 'Y': return 'y';
+ case 'Z': return 'z';
+ default: return c;
+ }
+#endif
+}
+
+int
+c_toupper (int c)
+{
+#if C_CTYPE_CONSECUTIVE_UPPERCASE && C_CTYPE_CONSECUTIVE_LOWERCASE
+ return (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z' ? c - 'a' + 'A' : c);
+#else
+ switch (c)
+ {
+ case 'a': return 'A';
+ case 'b': return 'B';
+ case 'c': return 'C';
+ case 'd': return 'D';
+ case 'e': return 'E';
+ case 'f': return 'F';
+ case 'g': return 'G';
+ case 'h': return 'H';
+ case 'i': return 'I';
+ case 'j': return 'J';
+ case 'k': return 'K';
+ case 'l': return 'L';
+ case 'm': return 'M';
+ case 'n': return 'N';
+ case 'o': return 'O';
+ case 'p': return 'P';
+ case 'q': return 'Q';
+ case 'r': return 'R';
+ case 's': return 'S';
+ case 't': return 'T';
+ case 'u': return 'U';
+ case 'v': return 'V';
+ case 'w': return 'W';
+ case 'x': return 'X';
+ case 'y': return 'Y';
+ case 'z': return 'Z';
+ default: return c;
+ }
+#endif
+}
--- /dev/null
+/* Character handling in C locale.
+
+ These functions work like the corresponding functions in <ctype.h>,
+ except that they have the C (POSIX) locale hardwired, whereas the
+ <ctype.h> functions' behaviour depends on the current locale set via
+ setlocale.
+
+ Copyright (C) 2000-2003, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
+
+#ifndef C_CTYPE_H
+#define C_CTYPE_H
+
+#include <stdbool.h>
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+
+/* The functions defined in this file assume the "C" locale and a character
+ set without diacritics (ASCII-US or EBCDIC-US or something like that).
+ Even if the "C" locale on a particular system is an extension of the ASCII
+ character set (like on BeOS, where it is UTF-8, or on AmigaOS, where it
+ is ISO-8859-1), the functions in this file recognize only the ASCII
+ characters. */
+
+
+/* Check whether the ASCII optimizations apply. */
+
+/* ANSI C89 (and ISO C99 5.2.1.3 too) already guarantees that
+ '0', '1', ..., '9' have consecutive integer values. */
+#define C_CTYPE_CONSECUTIVE_DIGITS 1
+
+#if ('A' <= 'Z') \
+ && ('A' + 1 == 'B') && ('B' + 1 == 'C') && ('C' + 1 == 'D') \
+ && ('D' + 1 == 'E') && ('E' + 1 == 'F') && ('F' + 1 == 'G') \
+ && ('G' + 1 == 'H') && ('H' + 1 == 'I') && ('I' + 1 == 'J') \
+ && ('J' + 1 == 'K') && ('K' + 1 == 'L') && ('L' + 1 == 'M') \
+ && ('M' + 1 == 'N') && ('N' + 1 == 'O') && ('O' + 1 == 'P') \
+ && ('P' + 1 == 'Q') && ('Q' + 1 == 'R') && ('R' + 1 == 'S') \
+ && ('S' + 1 == 'T') && ('T' + 1 == 'U') && ('U' + 1 == 'V') \
+ && ('V' + 1 == 'W') && ('W' + 1 == 'X') && ('X' + 1 == 'Y') \
+ && ('Y' + 1 == 'Z')
+#define C_CTYPE_CONSECUTIVE_UPPERCASE 1
+#endif
+
+#if ('a' <= 'z') \
+ && ('a' + 1 == 'b') && ('b' + 1 == 'c') && ('c' + 1 == 'd') \
+ && ('d' + 1 == 'e') && ('e' + 1 == 'f') && ('f' + 1 == 'g') \
+ && ('g' + 1 == 'h') && ('h' + 1 == 'i') && ('i' + 1 == 'j') \
+ && ('j' + 1 == 'k') && ('k' + 1 == 'l') && ('l' + 1 == 'm') \
+ && ('m' + 1 == 'n') && ('n' + 1 == 'o') && ('o' + 1 == 'p') \
+ && ('p' + 1 == 'q') && ('q' + 1 == 'r') && ('r' + 1 == 's') \
+ && ('s' + 1 == 't') && ('t' + 1 == 'u') && ('u' + 1 == 'v') \
+ && ('v' + 1 == 'w') && ('w' + 1 == 'x') && ('x' + 1 == 'y') \
+ && ('y' + 1 == 'z')
+#define C_CTYPE_CONSECUTIVE_LOWERCASE 1
+#endif
+
+#if (' ' == 32) && ('!' == 33) && ('"' == 34) && ('#' == 35) \
+ && ('%' == 37) && ('&' == 38) && ('\'' == 39) && ('(' == 40) \
+ && (')' == 41) && ('*' == 42) && ('+' == 43) && (',' == 44) \
+ && ('-' == 45) && ('.' == 46) && ('/' == 47) && ('0' == 48) \
+ && ('1' == 49) && ('2' == 50) && ('3' == 51) && ('4' == 52) \
+ && ('5' == 53) && ('6' == 54) && ('7' == 55) && ('8' == 56) \
+ && ('9' == 57) && (':' == 58) && (';' == 59) && ('<' == 60) \
+ && ('=' == 61) && ('>' == 62) && ('?' == 63) && ('A' == 65) \
+ && ('B' == 66) && ('C' == 67) && ('D' == 68) && ('E' == 69) \
+ && ('F' == 70) && ('G' == 71) && ('H' == 72) && ('I' == 73) \
+ && ('J' == 74) && ('K' == 75) && ('L' == 76) && ('M' == 77) \
+ && ('N' == 78) && ('O' == 79) && ('P' == 80) && ('Q' == 81) \
+ && ('R' == 82) && ('S' == 83) && ('T' == 84) && ('U' == 85) \
+ && ('V' == 86) && ('W' == 87) && ('X' == 88) && ('Y' == 89) \
+ && ('Z' == 90) && ('[' == 91) && ('\\' == 92) && (']' == 93) \
+ && ('^' == 94) && ('_' == 95) && ('a' == 97) && ('b' == 98) \
+ && ('c' == 99) && ('d' == 100) && ('e' == 101) && ('f' == 102) \
+ && ('g' == 103) && ('h' == 104) && ('i' == 105) && ('j' == 106) \
+ && ('k' == 107) && ('l' == 108) && ('m' == 109) && ('n' == 110) \
+ && ('o' == 111) && ('p' == 112) && ('q' == 113) && ('r' == 114) \
+ && ('s' == 115) && ('t' == 116) && ('u' == 117) && ('v' == 118) \
+ && ('w' == 119) && ('x' == 120) && ('y' == 121) && ('z' == 122) \
+ && ('{' == 123) && ('|' == 124) && ('}' == 125) && ('~' == 126)
+/* The character set is ASCII or one of its variants or extensions, not EBCDIC.
+ Testing the value of '\n' and '\r' is not relevant. */
+#define C_CTYPE_ASCII 1
+#endif
+
+
+/* Function declarations. */
+
+extern bool c_isascii (int c); /* not locale dependent */
+
+extern bool c_isalnum (int c);
+extern bool c_isalpha (int c);
+extern bool c_isblank (int c);
+extern bool c_iscntrl (int c);
+extern bool c_isdigit (int c);
+extern bool c_islower (int c);
+extern bool c_isgraph (int c);
+extern bool c_isprint (int c);
+extern bool c_ispunct (int c);
+extern bool c_isspace (int c);
+extern bool c_isupper (int c);
+extern bool c_isxdigit (int c);
+
+extern int c_tolower (int c);
+extern int c_toupper (int c);
+
+
+#if defined __GNUC__ && defined __OPTIMIZE__ && !defined __OPTIMIZE_SIZE__ && !defined NO_C_CTYPE_MACROS
+
+/* ASCII optimizations. */
+
+#undef c_isascii
+#define c_isascii(c) \
+ ({ int __c = (c); \
+ (__c >= 0x00 && __c <= 0x7f); \
+ })
+
+#if C_CTYPE_CONSECUTIVE_DIGITS \
+ && C_CTYPE_CONSECUTIVE_UPPERCASE && C_CTYPE_CONSECUTIVE_LOWERCASE
+#if C_CTYPE_ASCII
+#undef c_isalnum
+#define c_isalnum(c) \
+ ({ int __c = (c); \
+ ((__c >= '0' && __c <= '9') \
+ || ((__c & ~0x20) >= 'A' && (__c & ~0x20) <= 'Z')); \
+ })
+#else
+#undef c_isalnum
+#define c_isalnum(c) \
+ ({ int __c = (c); \
+ ((__c >= '0' && __c <= '9') \
+ || (__c >= 'A' && __c <= 'Z') \
+ || (__c >= 'a' && __c <= 'z')); \
+ })
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#if C_CTYPE_CONSECUTIVE_UPPERCASE && C_CTYPE_CONSECUTIVE_LOWERCASE
+#if C_CTYPE_ASCII
+#undef c_isalpha
+#define c_isalpha(c) \
+ ({ int __c = (c); \
+ ((__c & ~0x20) >= 'A' && (__c & ~0x20) <= 'Z'); \
+ })
+#else
+#undef c_isalpha
+#define c_isalpha(c) \
+ ({ int __c = (c); \
+ ((__c >= 'A' && __c <= 'Z') || (__c >= 'a' && __c <= 'z')); \
+ })
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#undef c_isblank
+#define c_isblank(c) \
+ ({ int __c = (c); \
+ (__c == ' ' || __c == '\t'); \
+ })
+
+#if C_CTYPE_ASCII
+#undef c_iscntrl
+#define c_iscntrl(c) \
+ ({ int __c = (c); \
+ ((__c & ~0x1f) == 0 || __c == 0x7f); \
+ })
+#endif
+
+#if C_CTYPE_CONSECUTIVE_DIGITS
+#undef c_isdigit
+#define c_isdigit(c) \
+ ({ int __c = (c); \
+ (__c >= '0' && __c <= '9'); \
+ })
+#endif
+
+#if C_CTYPE_CONSECUTIVE_LOWERCASE
+#undef c_islower
+#define c_islower(c) \
+ ({ int __c = (c); \
+ (__c >= 'a' && __c <= 'z'); \
+ })
+#endif
+
+#if C_CTYPE_ASCII
+#undef c_isgraph
+#define c_isgraph(c) \
+ ({ int __c = (c); \
+ (__c >= '!' && __c <= '~'); \
+ })
+#endif
+
+#if C_CTYPE_ASCII
+#undef c_isprint
+#define c_isprint(c) \
+ ({ int __c = (c); \
+ (__c >= ' ' && __c <= '~'); \
+ })
+#endif
+
+#if C_CTYPE_ASCII
+#undef c_ispunct
+#define c_ispunct(c) \
+ ({ int _c = (c); \
+ (c_isgraph (_c) && ! c_isalnum (_c)); \
+ })
+#endif
+
+#undef c_isspace
+#define c_isspace(c) \
+ ({ int __c = (c); \
+ (__c == ' ' || __c == '\t' \
+ || __c == '\n' || __c == '\v' || __c == '\f' || __c == '\r'); \
+ })
+
+#if C_CTYPE_CONSECUTIVE_UPPERCASE
+#undef c_isupper
+#define c_isupper(c) \
+ ({ int __c = (c); \
+ (__c >= 'A' && __c <= 'Z'); \
+ })
+#endif
+
+#if C_CTYPE_CONSECUTIVE_DIGITS \
+ && C_CTYPE_CONSECUTIVE_UPPERCASE && C_CTYPE_CONSECUTIVE_LOWERCASE
+#if C_CTYPE_ASCII
+#undef c_isxdigit
+#define c_isxdigit(c) \
+ ({ int __c = (c); \
+ ((__c >= '0' && __c <= '9') \
+ || ((__c & ~0x20) >= 'A' && (__c & ~0x20) <= 'F')); \
+ })
+#else
+#undef c_isxdigit
+#define c_isxdigit(c) \
+ ({ int __c = (c); \
+ ((__c >= '0' && __c <= '9') \
+ || (__c >= 'A' && __c <= 'F') \
+ || (__c >= 'a' && __c <= 'f')); \
+ })
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#if C_CTYPE_CONSECUTIVE_UPPERCASE && C_CTYPE_CONSECUTIVE_LOWERCASE
+#undef c_tolower
+#define c_tolower(c) \
+ ({ int __c = (c); \
+ (__c >= 'A' && __c <= 'Z' ? __c - 'A' + 'a' : __c); \
+ })
+#undef c_toupper
+#define c_toupper(c) \
+ ({ int __c = (c); \
+ (__c >= 'a' && __c <= 'z' ? __c - 'a' + 'A' : __c); \
+ })
+#endif
+
+#endif /* optimizing for speed */
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* C_CTYPE_H */
--- /dev/null
+/* Getopt for GNU.
+ NOTE: getopt is now part of the C library, so if you don't know what
+ "Keep this file name-space clean" means, talk to drepper@gnu.org
+ before changing it!
+ Copyright (C) 1987,88,89,90,91,92,93,94,95,96,98,99,2000,2001,2002,2003,2004,2006
+ Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+ This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
+\f
+#ifndef _LIBC
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "getopt.h"
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#ifdef __VMS
+# include <unixlib.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <libintl.h>
+#else
+# include "gettext.h"
+# define _(msgid) gettext (msgid)
+#endif
+
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+# include <wchar.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef attribute_hidden
+# define attribute_hidden
+#endif
+
+/* Unlike standard Unix `getopt', functions like `getopt_long'
+ let the user intersperse the options with the other arguments.
+
+ As `getopt_long' works, it permutes the elements of ARGV so that,
+ when it is done, all the options precede everything else. Thus
+ all application programs are extended to handle flexible argument order.
+
+ Using `getopt' or setting the environment variable POSIXLY_CORRECT
+ disables permutation.
+ Then the application's behavior is completely standard.
+
+ GNU application programs can use a third alternative mode in which
+ they can distinguish the relative order of options and other arguments. */
+
+#include "getopt_int.h"
+
+/* For communication from `getopt' to the caller.
+ When `getopt' finds an option that takes an argument,
+ the argument value is returned here.
+ Also, when `ordering' is RETURN_IN_ORDER,
+ each non-option ARGV-element is returned here. */
+
+char *optarg;
+
+/* Index in ARGV of the next element to be scanned.
+ This is used for communication to and from the caller
+ and for communication between successive calls to `getopt'.
+
+ On entry to `getopt', zero means this is the first call; initialize.
+
+ When `getopt' returns -1, this is the index of the first of the
+ non-option elements that the caller should itself scan.
+
+ Otherwise, `optind' communicates from one call to the next
+ how much of ARGV has been scanned so far. */
+
+/* 1003.2 says this must be 1 before any call. */
+int optind = 1;
+
+/* Callers store zero here to inhibit the error message
+ for unrecognized options. */
+
+int opterr = 1;
+
+/* Set to an option character which was unrecognized.
+ This must be initialized on some systems to avoid linking in the
+ system's own getopt implementation. */
+
+int optopt = '?';
+
+/* Keep a global copy of all internal members of getopt_data. */
+
+static struct _getopt_data getopt_data;
+
+\f
+#if defined HAVE_DECL_GETENV && !HAVE_DECL_GETENV
+extern char *getenv ();
+#endif
+\f
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Stored original parameters.
+ XXX This is no good solution. We should rather copy the args so
+ that we can compare them later. But we must not use malloc(3). */
+extern int __libc_argc;
+extern char **__libc_argv;
+
+/* Bash 2.0 gives us an environment variable containing flags
+ indicating ARGV elements that should not be considered arguments. */
+
+# ifdef USE_NONOPTION_FLAGS
+/* Defined in getopt_init.c */
+extern char *__getopt_nonoption_flags;
+# endif
+
+# ifdef USE_NONOPTION_FLAGS
+# define SWAP_FLAGS(ch1, ch2) \
+ if (d->__nonoption_flags_len > 0) \
+ { \
+ char __tmp = __getopt_nonoption_flags[ch1]; \
+ __getopt_nonoption_flags[ch1] = __getopt_nonoption_flags[ch2]; \
+ __getopt_nonoption_flags[ch2] = __tmp; \
+ }
+# else
+# define SWAP_FLAGS(ch1, ch2)
+# endif
+#else /* !_LIBC */
+# define SWAP_FLAGS(ch1, ch2)
+#endif /* _LIBC */
+
+/* Exchange two adjacent subsequences of ARGV.
+ One subsequence is elements [first_nonopt,last_nonopt)
+ which contains all the non-options that have been skipped so far.
+ The other is elements [last_nonopt,optind), which contains all
+ the options processed since those non-options were skipped.
+
+ `first_nonopt' and `last_nonopt' are relocated so that they describe
+ the new indices of the non-options in ARGV after they are moved. */
+
+static void
+exchange (char **argv, struct _getopt_data *d)
+{
+ int bottom = d->__first_nonopt;
+ int middle = d->__last_nonopt;
+ int top = d->optind;
+ char *tem;
+
+ /* Exchange the shorter segment with the far end of the longer segment.
+ That puts the shorter segment into the right place.
+ It leaves the longer segment in the right place overall,
+ but it consists of two parts that need to be swapped next. */
+
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_NONOPTION_FLAGS
+ /* First make sure the handling of the `__getopt_nonoption_flags'
+ string can work normally. Our top argument must be in the range
+ of the string. */
+ if (d->__nonoption_flags_len > 0 && top >= d->__nonoption_flags_max_len)
+ {
+ /* We must extend the array. The user plays games with us and
+ presents new arguments. */
+ char *new_str = malloc (top + 1);
+ if (new_str == NULL)
+ d->__nonoption_flags_len = d->__nonoption_flags_max_len = 0;
+ else
+ {
+ memset (__mempcpy (new_str, __getopt_nonoption_flags,
+ d->__nonoption_flags_max_len),
+ '\0', top + 1 - d->__nonoption_flags_max_len);
+ d->__nonoption_flags_max_len = top + 1;
+ __getopt_nonoption_flags = new_str;
+ }
+ }
+#endif
+
+ while (top > middle && middle > bottom)
+ {
+ if (top - middle > middle - bottom)
+ {
+ /* Bottom segment is the short one. */
+ int len = middle - bottom;
+ register int i;
+
+ /* Swap it with the top part of the top segment. */
+ for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
+ {
+ tem = argv[bottom + i];
+ argv[bottom + i] = argv[top - (middle - bottom) + i];
+ argv[top - (middle - bottom) + i] = tem;
+ SWAP_FLAGS (bottom + i, top - (middle - bottom) + i);
+ }
+ /* Exclude the moved bottom segment from further swapping. */
+ top -= len;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Top segment is the short one. */
+ int len = top - middle;
+ register int i;
+
+ /* Swap it with the bottom part of the bottom segment. */
+ for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
+ {
+ tem = argv[bottom + i];
+ argv[bottom + i] = argv[middle + i];
+ argv[middle + i] = tem;
+ SWAP_FLAGS (bottom + i, middle + i);
+ }
+ /* Exclude the moved top segment from further swapping. */
+ bottom += len;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Update records for the slots the non-options now occupy. */
+
+ d->__first_nonopt += (d->optind - d->__last_nonopt);
+ d->__last_nonopt = d->optind;
+}
+
+/* Initialize the internal data when the first call is made. */
+
+static const char *
+_getopt_initialize (int argc, char **argv, const char *optstring,
+ int posixly_correct, struct _getopt_data *d)
+{
+ /* Start processing options with ARGV-element 1 (since ARGV-element 0
+ is the program name); the sequence of previously skipped
+ non-option ARGV-elements is empty. */
+
+ d->__first_nonopt = d->__last_nonopt = d->optind;
+
+ d->__nextchar = NULL;
+
+ d->__posixly_correct = posixly_correct || !!getenv ("POSIXLY_CORRECT");
+
+ /* Determine how to handle the ordering of options and nonoptions. */
+
+ if (optstring[0] == '-')
+ {
+ d->__ordering = RETURN_IN_ORDER;
+ ++optstring;
+ }
+ else if (optstring[0] == '+')
+ {
+ d->__ordering = REQUIRE_ORDER;
+ ++optstring;
+ }
+ else if (d->__posixly_correct)
+ d->__ordering = REQUIRE_ORDER;
+ else
+ d->__ordering = PERMUTE;
+
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_NONOPTION_FLAGS
+ if (!d->__posixly_correct
+ && argc == __libc_argc && argv == __libc_argv)
+ {
+ if (d->__nonoption_flags_max_len == 0)
+ {
+ if (__getopt_nonoption_flags == NULL
+ || __getopt_nonoption_flags[0] == '\0')
+ d->__nonoption_flags_max_len = -1;
+ else
+ {
+ const char *orig_str = __getopt_nonoption_flags;
+ int len = d->__nonoption_flags_max_len = strlen (orig_str);
+ if (d->__nonoption_flags_max_len < argc)
+ d->__nonoption_flags_max_len = argc;
+ __getopt_nonoption_flags =
+ (char *) malloc (d->__nonoption_flags_max_len);
+ if (__getopt_nonoption_flags == NULL)
+ d->__nonoption_flags_max_len = -1;
+ else
+ memset (__mempcpy (__getopt_nonoption_flags, orig_str, len),
+ '\0', d->__nonoption_flags_max_len - len);
+ }
+ }
+ d->__nonoption_flags_len = d->__nonoption_flags_max_len;
+ }
+ else
+ d->__nonoption_flags_len = 0;
+#endif
+
+ return optstring;
+}
+\f
+/* Scan elements of ARGV (whose length is ARGC) for option characters
+ given in OPTSTRING.
+
+ If an element of ARGV starts with '-', and is not exactly "-" or "--",
+ then it is an option element. The characters of this element
+ (aside from the initial '-') are option characters. If `getopt'
+ is called repeatedly, it returns successively each of the option characters
+ from each of the option elements.
+
+ If `getopt' finds another option character, it returns that character,
+ updating `optind' and `nextchar' so that the next call to `getopt' can
+ resume the scan with the following option character or ARGV-element.
+
+ If there are no more option characters, `getopt' returns -1.
+ Then `optind' is the index in ARGV of the first ARGV-element
+ that is not an option. (The ARGV-elements have been permuted
+ so that those that are not options now come last.)
+
+ OPTSTRING is a string containing the legitimate option characters.
+ If an option character is seen that is not listed in OPTSTRING,
+ return '?' after printing an error message. If you set `opterr' to
+ zero, the error message is suppressed but we still return '?'.
+
+ If a char in OPTSTRING is followed by a colon, that means it wants an arg,
+ so the following text in the same ARGV-element, or the text of the following
+ ARGV-element, is returned in `optarg'. Two colons mean an option that
+ wants an optional arg; if there is text in the current ARGV-element,
+ it is returned in `optarg', otherwise `optarg' is set to zero.
+
+ If OPTSTRING starts with `-' or `+', it requests different methods of
+ handling the non-option ARGV-elements.
+ See the comments about RETURN_IN_ORDER and REQUIRE_ORDER, above.
+
+ Long-named options begin with `--' instead of `-'.
+ Their names may be abbreviated as long as the abbreviation is unique
+ or is an exact match for some defined option. If they have an
+ argument, it follows the option name in the same ARGV-element, separated
+ from the option name by a `=', or else the in next ARGV-element.
+ When `getopt' finds a long-named option, it returns 0 if that option's
+ `flag' field is nonzero, the value of the option's `val' field
+ if the `flag' field is zero.
+
+ LONGOPTS is a vector of `struct option' terminated by an
+ element containing a name which is zero.
+
+ LONGIND returns the index in LONGOPT of the long-named option found.
+ It is only valid when a long-named option has been found by the most
+ recent call.
+
+ If LONG_ONLY is nonzero, '-' as well as '--' can introduce
+ long-named options.
+
+ If POSIXLY_CORRECT is nonzero, behave as if the POSIXLY_CORRECT
+ environment variable were set. */
+
+int
+_getopt_internal_r (int argc, char **argv, const char *optstring,
+ const struct option *longopts, int *longind,
+ int long_only, int posixly_correct, struct _getopt_data *d)
+{
+ int print_errors = d->opterr;
+ if (optstring[0] == ':')
+ print_errors = 0;
+
+ if (argc < 1)
+ return -1;
+
+ d->optarg = NULL;
+
+ if (d->optind == 0 || !d->__initialized)
+ {
+ if (d->optind == 0)
+ d->optind = 1; /* Don't scan ARGV[0], the program name. */
+ optstring = _getopt_initialize (argc, argv, optstring,
+ posixly_correct, d);
+ d->__initialized = 1;
+ }
+
+ /* Test whether ARGV[optind] points to a non-option argument.
+ Either it does not have option syntax, or there is an environment flag
+ from the shell indicating it is not an option. The later information
+ is only used when the used in the GNU libc. */
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_NONOPTION_FLAGS
+# define NONOPTION_P (argv[d->optind][0] != '-' || argv[d->optind][1] == '\0' \
+ || (d->optind < d->__nonoption_flags_len \
+ && __getopt_nonoption_flags[d->optind] == '1'))
+#else
+# define NONOPTION_P (argv[d->optind][0] != '-' || argv[d->optind][1] == '\0')
+#endif
+
+ if (d->__nextchar == NULL || *d->__nextchar == '\0')
+ {
+ /* Advance to the next ARGV-element. */
+
+ /* Give FIRST_NONOPT & LAST_NONOPT rational values if OPTIND has been
+ moved back by the user (who may also have changed the arguments). */
+ if (d->__last_nonopt > d->optind)
+ d->__last_nonopt = d->optind;
+ if (d->__first_nonopt > d->optind)
+ d->__first_nonopt = d->optind;
+
+ if (d->__ordering == PERMUTE)
+ {
+ /* If we have just processed some options following some non-options,
+ exchange them so that the options come first. */
+
+ if (d->__first_nonopt != d->__last_nonopt
+ && d->__last_nonopt != d->optind)
+ exchange ((char **) argv, d);
+ else if (d->__last_nonopt != d->optind)
+ d->__first_nonopt = d->optind;
+
+ /* Skip any additional non-options
+ and extend the range of non-options previously skipped. */
+
+ while (d->optind < argc && NONOPTION_P)
+ d->optind++;
+ d->__last_nonopt = d->optind;
+ }
+
+ /* The special ARGV-element `--' means premature end of options.
+ Skip it like a null option,
+ then exchange with previous non-options as if it were an option,
+ then skip everything else like a non-option. */
+
+ if (d->optind != argc && !strcmp (argv[d->optind], "--"))
+ {
+ d->optind++;
+
+ if (d->__first_nonopt != d->__last_nonopt
+ && d->__last_nonopt != d->optind)
+ exchange ((char **) argv, d);
+ else if (d->__first_nonopt == d->__last_nonopt)
+ d->__first_nonopt = d->optind;
+ d->__last_nonopt = argc;
+
+ d->optind = argc;
+ }
+
+ /* If we have done all the ARGV-elements, stop the scan
+ and back over any non-options that we skipped and permuted. */
+
+ if (d->optind == argc)
+ {
+ /* Set the next-arg-index to point at the non-options
+ that we previously skipped, so the caller will digest them. */
+ if (d->__first_nonopt != d->__last_nonopt)
+ d->optind = d->__first_nonopt;
+ return -1;
+ }
+
+ /* If we have come to a non-option and did not permute it,
+ either stop the scan or describe it to the caller and pass it by. */
+
+ if (NONOPTION_P)
+ {
+ if (d->__ordering == REQUIRE_ORDER)
+ return -1;
+ d->optarg = argv[d->optind++];
+ return 1;
+ }
+
+ /* We have found another option-ARGV-element.
+ Skip the initial punctuation. */
+
+ d->__nextchar = (argv[d->optind] + 1
+ + (longopts != NULL && argv[d->optind][1] == '-'));
+ }
+
+ /* Decode the current option-ARGV-element. */
+
+ /* Check whether the ARGV-element is a long option.
+
+ If long_only and the ARGV-element has the form "-f", where f is
+ a valid short option, don't consider it an abbreviated form of
+ a long option that starts with f. Otherwise there would be no
+ way to give the -f short option.
+
+ On the other hand, if there's a long option "fubar" and
+ the ARGV-element is "-fu", do consider that an abbreviation of
+ the long option, just like "--fu", and not "-f" with arg "u".
+
+ This distinction seems to be the most useful approach. */
+
+ if (longopts != NULL
+ && (argv[d->optind][1] == '-'
+ || (long_only && (argv[d->optind][2]
+ || !strchr (optstring, argv[d->optind][1])))))
+ {
+ char *nameend;
+ const struct option *p;
+ const struct option *pfound = NULL;
+ int exact = 0;
+ int ambig = 0;
+ int indfound = -1;
+ int option_index;
+
+ for (nameend = d->__nextchar; *nameend && *nameend != '='; nameend++)
+ /* Do nothing. */ ;
+
+ /* Test all long options for either exact match
+ or abbreviated matches. */
+ for (p = longopts, option_index = 0; p->name; p++, option_index++)
+ if (!strncmp (p->name, d->__nextchar, nameend - d->__nextchar))
+ {
+ if ((unsigned int) (nameend - d->__nextchar)
+ == (unsigned int) strlen (p->name))
+ {
+ /* Exact match found. */
+ pfound = p;
+ indfound = option_index;
+ exact = 1;
+ break;
+ }
+ else if (pfound == NULL)
+ {
+ /* First nonexact match found. */
+ pfound = p;
+ indfound = option_index;
+ }
+ else if (long_only
+ || pfound->has_arg != p->has_arg
+ || pfound->flag != p->flag
+ || pfound->val != p->val)
+ /* Second or later nonexact match found. */
+ ambig = 1;
+ }
+
+ if (ambig && !exact)
+ {
+ if (print_errors)
+ {
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+ char *buf;
+
+ if (__asprintf (&buf, _("%s: option `%s' is ambiguous\n"),
+ argv[0], argv[d->optind]) >= 0)
+ {
+ _IO_flockfile (stderr);
+
+ int old_flags2 = ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2;
+ ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2 |= _IO_FLAGS2_NOTCANCEL;
+
+ __fxprintf (NULL, "%s", buf);
+
+ ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2 = old_flags2;
+ _IO_funlockfile (stderr);
+
+ free (buf);
+ }
+#else
+ fprintf (stderr, _("%s: option `%s' is ambiguous\n"),
+ argv[0], argv[d->optind]);
+#endif
+ }
+ d->__nextchar += strlen (d->__nextchar);
+ d->optind++;
+ d->optopt = 0;
+ return '?';
+ }
+
+ if (pfound != NULL)
+ {
+ option_index = indfound;
+ d->optind++;
+ if (*nameend)
+ {
+ /* Don't test has_arg with >, because some C compilers don't
+ allow it to be used on enums. */
+ if (pfound->has_arg)
+ d->optarg = nameend + 1;
+ else
+ {
+ if (print_errors)
+ {
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+ char *buf;
+ int n;
+#endif
+
+ if (argv[d->optind - 1][1] == '-')
+ {
+ /* --option */
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+ n = __asprintf (&buf, _("\
+%s: option `--%s' doesn't allow an argument\n"),
+ argv[0], pfound->name);
+#else
+ fprintf (stderr, _("\
+%s: option `--%s' doesn't allow an argument\n"),
+ argv[0], pfound->name);
+#endif
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* +option or -option */
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+ n = __asprintf (&buf, _("\
+%s: option `%c%s' doesn't allow an argument\n"),
+ argv[0], argv[d->optind - 1][0],
+ pfound->name);
+#else
+ fprintf (stderr, _("\
+%s: option `%c%s' doesn't allow an argument\n"),
+ argv[0], argv[d->optind - 1][0],
+ pfound->name);
+#endif
+ }
+
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+ if (n >= 0)
+ {
+ _IO_flockfile (stderr);
+
+ int old_flags2 = ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2;
+ ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2
+ |= _IO_FLAGS2_NOTCANCEL;
+
+ __fxprintf (NULL, "%s", buf);
+
+ ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2 = old_flags2;
+ _IO_funlockfile (stderr);
+
+ free (buf);
+ }
+#endif
+ }
+
+ d->__nextchar += strlen (d->__nextchar);
+
+ d->optopt = pfound->val;
+ return '?';
+ }
+ }
+ else if (pfound->has_arg == 1)
+ {
+ if (d->optind < argc)
+ d->optarg = argv[d->optind++];
+ else
+ {
+ if (print_errors)
+ {
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+ char *buf;
+
+ if (__asprintf (&buf, _("\
+%s: option `%s' requires an argument\n"),
+ argv[0], argv[d->optind - 1]) >= 0)
+ {
+ _IO_flockfile (stderr);
+
+ int old_flags2 = ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2;
+ ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2
+ |= _IO_FLAGS2_NOTCANCEL;
+
+ __fxprintf (NULL, "%s", buf);
+
+ ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2 = old_flags2;
+ _IO_funlockfile (stderr);
+
+ free (buf);
+ }
+#else
+ fprintf (stderr,
+ _("%s: option `%s' requires an argument\n"),
+ argv[0], argv[d->optind - 1]);
+#endif
+ }
+ d->__nextchar += strlen (d->__nextchar);
+ d->optopt = pfound->val;
+ return optstring[0] == ':' ? ':' : '?';
+ }
+ }
+ d->__nextchar += strlen (d->__nextchar);
+ if (longind != NULL)
+ *longind = option_index;
+ if (pfound->flag)
+ {
+ *(pfound->flag) = pfound->val;
+ return 0;
+ }
+ return pfound->val;
+ }
+
+ /* Can't find it as a long option. If this is not getopt_long_only,
+ or the option starts with '--' or is not a valid short
+ option, then it's an error.
+ Otherwise interpret it as a short option. */
+ if (!long_only || argv[d->optind][1] == '-'
+ || strchr (optstring, *d->__nextchar) == NULL)
+ {
+ if (print_errors)
+ {
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+ char *buf;
+ int n;
+#endif
+
+ if (argv[d->optind][1] == '-')
+ {
+ /* --option */
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+ n = __asprintf (&buf, _("%s: unrecognized option `--%s'\n"),
+ argv[0], d->__nextchar);
+#else
+ fprintf (stderr, _("%s: unrecognized option `--%s'\n"),
+ argv[0], d->__nextchar);
+#endif
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* +option or -option */
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+ n = __asprintf (&buf, _("%s: unrecognized option `%c%s'\n"),
+ argv[0], argv[d->optind][0], d->__nextchar);
+#else
+ fprintf (stderr, _("%s: unrecognized option `%c%s'\n"),
+ argv[0], argv[d->optind][0], d->__nextchar);
+#endif
+ }
+
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+ if (n >= 0)
+ {
+ _IO_flockfile (stderr);
+
+ int old_flags2 = ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2;
+ ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2 |= _IO_FLAGS2_NOTCANCEL;
+
+ __fxprintf (NULL, "%s", buf);
+
+ ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2 = old_flags2;
+ _IO_funlockfile (stderr);
+
+ free (buf);
+ }
+#endif
+ }
+ d->__nextchar = (char *) "";
+ d->optind++;
+ d->optopt = 0;
+ return '?';
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Look at and handle the next short option-character. */
+
+ {
+ char c = *d->__nextchar++;
+ char *temp = strchr (optstring, c);
+
+ /* Increment `optind' when we start to process its last character. */
+ if (*d->__nextchar == '\0')
+ ++d->optind;
+
+ if (temp == NULL || c == ':')
+ {
+ if (print_errors)
+ {
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+ char *buf;
+ int n;
+#endif
+
+ if (d->__posixly_correct)
+ {
+ /* 1003.2 specifies the format of this message. */
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+ n = __asprintf (&buf, _("%s: illegal option -- %c\n"),
+ argv[0], c);
+#else
+ fprintf (stderr, _("%s: illegal option -- %c\n"), argv[0], c);
+#endif
+ }
+ else
+ {
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+ n = __asprintf (&buf, _("%s: invalid option -- %c\n"),
+ argv[0], c);
+#else
+ fprintf (stderr, _("%s: invalid option -- %c\n"), argv[0], c);
+#endif
+ }
+
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+ if (n >= 0)
+ {
+ _IO_flockfile (stderr);
+
+ int old_flags2 = ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2;
+ ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2 |= _IO_FLAGS2_NOTCANCEL;
+
+ __fxprintf (NULL, "%s", buf);
+
+ ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2 = old_flags2;
+ _IO_funlockfile (stderr);
+
+ free (buf);
+ }
+#endif
+ }
+ d->optopt = c;
+ return '?';
+ }
+ /* Convenience. Treat POSIX -W foo same as long option --foo */
+ if (temp[0] == 'W' && temp[1] == ';')
+ {
+ char *nameend;
+ const struct option *p;
+ const struct option *pfound = NULL;
+ int exact = 0;
+ int ambig = 0;
+ int indfound = 0;
+ int option_index;
+
+ /* This is an option that requires an argument. */
+ if (*d->__nextchar != '\0')
+ {
+ d->optarg = d->__nextchar;
+ /* If we end this ARGV-element by taking the rest as an arg,
+ we must advance to the next element now. */
+ d->optind++;
+ }
+ else if (d->optind == argc)
+ {
+ if (print_errors)
+ {
+ /* 1003.2 specifies the format of this message. */
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+ char *buf;
+
+ if (__asprintf (&buf,
+ _("%s: option requires an argument -- %c\n"),
+ argv[0], c) >= 0)
+ {
+ _IO_flockfile (stderr);
+
+ int old_flags2 = ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2;
+ ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2 |= _IO_FLAGS2_NOTCANCEL;
+
+ __fxprintf (NULL, "%s", buf);
+
+ ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2 = old_flags2;
+ _IO_funlockfile (stderr);
+
+ free (buf);
+ }
+#else
+ fprintf (stderr, _("%s: option requires an argument -- %c\n"),
+ argv[0], c);
+#endif
+ }
+ d->optopt = c;
+ if (optstring[0] == ':')
+ c = ':';
+ else
+ c = '?';
+ return c;
+ }
+ else
+ /* We already incremented `d->optind' once;
+ increment it again when taking next ARGV-elt as argument. */
+ d->optarg = argv[d->optind++];
+
+ /* optarg is now the argument, see if it's in the
+ table of longopts. */
+
+ for (d->__nextchar = nameend = d->optarg; *nameend && *nameend != '=';
+ nameend++)
+ /* Do nothing. */ ;
+
+ /* Test all long options for either exact match
+ or abbreviated matches. */
+ for (p = longopts, option_index = 0; p->name; p++, option_index++)
+ if (!strncmp (p->name, d->__nextchar, nameend - d->__nextchar))
+ {
+ if ((unsigned int) (nameend - d->__nextchar) == strlen (p->name))
+ {
+ /* Exact match found. */
+ pfound = p;
+ indfound = option_index;
+ exact = 1;
+ break;
+ }
+ else if (pfound == NULL)
+ {
+ /* First nonexact match found. */
+ pfound = p;
+ indfound = option_index;
+ }
+ else
+ /* Second or later nonexact match found. */
+ ambig = 1;
+ }
+ if (ambig && !exact)
+ {
+ if (print_errors)
+ {
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+ char *buf;
+
+ if (__asprintf (&buf, _("%s: option `-W %s' is ambiguous\n"),
+ argv[0], argv[d->optind]) >= 0)
+ {
+ _IO_flockfile (stderr);
+
+ int old_flags2 = ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2;
+ ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2 |= _IO_FLAGS2_NOTCANCEL;
+
+ __fxprintf (NULL, "%s", buf);
+
+ ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2 = old_flags2;
+ _IO_funlockfile (stderr);
+
+ free (buf);
+ }
+#else
+ fprintf (stderr, _("%s: option `-W %s' is ambiguous\n"),
+ argv[0], argv[d->optind]);
+#endif
+ }
+ d->__nextchar += strlen (d->__nextchar);
+ d->optind++;
+ return '?';
+ }
+ if (pfound != NULL)
+ {
+ option_index = indfound;
+ if (*nameend)
+ {
+ /* Don't test has_arg with >, because some C compilers don't
+ allow it to be used on enums. */
+ if (pfound->has_arg)
+ d->optarg = nameend + 1;
+ else
+ {
+ if (print_errors)
+ {
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+ char *buf;
+
+ if (__asprintf (&buf, _("\
+%s: option `-W %s' doesn't allow an argument\n"),
+ argv[0], pfound->name) >= 0)
+ {
+ _IO_flockfile (stderr);
+
+ int old_flags2 = ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2;
+ ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2
+ |= _IO_FLAGS2_NOTCANCEL;
+
+ __fxprintf (NULL, "%s", buf);
+
+ ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2 = old_flags2;
+ _IO_funlockfile (stderr);
+
+ free (buf);
+ }
+#else
+ fprintf (stderr, _("\
+%s: option `-W %s' doesn't allow an argument\n"),
+ argv[0], pfound->name);
+#endif
+ }
+
+ d->__nextchar += strlen (d->__nextchar);
+ return '?';
+ }
+ }
+ else if (pfound->has_arg == 1)
+ {
+ if (d->optind < argc)
+ d->optarg = argv[d->optind++];
+ else
+ {
+ if (print_errors)
+ {
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+ char *buf;
+
+ if (__asprintf (&buf, _("\
+%s: option `%s' requires an argument\n"),
+ argv[0], argv[d->optind - 1]) >= 0)
+ {
+ _IO_flockfile (stderr);
+
+ int old_flags2 = ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2;
+ ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2
+ |= _IO_FLAGS2_NOTCANCEL;
+
+ __fxprintf (NULL, "%s", buf);
+
+ ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2 = old_flags2;
+ _IO_funlockfile (stderr);
+
+ free (buf);
+ }
+#else
+ fprintf (stderr,
+ _("%s: option `%s' requires an argument\n"),
+ argv[0], argv[d->optind - 1]);
+#endif
+ }
+ d->__nextchar += strlen (d->__nextchar);
+ return optstring[0] == ':' ? ':' : '?';
+ }
+ }
+ d->__nextchar += strlen (d->__nextchar);
+ if (longind != NULL)
+ *longind = option_index;
+ if (pfound->flag)
+ {
+ *(pfound->flag) = pfound->val;
+ return 0;
+ }
+ return pfound->val;
+ }
+ d->__nextchar = NULL;
+ return 'W'; /* Let the application handle it. */
+ }
+ if (temp[1] == ':')
+ {
+ if (temp[2] == ':')
+ {
+ /* This is an option that accepts an argument optionally. */
+ if (*d->__nextchar != '\0')
+ {
+ d->optarg = d->__nextchar;
+ d->optind++;
+ }
+ else
+ d->optarg = NULL;
+ d->__nextchar = NULL;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* This is an option that requires an argument. */
+ if (*d->__nextchar != '\0')
+ {
+ d->optarg = d->__nextchar;
+ /* If we end this ARGV-element by taking the rest as an arg,
+ we must advance to the next element now. */
+ d->optind++;
+ }
+ else if (d->optind == argc)
+ {
+ if (print_errors)
+ {
+ /* 1003.2 specifies the format of this message. */
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+ char *buf;
+
+ if (__asprintf (&buf, _("\
+%s: option requires an argument -- %c\n"),
+ argv[0], c) >= 0)
+ {
+ _IO_flockfile (stderr);
+
+ int old_flags2 = ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2;
+ ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2 |= _IO_FLAGS2_NOTCANCEL;
+
+ __fxprintf (NULL, "%s", buf);
+
+ ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2 = old_flags2;
+ _IO_funlockfile (stderr);
+
+ free (buf);
+ }
+#else
+ fprintf (stderr,
+ _("%s: option requires an argument -- %c\n"),
+ argv[0], c);
+#endif
+ }
+ d->optopt = c;
+ if (optstring[0] == ':')
+ c = ':';
+ else
+ c = '?';
+ }
+ else
+ /* We already incremented `optind' once;
+ increment it again when taking next ARGV-elt as argument. */
+ d->optarg = argv[d->optind++];
+ d->__nextchar = NULL;
+ }
+ }
+ return c;
+ }
+}
+
+int
+_getopt_internal (int argc, char **argv, const char *optstring,
+ const struct option *longopts, int *longind,
+ int long_only, int posixly_correct)
+{
+ int result;
+
+ getopt_data.optind = optind;
+ getopt_data.opterr = opterr;
+
+ result = _getopt_internal_r (argc, argv, optstring, longopts, longind,
+ long_only, posixly_correct, &getopt_data);
+
+ optind = getopt_data.optind;
+ optarg = getopt_data.optarg;
+ optopt = getopt_data.optopt;
+
+ return result;
+}
+
+/* glibc gets a LSB-compliant getopt.
+ Standalone applications get a POSIX-compliant getopt. */
+#if _LIBC
+enum { POSIXLY_CORRECT = 0 };
+#else
+enum { POSIXLY_CORRECT = 1 };
+#endif
+
+int
+getopt (int argc, char *const *argv, const char *optstring)
+{
+ return _getopt_internal (argc, (char **) argv, optstring, NULL, NULL, 0,
+ POSIXLY_CORRECT);
+}
+
+\f
+#ifdef TEST
+
+/* Compile with -DTEST to make an executable for use in testing
+ the above definition of `getopt'. */
+
+int
+main (int argc, char **argv)
+{
+ int c;
+ int digit_optind = 0;
+
+ while (1)
+ {
+ int this_option_optind = optind ? optind : 1;
+
+ c = getopt (argc, argv, "abc:d:0123456789");
+ if (c == -1)
+ break;
+
+ switch (c)
+ {
+ case '0':
+ case '1':
+ case '2':
+ case '3':
+ case '4':
+ case '5':
+ case '6':
+ case '7':
+ case '8':
+ case '9':
+ if (digit_optind != 0 && digit_optind != this_option_optind)
+ printf ("digits occur in two different argv-elements.\n");
+ digit_optind = this_option_optind;
+ printf ("option %c\n", c);
+ break;
+
+ case 'a':
+ printf ("option a\n");
+ break;
+
+ case 'b':
+ printf ("option b\n");
+ break;
+
+ case 'c':
+ printf ("option c with value `%s'\n", optarg);
+ break;
+
+ case '?':
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ printf ("?? getopt returned character code 0%o ??\n", c);
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (optind < argc)
+ {
+ printf ("non-option ARGV-elements: ");
+ while (optind < argc)
+ printf ("%s ", argv[optind++]);
+ printf ("\n");
+ }
+
+ exit (0);
+}
+
+#endif /* TEST */
--- /dev/null
+/* Declarations for getopt.
+ Copyright (C) 1989-1994,1996-1999,2001,2003,2004,2005,2006,2007
+ Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+ This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
+
+#ifndef _GETOPT_H
+
+#ifndef __need_getopt
+# define _GETOPT_H 1
+#endif
+
+/* Standalone applications should #define __GETOPT_PREFIX to an
+ identifier that prefixes the external functions and variables
+ defined in this header. When this happens, include the
+ headers that might declare getopt so that they will not cause
+ confusion if included after this file. Then systematically rename
+ identifiers so that they do not collide with the system functions
+ and variables. Renaming avoids problems with some compilers and
+ linkers. */
+#if defined __GETOPT_PREFIX && !defined __need_getopt
+# include <stdlib.h>
+# include <stdio.h>
+# include <unistd.h>
+# undef __need_getopt
+# undef getopt
+# undef getopt_long
+# undef getopt_long_only
+# undef optarg
+# undef opterr
+# undef optind
+# undef optopt
+# define __GETOPT_CONCAT(x, y) x ## y
+# define __GETOPT_XCONCAT(x, y) __GETOPT_CONCAT (x, y)
+# define __GETOPT_ID(y) __GETOPT_XCONCAT (__GETOPT_PREFIX, y)
+# define getopt __GETOPT_ID (getopt)
+# define getopt_long __GETOPT_ID (getopt_long)
+# define getopt_long_only __GETOPT_ID (getopt_long_only)
+# define optarg __GETOPT_ID (optarg)
+# define opterr __GETOPT_ID (opterr)
+# define optind __GETOPT_ID (optind)
+# define optopt __GETOPT_ID (optopt)
+#endif
+
+/* Standalone applications get correct prototypes for getopt_long and
+ getopt_long_only; they declare "char **argv". libc uses prototypes
+ with "char *const *argv" that are incorrect because getopt_long and
+ getopt_long_only can permute argv; this is required for backward
+ compatibility (e.g., for LSB 2.0.1).
+
+ This used to be `#if defined __GETOPT_PREFIX && !defined __need_getopt',
+ but it caused redefinition warnings if both unistd.h and getopt.h were
+ included, since unistd.h includes getopt.h having previously defined
+ __need_getopt.
+
+ The only place where __getopt_argv_const is used is in definitions
+ of getopt_long and getopt_long_only below, but these are visible
+ only if __need_getopt is not defined, so it is quite safe to rewrite
+ the conditional as follows:
+*/
+#if !defined __need_getopt
+# if defined __GETOPT_PREFIX
+# define __getopt_argv_const /* empty */
+# else
+# define __getopt_argv_const const
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* If __GNU_LIBRARY__ is not already defined, either we are being used
+ standalone, or this is the first header included in the source file.
+ If we are being used with glibc, we need to include <features.h>, but
+ that does not exist if we are standalone. So: if __GNU_LIBRARY__ is
+ not defined, include <ctype.h>, which will pull in <features.h> for us
+ if it's from glibc. (Why ctype.h? It's guaranteed to exist and it
+ doesn't flood the namespace with stuff the way some other headers do.) */
+#if !defined __GNU_LIBRARY__
+# include <ctype.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef __THROW
+# ifndef __GNUC_PREREQ
+# define __GNUC_PREREQ(maj, min) (0)
+# endif
+# if defined __cplusplus && __GNUC_PREREQ (2,8)
+# define __THROW throw ()
+# else
+# define __THROW
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* For communication from `getopt' to the caller.
+ When `getopt' finds an option that takes an argument,
+ the argument value is returned here.
+ Also, when `ordering' is RETURN_IN_ORDER,
+ each non-option ARGV-element is returned here. */
+
+extern char *optarg;
+
+/* Index in ARGV of the next element to be scanned.
+ This is used for communication to and from the caller
+ and for communication between successive calls to `getopt'.
+
+ On entry to `getopt', zero means this is the first call; initialize.
+
+ When `getopt' returns -1, this is the index of the first of the
+ non-option elements that the caller should itself scan.
+
+ Otherwise, `optind' communicates from one call to the next
+ how much of ARGV has been scanned so far. */
+
+extern int optind;
+
+/* Callers store zero here to inhibit the error message `getopt' prints
+ for unrecognized options. */
+
+extern int opterr;
+
+/* Set to an option character which was unrecognized. */
+
+extern int optopt;
+
+#ifndef __need_getopt
+/* Describe the long-named options requested by the application.
+ The LONG_OPTIONS argument to getopt_long or getopt_long_only is a vector
+ of `struct option' terminated by an element containing a name which is
+ zero.
+
+ The field `has_arg' is:
+ no_argument (or 0) if the option does not take an argument,
+ required_argument (or 1) if the option requires an argument,
+ optional_argument (or 2) if the option takes an optional argument.
+
+ If the field `flag' is not NULL, it points to a variable that is set
+ to the value given in the field `val' when the option is found, but
+ left unchanged if the option is not found.
+
+ To have a long-named option do something other than set an `int' to
+ a compiled-in constant, such as set a value from `optarg', set the
+ option's `flag' field to zero and its `val' field to a nonzero
+ value (the equivalent single-letter option character, if there is
+ one). For long options that have a zero `flag' field, `getopt'
+ returns the contents of the `val' field. */
+
+struct option
+{
+ const char *name;
+ /* has_arg can't be an enum because some compilers complain about
+ type mismatches in all the code that assumes it is an int. */
+ int has_arg;
+ int *flag;
+ int val;
+};
+
+/* Names for the values of the `has_arg' field of `struct option'. */
+
+# define no_argument 0
+# define required_argument 1
+# define optional_argument 2
+#endif /* need getopt */
+
+
+/* Get definitions and prototypes for functions to process the
+ arguments in ARGV (ARGC of them, minus the program name) for
+ options given in OPTS.
+
+ Return the option character from OPTS just read. Return -1 when
+ there are no more options. For unrecognized options, or options
+ missing arguments, `optopt' is set to the option letter, and '?' is
+ returned.
+
+ The OPTS string is a list of characters which are recognized option
+ letters, optionally followed by colons, specifying that that letter
+ takes an argument, to be placed in `optarg'.
+
+ If a letter in OPTS is followed by two colons, its argument is
+ optional. This behavior is specific to the GNU `getopt'.
+
+ The argument `--' causes premature termination of argument
+ scanning, explicitly telling `getopt' that there are no more
+ options.
+
+ If OPTS begins with `-', then non-option arguments are treated as
+ arguments to the option '\1'. This behavior is specific to the GNU
+ `getopt'. If OPTS begins with `+', or POSIXLY_CORRECT is set in
+ the environment, then do not permute arguments. */
+
+extern int getopt (int ___argc, char *const *___argv, const char *__shortopts)
+ __THROW;
+
+#ifndef __need_getopt
+extern int getopt_long (int ___argc, char *__getopt_argv_const *___argv,
+ const char *__shortopts,
+ const struct option *__longopts, int *__longind)
+ __THROW;
+extern int getopt_long_only (int ___argc, char *__getopt_argv_const *___argv,
+ const char *__shortopts,
+ const struct option *__longopts, int *__longind)
+ __THROW;
+
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+/* Make sure we later can get all the definitions and declarations. */
+#undef __need_getopt
+
+#endif /* getopt.h */
--- /dev/null
+/* getopt_long and getopt_long_only entry points for GNU getopt.
+ Copyright (C) 1987,88,89,90,91,92,93,94,96,97,98,2004,2006
+ Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+ This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
+\f
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <getopt.h>
+#else
+# include <config.h>
+# include "getopt.h"
+#endif
+#include "getopt_int.h"
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+/* This needs to come after some library #include
+ to get __GNU_LIBRARY__ defined. */
+#ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef NULL
+#define NULL 0
+#endif
+
+int
+getopt_long (int argc, char *__getopt_argv_const *argv, const char *options,
+ const struct option *long_options, int *opt_index)
+{
+ return _getopt_internal (argc, (char **) argv, options, long_options,
+ opt_index, 0, 0);
+}
+
+int
+_getopt_long_r (int argc, char **argv, const char *options,
+ const struct option *long_options, int *opt_index,
+ struct _getopt_data *d)
+{
+ return _getopt_internal_r (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index,
+ 0, 0, d);
+}
+
+/* Like getopt_long, but '-' as well as '--' can indicate a long option.
+ If an option that starts with '-' (not '--') doesn't match a long option,
+ but does match a short option, it is parsed as a short option
+ instead. */
+
+int
+getopt_long_only (int argc, char *__getopt_argv_const *argv,
+ const char *options,
+ const struct option *long_options, int *opt_index)
+{
+ return _getopt_internal (argc, (char **) argv, options, long_options,
+ opt_index, 1, 0);
+}
+
+int
+_getopt_long_only_r (int argc, char **argv, const char *options,
+ const struct option *long_options, int *opt_index,
+ struct _getopt_data *d)
+{
+ return _getopt_internal_r (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index,
+ 1, 0, d);
+}
+
+\f
+#ifdef TEST
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+int
+main (int argc, char **argv)
+{
+ int c;
+ int digit_optind = 0;
+
+ while (1)
+ {
+ int this_option_optind = optind ? optind : 1;
+ int option_index = 0;
+ static struct option long_options[] =
+ {
+ {"add", 1, 0, 0},
+ {"append", 0, 0, 0},
+ {"delete", 1, 0, 0},
+ {"verbose", 0, 0, 0},
+ {"create", 0, 0, 0},
+ {"file", 1, 0, 0},
+ {0, 0, 0, 0}
+ };
+
+ c = getopt_long (argc, argv, "abc:d:0123456789",
+ long_options, &option_index);
+ if (c == -1)
+ break;
+
+ switch (c)
+ {
+ case 0:
+ printf ("option %s", long_options[option_index].name);
+ if (optarg)
+ printf (" with arg %s", optarg);
+ printf ("\n");
+ break;
+
+ case '0':
+ case '1':
+ case '2':
+ case '3':
+ case '4':
+ case '5':
+ case '6':
+ case '7':
+ case '8':
+ case '9':
+ if (digit_optind != 0 && digit_optind != this_option_optind)
+ printf ("digits occur in two different argv-elements.\n");
+ digit_optind = this_option_optind;
+ printf ("option %c\n", c);
+ break;
+
+ case 'a':
+ printf ("option a\n");
+ break;
+
+ case 'b':
+ printf ("option b\n");
+ break;
+
+ case 'c':
+ printf ("option c with value `%s'\n", optarg);
+ break;
+
+ case 'd':
+ printf ("option d with value `%s'\n", optarg);
+ break;
+
+ case '?':
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ printf ("?? getopt returned character code 0%o ??\n", c);
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (optind < argc)
+ {
+ printf ("non-option ARGV-elements: ");
+ while (optind < argc)
+ printf ("%s ", argv[optind++]);
+ printf ("\n");
+ }
+
+ exit (0);
+}
+
+#endif /* TEST */
--- /dev/null
+/* Internal declarations for getopt.
+ Copyright (C) 1989-1994,1996-1999,2001,2003,2004
+ Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+ This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
+
+#ifndef _GETOPT_INT_H
+#define _GETOPT_INT_H 1
+
+extern int _getopt_internal (int ___argc, char **___argv,
+ const char *__shortopts,
+ const struct option *__longopts, int *__longind,
+ int __long_only, int __posixly_correct);
+
+\f
+/* Reentrant versions which can handle parsing multiple argument
+ vectors at the same time. */
+
+/* Data type for reentrant functions. */
+struct _getopt_data
+{
+ /* These have exactly the same meaning as the corresponding global
+ variables, except that they are used for the reentrant
+ versions of getopt. */
+ int optind;
+ int opterr;
+ int optopt;
+ char *optarg;
+
+ /* Internal members. */
+
+ /* True if the internal members have been initialized. */
+ int __initialized;
+
+ /* The next char to be scanned in the option-element
+ in which the last option character we returned was found.
+ This allows us to pick up the scan where we left off.
+
+ If this is zero, or a null string, it means resume the scan
+ by advancing to the next ARGV-element. */
+ char *__nextchar;
+
+ /* Describe how to deal with options that follow non-option ARGV-elements.
+
+ If the caller did not specify anything,
+ the default is REQUIRE_ORDER if the environment variable
+ POSIXLY_CORRECT is defined, PERMUTE otherwise.
+
+ REQUIRE_ORDER means don't recognize them as options;
+ stop option processing when the first non-option is seen.
+ This is what Unix does.
+ This mode of operation is selected by either setting the environment
+ variable POSIXLY_CORRECT, or using `+' as the first character
+ of the list of option characters, or by calling getopt.
+
+ PERMUTE is the default. We permute the contents of ARGV as we
+ scan, so that eventually all the non-options are at the end.
+ This allows options to be given in any order, even with programs
+ that were not written to expect this.
+
+ RETURN_IN_ORDER is an option available to programs that were
+ written to expect options and other ARGV-elements in any order
+ and that care about the ordering of the two. We describe each
+ non-option ARGV-element as if it were the argument of an option
+ with character code 1. Using `-' as the first character of the
+ list of option characters selects this mode of operation.
+
+ The special argument `--' forces an end of option-scanning regardless
+ of the value of `ordering'. In the case of RETURN_IN_ORDER, only
+ `--' can cause `getopt' to return -1 with `optind' != ARGC. */
+
+ enum
+ {
+ REQUIRE_ORDER, PERMUTE, RETURN_IN_ORDER
+ } __ordering;
+
+ /* If the POSIXLY_CORRECT environment variable is set
+ or getopt was called. */
+ int __posixly_correct;
+
+
+ /* Handle permutation of arguments. */
+
+ /* Describe the part of ARGV that contains non-options that have
+ been skipped. `first_nonopt' is the index in ARGV of the first
+ of them; `last_nonopt' is the index after the last of them. */
+
+ int __first_nonopt;
+ int __last_nonopt;
+
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_NONOPTION_FLAGS
+ int __nonoption_flags_max_len;
+ int __nonoption_flags_len;
+# endif
+};
+
+/* The initializer is necessary to set OPTIND and OPTERR to their
+ default values and to clear the initialization flag. */
+#define _GETOPT_DATA_INITIALIZER { 1, 1 }
+
+extern int _getopt_internal_r (int ___argc, char **___argv,
+ const char *__shortopts,
+ const struct option *__longopts, int *__longind,
+ int __long_only, int __posixly_correct,
+ struct _getopt_data *__data);
+
+extern int _getopt_long_r (int ___argc, char **___argv,
+ const char *__shortopts,
+ const struct option *__longopts, int *__longind,
+ struct _getopt_data *__data);
+
+extern int _getopt_long_only_r (int ___argc, char **___argv,
+ const char *__shortopts,
+ const struct option *__longopts,
+ int *__longind,
+ struct _getopt_data *__data);
+
+#endif /* getopt_int.h */
--- /dev/null
+/* Convenience header for conditional use of GNU <libintl.h>.
+ Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000-2002, 2004-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+ Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
+
+#ifndef _LIBGETTEXT_H
+#define _LIBGETTEXT_H 1
+
+/* NLS can be disabled through the configure --disable-nls option. */
+#if ENABLE_NLS
+
+/* Get declarations of GNU message catalog functions. */
+# include <libintl.h>
+
+/* You can set the DEFAULT_TEXT_DOMAIN macro to specify the domain used by
+ the gettext() and ngettext() macros. This is an alternative to calling
+ textdomain(), and is useful for libraries. */
+# ifdef DEFAULT_TEXT_DOMAIN
+# undef gettext
+# define gettext(Msgid) \
+ dgettext (DEFAULT_TEXT_DOMAIN, Msgid)
+# undef ngettext
+# define ngettext(Msgid1, Msgid2, N) \
+ dngettext (DEFAULT_TEXT_DOMAIN, Msgid1, Msgid2, N)
+# endif
+
+#else
+
+/* Solaris /usr/include/locale.h includes /usr/include/libintl.h, which
+ chokes if dcgettext is defined as a macro. So include it now, to make
+ later inclusions of <locale.h> a NOP. We don't include <libintl.h>
+ as well because people using "gettext.h" will not include <libintl.h>,
+ and also including <libintl.h> would fail on SunOS 4, whereas <locale.h>
+ is OK. */
+#if defined(__sun)
+# include <locale.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Many header files from the libstdc++ coming with g++ 3.3 or newer include
+ <libintl.h>, which chokes if dcgettext is defined as a macro. So include
+ it now, to make later inclusions of <libintl.h> a NOP. */
+#if defined(__cplusplus) && defined(__GNUG__) && (__GNUC__ >= 3)
+# include <cstdlib>
+# if (__GLIBC__ >= 2) || _GLIBCXX_HAVE_LIBINTL_H
+# include <libintl.h>
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Disabled NLS.
+ The casts to 'const char *' serve the purpose of producing warnings
+ for invalid uses of the value returned from these functions.
+ On pre-ANSI systems without 'const', the config.h file is supposed to
+ contain "#define const". */
+# define gettext(Msgid) ((const char *) (Msgid))
+# define dgettext(Domainname, Msgid) ((void) (Domainname), gettext (Msgid))
+# define dcgettext(Domainname, Msgid, Category) \
+ ((void) (Category), dgettext (Domainname, Msgid))
+# define ngettext(Msgid1, Msgid2, N) \
+ ((N) == 1 \
+ ? ((void) (Msgid2), (const char *) (Msgid1)) \
+ : ((void) (Msgid1), (const char *) (Msgid2)))
+# define dngettext(Domainname, Msgid1, Msgid2, N) \
+ ((void) (Domainname), ngettext (Msgid1, Msgid2, N))
+# define dcngettext(Domainname, Msgid1, Msgid2, N, Category) \
+ ((void) (Category), dngettext(Domainname, Msgid1, Msgid2, N))
+# define textdomain(Domainname) ((const char *) (Domainname))
+# define bindtextdomain(Domainname, Dirname) \
+ ((void) (Domainname), (const char *) (Dirname))
+# define bind_textdomain_codeset(Domainname, Codeset) \
+ ((void) (Domainname), (const char *) (Codeset))
+
+#endif
+
+/* A pseudo function call that serves as a marker for the automated
+ extraction of messages, but does not call gettext(). The run-time
+ translation is done at a different place in the code.
+ The argument, String, should be a literal string. Concatenated strings
+ and other string expressions won't work.
+ The macro's expansion is not parenthesized, so that it is suitable as
+ initializer for static 'char[]' or 'const char[]' variables. */
+#define gettext_noop(String) String
+
+/* The separator between msgctxt and msgid in a .mo file. */
+#define GETTEXT_CONTEXT_GLUE "\004"
+
+/* Pseudo function calls, taking a MSGCTXT and a MSGID instead of just a
+ MSGID. MSGCTXT and MSGID must be string literals. MSGCTXT should be
+ short and rarely need to change.
+ The letter 'p' stands for 'particular' or 'special'. */
+#ifdef DEFAULT_TEXT_DOMAIN
+# define pgettext(Msgctxt, Msgid) \
+ pgettext_aux (DEFAULT_TEXT_DOMAIN, Msgctxt GETTEXT_CONTEXT_GLUE Msgid, Msgid, LC_MESSAGES)
+#else
+# define pgettext(Msgctxt, Msgid) \
+ pgettext_aux (NULL, Msgctxt GETTEXT_CONTEXT_GLUE Msgid, Msgid, LC_MESSAGES)
+#endif
+#define dpgettext(Domainname, Msgctxt, Msgid) \
+ pgettext_aux (Domainname, Msgctxt GETTEXT_CONTEXT_GLUE Msgid, Msgid, LC_MESSAGES)
+#define dcpgettext(Domainname, Msgctxt, Msgid, Category) \
+ pgettext_aux (Domainname, Msgctxt GETTEXT_CONTEXT_GLUE Msgid, Msgid, Category)
+#ifdef DEFAULT_TEXT_DOMAIN
+# define npgettext(Msgctxt, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N) \
+ npgettext_aux (DEFAULT_TEXT_DOMAIN, Msgctxt GETTEXT_CONTEXT_GLUE Msgid, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N, LC_MESSAGES)
+#else
+# define npgettext(Msgctxt, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N) \
+ npgettext_aux (NULL, Msgctxt GETTEXT_CONTEXT_GLUE Msgid, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N, LC_MESSAGES)
+#endif
+#define dnpgettext(Domainname, Msgctxt, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N) \
+ npgettext_aux (Domainname, Msgctxt GETTEXT_CONTEXT_GLUE Msgid, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N, LC_MESSAGES)
+#define dcnpgettext(Domainname, Msgctxt, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N, Category) \
+ npgettext_aux (Domainname, Msgctxt GETTEXT_CONTEXT_GLUE Msgid, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N, Category)
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+__inline
+#else
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+inline
+#endif
+#endif
+static const char *
+pgettext_aux (const char *domain,
+ const char *msg_ctxt_id, const char *msgid,
+ int category)
+{
+ const char *translation = dcgettext (domain, msg_ctxt_id, category);
+ if (translation == msg_ctxt_id)
+ return msgid;
+ else
+ return translation;
+}
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+__inline
+#else
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+inline
+#endif
+#endif
+static const char *
+npgettext_aux (const char *domain,
+ const char *msg_ctxt_id, const char *msgid,
+ const char *msgid_plural, unsigned long int n,
+ int category)
+{
+ const char *translation =
+ dcngettext (domain, msg_ctxt_id, msgid_plural, n, category);
+ if (translation == msg_ctxt_id || translation == msgid_plural)
+ return (n == 1 ? msgid : msgid_plural);
+ else
+ return translation;
+}
+
+/* The same thing extended for non-constant arguments. Here MSGCTXT and MSGID
+ can be arbitrary expressions. But for string literals these macros are
+ less efficient than those above. */
+
+#include <string.h>
+
+#define _LIBGETTEXT_HAVE_VARIABLE_SIZE_ARRAYS \
+ (((__GNUC__ >= 3 || __GNUG__ >= 2) && !__STRICT_ANSI__) \
+ /* || __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L */ )
+
+#if !_LIBGETTEXT_HAVE_VARIABLE_SIZE_ARRAYS
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+
+#define pgettext_expr(Msgctxt, Msgid) \
+ dcpgettext_expr (NULL, Msgctxt, Msgid, LC_MESSAGES)
+#define dpgettext_expr(Domainname, Msgctxt, Msgid) \
+ dcpgettext_expr (Domainname, Msgctxt, Msgid, LC_MESSAGES)
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+__inline
+#else
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+inline
+#endif
+#endif
+static const char *
+dcpgettext_expr (const char *domain,
+ const char *msgctxt, const char *msgid,
+ int category)
+{
+ size_t msgctxt_len = strlen (msgctxt) + 1;
+ size_t msgid_len = strlen (msgid) + 1;
+ const char *translation;
+#if _LIBGETTEXT_HAVE_VARIABLE_SIZE_ARRAYS
+ char msg_ctxt_id[msgctxt_len + msgid_len];
+#else
+ char buf[1024];
+ char *msg_ctxt_id =
+ (msgctxt_len + msgid_len <= sizeof (buf)
+ ? buf
+ : (char *) malloc (msgctxt_len + msgid_len));
+ if (msg_ctxt_id != NULL)
+#endif
+ {
+ memcpy (msg_ctxt_id, msgctxt, msgctxt_len - 1);
+ msg_ctxt_id[msgctxt_len - 1] = '\004';
+ memcpy (msg_ctxt_id + msgctxt_len, msgid, msgid_len);
+ translation = dcgettext (domain, msg_ctxt_id, category);
+#if !_LIBGETTEXT_HAVE_VARIABLE_SIZE_ARRAYS
+ if (msg_ctxt_id != buf)
+ free (msg_ctxt_id);
+#endif
+ if (translation != msg_ctxt_id)
+ return translation;
+ }
+ return msgid;
+}
+
+#define npgettext_expr(Msgctxt, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N) \
+ dcnpgettext_expr (NULL, Msgctxt, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N, LC_MESSAGES)
+#define dnpgettext_expr(Domainname, Msgctxt, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N) \
+ dcnpgettext_expr (Domainname, Msgctxt, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N, LC_MESSAGES)
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+__inline
+#else
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+inline
+#endif
+#endif
+static const char *
+dcnpgettext_expr (const char *domain,
+ const char *msgctxt, const char *msgid,
+ const char *msgid_plural, unsigned long int n,
+ int category)
+{
+ size_t msgctxt_len = strlen (msgctxt) + 1;
+ size_t msgid_len = strlen (msgid) + 1;
+ const char *translation;
+#if _LIBGETTEXT_HAVE_VARIABLE_SIZE_ARRAYS
+ char msg_ctxt_id[msgctxt_len + msgid_len];
+#else
+ char buf[1024];
+ char *msg_ctxt_id =
+ (msgctxt_len + msgid_len <= sizeof (buf)
+ ? buf
+ : (char *) malloc (msgctxt_len + msgid_len));
+ if (msg_ctxt_id != NULL)
+#endif
+ {
+ memcpy (msg_ctxt_id, msgctxt, msgctxt_len - 1);
+ msg_ctxt_id[msgctxt_len - 1] = '\004';
+ memcpy (msg_ctxt_id + msgctxt_len, msgid, msgid_len);
+ translation = dcngettext (domain, msg_ctxt_id, msgid_plural, n, category);
+#if !_LIBGETTEXT_HAVE_VARIABLE_SIZE_ARRAYS
+ if (msg_ctxt_id != buf)
+ free (msg_ctxt_id);
+#endif
+ if (!(translation == msg_ctxt_id || translation == msgid_plural))
+ return translation;
+ }
+ return (n == 1 ? msgid : msgid_plural);
+}
+
+#endif /* _LIBGETTEXT_H */
--- /dev/null
+/* Functions to compute MD5 message digest of files or memory blocks.
+ according to the definition of MD5 in RFC 1321 from April 1992.
+ Copyright (C) 1995,1996,1997,1999,2000,2001,2005,2006
+ Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+ under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+ Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
+ later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+ Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
+
+/* Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995. */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "md5.h"
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#if USE_UNLOCKED_IO
+# include "unlocked-io.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <endian.h>
+# if __BYTE_ORDER == __BIG_ENDIAN
+# define WORDS_BIGENDIAN 1
+# endif
+/* We need to keep the namespace clean so define the MD5 function
+ protected using leading __ . */
+# define md5_init_ctx __md5_init_ctx
+# define md5_process_block __md5_process_block
+# define md5_process_bytes __md5_process_bytes
+# define md5_finish_ctx __md5_finish_ctx
+# define md5_read_ctx __md5_read_ctx
+# define md5_stream __md5_stream
+# define md5_buffer __md5_buffer
+#endif
+
+#ifdef WORDS_BIGENDIAN
+# define SWAP(n) \
+ (((n) << 24) | (((n) & 0xff00) << 8) | (((n) >> 8) & 0xff00) | ((n) >> 24))
+#else
+# define SWAP(n) (n)
+#endif
+
+#define BLOCKSIZE 4096
+#if BLOCKSIZE % 64 != 0
+# error "invalid BLOCKSIZE"
+#endif
+
+/* This array contains the bytes used to pad the buffer to the next
+ 64-byte boundary. (RFC 1321, 3.1: Step 1) */
+static const unsigned char fillbuf[64] = { 0x80, 0 /* , 0, 0, ... */ };
+
+
+/* Initialize structure containing state of computation.
+ (RFC 1321, 3.3: Step 3) */
+void
+md5_init_ctx (struct md5_ctx *ctx)
+{
+ ctx->A = 0x67452301;
+ ctx->B = 0xefcdab89;
+ ctx->C = 0x98badcfe;
+ ctx->D = 0x10325476;
+
+ ctx->total[0] = ctx->total[1] = 0;
+ ctx->buflen = 0;
+}
+
+/* Put result from CTX in first 16 bytes following RESBUF. The result
+ must be in little endian byte order.
+
+ IMPORTANT: On some systems it is required that RESBUF is correctly
+ aligned for a 32-bit value. */
+void *
+md5_read_ctx (const struct md5_ctx *ctx, void *resbuf)
+{
+ ((uint32_t *) resbuf)[0] = SWAP (ctx->A);
+ ((uint32_t *) resbuf)[1] = SWAP (ctx->B);
+ ((uint32_t *) resbuf)[2] = SWAP (ctx->C);
+ ((uint32_t *) resbuf)[3] = SWAP (ctx->D);
+
+ return resbuf;
+}
+
+/* Process the remaining bytes in the internal buffer and the usual
+ prolog according to the standard and write the result to RESBUF.
+
+ IMPORTANT: On some systems it is required that RESBUF is correctly
+ aligned for a 32-bit value. */
+void *
+md5_finish_ctx (struct md5_ctx *ctx, void *resbuf)
+{
+ /* Take yet unprocessed bytes into account. */
+ uint32_t bytes = ctx->buflen;
+ size_t size = (bytes < 56) ? 64 / 4 : 64 * 2 / 4;
+
+ /* Now count remaining bytes. */
+ ctx->total[0] += bytes;
+ if (ctx->total[0] < bytes)
+ ++ctx->total[1];
+
+ /* Put the 64-bit file length in *bits* at the end of the buffer. */
+ ctx->buffer[size - 2] = SWAP (ctx->total[0] << 3);
+ ctx->buffer[size - 1] = SWAP ((ctx->total[1] << 3) | (ctx->total[0] >> 29));
+
+ memcpy (&((char *) ctx->buffer)[bytes], fillbuf, (size - 2) * 4 - bytes);
+
+ /* Process last bytes. */
+ md5_process_block (ctx->buffer, size * 4, ctx);
+
+ return md5_read_ctx (ctx, resbuf);
+}
+
+/* Compute MD5 message digest for bytes read from STREAM. The
+ resulting message digest number will be written into the 16 bytes
+ beginning at RESBLOCK. */
+int
+md5_stream (FILE *stream, void *resblock)
+{
+ struct md5_ctx ctx;
+ char buffer[BLOCKSIZE + 72];
+ size_t sum;
+
+ /* Initialize the computation context. */
+ md5_init_ctx (&ctx);
+
+ /* Iterate over full file contents. */
+ while (1)
+ {
+ /* We read the file in blocks of BLOCKSIZE bytes. One call of the
+ computation function processes the whole buffer so that with the
+ next round of the loop another block can be read. */
+ size_t n;
+ sum = 0;
+
+ /* Read block. Take care for partial reads. */
+ while (1)
+ {
+ n = fread (buffer + sum, 1, BLOCKSIZE - sum, stream);
+
+ sum += n;
+
+ if (sum == BLOCKSIZE)
+ break;
+
+ if (n == 0)
+ {
+ /* Check for the error flag IFF N == 0, so that we don't
+ exit the loop after a partial read due to e.g., EAGAIN
+ or EWOULDBLOCK. */
+ if (ferror (stream))
+ return 1;
+ goto process_partial_block;
+ }
+
+ /* We've read at least one byte, so ignore errors. But always
+ check for EOF, since feof may be true even though N > 0.
+ Otherwise, we could end up calling fread after EOF. */
+ if (feof (stream))
+ goto process_partial_block;
+ }
+
+ /* Process buffer with BLOCKSIZE bytes. Note that
+ BLOCKSIZE % 64 == 0
+ */
+ md5_process_block (buffer, BLOCKSIZE, &ctx);
+ }
+
+process_partial_block:
+
+ /* Process any remaining bytes. */
+ if (sum > 0)
+ md5_process_bytes (buffer, sum, &ctx);
+
+ /* Construct result in desired memory. */
+ md5_finish_ctx (&ctx, resblock);
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/* Compute MD5 message digest for LEN bytes beginning at BUFFER. The
+ result is always in little endian byte order, so that a byte-wise
+ output yields to the wanted ASCII representation of the message
+ digest. */
+void *
+md5_buffer (const char *buffer, size_t len, void *resblock)
+{
+ struct md5_ctx ctx;
+
+ /* Initialize the computation context. */
+ md5_init_ctx (&ctx);
+
+ /* Process whole buffer but last len % 64 bytes. */
+ md5_process_bytes (buffer, len, &ctx);
+
+ /* Put result in desired memory area. */
+ return md5_finish_ctx (&ctx, resblock);
+}
+
+
+void
+md5_process_bytes (const void *buffer, size_t len, struct md5_ctx *ctx)
+{
+ /* When we already have some bits in our internal buffer concatenate
+ both inputs first. */
+ if (ctx->buflen != 0)
+ {
+ size_t left_over = ctx->buflen;
+ size_t add = 128 - left_over > len ? len : 128 - left_over;
+
+ memcpy (&((char *) ctx->buffer)[left_over], buffer, add);
+ ctx->buflen += add;
+
+ if (ctx->buflen > 64)
+ {
+ md5_process_block (ctx->buffer, ctx->buflen & ~63, ctx);
+
+ ctx->buflen &= 63;
+ /* The regions in the following copy operation cannot overlap. */
+ memcpy (ctx->buffer,
+ &((char *) ctx->buffer)[(left_over + add) & ~63],
+ ctx->buflen);
+ }
+
+ buffer = (const char *) buffer + add;
+ len -= add;
+ }
+
+ /* Process available complete blocks. */
+ if (len >= 64)
+ {
+#if !_STRING_ARCH_unaligned
+# define alignof(type) offsetof (struct { char c; type x; }, x)
+# define UNALIGNED_P(p) (((size_t) p) % alignof (uint32_t) != 0)
+ if (UNALIGNED_P (buffer))
+ while (len > 64)
+ {
+ md5_process_block (memcpy (ctx->buffer, buffer, 64), 64, ctx);
+ buffer = (const char *) buffer + 64;
+ len -= 64;
+ }
+ else
+#endif
+ {
+ md5_process_block (buffer, len & ~63, ctx);
+ buffer = (const char *) buffer + (len & ~63);
+ len &= 63;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Move remaining bytes in internal buffer. */
+ if (len > 0)
+ {
+ size_t left_over = ctx->buflen;
+
+ memcpy (&((char *) ctx->buffer)[left_over], buffer, len);
+ left_over += len;
+ if (left_over >= 64)
+ {
+ md5_process_block (ctx->buffer, 64, ctx);
+ left_over -= 64;
+ memcpy (ctx->buffer, &ctx->buffer[16], left_over);
+ }
+ ctx->buflen = left_over;
+ }
+}
+
+
+/* These are the four functions used in the four steps of the MD5 algorithm
+ and defined in the RFC 1321. The first function is a little bit optimized
+ (as found in Colin Plumbs public domain implementation). */
+/* #define FF(b, c, d) ((b & c) | (~b & d)) */
+#define FF(b, c, d) (d ^ (b & (c ^ d)))
+#define FG(b, c, d) FF (d, b, c)
+#define FH(b, c, d) (b ^ c ^ d)
+#define FI(b, c, d) (c ^ (b | ~d))
+
+/* Process LEN bytes of BUFFER, accumulating context into CTX.
+ It is assumed that LEN % 64 == 0. */
+
+void
+md5_process_block (const void *buffer, size_t len, struct md5_ctx *ctx)
+{
+ uint32_t correct_words[16];
+ const uint32_t *words = buffer;
+ size_t nwords = len / sizeof (uint32_t);
+ const uint32_t *endp = words + nwords;
+ uint32_t A = ctx->A;
+ uint32_t B = ctx->B;
+ uint32_t C = ctx->C;
+ uint32_t D = ctx->D;
+
+ /* First increment the byte count. RFC 1321 specifies the possible
+ length of the file up to 2^64 bits. Here we only compute the
+ number of bytes. Do a double word increment. */
+ ctx->total[0] += len;
+ if (ctx->total[0] < len)
+ ++ctx->total[1];
+
+ /* Process all bytes in the buffer with 64 bytes in each round of
+ the loop. */
+ while (words < endp)
+ {
+ uint32_t *cwp = correct_words;
+ uint32_t A_save = A;
+ uint32_t B_save = B;
+ uint32_t C_save = C;
+ uint32_t D_save = D;
+
+ /* First round: using the given function, the context and a constant
+ the next context is computed. Because the algorithms processing
+ unit is a 32-bit word and it is determined to work on words in
+ little endian byte order we perhaps have to change the byte order
+ before the computation. To reduce the work for the next steps
+ we store the swapped words in the array CORRECT_WORDS. */
+
+#define OP(a, b, c, d, s, T) \
+ do \
+ { \
+ a += FF (b, c, d) + (*cwp++ = SWAP (*words)) + T; \
+ ++words; \
+ CYCLIC (a, s); \
+ a += b; \
+ } \
+ while (0)
+
+ /* It is unfortunate that C does not provide an operator for
+ cyclic rotation. Hope the C compiler is smart enough. */
+#define CYCLIC(w, s) (w = (w << s) | (w >> (32 - s)))
+
+ /* Before we start, one word to the strange constants.
+ They are defined in RFC 1321 as
+
+ T[i] = (int) (4294967296.0 * fabs (sin (i))), i=1..64
+
+ Here is an equivalent invocation using Perl:
+
+ perl -e 'foreach(1..64){printf "0x%08x\n", int (4294967296 * abs (sin $_))}'
+ */
+
+ /* Round 1. */
+ OP (A, B, C, D, 7, 0xd76aa478);
+ OP (D, A, B, C, 12, 0xe8c7b756);
+ OP (C, D, A, B, 17, 0x242070db);
+ OP (B, C, D, A, 22, 0xc1bdceee);
+ OP (A, B, C, D, 7, 0xf57c0faf);
+ OP (D, A, B, C, 12, 0x4787c62a);
+ OP (C, D, A, B, 17, 0xa8304613);
+ OP (B, C, D, A, 22, 0xfd469501);
+ OP (A, B, C, D, 7, 0x698098d8);
+ OP (D, A, B, C, 12, 0x8b44f7af);
+ OP (C, D, A, B, 17, 0xffff5bb1);
+ OP (B, C, D, A, 22, 0x895cd7be);
+ OP (A, B, C, D, 7, 0x6b901122);
+ OP (D, A, B, C, 12, 0xfd987193);
+ OP (C, D, A, B, 17, 0xa679438e);
+ OP (B, C, D, A, 22, 0x49b40821);
+
+ /* For the second to fourth round we have the possibly swapped words
+ in CORRECT_WORDS. Redefine the macro to take an additional first
+ argument specifying the function to use. */
+#undef OP
+#define OP(f, a, b, c, d, k, s, T) \
+ do \
+ { \
+ a += f (b, c, d) + correct_words[k] + T; \
+ CYCLIC (a, s); \
+ a += b; \
+ } \
+ while (0)
+
+ /* Round 2. */
+ OP (FG, A, B, C, D, 1, 5, 0xf61e2562);
+ OP (FG, D, A, B, C, 6, 9, 0xc040b340);
+ OP (FG, C, D, A, B, 11, 14, 0x265e5a51);
+ OP (FG, B, C, D, A, 0, 20, 0xe9b6c7aa);
+ OP (FG, A, B, C, D, 5, 5, 0xd62f105d);
+ OP (FG, D, A, B, C, 10, 9, 0x02441453);
+ OP (FG, C, D, A, B, 15, 14, 0xd8a1e681);
+ OP (FG, B, C, D, A, 4, 20, 0xe7d3fbc8);
+ OP (FG, A, B, C, D, 9, 5, 0x21e1cde6);
+ OP (FG, D, A, B, C, 14, 9, 0xc33707d6);
+ OP (FG, C, D, A, B, 3, 14, 0xf4d50d87);
+ OP (FG, B, C, D, A, 8, 20, 0x455a14ed);
+ OP (FG, A, B, C, D, 13, 5, 0xa9e3e905);
+ OP (FG, D, A, B, C, 2, 9, 0xfcefa3f8);
+ OP (FG, C, D, A, B, 7, 14, 0x676f02d9);
+ OP (FG, B, C, D, A, 12, 20, 0x8d2a4c8a);
+
+ /* Round 3. */
+ OP (FH, A, B, C, D, 5, 4, 0xfffa3942);
+ OP (FH, D, A, B, C, 8, 11, 0x8771f681);
+ OP (FH, C, D, A, B, 11, 16, 0x6d9d6122);
+ OP (FH, B, C, D, A, 14, 23, 0xfde5380c);
+ OP (FH, A, B, C, D, 1, 4, 0xa4beea44);
+ OP (FH, D, A, B, C, 4, 11, 0x4bdecfa9);
+ OP (FH, C, D, A, B, 7, 16, 0xf6bb4b60);
+ OP (FH, B, C, D, A, 10, 23, 0xbebfbc70);
+ OP (FH, A, B, C, D, 13, 4, 0x289b7ec6);
+ OP (FH, D, A, B, C, 0, 11, 0xeaa127fa);
+ OP (FH, C, D, A, B, 3, 16, 0xd4ef3085);
+ OP (FH, B, C, D, A, 6, 23, 0x04881d05);
+ OP (FH, A, B, C, D, 9, 4, 0xd9d4d039);
+ OP (FH, D, A, B, C, 12, 11, 0xe6db99e5);
+ OP (FH, C, D, A, B, 15, 16, 0x1fa27cf8);
+ OP (FH, B, C, D, A, 2, 23, 0xc4ac5665);
+
+ /* Round 4. */
+ OP (FI, A, B, C, D, 0, 6, 0xf4292244);
+ OP (FI, D, A, B, C, 7, 10, 0x432aff97);
+ OP (FI, C, D, A, B, 14, 15, 0xab9423a7);
+ OP (FI, B, C, D, A, 5, 21, 0xfc93a039);
+ OP (FI, A, B, C, D, 12, 6, 0x655b59c3);
+ OP (FI, D, A, B, C, 3, 10, 0x8f0ccc92);
+ OP (FI, C, D, A, B, 10, 15, 0xffeff47d);
+ OP (FI, B, C, D, A, 1, 21, 0x85845dd1);
+ OP (FI, A, B, C, D, 8, 6, 0x6fa87e4f);
+ OP (FI, D, A, B, C, 15, 10, 0xfe2ce6e0);
+ OP (FI, C, D, A, B, 6, 15, 0xa3014314);
+ OP (FI, B, C, D, A, 13, 21, 0x4e0811a1);
+ OP (FI, A, B, C, D, 4, 6, 0xf7537e82);
+ OP (FI, D, A, B, C, 11, 10, 0xbd3af235);
+ OP (FI, C, D, A, B, 2, 15, 0x2ad7d2bb);
+ OP (FI, B, C, D, A, 9, 21, 0xeb86d391);
+
+ /* Add the starting values of the context. */
+ A += A_save;
+ B += B_save;
+ C += C_save;
+ D += D_save;
+ }
+
+ /* Put checksum in context given as argument. */
+ ctx->A = A;
+ ctx->B = B;
+ ctx->C = C;
+ ctx->D = D;
+}
--- /dev/null
+/* Declaration of functions and data types used for MD5 sum computing
+ library functions.
+ Copyright (C) 1995-1997,1999,2000,2001,2004,2005,2006
+ Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+ under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+ Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
+ later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+ Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
+
+#ifndef _MD5_H
+#define _MD5_H 1
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+#define MD5_DIGEST_SIZE 16
+#define MD5_BLOCK_SIZE 64
+
+#ifndef __GNUC_PREREQ
+# if defined __GNUC__ && defined __GNUC_MINOR__
+# define __GNUC_PREREQ(maj, min) \
+ ((__GNUC__ << 16) + __GNUC_MINOR__ >= ((maj) << 16) + (min))
+# else
+# define __GNUC_PREREQ(maj, min) 0
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef __THROW
+# if defined __cplusplus && __GNUC_PREREQ (2,8)
+# define __THROW throw ()
+# else
+# define __THROW
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _LIBC
+# define __md5_buffer md5_buffer
+# define __md5_finish_ctx md5_finish_ctx
+# define __md5_init_ctx md5_init_ctx
+# define __md5_process_block md5_process_block
+# define __md5_process_bytes md5_process_bytes
+# define __md5_read_ctx md5_read_ctx
+# define __md5_stream md5_stream
+#endif
+
+/* Structure to save state of computation between the single steps. */
+struct md5_ctx
+{
+ uint32_t A;
+ uint32_t B;
+ uint32_t C;
+ uint32_t D;
+
+ uint32_t total[2];
+ uint32_t buflen;
+ uint32_t buffer[32];
+};
+
+/*
+ * The following three functions are build up the low level used in
+ * the functions `md5_stream' and `md5_buffer'.
+ */
+
+/* Initialize structure containing state of computation.
+ (RFC 1321, 3.3: Step 3) */
+extern void __md5_init_ctx (struct md5_ctx *ctx) __THROW;
+
+/* Starting with the result of former calls of this function (or the
+ initialization function update the context for the next LEN bytes
+ starting at BUFFER.
+ It is necessary that LEN is a multiple of 64!!! */
+extern void __md5_process_block (const void *buffer, size_t len,
+ struct md5_ctx *ctx) __THROW;
+
+/* Starting with the result of former calls of this function (or the
+ initialization function update the context for the next LEN bytes
+ starting at BUFFER.
+ It is NOT required that LEN is a multiple of 64. */
+extern void __md5_process_bytes (const void *buffer, size_t len,
+ struct md5_ctx *ctx) __THROW;
+
+/* Process the remaining bytes in the buffer and put result from CTX
+ in first 16 bytes following RESBUF. The result is always in little
+ endian byte order, so that a byte-wise output yields to the wanted
+ ASCII representation of the message digest.
+
+ IMPORTANT: On some systems, RESBUF must be aligned to a 32-bit
+ boundary. */
+extern void *__md5_finish_ctx (struct md5_ctx *ctx, void *resbuf) __THROW;
+
+
+/* Put result from CTX in first 16 bytes following RESBUF. The result is
+ always in little endian byte order, so that a byte-wise output yields
+ to the wanted ASCII representation of the message digest.
+
+ IMPORTANT: On some systems, RESBUF must be aligned to a 32-bit
+ boundary. */
+extern void *__md5_read_ctx (const struct md5_ctx *ctx, void *resbuf) __THROW;
+
+
+/* Compute MD5 message digest for bytes read from STREAM. The
+ resulting message digest number will be written into the 16 bytes
+ beginning at RESBLOCK. */
+extern int __md5_stream (FILE *stream, void *resblock) __THROW;
+
+/* Compute MD5 message digest for LEN bytes beginning at BUFFER. The
+ result is always in little endian byte order, so that a byte-wise
+ output yields to the wanted ASCII representation of the message
+ digest. */
+extern void *__md5_buffer (const char *buffer, size_t len,
+ void *resblock) __THROW;
+
+#endif /* md5.h */
--- /dev/null
+/* Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2003, 2006, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ Written by Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>, 2001.
+
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+ Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
+
+#ifndef _GL_STDBOOL_H
+#define _GL_STDBOOL_H
+
+/* ISO C 99 <stdbool.h> for platforms that lack it. */
+
+/* Usage suggestions:
+
+ Programs that use <stdbool.h> should be aware of some limitations
+ and standards compliance issues.
+
+ Standards compliance:
+
+ - <stdbool.h> must be #included before 'bool', 'false', 'true'
+ can be used.
+
+ - You cannot assume that sizeof (bool) == 1.
+
+ - Programs should not undefine the macros bool, true, and false,
+ as C99 lists that as an "obsolescent feature".
+
+ Limitations of this substitute, when used in a C89 environment:
+
+ - <stdbool.h> must be #included before the '_Bool' type can be used.
+
+ - You cannot assume that _Bool is a typedef; it might be a macro.
+
+ - Bit-fields of type 'bool' are not supported. Portable code
+ should use 'unsigned int foo : 1;' rather than 'bool foo : 1;'.
+
+ - In C99, casts and automatic conversions to '_Bool' or 'bool' are
+ performed in such a way that every nonzero value gets converted
+ to 'true', and zero gets converted to 'false'. This doesn't work
+ with this substitute. With this substitute, only the values 0 and 1
+ give the expected result when converted to _Bool' or 'bool'.
+
+ Also, it is suggested that programs use 'bool' rather than '_Bool';
+ this isn't required, but 'bool' is more common. */
+
+
+/* 7.16. Boolean type and values */
+
+/* BeOS <sys/socket.h> already #defines false 0, true 1. We use the same
+ definitions below, but temporarily we have to #undef them. */
+#ifdef __BEOS__
+# include <OS.h> /* defines bool but not _Bool */
+# undef false
+# undef true
+#endif
+
+/* For the sake of symbolic names in gdb, we define true and false as
+ enum constants, not only as macros.
+ It is tempting to write
+ typedef enum { false = 0, true = 1 } _Bool;
+ so that gdb prints values of type 'bool' symbolically. But if we do
+ this, values of type '_Bool' may promote to 'int' or 'unsigned int'
+ (see ISO C 99 6.7.2.2.(4)); however, '_Bool' must promote to 'int'
+ (see ISO C 99 6.3.1.1.(2)). So we add a negative value to the
+ enum; this ensures that '_Bool' promotes to 'int'. */
+#if defined __cplusplus || defined __BEOS__
+ /* A compiler known to have 'bool'. */
+ /* If the compiler already has both 'bool' and '_Bool', we can assume they
+ are the same types. */
+# if !@HAVE__BOOL@
+typedef bool _Bool;
+# endif
+#else
+# if !defined __GNUC__
+ /* If @HAVE__BOOL@:
+ Some HP-UX cc and AIX IBM C compiler versions have compiler bugs when
+ the built-in _Bool type is used. See
+ http://gcc.gnu.org/ml/gcc-patches/2003-12/msg02303.html
+ http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/bug-coreutils/2005-11/msg00161.html
+ http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/bug-coreutils/2005-10/msg00086.html
+ Similar bugs are likely with other compilers as well; this file
+ wouldn't be used if <stdbool.h> was working.
+ So we override the _Bool type.
+ If !@HAVE__BOOL@:
+ Need to define _Bool ourselves. As 'signed char' or as an enum type?
+ Use of a typedef, with SunPRO C, leads to a stupid
+ "warning: _Bool is a keyword in ISO C99".
+ Use of an enum type, with IRIX cc, leads to a stupid
+ "warning(1185): enumerated type mixed with another type".
+ The only benefit of the enum type, debuggability, is not important
+ with these compilers. So use 'signed char' and no typedef. */
+# define _Bool signed char
+enum { false = 0, true = 1 };
+# else
+ /* With this compiler, trust the _Bool type if the compiler has it. */
+# if !@HAVE__BOOL@
+typedef enum { _Bool_must_promote_to_int = -1, false = 0, true = 1 } _Bool;
+# endif
+# endif
+#endif
+#define bool _Bool
+
+/* The other macros must be usable in preprocessor directives. */
+#define false 0
+#define true 1
+#define __bool_true_false_are_defined 1
+
+#endif /* _GL_STDBOOL_H */
--- /dev/null
+/* Copyright (C) 2001-2002, 2004-2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ Written by Paul Eggert, Bruno Haible, Sam Steingold, Peter Burwood.
+ This file is part of gnulib.
+
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+ Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
+
+/*
+ * ISO C 99 <stdint.h> for platforms that lack it.
+ * <http://www.opengroup.org/susv3xbd/stdint.h.html>
+ */
+
+#ifndef _GL_STDINT_H
+
+/* Get those types that are already defined in other system include
+ files, so that we can "#define int8_t signed char" below without
+ worrying about a later system include file containing a "typedef
+ signed char int8_t;" that will get messed up by our macro. Our
+ macros should all be consistent with the system versions, except
+ for the "fast" types and macros, which we recommend against using
+ in public interfaces due to compiler differences. */
+
+#if @HAVE_STDINT_H@
+# if defined __sgi && ! defined __c99
+ /* Bypass IRIX's <stdint.h> if in C89 mode, since it merely annoys users
+ with "This header file is to be used only for c99 mode compilations"
+ diagnostics. */
+# define __STDINT_H__
+# endif
+ /* Other systems may have an incomplete or buggy <stdint.h>.
+ Include it before <inttypes.h>, since any "#include <stdint.h>"
+ in <inttypes.h> would reinclude us, skipping our contents because
+ _GL_STDINT_H is defined.
+ The include_next requires a split double-inclusion guard. */
+# @INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_STDINT_H@
+#endif
+
+#if ! defined _GL_STDINT_H && ! defined _GL_JUST_INCLUDE_SYSTEM_STDINT_H
+#define _GL_STDINT_H
+
+/* <sys/types.h> defines some of the stdint.h types as well, on glibc,
+ IRIX 6.5, and OpenBSD 3.8 (via <machine/types.h>).
+ AIX 5.2 <sys/types.h> isn't needed and causes troubles.
+ MacOS X 10.4.6 <sys/types.h> includes <stdint.h> (which is us), but
+ relies on the system <stdint.h> definitions, so include
+ <sys/types.h> after @NEXT_STDINT_H@. */
+#if @HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H@ && ! defined _AIX
+# include <sys/types.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Get LONG_MIN, LONG_MAX, ULONG_MAX. */
+#include <limits.h>
+
+#if @HAVE_INTTYPES_H@
+ /* In OpenBSD 3.8, <inttypes.h> includes <machine/types.h>, which defines
+ int{8,16,32,64}_t, uint{8,16,32,64}_t and __BIT_TYPES_DEFINED__.
+ <inttypes.h> also defines intptr_t and uintptr_t. */
+# define _GL_JUST_INCLUDE_SYSTEM_INTTYPES_H
+# include <inttypes.h>
+# undef _GL_JUST_INCLUDE_SYSTEM_INTTYPES_H
+#elif @HAVE_SYS_INTTYPES_H@
+ /* Solaris 7 <sys/inttypes.h> has the types except the *_fast*_t types, and
+ the macros except for *_FAST*_*, INTPTR_MIN, PTRDIFF_MIN, PTRDIFF_MAX. */
+# include <sys/inttypes.h>
+#endif
+
+#if @HAVE_SYS_BITYPES_H@ && ! defined __BIT_TYPES_DEFINED__
+ /* Linux libc4 >= 4.6.7 and libc5 have a <sys/bitypes.h> that defines
+ int{8,16,32,64}_t and __BIT_TYPES_DEFINED__. In libc5 >= 5.2.2 it is
+ included by <sys/types.h>. */
+# include <sys/bitypes.h>
+#endif
+
+#if ! defined __cplusplus || defined __STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS
+
+/* Get WCHAR_MIN, WCHAR_MAX. */
+# if ! (defined WCHAR_MIN && defined WCHAR_MAX)
+# include <wchar.h>
+# endif
+
+#endif
+
+/* Minimum and maximum values for a integer type under the usual assumption.
+ Return an unspecified value if BITS == 0, adding a check to pacify
+ picky compilers. */
+
+#define _STDINT_MIN(signed, bits, zero) \
+ ((signed) ? (- ((zero) + 1) << ((bits) ? (bits) - 1 : 0)) : (zero))
+
+#define _STDINT_MAX(signed, bits, zero) \
+ ((signed) \
+ ? ~ _STDINT_MIN (signed, bits, zero) \
+ : ((((zero) + 1) << ((bits) ? (bits) - 1 : 0)) - 1) * 2 + 1)
+
+/* 7.18.1.1. Exact-width integer types */
+
+/* Here we assume a standard architecture where the hardware integer
+ types have 8, 16, 32, optionally 64 bits. */
+
+#undef int8_t
+#undef uint8_t
+#define int8_t signed char
+#define uint8_t unsigned char
+
+#undef int16_t
+#undef uint16_t
+#define int16_t short int
+#define uint16_t unsigned short int
+
+#undef int32_t
+#undef uint32_t
+#define int32_t int
+#define uint32_t unsigned int
+
+/* Do not undefine int64_t if gnulib is not being used with 64-bit
+ types, since otherwise it breaks platforms like Tandem/NSK. */
+#if LONG_MAX >> 31 >> 31 == 1
+# undef int64_t
+# define int64_t long int
+# define GL_INT64_T
+#elif defined _MSC_VER
+# undef int64_t
+# define int64_t __int64
+# define GL_INT64_T
+#elif @HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT@
+# undef int64_t
+# define int64_t long long int
+# define GL_INT64_T
+#endif
+
+#if ULONG_MAX >> 31 >> 31 >> 1 == 1
+# undef uint64_t
+# define uint64_t unsigned long int
+# define GL_UINT64_T
+#elif defined _MSC_VER
+# undef uint64_t
+# define uint64_t unsigned __int64
+# define GL_UINT64_T
+#elif @HAVE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG_INT@
+# undef uint64_t
+# define uint64_t unsigned long long int
+# define GL_UINT64_T
+#endif
+
+/* Avoid collision with Solaris 2.5.1 <pthread.h> etc. */
+#define _UINT8_T
+#define _UINT32_T
+#define _UINT64_T
+
+
+/* 7.18.1.2. Minimum-width integer types */
+
+/* Here we assume a standard architecture where the hardware integer
+ types have 8, 16, 32, optionally 64 bits. Therefore the leastN_t types
+ are the same as the corresponding N_t types. */
+
+#undef int_least8_t
+#undef uint_least8_t
+#undef int_least16_t
+#undef uint_least16_t
+#undef int_least32_t
+#undef uint_least32_t
+#undef int_least64_t
+#undef uint_least64_t
+#define int_least8_t int8_t
+#define uint_least8_t uint8_t
+#define int_least16_t int16_t
+#define uint_least16_t uint16_t
+#define int_least32_t int32_t
+#define uint_least32_t uint32_t
+#ifdef GL_INT64_T
+# define int_least64_t int64_t
+#endif
+#ifdef GL_UINT64_T
+# define uint_least64_t uint64_t
+#endif
+
+/* 7.18.1.3. Fastest minimum-width integer types */
+
+/* Note: Other <stdint.h> substitutes may define these types differently.
+ It is not recommended to use these types in public header files. */
+
+/* Here we assume a standard architecture where the hardware integer
+ types have 8, 16, 32, optionally 64 bits. Therefore the fastN_t types
+ are taken from the same list of types. Assume that 'long int'
+ is fast enough for all narrower integers. */
+
+#undef int_fast8_t
+#undef uint_fast8_t
+#undef int_fast16_t
+#undef uint_fast16_t
+#undef int_fast32_t
+#undef uint_fast32_t
+#undef int_fast64_t
+#undef uint_fast64_t
+#define int_fast8_t long int
+#define uint_fast8_t unsigned int_fast8_t
+#define int_fast16_t long int
+#define uint_fast16_t unsigned int_fast16_t
+#define int_fast32_t long int
+#define uint_fast32_t unsigned int_fast32_t
+#ifdef GL_INT64_T
+# define int_fast64_t int64_t
+#endif
+#ifdef GL_UINT64_T
+# define uint_fast64_t uint64_t
+#endif
+
+/* 7.18.1.4. Integer types capable of holding object pointers */
+
+#undef intptr_t
+#undef uintptr_t
+#define intptr_t long int
+#define uintptr_t unsigned long int
+
+/* 7.18.1.5. Greatest-width integer types */
+
+/* Note: These types are compiler dependent. It may be unwise to use them in
+ public header files. */
+
+#undef intmax_t
+#if @HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT@ && LONG_MAX >> 30 == 1
+# define intmax_t long long int
+#elif defined GL_INT64_T
+# define intmax_t int64_t
+#else
+# define intmax_t long int
+#endif
+
+#undef uintmax_t
+#if @HAVE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG_INT@ && ULONG_MAX >> 31 == 1
+# define uintmax_t unsigned long long int
+#elif defined GL_UINT64_T
+# define uintmax_t uint64_t
+#else
+# define uintmax_t unsigned long int
+#endif
+
+/* 7.18.2. Limits of specified-width integer types */
+
+#if ! defined __cplusplus || defined __STDC_LIMIT_MACROS
+
+/* 7.18.2.1. Limits of exact-width integer types */
+
+/* Here we assume a standard architecture where the hardware integer
+ types have 8, 16, 32, optionally 64 bits. */
+
+#undef INT8_MIN
+#undef INT8_MAX
+#undef UINT8_MAX
+#define INT8_MIN (~ INT8_MAX)
+#define INT8_MAX 127
+#define UINT8_MAX 255
+
+#undef INT16_MIN
+#undef INT16_MAX
+#undef UINT16_MAX
+#define INT16_MIN (~ INT16_MAX)
+#define INT16_MAX 32767
+#define UINT16_MAX 65535
+
+#undef INT32_MIN
+#undef INT32_MAX
+#undef UINT32_MAX
+#define INT32_MIN (~ INT32_MAX)
+#define INT32_MAX 2147483647
+#define UINT32_MAX 4294967295U
+
+#undef INT64_MIN
+#undef INT64_MAX
+#ifdef GL_INT64_T
+/* Prefer (- INTMAX_C (1) << 63) over (~ INT64_MAX) because SunPRO C 5.0
+ evaluates the latter incorrectly in preprocessor expressions. */
+# define INT64_MIN (- INTMAX_C (1) << 63)
+# define INT64_MAX INTMAX_C (9223372036854775807)
+#endif
+
+#undef UINT64_MAX
+#ifdef GL_UINT64_T
+# define UINT64_MAX UINTMAX_C (18446744073709551615)
+#endif
+
+/* 7.18.2.2. Limits of minimum-width integer types */
+
+/* Here we assume a standard architecture where the hardware integer
+ types have 8, 16, 32, optionally 64 bits. Therefore the leastN_t types
+ are the same as the corresponding N_t types. */
+
+#undef INT_LEAST8_MIN
+#undef INT_LEAST8_MAX
+#undef UINT_LEAST8_MAX
+#define INT_LEAST8_MIN INT8_MIN
+#define INT_LEAST8_MAX INT8_MAX
+#define UINT_LEAST8_MAX UINT8_MAX
+
+#undef INT_LEAST16_MIN
+#undef INT_LEAST16_MAX
+#undef UINT_LEAST16_MAX
+#define INT_LEAST16_MIN INT16_MIN
+#define INT_LEAST16_MAX INT16_MAX
+#define UINT_LEAST16_MAX UINT16_MAX
+
+#undef INT_LEAST32_MIN
+#undef INT_LEAST32_MAX
+#undef UINT_LEAST32_MAX
+#define INT_LEAST32_MIN INT32_MIN
+#define INT_LEAST32_MAX INT32_MAX
+#define UINT_LEAST32_MAX UINT32_MAX
+
+#undef INT_LEAST64_MIN
+#undef INT_LEAST64_MAX
+#ifdef GL_INT64_T
+# define INT_LEAST64_MIN INT64_MIN
+# define INT_LEAST64_MAX INT64_MAX
+#endif
+
+#undef UINT_LEAST64_MAX
+#ifdef GL_UINT64_T
+# define UINT_LEAST64_MAX UINT64_MAX
+#endif
+
+/* 7.18.2.3. Limits of fastest minimum-width integer types */
+
+/* Here we assume a standard architecture where the hardware integer
+ types have 8, 16, 32, optionally 64 bits. Therefore the fastN_t types
+ are taken from the same list of types. */
+
+#undef INT_FAST8_MIN
+#undef INT_FAST8_MAX
+#undef UINT_FAST8_MAX
+#define INT_FAST8_MIN LONG_MIN
+#define INT_FAST8_MAX LONG_MAX
+#define UINT_FAST8_MAX ULONG_MAX
+
+#undef INT_FAST16_MIN
+#undef INT_FAST16_MAX
+#undef UINT_FAST16_MAX
+#define INT_FAST16_MIN LONG_MIN
+#define INT_FAST16_MAX LONG_MAX
+#define UINT_FAST16_MAX ULONG_MAX
+
+#undef INT_FAST32_MIN
+#undef INT_FAST32_MAX
+#undef UINT_FAST32_MAX
+#define INT_FAST32_MIN LONG_MIN
+#define INT_FAST32_MAX LONG_MAX
+#define UINT_FAST32_MAX ULONG_MAX
+
+#undef INT_FAST64_MIN
+#undef INT_FAST64_MAX
+#ifdef GL_INT64_T
+# define INT_FAST64_MIN INT64_MIN
+# define INT_FAST64_MAX INT64_MAX
+#endif
+
+#undef UINT_FAST64_MAX
+#ifdef GL_UINT64_T
+# define UINT_FAST64_MAX UINT64_MAX
+#endif
+
+/* 7.18.2.4. Limits of integer types capable of holding object pointers */
+
+#undef INTPTR_MIN
+#undef INTPTR_MAX
+#undef UINTPTR_MAX
+#define INTPTR_MIN LONG_MIN
+#define INTPTR_MAX LONG_MAX
+#define UINTPTR_MAX ULONG_MAX
+
+/* 7.18.2.5. Limits of greatest-width integer types */
+
+#undef INTMAX_MIN
+#undef INTMAX_MAX
+#ifdef INT64_MAX
+# define INTMAX_MIN INT64_MIN
+# define INTMAX_MAX INT64_MAX
+#else
+# define INTMAX_MIN INT32_MIN
+# define INTMAX_MAX INT32_MAX
+#endif
+
+#undef UINTMAX_MAX
+#ifdef UINT64_MAX
+# define UINTMAX_MAX UINT64_MAX
+#else
+# define UINTMAX_MAX UINT32_MAX
+#endif
+
+/* 7.18.3. Limits of other integer types */
+
+/* ptrdiff_t limits */
+#undef PTRDIFF_MIN
+#undef PTRDIFF_MAX
+#define PTRDIFF_MIN \
+ _STDINT_MIN (1, @BITSIZEOF_PTRDIFF_T@, 0@PTRDIFF_T_SUFFIX@)
+#define PTRDIFF_MAX \
+ _STDINT_MAX (1, @BITSIZEOF_PTRDIFF_T@, 0@PTRDIFF_T_SUFFIX@)
+
+/* sig_atomic_t limits */
+#undef SIG_ATOMIC_MIN
+#undef SIG_ATOMIC_MAX
+#define SIG_ATOMIC_MIN \
+ _STDINT_MIN (@HAVE_SIGNED_SIG_ATOMIC_T@, @BITSIZEOF_SIG_ATOMIC_T@, \
+ 0@SIG_ATOMIC_T_SUFFIX@)
+#define SIG_ATOMIC_MAX \
+ _STDINT_MAX (@HAVE_SIGNED_SIG_ATOMIC_T@, @BITSIZEOF_SIG_ATOMIC_T@, \
+ 0@SIG_ATOMIC_T_SUFFIX@)
+
+
+/* size_t limit */
+#undef SIZE_MAX
+#define SIZE_MAX _STDINT_MAX (0, @BITSIZEOF_SIZE_T@, 0@SIZE_T_SUFFIX@)
+
+/* wchar_t limits */
+#undef WCHAR_MIN
+#undef WCHAR_MAX
+#define WCHAR_MIN \
+ _STDINT_MIN (@HAVE_SIGNED_WCHAR_T@, @BITSIZEOF_WCHAR_T@, 0@WCHAR_T_SUFFIX@)
+#define WCHAR_MAX \
+ _STDINT_MAX (@HAVE_SIGNED_WCHAR_T@, @BITSIZEOF_WCHAR_T@, 0@WCHAR_T_SUFFIX@)
+
+/* wint_t limits */
+#undef WINT_MIN
+#undef WINT_MAX
+#define WINT_MIN \
+ _STDINT_MIN (@HAVE_SIGNED_WINT_T@, @BITSIZEOF_WINT_T@, 0@WINT_T_SUFFIX@)
+#define WINT_MAX \
+ _STDINT_MAX (@HAVE_SIGNED_WINT_T@, @BITSIZEOF_WINT_T@, 0@WINT_T_SUFFIX@)
+
+#endif /* !defined __cplusplus || defined __STDC_LIMIT_MACROS */
+
+/* 7.18.4. Macros for integer constants */
+
+#if ! defined __cplusplus || defined __STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS
+
+/* 7.18.4.1. Macros for minimum-width integer constants */
+/* According to ISO C 99 Technical Corrigendum 1 */
+
+/* Here we assume a standard architecture where the hardware integer
+ types have 8, 16, 32, optionally 64 bits, and int is 32 bits. */
+
+#undef INT8_C
+#undef UINT8_C
+#define INT8_C(x) x
+#define UINT8_C(x) x
+
+#undef INT16_C
+#undef UINT16_C
+#define INT16_C(x) x
+#define UINT16_C(x) x
+
+#undef INT32_C
+#undef UINT32_C
+#define INT32_C(x) x
+#define UINT32_C(x) x ## U
+
+#undef INT64_C
+#undef UINT64_C
+#if LONG_MAX >> 31 >> 31 == 1
+# define INT64_C(x) x##L
+#elif defined _MSC_VER
+# define INT64_C(x) x##i64
+#elif @HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT@
+# define INT64_C(x) x##LL
+#endif
+#if ULONG_MAX >> 31 >> 31 >> 1 == 1
+# define UINT64_C(x) x##UL
+#elif defined _MSC_VER
+# define UINT64_C(x) x##ui64
+#elif @HAVE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG_INT@
+# define UINT64_C(x) x##ULL
+#endif
+
+/* 7.18.4.2. Macros for greatest-width integer constants */
+
+#undef INTMAX_C
+#if @HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT@ && LONG_MAX >> 30 == 1
+# define INTMAX_C(x) x##LL
+#elif defined GL_INT64_T
+# define INTMAX_C(x) INT64_C(x)
+#else
+# define INTMAX_C(x) x##L
+#endif
+
+#undef UINTMAX_C
+#if @HAVE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG_INT@ && ULONG_MAX >> 31 == 1
+# define UINTMAX_C(x) x##ULL
+#elif defined GL_UINT64_T
+# define UINTMAX_C(x) UINT64_C(x)
+#else
+# define UINTMAX_C(x) x##UL
+#endif
+
+#endif /* !defined __cplusplus || defined __STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS */
+
+#endif /* _GL_STDINT_H */
+#endif /* !defined _GL_STDINT_H && !defined _GL_JUST_INCLUDE_SYSTEM_STDINT_H */
--- /dev/null
+/* Substitute for and wrapper around <unistd.h>.
+ Copyright (C) 2004-2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+ Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
+
+#ifndef _GL_UNISTD_H
+
+/* The include_next requires a split double-inclusion guard. */
+#if @HAVE_UNISTD_H@
+# @INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_UNISTD_H@
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _GL_UNISTD_H
+#define _GL_UNISTD_H
+
+/* mingw doesn't define the SEEK_* macros in <unistd.h>. */
+#if !(defined SEEK_CUR && defined SEEK_END && defined SEEK_SET)
+# include <stdio.h>
+#endif
+
+/* mingw fails to declare _exit in <unistd.h>. */
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+/* The definition of GL_LINK_WARNING is copied here. */
+
+
+/* Declare overridden functions. */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_CHOWN@
+# if @REPLACE_CHOWN@
+# ifndef REPLACE_CHOWN
+# define REPLACE_CHOWN 1
+# endif
+# if REPLACE_CHOWN
+/* Change the owner of FILE to UID (if UID is not -1) and the group of FILE
+ to GID (if GID is not -1). Follow symbolic links.
+ Return 0 if successful, otherwise -1 and errno set.
+ See the POSIX:2001 specification
+ <http://www.opengroup.org/susv3xsh/chown.html>. */
+# define chown rpl_chown
+extern int chown (const char *file, uid_t uid, gid_t gid);
+# endif
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef chown
+# define chown(f,u,g) \
+ (GL_LINK_WARNING ("chown fails to follow symlinks on some systems and " \
+ "doesn't treat a uid or gid of -1 on some systems - " \
+ "use gnulib module chown for portability"), \
+ chown (f, u, g))
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_DUP2@
+# if !@HAVE_DUP2@
+/* Copy the file descriptor OLDFD into file descriptor NEWFD. Do nothing if
+ NEWFD = OLDFD, otherwise close NEWFD first if it is open.
+ Return 0 if successful, otherwise -1 and errno set.
+ See the POSIX:2001 specification
+ <http://www.opengroup.org/susv3xsh/dup2.html>. */
+extern int dup2 (int oldfd, int newfd);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef dup2
+# define dup2(o,n) \
+ (GL_LINK_WARNING ("dup2 is unportable - " \
+ "use gnulib module dup2 for portability"), \
+ dup2 (o, n))
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_FCHDIR@
+# if @REPLACE_FCHDIR@
+
+/* Change the process' current working directory to the directory on which
+ the given file descriptor is open.
+ Return 0 if successful, otherwise -1 and errno set.
+ See the POSIX:2001 specification
+ <http://www.opengroup.org/susv3xsh/fchdir.html>. */
+extern int fchdir (int /*fd*/);
+
+# define close rpl_close
+extern int close (int);
+# define dup rpl_dup
+extern int dup (int);
+# define dup2 rpl_dup2
+extern int dup2 (int, int);
+
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef fchdir
+# define fchdir(f) \
+ (GL_LINK_WARNING ("fchdir is unportable - " \
+ "use gnulib module fchdir for portability"), \
+ fchdir (f))
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_FTRUNCATE@
+# if !@HAVE_FTRUNCATE@
+/* Change the size of the file to which FD is opened to become equal to LENGTH.
+ Return 0 if successful, otherwise -1 and errno set.
+ See the POSIX:2001 specification
+ <http://www.opengroup.org/susv3xsh/ftruncate.html>. */
+extern int ftruncate (int fd, off_t length);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef ftruncate
+# define ftruncate(f,l) \
+ (GL_LINK_WARNING ("ftruncate is unportable - " \
+ "use gnulib module ftruncate for portability"), \
+ ftruncate (f, l))
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_GETCWD@
+/* Include the headers that might declare getcwd so that they will not
+ cause confusion if included after this file. */
+# include <stdlib.h>
+# if @REPLACE_GETCWD@
+/* Get the name of the current working directory, and put it in SIZE bytes
+ of BUF.
+ Return BUF if successful, or NULL if the directory couldn't be determined
+ or SIZE was too small.
+ See the POSIX:2001 specification
+ <http://www.opengroup.org/susv3xsh/getcwd.html>.
+ Additionally, the gnulib module 'getcwd' guarantees the following GNU
+ extension: If BUF is NULL, an array is allocated with 'malloc'; the array
+ is SIZE bytes long, unless SIZE == 0, in which case it is as big as
+ necessary. */
+# define getcwd rpl_getcwd
+extern char * getcwd (char *buf, size_t size);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef getcwd
+# define getcwd(b,s) \
+ (GL_LINK_WARNING ("getcwd is unportable - " \
+ "use gnulib module getcwd for portability"), \
+ getcwd (b, s))
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_GETLOGIN_R@
+/* Copies the user's login name to NAME.
+ The array pointed to by NAME has room for SIZE bytes.
+
+ Returns 0 if successful. Upon error, an error number is returned, or -1 in
+ the case that the login name cannot be found but no specific error is
+ provided (this case is hopefully rare but is left open by the POSIX spec).
+
+ See <http://www.opengroup.org/susv3xsh/getlogin.html>.
+ */
+# if !@HAVE_DECL_GETLOGIN_R@
+# include <stddef.h>
+extern int getlogin_r (char *name, size_t size);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef getlogin_r
+# define getlogin_r(n,s) \
+ (GL_LINK_WARNING ("getlogin_r is unportable - " \
+ "use gnulib module getlogin_r for portability"), \
+ getlogin_r (n, s))
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_LCHOWN@
+# if @REPLACE_LCHOWN@
+/* Change the owner of FILE to UID (if UID is not -1) and the group of FILE
+ to GID (if GID is not -1). Do not follow symbolic links.
+ Return 0 if successful, otherwise -1 and errno set.
+ See the POSIX:2001 specification
+ <http://www.opengroup.org/susv3xsh/lchown.html>. */
+# define lchown rpl_lchown
+extern int lchown (char const *file, uid_t owner, gid_t group);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef lchown
+# define lchown(f,u,g) \
+ (GL_LINK_WARNING ("lchown is unportable to pre-POSIX.1-2001 " \
+ "systems - use gnulib module lchown for portability"), \
+ lchown (f, u, g))
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_LSEEK@
+# if @REPLACE_LSEEK@
+/* Set the offset of FD relative to SEEK_SET, SEEK_CUR, or SEEK_END.
+ Return the new offset if successful, otherwise -1 and errno set.
+ See the POSIX:2001 specification
+ <http://www.opengroup.org/susv3xsh/lseek.html>. */
+# define lseek rpl_lseek
+ extern off_t lseek (int fd, off_t offset, int whence);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef lseek
+# define lseek(f,o,w) \
+ (GL_LINK_WARNING ("lseek does not fail with ESPIPE on pipes on some " \
+ "systems - use gnulib module lseek for portability"), \
+ lseek (f, o, w))
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_READLINK@
+/* Read the contents of the symbolic link FILE and place the first BUFSIZE
+ bytes of it into BUF. Return the number of bytes placed into BUF if
+ successful, otherwise -1 and errno set.
+ See the POSIX:2001 specification
+ <http://www.opengroup.org/susv3xsh/readlink.html>. */
+# if !@HAVE_READLINK@
+# include <stddef.h>
+extern int readlink (const char *file, char *buf, size_t bufsize);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef readlink
+# define readlink(f,b,s) \
+ (GL_LINK_WARNING ("readlink is unportable - " \
+ "use gnulib module readlink for portability"), \
+ readlink (f, b, s))
+#endif
+
+
+#if @GNULIB_SLEEP@
+/* Pause the execution of the current thread for N seconds.
+ Returns the number of seconds left to sleep.
+ See the POSIX:2001 specification
+ <http://www.opengroup.org/susv3xsh/sleep.html>. */
+# if !@HAVE_SLEEP@
+extern unsigned int sleep (unsigned int n);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef sleep
+# define sleep(n) \
+ (GL_LINK_WARNING ("sleep is unportable - " \
+ "use gnulib module sleep for portability"), \
+ sleep (n))
+#endif
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+
+#endif /* _GL_UNISTD_H */
+#endif /* _GL_UNISTD_H */
--- /dev/null
+/* A substitute for ISO C99 <wchar.h>, for platforms that have issues.
+
+ Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+ Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
+
+/* Written by Eric Blake. */
+
+/*
+ * ISO C 99 <wchar.h> for platforms that have issues.
+ * <http://www.opengroup.org/susv3xbd/wchar.h.html>
+ *
+ * For now, this just ensures proper prerequisite inclusion order and
+ * the declaration of wcwidth().
+ */
+
+#ifndef _GL_WCHAR_H
+
+/* Tru64 with Desktop Toolkit C has a bug: <stdio.h> must be included before
+ <wchar.h>.
+ BSD/OS 4.0.1 has a bug: <stddef.h>, <stdio.h> and <time.h> must be
+ included before <wchar.h>. */
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <time.h>
+
+/* Include the original <wchar.h> if it exists.
+ Some builds of uClibc lack it. */
+/* The include_next requires a split double-inclusion guard. */
+#if @HAVE_WCHAR_H@
+# @INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_WCHAR_H@
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _GL_WCHAR_H
+#define _GL_WCHAR_H
+
+/* The definition of GL_LINK_WARNING is copied here. */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+
+/* Return the number of screen columns needed for WC. */
+#if @GNULIB_WCWIDTH@
+# if @REPLACE_WCWIDTH@
+# undef wcwidth
+# define wcwidth rpl_wcwidth
+extern int wcwidth (wchar_t);
+# else
+# if !defined wcwidth && !@HAVE_DECL_WCWIDTH@
+/* wcwidth exists but is not declared. */
+extern int wcwidth (int /* actually wchar_t */);
+# endif
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef wcwidth
+# define wcwidth(w) \
+ (GL_LINK_WARNING ("wcwidth is unportable - " \
+ "use gnulib module wcwidth for portability"), \
+ wcwidth (w))
+#endif
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _GL_WCHAR_H */
+#endif /* _GL_WCHAR_H */
--- /dev/null
+/* GL_LINK_WARNING("literal string") arranges to emit the literal string as
+ a linker warning on most glibc systems.
+ We use a linker warning rather than a preprocessor warning, because
+ #warning cannot be used inside macros. */
+#ifndef GL_LINK_WARNING
+ /* This works on platforms with GNU ld and ELF object format.
+ Testing __GLIBC__ is sufficient for asserting that GNU ld is in use.
+ Testing __ELF__ guarantees the ELF object format.
+ Testing __GNUC__ is necessary for the compound expression syntax. */
+# if defined __GLIBC__ && defined __ELF__ && defined __GNUC__
+# define GL_LINK_WARNING(message) \
+ GL_LINK_WARNING1 (__FILE__, __LINE__, message)
+# define GL_LINK_WARNING1(file, line, message) \
+ GL_LINK_WARNING2 (file, line, message) /* macroexpand file and line */
+# define GL_LINK_WARNING2(file, line, message) \
+ GL_LINK_WARNING3 (file ":" #line ": warning: " message)
+# define GL_LINK_WARNING3(message) \
+ ({ static const char warning[sizeof (message)] \
+ __attribute__ ((__unused__, \
+ __section__ (".gnu.warning"), \
+ __aligned__ (1))) \
+ = message "\n"; \
+ (void)0; \
+ })
+# else
+# define GL_LINK_WARNING(message) ((void) 0)
+# endif
+#endif
--- /dev/null
+# getopt.m4 serial 13
+dnl Copyright (C) 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# The getopt module assume you want GNU getopt, with getopt_long etc,
+# rather than vanilla POSIX getopt. This means your code should
+# always include <getopt.h> for the getopt prototypes.
+
+AC_DEFUN([gl_GETOPT_SUBSTITUTE],
+[
+ AC_LIBOBJ([getopt])
+ AC_LIBOBJ([getopt1])
+ gl_GETOPT_SUBSTITUTE_HEADER
+ gl_PREREQ_GETOPT
+])
+
+AC_DEFUN([gl_GETOPT_SUBSTITUTE_HEADER],
+[
+ GETOPT_H=getopt.h
+ AC_DEFINE([__GETOPT_PREFIX], [[rpl_]],
+ [Define to rpl_ if the getopt replacement functions and variables
+ should be used.])
+ AC_SUBST([GETOPT_H])
+])
+
+AC_DEFUN([gl_GETOPT_CHECK_HEADERS],
+[
+ if test -z "$GETOPT_H"; then
+ AC_CHECK_HEADERS([getopt.h], [], [GETOPT_H=getopt.h])
+ fi
+
+ if test -z "$GETOPT_H"; then
+ AC_CHECK_FUNCS([getopt_long_only], [], [GETOPT_H=getopt.h])
+ fi
+
+ dnl BSD getopt_long uses an incompatible method to reset option processing,
+ dnl and (as of 2004-10-15) mishandles optional option-arguments.
+ if test -z "$GETOPT_H"; then
+ AC_CHECK_DECL([optreset], [GETOPT_H=getopt.h], [], [#include <getopt.h>])
+ fi
+
+ dnl Solaris 10 getopt doesn't handle `+' as a leading character in an
+ dnl option string (as of 2005-05-05).
+ if test -z "$GETOPT_H"; then
+ AC_CACHE_CHECK([for working GNU getopt function], [gl_cv_func_gnu_getopt],
+ [AC_RUN_IFELSE(
+ [AC_LANG_PROGRAM([#include <getopt.h>],
+ [[
+ char *myargv[3];
+ myargv[0] = "conftest";
+ myargv[1] = "-+";
+ myargv[2] = 0;
+ return getopt (2, myargv, "+a") != '?';
+ ]])],
+ [gl_cv_func_gnu_getopt=yes],
+ [gl_cv_func_gnu_getopt=no],
+ [dnl cross compiling - pessimistically guess based on decls
+ dnl Solaris 10 getopt doesn't handle `+' as a leading character in an
+ dnl option string (as of 2005-05-05).
+ AC_CHECK_DECL([getopt_clip],
+ [gl_cv_func_gnu_getopt=no], [gl_cv_func_gnu_getopt=yes],
+ [#include <getopt.h>])])])
+ if test "$gl_cv_func_gnu_getopt" = "no"; then
+ GETOPT_H=getopt.h
+ fi
+ fi
+])
+
+AC_DEFUN([gl_GETOPT_IFELSE],
+[
+ AC_REQUIRE([gl_GETOPT_CHECK_HEADERS])
+ AS_IF([test -n "$GETOPT_H"], [$1], [$2])
+])
+
+AC_DEFUN([gl_GETOPT], [gl_GETOPT_IFELSE([gl_GETOPT_SUBSTITUTE])])
+
+# Prerequisites of lib/getopt*.
+AC_DEFUN([gl_PREREQ_GETOPT],
+[
+ AC_CHECK_DECLS_ONCE([getenv])
+])
--- /dev/null
+# gettext.m4 serial 59 (gettext-0.16.1)
+dnl Copyright (C) 1995-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+dnl
+dnl This file can can be used in projects which are not available under
+dnl the GNU General Public License or the GNU Library General Public
+dnl License but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext
+dnl functionality.
+dnl Please note that the actual code of the GNU gettext library is covered
+dnl by the GNU Library General Public License, and the rest of the GNU
+dnl gettext package package is covered by the GNU General Public License.
+dnl They are *not* in the public domain.
+
+dnl Authors:
+dnl Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1995-2000.
+dnl Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>, 2000-2006.
+
+dnl Macro to add for using GNU gettext.
+
+dnl Usage: AM_GNU_GETTEXT([INTLSYMBOL], [NEEDSYMBOL], [INTLDIR]).
+dnl INTLSYMBOL can be one of 'external', 'no-libtool', 'use-libtool'. The
+dnl default (if it is not specified or empty) is 'no-libtool'.
+dnl INTLSYMBOL should be 'external' for packages with no intl directory,
+dnl and 'no-libtool' or 'use-libtool' for packages with an intl directory.
+dnl If INTLSYMBOL is 'use-libtool', then a libtool library
+dnl $(top_builddir)/intl/libintl.la will be created (shared and/or static,
+dnl depending on --{enable,disable}-{shared,static} and on the presence of
+dnl AM-DISABLE-SHARED). If INTLSYMBOL is 'no-libtool', a static library
+dnl $(top_builddir)/intl/libintl.a will be created.
+dnl If NEEDSYMBOL is specified and is 'need-ngettext', then GNU gettext
+dnl implementations (in libc or libintl) without the ngettext() function
+dnl will be ignored. If NEEDSYMBOL is specified and is
+dnl 'need-formatstring-macros', then GNU gettext implementations that don't
+dnl support the ISO C 99 <inttypes.h> formatstring macros will be ignored.
+dnl INTLDIR is used to find the intl libraries. If empty,
+dnl the value `$(top_builddir)/intl/' is used.
+dnl
+dnl The result of the configuration is one of three cases:
+dnl 1) GNU gettext, as included in the intl subdirectory, will be compiled
+dnl and used.
+dnl Catalog format: GNU --> install in $(datadir)
+dnl Catalog extension: .mo after installation, .gmo in source tree
+dnl 2) GNU gettext has been found in the system's C library.
+dnl Catalog format: GNU --> install in $(datadir)
+dnl Catalog extension: .mo after installation, .gmo in source tree
+dnl 3) No internationalization, always use English msgid.
+dnl Catalog format: none
+dnl Catalog extension: none
+dnl If INTLSYMBOL is 'external', only cases 2 and 3 can occur.
+dnl The use of .gmo is historical (it was needed to avoid overwriting the
+dnl GNU format catalogs when building on a platform with an X/Open gettext),
+dnl but we keep it in order not to force irrelevant filename changes on the
+dnl maintainers.
+dnl
+AC_DEFUN([AM_GNU_GETTEXT],
+[
+ dnl Argument checking.
+ ifelse([$1], [], , [ifelse([$1], [external], , [ifelse([$1], [no-libtool], , [ifelse([$1], [use-libtool], ,
+ [errprint([ERROR: invalid first argument to AM_GNU_GETTEXT
+])])])])])
+ ifelse([$2], [], , [ifelse([$2], [need-ngettext], , [ifelse([$2], [need-formatstring-macros], ,
+ [errprint([ERROR: invalid second argument to AM_GNU_GETTEXT
+])])])])
+ define([gt_included_intl],
+ ifelse([$1], [external],
+ ifdef([AM_GNU_GETTEXT_][INTL_SUBDIR], [yes], [no]),
+ [yes]))
+ define([gt_libtool_suffix_prefix], ifelse([$1], [use-libtool], [l], []))
+ gt_NEEDS_INIT
+ AM_GNU_GETTEXT_NEED([$2])
+
+ AC_REQUIRE([AM_PO_SUBDIRS])dnl
+ ifelse(gt_included_intl, yes, [
+ AC_REQUIRE([AM_INTL_SUBDIR])dnl
+ ])
+
+ dnl Prerequisites of AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY.
+ AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_PREPARE_PREFIX])
+ AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_RPATH])
+
+ dnl Sometimes libintl requires libiconv, so first search for libiconv.
+ dnl Ideally we would do this search only after the
+ dnl if test "$USE_NLS" = "yes"; then
+ dnl if { eval "gt_val=\$$gt_func_gnugettext_libc"; test "$gt_val" != "yes"; }; then
+ dnl tests. But if configure.in invokes AM_ICONV after AM_GNU_GETTEXT
+ dnl the configure script would need to contain the same shell code
+ dnl again, outside any 'if'. There are two solutions:
+ dnl - Invoke AM_ICONV_LINKFLAGS_BODY here, outside any 'if'.
+ dnl - Control the expansions in more detail using AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE.
+ dnl Since AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE is only in autoconf >= 2.52 and not
+ dnl documented, we avoid it.
+ ifelse(gt_included_intl, yes, , [
+ AC_REQUIRE([AM_ICONV_LINKFLAGS_BODY])
+ ])
+
+ dnl Sometimes, on MacOS X, libintl requires linking with CoreFoundation.
+ gt_INTL_MACOSX
+
+ dnl Set USE_NLS.
+ AC_REQUIRE([AM_NLS])
+
+ ifelse(gt_included_intl, yes, [
+ BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=no
+ USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=no
+ ])
+ LIBINTL=
+ LTLIBINTL=
+ POSUB=
+
+ dnl Add a version number to the cache macros.
+ case " $gt_needs " in
+ *" need-formatstring-macros "*) gt_api_version=3 ;;
+ *" need-ngettext "*) gt_api_version=2 ;;
+ *) gt_api_version=1 ;;
+ esac
+ gt_func_gnugettext_libc="gt_cv_func_gnugettext${gt_api_version}_libc"
+ gt_func_gnugettext_libintl="gt_cv_func_gnugettext${gt_api_version}_libintl"
+
+ dnl If we use NLS figure out what method
+ if test "$USE_NLS" = "yes"; then
+ gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext=no
+ ifelse(gt_included_intl, yes, [
+ AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether included gettext is requested])
+ AC_ARG_WITH(included-gettext,
+ [ --with-included-gettext use the GNU gettext library included here],
+ nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext=$withval,
+ nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext=no)
+ AC_MSG_RESULT($nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext)
+
+ nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext="$nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext"
+ if test "$nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext" != "yes"; then
+ ])
+ dnl User does not insist on using GNU NLS library. Figure out what
+ dnl to use. If GNU gettext is available we use this. Else we have
+ dnl to fall back to GNU NLS library.
+
+ if test $gt_api_version -ge 3; then
+ gt_revision_test_code='
+#ifndef __GNU_GETTEXT_SUPPORTED_REVISION
+#define __GNU_GETTEXT_SUPPORTED_REVISION(major) ((major) == 0 ? 0 : -1)
+#endif
+changequote(,)dnl
+typedef int array [2 * (__GNU_GETTEXT_SUPPORTED_REVISION(0) >= 1) - 1];
+changequote([,])dnl
+'
+ else
+ gt_revision_test_code=
+ fi
+ if test $gt_api_version -ge 2; then
+ gt_expression_test_code=' + * ngettext ("", "", 0)'
+ else
+ gt_expression_test_code=
+ fi
+
+ AC_CACHE_CHECK([for GNU gettext in libc], [$gt_func_gnugettext_libc],
+ [AC_TRY_LINK([#include <libintl.h>
+$gt_revision_test_code
+extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
+extern int *_nl_domain_bindings;],
+ [bindtextdomain ("", "");
+return * gettext ("")$gt_expression_test_code + _nl_msg_cat_cntr + *_nl_domain_bindings],
+ [eval "$gt_func_gnugettext_libc=yes"],
+ [eval "$gt_func_gnugettext_libc=no"])])
+
+ if { eval "gt_val=\$$gt_func_gnugettext_libc"; test "$gt_val" != "yes"; }; then
+ dnl Sometimes libintl requires libiconv, so first search for libiconv.
+ ifelse(gt_included_intl, yes, , [
+ AM_ICONV_LINK
+ ])
+ dnl Search for libintl and define LIBINTL, LTLIBINTL and INCINTL
+ dnl accordingly. Don't use AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY([intl],[iconv])
+ dnl because that would add "-liconv" to LIBINTL and LTLIBINTL
+ dnl even if libiconv doesn't exist.
+ AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY([intl])
+ AC_CACHE_CHECK([for GNU gettext in libintl],
+ [$gt_func_gnugettext_libintl],
+ [gt_save_CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS"
+ CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS $INCINTL"
+ gt_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
+ LIBS="$LIBS $LIBINTL"
+ dnl Now see whether libintl exists and does not depend on libiconv.
+ AC_TRY_LINK([#include <libintl.h>
+$gt_revision_test_code
+extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
+extern
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+"C"
+#endif
+const char *_nl_expand_alias (const char *);],
+ [bindtextdomain ("", "");
+return * gettext ("")$gt_expression_test_code + _nl_msg_cat_cntr + *_nl_expand_alias ("")],
+ [eval "$gt_func_gnugettext_libintl=yes"],
+ [eval "$gt_func_gnugettext_libintl=no"])
+ dnl Now see whether libintl exists and depends on libiconv.
+ if { eval "gt_val=\$$gt_func_gnugettext_libintl"; test "$gt_val" != yes; } && test -n "$LIBICONV"; then
+ LIBS="$LIBS $LIBICONV"
+ AC_TRY_LINK([#include <libintl.h>
+$gt_revision_test_code
+extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
+extern
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+"C"
+#endif
+const char *_nl_expand_alias (const char *);],
+ [bindtextdomain ("", "");
+return * gettext ("")$gt_expression_test_code + _nl_msg_cat_cntr + *_nl_expand_alias ("")],
+ [LIBINTL="$LIBINTL $LIBICONV"
+ LTLIBINTL="$LTLIBINTL $LTLIBICONV"
+ eval "$gt_func_gnugettext_libintl=yes"
+ ])
+ fi
+ CPPFLAGS="$gt_save_CPPFLAGS"
+ LIBS="$gt_save_LIBS"])
+ fi
+
+ dnl If an already present or preinstalled GNU gettext() is found,
+ dnl use it. But if this macro is used in GNU gettext, and GNU
+ dnl gettext is already preinstalled in libintl, we update this
+ dnl libintl. (Cf. the install rule in intl/Makefile.in.)
+ if { eval "gt_val=\$$gt_func_gnugettext_libc"; test "$gt_val" = "yes"; } \
+ || { { eval "gt_val=\$$gt_func_gnugettext_libintl"; test "$gt_val" = "yes"; } \
+ && test "$PACKAGE" != gettext-runtime \
+ && test "$PACKAGE" != gettext-tools; }; then
+ gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext=yes
+ else
+ dnl Reset the values set by searching for libintl.
+ LIBINTL=
+ LTLIBINTL=
+ INCINTL=
+ fi
+
+ ifelse(gt_included_intl, yes, [
+ if test "$gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext" != "yes"; then
+ dnl GNU gettext is not found in the C library.
+ dnl Fall back on included GNU gettext library.
+ nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext=yes
+ fi
+ fi
+
+ if test "$nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext" = "yes"; then
+ dnl Mark actions used to generate GNU NLS library.
+ BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=yes
+ USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=yes
+ LIBINTL="ifelse([$3],[],\${top_builddir}/intl,[$3])/libintl.[]gt_libtool_suffix_prefix[]a $LIBICONV $LIBTHREAD"
+ LTLIBINTL="ifelse([$3],[],\${top_builddir}/intl,[$3])/libintl.[]gt_libtool_suffix_prefix[]a $LTLIBICONV $LTLIBTHREAD"
+ LIBS=`echo " $LIBS " | sed -e 's/ -lintl / /' -e 's/^ //' -e 's/ $//'`
+ fi
+
+ CATOBJEXT=
+ if test "$gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext" = "yes" \
+ || test "$nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext" = "yes"; then
+ dnl Mark actions to use GNU gettext tools.
+ CATOBJEXT=.gmo
+ fi
+ ])
+
+ if test -n "$INTL_MACOSX_LIBS"; then
+ if test "$gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext" = "yes" \
+ || test "$nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext" = "yes"; then
+ dnl Some extra flags are needed during linking.
+ LIBINTL="$LIBINTL $INTL_MACOSX_LIBS"
+ LTLIBINTL="$LTLIBINTL $INTL_MACOSX_LIBS"
+ fi
+ fi
+
+ if test "$gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext" = "yes" \
+ || test "$nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext" = "yes"; then
+ AC_DEFINE(ENABLE_NLS, 1,
+ [Define to 1 if translation of program messages to the user's native language
+ is requested.])
+ else
+ USE_NLS=no
+ fi
+ fi
+
+ AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to use NLS])
+ AC_MSG_RESULT([$USE_NLS])
+ if test "$USE_NLS" = "yes"; then
+ AC_MSG_CHECKING([where the gettext function comes from])
+ if test "$gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext" = "yes"; then
+ if { eval "gt_val=\$$gt_func_gnugettext_libintl"; test "$gt_val" = "yes"; }; then
+ gt_source="external libintl"
+ else
+ gt_source="libc"
+ fi
+ else
+ gt_source="included intl directory"
+ fi
+ AC_MSG_RESULT([$gt_source])
+ fi
+
+ if test "$USE_NLS" = "yes"; then
+
+ if test "$gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext" = "yes"; then
+ if { eval "gt_val=\$$gt_func_gnugettext_libintl"; test "$gt_val" = "yes"; }; then
+ AC_MSG_CHECKING([how to link with libintl])
+ AC_MSG_RESULT([$LIBINTL])
+ AC_LIB_APPENDTOVAR([CPPFLAGS], [$INCINTL])
+ fi
+
+ dnl For backward compatibility. Some packages may be using this.
+ AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GETTEXT, 1,
+ [Define if the GNU gettext() function is already present or preinstalled.])
+ AC_DEFINE(HAVE_DCGETTEXT, 1,
+ [Define if the GNU dcgettext() function is already present or preinstalled.])
+ fi
+
+ dnl We need to process the po/ directory.
+ POSUB=po
+ fi
+
+ ifelse(gt_included_intl, yes, [
+ dnl If this is used in GNU gettext we have to set BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL
+ dnl to 'yes' because some of the testsuite requires it.
+ if test "$PACKAGE" = gettext-runtime || test "$PACKAGE" = gettext-tools; then
+ BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=yes
+ fi
+
+ dnl Make all variables we use known to autoconf.
+ AC_SUBST(BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL)
+ AC_SUBST(USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL)
+ AC_SUBST(CATOBJEXT)
+
+ dnl For backward compatibility. Some configure.ins may be using this.
+ nls_cv_header_intl=
+ nls_cv_header_libgt=
+
+ dnl For backward compatibility. Some Makefiles may be using this.
+ DATADIRNAME=share
+ AC_SUBST(DATADIRNAME)
+
+ dnl For backward compatibility. Some Makefiles may be using this.
+ INSTOBJEXT=.mo
+ AC_SUBST(INSTOBJEXT)
+
+ dnl For backward compatibility. Some Makefiles may be using this.
+ GENCAT=gencat
+ AC_SUBST(GENCAT)
+
+ dnl For backward compatibility. Some Makefiles may be using this.
+ INTLOBJS=
+ if test "$USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL" = yes; then
+ INTLOBJS="\$(GETTOBJS)"
+ fi
+ AC_SUBST(INTLOBJS)
+
+ dnl Enable libtool support if the surrounding package wishes it.
+ INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX=gt_libtool_suffix_prefix
+ AC_SUBST(INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX)
+ ])
+
+ dnl For backward compatibility. Some Makefiles may be using this.
+ INTLLIBS="$LIBINTL"
+ AC_SUBST(INTLLIBS)
+
+ dnl Make all documented variables known to autoconf.
+ AC_SUBST(LIBINTL)
+ AC_SUBST(LTLIBINTL)
+ AC_SUBST(POSUB)
+])
+
+
+dnl Checks for special options needed on MacOS X.
+dnl Defines INTL_MACOSX_LIBS.
+AC_DEFUN([gt_INTL_MACOSX],
+[
+ dnl Check for API introduced in MacOS X 10.2.
+ AC_CACHE_CHECK([for CFPreferencesCopyAppValue],
+ gt_cv_func_CFPreferencesCopyAppValue,
+ [gt_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
+ LIBS="$LIBS -Wl,-framework -Wl,CoreFoundation"
+ AC_TRY_LINK([#include <CoreFoundation/CFPreferences.h>],
+ [CFPreferencesCopyAppValue(NULL, NULL)],
+ [gt_cv_func_CFPreferencesCopyAppValue=yes],
+ [gt_cv_func_CFPreferencesCopyAppValue=no])
+ LIBS="$gt_save_LIBS"])
+ if test $gt_cv_func_CFPreferencesCopyAppValue = yes; then
+ AC_DEFINE([HAVE_CFPREFERENCESCOPYAPPVALUE], 1,
+ [Define to 1 if you have the MacOS X function CFPreferencesCopyAppValue in the CoreFoundation framework.])
+ fi
+ dnl Check for API introduced in MacOS X 10.3.
+ AC_CACHE_CHECK([for CFLocaleCopyCurrent], gt_cv_func_CFLocaleCopyCurrent,
+ [gt_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
+ LIBS="$LIBS -Wl,-framework -Wl,CoreFoundation"
+ AC_TRY_LINK([#include <CoreFoundation/CFLocale.h>], [CFLocaleCopyCurrent();],
+ [gt_cv_func_CFLocaleCopyCurrent=yes],
+ [gt_cv_func_CFLocaleCopyCurrent=no])
+ LIBS="$gt_save_LIBS"])
+ if test $gt_cv_func_CFLocaleCopyCurrent = yes; then
+ AC_DEFINE([HAVE_CFLOCALECOPYCURRENT], 1,
+ [Define to 1 if you have the MacOS X function CFLocaleCopyCurrent in the CoreFoundation framework.])
+ fi
+ INTL_MACOSX_LIBS=
+ if test $gt_cv_func_CFPreferencesCopyAppValue = yes || test $gt_cv_func_CFLocaleCopyCurrent = yes; then
+ INTL_MACOSX_LIBS="-Wl,-framework -Wl,CoreFoundation"
+ fi
+ AC_SUBST([INTL_MACOSX_LIBS])
+])
+
+
+dnl gt_NEEDS_INIT ensures that the gt_needs variable is initialized.
+m4_define([gt_NEEDS_INIT],
+[
+ m4_divert_text([DEFAULTS], [gt_needs=])
+ m4_define([gt_NEEDS_INIT], [])
+])
+
+
+dnl Usage: AM_GNU_GETTEXT_NEED([NEEDSYMBOL])
+AC_DEFUN([AM_GNU_GETTEXT_NEED],
+[
+ m4_divert_text([INIT_PREPARE], [gt_needs="$gt_needs $1"])
+])
+
+
+dnl Usage: AM_GNU_GETTEXT_VERSION([gettext-version])
+AC_DEFUN([AM_GNU_GETTEXT_VERSION], [])
--- /dev/null
+# Copyright (C) 2004-2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
+# General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General
+# Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
+# that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
+# the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
+#
+# Generated by gnulib-tool.
+#
+# This file represents the specification of how gnulib-tool is used.
+# It acts as a cache: It is written and read by gnulib-tool.
+# In projects using CVS, this file is meant to be stored in CVS,
+# like the configure.ac and various Makefile.am files.
+
+
+# Specification in the form of a command-line invocation:
+# gnulib-tool --import --dir=. --lib=libgnu --source-base=lib --m4-base=m4 --doc-base=doc --aux-dir=. --no-libtool --macro-prefix=gl c-ctype crypto/md5 getopt maintainer-makefile md5
+
+# Specification in the form of a few gnulib-tool.m4 macro invocations:
+gl_LOCAL_DIR([])
+gl_MODULES([c-ctype crypto/md5 getopt maintainer-makefile])
+gl_AVOID([])
+gl_SOURCE_BASE([lib])
+gl_M4_BASE([m4])
+gl_PO_BASE([])
+gl_DOC_BASE([doc])
+gl_TESTS_BASE([tests])
+gl_LIB([libgnu])
+gl_MAKEFILE_NAME([])
+gl_MACRO_PREFIX([gl])
+gl_PO_DOMAIN([])
--- /dev/null
+# gnulib-common.m4 serial 2
+dnl Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# gl_MODULE_INDICATOR([modulename])
+# defines a C macro indicating the presence of the given module.
+AC_DEFUN([gl_MODULE_INDICATOR],
+[
+ AC_DEFINE([GNULIB_]translit([$1],[abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./-],[ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ___]), [1],
+ [Define to 1 when using the gnulib module ]$1[.])
+])
+
+# AC_PROG_MKDIR_P
+# is a backport of autoconf-2.60's AC_PROG_MKDIR_P.
+# Remove this macro when we can assume autoconf >= 2.60.
+m4_ifdef([AC_PROG_MKDIR_P], [], [
+ AC_DEFUN([AC_PROG_MKDIR_P],
+ [AC_REQUIRE([AM_PROG_MKDIR_P])dnl defined by automake
+ MKDIR_P='$(mkdir_p)'
+ AC_SUBST([MKDIR_P])])])
--- /dev/null
+# DO NOT EDIT! GENERATED AUTOMATICALLY!
+# Copyright (C) 2004-2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
+# General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General
+# Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
+# that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
+# the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
+#
+# Generated by gnulib-tool.
+#
+# This file represents the compiled summary of the specification in
+# gnulib-cache.m4. It lists the computed macro invocations that need
+# to be invoked from configure.ac.
+# In projects using CVS, this file can be treated like other built files.
+
+
+# This macro should be invoked from ./configure.ac, in the section
+# "Checks for programs", right after AC_PROG_CC, and certainly before
+# any checks for libraries, header files, types and library functions.
+AC_DEFUN([gl_EARLY],
+[
+ m4_pattern_forbid([^gl_[A-Z]])dnl the gnulib macro namespace
+ m4_pattern_allow([^gl_ES$])dnl a valid locale name
+ m4_pattern_allow([^gl_LIBOBJS$])dnl a variable
+ m4_pattern_allow([^gl_LTLIBOBJS$])dnl a variable
+ AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_RANLIB])
+])
+
+# This macro should be invoked from ./configure.ac, in the section
+# "Check for header files, types and library functions".
+AC_DEFUN([gl_INIT],
+[
+ m4_pushdef([AC_LIBOBJ], m4_defn([gl_LIBOBJ]))
+ m4_pushdef([AC_REPLACE_FUNCS], m4_defn([gl_REPLACE_FUNCS]))
+ m4_pushdef([AC_LIBSOURCES], m4_defn([gl_LIBSOURCES]))
+ AM_CONDITIONAL([GL_COND_LIBTOOL], [false])
+ gl_cond_libtool=false
+ gl_libdeps=
+ gl_ltlibdeps=
+ gl_source_base='lib'
+ gl_MD5
+ gl_GETOPT
+ AC_SUBST([LIBINTL])
+ AC_SUBST([LTLIBINTL])
+ AM_STDBOOL_H
+ gl_STDINT_H
+ gl_UNISTD_H
+ gl_WCHAR_H
+ LIBGNU_LIBDEPS="$gl_libdeps"
+ AC_SUBST([LIBGNU_LIBDEPS])
+ LIBGNU_LTLIBDEPS="$gl_ltlibdeps"
+ AC_SUBST([LIBGNU_LTLIBDEPS])
+ m4_popdef([AC_LIBSOURCES])
+ m4_popdef([AC_REPLACE_FUNCS])
+ m4_popdef([AC_LIBOBJ])
+ AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS_PRE([
+ gl_libobjs=
+ gl_ltlibobjs=
+ if test -n "$gl_LIBOBJS"; then
+ # Remove the extension.
+ sed_drop_objext='s/\.o$//;s/\.obj$//'
+ for i in `for i in $gl_LIBOBJS; do echo "$i"; done | sed "$sed_drop_objext" | sort | uniq`; do
+ gl_libobjs="$gl_libobjs $i.$ac_objext"
+ gl_ltlibobjs="$gl_ltlibobjs $i.lo"
+ done
+ fi
+ AC_SUBST([gl_LIBOBJS], [$gl_libobjs])
+ AC_SUBST([gl_LTLIBOBJS], [$gl_ltlibobjs])
+ ])
+])
+
+# Like AC_LIBOBJ, except that the module name goes
+# into gl_LIBOBJS instead of into LIBOBJS.
+AC_DEFUN([gl_LIBOBJ], [
+ AS_LITERAL_IF([$1], [gl_LIBSOURCES([$1.c])])dnl
+ gl_LIBOBJS="$gl_LIBOBJS $1.$ac_objext"
+])
+
+# Like AC_REPLACE_FUNCS, except that the module name goes
+# into gl_LIBOBJS instead of into LIBOBJS.
+AC_DEFUN([gl_REPLACE_FUNCS], [
+ m4_foreach_w([gl_NAME], [$1], [AC_LIBSOURCES(gl_NAME[.c])])dnl
+ AC_CHECK_FUNCS([$1], , [gl_LIBOBJ($ac_func)])
+])
+
+# Like AC_LIBSOURCES, except the directory where the source file is
+# expected is derived from the gnulib-tool parametrization,
+# and alloca is special cased (for the alloca-opt module).
+# We could also entirely rely on EXTRA_lib..._SOURCES.
+AC_DEFUN([gl_LIBSOURCES], [
+ m4_foreach([_gl_NAME], [$1], [
+ m4_if(_gl_NAME, [alloca.c], [], [
+ m4_syscmd([test -r lib/]_gl_NAME[ || test ! -d lib])dnl
+ m4_if(m4_sysval, [0], [],
+ [AC_FATAL([missing lib/]_gl_NAME)])
+ ])
+ ])
+])
+
+# This macro records the list of files which have been installed by
+# gnulib-tool and may be removed by future gnulib-tool invocations.
+AC_DEFUN([gl_FILE_LIST], [
+ build-aux/GNUmakefile
+ build-aux/link-warning.h
+ build-aux/maint.mk
+ lib/c-ctype.c
+ lib/c-ctype.h
+ lib/getopt.c
+ lib/getopt.in.h
+ lib/getopt1.c
+ lib/getopt_int.h
+ lib/gettext.h
+ lib/md5.c
+ lib/md5.h
+ lib/stdbool.in.h
+ lib/stdint.in.h
+ lib/unistd.in.h
+ lib/wchar.in.h
+ m4/getopt.m4
+ m4/gnulib-common.m4
+ m4/include_next.m4
+ m4/longlong.m4
+ m4/md5.m4
+ m4/stdbool.m4
+ m4/stdint.m4
+ m4/ulonglong.m4
+ m4/unistd_h.m4
+ m4/wchar.m4
+])
--- /dev/null
+# gnulib-tool.m4 serial 1
+dnl Copyright (C) 2004-2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+dnl The following macros need not be invoked explicitly.
+dnl Invoking them does nothing except to declare default arguments
+dnl for "gnulib-tool --import".
+
+dnl Usage: gl_MODULES([module1 module2 ...])
+AC_DEFUN([gl_MODULES], [])
+
+dnl Usage: gl_AVOID([module1 module2 ...])
+AC_DEFUN([gl_AVOID], [])
+
+dnl Usage: gl_SOURCE_BASE([DIR])
+AC_DEFUN([gl_SOURCE_BASE], [])
+
+dnl Usage: gl_M4_BASE([DIR])
+AC_DEFUN([gl_M4_BASE], [])
+
+dnl Usage: gl_LIB([LIBNAME])
+AC_DEFUN([gl_LIB], [])
+
+dnl Usage: gl_LGPL
+AC_DEFUN([gl_LGPL], [])
+
+dnl Usage: gl_LIBTOOL
+AC_DEFUN([gl_LIBTOOL], [])
+
+dnl Usage: gl_MACRO_PREFIX([PREFIX])
+AC_DEFUN([gl_MACRO_PREFIX], [])
--- /dev/null
+# iconv.m4 serial AM4 (gettext-0.11.3)
+dnl Copyright (C) 2000-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+dnl From Bruno Haible.
+
+AC_DEFUN([AM_ICONV_LINKFLAGS_BODY],
+[
+ dnl Prerequisites of AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY.
+ AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_PREPARE_PREFIX])
+ AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_RPATH])
+
+ dnl Search for libiconv and define LIBICONV, LTLIBICONV and INCICONV
+ dnl accordingly.
+ AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY([iconv])
+])
+
+AC_DEFUN([AM_ICONV_LINK],
+[
+ dnl Some systems have iconv in libc, some have it in libiconv (OSF/1 and
+ dnl those with the standalone portable GNU libiconv installed).
+
+ dnl Search for libiconv and define LIBICONV, LTLIBICONV and INCICONV
+ dnl accordingly.
+ AC_REQUIRE([AM_ICONV_LINKFLAGS_BODY])
+
+ dnl Add $INCICONV to CPPFLAGS before performing the following checks,
+ dnl because if the user has installed libiconv and not disabled its use
+ dnl via --without-libiconv-prefix, he wants to use it. The first
+ dnl AC_TRY_LINK will then fail, the second AC_TRY_LINK will succeed.
+ am_save_CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS"
+ AC_LIB_APPENDTOVAR([CPPFLAGS], [$INCICONV])
+
+ AC_CACHE_CHECK(for iconv, am_cv_func_iconv, [
+ am_cv_func_iconv="no, consider installing GNU libiconv"
+ am_cv_lib_iconv=no
+ AC_TRY_LINK([#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <iconv.h>],
+ [iconv_t cd = iconv_open("","");
+ iconv(cd,NULL,NULL,NULL,NULL);
+ iconv_close(cd);],
+ am_cv_func_iconv=yes)
+ if test "$am_cv_func_iconv" != yes; then
+ am_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
+ LIBS="$LIBS $LIBICONV"
+ AC_TRY_LINK([#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <iconv.h>],
+ [iconv_t cd = iconv_open("","");
+ iconv(cd,NULL,NULL,NULL,NULL);
+ iconv_close(cd);],
+ am_cv_lib_iconv=yes
+ am_cv_func_iconv=yes)
+ LIBS="$am_save_LIBS"
+ fi
+ ])
+ if test "$am_cv_func_iconv" = yes; then
+ AC_DEFINE(HAVE_ICONV, 1, [Define if you have the iconv() function.])
+ fi
+ if test "$am_cv_lib_iconv" = yes; then
+ AC_MSG_CHECKING([how to link with libiconv])
+ AC_MSG_RESULT([$LIBICONV])
+ else
+ dnl If $LIBICONV didn't lead to a usable library, we don't need $INCICONV
+ dnl either.
+ CPPFLAGS="$am_save_CPPFLAGS"
+ LIBICONV=
+ LTLIBICONV=
+ fi
+ AC_SUBST(LIBICONV)
+ AC_SUBST(LTLIBICONV)
+])
+
+AC_DEFUN([AM_ICONV],
+[
+ AM_ICONV_LINK
+ if test "$am_cv_func_iconv" = yes; then
+ AC_MSG_CHECKING([for iconv declaration])
+ AC_CACHE_VAL(am_cv_proto_iconv, [
+ AC_TRY_COMPILE([
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <iconv.h>
+extern
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+"C"
+#endif
+#if defined(__STDC__) || defined(__cplusplus)
+size_t iconv (iconv_t cd, char * *inbuf, size_t *inbytesleft, char * *outbuf, size_t *outbytesleft);
+#else
+size_t iconv();
+#endif
+], [], am_cv_proto_iconv_arg1="", am_cv_proto_iconv_arg1="const")
+ am_cv_proto_iconv="extern size_t iconv (iconv_t cd, $am_cv_proto_iconv_arg1 char * *inbuf, size_t *inbytesleft, char * *outbuf, size_t *outbytesleft);"])
+ am_cv_proto_iconv=`echo "[$]am_cv_proto_iconv" | tr -s ' ' | sed -e 's/( /(/'`
+ AC_MSG_RESULT([$]{ac_t:-
+ }[$]am_cv_proto_iconv)
+ AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(ICONV_CONST, $am_cv_proto_iconv_arg1,
+ [Define as const if the declaration of iconv() needs const.])
+ fi
+])
--- /dev/null
+# include_next.m4 serial 4
+dnl Copyright (C) 2006, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+dnl From Paul Eggert and Derek Price.
+
+AC_DEFUN([gl_INCLUDE_NEXT],
+[
+ AC_LANG_PREPROC_REQUIRE()
+ AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether the preprocessor supports include_next],
+ [gl_cv_have_include_next],
+ [rm -rf conftestd1 conftestd2
+ mkdir conftestd1 conftestd2
+ cat <<EOF > conftestd1/conftest.h
+#define DEFINED_IN_CONFTESTD1
+#include_next <conftest.h>
+#ifdef DEFINED_IN_CONFTESTD2
+int foo;
+#else
+#error "include_next doesn't work"
+#endif
+EOF
+ cat <<EOF > conftestd2/conftest.h
+#ifndef DEFINED_IN_CONFTESTD1
+#error "include_next test doesn't work"
+#endif
+#define DEFINED_IN_CONFTESTD2
+EOF
+ save_CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS"
+ CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS -Iconftestd1 -Iconftestd2"
+ AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([#include <conftest.h>],
+ [gl_cv_have_include_next=yes],
+ [gl_cv_have_include_next=no])
+ CPPFLAGS="$save_CPPFLAGS"
+ rm -rf conftestd1 conftestd2
+ ])
+ if test $gl_cv_have_include_next = yes; then
+
+ dnl FIXME: Remove HAVE_INCLUDE_NEXT and update everything that uses it
+ dnl to use @INCLUDE_NEXT@ instead.
+ AC_DEFINE([HAVE_INCLUDE_NEXT], 1,
+ [Define if your compiler supports the #include_next directive.])
+
+ INCLUDE_NEXT=include_next
+ else
+ INCLUDE_NEXT=include
+ fi
+ AC_SUBST([INCLUDE_NEXT])
+])
+
+# gl_CHECK_NEXT_HEADERS(HEADER1 HEADER2 ...)
+# ------------------------------------------
+# For each arg foo.h, if #include_next works, define NEXT_FOO_H to be
+# '<foo.h>'; otherwise define it to be
+# '"///usr/include/foo.h"', or whatever other absolute file name is suitable.
+# That way, a header file with the following line:
+# #@INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_FOO_H@
+# behaves (after sed substitution) as if it contained
+# #include_next <foo.h>
+# even if the compiler does not support include_next.
+# The three "///" are to pacify Sun C 5.8, which otherwise would say
+# "warning: #include of /usr/include/... may be non-portable".
+# Use `""', not `<>', so that the /// cannot be confused with a C99 comment.
+AC_DEFUN([gl_CHECK_NEXT_HEADERS],
+[
+ AC_REQUIRE([gl_INCLUDE_NEXT])
+ AC_CHECK_HEADERS_ONCE([$1])
+
+ AC_FOREACH([gl_HEADER_NAME], [$1],
+ [AS_VAR_PUSHDEF([gl_next_header],
+ [gl_cv_next_]m4_quote(m4_defn([gl_HEADER_NAME])))
+ if test $gl_cv_have_include_next = yes; then
+ AS_VAR_SET([gl_next_header], ['<'gl_HEADER_NAME'>'])
+ else
+ AC_CACHE_CHECK(
+ [absolute name of <]m4_quote(m4_defn([gl_HEADER_NAME]))[>],
+ m4_quote(m4_defn([gl_next_header])),
+ [AS_VAR_PUSHDEF([gl_header_exists],
+ [ac_cv_header_]m4_quote(m4_defn([gl_HEADER_NAME])))
+ if test AS_VAR_GET(gl_header_exists) = yes; then
+ AC_LANG_CONFTEST(
+ [AC_LANG_SOURCE(
+ [[#include <]]m4_dquote(m4_defn([gl_HEADER_NAME]))[[>]]
+ )])
+ dnl eval is necessary to expand ac_cpp.
+ dnl Ultrix and Pyramid sh refuse to redirect output of eval,
+ dnl so use subshell.
+ AS_VAR_SET([gl_next_header],
+ ['"'`(eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD |
+ sed -n '\#/]m4_quote(m4_defn([gl_HEADER_NAME]))[#{
+ s#.*"\(.*/]m4_quote(m4_defn([gl_HEADER_NAME]))[\)".*#\1#
+ s#^/[^/]#//&#
+ p
+ q
+ }'`'"'])
+ else
+ AS_VAR_SET([gl_next_header], ['<'gl_HEADER_NAME'>'])
+ fi
+ AS_VAR_POPDEF([gl_header_exists])])
+ fi
+ AC_SUBST(
+ AS_TR_CPP([NEXT_]m4_quote(m4_defn([gl_HEADER_NAME]))),
+ [AS_VAR_GET([gl_next_header])])
+ AS_VAR_POPDEF([gl_next_header])])
+])
# lib-ld.m4 serial 3 (gettext-0.13)
-dnl Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003,
-dnl 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl Copyright (C) 1996-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
-# lib-link.m4 serial 6 (gettext-0.14.3)
-dnl Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 Free Software
-dnl Foundation, Inc.
+# lib-link.m4 serial 9 (gettext-0.16)
+dnl Copyright (C) 2001-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
dnl Sets the LIB${NAME}, LTLIB${NAME} and INC${NAME} variables.
AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY],
[
+ AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_PREPARE_MULTILIB])
define([NAME],[translit([$1],[abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./-],
[ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ___])])
dnl By default, look in $includedir and $libdir.
])
else
additional_includedir="$withval/include"
- additional_libdir="$withval/lib"
+ additional_libdir="$withval/$acl_libdirstem"
fi
fi
])
found_so=
found_a=
if test $use_additional = yes; then
- if test -n "$shlibext" && test -f "$additional_libdir/lib$name.$shlibext"; then
+ if test -n "$shlibext" \
+ && { test -f "$additional_libdir/lib$name.$shlibext" \
+ || { test "$shlibext" = dll \
+ && test -f "$additional_libdir/lib$name.dll.a"; }; }; then
found_dir="$additional_libdir"
- found_so="$additional_libdir/lib$name.$shlibext"
+ if test -f "$additional_libdir/lib$name.$shlibext"; then
+ found_so="$additional_libdir/lib$name.$shlibext"
+ else
+ found_so="$additional_libdir/lib$name.dll.a"
+ fi
if test -f "$additional_libdir/lib$name.la"; then
found_la="$additional_libdir/lib$name.la"
fi
case "$x" in
-L*)
dir=`echo "X$x" | sed -e 's/^X-L//'`
- if test -n "$shlibext" && test -f "$dir/lib$name.$shlibext"; then
+ if test -n "$shlibext" \
+ && { test -f "$dir/lib$name.$shlibext" \
+ || { test "$shlibext" = dll \
+ && test -f "$dir/lib$name.dll.a"; }; }; then
found_dir="$dir"
- found_so="$dir/lib$name.$shlibext"
+ if test -f "$dir/lib$name.$shlibext"; then
+ found_so="$dir/lib$name.$shlibext"
+ else
+ found_so="$dir/lib$name.dll.a"
+ fi
if test -f "$dir/lib$name.la"; then
found_la="$dir/lib$name.la"
fi
dnl Linking with a shared library. We attempt to hardcode its
dnl directory into the executable's runpath, unless it's the
dnl standard /usr/lib.
- if test "$enable_rpath" = no || test "X$found_dir" = "X/usr/lib"; then
+ if test "$enable_rpath" = no || test "X$found_dir" = "X/usr/$acl_libdirstem"; then
dnl No hardcoding is needed.
LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$found_so"
else
dnl Assume the include files are nearby.
additional_includedir=
case "$found_dir" in
- */lib | */lib/)
- basedir=`echo "X$found_dir" | sed -e 's,^X,,' -e 's,/lib/*$,,'`
+ */$acl_libdirstem | */$acl_libdirstem/)
+ basedir=`echo "X$found_dir" | sed -e 's,^X,,' -e "s,/$acl_libdirstem/"'*$,,'`
additional_includedir="$basedir/include"
;;
esac
dnl 3. if it's already present in $LDFLAGS or the already
dnl constructed $LIBNAME,
dnl 4. if it doesn't exist as a directory.
- if test "X$additional_libdir" != "X/usr/lib"; then
+ if test "X$additional_libdir" != "X/usr/$acl_libdirstem"; then
haveit=
- if test "X$additional_libdir" = "X/usr/local/lib"; then
+ if test "X$additional_libdir" = "X/usr/local/$acl_libdirstem"; then
if test -n "$GCC"; then
case $host_os in
linux* | gnu* | k*bsd*-gnu) haveit=yes;;
fi
done
])
+
+dnl For those cases where a variable contains several -L and -l options
+dnl referring to unknown libraries and directories, this macro determines the
+dnl necessary additional linker options for the runtime path.
+dnl AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_FROM_LIBS([LDADDVAR], [LIBSVALUE], [USE-LIBTOOL])
+dnl sets LDADDVAR to linker options needed together with LIBSVALUE.
+dnl If USE-LIBTOOL evaluates to non-empty, linking with libtool is assumed,
+dnl otherwise linking without libtool is assumed.
+AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_FROM_LIBS],
+[
+ AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_RPATH])
+ AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_PREPARE_MULTILIB])
+ $1=
+ if test "$enable_rpath" != no; then
+ if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec" && test "$hardcode_minus_L" = no; then
+ dnl Use an explicit option to hardcode directories into the resulting
+ dnl binary.
+ rpathdirs=
+ next=
+ for opt in $2; do
+ if test -n "$next"; then
+ dir="$next"
+ dnl No need to hardcode the standard /usr/lib.
+ if test "X$dir" != "X/usr/$acl_libdirstem"; then
+ rpathdirs="$rpathdirs $dir"
+ fi
+ next=
+ else
+ case $opt in
+ -L) next=yes ;;
+ -L*) dir=`echo "X$opt" | sed -e 's,^X-L,,'`
+ dnl No need to hardcode the standard /usr/lib.
+ if test "X$dir" != "X/usr/$acl_libdirstem"; then
+ rpathdirs="$rpathdirs $dir"
+ fi
+ next= ;;
+ *) next= ;;
+ esac
+ fi
+ done
+ if test "X$rpathdirs" != "X"; then
+ if test -n ""$3""; then
+ dnl libtool is used for linking. Use -R options.
+ for dir in $rpathdirs; do
+ $1="${$1}${$1:+ }-R$dir"
+ done
+ else
+ dnl The linker is used for linking directly.
+ if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator"; then
+ dnl Weird platform: only the last -rpath option counts, the user
+ dnl must pass all path elements in one option.
+ alldirs=
+ for dir in $rpathdirs; do
+ alldirs="${alldirs}${alldirs:+$hardcode_libdir_separator}$dir"
+ done
+ acl_save_libdir="$libdir"
+ libdir="$alldirs"
+ eval flag=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\"
+ libdir="$acl_save_libdir"
+ $1="$flag"
+ else
+ dnl The -rpath options are cumulative.
+ for dir in $rpathdirs; do
+ acl_save_libdir="$libdir"
+ libdir="$dir"
+ eval flag=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\"
+ libdir="$acl_save_libdir"
+ $1="${$1}${$1:+ }$flag"
+ done
+ fi
+ fi
+ fi
+ fi
+ fi
+ AC_SUBST([$1])
+])
-# lib-prefix.m4 serial 4 (gettext-0.14.2)
-dnl Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 Free Software
-dnl Foundation, Inc.
+# lib-prefix.m4 serial 5 (gettext-0.15)
+dnl Copyright (C) 2001-2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
AC_BEFORE([$0], [AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS])
AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])
AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])
+ AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_PREPARE_MULTILIB])
AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_PREPARE_PREFIX])
dnl By default, look in $includedir and $libdir.
use_additional=yes
])
else
additional_includedir="$withval/include"
- additional_libdir="$withval/lib"
+ additional_libdir="$withval/$acl_libdirstem"
fi
fi
])
dnl 2. if it's already present in $LDFLAGS,
dnl 3. if it's /usr/local/lib and we are using GCC on Linux,
dnl 4. if it doesn't exist as a directory.
- if test "X$additional_libdir" != "X/usr/lib"; then
+ if test "X$additional_libdir" != "X/usr/$acl_libdirstem"; then
haveit=
for x in $LDFLAGS; do
AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"])
fi
done
if test -z "$haveit"; then
- if test "X$additional_libdir" = "X/usr/local/lib"; then
+ if test "X$additional_libdir" = "X/usr/local/$acl_libdirstem"; then
if test -n "$GCC"; then
case $host_os in
linux*) haveit=yes;;
exec_prefix="$acl_save_exec_prefix"
prefix="$acl_save_prefix"
])
+
+dnl AC_LIB_PREPARE_MULTILIB creates a variable acl_libdirstem, containing
+dnl the basename of the libdir, either "lib" or "lib64".
+AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_PREPARE_MULTILIB],
+[
+ dnl There is no formal standard regarding lib and lib64. The current
+ dnl practice is that on a system supporting 32-bit and 64-bit instruction
+ dnl sets or ABIs, 64-bit libraries go under $prefix/lib64 and 32-bit
+ dnl libraries go under $prefix/lib. We determine the compiler's default
+ dnl mode by looking at the compiler's library search path. If at least
+ dnl of its elements ends in /lib64 or points to a directory whose absolute
+ dnl pathname ends in /lib64, we assume a 64-bit ABI. Otherwise we use the
+ dnl default, namely "lib".
+ acl_libdirstem=lib
+ searchpath=`(LC_ALL=C $CC -print-search-dirs) 2>/dev/null | sed -n -e 's,^libraries: ,,p' | sed -e 's,^=,,'`
+ if test -n "$searchpath"; then
+ acl_save_IFS="${IFS= }"; IFS=":"
+ for searchdir in $searchpath; do
+ if test -d "$searchdir"; then
+ case "$searchdir" in
+ */lib64/ | */lib64 ) acl_libdirstem=lib64 ;;
+ *) searchdir=`cd "$searchdir" && pwd`
+ case "$searchdir" in
+ */lib64 ) acl_libdirstem=lib64 ;;
+ esac ;;
+ esac
+ fi
+ done
+ IFS="$acl_save_IFS"
+ fi
+])
--- /dev/null
+# longlong.m4 serial 10
+dnl Copyright (C) 1999-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+dnl From Paul Eggert.
+
+# Define HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT if 'long long int' works.
+# This fixes a bug in Autoconf 2.60, but can be removed once we
+# assume 2.61 everywhere.
+
+# Note: If the type 'long long int' exists but is only 32 bits large
+# (as on some very old compilers), HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT will not be
+# defined. In this case you can treat 'long long int' like 'long int'.
+
+AC_DEFUN([AC_TYPE_LONG_LONG_INT],
+[
+ AC_CACHE_CHECK([for long long int], [ac_cv_type_long_long_int],
+ [AC_LINK_IFELSE(
+ [AC_LANG_PROGRAM(
+ [[long long int ll = 9223372036854775807ll;
+ long long int nll = -9223372036854775807LL;
+ typedef int a[((-9223372036854775807LL < 0
+ && 0 < 9223372036854775807ll)
+ ? 1 : -1)];
+ int i = 63;]],
+ [[long long int llmax = 9223372036854775807ll;
+ return ((ll << 63) | (ll >> 63) | (ll < i) | (ll > i)
+ | (llmax / ll) | (llmax % ll));]])],
+ [dnl This catches a bug in Tandem NonStop Kernel (OSS) cc -O circa 2004.
+ dnl If cross compiling, assume the bug isn't important, since
+ dnl nobody cross compiles for this platform as far as we know.
+ AC_RUN_IFELSE(
+ [AC_LANG_PROGRAM(
+ [[@%:@include <limits.h>
+ @%:@ifndef LLONG_MAX
+ @%:@ define HALF \
+ (1LL << (sizeof (long long int) * CHAR_BIT - 2))
+ @%:@ define LLONG_MAX (HALF - 1 + HALF)
+ @%:@endif]],
+ [[long long int n = 1;
+ int i;
+ for (i = 0; ; i++)
+ {
+ long long int m = n << i;
+ if (m >> i != n)
+ return 1;
+ if (LLONG_MAX / 2 < m)
+ break;
+ }
+ return 0;]])],
+ [ac_cv_type_long_long_int=yes],
+ [ac_cv_type_long_long_int=no],
+ [ac_cv_type_long_long_int=yes])],
+ [ac_cv_type_long_long_int=no])])
+ if test $ac_cv_type_long_long_int = yes; then
+ AC_DEFINE([HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT], 1,
+ [Define to 1 if the system has the type `long long int'.])
+ fi
+])
+
+# This macro is obsolescent and should go away soon.
+AC_DEFUN([gl_AC_TYPE_LONG_LONG],
+[
+ AC_REQUIRE([AC_TYPE_LONG_LONG_INT])
+ ac_cv_type_long_long=$ac_cv_type_long_long_int
+ if test $ac_cv_type_long_long = yes; then
+ AC_DEFINE(HAVE_LONG_LONG, 1,
+ [Define if you have the 'long long' type.])
+ fi
+])
--- /dev/null
+# md5.m4 serial 9
+dnl Copyright (C) 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+AC_DEFUN([gl_MD5],
+[
+ AC_LIBOBJ([md5])
+
+ dnl Prerequisites of lib/md5.c.
+ AC_REQUIRE([AC_C_BIGENDIAN])
+ :
+])
--- /dev/null
+# nls.m4 serial 3 (gettext-0.15)
+dnl Copyright (C) 1995-2003, 2005-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+dnl
+dnl This file can can be used in projects which are not available under
+dnl the GNU General Public License or the GNU Library General Public
+dnl License but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext
+dnl functionality.
+dnl Please note that the actual code of the GNU gettext library is covered
+dnl by the GNU Library General Public License, and the rest of the GNU
+dnl gettext package package is covered by the GNU General Public License.
+dnl They are *not* in the public domain.
+
+dnl Authors:
+dnl Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1995-2000.
+dnl Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>, 2000-2003.
+
+AC_PREREQ(2.50)
+
+AC_DEFUN([AM_NLS],
+[
+ AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether NLS is requested])
+ dnl Default is enabled NLS
+ AC_ARG_ENABLE(nls,
+ [ --disable-nls do not use Native Language Support],
+ USE_NLS=$enableval, USE_NLS=yes)
+ AC_MSG_RESULT($USE_NLS)
+ AC_SUBST(USE_NLS)
+])
--- /dev/null
+# po.m4 serial 13 (gettext-0.15)
+dnl Copyright (C) 1995-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+dnl
+dnl This file can can be used in projects which are not available under
+dnl the GNU General Public License or the GNU Library General Public
+dnl License but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext
+dnl functionality.
+dnl Please note that the actual code of the GNU gettext library is covered
+dnl by the GNU Library General Public License, and the rest of the GNU
+dnl gettext package package is covered by the GNU General Public License.
+dnl They are *not* in the public domain.
+
+dnl Authors:
+dnl Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1995-2000.
+dnl Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>, 2000-2003.
+
+AC_PREREQ(2.50)
+
+dnl Checks for all prerequisites of the po subdirectory.
+AC_DEFUN([AM_PO_SUBDIRS],
+[
+ AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_MAKE_SET])dnl
+ AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_INSTALL])dnl
+ AC_REQUIRE([AM_PROG_MKDIR_P])dnl defined by automake
+ AC_REQUIRE([AM_NLS])dnl
+
+ dnl Perform the following tests also if --disable-nls has been given,
+ dnl because they are needed for "make dist" to work.
+
+ dnl Search for GNU msgfmt in the PATH.
+ dnl The first test excludes Solaris msgfmt and early GNU msgfmt versions.
+ dnl The second test excludes FreeBSD msgfmt.
+ AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(MSGFMT, msgfmt,
+ [$ac_dir/$ac_word --statistics /dev/null >&]AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD[ 2>&1 &&
+ (if $ac_dir/$ac_word --statistics /dev/null 2>&1 >/dev/null | grep usage >/dev/null; then exit 1; else exit 0; fi)],
+ :)
+ AC_PATH_PROG(GMSGFMT, gmsgfmt, $MSGFMT)
+
+ dnl Test whether it is GNU msgfmt >= 0.15.
+changequote(,)dnl
+ case `$MSGFMT --version | sed 1q | sed -e 's,^[^0-9]*,,'` in
+ '' | 0.[0-9] | 0.[0-9].* | 0.1[0-4] | 0.1[0-4].*) MSGFMT_015=: ;;
+ *) MSGFMT_015=$MSGFMT ;;
+ esac
+changequote([,])dnl
+ AC_SUBST([MSGFMT_015])
+changequote(,)dnl
+ case `$GMSGFMT --version | sed 1q | sed -e 's,^[^0-9]*,,'` in
+ '' | 0.[0-9] | 0.[0-9].* | 0.1[0-4] | 0.1[0-4].*) GMSGFMT_015=: ;;
+ *) GMSGFMT_015=$GMSGFMT ;;
+ esac
+changequote([,])dnl
+ AC_SUBST([GMSGFMT_015])
+
+ dnl Search for GNU xgettext 0.12 or newer in the PATH.
+ dnl The first test excludes Solaris xgettext and early GNU xgettext versions.
+ dnl The second test excludes FreeBSD xgettext.
+ AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(XGETTEXT, xgettext,
+ [$ac_dir/$ac_word --omit-header --copyright-holder= --msgid-bugs-address= /dev/null >&]AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD[ 2>&1 &&
+ (if $ac_dir/$ac_word --omit-header --copyright-holder= --msgid-bugs-address= /dev/null 2>&1 >/dev/null | grep usage >/dev/null; then exit 1; else exit 0; fi)],
+ :)
+ dnl Remove leftover from FreeBSD xgettext call.
+ rm -f messages.po
+
+ dnl Test whether it is GNU xgettext >= 0.15.
+changequote(,)dnl
+ case `$XGETTEXT --version | sed 1q | sed -e 's,^[^0-9]*,,'` in
+ '' | 0.[0-9] | 0.[0-9].* | 0.1[0-4] | 0.1[0-4].*) XGETTEXT_015=: ;;
+ *) XGETTEXT_015=$XGETTEXT ;;
+ esac
+changequote([,])dnl
+ AC_SUBST([XGETTEXT_015])
+
+ dnl Search for GNU msgmerge 0.11 or newer in the PATH.
+ AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(MSGMERGE, msgmerge,
+ [$ac_dir/$ac_word --update -q /dev/null /dev/null >&]AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD[ 2>&1], :)
+
+ dnl Installation directories.
+ dnl Autoconf >= 2.60 defines localedir. For older versions of autoconf, we
+ dnl have to define it here, so that it can be used in po/Makefile.
+ test -n "$localedir" || localedir='${datadir}/locale'
+ AC_SUBST([localedir])
+
+ AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS([po-directories], [[
+ for ac_file in $CONFIG_FILES; do
+ # Support "outfile[:infile[:infile...]]"
+ case "$ac_file" in
+ *:*) ac_file=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%:.*%%'` ;;
+ esac
+ # PO directories have a Makefile.in generated from Makefile.in.in.
+ case "$ac_file" in */Makefile.in)
+ # Adjust a relative srcdir.
+ ac_dir=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%/[^/][^/]*$%%'`
+ ac_dir_suffix="/`echo "$ac_dir"|sed 's%^\./%%'`"
+ ac_dots=`echo "$ac_dir_suffix"|sed 's%/[^/]*%../%g'`
+ # In autoconf-2.13 it is called $ac_given_srcdir.
+ # In autoconf-2.50 it is called $srcdir.
+ test -n "$ac_given_srcdir" || ac_given_srcdir="$srcdir"
+ case "$ac_given_srcdir" in
+ .) top_srcdir=`echo $ac_dots|sed 's%/$%%'` ;;
+ /*) top_srcdir="$ac_given_srcdir" ;;
+ *) top_srcdir="$ac_dots$ac_given_srcdir" ;;
+ esac
+ # Treat a directory as a PO directory if and only if it has a
+ # POTFILES.in file. This allows packages to have multiple PO
+ # directories under different names or in different locations.
+ if test -f "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/POTFILES.in"; then
+ rm -f "$ac_dir/POTFILES"
+ test -n "$as_me" && echo "$as_me: creating $ac_dir/POTFILES" || echo "creating $ac_dir/POTFILES"
+ cat "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/POTFILES.in" | sed -e "/^#/d" -e "/^[ ]*\$/d" -e "s,.*, $top_srcdir/& \\\\," | sed -e "\$s/\(.*\) \\\\/\1/" > "$ac_dir/POTFILES"
+ POMAKEFILEDEPS="POTFILES.in"
+ # ALL_LINGUAS, POFILES, UPDATEPOFILES, DUMMYPOFILES, GMOFILES depend
+ # on $ac_dir but don't depend on user-specified configuration
+ # parameters.
+ if test -f "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/LINGUAS"; then
+ # The LINGUAS file contains the set of available languages.
+ if test -n "$OBSOLETE_ALL_LINGUAS"; then
+ test -n "$as_me" && echo "$as_me: setting ALL_LINGUAS in configure.in is obsolete" || echo "setting ALL_LINGUAS in configure.in is obsolete"
+ fi
+ ALL_LINGUAS_=`sed -e "/^#/d" -e "s/#.*//" "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/LINGUAS"`
+ # Hide the ALL_LINGUAS assigment from automake < 1.5.
+ eval 'ALL_LINGUAS''=$ALL_LINGUAS_'
+ POMAKEFILEDEPS="$POMAKEFILEDEPS LINGUAS"
+ else
+ # The set of available languages was given in configure.in.
+ # Hide the ALL_LINGUAS assigment from automake < 1.5.
+ eval 'ALL_LINGUAS''=$OBSOLETE_ALL_LINGUAS'
+ fi
+ # Compute POFILES
+ # as $(foreach lang, $(ALL_LINGUAS), $(srcdir)/$(lang).po)
+ # Compute UPDATEPOFILES
+ # as $(foreach lang, $(ALL_LINGUAS), $(lang).po-update)
+ # Compute DUMMYPOFILES
+ # as $(foreach lang, $(ALL_LINGUAS), $(lang).nop)
+ # Compute GMOFILES
+ # as $(foreach lang, $(ALL_LINGUAS), $(srcdir)/$(lang).gmo)
+ case "$ac_given_srcdir" in
+ .) srcdirpre= ;;
+ *) srcdirpre='$(srcdir)/' ;;
+ esac
+ POFILES=
+ UPDATEPOFILES=
+ DUMMYPOFILES=
+ GMOFILES=
+ for lang in $ALL_LINGUAS; do
+ POFILES="$POFILES $srcdirpre$lang.po"
+ UPDATEPOFILES="$UPDATEPOFILES $lang.po-update"
+ DUMMYPOFILES="$DUMMYPOFILES $lang.nop"
+ GMOFILES="$GMOFILES $srcdirpre$lang.gmo"
+ done
+ # CATALOGS depends on both $ac_dir and the user's LINGUAS
+ # environment variable.
+ INST_LINGUAS=
+ if test -n "$ALL_LINGUAS"; then
+ for presentlang in $ALL_LINGUAS; do
+ useit=no
+ if test "%UNSET%" != "$LINGUAS"; then
+ desiredlanguages="$LINGUAS"
+ else
+ desiredlanguages="$ALL_LINGUAS"
+ fi
+ for desiredlang in $desiredlanguages; do
+ # Use the presentlang catalog if desiredlang is
+ # a. equal to presentlang, or
+ # b. a variant of presentlang (because in this case,
+ # presentlang can be used as a fallback for messages
+ # which are not translated in the desiredlang catalog).
+ case "$desiredlang" in
+ "$presentlang"*) useit=yes;;
+ esac
+ done
+ if test $useit = yes; then
+ INST_LINGUAS="$INST_LINGUAS $presentlang"
+ fi
+ done
+ fi
+ CATALOGS=
+ if test -n "$INST_LINGUAS"; then
+ for lang in $INST_LINGUAS; do
+ CATALOGS="$CATALOGS $lang.gmo"
+ done
+ fi
+ test -n "$as_me" && echo "$as_me: creating $ac_dir/Makefile" || echo "creating $ac_dir/Makefile"
+ sed -e "/^POTFILES =/r $ac_dir/POTFILES" -e "/^# Makevars/r $ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/Makevars" -e "s|@POFILES@|$POFILES|g" -e "s|@UPDATEPOFILES@|$UPDATEPOFILES|g" -e "s|@DUMMYPOFILES@|$DUMMYPOFILES|g" -e "s|@GMOFILES@|$GMOFILES|g" -e "s|@CATALOGS@|$CATALOGS|g" -e "s|@POMAKEFILEDEPS@|$POMAKEFILEDEPS|g" "$ac_dir/Makefile.in" > "$ac_dir/Makefile"
+ for f in "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir"/Rules-*; do
+ if test -f "$f"; then
+ case "$f" in
+ *.orig | *.bak | *~) ;;
+ *) cat "$f" >> "$ac_dir/Makefile" ;;
+ esac
+ fi
+ done
+ fi
+ ;;
+ esac
+ done]],
+ [# Capture the value of obsolete ALL_LINGUAS because we need it to compute
+ # POFILES, UPDATEPOFILES, DUMMYPOFILES, GMOFILES, CATALOGS. But hide it
+ # from automake < 1.5.
+ eval 'OBSOLETE_ALL_LINGUAS''="$ALL_LINGUAS"'
+ # Capture the value of LINGUAS because we need it to compute CATALOGS.
+ LINGUAS="${LINGUAS-%UNSET%}"
+ ])
+])
+
+dnl Postprocesses a Makefile in a directory containing PO files.
+AC_DEFUN([AM_POSTPROCESS_PO_MAKEFILE],
+[
+ # When this code is run, in config.status, two variables have already been
+ # set:
+ # - OBSOLETE_ALL_LINGUAS is the value of LINGUAS set in configure.in,
+ # - LINGUAS is the value of the environment variable LINGUAS at configure
+ # time.
+
+changequote(,)dnl
+ # Adjust a relative srcdir.
+ ac_dir=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%/[^/][^/]*$%%'`
+ ac_dir_suffix="/`echo "$ac_dir"|sed 's%^\./%%'`"
+ ac_dots=`echo "$ac_dir_suffix"|sed 's%/[^/]*%../%g'`
+ # In autoconf-2.13 it is called $ac_given_srcdir.
+ # In autoconf-2.50 it is called $srcdir.
+ test -n "$ac_given_srcdir" || ac_given_srcdir="$srcdir"
+ case "$ac_given_srcdir" in
+ .) top_srcdir=`echo $ac_dots|sed 's%/$%%'` ;;
+ /*) top_srcdir="$ac_given_srcdir" ;;
+ *) top_srcdir="$ac_dots$ac_given_srcdir" ;;
+ esac
+
+ # Find a way to echo strings without interpreting backslash.
+ if test "X`(echo '\t') 2>/dev/null`" = 'X\t'; then
+ gt_echo='echo'
+ else
+ if test "X`(printf '%s\n' '\t') 2>/dev/null`" = 'X\t'; then
+ gt_echo='printf %s\n'
+ else
+ echo_func () {
+ cat <<EOT
+$*
+EOT
+ }
+ gt_echo='echo_func'
+ fi
+ fi
+
+ # A sed script that extracts the value of VARIABLE from a Makefile.
+ sed_x_variable='
+# Test if the hold space is empty.
+x
+s/P/P/
+x
+ta
+# Yes it was empty. Look if we have the expected variable definition.
+/^[ ]*VARIABLE[ ]*=/{
+ # Seen the first line of the variable definition.
+ s/^[ ]*VARIABLE[ ]*=//
+ ba
+}
+bd
+:a
+# Here we are processing a line from the variable definition.
+# Remove comment, more precisely replace it with a space.
+s/#.*$/ /
+# See if the line ends in a backslash.
+tb
+:b
+s/\\$//
+# Print the line, without the trailing backslash.
+p
+tc
+# There was no trailing backslash. The end of the variable definition is
+# reached. Clear the hold space.
+s/^.*$//
+x
+bd
+:c
+# A trailing backslash means that the variable definition continues in the
+# next line. Put a nonempty string into the hold space to indicate this.
+s/^.*$/P/
+x
+:d
+'
+changequote([,])dnl
+
+ # Set POTFILES to the value of the Makefile variable POTFILES.
+ sed_x_POTFILES=`$gt_echo "$sed_x_variable" | sed -e '/^ *#/d' -e 's/VARIABLE/POTFILES/g'`
+ POTFILES=`sed -n -e "$sed_x_POTFILES" < "$ac_file"`
+ # Compute POTFILES_DEPS as
+ # $(foreach file, $(POTFILES), $(top_srcdir)/$(file))
+ POTFILES_DEPS=
+ for file in $POTFILES; do
+ POTFILES_DEPS="$POTFILES_DEPS "'$(top_srcdir)/'"$file"
+ done
+ POMAKEFILEDEPS=""
+
+ if test -n "$OBSOLETE_ALL_LINGUAS"; then
+ test -n "$as_me" && echo "$as_me: setting ALL_LINGUAS in configure.in is obsolete" || echo "setting ALL_LINGUAS in configure.in is obsolete"
+ fi
+ if test -f "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/LINGUAS"; then
+ # The LINGUAS file contains the set of available languages.
+ ALL_LINGUAS_=`sed -e "/^#/d" -e "s/#.*//" "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/LINGUAS"`
+ POMAKEFILEDEPS="$POMAKEFILEDEPS LINGUAS"
+ else
+ # Set ALL_LINGUAS to the value of the Makefile variable LINGUAS.
+ sed_x_LINGUAS=`$gt_echo "$sed_x_variable" | sed -e '/^ *#/d' -e 's/VARIABLE/LINGUAS/g'`
+ ALL_LINGUAS_=`sed -n -e "$sed_x_LINGUAS" < "$ac_file"`
+ fi
+ # Hide the ALL_LINGUAS assigment from automake < 1.5.
+ eval 'ALL_LINGUAS''=$ALL_LINGUAS_'
+ # Compute POFILES
+ # as $(foreach lang, $(ALL_LINGUAS), $(srcdir)/$(lang).po)
+ # Compute UPDATEPOFILES
+ # as $(foreach lang, $(ALL_LINGUAS), $(lang).po-update)
+ # Compute DUMMYPOFILES
+ # as $(foreach lang, $(ALL_LINGUAS), $(lang).nop)
+ # Compute GMOFILES
+ # as $(foreach lang, $(ALL_LINGUAS), $(srcdir)/$(lang).gmo)
+ # Compute PROPERTIESFILES
+ # as $(foreach lang, $(ALL_LINGUAS), $(top_srcdir)/$(DOMAIN)_$(lang).properties)
+ # Compute CLASSFILES
+ # as $(foreach lang, $(ALL_LINGUAS), $(top_srcdir)/$(DOMAIN)_$(lang).class)
+ # Compute QMFILES
+ # as $(foreach lang, $(ALL_LINGUAS), $(srcdir)/$(lang).qm)
+ # Compute MSGFILES
+ # as $(foreach lang, $(ALL_LINGUAS), $(srcdir)/$(frob $(lang)).msg)
+ # Compute RESOURCESDLLFILES
+ # as $(foreach lang, $(ALL_LINGUAS), $(srcdir)/$(frob $(lang))/$(DOMAIN).resources.dll)
+ case "$ac_given_srcdir" in
+ .) srcdirpre= ;;
+ *) srcdirpre='$(srcdir)/' ;;
+ esac
+ POFILES=
+ UPDATEPOFILES=
+ DUMMYPOFILES=
+ GMOFILES=
+ PROPERTIESFILES=
+ CLASSFILES=
+ QMFILES=
+ MSGFILES=
+ RESOURCESDLLFILES=
+ for lang in $ALL_LINGUAS; do
+ POFILES="$POFILES $srcdirpre$lang.po"
+ UPDATEPOFILES="$UPDATEPOFILES $lang.po-update"
+ DUMMYPOFILES="$DUMMYPOFILES $lang.nop"
+ GMOFILES="$GMOFILES $srcdirpre$lang.gmo"
+ PROPERTIESFILES="$PROPERTIESFILES \$(top_srcdir)/\$(DOMAIN)_$lang.properties"
+ CLASSFILES="$CLASSFILES \$(top_srcdir)/\$(DOMAIN)_$lang.class"
+ QMFILES="$QMFILES $srcdirpre$lang.qm"
+ frobbedlang=`echo $lang | sed -e 's/\..*$//' -e 'y/ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ/abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz/'`
+ MSGFILES="$MSGFILES $srcdirpre$frobbedlang.msg"
+ frobbedlang=`echo $lang | sed -e 's/_/-/g' -e 's/^sr-CS/sr-SP/' -e 's/@latin$/-Latn/' -e 's/@cyrillic$/-Cyrl/' -e 's/^sr-SP$/sr-SP-Latn/' -e 's/^uz-UZ$/uz-UZ-Latn/'`
+ RESOURCESDLLFILES="$RESOURCESDLLFILES $srcdirpre$frobbedlang/\$(DOMAIN).resources.dll"
+ done
+ # CATALOGS depends on both $ac_dir and the user's LINGUAS
+ # environment variable.
+ INST_LINGUAS=
+ if test -n "$ALL_LINGUAS"; then
+ for presentlang in $ALL_LINGUAS; do
+ useit=no
+ if test "%UNSET%" != "$LINGUAS"; then
+ desiredlanguages="$LINGUAS"
+ else
+ desiredlanguages="$ALL_LINGUAS"
+ fi
+ for desiredlang in $desiredlanguages; do
+ # Use the presentlang catalog if desiredlang is
+ # a. equal to presentlang, or
+ # b. a variant of presentlang (because in this case,
+ # presentlang can be used as a fallback for messages
+ # which are not translated in the desiredlang catalog).
+ case "$desiredlang" in
+ "$presentlang"*) useit=yes;;
+ esac
+ done
+ if test $useit = yes; then
+ INST_LINGUAS="$INST_LINGUAS $presentlang"
+ fi
+ done
+ fi
+ CATALOGS=
+ JAVACATALOGS=
+ QTCATALOGS=
+ TCLCATALOGS=
+ CSHARPCATALOGS=
+ if test -n "$INST_LINGUAS"; then
+ for lang in $INST_LINGUAS; do
+ CATALOGS="$CATALOGS $lang.gmo"
+ JAVACATALOGS="$JAVACATALOGS \$(DOMAIN)_$lang.properties"
+ QTCATALOGS="$QTCATALOGS $lang.qm"
+ frobbedlang=`echo $lang | sed -e 's/\..*$//' -e 'y/ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ/abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz/'`
+ TCLCATALOGS="$TCLCATALOGS $frobbedlang.msg"
+ frobbedlang=`echo $lang | sed -e 's/_/-/g' -e 's/^sr-CS/sr-SP/' -e 's/@latin$/-Latn/' -e 's/@cyrillic$/-Cyrl/' -e 's/^sr-SP$/sr-SP-Latn/' -e 's/^uz-UZ$/uz-UZ-Latn/'`
+ CSHARPCATALOGS="$CSHARPCATALOGS $frobbedlang/\$(DOMAIN).resources.dll"
+ done
+ fi
+
+ sed -e "s|@POTFILES_DEPS@|$POTFILES_DEPS|g" -e "s|@POFILES@|$POFILES|g" -e "s|@UPDATEPOFILES@|$UPDATEPOFILES|g" -e "s|@DUMMYPOFILES@|$DUMMYPOFILES|g" -e "s|@GMOFILES@|$GMOFILES|g" -e "s|@PROPERTIESFILES@|$PROPERTIESFILES|g" -e "s|@CLASSFILES@|$CLASSFILES|g" -e "s|@QMFILES@|$QMFILES|g" -e "s|@MSGFILES@|$MSGFILES|g" -e "s|@RESOURCESDLLFILES@|$RESOURCESDLLFILES|g" -e "s|@CATALOGS@|$CATALOGS|g" -e "s|@JAVACATALOGS@|$JAVACATALOGS|g" -e "s|@QTCATALOGS@|$QTCATALOGS|g" -e "s|@TCLCATALOGS@|$TCLCATALOGS|g" -e "s|@CSHARPCATALOGS@|$CSHARPCATALOGS|g" -e 's,^#distdir:,distdir:,' < "$ac_file" > "$ac_file.tmp"
+ if grep -l '@TCLCATALOGS@' "$ac_file" > /dev/null; then
+ # Add dependencies that cannot be formulated as a simple suffix rule.
+ for lang in $ALL_LINGUAS; do
+ frobbedlang=`echo $lang | sed -e 's/\..*$//' -e 'y/ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ/abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz/'`
+ cat >> "$ac_file.tmp" <<EOF
+$frobbedlang.msg: $lang.po
+ @echo "\$(MSGFMT) -c --tcl -d \$(srcdir) -l $lang $srcdirpre$lang.po"; \
+ \$(MSGFMT) -c --tcl -d "\$(srcdir)" -l $lang $srcdirpre$lang.po || { rm -f "\$(srcdir)/$frobbedlang.msg"; exit 1; }
+EOF
+ done
+ fi
+ if grep -l '@CSHARPCATALOGS@' "$ac_file" > /dev/null; then
+ # Add dependencies that cannot be formulated as a simple suffix rule.
+ for lang in $ALL_LINGUAS; do
+ frobbedlang=`echo $lang | sed -e 's/_/-/g' -e 's/^sr-CS/sr-SP/' -e 's/@latin$/-Latn/' -e 's/@cyrillic$/-Cyrl/' -e 's/^sr-SP$/sr-SP-Latn/' -e 's/^uz-UZ$/uz-UZ-Latn/'`
+ cat >> "$ac_file.tmp" <<EOF
+$frobbedlang/\$(DOMAIN).resources.dll: $lang.po
+ @echo "\$(MSGFMT) -c --csharp -d \$(srcdir) -l $lang $srcdirpre$lang.po -r \$(DOMAIN)"; \
+ \$(MSGFMT) -c --csharp -d "\$(srcdir)" -l $lang $srcdirpre$lang.po -r "\$(DOMAIN)" || { rm -f "\$(srcdir)/$frobbedlang.msg"; exit 1; }
+EOF
+ done
+ fi
+ if test -n "$POMAKEFILEDEPS"; then
+ cat >> "$ac_file.tmp" <<EOF
+Makefile: $POMAKEFILEDEPS
+EOF
+ fi
+ mv "$ac_file.tmp" "$ac_file"
+])
--- /dev/null
+# progtest.m4 serial 4 (gettext-0.14.2)
+dnl Copyright (C) 1996-2003, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+dnl
+dnl This file can can be used in projects which are not available under
+dnl the GNU General Public License or the GNU Library General Public
+dnl License but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext
+dnl functionality.
+dnl Please note that the actual code of the GNU gettext library is covered
+dnl by the GNU Library General Public License, and the rest of the GNU
+dnl gettext package package is covered by the GNU General Public License.
+dnl They are *not* in the public domain.
+
+dnl Authors:
+dnl Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1996.
+
+AC_PREREQ(2.50)
+
+# Search path for a program which passes the given test.
+
+dnl AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(VARIABLE, PROG-TO-CHECK-FOR,
+dnl TEST-PERFORMED-ON-FOUND_PROGRAM [, VALUE-IF-NOT-FOUND [, PATH]])
+AC_DEFUN([AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST],
+[
+# Prepare PATH_SEPARATOR.
+# The user is always right.
+if test "${PATH_SEPARATOR+set}" != set; then
+ echo "#! /bin/sh" >conf$$.sh
+ echo "exit 0" >>conf$$.sh
+ chmod +x conf$$.sh
+ if (PATH="/nonexistent;."; conf$$.sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+ PATH_SEPARATOR=';'
+ else
+ PATH_SEPARATOR=:
+ fi
+ rm -f conf$$.sh
+fi
+
+# Find out how to test for executable files. Don't use a zero-byte file,
+# as systems may use methods other than mode bits to determine executability.
+cat >conf$$.file <<_ASEOF
+#! /bin/sh
+exit 0
+_ASEOF
+chmod +x conf$$.file
+if test -x conf$$.file >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+ ac_executable_p="test -x"
+else
+ ac_executable_p="test -f"
+fi
+rm -f conf$$.file
+
+# Extract the first word of "$2", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy $2; ac_word=[$]2
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([for $ac_word])
+AC_CACHE_VAL(ac_cv_path_$1,
+[case "[$]$1" in
+ [[\\/]]* | ?:[[\\/]]*)
+ ac_cv_path_$1="[$]$1" # Let the user override the test with a path.
+ ;;
+ *)
+ ac_save_IFS="$IFS"; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+ for ac_dir in ifelse([$5], , $PATH, [$5]); do
+ IFS="$ac_save_IFS"
+ test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
+ for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+ if $ac_executable_p "$ac_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
+ echo "$as_me: trying $ac_dir/$ac_word..." >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
+ if [$3]; then
+ ac_cv_path_$1="$ac_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"
+ break 2
+ fi
+ fi
+ done
+ done
+ IFS="$ac_save_IFS"
+dnl If no 4th arg is given, leave the cache variable unset,
+dnl so AC_PATH_PROGS will keep looking.
+ifelse([$4], , , [ test -z "[$]ac_cv_path_$1" && ac_cv_path_$1="$4"
+])dnl
+ ;;
+esac])dnl
+$1="$ac_cv_path_$1"
+if test ifelse([$4], , [-n "[$]$1"], ["[$]$1" != "$4"]); then
+ AC_MSG_RESULT([$]$1)
+else
+ AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
+fi
+AC_SUBST($1)dnl
+])
--- /dev/null
+# Check for stdbool.h that conforms to C99.
+
+dnl Copyright (C) 2002-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# Prepare for substituting <stdbool.h> if it is not supported.
+
+AC_DEFUN([AM_STDBOOL_H],
+[
+ AC_REQUIRE([AC_HEADER_STDBOOL])
+
+ # Define two additional variables used in the Makefile substitution.
+
+ if test "$ac_cv_header_stdbool_h" = yes; then
+ STDBOOL_H=''
+ else
+ STDBOOL_H='stdbool.h'
+ fi
+ AC_SUBST([STDBOOL_H])
+
+ if test "$ac_cv_type__Bool" = yes; then
+ HAVE__BOOL=1
+ else
+ HAVE__BOOL=0
+ fi
+ AC_SUBST([HAVE__BOOL])
+])
+
+# AM_STDBOOL_H will be renamed to gl_STDBOOL_H in the future.
+AC_DEFUN([gl_STDBOOL_H], [AM_STDBOOL_H])
+
+# This macro is only needed in autoconf <= 2.59. Newer versions of autoconf
+# have this macro built-in.
+
+AC_DEFUN([AC_HEADER_STDBOOL],
+ [AC_CACHE_CHECK([for stdbool.h that conforms to C99],
+ [ac_cv_header_stdbool_h],
+ [AC_TRY_COMPILE(
+ [
+ #include <stdbool.h>
+ #ifndef bool
+ "error: bool is not defined"
+ #endif
+ #ifndef false
+ "error: false is not defined"
+ #endif
+ #if false
+ "error: false is not 0"
+ #endif
+ #ifndef true
+ "error: true is not defined"
+ #endif
+ #if true != 1
+ "error: true is not 1"
+ #endif
+ #ifndef __bool_true_false_are_defined
+ "error: __bool_true_false_are_defined is not defined"
+ #endif
+
+ struct s { _Bool s: 1; _Bool t; } s;
+
+ char a[true == 1 ? 1 : -1];
+ char b[false == 0 ? 1 : -1];
+ char c[__bool_true_false_are_defined == 1 ? 1 : -1];
+ char d[(bool) 0.5 == true ? 1 : -1];
+ bool e = &s;
+ char f[(_Bool) 0.0 == false ? 1 : -1];
+ char g[true];
+ char h[sizeof (_Bool)];
+ char i[sizeof s.t];
+ enum { j = false, k = true, l = false * true, m = true * 256 };
+ _Bool n[m];
+ char o[sizeof n == m * sizeof n[0] ? 1 : -1];
+ char p[-1 - (_Bool) 0 < 0 && -1 - (bool) 0 < 0 ? 1 : -1];
+ #if defined __xlc__ || defined __GNUC__
+ /* Catch a bug in IBM AIX xlc compiler version 6.0.0.0
+ reported by James Lemley on 2005-10-05; see
+ http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/bug-coreutils/2005-10/msg00086.html
+ This test is not quite right, since xlc is allowed to
+ reject this program, as the initializer for xlcbug is
+ not one of the forms that C requires support for.
+ However, doing the test right would require a run-time
+ test, and that would make cross-compilation harder.
+ Let us hope that IBM fixes the xlc bug, and also adds
+ support for this kind of constant expression. In the
+ meantime, this test will reject xlc, which is OK, since
+ our stdbool.h substitute should suffice. We also test
+ this with GCC, where it should work, to detect more
+ quickly whether someone messes up the test in the
+ future. */
+ char digs[] = "0123456789";
+ int xlcbug = 1 / (&(digs + 5)[-2 + (bool) 1] == &digs[4] ? 1 : -1);
+ #endif
+ /* Catch a bug in an HP-UX C compiler. See
+ http://gcc.gnu.org/ml/gcc-patches/2003-12/msg02303.html
+ http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/bug-coreutils/2005-11/msg00161.html
+ */
+ _Bool q = true;
+ _Bool *pq = &q;
+ ],
+ [
+ *pq |= q;
+ *pq |= ! q;
+ /* Refer to every declared value, to avoid compiler optimizations. */
+ return (!a + !b + !c + !d + !e + !f + !g + !h + !i + !!j + !k + !!l
+ + !m + !n + !o + !p + !q + !pq);
+ ],
+ [ac_cv_header_stdbool_h=yes],
+ [ac_cv_header_stdbool_h=no])])
+ AC_CHECK_TYPES([_Bool])
+ if test $ac_cv_header_stdbool_h = yes; then
+ AC_DEFINE(HAVE_STDBOOL_H, 1, [Define to 1 if stdbool.h conforms to C99.])
+ fi])
--- /dev/null
+# stdint.m4 serial 29
+dnl Copyright (C) 2001-2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+dnl From Paul Eggert and Bruno Haible.
+dnl Test whether <stdint.h> is supported or must be substituted.
+
+AC_DEFUN([gl_STDINT_H],
+[
+ AC_PREREQ(2.59)dnl
+
+ dnl Check for long long int and unsigned long long int.
+ AC_REQUIRE([AC_TYPE_LONG_LONG_INT])
+ if test $ac_cv_type_long_long_int = yes; then
+ HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT=1
+ else
+ HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT=0
+ fi
+ AC_SUBST([HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT])
+ AC_REQUIRE([AC_TYPE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG_INT])
+ if test $ac_cv_type_unsigned_long_long_int = yes; then
+ HAVE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG_INT=1
+ else
+ HAVE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG_INT=0
+ fi
+ AC_SUBST([HAVE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG_INT])
+
+ dnl Check for <inttypes.h>.
+ dnl AC_INCLUDES_DEFAULT defines $ac_cv_header_inttypes_h.
+ if test $ac_cv_header_inttypes_h = yes; then
+ HAVE_INTTYPES_H=1
+ else
+ HAVE_INTTYPES_H=0
+ fi
+ AC_SUBST([HAVE_INTTYPES_H])
+
+ dnl Check for <sys/types.h>.
+ dnl AC_INCLUDES_DEFAULT defines $ac_cv_header_sys_types_h.
+ if test $ac_cv_header_sys_types_h = yes; then
+ HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H=1
+ else
+ HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H=0
+ fi
+ AC_SUBST([HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H])
+
+ gl_CHECK_NEXT_HEADERS([stdint.h])
+ if test $ac_cv_header_stdint_h = yes; then
+ HAVE_STDINT_H=1
+ else
+ HAVE_STDINT_H=0
+ fi
+ AC_SUBST([HAVE_STDINT_H])
+
+ dnl Now see whether we need a substitute <stdint.h>.
+ if test $ac_cv_header_stdint_h = yes; then
+ AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether stdint.h conforms to C99],
+ [gl_cv_header_working_stdint_h],
+ [gl_cv_header_working_stdint_h=no
+ AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([
+ AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[
+#define __STDC_LIMIT_MACROS 1 /* to make it work also in C++ mode */
+#define __STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS 1 /* to make it work also in C++ mode */
+#define _GL_JUST_INCLUDE_SYSTEM_STDINT_H 1 /* work if build isn't clean */
+#include <stdint.h>
+/* Dragonfly defines WCHAR_MIN, WCHAR_MAX only in <wchar.h>. */
+#if !(defined WCHAR_MIN && defined WCHAR_MAX)
+#error "WCHAR_MIN, WCHAR_MAX not defined in <stdint.h>"
+#endif
+]
+gl_STDINT_INCLUDES
+[
+#ifdef INT8_MAX
+int8_t a1 = INT8_MAX;
+int8_t a1min = INT8_MIN;
+#endif
+#ifdef INT16_MAX
+int16_t a2 = INT16_MAX;
+int16_t a2min = INT16_MIN;
+#endif
+#ifdef INT32_MAX
+int32_t a3 = INT32_MAX;
+int32_t a3min = INT32_MIN;
+#endif
+#ifdef INT64_MAX
+int64_t a4 = INT64_MAX;
+int64_t a4min = INT64_MIN;
+#endif
+#ifdef UINT8_MAX
+uint8_t b1 = UINT8_MAX;
+#else
+typedef int b1[(unsigned char) -1 != 255 ? 1 : -1];
+#endif
+#ifdef UINT16_MAX
+uint16_t b2 = UINT16_MAX;
+#endif
+#ifdef UINT32_MAX
+uint32_t b3 = UINT32_MAX;
+#endif
+#ifdef UINT64_MAX
+uint64_t b4 = UINT64_MAX;
+#endif
+int_least8_t c1 = INT8_C (0x7f);
+int_least8_t c1max = INT_LEAST8_MAX;
+int_least8_t c1min = INT_LEAST8_MIN;
+int_least16_t c2 = INT16_C (0x7fff);
+int_least16_t c2max = INT_LEAST16_MAX;
+int_least16_t c2min = INT_LEAST16_MIN;
+int_least32_t c3 = INT32_C (0x7fffffff);
+int_least32_t c3max = INT_LEAST32_MAX;
+int_least32_t c3min = INT_LEAST32_MIN;
+int_least64_t c4 = INT64_C (0x7fffffffffffffff);
+int_least64_t c4max = INT_LEAST64_MAX;
+int_least64_t c4min = INT_LEAST64_MIN;
+uint_least8_t d1 = UINT8_C (0xff);
+uint_least8_t d1max = UINT_LEAST8_MAX;
+uint_least16_t d2 = UINT16_C (0xffff);
+uint_least16_t d2max = UINT_LEAST16_MAX;
+uint_least32_t d3 = UINT32_C (0xffffffff);
+uint_least32_t d3max = UINT_LEAST32_MAX;
+uint_least64_t d4 = UINT64_C (0xffffffffffffffff);
+uint_least64_t d4max = UINT_LEAST64_MAX;
+int_fast8_t e1 = INT_FAST8_MAX;
+int_fast8_t e1min = INT_FAST8_MIN;
+int_fast16_t e2 = INT_FAST16_MAX;
+int_fast16_t e2min = INT_FAST16_MIN;
+int_fast32_t e3 = INT_FAST32_MAX;
+int_fast32_t e3min = INT_FAST32_MIN;
+int_fast64_t e4 = INT_FAST64_MAX;
+int_fast64_t e4min = INT_FAST64_MIN;
+uint_fast8_t f1 = UINT_FAST8_MAX;
+uint_fast16_t f2 = UINT_FAST16_MAX;
+uint_fast32_t f3 = UINT_FAST32_MAX;
+uint_fast64_t f4 = UINT_FAST64_MAX;
+#ifdef INTPTR_MAX
+intptr_t g = INTPTR_MAX;
+intptr_t gmin = INTPTR_MIN;
+#endif
+#ifdef UINTPTR_MAX
+uintptr_t h = UINTPTR_MAX;
+#endif
+intmax_t i = INTMAX_MAX;
+uintmax_t j = UINTMAX_MAX;
+
+#include <limits.h> /* for CHAR_BIT */
+#define TYPE_MINIMUM(t) \
+ ((t) ((t) 0 < (t) -1 ? (t) 0 : ~ (t) 0 << (sizeof (t) * CHAR_BIT - 1)))
+#define TYPE_MAXIMUM(t) \
+ ((t) ((t) 0 < (t) -1 ? (t) -1 : ~ (~ (t) 0 << (sizeof (t) * CHAR_BIT - 1))))
+struct s {
+ int check_PTRDIFF:
+ PTRDIFF_MIN == TYPE_MINIMUM (ptrdiff_t)
+ && PTRDIFF_MAX == TYPE_MAXIMUM (ptrdiff_t)
+ ? 1 : -1;
+ /* Detect bug in FreeBSD 6.0 / ia64. */
+ int check_SIG_ATOMIC:
+ SIG_ATOMIC_MIN == TYPE_MINIMUM (sig_atomic_t)
+ && SIG_ATOMIC_MAX == TYPE_MAXIMUM (sig_atomic_t)
+ ? 1 : -1;
+ int check_SIZE: SIZE_MAX == TYPE_MAXIMUM (size_t) ? 1 : -1;
+ int check_WCHAR:
+ WCHAR_MIN == TYPE_MINIMUM (wchar_t)
+ && WCHAR_MAX == TYPE_MAXIMUM (wchar_t)
+ ? 1 : -1;
+ /* Detect bug in mingw. */
+ int check_WINT:
+ WINT_MIN == TYPE_MINIMUM (wint_t)
+ && WINT_MAX == TYPE_MAXIMUM (wint_t)
+ ? 1 : -1;
+
+ /* Detect bugs in glibc 2.4 and Solaris 10 stdint.h, among others. */
+ int check_UINT8_C:
+ (-1 < UINT8_C (0)) == (-1 < (uint_least8_t) 0) ? 1 : -1;
+ int check_UINT16_C:
+ (-1 < UINT16_C (0)) == (-1 < (uint_least16_t) 0) ? 1 : -1;
+
+ /* Detect bugs in OpenBSD 3.9 stdint.h. */
+#ifdef UINT8_MAX
+ int check_uint8: (uint8_t) -1 == UINT8_MAX ? 1 : -1;
+#endif
+#ifdef UINT16_MAX
+ int check_uint16: (uint16_t) -1 == UINT16_MAX ? 1 : -1;
+#endif
+#ifdef UINT32_MAX
+ int check_uint32: (uint32_t) -1 == UINT32_MAX ? 1 : -1;
+#endif
+#ifdef UINT64_MAX
+ int check_uint64: (uint64_t) -1 == UINT64_MAX ? 1 : -1;
+#endif
+ int check_uint_least8: (uint_least8_t) -1 == UINT_LEAST8_MAX ? 1 : -1;
+ int check_uint_least16: (uint_least16_t) -1 == UINT_LEAST16_MAX ? 1 : -1;
+ int check_uint_least32: (uint_least32_t) -1 == UINT_LEAST32_MAX ? 1 : -1;
+ int check_uint_least64: (uint_least64_t) -1 == UINT_LEAST64_MAX ? 1 : -1;
+ int check_uint_fast8: (uint_fast8_t) -1 == UINT_FAST8_MAX ? 1 : -1;
+ int check_uint_fast16: (uint_fast16_t) -1 == UINT_FAST16_MAX ? 1 : -1;
+ int check_uint_fast32: (uint_fast32_t) -1 == UINT_FAST32_MAX ? 1 : -1;
+ int check_uint_fast64: (uint_fast64_t) -1 == UINT_FAST64_MAX ? 1 : -1;
+ int check_uintptr: (uintptr_t) -1 == UINTPTR_MAX ? 1 : -1;
+ int check_uintmax: (uintmax_t) -1 == UINTMAX_MAX ? 1 : -1;
+ int check_size: (size_t) -1 == SIZE_MAX ? 1 : -1;
+};
+ ]])],
+ [gl_cv_header_working_stdint_h=yes])])
+ fi
+ if test "$gl_cv_header_working_stdint_h" = yes; then
+ STDINT_H=
+ else
+ dnl Check for <sys/inttypes.h>, and for
+ dnl <sys/bitypes.h> (used in Linux libc4 >= 4.6.7 and libc5).
+ AC_CHECK_HEADERS([sys/inttypes.h sys/bitypes.h])
+ if test $ac_cv_header_sys_inttypes_h = yes; then
+ HAVE_SYS_INTTYPES_H=1
+ else
+ HAVE_SYS_INTTYPES_H=0
+ fi
+ AC_SUBST([HAVE_SYS_INTTYPES_H])
+ if test $ac_cv_header_sys_bitypes_h = yes; then
+ HAVE_SYS_BITYPES_H=1
+ else
+ HAVE_SYS_BITYPES_H=0
+ fi
+ AC_SUBST([HAVE_SYS_BITYPES_H])
+
+ dnl Check for <wchar.h> (missing in Linux uClibc when built without wide
+ dnl character support).
+ AC_CHECK_HEADERS_ONCE([wchar.h])
+
+ gl_STDINT_TYPE_PROPERTIES
+ STDINT_H=stdint.h
+ fi
+ AC_SUBST(STDINT_H)
+])
+
+dnl gl_STDINT_BITSIZEOF(TYPES, INCLUDES)
+dnl Determine the size of each of the given types in bits.
+AC_DEFUN([gl_STDINT_BITSIZEOF],
+[
+ dnl Use a shell loop, to avoid bloating configure, and
+ dnl - extra AH_TEMPLATE calls, so that autoheader knows what to put into
+ dnl config.h.in,
+ dnl - extra AC_SUBST calls, so that the right substitutions are made.
+ AC_FOREACH([gltype], [$1],
+ [AH_TEMPLATE([BITSIZEOF_]translit(gltype,[abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz ],[ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ_]),
+ [Define to the number of bits in type ']gltype['.])])
+ for gltype in $1 ; do
+ AC_CACHE_CHECK([for bit size of $gltype], [gl_cv_bitsizeof_${gltype}],
+ [AC_COMPUTE_INT([result], [sizeof ($gltype) * CHAR_BIT],
+ [$2
+#include <limits.h>], [result=unknown])
+ eval gl_cv_bitsizeof_${gltype}=\$result
+ ])
+ eval result=\$gl_cv_bitsizeof_${gltype}
+ if test $result = unknown; then
+ dnl Use a nonempty default, because some compilers, such as IRIX 5 cc,
+ dnl do a syntax check even on unused #if conditions and give an error
+ dnl on valid C code like this:
+ dnl #if 0
+ dnl # if > 32
+ dnl # endif
+ dnl #endif
+ result=0
+ fi
+ GLTYPE=`echo "$gltype" | tr 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz ' 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ_'`
+ AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([BITSIZEOF_${GLTYPE}], [$result])
+ eval BITSIZEOF_${GLTYPE}=\$result
+ done
+ AC_FOREACH([gltype], [$1],
+ [AC_SUBST([BITSIZEOF_]translit(gltype,[abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz ],[ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ_]))])
+])
+
+dnl gl_CHECK_TYPES_SIGNED(TYPES, INCLUDES)
+dnl Determine the signedness of each of the given types.
+dnl Define HAVE_SIGNED_TYPE if type is signed.
+AC_DEFUN([gl_CHECK_TYPES_SIGNED],
+[
+ dnl Use a shell loop, to avoid bloating configure, and
+ dnl - extra AH_TEMPLATE calls, so that autoheader knows what to put into
+ dnl config.h.in,
+ dnl - extra AC_SUBST calls, so that the right substitutions are made.
+ AC_FOREACH([gltype], [$1],
+ [AH_TEMPLATE([HAVE_SIGNED_]translit(gltype,[abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz ],[ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ_]),
+ [Define to 1 if ']gltype[' is a signed integer type.])])
+ for gltype in $1 ; do
+ AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether $gltype is signed], [gl_cv_type_${gltype}_signed],
+ [AC_COMPILE_IFELSE(
+ [AC_LANG_PROGRAM([$2[
+ int verify[2 * (($gltype) -1 < ($gltype) 0) - 1];]])],
+ result=yes, result=no)
+ eval gl_cv_type_${gltype}_signed=\$result
+ ])
+ eval result=\$gl_cv_type_${gltype}_signed
+ GLTYPE=`echo $gltype | tr 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz ' 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ_'`
+ if test "$result" = yes; then
+ AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([HAVE_SIGNED_${GLTYPE}], 1)
+ eval HAVE_SIGNED_${GLTYPE}=1
+ else
+ eval HAVE_SIGNED_${GLTYPE}=0
+ fi
+ done
+ AC_FOREACH([gltype], [$1],
+ [AC_SUBST([HAVE_SIGNED_]translit(gltype,[abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz ],[ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ_]))])
+])
+
+dnl gl_INTEGER_TYPE_SUFFIX(TYPES, INCLUDES)
+dnl Determine the suffix to use for integer constants of the given types.
+dnl Define t_SUFFIX for each such type.
+AC_DEFUN([gl_INTEGER_TYPE_SUFFIX],
+[
+ dnl Use a shell loop, to avoid bloating configure, and
+ dnl - extra AH_TEMPLATE calls, so that autoheader knows what to put into
+ dnl config.h.in,
+ dnl - extra AC_SUBST calls, so that the right substitutions are made.
+ AC_FOREACH([gltype], [$1],
+ [AH_TEMPLATE(translit(gltype,[abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz ],[ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ_])[_SUFFIX],
+ [Define to l, ll, u, ul, ull, etc., as suitable for
+ constants of type ']gltype['.])])
+ for gltype in $1 ; do
+ AC_CACHE_CHECK([for $gltype integer literal suffix],
+ [gl_cv_type_${gltype}_suffix],
+ [eval gl_cv_type_${gltype}_suffix=no
+ eval result=\$gl_cv_type_${gltype}_signed
+ if test "$result" = yes; then
+ glsufu=
+ else
+ glsufu=u
+ fi
+ for glsuf in "$glsufu" ${glsufu}l ${glsufu}ll ${glsufu}i64; do
+ case $glsuf in
+ '') gltype1='int';;
+ l) gltype1='long int';;
+ ll) gltype1='long long int';;
+ i64) gltype1='__int64';;
+ u) gltype1='unsigned int';;
+ ul) gltype1='unsigned long int';;
+ ull) gltype1='unsigned long long int';;
+ ui64)gltype1='unsigned __int64';;
+ esac
+ AC_COMPILE_IFELSE(
+ [AC_LANG_PROGRAM([$2
+ extern $gltype foo;
+ extern $gltype1 foo;])],
+ [eval gl_cv_type_${gltype}_suffix=\$glsuf])
+ eval result=\$gl_cv_type_${gltype}_suffix
+ test "$result" != no && break
+ done])
+ GLTYPE=`echo $gltype | tr 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz ' 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ_'`
+ eval result=\$gl_cv_type_${gltype}_suffix
+ test "$result" = no && result=
+ eval ${GLTYPE}_SUFFIX=\$result
+ AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([${GLTYPE}_SUFFIX], $result)
+ done
+ AC_FOREACH([gltype], [$1],
+ [AC_SUBST(translit(gltype,[abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz ],[ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ_])[_SUFFIX])])
+])
+
+dnl gl_STDINT_INCLUDES
+AC_DEFUN([gl_STDINT_INCLUDES],
+[[
+ /* BSD/OS 4.0.1 has a bug: <stddef.h>, <stdio.h> and <time.h> must be
+ included before <wchar.h>. */
+ #include <stddef.h>
+ #include <signal.h>
+ #if HAVE_WCHAR_H
+ # include <stdio.h>
+ # include <time.h>
+ # include <wchar.h>
+ #endif
+]])
+
+dnl gl_STDINT_TYPE_PROPERTIES
+dnl Compute HAVE_SIGNED_t, BITSIZEOF_t and t_SUFFIX, for all the types t
+dnl of interest to stdint.in.h.
+AC_DEFUN([gl_STDINT_TYPE_PROPERTIES],
+[
+ gl_STDINT_BITSIZEOF([ptrdiff_t sig_atomic_t size_t wchar_t wint_t],
+ [gl_STDINT_INCLUDES])
+ gl_CHECK_TYPES_SIGNED([sig_atomic_t wchar_t wint_t],
+ [gl_STDINT_INCLUDES])
+ gl_cv_type_ptrdiff_t_signed=yes
+ gl_cv_type_size_t_signed=no
+ gl_INTEGER_TYPE_SUFFIX([ptrdiff_t sig_atomic_t size_t wchar_t wint_t],
+ [gl_STDINT_INCLUDES])
+])
+
+dnl Autoconf >= 2.61 has AC_COMPUTE_INT built-in.
+dnl Remove this when we can assume autoconf >= 2.61.
+m4_ifdef([AC_COMPUTE_INT], [], [
+ AC_DEFUN([AC_COMPUTE_INT], [_AC_COMPUTE_INT([$2],[$1],[$3],[$4])])
+])
+
+# Hey Emacs!
+# Local Variables:
+# indent-tabs-mode: nil
+# End:
--- /dev/null
+# ulonglong.m4 serial 6
+dnl Copyright (C) 1999-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+dnl From Paul Eggert.
+
+# Define HAVE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG_INT if 'unsigned long long int' works.
+# This fixes a bug in Autoconf 2.60, but can be removed once we
+# assume 2.61 everywhere.
+
+# Note: If the type 'unsigned long long int' exists but is only 32 bits
+# large (as on some very old compilers), AC_TYPE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG_INT
+# will not be defined. In this case you can treat 'unsigned long long int'
+# like 'unsigned long int'.
+
+AC_DEFUN([AC_TYPE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG_INT],
+[
+ AC_CACHE_CHECK([for unsigned long long int],
+ [ac_cv_type_unsigned_long_long_int],
+ [AC_LINK_IFELSE(
+ [AC_LANG_PROGRAM(
+ [[unsigned long long int ull = 18446744073709551615ULL;
+ typedef int a[(18446744073709551615ULL <= (unsigned long long int) -1
+ ? 1 : -1)];
+ int i = 63;]],
+ [[unsigned long long int ullmax = 18446744073709551615ull;
+ return (ull << 63 | ull >> 63 | ull << i | ull >> i
+ | ullmax / ull | ullmax % ull);]])],
+ [ac_cv_type_unsigned_long_long_int=yes],
+ [ac_cv_type_unsigned_long_long_int=no])])
+ if test $ac_cv_type_unsigned_long_long_int = yes; then
+ AC_DEFINE([HAVE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG_INT], 1,
+ [Define to 1 if the system has the type `unsigned long long int'.])
+ fi
+])
+
+# This macro is obsolescent and should go away soon.
+AC_DEFUN([gl_AC_TYPE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG],
+[
+ AC_REQUIRE([AC_TYPE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG_INT])
+ ac_cv_type_unsigned_long_long=$ac_cv_type_unsigned_long_long_int
+ if test $ac_cv_type_unsigned_long_long = yes; then
+ AC_DEFINE(HAVE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG, 1,
+ [Define if you have the 'unsigned long long' type.])
+ fi
+])
--- /dev/null
+# unistd_h.m4 serial 9
+dnl Copyright (C) 2006-2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+dnl Written by Simon Josefsson, Bruno Haible.
+
+AC_DEFUN([gl_UNISTD_H],
+[
+ dnl Use AC_REQUIRE here, so that the default behavior below is expanded
+ dnl once only, before all statements that occur in other macros.
+ AC_REQUIRE([gl_UNISTD_H_DEFAULTS])
+
+ gl_CHECK_NEXT_HEADERS([unistd.h])
+
+ AC_CHECK_HEADERS_ONCE([unistd.h])
+ if test $ac_cv_header_unistd_h = yes; then
+ HAVE_UNISTD_H=1
+ else
+ HAVE_UNISTD_H=0
+ fi
+ AC_SUBST([HAVE_UNISTD_H])
+])
+
+AC_DEFUN([gl_UNISTD_MODULE_INDICATOR],
+[
+ dnl Use AC_REQUIRE here, so that the default settings are expanded once only.
+ AC_REQUIRE([gl_UNISTD_H_DEFAULTS])
+ GNULIB_[]m4_translit([$1],[abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./-],[ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ___])=1
+])
+
+AC_DEFUN([gl_UNISTD_H_DEFAULTS],
+[
+ GNULIB_CHOWN=0; AC_SUBST([GNULIB_CHOWN])
+ GNULIB_DUP2=0; AC_SUBST([GNULIB_DUP2])
+ GNULIB_FCHDIR=0; AC_SUBST([GNULIB_FCHDIR])
+ GNULIB_FTRUNCATE=0; AC_SUBST([GNULIB_FTRUNCATE])
+ GNULIB_GETCWD=0; AC_SUBST([GNULIB_GETCWD])
+ GNULIB_GETLOGIN_R=0; AC_SUBST([GNULIB_GETLOGIN_R])
+ GNULIB_LCHOWN=0; AC_SUBST([GNULIB_LCHOWN])
+ GNULIB_LSEEK=0; AC_SUBST([GNULIB_LSEEK])
+ GNULIB_READLINK=0; AC_SUBST([GNULIB_READLINK])
+ GNULIB_SLEEP=0; AC_SUBST([GNULIB_SLEEP])
+ dnl Assume proper GNU behavior unless another module says otherwise.
+ HAVE_DUP2=1; AC_SUBST([HAVE_DUP2])
+ HAVE_FTRUNCATE=1; AC_SUBST([HAVE_FTRUNCATE])
+ HAVE_READLINK=1; AC_SUBST([HAVE_READLINK])
+ HAVE_SLEEP=1; AC_SUBST([HAVE_SLEEP])
+ HAVE_DECL_GETLOGIN_R=1; AC_SUBST([HAVE_DECL_GETLOGIN_R])
+ REPLACE_CHOWN=0; AC_SUBST([REPLACE_CHOWN])
+ REPLACE_FCHDIR=0; AC_SUBST([REPLACE_FCHDIR])
+ REPLACE_GETCWD=0; AC_SUBST([REPLACE_GETCWD])
+ REPLACE_LCHOWN=0; AC_SUBST([REPLACE_LCHOWN])
+ REPLACE_LSEEK=0; AC_SUBST([REPLACE_LSEEK])
+])
--- /dev/null
+dnl A placeholder for ISO C99 <wchar.h>, for platforms that have issues.
+
+dnl Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+dnl Written by Eric Blake.
+
+# wchar.m4 serial 4
+
+AC_DEFUN([gl_WCHAR_H],
+[
+ AC_REQUIRE([gl_WCHAR_H_DEFAULTS])
+ AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether <wchar.h> is standalone],
+ [gl_cv_header_wchar_h_standalone],
+ [AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([[#include <wchar.h>
+wchar_t w;]],
+ [gl_cv_header_wchar_h_standalone=yes],
+ [gl_cv_header_wchar_h_standalone=no])])
+ if test $gl_cv_header_wchar_h_standalone != yes; then
+ WCHAR_H=wchar.h
+ fi
+
+ dnl Prepare for creating substitute <wchar.h>.
+ dnl Do it always: WCHAR_H may be empty here but can be set later.
+ dnl Check for <wchar.h> (missing in Linux uClibc when built without wide
+ dnl character support).
+ AC_CHECK_HEADERS_ONCE([wchar.h])
+ if test $ac_cv_header_wchar_h = yes; then
+ HAVE_WCHAR_H=1
+ else
+ HAVE_WCHAR_H=0
+ fi
+ AC_SUBST([HAVE_WCHAR_H])
+ gl_CHECK_NEXT_HEADERS([wchar.h])
+])
+
+AC_DEFUN([gl_WCHAR_MODULE_INDICATOR],
+[
+ dnl Use AC_REQUIRE here, so that the default settings are expanded once only.
+ AC_REQUIRE([gl_WCHAR_H_DEFAULTS])
+ GNULIB_[]m4_translit([$1],[abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./-],[ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ___])=1
+])
+
+AC_DEFUN([gl_WCHAR_H_DEFAULTS],
+[
+ GNULIB_WCWIDTH=0; AC_SUBST([GNULIB_WCWIDTH])
+ dnl Assume proper GNU behavior unless another module says otherwise.
+ HAVE_DECL_WCWIDTH=1; AC_SUBST([HAVE_DECL_WCWIDTH])
+ REPLACE_WCWIDTH=0; AC_SUBST([REPLACE_WCWIDTH])
+ WCHAR_H=
+ AC_SUBST([WCHAR_H])
+])
dnl END OF IPv6 AUTOCONFIGURATION SUPPORT MACROS
dnl ************************************************************
\f
-# This code originates from Ulrich Drepper's AM_WITH_NLS.
-
-AC_DEFUN([WGET_WITH_NLS],
- [AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether NLS is requested])
- dnl Default is enabled NLS
- AC_ARG_ENABLE(nls,
- [ --disable-nls do not use Native Language Support],
- HAVE_NLS=$enableval, HAVE_NLS=yes)
- AC_MSG_RESULT($HAVE_NLS)
-
- dnl If something goes wrong, we may still decide not to use NLS.
- dnl For this reason, defer AC_SUBST'ing HAVE_NLS until the very
- dnl last moment.
-
- if test x"$HAVE_NLS" = xyes; then
- dnl If LINGUAS is specified, use only those languages. In fact,
- dnl compute an intersection of languages in LINGUAS and
- dnl ALL_LINGUAS, and use that.
- if test x"$LINGUAS" != x; then
- new_linguas=
- for lang1 in $ALL_LINGUAS; do
- for lang2 in $LINGUAS; do
- if test "$lang1" = "$lang2"; then
- new_linguas="$new_linguas $lang1"
- fi
- done
- done
- ALL_LINGUAS=$new_linguas
- fi
- AC_MSG_NOTICE([language catalogs: $ALL_LINGUAS])
- AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(MSGFMT, msgfmt,
- [test -z "`$ac_dir/$ac_word -h 2>&1 | grep 'dv '`"], msgfmt)
- AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(XGETTEXT, xgettext,
- [test -z "`$ac_dir/$ac_word -h 2>&1 | grep '(HELP)'`"], :)
- AC_SUBST(MSGFMT)
- AC_PATH_PROG(GMSGFMT, gmsgfmt, $MSGFMT)
- CATOBJEXT=.gmo
- INSTOBJEXT=.mo
- DATADIRNAME=share
-
- dnl Test whether we really found GNU xgettext.
- if test "$XGETTEXT" != ":"; then
- dnl If it is no GNU xgettext we define it as : so that the
- dnl Makefiles still can work.
- if $XGETTEXT --omit-header /dev/null 2> /dev/null; then
- : ;
- else
- AC_MSG_RESULT(
- [found xgettext programs is not GNU xgettext; ignore it])
- XGETTEXT=":"
- fi
- fi
-
- AC_CHECK_HEADERS(libintl.h)
-
- dnl Prefer gettext found in -lintl to the one in libc.
- dnl Otherwise it can happen that we include libintl.h from
- dnl /usr/local/lib, but fail to specify -lintl, which results in
- dnl link or run-time failures. (Symptom: libintl_bindtextdomain
- dnl not found at link-time.)
-
- AC_CHECK_LIB(intl, gettext, [
- dnl gettext is in libintl; announce the fact manually.
- LIBS="-lintl $LIBS"
- AC_DEFINE([HAVE_GETTEXT], 1,
- [Define if you have the gettext function.])
- ], [
- AC_CHECK_FUNCS(gettext, [], [
- AC_MSG_RESULT([gettext not found; disabling NLS])
- HAVE_NLS=no
- ])
- ])
-
- for lang in $ALL_LINGUAS; do
- GMOFILES="$GMOFILES $lang.gmo"
- POFILES="$POFILES $lang.po"
- done
- dnl Construct list of names of catalog files to be constructed.
- for lang in $ALL_LINGUAS; do
- CATALOGS="$CATALOGS ${lang}${CATOBJEXT}"
- done
-
- dnl Make all variables we use known to autoconf.
- AC_SUBST(CATALOGS)
- AC_SUBST(CATOBJEXT)
- AC_SUBST(DATADIRNAME)
- AC_SUBST(GMOFILES)
- AC_SUBST(INSTOBJEXT)
- AC_SUBST(INTLLIBS)
- AC_SUBST(POFILES)
- fi
- AC_SUBST(HAVE_NLS)
- dnl Some independently maintained files, such as po/Makefile.in,
- dnl use `USE_NLS', so support it.
- USE_NLS=$HAVE_NLS
- AC_SUBST(USE_NLS)
- if test "x$HAVE_NLS" = xyes; then
- AC_DEFINE([HAVE_NLS], 1, [Define this if you want the NLS support.])
- fi
- ])
-
-dnl Generate list of files to be processed by xgettext which will
-dnl be included in po/Makefile.
-dnl
-dnl This is not strictly an Autoconf macro, because it is run from
-dnl within `config.status' rather than from within configure. This
-dnl is why special rules must be applied for it.
-AC_DEFUN([WGET_PROCESS_PO],
- [
- dnl I wonder what the following several lines do...
- if test "x$srcdir" != "x."; then
- if test "x`echo $srcdir | sed 's@/.*@@'`" = "x"; then
- posrcprefix="$srcdir/"
- else
- posrcprefix="../$srcdir/"
- fi
- else
- posrcprefix="../"
- fi
- rm -f po/POTFILES
- dnl Use `echo' rather than AC_MSG_RESULT, because this is run from
- dnl `config.status'.
- echo "generating po/POTFILES from $srcdir/po/POTFILES.in"
- sed -e "/^#/d" -e "/^\$/d" -e "s,.*, $posrcprefix& \\\\," \
- -e "\$s/\(.*\) \\\\/\1/" \
- < $srcdir/po/POTFILES.in > po/POTFILES
- echo "creating po/Makefile"
- sed -e "/POTFILES =/r po/POTFILES" po/Makefile.in > po/Makefile
- ])
-
-# Search path for a program which passes the given test.
-# Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1996.
-#
-# This file may be copied and used freely without restrictions. It
-# can be used in projects which are not available under the GNU Public
-# License but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext
-# functionality. Please note that the actual code is *not* freely
-# available.
-
dnl AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(VARIABLE, PROG-TO-CHECK-FOR,
dnl TEST-PERFORMED-ON-FOUND_PROGRAM [, VALUE-IF-NOT-FOUND [, PATH]])
AC_DEFUN([AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST],
--- /dev/null
+# -*-Makefile-*-
+# This Makefile fragment is intended to be useful by any GNU-like project.
+# This file originate from coreutils, CPPI, Bison, and Autoconf.
+
+# Copyright (C) 2001-2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License,
+# or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+ME := maint.mk
+
+# List of all C-like source code files that will be tested for
+# stylistic "errors". You may want to define this to something
+# more complex in Makefile.cfg.
+C_SOURCES ?= $(shell find . -name '*.[chly]')
+
+# Add some more files to check, typically set in Makefile.cfg.
+C_SOURCES += $(C_SOURCES_ADD)
+
+# Do not save the original name or timestamp in the .tar.gz file.
+# Use --rsyncable if available.
+gzip_rsyncable := \
+ $(shell gzip --help|grep rsyncable >/dev/null && echo --rsyncable)
+GZIP_ENV = '--no-name --best $(gzip_rsyncable)'
+
+# Prevent programs like 'sort' from considering distinct strings to be equal.
+# Doing it here saves us from having to set LC_ALL elsewhere in this file.
+export LC_ALL = C
+
+# Casting arguments to free is never necessary.
+sc_cast_of_argument_to_free:
+ @grep -nE '\<free *\( *\(' $(C_SOURCES) && \
+ { echo '$(ME): don'\''t cast free argument' 1>&2; \
+ exit 1; } || :
+
+sc_cast_of_x_alloc_return_value:
+ @grep -nE '\*\) *x(m|c|re)alloc\>' $(C_SOURCES) && \
+ { echo '$(ME): don'\''t cast x*alloc return value' 1>&2; \
+ exit 1; } || :
+
+sc_cast_of_alloca_return_value:
+ @grep -nE '\*\) *alloca\>' $(C_SOURCES) && \
+ { echo '$(ME): don'\''t cast alloca return value' 1>&2; \
+ exit 1; } || :
+
+sc_space_tab:
+ @grep -n '[ ] ' $(C_SOURCES) && \
+ { echo '$(ME): found SPACE-TAB sequence; remove the SPACE' \
+ 1>&2; exit 1; } || :
+
+# Don't use the old ato* functions in `real' code.
+# They provide no error checking mechanism.
+# Instead, use strto* functions.
+sc_prohibit_atoi_atof:
+ @grep -nE '\<ato([filq]|ll)\>' $(C_SOURCES) && \
+ { echo '$(ME): do not use ato''f, ato''i, ato''l, ato''ll, or ato''q' \
+ 1>&2; exit 1; } || :
+
+# Using EXIT_SUCCESS as the first argument to error is misleading,
+# since when that parameter is 0, error does not exit. Use `0' instead.
+sc_error_exit_success:
+ @grep -nF 'error (EXIT_SUCCESS,' $(C_SOURCES) && \
+ { echo '$(ME): found error (EXIT_SUCCESS' 1>&2; \
+ exit 1; } || :
+
+# Stylistic, use #ifdef instead of #if
+sc_no_if_have_config_h:
+ @grep -n '^# *if HAVE_CONFIG_H' $(C_SOURCES) && \
+ { echo '$(ME): found use of #if HAVE_CONFIG_H; use #ifdef' \
+ 1>&2; exit 1; } || :
+
+# Prohibit the inclusion of assert.h without an actual use of assert.
+sc_prohibit_assert_without_use:
+ @files=$$(grep -l '# *include [<"]assert\.h[>"]' $(C_SOURCES) \
+ | grep '\.[cy]$$') && \
+ grep -L '\<assert (' $$files \
+ | grep . && \
+ { echo "$(ME): the above files include <assert.h> but don't use it" \
+ 1>&2; exit 1; } || :
+
+sc_obsolete_symbols:
+ @grep -nE '\<(HAVE''_FCNTL_H|O''_NDELAY)\>' $(C_SOURCES) && \
+ { echo '$(ME): do not use HAVE''_FCNTL_H or O''_NDELAY' \
+ 1>&2; exit 1; } || :
+
+# Each nonempty line must start with a year number, or a TAB.
+sc_changelog:
+ @grep -n '^[^12 ]' $$(find . -name ChangeLog) && \
+ { echo '$(ME): found unexpected prefix in a ChangeLog' 1>&2; \
+ exit 1; } || :
+
+# Collect the names of rules starting with `sc_'.
+syntax-check-rules := $(shell sed -n 's/^\(sc_[a-zA-Z0-9_-]*\):.*/\1/p' $(ME))
+.PHONY: $(syntax-check-rules)
+
+syntax-check: $(syntax-check-rules)
+
+# Update gettext files.
+PACKAGE ?= $(shell basename $(PWD))
+POURL = http://translationproject.org/latest/$(PACKAGE)/
+PODIR ?= po
+refresh-po:
+ rm -f $(PODIR)/*.po && \
+ echo "$(ME): getting translations into po (please ignore the robots.txt ERROR 404)..." && \
+ wget --no-verbose --directory-prefix $(PODIR) --no-directories --recursive --level 1 --accept .po --accept .po.1 $(POURL) && \
+ echo 'en@boldquot' > $(PODIR)/LINGUAS && \
+ echo 'en@quot' >> $(PODIR)/LINGUAS && \
+ ls $(PODIR)/*.po | sed 's/.po//' | sed 's,$(PODIR)/,,' | sort >> $(PODIR)/LINGUAS
+
+INDENT_SOURCES ?= $(C_SOURCES)
+.PHONY: indent
+indent:
+ indent $(INDENT_SOURCES)
--- /dev/null
+#!/bin/sh
+# Get modification time of a file or directory and pretty-print it.
+
+scriptversion=2005-06-29.22
+
+# Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 2003, 2004, 2005 Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc.
+# written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, June 1995
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+# any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+# Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+
+# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
+# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
+# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
+# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
+
+# This file is maintained in Automake, please report
+# bugs to <bug-automake@gnu.org> or send patches to
+# <automake-patches@gnu.org>.
+
+case $1 in
+ '')
+ echo "$0: No file. Try \`$0 --help' for more information." 1>&2
+ exit 1;
+ ;;
+ -h | --h*)
+ cat <<\EOF
+Usage: mdate-sh [--help] [--version] FILE
+
+Pretty-print the modification time of FILE.
+
+Report bugs to <bug-automake@gnu.org>.
+EOF
+ exit $?
+ ;;
+ -v | --v*)
+ echo "mdate-sh $scriptversion"
+ exit $?
+ ;;
+esac
+
+# Prevent date giving response in another language.
+LANG=C
+export LANG
+LC_ALL=C
+export LC_ALL
+LC_TIME=C
+export LC_TIME
+
+# GNU ls changes its time format in response to the TIME_STYLE
+# variable. Since we cannot assume `unset' works, revert this
+# variable to its documented default.
+if test "${TIME_STYLE+set}" = set; then
+ TIME_STYLE=posix-long-iso
+ export TIME_STYLE
+fi
+
+save_arg1=$1
+
+# Find out how to get the extended ls output of a file or directory.
+if ls -L /dev/null 1>/dev/null 2>&1; then
+ ls_command='ls -L -l -d'
+else
+ ls_command='ls -l -d'
+fi
+
+# A `ls -l' line looks as follows on OS/2.
+# drwxrwx--- 0 Aug 11 2001 foo
+# This differs from Unix, which adds ownership information.
+# drwxrwx--- 2 root root 4096 Aug 11 2001 foo
+#
+# To find the date, we split the line on spaces and iterate on words
+# until we find a month. This cannot work with files whose owner is a
+# user named `Jan', or `Feb', etc. However, it's unlikely that `/'
+# will be owned by a user whose name is a month. So we first look at
+# the extended ls output of the root directory to decide how many
+# words should be skipped to get the date.
+
+# On HPUX /bin/sh, "set" interprets "-rw-r--r--" as options, so the "x" below.
+set x`ls -l -d /`
+
+# Find which argument is the month.
+month=
+command=
+until test $month
+do
+ shift
+ # Add another shift to the command.
+ command="$command shift;"
+ case $1 in
+ Jan) month=January; nummonth=1;;
+ Feb) month=February; nummonth=2;;
+ Mar) month=March; nummonth=3;;
+ Apr) month=April; nummonth=4;;
+ May) month=May; nummonth=5;;
+ Jun) month=June; nummonth=6;;
+ Jul) month=July; nummonth=7;;
+ Aug) month=August; nummonth=8;;
+ Sep) month=September; nummonth=9;;
+ Oct) month=October; nummonth=10;;
+ Nov) month=November; nummonth=11;;
+ Dec) month=December; nummonth=12;;
+ esac
+done
+
+# Get the extended ls output of the file or directory.
+set dummy x`eval "$ls_command \"\$save_arg1\""`
+
+# Remove all preceding arguments
+eval $command
+
+# Because of the dummy argument above, month is in $2.
+#
+# On a POSIX system, we should have
+#
+# $# = 5
+# $1 = file size
+# $2 = month
+# $3 = day
+# $4 = year or time
+# $5 = filename
+#
+# On Darwin 7.7.0 and 7.6.0, we have
+#
+# $# = 4
+# $1 = day
+# $2 = month
+# $3 = year or time
+# $4 = filename
+
+# Get the month.
+case $2 in
+ Jan) month=January; nummonth=1;;
+ Feb) month=February; nummonth=2;;
+ Mar) month=March; nummonth=3;;
+ Apr) month=April; nummonth=4;;
+ May) month=May; nummonth=5;;
+ Jun) month=June; nummonth=6;;
+ Jul) month=July; nummonth=7;;
+ Aug) month=August; nummonth=8;;
+ Sep) month=September; nummonth=9;;
+ Oct) month=October; nummonth=10;;
+ Nov) month=November; nummonth=11;;
+ Dec) month=December; nummonth=12;;
+esac
+
+case $3 in
+ ???*) day=$1;;
+ *) day=$3; shift;;
+esac
+
+# Here we have to deal with the problem that the ls output gives either
+# the time of day or the year.
+case $3 in
+ *:*) set `date`; eval year=\$$#
+ case $2 in
+ Jan) nummonthtod=1;;
+ Feb) nummonthtod=2;;
+ Mar) nummonthtod=3;;
+ Apr) nummonthtod=4;;
+ May) nummonthtod=5;;
+ Jun) nummonthtod=6;;
+ Jul) nummonthtod=7;;
+ Aug) nummonthtod=8;;
+ Sep) nummonthtod=9;;
+ Oct) nummonthtod=10;;
+ Nov) nummonthtod=11;;
+ Dec) nummonthtod=12;;
+ esac
+ # For the first six month of the year the time notation can also
+ # be used for files modified in the last year.
+ if (expr $nummonth \> $nummonthtod) > /dev/null;
+ then
+ year=`expr $year - 1`
+ fi;;
+ *) year=$3;;
+esac
+
+# The result.
+echo $day $month $year
+
+# Local Variables:
+# mode: shell-script
+# sh-indentation: 2
+# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
+# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
+# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
+# time-stamp-end: "$"
+# End:
--- /dev/null
+#! /bin/sh
+# Common stub for a few missing GNU programs while installing.
+
+scriptversion=2006-05-10.23
+
+# Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1999, 2000, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006
+# Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Originally by Fran,cois Pinard <pinard@iro.umontreal.ca>, 1996.
+
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+# any later version.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
+# 02110-1301, USA.
+
+# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
+# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
+# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
+# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
+
+if test $# -eq 0; then
+ echo 1>&2 "Try \`$0 --help' for more information"
+ exit 1
+fi
+
+run=:
+sed_output='s/.* --output[ =]\([^ ]*\).*/\1/p'
+sed_minuso='s/.* -o \([^ ]*\).*/\1/p'
+
+# In the cases where this matters, `missing' is being run in the
+# srcdir already.
+if test -f configure.ac; then
+ configure_ac=configure.ac
+else
+ configure_ac=configure.in
+fi
+
+msg="missing on your system"
+
+case $1 in
+--run)
+ # Try to run requested program, and just exit if it succeeds.
+ run=
+ shift
+ "$@" && exit 0
+ # Exit code 63 means version mismatch. This often happens
+ # when the user try to use an ancient version of a tool on
+ # a file that requires a minimum version. In this case we
+ # we should proceed has if the program had been absent, or
+ # if --run hadn't been passed.
+ if test $? = 63; then
+ run=:
+ msg="probably too old"
+ fi
+ ;;
+
+ -h|--h|--he|--hel|--help)
+ echo "\
+$0 [OPTION]... PROGRAM [ARGUMENT]...
+
+Handle \`PROGRAM [ARGUMENT]...' for when PROGRAM is missing, or return an
+error status if there is no known handling for PROGRAM.
+
+Options:
+ -h, --help display this help and exit
+ -v, --version output version information and exit
+ --run try to run the given command, and emulate it if it fails
+
+Supported PROGRAM values:
+ aclocal touch file \`aclocal.m4'
+ autoconf touch file \`configure'
+ autoheader touch file \`config.h.in'
+ autom4te touch the output file, or create a stub one
+ automake touch all \`Makefile.in' files
+ bison create \`y.tab.[ch]', if possible, from existing .[ch]
+ flex create \`lex.yy.c', if possible, from existing .c
+ help2man touch the output file
+ lex create \`lex.yy.c', if possible, from existing .c
+ makeinfo touch the output file
+ tar try tar, gnutar, gtar, then tar without non-portable flags
+ yacc create \`y.tab.[ch]', if possible, from existing .[ch]
+
+Send bug reports to <bug-automake@gnu.org>."
+ exit $?
+ ;;
+
+ -v|--v|--ve|--ver|--vers|--versi|--versio|--version)
+ echo "missing $scriptversion (GNU Automake)"
+ exit $?
+ ;;
+
+ -*)
+ echo 1>&2 "$0: Unknown \`$1' option"
+ echo 1>&2 "Try \`$0 --help' for more information"
+ exit 1
+ ;;
+
+esac
+
+# Now exit if we have it, but it failed. Also exit now if we
+# don't have it and --version was passed (most likely to detect
+# the program).
+case $1 in
+ lex|yacc)
+ # Not GNU programs, they don't have --version.
+ ;;
+
+ tar)
+ if test -n "$run"; then
+ echo 1>&2 "ERROR: \`tar' requires --run"
+ exit 1
+ elif test "x$2" = "x--version" || test "x$2" = "x--help"; then
+ exit 1
+ fi
+ ;;
+
+ *)
+ if test -z "$run" && ($1 --version) > /dev/null 2>&1; then
+ # We have it, but it failed.
+ exit 1
+ elif test "x$2" = "x--version" || test "x$2" = "x--help"; then
+ # Could not run --version or --help. This is probably someone
+ # running `$TOOL --version' or `$TOOL --help' to check whether
+ # $TOOL exists and not knowing $TOOL uses missing.
+ exit 1
+ fi
+ ;;
+esac
+
+# If it does not exist, or fails to run (possibly an outdated version),
+# try to emulate it.
+case $1 in
+ aclocal*)
+ echo 1>&2 "\
+WARNING: \`$1' is $msg. You should only need it if
+ you modified \`acinclude.m4' or \`${configure_ac}'. You might want
+ to install the \`Automake' and \`Perl' packages. Grab them from
+ any GNU archive site."
+ touch aclocal.m4
+ ;;
+
+ autoconf)
+ echo 1>&2 "\
+WARNING: \`$1' is $msg. You should only need it if
+ you modified \`${configure_ac}'. You might want to install the
+ \`Autoconf' and \`GNU m4' packages. Grab them from any GNU
+ archive site."
+ touch configure
+ ;;
+
+ autoheader)
+ echo 1>&2 "\
+WARNING: \`$1' is $msg. You should only need it if
+ you modified \`acconfig.h' or \`${configure_ac}'. You might want
+ to install the \`Autoconf' and \`GNU m4' packages. Grab them
+ from any GNU archive site."
+ files=`sed -n 's/^[ ]*A[CM]_CONFIG_HEADER(\([^)]*\)).*/\1/p' ${configure_ac}`
+ test -z "$files" && files="config.h"
+ touch_files=
+ for f in $files; do
+ case $f in
+ *:*) touch_files="$touch_files "`echo "$f" |
+ sed -e 's/^[^:]*://' -e 's/:.*//'`;;
+ *) touch_files="$touch_files $f.in";;
+ esac
+ done
+ touch $touch_files
+ ;;
+
+ automake*)
+ echo 1>&2 "\
+WARNING: \`$1' is $msg. You should only need it if
+ you modified \`Makefile.am', \`acinclude.m4' or \`${configure_ac}'.
+ You might want to install the \`Automake' and \`Perl' packages.
+ Grab them from any GNU archive site."
+ find . -type f -name Makefile.am -print |
+ sed 's/\.am$/.in/' |
+ while read f; do touch "$f"; done
+ ;;
+
+ autom4te)
+ echo 1>&2 "\
+WARNING: \`$1' is needed, but is $msg.
+ You might have modified some files without having the
+ proper tools for further handling them.
+ You can get \`$1' as part of \`Autoconf' from any GNU
+ archive site."
+
+ file=`echo "$*" | sed -n "$sed_output"`
+ test -z "$file" && file=`echo "$*" | sed -n "$sed_minuso"`
+ if test -f "$file"; then
+ touch $file
+ else
+ test -z "$file" || exec >$file
+ echo "#! /bin/sh"
+ echo "# Created by GNU Automake missing as a replacement of"
+ echo "# $ $@"
+ echo "exit 0"
+ chmod +x $file
+ exit 1
+ fi
+ ;;
+
+ bison|yacc)
+ echo 1>&2 "\
+WARNING: \`$1' $msg. You should only need it if
+ you modified a \`.y' file. You may need the \`Bison' package
+ in order for those modifications to take effect. You can get
+ \`Bison' from any GNU archive site."
+ rm -f y.tab.c y.tab.h
+ if test $# -ne 1; then
+ eval LASTARG="\${$#}"
+ case $LASTARG in
+ *.y)
+ SRCFILE=`echo "$LASTARG" | sed 's/y$/c/'`
+ if test -f "$SRCFILE"; then
+ cp "$SRCFILE" y.tab.c
+ fi
+ SRCFILE=`echo "$LASTARG" | sed 's/y$/h/'`
+ if test -f "$SRCFILE"; then
+ cp "$SRCFILE" y.tab.h
+ fi
+ ;;
+ esac
+ fi
+ if test ! -f y.tab.h; then
+ echo >y.tab.h
+ fi
+ if test ! -f y.tab.c; then
+ echo 'main() { return 0; }' >y.tab.c
+ fi
+ ;;
+
+ lex|flex)
+ echo 1>&2 "\
+WARNING: \`$1' is $msg. You should only need it if
+ you modified a \`.l' file. You may need the \`Flex' package
+ in order for those modifications to take effect. You can get
+ \`Flex' from any GNU archive site."
+ rm -f lex.yy.c
+ if test $# -ne 1; then
+ eval LASTARG="\${$#}"
+ case $LASTARG in
+ *.l)
+ SRCFILE=`echo "$LASTARG" | sed 's/l$/c/'`
+ if test -f "$SRCFILE"; then
+ cp "$SRCFILE" lex.yy.c
+ fi
+ ;;
+ esac
+ fi
+ if test ! -f lex.yy.c; then
+ echo 'main() { return 0; }' >lex.yy.c
+ fi
+ ;;
+
+ help2man)
+ echo 1>&2 "\
+WARNING: \`$1' is $msg. You should only need it if
+ you modified a dependency of a manual page. You may need the
+ \`Help2man' package in order for those modifications to take
+ effect. You can get \`Help2man' from any GNU archive site."
+
+ file=`echo "$*" | sed -n "$sed_output"`
+ test -z "$file" && file=`echo "$*" | sed -n "$sed_minuso"`
+ if test -f "$file"; then
+ touch $file
+ else
+ test -z "$file" || exec >$file
+ echo ".ab help2man is required to generate this page"
+ exit 1
+ fi
+ ;;
+
+ makeinfo)
+ echo 1>&2 "\
+WARNING: \`$1' is $msg. You should only need it if
+ you modified a \`.texi' or \`.texinfo' file, or any other file
+ indirectly affecting the aspect of the manual. The spurious
+ call might also be the consequence of using a buggy \`make' (AIX,
+ DU, IRIX). You might want to install the \`Texinfo' package or
+ the \`GNU make' package. Grab either from any GNU archive site."
+ # The file to touch is that specified with -o ...
+ file=`echo "$*" | sed -n "$sed_output"`
+ test -z "$file" && file=`echo "$*" | sed -n "$sed_minuso"`
+ if test -z "$file"; then
+ # ... or it is the one specified with @setfilename ...
+ infile=`echo "$*" | sed 's/.* \([^ ]*\) *$/\1/'`
+ file=`sed -n '
+ /^@setfilename/{
+ s/.* \([^ ]*\) *$/\1/
+ p
+ q
+ }' $infile`
+ # ... or it is derived from the source name (dir/f.texi becomes f.info)
+ test -z "$file" && file=`echo "$infile" | sed 's,.*/,,;s,.[^.]*$,,'`.info
+ fi
+ # If the file does not exist, the user really needs makeinfo;
+ # let's fail without touching anything.
+ test -f $file || exit 1
+ touch $file
+ ;;
+
+ tar)
+ shift
+
+ # We have already tried tar in the generic part.
+ # Look for gnutar/gtar before invocation to avoid ugly error
+ # messages.
+ if (gnutar --version > /dev/null 2>&1); then
+ gnutar "$@" && exit 0
+ fi
+ if (gtar --version > /dev/null 2>&1); then
+ gtar "$@" && exit 0
+ fi
+ firstarg="$1"
+ if shift; then
+ case $firstarg in
+ *o*)
+ firstarg=`echo "$firstarg" | sed s/o//`
+ tar "$firstarg" "$@" && exit 0
+ ;;
+ esac
+ case $firstarg in
+ *h*)
+ firstarg=`echo "$firstarg" | sed s/h//`
+ tar "$firstarg" "$@" && exit 0
+ ;;
+ esac
+ fi
+
+ echo 1>&2 "\
+WARNING: I can't seem to be able to run \`tar' with the given arguments.
+ You may want to install GNU tar or Free paxutils, or check the
+ command line arguments."
+ exit 1
+ ;;
+
+ *)
+ echo 1>&2 "\
+WARNING: \`$1' is needed, and is $msg.
+ You might have modified some files without having the
+ proper tools for further handling them. Check the \`README' file,
+ it often tells you about the needed prerequisites for installing
+ this package. You may also peek at any GNU archive site, in case
+ some other package would contain this missing \`$1' program."
+ exit 1
+ ;;
+esac
+
+exit 0
+
+# Local variables:
+# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
+# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
+# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
+# time-stamp-end: "$"
+# End:
+2007-10-15 Gisle Vanem <gvanem@broadpark.no>
+
+ * config.h: Added some HAVE_* for djgpp 2.04 and Watcom 1.7+.
+
+ * Makefile.DJ: rewritten for including some files from ../lib.
+
+ * Makefile.WC: Ditto. Handling source-files out-of current
+ directory makes compliation a bit more painfull. AFAICS, one
+ must use explicit rules.
+
+2007-10-02 Gisle Vanem <gvanem@broadpark.no>
+
+ * config.h: Removed unused defines, added needed 'HAVE_*' defines.
+
+ * Makefile.DJ: rewritten to be used from './src' directory.
+ Added '-DOPENSSL_NO_KRB5' for OpenSSL build. Target is
+ now wget.exe.
+
+ * Makefile.WC: Added for building with OpenWatcom targeting
+ 32-bit DOS (DOS32A extender).
+
2007-09-24 Gisle Vanem <giva@bgnett.no>
* Makefile.DJ, config.h: Added to support building on MS-DOS via
#
# GNU Makefile for wget / djgpp / MSDOS.
-# By Gisle Vanem <giva@bgnett.no>.
+# By Gisle Vanem <giva@bgnett.no> 2007.
#
-.SUFFIXES: .exe .map
+# `cd' to `./src' and issue the command:
+# make -f ../msdos/Makefile.dj
+#
+.SUFFIXES: .exe
+
+VPATH = ../lib
USE_OPENSSL = 0
USE_IPV6 = 1
+#
+# Change to suite.
+#
OPENSSL_ROOT = e:/net/OpenSSL.099
ZLIB_ROOT = e:/djgpp/contrib/zlib
-VPATH = ../src
OBJ_DIR = djgpp.obj
CC = gcc
-CFLAGS = -O2 -g -Wall -Wcast-align -I. -I../src -I/dev/env/WATT_ROOT/inc \
+CFLAGS = -O2 -g -Wall -Wcast-align -I. -I../msdos -I../lib -I/dev/env/WATT_ROOT/inc \
-DHAVE_CONFIG_H -DENABLE_DEBUG
# LDFLAGS = -s
ifeq ($(USE_OPENSSL),1)
- CFLAGS += -DHAVE_OPENSSL -DHAVE_SSL -I$(OPENSSL_ROOT)
+ CFLAGS += -DHAVE_OPENSSL -DHAVE_SSL -DOPENSSL_NO_KRB5 -I$(OPENSSL_ROOT)
EX_LIBS += $(OPENSSL_ROOT)/lib/libssl.a $(OPENSSL_ROOT)/lib/libcrypt.a \
$(ZLIB_ROOT)/libz.a
- SOURCES = ../src/openssl.c ../src/http-ntlm.c
+ SOURCES += openssl.c http-ntlm.c
endif
ifeq ($(USE_IPV6),1)
EX_LIBS += /dev/env/WATT_ROOT/lib/libwatt.a
-SOURCES += $(addprefix ../src/, cmpt.c connect.c cookies.c ftp.c ftp-basic.c \
- ftp-ls.c ftp-opie.c getopt.c hash.c host.c html-parse.c html-url.c \
- http.c init.c log.c main.c gen-md5.c gnu-md5.c netrc.c progress.c \
- recur.c res.c retr.c safe-ctype.c url.c utils.c version.c convert.c \
- xmalloc.c ptimer.c spider.c)
+SOURCES += cmpt.c connect.c cookies.c ftp.c ftp-basic.c ftp-ls.c \
+ ftp-opie.c hash.c host.c html-parse.c html-url.c http.c \
+ init.c log.c main.c gen-md5.c netrc.c progress.c recur.c \
+ res.c retr.c snprintf.c url.c utils.c version.c convert.c xmalloc.c \
+ ptimer.c spider.c ../lib/getopt.c ../lib/getopt1.c ../lib/md5.c
OBJECTS = $(addprefix $(OBJ_DIR)/, $(notdir $(SOURCES:.c=.o)))
-all: $(OBJ_DIR) ../wget-dos.exe
+all: $(OBJ_DIR) wget.exe
@echo 'Welcome to Wget'
$(OBJ_DIR):
mkdir $(OBJ_DIR)
-../wget-dos.exe: $(OBJECTS)
+wget.exe: $(OBJECTS)
$(CC) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ $^ $(EX_LIBS)
clean:
- rm -f $(OBJECTS) $(MAPFILE)
+ rm -f $(OBJ_DIR)/*.o $(MAPFILE)
vclean realclean: clean
- rm -f ../wget-dos.exe depend.dj
+ rm -f wget.exe depend.dj
- rmdir $(OBJ_DIR)
$(OBJ_DIR)/%.o: %.c
--- /dev/null
+#
+# Makefile for Wget / DOS32A / OpenWatcom
+# by G. Vanem <gvanem@broadpark.no> 2007
+#
+
+COMPILE = *wcc386 -mf -3r -w6 -d2 -zq -zm -of -I. -I$(%watt_root)\inc &
+ -I..\msdos -I..\lib -fr=nul -bt=dos -s -dHAVE_CONFIG_H &
+ -dENABLE_DEBUG -dSIZEOF_INT=4
+
+LINK = *wlink option quiet, map, verbose, eliminate, caseexact, stack=100k &
+ debug all system dos32a
+
+OBJ_DIR = Watcom.obj
+
+OBJECTS = $(OBJ_DIR)\cmpt.obj $(OBJ_DIR)\connect.obj &
+ $(OBJ_DIR)\convert.obj $(OBJ_DIR)\cookies.obj &
+ $(OBJ_DIR)\c-ctype.obj $(OBJ_DIR)\ftp-basic.obj &
+ $(OBJ_DIR)\ftp-ls.obj $(OBJ_DIR)\ftp-opie.obj &
+ $(OBJ_DIR)\ftp.obj $(OBJ_DIR)\gen-md5.obj &
+ $(OBJ_DIR)\getopt.obj $(OBJ_DIR)\getopt1.obj &
+ $(OBJ_DIR)\hash.obj $(OBJ_DIR)\host.obj &
+ $(OBJ_DIR)\html-parse.obj $(OBJ_DIR)\html-url.obj &
+ $(OBJ_DIR)\http.obj $(OBJ_DIR)\init.obj &
+ $(OBJ_DIR)\log.obj $(OBJ_DIR)\main.obj &
+ $(OBJ_DIR)\md5.obj $(OBJ_DIR)\netrc.obj &
+ $(OBJ_DIR)\progress.obj $(OBJ_DIR)\ptimer.obj &
+ $(OBJ_DIR)\recur.obj $(OBJ_DIR)\res.obj &
+ $(OBJ_DIR)\retr.obj $(OBJ_DIR)\spider.obj &
+ $(OBJ_DIR)\url.obj $(OBJ_DIR)\utils.obj &
+ $(OBJ_DIR)\version.obj $(OBJ_DIR)\xmalloc.obj
+
+all: $(OBJ_DIR) wget.exe .SYMBOLIC
+ @echo 'Welcome to Wget / Watcom'
+
+$(OBJ_DIR):
+ - mkdir $^@
+
+.ERASE
+.c{$(OBJ_DIR)}.obj: .AUTODEPEND
+ *$(COMPILE) -fo=$@ $[@
+
+.ERASE
+$(OBJ_DIR)\c-ctype.obj: ..\lib\c-ctype.c
+ *$(COMPILE) -fo=$@ $[@
+
+.ERASE
+$(OBJ_DIR)\md5.obj: ..\lib\md5.c
+ *$(COMPILE) -fo=$@ $[@
+
+.ERASE
+$(OBJ_DIR)\getopt.obj: ..\lib\getopt.c
+ *$(COMPILE) -d_UNISTD_H_INCLUDED -fo=$@ $[@
+
+.ERASE
+$(OBJ_DIR)\getopt1.obj: ..\lib\getopt1.c
+ *$(COMPILE) -d_UNISTD_H_INCLUDED -fo=$@ $[@
+
+wget.exe: $(OBJECTS)
+ $(LINK) name $@ file { $(OBJECTS) } library $(%watt_root)\lib\wattcpwf.lib
+
+
+clean: .SYMBOLIC
+ - rm $(OBJ_DIR)\*.obj wget.exe wget.map
+ - rmdir $(OBJ_DIR)
+
#include <sys/errno.h>
-#if defined(__WATCOMC__) && (__WATCOMC__ >= 1250) /* OW 1.5+ */
+#if defined(__WATCOMC__)
+ #if (__WATCOMC__ >= 1250) /* OW 1.5+ */
#define OPENWATCOM_15
+ #endif
+ #if (__WATCOMC__ >= 1270) /* OW 1.7+ */
+ #define OPENWATCOM_17
+ #endif
#endif
#if defined(__HIGHC__)
- #define inline
#define HAVE_UNISTD_H 1
#define HAVE_UTIME_H 1
#endif
-#if defined(__WATCOMC__) || defined(__BORLANDC__)
+#if defined(__WATCOMC__) || defined(__BORLANDC__) || defined(__HIGHC__)
#define inline
#endif
-#ifdef HAVE_SSL
- #define OPENSSL_NO_KRB5
-#endif
-
-#define STDC_HEADERS 1
-#define RETSIGTYPE void
-
#define USE_OPIE 1
#define USE_DIGEST 1
#define DEBUG
#ifdef __DJGPP__
- #define HAVE_STRUCT_UTIMBUF 1
- #define HAVE_UNAME 1
- #define HAVE_UTIME_H 1
+ #define HAVE__BOOL 1
#define HAVE_STRCASECMP 1
#define HAVE_STRNCASECMP 1
- #define HAVE_SYS_SELECT_H 1
- #define HAVE_USLEEP 1
- #define HAVE_SIGNAL 1
- #define HAVE_BASENAME 1
#define HAVE_SIGSETJMP 1
#define HAVE_SIGBLOCK 1
- #define HAVE__BOOL 1
+ #define HAVE_STRUCT_UTIMBUF 1
+ #define HAVE_SYS_SELECT_H 1
+ #define HAVE_USLEEP 1
+ #define HAVE_UTIME_H 1
+ #define HAVE_INT64_T 1
#if (DJGPP_MINOR >= 4)
- #include <stdbool.h>
+ #define HAVE_STDBOOL_H 1
+ #define HAVE_STDINT_H 1
#define HAVE_SNPRINTF 1
#define HAVE_VSNPRINTF 1
#define HAVE_UINT32_T 1
#endif
#ifdef OPENWATCOM_15
- #define HAVE_STRCASECMP
- #define HAVE_STRNCASECMP
+ #define HAVE_INT64_T 1
+ #define HAVE_SNPRINTF 1
+ #define HAVE_STRCASECMP 1
+ #define HAVE_STRNCASECMP 1
+ #define HAVE_STDINT_H 1
+ #define HAVE_UTIME_H 1
+#endif
+
+#ifdef OPENWATCOM_17
+ #define HAVE__BOOL 1
+ #define HAVE_STDBOOL_H 1
#endif
-#define HAVE_GETHOSTBYNAME 1
-#define HAVE_GETHOSTNAME 1
-#define HAVE_SELECT 1
+#define HAVE_PROCESS_H 1
#define HAVE_STRDUP 1
-#define HAVE_STRERROR 1
-#define HAVE_STRSTR 1
-#define HAVE_MKTIME 1
-#define HAVE_STDARG_H 1
#define HAVE_STDLIB_H 1
#define HAVE_STRING_H 1
-#define HAVE_SIGNAL_H 1
-#define HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY 1
-#define HAVE_MD5 1
#define HAVE_BUILTIN_MD5 1
#define HAVE_ISATTY 1
-#define HAVE_MEMMOVE 1
-
-#define OS_TYPE "DOS"
-#define CTRLBREAK_BACKGND 1
-#define PROTOTYPES 1
-
-#define WGET_USE_STDARG
#define lookup_host wget_lookuphost
#define select select_s
#define sock_write wget_sock_write
#define sock_close wget_sock_close
-#if defined(__DJGPP__)
- #define MKDIR(p,a) mkdir(p,a)
-#else
+#if !defined(__DJGPP__)
+ #include <direct.h>
+ #define mkdir(p,a) (mkdir)(p)
#define strcasecmp stricmp
- #define MKDIR(p,a) mkdir(p)
#endif
#if !defined(MSDOS)
-#define MSDOS
+ #define MSDOS
#endif
+#define OS_TYPE "DOS"
+
#endif /* CONFIG_DOS_H */
-# Makefile for program source directory in GNU NLS utilities package.
-# Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997 by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>
+# Makefile for PO directory in any package using GNU gettext.
+# Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000-2006 by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>
#
-# This file file be copied and used freely without restrictions. It can
-# be used in projects which are not available under the GNU Public License
-# but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext functionality.
-# Please note that the actual code is *not* freely available.
+# This file can be copied and used freely without restrictions. It can
+# be used in projects which are not available under the GNU General Public
+# License but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext
+# functionality.
+# Please note that the actual code of GNU gettext is covered by the GNU
+# General Public License and is *not* in the public domain.
+#
+# Origin: gettext-0.16
PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
VERSION = @VERSION@
+PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = @PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@
SHELL = /bin/sh
@SET_MAKE@
-top_builddir = ..
-
srcdir = @srcdir@
top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
VPATH = @srcdir@
prefix = @prefix@
exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
-datadir = $(prefix)/@DATADIRNAME@
-localedir = $(datadir)/locale
-gnulocaledir = $(prefix)/share/locale
-gettextsrcdir = $(prefix)/share/gettext/po
-subdir = po
-
-DESTDIR =
+datarootdir = @datarootdir@
+datadir = @datadir@
+localedir = @localedir@
+gettextsrcdir = $(datadir)/gettext/po
INSTALL = @INSTALL@
INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
-CC = @CC@
-GMSGFMT = PATH=../src:$$PATH @GMSGFMT@
-MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@
-XGETTEXT = PATH=../src:$$PATH @XGETTEXT@
-MSGMERGE = PATH=../src:$$PATH msgmerge
-
-DEFS = @DEFS@
-CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@
-CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
-
-INCLUDES = -I.. -I$(top_srcdir)/intl
-
-COMPILE = $(CC) -c $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(XCFLAGS)
+# We use $(mkdir_p).
+# In automake <= 1.9.x, $(mkdir_p) is defined either as "mkdir -p --" or as
+# "$(mkinstalldirs)" or as "$(install_sh) -d". For these automake versions,
+# @install_sh@ does not start with $(SHELL), so we add it.
+# In automake >= 1.10, @mkdir_p@ is derived from ${MKDIR_P}, which is defined
+# either as "/path/to/mkdir -p" or ".../install-sh -c -d". For these automake
+# versions, $(mkinstalldirs) and $(install_sh) are unused.
+mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) @install_sh@ -d
+install_sh = $(SHELL) @install_sh@
+MKDIR_P = @MKDIR_P@
+mkdir_p = @mkdir_p@
+
+GMSGFMT_ = @GMSGFMT@
+GMSGFMT_no = @GMSGFMT@
+GMSGFMT_yes = @GMSGFMT_015@
+GMSGFMT = $(GMSGFMT_$(USE_MSGCTXT))
+MSGFMT_ = @MSGFMT@
+MSGFMT_no = @MSGFMT@
+MSGFMT_yes = @MSGFMT_015@
+MSGFMT = $(MSGFMT_$(USE_MSGCTXT))
+XGETTEXT_ = @XGETTEXT@
+XGETTEXT_no = @XGETTEXT@
+XGETTEXT_yes = @XGETTEXT_015@
+XGETTEXT = $(XGETTEXT_$(USE_MSGCTXT))
+MSGMERGE = msgmerge
+MSGMERGE_UPDATE = @MSGMERGE@ --update
+MSGINIT = msginit
+MSGCONV = msgconv
+MSGFILTER = msgfilter
POFILES = @POFILES@
GMOFILES = @GMOFILES@
-DISTFILES = ChangeLog Makefile.in.in POTFILES.in $(PACKAGE).pot \
-$(POFILES) $(GMOFILES) $(SOURCES)
+UPDATEPOFILES = @UPDATEPOFILES@
+DUMMYPOFILES = @DUMMYPOFILES@
+DISTFILES.common = Makefile.in.in remove-potcdate.sin \
+$(DISTFILES.common.extra1) $(DISTFILES.common.extra2) $(DISTFILES.common.extra3)
+DISTFILES = $(DISTFILES.common) Makevars POTFILES.in \
+$(POFILES) $(GMOFILES) \
+$(DISTFILES.extra1) $(DISTFILES.extra2) $(DISTFILES.extra3)
POTFILES = \
CATALOGS = @CATALOGS@
-CATOBJEXT = @CATOBJEXT@
-INSTOBJEXT = @INSTOBJEXT@
-
-.SUFFIXES:
-.SUFFIXES: .c .o .po .pox .gmo .mo .msg
-.c.o:
- $(COMPILE) $<
+# Makevars gets inserted here. (Don't remove this line!)
-.po.pox:
- $(MAKE) $(PACKAGE).pot
- $(MSGMERGE) $< $(srcdir)/$(PACKAGE).pot -o $*.pox
+.SUFFIXES:
+.SUFFIXES: .po .gmo .mo .sed .sin .nop .po-create .po-update
.po.mo:
- $(MSGFMT) -o $@ $<
+ @echo "$(MSGFMT) -c -o $@ $<"; \
+ $(MSGFMT) -c -o t-$@ $< && mv t-$@ $@
.po.gmo:
- file=$(srcdir)/`echo $* | sed 's,.*/,,'`.gmo \
- && rm -f $$file && $(GMSGFMT) -o $$file $<
+ @lang=`echo $* | sed -e 's,.*/,,'`; \
+ test "$(srcdir)" = . && cdcmd="" || cdcmd="cd $(srcdir) && "; \
+ echo "$${cdcmd}rm -f $${lang}.gmo && $(GMSGFMT) -c --statistics -o $${lang}.gmo $${lang}.po"; \
+ cd $(srcdir) && rm -f $${lang}.gmo && $(GMSGFMT) -c --statistics -o t-$${lang}.gmo $${lang}.po && mv t-$${lang}.gmo $${lang}.gmo
+
+.sin.sed:
+ sed -e '/^#/d' $< > t-$@
+ mv t-$@ $@
all: all-@USE_NLS@
all-yes: $(CATALOGS)
all-no:
-$(srcdir)/$(PACKAGE).pot: $(POTFILES)
- $(XGETTEXT) --default-domain=$(PACKAGE) --directory=$(top_srcdir) \
- --add-comments --keyword=_ --keyword=N_ \
- --files-from=$(srcdir)/POTFILES.in
- rm -f $(srcdir)/$(PACKAGE).pot
- mv $(PACKAGE).po $(srcdir)/$(PACKAGE).pot
+# $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot is only created when needed. When xgettext finds no
+# internationalized messages, no $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot is created (because
+# we don't want to bother translators with empty POT files). We assume that
+# LINGUAS is empty in this case, i.e. $(POFILES) and $(GMOFILES) are empty.
+# In this case, stamp-po is a nop (i.e. a phony target).
+
+# stamp-po is a timestamp denoting the last time at which the CATALOGS have
+# been loosely updated. Its purpose is that when a developer or translator
+# checks out the package via CVS, and the $(DOMAIN).pot file is not in CVS,
+# "make" will update the $(DOMAIN).pot and the $(CATALOGS), but subsequent
+# invocations of "make" will do nothing. This timestamp would not be necessary
+# if updating the $(CATALOGS) would always touch them; however, the rule for
+# $(POFILES) has been designed to not touch files that don't need to be
+# changed.
+stamp-po: $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot
+ test ! -f $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot || \
+ test -z "$(GMOFILES)" || $(MAKE) $(GMOFILES)
+ @test ! -f $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot || { \
+ echo "touch stamp-po" && \
+ echo timestamp > stamp-poT && \
+ mv stamp-poT stamp-po; \
+ }
+
+# Note: Target 'all' must not depend on target '$(DOMAIN).pot-update',
+# otherwise packages like GCC can not be built if only parts of the source
+# have been downloaded.
+
+# This target rebuilds $(DOMAIN).pot; it is an expensive operation.
+# Note that $(DOMAIN).pot is not touched if it doesn't need to be changed.
+$(DOMAIN).pot-update: $(POTFILES) $(srcdir)/POTFILES.in remove-potcdate.sed
+ if test -n '$(MSGID_BUGS_ADDRESS)' || test '$(PACKAGE_BUGREPORT)' = '@'PACKAGE_BUGREPORT'@'; then \
+ msgid_bugs_address='$(MSGID_BUGS_ADDRESS)'; \
+ else \
+ msgid_bugs_address='$(PACKAGE_BUGREPORT)'; \
+ fi; \
+ $(XGETTEXT) --default-domain=$(DOMAIN) --directory=$(top_srcdir) \
+ --add-comments=TRANSLATORS: $(XGETTEXT_OPTIONS) \
+ --files-from=$(srcdir)/POTFILES.in \
+ --copyright-holder='$(COPYRIGHT_HOLDER)' \
+ --msgid-bugs-address="$$msgid_bugs_address"
+ test ! -f $(DOMAIN).po || { \
+ if test -f $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot; then \
+ sed -f remove-potcdate.sed < $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot > $(DOMAIN).1po && \
+ sed -f remove-potcdate.sed < $(DOMAIN).po > $(DOMAIN).2po && \
+ if cmp $(DOMAIN).1po $(DOMAIN).2po >/dev/null 2>&1; then \
+ rm -f $(DOMAIN).1po $(DOMAIN).2po $(DOMAIN).po; \
+ else \
+ rm -f $(DOMAIN).1po $(DOMAIN).2po $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot && \
+ mv $(DOMAIN).po $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot; \
+ fi; \
+ else \
+ mv $(DOMAIN).po $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot; \
+ fi; \
+ }
+
+# This rule has no dependencies: we don't need to update $(DOMAIN).pot at
+# every "make" invocation, only create it when it is missing.
+# Only "make $(DOMAIN).pot-update" or "make dist" will force an update.
+$(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot:
+ $(MAKE) $(DOMAIN).pot-update
+
+# This target rebuilds a PO file if $(DOMAIN).pot has changed.
+# Note that a PO file is not touched if it doesn't need to be changed.
+#$(POFILES): $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot
+# @lang=`echo $@ | sed -e 's,.*/,,' -e 's/\.po$$//'`; \
+# if test -f "$(srcdir)/$${lang}.po"; then \
+# test "$(srcdir)" = . && cdcmd="" || cdcmd="cd $(srcdir) && "; \
+# echo "$${cdcmd}$(MSGMERGE_UPDATE) $${lang}.po $(DOMAIN).pot"; \
+# cd $(srcdir) && $(MSGMERGE_UPDATE) $${lang}.po $(DOMAIN).pot; \
+# else \
+# $(MAKE) $${lang}.po-create; \
+# fi
+
-install.mo: install
install: install-exec install-data
install-exec:
install-data: install-data-@USE_NLS@
+ if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; then \
+ $(mkdir_p) $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir); \
+ for file in $(DISTFILES.common) Makevars.template; do \
+ $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/$$file \
+ $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \
+ done; \
+ for file in Makevars; do \
+ rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \
+ done; \
+ else \
+ : ; \
+ fi
install-data-no: all
install-data-yes: all
+ $(mkdir_p) $(DESTDIR)$(datadir)
@catalogs='$(CATALOGS)'; \
for cat in $$catalogs; do \
cat=`basename $$cat`; \
- case "$$cat" in \
- *.gmo) destdir=$(DESTDIR)$(gnulocaledir);; \
- *) destdir=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir);; \
- esac; \
- lang=`echo $$cat | sed 's/\$(CATOBJEXT)$$//'`; \
- dir=$$destdir/$$lang/LC_MESSAGES; \
- $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs $$dir; \
- if test -r $$cat; then \
- $(INSTALL_DATA) $$cat $$dir/$(PACKAGE)$(INSTOBJEXT); \
- echo "installing $$cat as $$dir/$(PACKAGE)$(INSTOBJEXT)"; \
- else \
- $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/$$cat $$dir/$(PACKAGE)$(INSTOBJEXT); \
- echo "installing $(srcdir)/$$cat as" \
- "$$dir/$(PACKAGE)$(INSTOBJEXT)"; \
- fi; \
- if test -r $$cat.m; then \
- $(INSTALL_DATA) $$cat.m $$dir/$(PACKAGE)$(INSTOBJEXT).m; \
- echo "installing $$cat.m as $$dir/$(PACKAGE)$(INSTOBJEXT).m"; \
- else \
- if test -r $(srcdir)/$$cat.m ; then \
- $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/$$cat.m \
- $$dir/$(PACKAGE)$(INSTOBJEXT).m; \
- echo "installing $(srcdir)/$$cat as" \
- "$$dir/$(PACKAGE)$(INSTOBJEXT).m"; \
- else \
- true; \
+ lang=`echo $$cat | sed -e 's/\.gmo$$//'`; \
+ dir=$(localedir)/$$lang/LC_MESSAGES; \
+ $(mkdir_p) $(DESTDIR)$$dir; \
+ if test -r $$cat; then realcat=$$cat; else realcat=$(srcdir)/$$cat; fi; \
+ $(INSTALL_DATA) $$realcat $(DESTDIR)$$dir/$(DOMAIN).mo; \
+ echo "installing $$realcat as $(DESTDIR)$$dir/$(DOMAIN).mo"; \
+ for lc in '' $(EXTRA_LOCALE_CATEGORIES); do \
+ if test -n "$$lc"; then \
+ if (cd $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang && LC_ALL=C ls -l -d $$lc 2>/dev/null) | grep ' -> ' >/dev/null; then \
+ link=`cd $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang && LC_ALL=C ls -l -d $$lc | sed -e 's/^.* -> //'`; \
+ mv $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc.old; \
+ mkdir $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc; \
+ (cd $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc.old && \
+ for file in *; do \
+ if test -f $$file; then \
+ ln -s ../$$link/$$file $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc/$$file; \
+ fi; \
+ done); \
+ rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc.old; \
+ else \
+ if test -d $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc; then \
+ :; \
+ else \
+ rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc; \
+ mkdir $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc; \
+ fi; \
+ fi; \
+ rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc/$(DOMAIN).mo; \
+ ln -s ../LC_MESSAGES/$(DOMAIN).mo $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc/$(DOMAIN).mo 2>/dev/null || \
+ ln $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/LC_MESSAGES/$(DOMAIN).mo $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc/$(DOMAIN).mo 2>/dev/null || \
+ cp -p $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/LC_MESSAGES/$(DOMAIN).mo $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc/$(DOMAIN).mo; \
+ echo "installing $$realcat link as $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc/$(DOMAIN).mo"; \
fi; \
- fi; \
+ done; \
done
- if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext"; then \
- $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/Makefile.in.in \
- $(gettextsrcdir)/Makefile.in.in; \
+
+install-strip: install
+
+installdirs: installdirs-exec installdirs-data
+installdirs-exec:
+installdirs-data: installdirs-data-@USE_NLS@
+ if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; then \
+ $(mkdir_p) $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir); \
else \
: ; \
fi
+installdirs-data-no:
+installdirs-data-yes:
+ $(mkdir_p) $(DESTDIR)$(datadir)
+ @catalogs='$(CATALOGS)'; \
+ for cat in $$catalogs; do \
+ cat=`basename $$cat`; \
+ lang=`echo $$cat | sed -e 's/\.gmo$$//'`; \
+ dir=$(localedir)/$$lang/LC_MESSAGES; \
+ $(mkdir_p) $(DESTDIR)$$dir; \
+ for lc in '' $(EXTRA_LOCALE_CATEGORIES); do \
+ if test -n "$$lc"; then \
+ if (cd $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang && LC_ALL=C ls -l -d $$lc 2>/dev/null) | grep ' -> ' >/dev/null; then \
+ link=`cd $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang && LC_ALL=C ls -l -d $$lc | sed -e 's/^.* -> //'`; \
+ mv $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc.old; \
+ mkdir $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc; \
+ (cd $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc.old && \
+ for file in *; do \
+ if test -f $$file; then \
+ ln -s ../$$link/$$file $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc/$$file; \
+ fi; \
+ done); \
+ rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc.old; \
+ else \
+ if test -d $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc; then \
+ :; \
+ else \
+ rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc; \
+ mkdir $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc; \
+ fi; \
+ fi; \
+ fi; \
+ done; \
+ done
# Define this as empty until I found a useful application.
installcheck:
-uninstall:
+uninstall: uninstall-exec uninstall-data
+uninstall-exec:
+uninstall-data: uninstall-data-@USE_NLS@
+ if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; then \
+ for file in $(DISTFILES.common) Makevars.template; do \
+ rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \
+ done; \
+ else \
+ : ; \
+ fi
+uninstall-data-no:
+uninstall-data-yes:
catalogs='$(CATALOGS)'; \
for cat in $$catalogs; do \
cat=`basename $$cat`; \
- lang=`echo $$cat | sed 's/\$(CATOBJEXT)$$//'`; \
- dir=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/LC_MESSAGES; \
- rm -f $$dir/$(PACKAGE)$(INSTOBJEXT); \
- rm -f $$dir/$(PACKAGE)$(INSTOBJEXT).m; \
- dir=$(DESTDIR)$(gnulocaledir)/$$lang/LC_MESSAGES; \
- rm -f $$dir/$(PACKAGE)$(INSTOBJEXT); \
- rm -f $$dir/$(PACKAGE)$(INSTOBJEXT).m; \
+ lang=`echo $$cat | sed -e 's/\.gmo$$//'`; \
+ for lc in LC_MESSAGES $(EXTRA_LOCALE_CATEGORIES); do \
+ rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc/$(DOMAIN).mo; \
+ done; \
done
- rm -f $(gettextsrcdir)/po-Makefile.in.in
check: all
-cat-id-tbl.o: ../intl/libgettext.h
-
-dvi info tags TAGS ID:
+info dvi ps pdf html tags TAGS ctags CTAGS ID:
mostlyclean:
- rm -f core core.* *.pox $(PACKAGE).po *.old.po
+ rm -f remove-potcdate.sed
+ rm -f stamp-poT
+ rm -f core core.* $(DOMAIN).po $(DOMAIN).1po $(DOMAIN).2po *.new.po
rm -fr *.o
clean: mostlyclean
distclean: clean
- rm -f Makefile Makefile.in POTFILES *.mo *.gmo *.msg
+ rm -f Makefile Makefile.in POTFILES *.mo
maintainer-clean: distclean
- @echo "!! This command is intended for maintainers to use;"
- @echo "!! it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
- rm -f $(GMOFILES)
-
-realclean: maintainer-clean
-
-distdir = ../$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)/$(subdir)
-dist distdir: update-po $(DISTFILES)
+ @echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use;"
+ @echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
+ rm -f stamp-po $(GMOFILES)
+
+distdir = $(top_builddir)/$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)/$(subdir)
+dist distdir:
+ $(MAKE) update-po
+ @$(MAKE) dist2
+# This is a separate target because 'update-po' must be executed before.
+dist2: stamp-po $(DISTFILES)
dists="$(DISTFILES)"; \
+ if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; then \
+ dists="$$dists Makevars.template"; \
+ fi; \
+ if test -f $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot; then \
+ dists="$$dists $(DOMAIN).pot stamp-po"; \
+ fi; \
+ if test -f $(srcdir)/ChangeLog; then \
+ dists="$$dists ChangeLog"; \
+ fi; \
+ for i in 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9; do \
+ if test -f $(srcdir)/ChangeLog.$$i; then \
+ dists="$$dists ChangeLog.$$i"; \
+ fi; \
+ done; \
+ if test -f $(srcdir)/LINGUAS; then dists="$$dists LINGUAS"; fi; \
for file in $$dists; do \
- ln $(srcdir)/$$file $(distdir) 2> /dev/null \
- || cp -p $(srcdir)/$$file $(distdir); \
+ if test -f $$file; then \
+ cp -p $$file $(distdir) || exit 1; \
+ else \
+ cp -p $(srcdir)/$$file $(distdir) || exit 1; \
+ fi; \
done
update-po: Makefile
- $(MAKE) $(PACKAGE).pot
- PATH=`pwd`/../src:$$PATH; \
+ $(MAKE) $(DOMAIN).pot-update
+ test -z "$(UPDATEPOFILES)" || $(MAKE) $(UPDATEPOFILES)
+ $(MAKE) update-gmo
+
+# General rule for creating PO files.
+
+.nop.po-create:
+ @lang=`echo $@ | sed -e 's/\.po-create$$//'`; \
+ echo "File $$lang.po does not exist. If you are a translator, you can create it through 'msginit'." 1>&2; \
+ exit 1
+
+# General rule for updating PO files.
+
+.nop.po-update:
+ @lang=`echo $@ | sed -e 's/\.po-update$$//'`; \
+ if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; then PATH=`pwd`/../src:$$PATH; fi; \
+ tmpdir=`pwd`; \
+ echo "$$lang:"; \
+ test "$(srcdir)" = . && cdcmd="" || cdcmd="cd $(srcdir) && "; \
+ echo "$${cdcmd}$(MSGMERGE) $$lang.po $(DOMAIN).pot -o $$lang.new.po"; \
cd $(srcdir); \
- catalogs='$(CATALOGS)'; \
- for cat in $$catalogs; do \
- cat=`basename $$cat`; \
- lang=`echo $$cat | sed 's/\$(CATOBJEXT)$$//'`; \
- mv $$lang.po $$lang.old.po; \
- echo "$$lang:"; \
- if $(MSGMERGE) $$lang.old.po $(PACKAGE).pot -o $$lang.po; then \
- rm -f $$lang.old.po; \
+ if $(MSGMERGE) $$lang.po $(DOMAIN).pot -o $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po; then \
+ if cmp $$lang.po $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po >/dev/null 2>&1; then \
+ rm -f $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po; \
else \
- echo "msgmerge for $$cat failed!"; \
- rm -f $$lang.po; \
- mv $$lang.old.po $$lang.po; \
+ if mv -f $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po $$lang.po; then \
+ :; \
+ else \
+ echo "msgmerge for $$lang.po failed: cannot move $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po to $$lang.po" 1>&2; \
+ exit 1; \
+ fi; \
fi; \
- done
+ else \
+ echo "msgmerge for $$lang.po failed!" 1>&2; \
+ rm -f $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po; \
+ fi
-POTFILES: POTFILES.in
- ( if test 'x$(srcdir)' != 'x.'; then \
- posrcprefix='$(top_srcdir)/'; \
- else \
- posrcprefix="../"; \
- fi; \
- rm -f $@-t $@ \
- && (sed -e '/^#/d' -e '/^[ ]*$$/d' \
- -e "s@.*@ $$posrcprefix& \\\\@" < $(srcdir)/$@.in \
- | sed -e '$$s/\\$$//') > $@-t \
- && chmod a-w $@-t \
- && mv $@-t $@ )
-
-Makefile: Makefile.in.in ../config.status POTFILES
- cd .. \
- && CONFIG_FILES=$(subdir)/$@.in CONFIG_HEADERS= \
- $(SHELL) ./config.status
+$(DUMMYPOFILES):
+
+update-gmo: Makefile $(GMOFILES)
+ @:
+
+Makefile: Makefile.in.in Makevars $(top_builddir)/config.status @POMAKEFILEDEPS@
+ cd $(top_builddir) \
+ && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@.in po-directories
+
+force:
# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make not to export all variables.
# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
--- /dev/null
+# Makefile variables for PO directory in any package using GNU gettext.
+
+# Usually the message domain is the same as the package name.
+DOMAIN = $(PACKAGE)
+
+# These two variables depend on the location of this directory.
+subdir = po
+top_builddir = ..
+
+# These options get passed to xgettext.
+XGETTEXT_OPTIONS = --keyword=_ --keyword=N_
+
+# This is the copyright holder that gets inserted into the header of the
+# $(DOMAIN).pot file. Set this to the copyright holder of the surrounding
+# package. (Note that the msgstr strings, extracted from the package's
+# sources, belong to the copyright holder of the package.) Translators are
+# expected to transfer the copyright for their translations to this person
+# or entity, or to disclaim their copyright. The empty string stands for
+# the public domain; in this case the translators are expected to disclaim
+# their copyright.
+COPYRIGHT_HOLDER = Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+# This is the email address or URL to which the translators shall report
+# bugs in the untranslated strings:
+# - Strings which are not entire sentences, see the maintainer guidelines
+# in the GNU gettext documentation, section 'Preparing Strings'.
+# - Strings which use unclear terms or require additional context to be
+# understood.
+# - Strings which make invalid assumptions about notation of date, time or
+# money.
+# - Pluralisation problems.
+# - Incorrect English spelling.
+# - Incorrect formatting.
+# It can be your email address, or a mailing list address where translators
+# can write to without being subscribed, or the URL of a web page through
+# which the translators can contact you.
+MSGID_BUGS_ADDRESS = wget@sunsite.dk
+
+# This is the list of locale categories, beyond LC_MESSAGES, for which the
+# message catalogs shall be used. It is usually empty.
+EXTRA_LOCALE_CATEGORIES =
# 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# Package source files
+lib/getopt.c
src/cmpt.c
src/connect.c
src/convert.c
src/ftp-opie.c
src/ftp.c
src/gen-md5.c
-src/getopt.c
-src/gnu-md5.c
src/hash.c
src/host.c
src/html-parse.c
src/spider.c
src/url.c
src/utils.c
-src/version.c
src/xmalloc.c
--- /dev/null
+# Special Makefile rules for English message catalogs with quotation marks.
+
+DISTFILES.common.extra1 = quot.sed boldquot.sed en@quot.header en@boldquot.header insert-header.sin Rules-quot
+
+.SUFFIXES: .insert-header .po-update-en
+
+en@quot.po-create:
+ $(MAKE) en@quot.po-update
+en@boldquot.po-create:
+ $(MAKE) en@boldquot.po-update
+
+en@quot.po-update: en@quot.po-update-en
+en@boldquot.po-update: en@boldquot.po-update-en
+
+.insert-header.po-update-en:
+ @lang=`echo $@ | sed -e 's/\.po-update-en$$//'`; \
+ if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext"; then PATH=`pwd`/../src:$$PATH; GETTEXTLIBDIR=`cd $(top_srcdir)/src && pwd`; export GETTEXTLIBDIR; fi; \
+ tmpdir=`pwd`; \
+ echo "$$lang:"; \
+ ll=`echo $$lang | sed -e 's/@.*//'`; \
+ LC_ALL=C; export LC_ALL; \
+ cd $(srcdir); \
+ if $(MSGINIT) -i $(DOMAIN).pot --no-translator -l $$ll -o - 2>/dev/null | sed -f $$tmpdir/$$lang.insert-header | $(MSGCONV) -t UTF-8 | $(MSGFILTER) sed -f `echo $$lang | sed -e 's/.*@//'`.sed 2>/dev/null > $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po; then \
+ if cmp $$lang.po $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po >/dev/null 2>&1; then \
+ rm -f $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po; \
+ else \
+ if mv -f $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po $$lang.po; then \
+ :; \
+ else \
+ echo "creation of $$lang.po failed: cannot move $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po to $$lang.po" 1>&2; \
+ exit 1; \
+ fi; \
+ fi; \
+ else \
+ echo "creation of $$lang.po failed!" 1>&2; \
+ rm -f $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po; \
+ fi
+
+en@quot.insert-header: insert-header.sin
+ sed -e '/^#/d' -e 's/HEADER/en@quot.header/g' $(srcdir)/insert-header.sin > en@quot.insert-header
+
+en@boldquot.insert-header: insert-header.sin
+ sed -e '/^#/d' -e 's/HEADER/en@boldquot.header/g' $(srcdir)/insert-header.sin > en@boldquot.insert-header
+
+mostlyclean: mostlyclean-quot
+mostlyclean-quot:
+ rm -f *.insert-header
--- /dev/null
+s/"\([^"]*\)"/“\1”/g
+s/`\([^`']*\)'/‘\1’/g
+s/ '\([^`']*\)' / ‘\1’ /g
+s/ '\([^`']*\)'$/ ‘\1’/g
+s/^'\([^`']*\)' /‘\1’ /g
+s/“”/""/g
+s/“/“\e[1m/g
+s/”/\e[0m”/g
+s/‘/‘\e[1m/g
+s/’/\e[0m’/g
--- /dev/null
+# All this catalog "translates" are quotation characters.
+# The msgids must be ASCII and therefore cannot contain real quotation
+# characters, only substitutes like grave accent (0x60), apostrophe (0x27)
+# and double quote (0x22). These substitutes look strange; see
+# http://www.cl.cam.ac.uk/~mgk25/ucs/quotes.html
+#
+# This catalog translates grave accent (0x60) and apostrophe (0x27) to
+# left single quotation mark (U+2018) and right single quotation mark (U+2019).
+# It also translates pairs of apostrophe (0x27) to
+# left single quotation mark (U+2018) and right single quotation mark (U+2019)
+# and pairs of quotation mark (0x22) to
+# left double quotation mark (U+201C) and right double quotation mark (U+201D).
+#
+# When output to an UTF-8 terminal, the quotation characters appear perfectly.
+# When output to an ISO-8859-1 terminal, the single quotation marks are
+# transliterated to apostrophes (by iconv in glibc 2.2 or newer) or to
+# grave/acute accent (by libiconv), and the double quotation marks are
+# transliterated to 0x22.
+# When output to an ASCII terminal, the single quotation marks are
+# transliterated to apostrophes, and the double quotation marks are
+# transliterated to 0x22.
+#
+# This catalog furthermore displays the text between the quotation marks in
+# bold face, assuming the VT100/XTerm escape sequences.
+#
--- /dev/null
+# English translations for GNU wget package.
+# Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the GNU wget package.
+# Automatically generated, 2007.
+#
+# All this catalog "translates" are quotation characters.
+# The msgids must be ASCII and therefore cannot contain real quotation
+# characters, only substitutes like grave accent (0x60), apostrophe (0x27)
+# and double quote (0x22). These substitutes look strange; see
+# http://www.cl.cam.ac.uk/~mgk25/ucs/quotes.html
+#
+# This catalog translates grave accent (0x60) and apostrophe (0x27) to
+# left single quotation mark (U+2018) and right single quotation mark (U+2019).
+# It also translates pairs of apostrophe (0x27) to
+# left single quotation mark (U+2018) and right single quotation mark (U+2019)
+# and pairs of quotation mark (0x22) to
+# left double quotation mark (U+201C) and right double quotation mark (U+201D).
+#
+# When output to an UTF-8 terminal, the quotation characters appear perfectly.
+# When output to an ISO-8859-1 terminal, the single quotation marks are
+# transliterated to apostrophes (by iconv in glibc 2.2 or newer) or to
+# grave/acute accent (by libiconv), and the double quotation marks are
+# transliterated to 0x22.
+# When output to an ASCII terminal, the single quotation marks are
+# transliterated to apostrophes, and the double quotation marks are
+# transliterated to 0x22.
+#
+# This catalog furthermore displays the text between the quotation marks in
+# bold face, assuming the VT100/XTerm escape sequences.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: GNU wget 1.10+devel\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: wget@sunsite.dk\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-10-09 19:10-0700\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-09 19:10-0700\n"
+"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
+"Language-Team: none\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
+
+#: src/connect.c:196
+#, c-format
+msgid "%s: unable to resolve bind address `%s'; disabling bind.\n"
+msgstr "%s: unable to resolve bind address ‘\e[1m%s\e[0m’; disabling bind.\n"
+
+#: src/connect.c:268
+#, c-format
+msgid "Connecting to %s|%s|:%d... "
+msgstr "Connecting to %s|%s|:%d... "
+
+#: src/connect.c:271
+#, c-format
+msgid "Connecting to %s:%d... "
+msgstr "Connecting to %s:%d... "
+
+#: src/connect.c:331
+msgid "connected.\n"
+msgstr "connected.\n"
+
+#: src/connect.c:343 src/host.c:753 src/host.c:782
+#, c-format
+msgid "failed: %s.\n"
+msgstr "failed: %s.\n"
+
+#: src/connect.c:367 src/http.c:1629
+#, c-format
+msgid "%s: unable to resolve host address `%s'\n"
+msgstr "%s: unable to resolve host address ‘\e[1m%s\e[0m’\n"
+
+#: src/convert.c:171
+#, c-format
+msgid "Converted %d files in %s seconds.\n"
+msgstr "Converted %d files in %s seconds.\n"
+
+#: src/convert.c:196
+#, c-format
+msgid "Converting %s... "
+msgstr "Converting %s... "
+
+#: src/convert.c:209
+msgid "nothing to do.\n"
+msgstr "nothing to do.\n"
+
+#: src/convert.c:217 src/convert.c:241
+#, c-format
+msgid "Cannot convert links in %s: %s\n"
+msgstr "Cannot convert links in %s: %s\n"
+
+#: src/convert.c:232
+#, c-format
+msgid "Unable to delete `%s': %s\n"
+msgstr "Unable to delete ‘\e[1m%s\e[0m’: %s\n"
+
+#: src/convert.c:441
+#, c-format
+msgid "Cannot back up %s as %s: %s\n"
+msgstr "Cannot back up %s as %s: %s\n"
+
+#: src/cookies.c:444
+#, c-format
+msgid "Syntax error in Set-Cookie: %s at position %d.\n"
+msgstr "Syntax error in Set-Cookie: %s at position %d.\n"
+
+#: src/cookies.c:686
+#, c-format
+msgid "Cookie coming from %s attempted to set domain to %s\n"
+msgstr "Cookie coming from %s attempted to set domain to %s\n"
+
+#: src/cookies.c:1133 src/cookies.c:1251
+#, c-format
+msgid "Cannot open cookies file `%s': %s\n"
+msgstr "Cannot open cookies file ‘\e[1m%s\e[0m’: %s\n"
+
+#: src/cookies.c:1288
+#, c-format
+msgid "Error writing to `%s': %s\n"
+msgstr "Error writing to ‘\e[1m%s\e[0m’: %s\n"
+
+#: src/cookies.c:1291
+#, c-format
+msgid "Error closing `%s': %s\n"
+msgstr "Error closing ‘\e[1m%s\e[0m’: %s\n"
+
+#: src/ftp-ls.c:837
+msgid "Unsupported listing type, trying Unix listing parser.\n"
+msgstr "Unsupported listing type, trying Unix listing parser.\n"
+
+#: src/ftp-ls.c:883 src/ftp-ls.c:885
+#, c-format
+msgid "Index of /%s on %s:%d"
+msgstr "Index of /%s on %s:%d"
+
+#: src/ftp-ls.c:908
+#, c-format
+msgid "time unknown "
+msgstr "time unknown "
+
+#: src/ftp-ls.c:912
+#, c-format
+msgid "File "
+msgstr "File "
+
+#: src/ftp-ls.c:915
+#, c-format
+msgid "Directory "
+msgstr "Directory "
+
+#: src/ftp-ls.c:918
+#, c-format
+msgid "Link "
+msgstr "Link "
+
+#: src/ftp-ls.c:921
+#, c-format
+msgid "Not sure "
+msgstr "Not sure "
+
+#: src/ftp-ls.c:939
+#, c-format
+msgid " (%s bytes)"
+msgstr " (%s bytes)"
+
+#: src/ftp.c:214
+#, c-format
+msgid "Length: %s"
+msgstr "Length: %s"
+
+#: src/ftp.c:220 src/http.c:2174
+#, c-format
+msgid ", %s (%s) remaining"
+msgstr ", %s (%s) remaining"
+
+#: src/ftp.c:224 src/http.c:2178
+#, c-format
+msgid ", %s remaining"
+msgstr ", %s remaining"
+
+#: src/ftp.c:227
+msgid " (unauthoritative)\n"
+msgstr " (unauthoritative)\n"
+
+#: src/ftp.c:303
+#, c-format
+msgid "Logging in as %s ... "
+msgstr "Logging in as %s ... "
+
+#: src/ftp.c:316 src/ftp.c:362 src/ftp.c:391 src/ftp.c:443 src/ftp.c:555
+#: src/ftp.c:601 src/ftp.c:630 src/ftp.c:687 src/ftp.c:748 src/ftp.c:808
+#: src/ftp.c:855
+msgid "Error in server response, closing control connection.\n"
+msgstr "Error in server response, closing control connection.\n"
+
+#: src/ftp.c:323
+msgid "Error in server greeting.\n"
+msgstr "Error in server greeting.\n"
+
+#: src/ftp.c:330 src/ftp.c:451 src/ftp.c:563 src/ftp.c:638 src/ftp.c:697
+#: src/ftp.c:758 src/ftp.c:818 src/ftp.c:865
+msgid "Write failed, closing control connection.\n"
+msgstr "Write failed, closing control connection.\n"
+
+#: src/ftp.c:336
+msgid "The server refuses login.\n"
+msgstr "The server refuses login.\n"
+
+#: src/ftp.c:342
+msgid "Login incorrect.\n"
+msgstr "Login incorrect.\n"
+
+#: src/ftp.c:348
+msgid "Logged in!\n"
+msgstr "Logged in!\n"
+
+#: src/ftp.c:370
+msgid "Server error, can't determine system type.\n"
+msgstr "Server error, can't determine system type.\n"
+
+#: src/ftp.c:379 src/ftp.c:674 src/ftp.c:731 src/ftp.c:774
+msgid "done. "
+msgstr "done. "
+
+#: src/ftp.c:431 src/ftp.c:580 src/ftp.c:613 src/ftp.c:838 src/ftp.c:884
+msgid "done.\n"
+msgstr "done.\n"
+
+#: src/ftp.c:458
+#, c-format
+msgid "Unknown type `%c', closing control connection.\n"
+msgstr "Unknown type ‘\e[1m%c\e[0m’, closing control connection.\n"
+
+#: src/ftp.c:470
+msgid "done. "
+msgstr "done. "
+
+#: src/ftp.c:476
+msgid "==> CWD not needed.\n"
+msgstr "==> CWD not needed.\n"
+
+#: src/ftp.c:569
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"No such directory `%s'.\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+"No such directory ‘\e[1m%s\e[0m’.\n"
+"\n"
+
+#: src/ftp.c:584
+msgid "==> CWD not required.\n"
+msgstr "==> CWD not required.\n"
+
+#: src/ftp.c:644
+msgid "Cannot initiate PASV transfer.\n"
+msgstr "Cannot initiate PASV transfer.\n"
+
+#: src/ftp.c:648
+msgid "Cannot parse PASV response.\n"
+msgstr "Cannot parse PASV response.\n"
+
+#: src/ftp.c:665
+#, c-format
+msgid "couldn't connect to %s port %d: %s\n"
+msgstr "couldn't connect to %s port %d: %s\n"
+
+#: src/ftp.c:713
+#, c-format
+msgid "Bind error (%s).\n"
+msgstr "Bind error (%s).\n"
+
+#: src/ftp.c:719
+msgid "Invalid PORT.\n"
+msgstr "Invalid PORT.\n"
+
+#: src/ftp.c:765
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"REST failed, starting from scratch.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"REST failed, starting from scratch.\n"
+
+#: src/ftp.c:826
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"No such file `%s'.\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+"No such file ‘\e[1m%s\e[0m’.\n"
+"\n"
+
+#: src/ftp.c:873
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"No such file or directory `%s'.\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+"No such file or directory ‘\e[1m%s\e[0m’.\n"
+"\n"
+
+#: src/ftp.c:935 src/http.c:2236
+#, c-format
+msgid "%s has sprung into existence.\n"
+msgstr "%s has sprung into existence.\n"
+
+#: src/ftp.c:987
+#, c-format
+msgid "%s: %s, closing control connection.\n"
+msgstr "%s: %s, closing control connection.\n"
+
+#: src/ftp.c:996
+#, c-format
+msgid "%s (%s) - Data connection: %s; "
+msgstr "%s (%s) - Data connection: %s; "
+
+#: src/ftp.c:1011
+msgid "Control connection closed.\n"
+msgstr "Control connection closed.\n"
+
+#: src/ftp.c:1029
+msgid "Data transfer aborted.\n"
+msgstr "Data transfer aborted.\n"
+
+#: src/ftp.c:1097
+#, c-format
+msgid "File `%s' already there; not retrieving.\n"
+msgstr "File ‘\e[1m%s\e[0m’ already there; not retrieving.\n"
+
+#: src/ftp.c:1165 src/http.c:2394
+#, c-format
+msgid "(try:%2d)"
+msgstr "(try:%2d)"
+
+#: src/ftp.c:1235 src/http.c:2717
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"%s (%s) - `%s' saved [%s]\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+"%s (%s) - ‘\e[1m%s\e[0m’ saved [%s]\n"
+"\n"
+
+#: src/ftp.c:1277 src/main.c:1005 src/recur.c:378 src/retr.c:860
+#, c-format
+msgid "Removing %s.\n"
+msgstr "Removing %s.\n"
+
+#: src/ftp.c:1319
+#, c-format
+msgid "Using `%s' as listing tmp file.\n"
+msgstr "Using ‘\e[1m%s\e[0m’ as listing tmp file.\n"
+
+#: src/ftp.c:1334
+#, c-format
+msgid "Removed `%s'.\n"
+msgstr "Removed ‘\e[1m%s\e[0m’.\n"
+
+#: src/ftp.c:1367
+#, c-format
+msgid "Recursion depth %d exceeded max. depth %d.\n"
+msgstr "Recursion depth %d exceeded max. depth %d.\n"
+
+#: src/ftp.c:1437
+#, c-format
+msgid "Remote file no newer than local file `%s' -- not retrieving.\n"
+msgstr "Remote file no newer than local file ‘\e[1m%s\e[0m’ -- not retrieving.\n"
+
+#: src/ftp.c:1444
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Remote file is newer than local file `%s' -- retrieving.\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Remote file is newer than local file ‘\e[1m%s\e[0m’ -- retrieving.\n"
+"\n"
+
+#: src/ftp.c:1451
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The sizes do not match (local %s) -- retrieving.\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+"The sizes do not match (local %s) -- retrieving.\n"
+"\n"
+
+#: src/ftp.c:1469
+msgid "Invalid name of the symlink, skipping.\n"
+msgstr "Invalid name of the symlink, skipping.\n"
+
+#: src/ftp.c:1486
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Already have correct symlink %s -> %s\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Already have correct symlink %s -> %s\n"
+"\n"
+
+#: src/ftp.c:1494
+#, c-format
+msgid "Creating symlink %s -> %s\n"
+msgstr "Creating symlink %s -> %s\n"
+
+#: src/ftp.c:1504
+#, c-format
+msgid "Symlinks not supported, skipping symlink `%s'.\n"
+msgstr "Symlinks not supported, skipping symlink ‘\e[1m%s\e[0m’.\n"
+
+#: src/ftp.c:1516
+#, c-format
+msgid "Skipping directory `%s'.\n"
+msgstr "Skipping directory ‘\e[1m%s\e[0m’.\n"
+
+#: src/ftp.c:1525
+#, c-format
+msgid "%s: unknown/unsupported file type.\n"
+msgstr "%s: unknown/unsupported file type.\n"
+
+#: src/ftp.c:1552
+#, c-format
+msgid "%s: corrupt time-stamp.\n"
+msgstr "%s: corrupt time-stamp.\n"
+
+#: src/ftp.c:1580
+#, c-format
+msgid "Will not retrieve dirs since depth is %d (max %d).\n"
+msgstr "Will not retrieve dirs since depth is %d (max %d).\n"
+
+#: src/ftp.c:1630
+#, c-format
+msgid "Not descending to `%s' as it is excluded/not-included.\n"
+msgstr "Not descending to ‘\e[1m%s\e[0m’ as it is excluded/not-included.\n"
+
+#: src/ftp.c:1696 src/ftp.c:1710
+#, c-format
+msgid "Rejecting `%s'.\n"
+msgstr "Rejecting ‘\e[1m%s\e[0m’.\n"
+
+#: src/ftp.c:1758
+#, c-format
+msgid "No matches on pattern `%s'.\n"
+msgstr "No matches on pattern ‘\e[1m%s\e[0m’.\n"
+
+#: src/ftp.c:1824
+#, c-format
+msgid "Wrote HTML-ized index to `%s' [%s].\n"
+msgstr "Wrote HTML-ized index to ‘\e[1m%s\e[0m’ [%s].\n"
+
+#: src/ftp.c:1829
+#, c-format
+msgid "Wrote HTML-ized index to `%s'.\n"
+msgstr "Wrote HTML-ized index to ‘\e[1m%s\e[0m’.\n"
+
+#: src/getopt.c:670
+#, c-format
+msgid "%s: option `%s' is ambiguous\n"
+msgstr "%s: option ‘\e[1m%s\e[0m’ is ambiguous\n"
+
+#: src/getopt.c:695
+#, c-format
+msgid "%s: option `--%s' doesn't allow an argument\n"
+msgstr "%s: option ‘\e[1m--%s\e[0m’ doesn't allow an argument\n"
+
+#: src/getopt.c:700
+#, c-format
+msgid "%s: option `%c%s' doesn't allow an argument\n"
+msgstr "%s: option ‘\e[1m%c%s\e[0m’ doesn't allow an argument\n"
+
+#: src/getopt.c:718 src/getopt.c:891
+#, c-format
+msgid "%s: option `%s' requires an argument\n"
+msgstr "%s: option ‘\e[1m%s\e[0m’ requires an argument\n"
+
+#: src/getopt.c:747
+#, c-format
+msgid "%s: unrecognized option `--%s'\n"
+msgstr "%s: unrecognized option ‘\e[1m--%s\e[0m’\n"
+
+#: src/getopt.c:751
+#, c-format
+msgid "%s: unrecognized option `%c%s'\n"
+msgstr "%s: unrecognized option ‘\e[1m%c%s\e[0m’\n"
+
+#: src/getopt.c:777
+#, c-format
+msgid "%s: illegal option -- %c\n"
+msgstr "%s: illegal option -- %c\n"
+
+#: src/getopt.c:780
+#, c-format
+msgid "%s: invalid option -- %c\n"
+msgstr "%s: invalid option -- %c\n"
+
+#: src/getopt.c:810 src/getopt.c:940
+#, c-format
+msgid "%s: option requires an argument -- %c\n"
+msgstr "%s: option requires an argument -- %c\n"
+
+#: src/getopt.c:857
+#, c-format
+msgid "%s: option `-W %s' is ambiguous\n"
+msgstr "%s: option ‘\e[1m-W %s\e[0m’ is ambiguous\n"
+
+#: src/getopt.c:875
+#, c-format
+msgid "%s: option `-W %s' doesn't allow an argument\n"
+msgstr "%s: option ‘\e[1m-W %s\e[0m’ doesn't allow an argument\n"
+
+#: src/host.c:348
+msgid "Unknown host"
+msgstr "Unknown host"
+
+#: src/host.c:352
+msgid "Temporary failure in name resolution"
+msgstr "Temporary failure in name resolution"
+
+#: src/host.c:354
+msgid "Unknown error"
+msgstr "Unknown error"
+
+#: src/host.c:715
+#, c-format
+msgid "Resolving %s... "
+msgstr "Resolving %s... "
+
+#: src/host.c:762
+msgid "failed: No IPv4/IPv6 addresses for host.\n"
+msgstr "failed: No IPv4/IPv6 addresses for host.\n"
+
+#: src/host.c:785
+msgid "failed: timed out.\n"
+msgstr "failed: timed out.\n"
+
+#: src/html-url.c:289
+#, c-format
+msgid "%s: Cannot resolve incomplete link %s.\n"
+msgstr "%s: Cannot resolve incomplete link %s.\n"
+
+#: src/html-url.c:696
+#, c-format
+msgid "%s: Invalid URL %s: %s\n"
+msgstr "%s: Invalid URL %s: %s\n"
+
+#: src/http.c:368
+#, c-format
+msgid "Failed writing HTTP request: %s.\n"
+msgstr "Failed writing HTTP request: %s.\n"
+
+#: src/http.c:737
+msgid "No headers, assuming HTTP/0.9"
+msgstr "No headers, assuming HTTP/0.9"
+
+#: src/http.c:1414
+msgid "Disabling SSL due to encountered errors.\n"
+msgstr "Disabling SSL due to encountered errors.\n"
+
+#: src/http.c:1567
+#, c-format
+msgid "POST data file `%s' missing: %s\n"
+msgstr "POST data file ‘\e[1m%s\e[0m’ missing: %s\n"
+
+#: src/http.c:1616
+#, c-format
+msgid "Reusing existing connection to %s:%d.\n"
+msgstr "Reusing existing connection to %s:%d.\n"
+
+#: src/http.c:1684
+#, c-format
+msgid "Failed reading proxy response: %s\n"
+msgstr "Failed reading proxy response: %s\n"
+
+#: src/http.c:1704
+#, c-format
+msgid "Proxy tunneling failed: %s"
+msgstr "Proxy tunneling failed: %s"
+
+#: src/http.c:1749
+#, c-format
+msgid "%s request sent, awaiting response... "
+msgstr "%s request sent, awaiting response... "
+
+#: src/http.c:1760
+msgid "No data received.\n"
+msgstr "No data received.\n"
+
+#: src/http.c:1767
+#, c-format
+msgid "Read error (%s) in headers.\n"
+msgstr "Read error (%s) in headers.\n"
+
+#: src/http.c:1813
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"File `%s' already there; not retrieving.\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+"File ‘\e[1m%s\e[0m’ already there; not retrieving.\n"
+"\n"
+
+#: src/http.c:1966
+msgid "Unknown authentication scheme.\n"
+msgstr "Unknown authentication scheme.\n"
+
+#: src/http.c:1997
+msgid "Authorization failed.\n"
+msgstr "Authorization failed.\n"
+
+#: src/http.c:2011
+msgid "Malformed status line"
+msgstr "Malformed status line"
+
+#: src/http.c:2013
+msgid "(no description)"
+msgstr "(no description)"
+
+#: src/http.c:2076
+#, c-format
+msgid "Location: %s%s\n"
+msgstr "Location: %s%s\n"
+
+#: src/http.c:2077 src/http.c:2184
+msgid "unspecified"
+msgstr "unspecified"
+
+#: src/http.c:2078
+msgid " [following]"
+msgstr " [following]"
+
+#: src/http.c:2134
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+" The file is already fully retrieved; nothing to do.\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+" The file is already fully retrieved; nothing to do.\n"
+"\n"
+
+#: src/http.c:2164
+msgid "Length: "
+msgstr "Length: "
+
+#: src/http.c:2184
+msgid "ignored"
+msgstr "ignored"
+
+#: src/http.c:2255
+#, c-format
+msgid "Saving to: `%s'\n"
+msgstr "Saving to: ‘\e[1m%s\e[0m’\n"
+
+#: src/http.c:2336
+msgid "Warning: wildcards not supported in HTTP.\n"
+msgstr "Warning: wildcards not supported in HTTP.\n"
+
+#: src/http.c:2383
+msgid "Spider mode enabled. Check if remote file exists.\n"
+msgstr "Spider mode enabled. Check if remote file exists.\n"
+
+#: src/http.c:2468
+#, c-format
+msgid "Cannot write to `%s' (%s).\n"
+msgstr "Cannot write to ‘\e[1m%s\e[0m’ (%s).\n"
+
+#: src/http.c:2477
+msgid "Unable to establish SSL connection.\n"
+msgstr "Unable to establish SSL connection.\n"
+
+#: src/http.c:2485
+#, c-format
+msgid "ERROR: Redirection (%d) without location.\n"
+msgstr "ERROR: Redirection (%d) without location.\n"
+
+#: src/http.c:2531
+msgid "Remote file does not exist -- broken link!!!\n"
+msgstr "Remote file does not exist -- broken link!!!\n"
+
+#: src/http.c:2536
+#, c-format
+msgid "%s ERROR %d: %s.\n"
+msgstr "%s ERROR %d: %s.\n"
+
+#: src/http.c:2552
+msgid "Last-modified header missing -- time-stamps turned off.\n"
+msgstr "Last-modified header missing -- time-stamps turned off.\n"
+
+#: src/http.c:2560
+msgid "Last-modified header invalid -- time-stamp ignored.\n"
+msgstr "Last-modified header invalid -- time-stamp ignored.\n"
+
+#: src/http.c:2590
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Server file no newer than local file `%s' -- not retrieving.\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Server file no newer than local file ‘\e[1m%s\e[0m’ -- not retrieving.\n"
+"\n"
+
+#: src/http.c:2598
+#, c-format
+msgid "The sizes do not match (local %s) -- retrieving.\n"
+msgstr "The sizes do not match (local %s) -- retrieving.\n"
+
+#: src/http.c:2605
+msgid "Remote file is newer, retrieving.\n"
+msgstr "Remote file is newer, retrieving.\n"
+
+#: src/http.c:2621
+msgid ""
+"Remote file exists and could contain links to other resources -- "
+"retrieving.\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Remote file exists and could contain links to other resources -- "
+"retrieving.\n"
+"\n"
+
+#: src/http.c:2626
+msgid ""
+"Remote file exists but does not contain any link -- not retrieving.\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Remote file exists but does not contain any link -- not retrieving.\n"
+"\n"
+
+#: src/http.c:2634
+msgid ""
+"Remote file exists but recursion is disabled -- not retrieving.\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Remote file exists but recursion is disabled -- not retrieving.\n"
+"\n"
+
+#: src/http.c:2686
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"%s (%s) - `%s' saved [%s/%s]\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+"%s (%s) - ‘\e[1m%s\e[0m’ saved [%s/%s]\n"
+"\n"
+
+#: src/http.c:2741
+#, c-format
+msgid "%s (%s) - Connection closed at byte %s. "
+msgstr "%s (%s) - Connection closed at byte %s. "
+
+#: src/http.c:2756
+#, c-format
+msgid "%s (%s) - Read error at byte %s (%s)."
+msgstr "%s (%s) - Read error at byte %s (%s)."
+
+#: src/http.c:2765
+#, c-format
+msgid "%s (%s) - Read error at byte %s/%s (%s). "
+msgstr "%s (%s) - Read error at byte %s/%s (%s). "
+
+#: src/init.c:387
+#, c-format
+msgid "%s: WGETRC points to %s, which doesn't exist.\n"
+msgstr "%s: WGETRC points to %s, which doesn't exist.\n"
+
+#: src/init.c:450 src/netrc.c:267
+#, c-format
+msgid "%s: Cannot read %s (%s).\n"
+msgstr "%s: Cannot read %s (%s).\n"
+
+#: src/init.c:468
+#, c-format
+msgid "%s: Error in %s at line %d.\n"
+msgstr "%s: Error in %s at line %d.\n"
+
+#: src/init.c:474
+#, c-format
+msgid "%s: Syntax error in %s at line %d.\n"
+msgstr "%s: Syntax error in %s at line %d.\n"
+
+#: src/init.c:479
+#, c-format
+msgid "%s: Unknown command `%s' in %s at line %d.\n"
+msgstr "%s: Unknown command ‘\e[1m%s\e[0m’ in %s at line %d.\n"
+
+#: src/init.c:524
+#, c-format
+msgid "%s: Warning: Both system and user wgetrc point to `%s'.\n"
+msgstr "%s: Warning: Both system and user wgetrc point to ‘\e[1m%s\e[0m’.\n"
+
+#: src/init.c:677
+#, c-format
+msgid "%s: Invalid --execute command `%s'\n"
+msgstr "%s: Invalid --execute command ‘\e[1m%s\e[0m’\n"
+
+#: src/init.c:722
+#, c-format
+msgid "%s: %s: Invalid boolean `%s'; use `on' or `off'.\n"
+msgstr "%s: %s: Invalid boolean ‘\e[1m%s\e[0m’; use ‘\e[1mon\e[0m’ or ‘\e[1moff\e[0m’.\n"
+
+#: src/init.c:739
+#, c-format
+msgid "%s: %s: Invalid number `%s'.\n"
+msgstr "%s: %s: Invalid number ‘\e[1m%s\e[0m’.\n"
+
+#: src/init.c:970 src/init.c:989
+#, c-format
+msgid "%s: %s: Invalid byte value `%s'\n"
+msgstr "%s: %s: Invalid byte value ‘\e[1m%s\e[0m’\n"
+
+#: src/init.c:1014
+#, c-format
+msgid "%s: %s: Invalid time period `%s'\n"
+msgstr "%s: %s: Invalid time period ‘\e[1m%s\e[0m’\n"
+
+#: src/init.c:1068 src/init.c:1158 src/init.c:1261 src/init.c:1286
+#, c-format
+msgid "%s: %s: Invalid value `%s'.\n"
+msgstr "%s: %s: Invalid value ‘\e[1m%s\e[0m’.\n"
+
+#: src/init.c:1105
+#, c-format
+msgid "%s: %s: Invalid header `%s'.\n"
+msgstr "%s: %s: Invalid header ‘\e[1m%s\e[0m’.\n"
+
+#: src/init.c:1171
+#, c-format
+msgid "%s: %s: Invalid progress type `%s'.\n"
+msgstr "%s: %s: Invalid progress type ‘\e[1m%s\e[0m’.\n"
+
+#: src/init.c:1230
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"%s: %s: Invalid restriction `%s', use [unix|windows],[lowercase|uppercase],"
+"[nocontrol].\n"
+msgstr ""
+"%s: %s: Invalid restriction ‘\e[1m%s\e[0m’, use [unix|windows],[lowercase|"
+"uppercase],[nocontrol].\n"
+
+#: src/log.c:784
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"%s received, redirecting output to `%s'.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"%s received, redirecting output to ‘\e[1m%s\e[0m’.\n"
+
+#: src/log.c:794
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"%s received.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"%s received.\n"
+
+#: src/log.c:795
+#, c-format
+msgid "%s: %s; disabling logging.\n"
+msgstr "%s: %s; disabling logging.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:358
+#, c-format
+msgid "Usage: %s [OPTION]... [URL]...\n"
+msgstr "Usage: %s [OPTION]... [URL]...\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:370
+msgid ""
+"Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too.\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too.\n"
+"\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:372
+msgid "Startup:\n"
+msgstr "Startup:\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:374
+msgid " -V, --version display the version of Wget and exit.\n"
+msgstr " -V, --version display the version of Wget and exit.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:376
+msgid " -h, --help print this help.\n"
+msgstr " -h, --help print this help.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:378
+msgid " -b, --background go to background after startup.\n"
+msgstr " -b, --background go to background after startup.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:380
+msgid " -e, --execute=COMMAND execute a `.wgetrc'-style command.\n"
+msgstr " -e, --execute=COMMAND execute a ‘\e[1m.wgetrc\e[0m’-style command.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:384
+msgid "Logging and input file:\n"
+msgstr "Logging and input file:\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:386
+msgid " -o, --output-file=FILE log messages to FILE.\n"
+msgstr " -o, --output-file=FILE log messages to FILE.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:388
+msgid " -a, --append-output=FILE append messages to FILE.\n"
+msgstr " -a, --append-output=FILE append messages to FILE.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:391
+msgid " -d, --debug print lots of debugging information.\n"
+msgstr " -d, --debug print lots of debugging information.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:395
+msgid " --wdebug print Watt-32 debug output.\n"
+msgstr " --wdebug print Watt-32 debug output.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:398
+msgid " -q, --quiet quiet (no output).\n"
+msgstr " -q, --quiet quiet (no output).\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:400
+msgid " -v, --verbose be verbose (this is the default).\n"
+msgstr " -v, --verbose be verbose (this is the default).\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:402
+msgid ""
+" -nv, --no-verbose turn off verboseness, without being quiet.\n"
+msgstr ""
+" -nv, --no-verbose turn off verboseness, without being quiet.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:404
+msgid " -i, --input-file=FILE download URLs found in FILE.\n"
+msgstr " -i, --input-file=FILE download URLs found in FILE.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:406
+msgid " -F, --force-html treat input file as HTML.\n"
+msgstr " -F, --force-html treat input file as HTML.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:408
+msgid ""
+" -B, --base=URL prepends URL to relative links in -F -i file.\n"
+msgstr ""
+" -B, --base=URL prepends URL to relative links in -F -i file.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:412
+msgid "Download:\n"
+msgstr "Download:\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:414
+msgid ""
+" -t, --tries=NUMBER set number of retries to NUMBER (0 "
+"unlimits).\n"
+msgstr ""
+" -t, --tries=NUMBER set number of retries to NUMBER (0 "
+"unlimits).\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:416
+msgid " --retry-connrefused retry even if connection is refused.\n"
+msgstr ""
+" --retry-connrefused retry even if connection is refused.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:418
+msgid " -O, --output-document=FILE write documents to FILE.\n"
+msgstr " -O, --output-document=FILE write documents to FILE.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:420
+msgid ""
+" -nc, --no-clobber skip downloads that would download to\n"
+" existing files.\n"
+msgstr ""
+" -nc, --no-clobber skip downloads that would download to\n"
+" existing files.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:423
+msgid ""
+" -c, --continue resume getting a partially-downloaded "
+"file.\n"
+msgstr ""
+" -c, --continue resume getting a partially-downloaded "
+"file.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:425
+msgid " --progress=TYPE select progress gauge type.\n"
+msgstr " --progress=TYPE select progress gauge type.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:427
+msgid ""
+" -N, --timestamping don't re-retrieve files unless newer than\n"
+" local.\n"
+msgstr ""
+" -N, --timestamping don't re-retrieve files unless newer than\n"
+" local.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:430
+msgid " -S, --server-response print server response.\n"
+msgstr " -S, --server-response print server response.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:432
+msgid " --spider don't download anything.\n"
+msgstr " --spider don't download anything.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:434
+msgid " -T, --timeout=SECONDS set all timeout values to SECONDS.\n"
+msgstr " -T, --timeout=SECONDS set all timeout values to SECONDS.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:436
+msgid " --dns-timeout=SECS set the DNS lookup timeout to SECS.\n"
+msgstr " --dns-timeout=SECS set the DNS lookup timeout to SECS.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:438
+msgid " --connect-timeout=SECS set the connect timeout to SECS.\n"
+msgstr " --connect-timeout=SECS set the connect timeout to SECS.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:440
+msgid " --read-timeout=SECS set the read timeout to SECS.\n"
+msgstr " --read-timeout=SECS set the read timeout to SECS.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:442
+msgid " -w, --wait=SECONDS wait SECONDS between retrievals.\n"
+msgstr " -w, --wait=SECONDS wait SECONDS between retrievals.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:444
+msgid ""
+" --waitretry=SECONDS wait 1..SECONDS between retries of a "
+"retrieval.\n"
+msgstr ""
+" --waitretry=SECONDS wait 1..SECONDS between retries of a "
+"retrieval.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:446
+msgid ""
+" --random-wait wait from 0...2*WAIT secs between "
+"retrievals.\n"
+msgstr ""
+" --random-wait wait from 0...2*WAIT secs between "
+"retrievals.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:448
+msgid " -Y, --proxy explicitly turn on proxy.\n"
+msgstr " -Y, --proxy explicitly turn on proxy.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:450
+msgid " --no-proxy explicitly turn off proxy.\n"
+msgstr " --no-proxy explicitly turn off proxy.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:452
+msgid " -Q, --quota=NUMBER set retrieval quota to NUMBER.\n"
+msgstr " -Q, --quota=NUMBER set retrieval quota to NUMBER.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:454
+msgid ""
+" --bind-address=ADDRESS bind to ADDRESS (hostname or IP) on local "
+"host.\n"
+msgstr ""
+" --bind-address=ADDRESS bind to ADDRESS (hostname or IP) on local "
+"host.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:456
+msgid " --limit-rate=RATE limit download rate to RATE.\n"
+msgstr " --limit-rate=RATE limit download rate to RATE.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:458
+msgid " --no-dns-cache disable caching DNS lookups.\n"
+msgstr " --no-dns-cache disable caching DNS lookups.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:460
+msgid ""
+" --restrict-file-names=OS restrict chars in file names to ones OS "
+"allows.\n"
+msgstr ""
+" --restrict-file-names=OS restrict chars in file names to ones OS "
+"allows.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:462
+msgid ""
+" --ignore-case ignore case when matching files/"
+"directories.\n"
+msgstr ""
+" --ignore-case ignore case when matching files/"
+"directories.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:465
+msgid " -4, --inet4-only connect only to IPv4 addresses.\n"
+msgstr " -4, --inet4-only connect only to IPv4 addresses.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:467
+msgid " -6, --inet6-only connect only to IPv6 addresses.\n"
+msgstr " -6, --inet6-only connect only to IPv6 addresses.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:469
+msgid ""
+" --prefer-family=FAMILY connect first to addresses of specified "
+"family,\n"
+" one of IPv6, IPv4, or none.\n"
+msgstr ""
+" --prefer-family=FAMILY connect first to addresses of specified "
+"family,\n"
+" one of IPv6, IPv4, or none.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:473
+msgid " --user=USER set both ftp and http user to USER.\n"
+msgstr " --user=USER set both ftp and http user to USER.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:475
+msgid ""
+" --password=PASS set both ftp and http password to PASS.\n"
+msgstr ""
+" --password=PASS set both ftp and http password to PASS.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:479
+msgid "Directories:\n"
+msgstr "Directories:\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:481
+msgid " -nd, --no-directories don't create directories.\n"
+msgstr " -nd, --no-directories don't create directories.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:483
+msgid " -x, --force-directories force creation of directories.\n"
+msgstr " -x, --force-directories force creation of directories.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:485
+msgid " -nH, --no-host-directories don't create host directories.\n"
+msgstr " -nH, --no-host-directories don't create host directories.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:487
+msgid " --protocol-directories use protocol name in directories.\n"
+msgstr " --protocol-directories use protocol name in directories.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:489
+msgid " -P, --directory-prefix=PREFIX save files to PREFIX/...\n"
+msgstr " -P, --directory-prefix=PREFIX save files to PREFIX/...\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:491
+msgid ""
+" --cut-dirs=NUMBER ignore NUMBER remote directory "
+"components.\n"
+msgstr ""
+" --cut-dirs=NUMBER ignore NUMBER remote directory "
+"components.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:495
+msgid "HTTP options:\n"
+msgstr "HTTP options:\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:497
+msgid " --http-user=USER set http user to USER.\n"
+msgstr " --http-user=USER set http user to USER.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:499
+msgid " --http-password=PASS set http password to PASS.\n"
+msgstr " --http-password=PASS set http password to PASS.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:501
+msgid " --no-cache disallow server-cached data.\n"
+msgstr " --no-cache disallow server-cached data.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:503
+msgid ""
+" -E, --html-extension save HTML documents with `.html' extension.\n"
+msgstr ""
+" -E, --html-extension save HTML documents with ‘\e[1m.html\e[0m’ "
+"extension.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:505
+msgid " --ignore-length ignore `Content-Length' header field.\n"
+msgstr ""
+" --ignore-length ignore ‘\e[1mContent-Length\e[0m’ header field.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:507
+msgid " --header=STRING insert STRING among the headers.\n"
+msgstr " --header=STRING insert STRING among the headers.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:509
+msgid " --max-redirect maximum redirections allowed per page.\n"
+msgstr ""
+" --max-redirect maximum redirections allowed per page.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:511
+msgid " --proxy-user=USER set USER as proxy username.\n"
+msgstr " --proxy-user=USER set USER as proxy username.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:513
+msgid " --proxy-password=PASS set PASS as proxy password.\n"
+msgstr " --proxy-password=PASS set PASS as proxy password.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:515
+msgid ""
+" --referer=URL include `Referer: URL' header in HTTP "
+"request.\n"
+msgstr ""
+" --referer=URL include ‘\e[1mReferer: URL\e[0m’ header in HTTP "
+"request.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:517
+msgid " --save-headers save the HTTP headers to file.\n"
+msgstr " --save-headers save the HTTP headers to file.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:519
+msgid ""
+" -U, --user-agent=AGENT identify as AGENT instead of Wget/VERSION.\n"
+msgstr ""
+" -U, --user-agent=AGENT identify as AGENT instead of Wget/VERSION.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:521
+msgid ""
+" --no-http-keep-alive disable HTTP keep-alive (persistent "
+"connections).\n"
+msgstr ""
+" --no-http-keep-alive disable HTTP keep-alive (persistent "
+"connections).\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:523
+msgid " --no-cookies don't use cookies.\n"
+msgstr " --no-cookies don't use cookies.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:525
+msgid " --load-cookies=FILE load cookies from FILE before session.\n"
+msgstr ""
+" --load-cookies=FILE load cookies from FILE before session.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:527
+msgid " --save-cookies=FILE save cookies to FILE after session.\n"
+msgstr " --save-cookies=FILE save cookies to FILE after session.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:529
+msgid ""
+" --keep-session-cookies load and save session (non-permanent) "
+"cookies.\n"
+msgstr ""
+" --keep-session-cookies load and save session (non-permanent) "
+"cookies.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:531
+msgid ""
+" --post-data=STRING use the POST method; send STRING as the "
+"data.\n"
+msgstr ""
+" --post-data=STRING use the POST method; send STRING as the "
+"data.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:533
+msgid ""
+" --post-file=FILE use the POST method; send contents of FILE.\n"
+msgstr ""
+" --post-file=FILE use the POST method; send contents of FILE.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:535
+msgid ""
+" --no-content-disposition don't honor Content-Disposition header.\n"
+msgstr ""
+" --no-content-disposition don't honor Content-Disposition header.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:540
+msgid "HTTPS (SSL/TLS) options:\n"
+msgstr "HTTPS (SSL/TLS) options:\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:542
+msgid ""
+" --secure-protocol=PR choose secure protocol, one of auto, SSLv2,\n"
+" SSLv3, and TLSv1.\n"
+msgstr ""
+" --secure-protocol=PR choose secure protocol, one of auto, SSLv2,\n"
+" SSLv3, and TLSv1.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:545
+msgid ""
+" --no-check-certificate don't validate the server's certificate.\n"
+msgstr ""
+" --no-check-certificate don't validate the server's certificate.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:547
+msgid " --certificate=FILE client certificate file.\n"
+msgstr " --certificate=FILE client certificate file.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:549
+msgid " --certificate-type=TYPE client certificate type, PEM or DER.\n"
+msgstr " --certificate-type=TYPE client certificate type, PEM or DER.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:551
+msgid " --private-key=FILE private key file.\n"
+msgstr " --private-key=FILE private key file.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:553
+msgid " --private-key-type=TYPE private key type, PEM or DER.\n"
+msgstr " --private-key-type=TYPE private key type, PEM or DER.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:555
+msgid " --ca-certificate=FILE file with the bundle of CA's.\n"
+msgstr " --ca-certificate=FILE file with the bundle of CA's.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:557
+msgid ""
+" --ca-directory=DIR directory where hash list of CA's is "
+"stored.\n"
+msgstr ""
+" --ca-directory=DIR directory where hash list of CA's is "
+"stored.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:559
+msgid ""
+" --random-file=FILE file with random data for seeding the SSL "
+"PRNG.\n"
+msgstr ""
+" --random-file=FILE file with random data for seeding the SSL "
+"PRNG.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:561
+msgid ""
+" --egd-file=FILE file naming the EGD socket with random "
+"data.\n"
+msgstr ""
+" --egd-file=FILE file naming the EGD socket with random "
+"data.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:566
+msgid "FTP options:\n"
+msgstr "FTP options:\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:568
+msgid " --ftp-user=USER set ftp user to USER.\n"
+msgstr " --ftp-user=USER set ftp user to USER.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:570
+msgid " --ftp-password=PASS set ftp password to PASS.\n"
+msgstr " --ftp-password=PASS set ftp password to PASS.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:572
+msgid " --no-remove-listing don't remove `.listing' files.\n"
+msgstr " --no-remove-listing don't remove ‘\e[1m.listing\e[0m’ files.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:574
+msgid " --no-glob turn off FTP file name globbing.\n"
+msgstr " --no-glob turn off FTP file name globbing.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:576
+msgid " --no-passive-ftp disable the \"passive\" transfer mode.\n"
+msgstr ""
+" --no-passive-ftp disable the “\e[1mpassive\e[0m” transfer mode.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:578
+msgid ""
+" --retr-symlinks when recursing, get linked-to files (not "
+"dir).\n"
+msgstr ""
+" --retr-symlinks when recursing, get linked-to files (not "
+"dir).\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:580
+msgid " --preserve-permissions preserve remote file permissions.\n"
+msgstr " --preserve-permissions preserve remote file permissions.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:584
+msgid "Recursive download:\n"
+msgstr "Recursive download:\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:586
+msgid " -r, --recursive specify recursive download.\n"
+msgstr " -r, --recursive specify recursive download.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:588
+msgid ""
+" -l, --level=NUMBER maximum recursion depth (inf or 0 for "
+"infinite).\n"
+msgstr ""
+" -l, --level=NUMBER maximum recursion depth (inf or 0 for "
+"infinite).\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:590
+msgid ""
+" --delete-after delete files locally after downloading them.\n"
+msgstr ""
+" --delete-after delete files locally after downloading them.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:592
+msgid ""
+" -k, --convert-links make links in downloaded HTML point to local "
+"files.\n"
+msgstr ""
+" -k, --convert-links make links in downloaded HTML point to local "
+"files.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:594
+msgid ""
+" -K, --backup-converted before converting file X, back up as X.orig.\n"
+msgstr ""
+" -K, --backup-converted before converting file X, back up as X.orig.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:596
+msgid ""
+" -m, --mirror shortcut for -N -r -l inf --no-remove-listing.\n"
+msgstr ""
+" -m, --mirror shortcut for -N -r -l inf --no-remove-listing.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:598
+msgid ""
+" -p, --page-requisites get all images, etc. needed to display HTML "
+"page.\n"
+msgstr ""
+" -p, --page-requisites get all images, etc. needed to display HTML "
+"page.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:600
+msgid ""
+" --strict-comments turn on strict (SGML) handling of HTML "
+"comments.\n"
+msgstr ""
+" --strict-comments turn on strict (SGML) handling of HTML "
+"comments.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:604
+msgid "Recursive accept/reject:\n"
+msgstr "Recursive accept/reject:\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:606
+msgid ""
+" -A, --accept=LIST comma-separated list of accepted "
+"extensions.\n"
+msgstr ""
+" -A, --accept=LIST comma-separated list of accepted "
+"extensions.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:608
+msgid ""
+" -R, --reject=LIST comma-separated list of rejected "
+"extensions.\n"
+msgstr ""
+" -R, --reject=LIST comma-separated list of rejected "
+"extensions.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:610
+msgid ""
+" -D, --domains=LIST comma-separated list of accepted "
+"domains.\n"
+msgstr ""
+" -D, --domains=LIST comma-separated list of accepted "
+"domains.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:612
+msgid ""
+" --exclude-domains=LIST comma-separated list of rejected "
+"domains.\n"
+msgstr ""
+" --exclude-domains=LIST comma-separated list of rejected "
+"domains.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:614
+msgid ""
+" --follow-ftp follow FTP links from HTML documents.\n"
+msgstr ""
+" --follow-ftp follow FTP links from HTML documents.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:616
+msgid ""
+" --follow-tags=LIST comma-separated list of followed HTML "
+"tags.\n"
+msgstr ""
+" --follow-tags=LIST comma-separated list of followed HTML "
+"tags.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:618
+msgid ""
+" --ignore-tags=LIST comma-separated list of ignored HTML "
+"tags.\n"
+msgstr ""
+" --ignore-tags=LIST comma-separated list of ignored HTML "
+"tags.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:620
+msgid ""
+" -H, --span-hosts go to foreign hosts when recursive.\n"
+msgstr ""
+" -H, --span-hosts go to foreign hosts when recursive.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:622
+msgid " -L, --relative follow relative links only.\n"
+msgstr " -L, --relative follow relative links only.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:624
+msgid " -I, --include-directories=LIST list of allowed directories.\n"
+msgstr " -I, --include-directories=LIST list of allowed directories.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:626
+msgid " -X, --exclude-directories=LIST list of excluded directories.\n"
+msgstr " -X, --exclude-directories=LIST list of excluded directories.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:628
+msgid ""
+" -np, --no-parent don't ascend to the parent directory.\n"
+msgstr ""
+" -np, --no-parent don't ascend to the parent directory.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:632
+msgid "Mail bug reports and suggestions to <bug-wget@gnu.org>.\n"
+msgstr "Mail bug reports and suggestions to <bug-wget@gnu.org>.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:637
+#, c-format
+msgid "GNU Wget %s, a non-interactive network retriever.\n"
+msgstr "GNU Wget %s, a non-interactive network retriever.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:677
+msgid "Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.\n"
+msgstr "Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:679
+msgid ""
+"License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later\n"
+"<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>.\n"
+"This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it.\n"
+"There is NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later\n"
+"<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>.\n"
+"This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it.\n"
+"There is NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:684
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Originally written by Hrvoje Niksic <hniksic@xemacs.org>.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"Originally written by Hrvoje Niksic <hniksic@xemacs.org>.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:686
+msgid "Currently maintained by Micah Cowan <micah@cowan.name>.\n"
+msgstr "Currently maintained by Micah Cowan <micah@cowan.name>.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:733 src/main.c:802 src/main.c:899
+#, c-format
+msgid "Try `%s --help' for more options.\n"
+msgstr "Try ‘\e[1m%s --help\e[0m’ for more options.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:799
+#, c-format
+msgid "%s: illegal option -- `-n%c'\n"
+msgstr "%s: illegal option -- ‘\e[1m-n%c\e[0m’\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:854
+#, c-format
+msgid "Can't be verbose and quiet at the same time.\n"
+msgstr "Can't be verbose and quiet at the same time.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:860
+#, c-format
+msgid "Can't timestamp and not clobber old files at the same time.\n"
+msgstr "Can't timestamp and not clobber old files at the same time.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:868
+#, c-format
+msgid "Cannot specify both --inet4-only and --inet6-only.\n"
+msgstr "Cannot specify both --inet4-only and --inet6-only.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:878
+#, c-format
+msgid "Cannot specify -r, -p or -N if -O is given.\n"
+msgstr "Cannot specify -r, -p or -N if -O is given.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:886
+#, c-format
+msgid "Cannot specify both -k and -O if multiple URLs are given.\n"
+msgstr "Cannot specify both -k and -O if multiple URLs are given.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:894
+#, c-format
+msgid "%s: missing URL\n"
+msgstr "%s: missing URL\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:1020
+#, c-format
+msgid "No URLs found in %s.\n"
+msgstr "No URLs found in %s.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:1038
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"FINISHED --%s--\n"
+"Downloaded: %d files, %s in %s (%s)\n"
+msgstr ""
+"FINISHED --%s--\n"
+"Downloaded: %d files, %s in %s (%s)\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:1047
+#, c-format
+msgid "Download quota of %s EXCEEDED!\n"
+msgstr "Download quota of %s EXCEEDED!\n"
+
+#: src/mswindows.c:97
+#, c-format
+msgid "Continuing in background.\n"
+msgstr "Continuing in background.\n"
+
+#: src/mswindows.c:290
+#, c-format
+msgid "Continuing in background, pid %lu.\n"
+msgstr "Continuing in background, pid %lu.\n"
+
+#: src/mswindows.c:292 src/utils.c:330
+#, c-format
+msgid "Output will be written to `%s'.\n"
+msgstr "Output will be written to ‘\e[1m%s\e[0m’.\n"
+
+#: src/mswindows.c:460 src/mswindows.c:467
+#, c-format
+msgid "%s: Couldn't find usable socket driver.\n"
+msgstr "%s: Couldn't find usable socket driver.\n"
+
+#: src/netrc.c:375
+#, c-format
+msgid "%s: %s:%d: warning: \"%s\" token appears before any machine name\n"
+msgstr "%s: %s:%d: warning: “\e[1m%s\e[0m” token appears before any machine name\n"
+
+#: src/netrc.c:406
+#, c-format
+msgid "%s: %s:%d: unknown token \"%s\"\n"
+msgstr "%s: %s:%d: unknown token “\e[1m%s\e[0m”\n"
+
+#: src/netrc.c:470
+#, c-format
+msgid "Usage: %s NETRC [HOSTNAME]\n"
+msgstr "Usage: %s NETRC [HOSTNAME]\n"
+
+#: src/netrc.c:480
+#, c-format
+msgid "%s: cannot stat %s: %s\n"
+msgstr "%s: cannot stat %s: %s\n"
+
+#: src/openssl.c:113
+msgid "WARNING: using a weak random seed.\n"
+msgstr "WARNING: using a weak random seed.\n"
+
+#: src/openssl.c:173
+msgid "Could not seed PRNG; consider using --random-file.\n"
+msgstr "Could not seed PRNG; consider using --random-file.\n"
+
+#: src/openssl.c:488
+msgid "ERROR"
+msgstr "ERROR"
+
+#: src/openssl.c:488
+msgid "WARNING"
+msgstr "WARNING"
+
+#: src/openssl.c:497
+#, c-format
+msgid "%s: No certificate presented by %s.\n"
+msgstr "%s: No certificate presented by %s.\n"
+
+#: src/openssl.c:518
+#, c-format
+msgid "%s: cannot verify %s's certificate, issued by `%s':\n"
+msgstr "%s: cannot verify %s's certificate, issued by ‘\e[1m%s\e[0m’:\n"
+
+#: src/openssl.c:526
+msgid " Unable to locally verify the issuer's authority.\n"
+msgstr " Unable to locally verify the issuer's authority.\n"
+
+#: src/openssl.c:530
+msgid " Self-signed certificate encountered.\n"
+msgstr " Self-signed certificate encountered.\n"
+
+#: src/openssl.c:533
+msgid " Issued certificate not yet valid.\n"
+msgstr " Issued certificate not yet valid.\n"
+
+#: src/openssl.c:536
+msgid " Issued certificate has expired.\n"
+msgstr " Issued certificate has expired.\n"
+
+#: src/openssl.c:568
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"%s: certificate common name `%s' doesn't match requested host name `%s'.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"%s: certificate common name ‘\e[1m%s\e[0m’ doesn't match requested host name ‘\e[1m"
+"%s\e[0m’.\n"
+
+#: src/openssl.c:581
+#, c-format
+msgid "To connect to %s insecurely, use `--no-check-certificate'.\n"
+msgstr "To connect to %s insecurely, use ‘\e[1m--no-check-certificate\e[0m’.\n"
+
+#: src/progress.c:239
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"%*s[ skipping %sK ]"
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"%*s[ skipping %sK ]"
+
+#: src/progress.c:453
+#, c-format
+msgid "Invalid dot style specification `%s'; leaving unchanged.\n"
+msgstr "Invalid dot style specification ‘\e[1m%s\e[0m’; leaving unchanged.\n"
+
+#: src/progress.c:947
+#, c-format
+msgid " eta %s"
+msgstr " eta %s"
+
+#: src/progress.c:962
+msgid " in "
+msgstr " in "
+
+#: src/ptimer.c:160
+#, c-format
+msgid "Cannot get REALTIME clock frequency: %s\n"
+msgstr "Cannot get REALTIME clock frequency: %s\n"
+
+#: src/recur.c:379
+#, c-format
+msgid "Removing %s since it should be rejected.\n"
+msgstr "Removing %s since it should be rejected.\n"
+
+#: src/res.c:392
+#, c-format
+msgid "Cannot open %s: %s"
+msgstr "Cannot open %s: %s"
+
+#: src/res.c:544
+msgid "Loading robots.txt; please ignore errors.\n"
+msgstr "Loading robots.txt; please ignore errors.\n"
+
+#: src/retr.c:652
+#, c-format
+msgid "Error parsing proxy URL %s: %s.\n"
+msgstr "Error parsing proxy URL %s: %s.\n"
+
+#: src/retr.c:660
+#, c-format
+msgid "Error in proxy URL %s: Must be HTTP.\n"
+msgstr "Error in proxy URL %s: Must be HTTP.\n"
+
+#: src/retr.c:746
+#, c-format
+msgid "%d redirections exceeded.\n"
+msgstr "%d redirections exceeded.\n"
+
+#: src/retr.c:881
+msgid ""
+"Giving up.\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Giving up.\n"
+"\n"
+
+#: src/retr.c:881
+msgid ""
+"Retrying.\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Retrying.\n"
+"\n"
+
+#: src/spider.c:74
+msgid ""
+"Found no broken links.\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Found no broken links.\n"
+"\n"
+
+#: src/spider.c:81
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Found %d broken link.\n"
+"\n"
+msgid_plural ""
+"Found %d broken links.\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr[0] ""
+"Found %d broken link.\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr[1] ""
+"Found %d broken links.\n"
+"\n"
+
+#: src/spider.c:91
+#, c-format
+msgid "%s\n"
+msgstr "%s\n"
+
+#: src/url.c:620
+msgid "No error"
+msgstr "No error"
+
+#: src/url.c:622
+msgid "Unsupported scheme"
+msgstr "Unsupported scheme"
+
+#: src/url.c:624
+msgid "Invalid host name"
+msgstr "Invalid host name"
+
+#: src/url.c:626
+msgid "Bad port number"
+msgstr "Bad port number"
+
+#: src/url.c:628
+msgid "Invalid user name"
+msgstr "Invalid user name"
+
+#: src/url.c:630
+msgid "Unterminated IPv6 numeric address"
+msgstr "Unterminated IPv6 numeric address"
+
+#: src/url.c:632
+msgid "IPv6 addresses not supported"
+msgstr "IPv6 addresses not supported"
+
+#: src/url.c:634
+msgid "Invalid IPv6 numeric address"
+msgstr "Invalid IPv6 numeric address"
+
+#: src/utils.c:328
+#, c-format
+msgid "Continuing in background, pid %d.\n"
+msgstr "Continuing in background, pid %d.\n"
+
+#: src/utils.c:376
+#, c-format
+msgid "Failed to unlink symlink `%s': %s\n"
+msgstr "Failed to unlink symlink ‘\e[1m%s\e[0m’: %s\n"
+
+#: src/xmalloc.c:63
+#, c-format
+msgid "%s: %s: Failed to allocate %ld bytes; memory exhausted.\n"
+msgstr "%s: %s: Failed to allocate %ld bytes; memory exhausted.\n"
--- /dev/null
+# All this catalog "translates" are quotation characters.
+# The msgids must be ASCII and therefore cannot contain real quotation
+# characters, only substitutes like grave accent (0x60), apostrophe (0x27)
+# and double quote (0x22). These substitutes look strange; see
+# http://www.cl.cam.ac.uk/~mgk25/ucs/quotes.html
+#
+# This catalog translates grave accent (0x60) and apostrophe (0x27) to
+# left single quotation mark (U+2018) and right single quotation mark (U+2019).
+# It also translates pairs of apostrophe (0x27) to
+# left single quotation mark (U+2018) and right single quotation mark (U+2019)
+# and pairs of quotation mark (0x22) to
+# left double quotation mark (U+201C) and right double quotation mark (U+201D).
+#
+# When output to an UTF-8 terminal, the quotation characters appear perfectly.
+# When output to an ISO-8859-1 terminal, the single quotation marks are
+# transliterated to apostrophes (by iconv in glibc 2.2 or newer) or to
+# grave/acute accent (by libiconv), and the double quotation marks are
+# transliterated to 0x22.
+# When output to an ASCII terminal, the single quotation marks are
+# transliterated to apostrophes, and the double quotation marks are
+# transliterated to 0x22.
+#
--- /dev/null
+# English translations for GNU wget package.
+# Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the GNU wget package.
+# Automatically generated, 2007.
+#
+# All this catalog "translates" are quotation characters.
+# The msgids must be ASCII and therefore cannot contain real quotation
+# characters, only substitutes like grave accent (0x60), apostrophe (0x27)
+# and double quote (0x22). These substitutes look strange; see
+# http://www.cl.cam.ac.uk/~mgk25/ucs/quotes.html
+#
+# This catalog translates grave accent (0x60) and apostrophe (0x27) to
+# left single quotation mark (U+2018) and right single quotation mark (U+2019).
+# It also translates pairs of apostrophe (0x27) to
+# left single quotation mark (U+2018) and right single quotation mark (U+2019)
+# and pairs of quotation mark (0x22) to
+# left double quotation mark (U+201C) and right double quotation mark (U+201D).
+#
+# When output to an UTF-8 terminal, the quotation characters appear perfectly.
+# When output to an ISO-8859-1 terminal, the single quotation marks are
+# transliterated to apostrophes (by iconv in glibc 2.2 or newer) or to
+# grave/acute accent (by libiconv), and the double quotation marks are
+# transliterated to 0x22.
+# When output to an ASCII terminal, the single quotation marks are
+# transliterated to apostrophes, and the double quotation marks are
+# transliterated to 0x22.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: GNU wget 1.10+devel\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: wget@sunsite.dk\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-10-09 19:10-0700\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-09 19:10-0700\n"
+"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
+"Language-Team: none\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
+
+#: src/connect.c:196
+#, c-format
+msgid "%s: unable to resolve bind address `%s'; disabling bind.\n"
+msgstr "%s: unable to resolve bind address ‘%s’; disabling bind.\n"
+
+#: src/connect.c:268
+#, c-format
+msgid "Connecting to %s|%s|:%d... "
+msgstr "Connecting to %s|%s|:%d... "
+
+#: src/connect.c:271
+#, c-format
+msgid "Connecting to %s:%d... "
+msgstr "Connecting to %s:%d... "
+
+#: src/connect.c:331
+msgid "connected.\n"
+msgstr "connected.\n"
+
+#: src/connect.c:343 src/host.c:753 src/host.c:782
+#, c-format
+msgid "failed: %s.\n"
+msgstr "failed: %s.\n"
+
+#: src/connect.c:367 src/http.c:1629
+#, c-format
+msgid "%s: unable to resolve host address `%s'\n"
+msgstr "%s: unable to resolve host address ‘%s’\n"
+
+#: src/convert.c:171
+#, c-format
+msgid "Converted %d files in %s seconds.\n"
+msgstr "Converted %d files in %s seconds.\n"
+
+#: src/convert.c:196
+#, c-format
+msgid "Converting %s... "
+msgstr "Converting %s... "
+
+#: src/convert.c:209
+msgid "nothing to do.\n"
+msgstr "nothing to do.\n"
+
+#: src/convert.c:217 src/convert.c:241
+#, c-format
+msgid "Cannot convert links in %s: %s\n"
+msgstr "Cannot convert links in %s: %s\n"
+
+#: src/convert.c:232
+#, c-format
+msgid "Unable to delete `%s': %s\n"
+msgstr "Unable to delete ‘%s’: %s\n"
+
+#: src/convert.c:441
+#, c-format
+msgid "Cannot back up %s as %s: %s\n"
+msgstr "Cannot back up %s as %s: %s\n"
+
+#: src/cookies.c:444
+#, c-format
+msgid "Syntax error in Set-Cookie: %s at position %d.\n"
+msgstr "Syntax error in Set-Cookie: %s at position %d.\n"
+
+#: src/cookies.c:686
+#, c-format
+msgid "Cookie coming from %s attempted to set domain to %s\n"
+msgstr "Cookie coming from %s attempted to set domain to %s\n"
+
+#: src/cookies.c:1133 src/cookies.c:1251
+#, c-format
+msgid "Cannot open cookies file `%s': %s\n"
+msgstr "Cannot open cookies file ‘%s’: %s\n"
+
+#: src/cookies.c:1288
+#, c-format
+msgid "Error writing to `%s': %s\n"
+msgstr "Error writing to ‘%s’: %s\n"
+
+#: src/cookies.c:1291
+#, c-format
+msgid "Error closing `%s': %s\n"
+msgstr "Error closing ‘%s’: %s\n"
+
+#: src/ftp-ls.c:837
+msgid "Unsupported listing type, trying Unix listing parser.\n"
+msgstr "Unsupported listing type, trying Unix listing parser.\n"
+
+#: src/ftp-ls.c:883 src/ftp-ls.c:885
+#, c-format
+msgid "Index of /%s on %s:%d"
+msgstr "Index of /%s on %s:%d"
+
+#: src/ftp-ls.c:908
+#, c-format
+msgid "time unknown "
+msgstr "time unknown "
+
+#: src/ftp-ls.c:912
+#, c-format
+msgid "File "
+msgstr "File "
+
+#: src/ftp-ls.c:915
+#, c-format
+msgid "Directory "
+msgstr "Directory "
+
+#: src/ftp-ls.c:918
+#, c-format
+msgid "Link "
+msgstr "Link "
+
+#: src/ftp-ls.c:921
+#, c-format
+msgid "Not sure "
+msgstr "Not sure "
+
+#: src/ftp-ls.c:939
+#, c-format
+msgid " (%s bytes)"
+msgstr " (%s bytes)"
+
+#: src/ftp.c:214
+#, c-format
+msgid "Length: %s"
+msgstr "Length: %s"
+
+#: src/ftp.c:220 src/http.c:2174
+#, c-format
+msgid ", %s (%s) remaining"
+msgstr ", %s (%s) remaining"
+
+#: src/ftp.c:224 src/http.c:2178
+#, c-format
+msgid ", %s remaining"
+msgstr ", %s remaining"
+
+#: src/ftp.c:227
+msgid " (unauthoritative)\n"
+msgstr " (unauthoritative)\n"
+
+#: src/ftp.c:303
+#, c-format
+msgid "Logging in as %s ... "
+msgstr "Logging in as %s ... "
+
+#: src/ftp.c:316 src/ftp.c:362 src/ftp.c:391 src/ftp.c:443 src/ftp.c:555
+#: src/ftp.c:601 src/ftp.c:630 src/ftp.c:687 src/ftp.c:748 src/ftp.c:808
+#: src/ftp.c:855
+msgid "Error in server response, closing control connection.\n"
+msgstr "Error in server response, closing control connection.\n"
+
+#: src/ftp.c:323
+msgid "Error in server greeting.\n"
+msgstr "Error in server greeting.\n"
+
+#: src/ftp.c:330 src/ftp.c:451 src/ftp.c:563 src/ftp.c:638 src/ftp.c:697
+#: src/ftp.c:758 src/ftp.c:818 src/ftp.c:865
+msgid "Write failed, closing control connection.\n"
+msgstr "Write failed, closing control connection.\n"
+
+#: src/ftp.c:336
+msgid "The server refuses login.\n"
+msgstr "The server refuses login.\n"
+
+#: src/ftp.c:342
+msgid "Login incorrect.\n"
+msgstr "Login incorrect.\n"
+
+#: src/ftp.c:348
+msgid "Logged in!\n"
+msgstr "Logged in!\n"
+
+#: src/ftp.c:370
+msgid "Server error, can't determine system type.\n"
+msgstr "Server error, can't determine system type.\n"
+
+#: src/ftp.c:379 src/ftp.c:674 src/ftp.c:731 src/ftp.c:774
+msgid "done. "
+msgstr "done. "
+
+#: src/ftp.c:431 src/ftp.c:580 src/ftp.c:613 src/ftp.c:838 src/ftp.c:884
+msgid "done.\n"
+msgstr "done.\n"
+
+#: src/ftp.c:458
+#, c-format
+msgid "Unknown type `%c', closing control connection.\n"
+msgstr "Unknown type ‘%c’, closing control connection.\n"
+
+#: src/ftp.c:470
+msgid "done. "
+msgstr "done. "
+
+#: src/ftp.c:476
+msgid "==> CWD not needed.\n"
+msgstr "==> CWD not needed.\n"
+
+#: src/ftp.c:569
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"No such directory `%s'.\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+"No such directory ‘%s’.\n"
+"\n"
+
+#: src/ftp.c:584
+msgid "==> CWD not required.\n"
+msgstr "==> CWD not required.\n"
+
+#: src/ftp.c:644
+msgid "Cannot initiate PASV transfer.\n"
+msgstr "Cannot initiate PASV transfer.\n"
+
+#: src/ftp.c:648
+msgid "Cannot parse PASV response.\n"
+msgstr "Cannot parse PASV response.\n"
+
+#: src/ftp.c:665
+#, c-format
+msgid "couldn't connect to %s port %d: %s\n"
+msgstr "couldn't connect to %s port %d: %s\n"
+
+#: src/ftp.c:713
+#, c-format
+msgid "Bind error (%s).\n"
+msgstr "Bind error (%s).\n"
+
+#: src/ftp.c:719
+msgid "Invalid PORT.\n"
+msgstr "Invalid PORT.\n"
+
+#: src/ftp.c:765
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"REST failed, starting from scratch.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"REST failed, starting from scratch.\n"
+
+#: src/ftp.c:826
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"No such file `%s'.\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+"No such file ‘%s’.\n"
+"\n"
+
+#: src/ftp.c:873
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"No such file or directory `%s'.\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+"No such file or directory ‘%s’.\n"
+"\n"
+
+#: src/ftp.c:935 src/http.c:2236
+#, c-format
+msgid "%s has sprung into existence.\n"
+msgstr "%s has sprung into existence.\n"
+
+#: src/ftp.c:987
+#, c-format
+msgid "%s: %s, closing control connection.\n"
+msgstr "%s: %s, closing control connection.\n"
+
+#: src/ftp.c:996
+#, c-format
+msgid "%s (%s) - Data connection: %s; "
+msgstr "%s (%s) - Data connection: %s; "
+
+#: src/ftp.c:1011
+msgid "Control connection closed.\n"
+msgstr "Control connection closed.\n"
+
+#: src/ftp.c:1029
+msgid "Data transfer aborted.\n"
+msgstr "Data transfer aborted.\n"
+
+#: src/ftp.c:1097
+#, c-format
+msgid "File `%s' already there; not retrieving.\n"
+msgstr "File ‘%s’ already there; not retrieving.\n"
+
+#: src/ftp.c:1165 src/http.c:2394
+#, c-format
+msgid "(try:%2d)"
+msgstr "(try:%2d)"
+
+#: src/ftp.c:1235 src/http.c:2717
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"%s (%s) - `%s' saved [%s]\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+"%s (%s) - ‘%s’ saved [%s]\n"
+"\n"
+
+#: src/ftp.c:1277 src/main.c:1005 src/recur.c:378 src/retr.c:860
+#, c-format
+msgid "Removing %s.\n"
+msgstr "Removing %s.\n"
+
+#: src/ftp.c:1319
+#, c-format
+msgid "Using `%s' as listing tmp file.\n"
+msgstr "Using ‘%s’ as listing tmp file.\n"
+
+#: src/ftp.c:1334
+#, c-format
+msgid "Removed `%s'.\n"
+msgstr "Removed ‘%s’.\n"
+
+#: src/ftp.c:1367
+#, c-format
+msgid "Recursion depth %d exceeded max. depth %d.\n"
+msgstr "Recursion depth %d exceeded max. depth %d.\n"
+
+#: src/ftp.c:1437
+#, c-format
+msgid "Remote file no newer than local file `%s' -- not retrieving.\n"
+msgstr "Remote file no newer than local file ‘%s’ -- not retrieving.\n"
+
+#: src/ftp.c:1444
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Remote file is newer than local file `%s' -- retrieving.\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Remote file is newer than local file ‘%s’ -- retrieving.\n"
+"\n"
+
+#: src/ftp.c:1451
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The sizes do not match (local %s) -- retrieving.\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+"The sizes do not match (local %s) -- retrieving.\n"
+"\n"
+
+#: src/ftp.c:1469
+msgid "Invalid name of the symlink, skipping.\n"
+msgstr "Invalid name of the symlink, skipping.\n"
+
+#: src/ftp.c:1486
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Already have correct symlink %s -> %s\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Already have correct symlink %s -> %s\n"
+"\n"
+
+#: src/ftp.c:1494
+#, c-format
+msgid "Creating symlink %s -> %s\n"
+msgstr "Creating symlink %s -> %s\n"
+
+#: src/ftp.c:1504
+#, c-format
+msgid "Symlinks not supported, skipping symlink `%s'.\n"
+msgstr "Symlinks not supported, skipping symlink ‘%s’.\n"
+
+#: src/ftp.c:1516
+#, c-format
+msgid "Skipping directory `%s'.\n"
+msgstr "Skipping directory ‘%s’.\n"
+
+#: src/ftp.c:1525
+#, c-format
+msgid "%s: unknown/unsupported file type.\n"
+msgstr "%s: unknown/unsupported file type.\n"
+
+#: src/ftp.c:1552
+#, c-format
+msgid "%s: corrupt time-stamp.\n"
+msgstr "%s: corrupt time-stamp.\n"
+
+#: src/ftp.c:1580
+#, c-format
+msgid "Will not retrieve dirs since depth is %d (max %d).\n"
+msgstr "Will not retrieve dirs since depth is %d (max %d).\n"
+
+#: src/ftp.c:1630
+#, c-format
+msgid "Not descending to `%s' as it is excluded/not-included.\n"
+msgstr "Not descending to ‘%s’ as it is excluded/not-included.\n"
+
+#: src/ftp.c:1696 src/ftp.c:1710
+#, c-format
+msgid "Rejecting `%s'.\n"
+msgstr "Rejecting ‘%s’.\n"
+
+#: src/ftp.c:1758
+#, c-format
+msgid "No matches on pattern `%s'.\n"
+msgstr "No matches on pattern ‘%s’.\n"
+
+#: src/ftp.c:1824
+#, c-format
+msgid "Wrote HTML-ized index to `%s' [%s].\n"
+msgstr "Wrote HTML-ized index to ‘%s’ [%s].\n"
+
+#: src/ftp.c:1829
+#, c-format
+msgid "Wrote HTML-ized index to `%s'.\n"
+msgstr "Wrote HTML-ized index to ‘%s’.\n"
+
+#: src/getopt.c:670
+#, c-format
+msgid "%s: option `%s' is ambiguous\n"
+msgstr "%s: option ‘%s’ is ambiguous\n"
+
+#: src/getopt.c:695
+#, c-format
+msgid "%s: option `--%s' doesn't allow an argument\n"
+msgstr "%s: option ‘--%s’ doesn't allow an argument\n"
+
+#: src/getopt.c:700
+#, c-format
+msgid "%s: option `%c%s' doesn't allow an argument\n"
+msgstr "%s: option ‘%c%s’ doesn't allow an argument\n"
+
+#: src/getopt.c:718 src/getopt.c:891
+#, c-format
+msgid "%s: option `%s' requires an argument\n"
+msgstr "%s: option ‘%s’ requires an argument\n"
+
+#: src/getopt.c:747
+#, c-format
+msgid "%s: unrecognized option `--%s'\n"
+msgstr "%s: unrecognized option ‘--%s’\n"
+
+#: src/getopt.c:751
+#, c-format
+msgid "%s: unrecognized option `%c%s'\n"
+msgstr "%s: unrecognized option ‘%c%s’\n"
+
+#: src/getopt.c:777
+#, c-format
+msgid "%s: illegal option -- %c\n"
+msgstr "%s: illegal option -- %c\n"
+
+#: src/getopt.c:780
+#, c-format
+msgid "%s: invalid option -- %c\n"
+msgstr "%s: invalid option -- %c\n"
+
+#: src/getopt.c:810 src/getopt.c:940
+#, c-format
+msgid "%s: option requires an argument -- %c\n"
+msgstr "%s: option requires an argument -- %c\n"
+
+#: src/getopt.c:857
+#, c-format
+msgid "%s: option `-W %s' is ambiguous\n"
+msgstr "%s: option ‘-W %s’ is ambiguous\n"
+
+#: src/getopt.c:875
+#, c-format
+msgid "%s: option `-W %s' doesn't allow an argument\n"
+msgstr "%s: option ‘-W %s’ doesn't allow an argument\n"
+
+#: src/host.c:348
+msgid "Unknown host"
+msgstr "Unknown host"
+
+#: src/host.c:352
+msgid "Temporary failure in name resolution"
+msgstr "Temporary failure in name resolution"
+
+#: src/host.c:354
+msgid "Unknown error"
+msgstr "Unknown error"
+
+#: src/host.c:715
+#, c-format
+msgid "Resolving %s... "
+msgstr "Resolving %s... "
+
+#: src/host.c:762
+msgid "failed: No IPv4/IPv6 addresses for host.\n"
+msgstr "failed: No IPv4/IPv6 addresses for host.\n"
+
+#: src/host.c:785
+msgid "failed: timed out.\n"
+msgstr "failed: timed out.\n"
+
+#: src/html-url.c:289
+#, c-format
+msgid "%s: Cannot resolve incomplete link %s.\n"
+msgstr "%s: Cannot resolve incomplete link %s.\n"
+
+#: src/html-url.c:696
+#, c-format
+msgid "%s: Invalid URL %s: %s\n"
+msgstr "%s: Invalid URL %s: %s\n"
+
+#: src/http.c:368
+#, c-format
+msgid "Failed writing HTTP request: %s.\n"
+msgstr "Failed writing HTTP request: %s.\n"
+
+#: src/http.c:737
+msgid "No headers, assuming HTTP/0.9"
+msgstr "No headers, assuming HTTP/0.9"
+
+#: src/http.c:1414
+msgid "Disabling SSL due to encountered errors.\n"
+msgstr "Disabling SSL due to encountered errors.\n"
+
+#: src/http.c:1567
+#, c-format
+msgid "POST data file `%s' missing: %s\n"
+msgstr "POST data file ‘%s’ missing: %s\n"
+
+#: src/http.c:1616
+#, c-format
+msgid "Reusing existing connection to %s:%d.\n"
+msgstr "Reusing existing connection to %s:%d.\n"
+
+#: src/http.c:1684
+#, c-format
+msgid "Failed reading proxy response: %s\n"
+msgstr "Failed reading proxy response: %s\n"
+
+#: src/http.c:1704
+#, c-format
+msgid "Proxy tunneling failed: %s"
+msgstr "Proxy tunneling failed: %s"
+
+#: src/http.c:1749
+#, c-format
+msgid "%s request sent, awaiting response... "
+msgstr "%s request sent, awaiting response... "
+
+#: src/http.c:1760
+msgid "No data received.\n"
+msgstr "No data received.\n"
+
+#: src/http.c:1767
+#, c-format
+msgid "Read error (%s) in headers.\n"
+msgstr "Read error (%s) in headers.\n"
+
+#: src/http.c:1813
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"File `%s' already there; not retrieving.\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+"File ‘%s’ already there; not retrieving.\n"
+"\n"
+
+#: src/http.c:1966
+msgid "Unknown authentication scheme.\n"
+msgstr "Unknown authentication scheme.\n"
+
+#: src/http.c:1997
+msgid "Authorization failed.\n"
+msgstr "Authorization failed.\n"
+
+#: src/http.c:2011
+msgid "Malformed status line"
+msgstr "Malformed status line"
+
+#: src/http.c:2013
+msgid "(no description)"
+msgstr "(no description)"
+
+#: src/http.c:2076
+#, c-format
+msgid "Location: %s%s\n"
+msgstr "Location: %s%s\n"
+
+#: src/http.c:2077 src/http.c:2184
+msgid "unspecified"
+msgstr "unspecified"
+
+#: src/http.c:2078
+msgid " [following]"
+msgstr " [following]"
+
+#: src/http.c:2134
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+" The file is already fully retrieved; nothing to do.\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+" The file is already fully retrieved; nothing to do.\n"
+"\n"
+
+#: src/http.c:2164
+msgid "Length: "
+msgstr "Length: "
+
+#: src/http.c:2184
+msgid "ignored"
+msgstr "ignored"
+
+#: src/http.c:2255
+#, c-format
+msgid "Saving to: `%s'\n"
+msgstr "Saving to: ‘%s’\n"
+
+#: src/http.c:2336
+msgid "Warning: wildcards not supported in HTTP.\n"
+msgstr "Warning: wildcards not supported in HTTP.\n"
+
+#: src/http.c:2383
+msgid "Spider mode enabled. Check if remote file exists.\n"
+msgstr "Spider mode enabled. Check if remote file exists.\n"
+
+#: src/http.c:2468
+#, c-format
+msgid "Cannot write to `%s' (%s).\n"
+msgstr "Cannot write to ‘%s’ (%s).\n"
+
+#: src/http.c:2477
+msgid "Unable to establish SSL connection.\n"
+msgstr "Unable to establish SSL connection.\n"
+
+#: src/http.c:2485
+#, c-format
+msgid "ERROR: Redirection (%d) without location.\n"
+msgstr "ERROR: Redirection (%d) without location.\n"
+
+#: src/http.c:2531
+msgid "Remote file does not exist -- broken link!!!\n"
+msgstr "Remote file does not exist -- broken link!!!\n"
+
+#: src/http.c:2536
+#, c-format
+msgid "%s ERROR %d: %s.\n"
+msgstr "%s ERROR %d: %s.\n"
+
+#: src/http.c:2552
+msgid "Last-modified header missing -- time-stamps turned off.\n"
+msgstr "Last-modified header missing -- time-stamps turned off.\n"
+
+#: src/http.c:2560
+msgid "Last-modified header invalid -- time-stamp ignored.\n"
+msgstr "Last-modified header invalid -- time-stamp ignored.\n"
+
+#: src/http.c:2590
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Server file no newer than local file `%s' -- not retrieving.\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Server file no newer than local file ‘%s’ -- not retrieving.\n"
+"\n"
+
+#: src/http.c:2598
+#, c-format
+msgid "The sizes do not match (local %s) -- retrieving.\n"
+msgstr "The sizes do not match (local %s) -- retrieving.\n"
+
+#: src/http.c:2605
+msgid "Remote file is newer, retrieving.\n"
+msgstr "Remote file is newer, retrieving.\n"
+
+#: src/http.c:2621
+msgid ""
+"Remote file exists and could contain links to other resources -- "
+"retrieving.\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Remote file exists and could contain links to other resources -- "
+"retrieving.\n"
+"\n"
+
+#: src/http.c:2626
+msgid ""
+"Remote file exists but does not contain any link -- not retrieving.\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Remote file exists but does not contain any link -- not retrieving.\n"
+"\n"
+
+#: src/http.c:2634
+msgid ""
+"Remote file exists but recursion is disabled -- not retrieving.\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Remote file exists but recursion is disabled -- not retrieving.\n"
+"\n"
+
+#: src/http.c:2686
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"%s (%s) - `%s' saved [%s/%s]\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+"%s (%s) - ‘%s’ saved [%s/%s]\n"
+"\n"
+
+#: src/http.c:2741
+#, c-format
+msgid "%s (%s) - Connection closed at byte %s. "
+msgstr "%s (%s) - Connection closed at byte %s. "
+
+#: src/http.c:2756
+#, c-format
+msgid "%s (%s) - Read error at byte %s (%s)."
+msgstr "%s (%s) - Read error at byte %s (%s)."
+
+#: src/http.c:2765
+#, c-format
+msgid "%s (%s) - Read error at byte %s/%s (%s). "
+msgstr "%s (%s) - Read error at byte %s/%s (%s). "
+
+#: src/init.c:387
+#, c-format
+msgid "%s: WGETRC points to %s, which doesn't exist.\n"
+msgstr "%s: WGETRC points to %s, which doesn't exist.\n"
+
+#: src/init.c:450 src/netrc.c:267
+#, c-format
+msgid "%s: Cannot read %s (%s).\n"
+msgstr "%s: Cannot read %s (%s).\n"
+
+#: src/init.c:468
+#, c-format
+msgid "%s: Error in %s at line %d.\n"
+msgstr "%s: Error in %s at line %d.\n"
+
+#: src/init.c:474
+#, c-format
+msgid "%s: Syntax error in %s at line %d.\n"
+msgstr "%s: Syntax error in %s at line %d.\n"
+
+#: src/init.c:479
+#, c-format
+msgid "%s: Unknown command `%s' in %s at line %d.\n"
+msgstr "%s: Unknown command ‘%s’ in %s at line %d.\n"
+
+#: src/init.c:524
+#, c-format
+msgid "%s: Warning: Both system and user wgetrc point to `%s'.\n"
+msgstr "%s: Warning: Both system and user wgetrc point to ‘%s’.\n"
+
+#: src/init.c:677
+#, c-format
+msgid "%s: Invalid --execute command `%s'\n"
+msgstr "%s: Invalid --execute command ‘%s’\n"
+
+#: src/init.c:722
+#, c-format
+msgid "%s: %s: Invalid boolean `%s'; use `on' or `off'.\n"
+msgstr "%s: %s: Invalid boolean ‘%s’; use ‘on’ or ‘off’.\n"
+
+#: src/init.c:739
+#, c-format
+msgid "%s: %s: Invalid number `%s'.\n"
+msgstr "%s: %s: Invalid number ‘%s’.\n"
+
+#: src/init.c:970 src/init.c:989
+#, c-format
+msgid "%s: %s: Invalid byte value `%s'\n"
+msgstr "%s: %s: Invalid byte value ‘%s’\n"
+
+#: src/init.c:1014
+#, c-format
+msgid "%s: %s: Invalid time period `%s'\n"
+msgstr "%s: %s: Invalid time period ‘%s’\n"
+
+#: src/init.c:1068 src/init.c:1158 src/init.c:1261 src/init.c:1286
+#, c-format
+msgid "%s: %s: Invalid value `%s'.\n"
+msgstr "%s: %s: Invalid value ‘%s’.\n"
+
+#: src/init.c:1105
+#, c-format
+msgid "%s: %s: Invalid header `%s'.\n"
+msgstr "%s: %s: Invalid header ‘%s’.\n"
+
+#: src/init.c:1171
+#, c-format
+msgid "%s: %s: Invalid progress type `%s'.\n"
+msgstr "%s: %s: Invalid progress type ‘%s’.\n"
+
+#: src/init.c:1230
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"%s: %s: Invalid restriction `%s', use [unix|windows],[lowercase|uppercase],"
+"[nocontrol].\n"
+msgstr ""
+"%s: %s: Invalid restriction ‘%s’, use [unix|windows],[lowercase|uppercase],"
+"[nocontrol].\n"
+
+#: src/log.c:784
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"%s received, redirecting output to `%s'.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"%s received, redirecting output to ‘%s’.\n"
+
+#: src/log.c:794
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"%s received.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"%s received.\n"
+
+#: src/log.c:795
+#, c-format
+msgid "%s: %s; disabling logging.\n"
+msgstr "%s: %s; disabling logging.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:358
+#, c-format
+msgid "Usage: %s [OPTION]... [URL]...\n"
+msgstr "Usage: %s [OPTION]... [URL]...\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:370
+msgid ""
+"Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too.\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too.\n"
+"\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:372
+msgid "Startup:\n"
+msgstr "Startup:\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:374
+msgid " -V, --version display the version of Wget and exit.\n"
+msgstr " -V, --version display the version of Wget and exit.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:376
+msgid " -h, --help print this help.\n"
+msgstr " -h, --help print this help.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:378
+msgid " -b, --background go to background after startup.\n"
+msgstr " -b, --background go to background after startup.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:380
+msgid " -e, --execute=COMMAND execute a `.wgetrc'-style command.\n"
+msgstr " -e, --execute=COMMAND execute a ‘.wgetrc’-style command.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:384
+msgid "Logging and input file:\n"
+msgstr "Logging and input file:\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:386
+msgid " -o, --output-file=FILE log messages to FILE.\n"
+msgstr " -o, --output-file=FILE log messages to FILE.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:388
+msgid " -a, --append-output=FILE append messages to FILE.\n"
+msgstr " -a, --append-output=FILE append messages to FILE.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:391
+msgid " -d, --debug print lots of debugging information.\n"
+msgstr " -d, --debug print lots of debugging information.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:395
+msgid " --wdebug print Watt-32 debug output.\n"
+msgstr " --wdebug print Watt-32 debug output.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:398
+msgid " -q, --quiet quiet (no output).\n"
+msgstr " -q, --quiet quiet (no output).\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:400
+msgid " -v, --verbose be verbose (this is the default).\n"
+msgstr " -v, --verbose be verbose (this is the default).\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:402
+msgid ""
+" -nv, --no-verbose turn off verboseness, without being quiet.\n"
+msgstr ""
+" -nv, --no-verbose turn off verboseness, without being quiet.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:404
+msgid " -i, --input-file=FILE download URLs found in FILE.\n"
+msgstr " -i, --input-file=FILE download URLs found in FILE.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:406
+msgid " -F, --force-html treat input file as HTML.\n"
+msgstr " -F, --force-html treat input file as HTML.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:408
+msgid ""
+" -B, --base=URL prepends URL to relative links in -F -i file.\n"
+msgstr ""
+" -B, --base=URL prepends URL to relative links in -F -i file.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:412
+msgid "Download:\n"
+msgstr "Download:\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:414
+msgid ""
+" -t, --tries=NUMBER set number of retries to NUMBER (0 "
+"unlimits).\n"
+msgstr ""
+" -t, --tries=NUMBER set number of retries to NUMBER (0 "
+"unlimits).\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:416
+msgid " --retry-connrefused retry even if connection is refused.\n"
+msgstr ""
+" --retry-connrefused retry even if connection is refused.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:418
+msgid " -O, --output-document=FILE write documents to FILE.\n"
+msgstr " -O, --output-document=FILE write documents to FILE.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:420
+msgid ""
+" -nc, --no-clobber skip downloads that would download to\n"
+" existing files.\n"
+msgstr ""
+" -nc, --no-clobber skip downloads that would download to\n"
+" existing files.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:423
+msgid ""
+" -c, --continue resume getting a partially-downloaded "
+"file.\n"
+msgstr ""
+" -c, --continue resume getting a partially-downloaded "
+"file.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:425
+msgid " --progress=TYPE select progress gauge type.\n"
+msgstr " --progress=TYPE select progress gauge type.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:427
+msgid ""
+" -N, --timestamping don't re-retrieve files unless newer than\n"
+" local.\n"
+msgstr ""
+" -N, --timestamping don't re-retrieve files unless newer than\n"
+" local.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:430
+msgid " -S, --server-response print server response.\n"
+msgstr " -S, --server-response print server response.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:432
+msgid " --spider don't download anything.\n"
+msgstr " --spider don't download anything.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:434
+msgid " -T, --timeout=SECONDS set all timeout values to SECONDS.\n"
+msgstr " -T, --timeout=SECONDS set all timeout values to SECONDS.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:436
+msgid " --dns-timeout=SECS set the DNS lookup timeout to SECS.\n"
+msgstr " --dns-timeout=SECS set the DNS lookup timeout to SECS.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:438
+msgid " --connect-timeout=SECS set the connect timeout to SECS.\n"
+msgstr " --connect-timeout=SECS set the connect timeout to SECS.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:440
+msgid " --read-timeout=SECS set the read timeout to SECS.\n"
+msgstr " --read-timeout=SECS set the read timeout to SECS.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:442
+msgid " -w, --wait=SECONDS wait SECONDS between retrievals.\n"
+msgstr " -w, --wait=SECONDS wait SECONDS between retrievals.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:444
+msgid ""
+" --waitretry=SECONDS wait 1..SECONDS between retries of a "
+"retrieval.\n"
+msgstr ""
+" --waitretry=SECONDS wait 1..SECONDS between retries of a "
+"retrieval.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:446
+msgid ""
+" --random-wait wait from 0...2*WAIT secs between "
+"retrievals.\n"
+msgstr ""
+" --random-wait wait from 0...2*WAIT secs between "
+"retrievals.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:448
+msgid " -Y, --proxy explicitly turn on proxy.\n"
+msgstr " -Y, --proxy explicitly turn on proxy.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:450
+msgid " --no-proxy explicitly turn off proxy.\n"
+msgstr " --no-proxy explicitly turn off proxy.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:452
+msgid " -Q, --quota=NUMBER set retrieval quota to NUMBER.\n"
+msgstr " -Q, --quota=NUMBER set retrieval quota to NUMBER.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:454
+msgid ""
+" --bind-address=ADDRESS bind to ADDRESS (hostname or IP) on local "
+"host.\n"
+msgstr ""
+" --bind-address=ADDRESS bind to ADDRESS (hostname or IP) on local "
+"host.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:456
+msgid " --limit-rate=RATE limit download rate to RATE.\n"
+msgstr " --limit-rate=RATE limit download rate to RATE.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:458
+msgid " --no-dns-cache disable caching DNS lookups.\n"
+msgstr " --no-dns-cache disable caching DNS lookups.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:460
+msgid ""
+" --restrict-file-names=OS restrict chars in file names to ones OS "
+"allows.\n"
+msgstr ""
+" --restrict-file-names=OS restrict chars in file names to ones OS "
+"allows.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:462
+msgid ""
+" --ignore-case ignore case when matching files/"
+"directories.\n"
+msgstr ""
+" --ignore-case ignore case when matching files/"
+"directories.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:465
+msgid " -4, --inet4-only connect only to IPv4 addresses.\n"
+msgstr " -4, --inet4-only connect only to IPv4 addresses.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:467
+msgid " -6, --inet6-only connect only to IPv6 addresses.\n"
+msgstr " -6, --inet6-only connect only to IPv6 addresses.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:469
+msgid ""
+" --prefer-family=FAMILY connect first to addresses of specified "
+"family,\n"
+" one of IPv6, IPv4, or none.\n"
+msgstr ""
+" --prefer-family=FAMILY connect first to addresses of specified "
+"family,\n"
+" one of IPv6, IPv4, or none.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:473
+msgid " --user=USER set both ftp and http user to USER.\n"
+msgstr " --user=USER set both ftp and http user to USER.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:475
+msgid ""
+" --password=PASS set both ftp and http password to PASS.\n"
+msgstr ""
+" --password=PASS set both ftp and http password to PASS.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:479
+msgid "Directories:\n"
+msgstr "Directories:\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:481
+msgid " -nd, --no-directories don't create directories.\n"
+msgstr " -nd, --no-directories don't create directories.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:483
+msgid " -x, --force-directories force creation of directories.\n"
+msgstr " -x, --force-directories force creation of directories.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:485
+msgid " -nH, --no-host-directories don't create host directories.\n"
+msgstr " -nH, --no-host-directories don't create host directories.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:487
+msgid " --protocol-directories use protocol name in directories.\n"
+msgstr " --protocol-directories use protocol name in directories.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:489
+msgid " -P, --directory-prefix=PREFIX save files to PREFIX/...\n"
+msgstr " -P, --directory-prefix=PREFIX save files to PREFIX/...\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:491
+msgid ""
+" --cut-dirs=NUMBER ignore NUMBER remote directory "
+"components.\n"
+msgstr ""
+" --cut-dirs=NUMBER ignore NUMBER remote directory "
+"components.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:495
+msgid "HTTP options:\n"
+msgstr "HTTP options:\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:497
+msgid " --http-user=USER set http user to USER.\n"
+msgstr " --http-user=USER set http user to USER.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:499
+msgid " --http-password=PASS set http password to PASS.\n"
+msgstr " --http-password=PASS set http password to PASS.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:501
+msgid " --no-cache disallow server-cached data.\n"
+msgstr " --no-cache disallow server-cached data.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:503
+msgid ""
+" -E, --html-extension save HTML documents with `.html' extension.\n"
+msgstr ""
+" -E, --html-extension save HTML documents with ‘.html’ extension.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:505
+msgid " --ignore-length ignore `Content-Length' header field.\n"
+msgstr " --ignore-length ignore ‘Content-Length’ header field.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:507
+msgid " --header=STRING insert STRING among the headers.\n"
+msgstr " --header=STRING insert STRING among the headers.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:509
+msgid " --max-redirect maximum redirections allowed per page.\n"
+msgstr ""
+" --max-redirect maximum redirections allowed per page.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:511
+msgid " --proxy-user=USER set USER as proxy username.\n"
+msgstr " --proxy-user=USER set USER as proxy username.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:513
+msgid " --proxy-password=PASS set PASS as proxy password.\n"
+msgstr " --proxy-password=PASS set PASS as proxy password.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:515
+msgid ""
+" --referer=URL include `Referer: URL' header in HTTP "
+"request.\n"
+msgstr ""
+" --referer=URL include ‘Referer: URL’ header in HTTP "
+"request.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:517
+msgid " --save-headers save the HTTP headers to file.\n"
+msgstr " --save-headers save the HTTP headers to file.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:519
+msgid ""
+" -U, --user-agent=AGENT identify as AGENT instead of Wget/VERSION.\n"
+msgstr ""
+" -U, --user-agent=AGENT identify as AGENT instead of Wget/VERSION.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:521
+msgid ""
+" --no-http-keep-alive disable HTTP keep-alive (persistent "
+"connections).\n"
+msgstr ""
+" --no-http-keep-alive disable HTTP keep-alive (persistent "
+"connections).\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:523
+msgid " --no-cookies don't use cookies.\n"
+msgstr " --no-cookies don't use cookies.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:525
+msgid " --load-cookies=FILE load cookies from FILE before session.\n"
+msgstr ""
+" --load-cookies=FILE load cookies from FILE before session.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:527
+msgid " --save-cookies=FILE save cookies to FILE after session.\n"
+msgstr " --save-cookies=FILE save cookies to FILE after session.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:529
+msgid ""
+" --keep-session-cookies load and save session (non-permanent) "
+"cookies.\n"
+msgstr ""
+" --keep-session-cookies load and save session (non-permanent) "
+"cookies.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:531
+msgid ""
+" --post-data=STRING use the POST method; send STRING as the "
+"data.\n"
+msgstr ""
+" --post-data=STRING use the POST method; send STRING as the "
+"data.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:533
+msgid ""
+" --post-file=FILE use the POST method; send contents of FILE.\n"
+msgstr ""
+" --post-file=FILE use the POST method; send contents of FILE.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:535
+msgid ""
+" --no-content-disposition don't honor Content-Disposition header.\n"
+msgstr ""
+" --no-content-disposition don't honor Content-Disposition header.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:540
+msgid "HTTPS (SSL/TLS) options:\n"
+msgstr "HTTPS (SSL/TLS) options:\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:542
+msgid ""
+" --secure-protocol=PR choose secure protocol, one of auto, SSLv2,\n"
+" SSLv3, and TLSv1.\n"
+msgstr ""
+" --secure-protocol=PR choose secure protocol, one of auto, SSLv2,\n"
+" SSLv3, and TLSv1.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:545
+msgid ""
+" --no-check-certificate don't validate the server's certificate.\n"
+msgstr ""
+" --no-check-certificate don't validate the server's certificate.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:547
+msgid " --certificate=FILE client certificate file.\n"
+msgstr " --certificate=FILE client certificate file.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:549
+msgid " --certificate-type=TYPE client certificate type, PEM or DER.\n"
+msgstr " --certificate-type=TYPE client certificate type, PEM or DER.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:551
+msgid " --private-key=FILE private key file.\n"
+msgstr " --private-key=FILE private key file.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:553
+msgid " --private-key-type=TYPE private key type, PEM or DER.\n"
+msgstr " --private-key-type=TYPE private key type, PEM or DER.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:555
+msgid " --ca-certificate=FILE file with the bundle of CA's.\n"
+msgstr " --ca-certificate=FILE file with the bundle of CA's.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:557
+msgid ""
+" --ca-directory=DIR directory where hash list of CA's is "
+"stored.\n"
+msgstr ""
+" --ca-directory=DIR directory where hash list of CA's is "
+"stored.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:559
+msgid ""
+" --random-file=FILE file with random data for seeding the SSL "
+"PRNG.\n"
+msgstr ""
+" --random-file=FILE file with random data for seeding the SSL "
+"PRNG.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:561
+msgid ""
+" --egd-file=FILE file naming the EGD socket with random "
+"data.\n"
+msgstr ""
+" --egd-file=FILE file naming the EGD socket with random "
+"data.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:566
+msgid "FTP options:\n"
+msgstr "FTP options:\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:568
+msgid " --ftp-user=USER set ftp user to USER.\n"
+msgstr " --ftp-user=USER set ftp user to USER.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:570
+msgid " --ftp-password=PASS set ftp password to PASS.\n"
+msgstr " --ftp-password=PASS set ftp password to PASS.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:572
+msgid " --no-remove-listing don't remove `.listing' files.\n"
+msgstr " --no-remove-listing don't remove ‘.listing’ files.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:574
+msgid " --no-glob turn off FTP file name globbing.\n"
+msgstr " --no-glob turn off FTP file name globbing.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:576
+msgid " --no-passive-ftp disable the \"passive\" transfer mode.\n"
+msgstr " --no-passive-ftp disable the “passive” transfer mode.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:578
+msgid ""
+" --retr-symlinks when recursing, get linked-to files (not "
+"dir).\n"
+msgstr ""
+" --retr-symlinks when recursing, get linked-to files (not "
+"dir).\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:580
+msgid " --preserve-permissions preserve remote file permissions.\n"
+msgstr " --preserve-permissions preserve remote file permissions.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:584
+msgid "Recursive download:\n"
+msgstr "Recursive download:\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:586
+msgid " -r, --recursive specify recursive download.\n"
+msgstr " -r, --recursive specify recursive download.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:588
+msgid ""
+" -l, --level=NUMBER maximum recursion depth (inf or 0 for "
+"infinite).\n"
+msgstr ""
+" -l, --level=NUMBER maximum recursion depth (inf or 0 for "
+"infinite).\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:590
+msgid ""
+" --delete-after delete files locally after downloading them.\n"
+msgstr ""
+" --delete-after delete files locally after downloading them.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:592
+msgid ""
+" -k, --convert-links make links in downloaded HTML point to local "
+"files.\n"
+msgstr ""
+" -k, --convert-links make links in downloaded HTML point to local "
+"files.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:594
+msgid ""
+" -K, --backup-converted before converting file X, back up as X.orig.\n"
+msgstr ""
+" -K, --backup-converted before converting file X, back up as X.orig.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:596
+msgid ""
+" -m, --mirror shortcut for -N -r -l inf --no-remove-listing.\n"
+msgstr ""
+" -m, --mirror shortcut for -N -r -l inf --no-remove-listing.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:598
+msgid ""
+" -p, --page-requisites get all images, etc. needed to display HTML "
+"page.\n"
+msgstr ""
+" -p, --page-requisites get all images, etc. needed to display HTML "
+"page.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:600
+msgid ""
+" --strict-comments turn on strict (SGML) handling of HTML "
+"comments.\n"
+msgstr ""
+" --strict-comments turn on strict (SGML) handling of HTML "
+"comments.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:604
+msgid "Recursive accept/reject:\n"
+msgstr "Recursive accept/reject:\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:606
+msgid ""
+" -A, --accept=LIST comma-separated list of accepted "
+"extensions.\n"
+msgstr ""
+" -A, --accept=LIST comma-separated list of accepted "
+"extensions.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:608
+msgid ""
+" -R, --reject=LIST comma-separated list of rejected "
+"extensions.\n"
+msgstr ""
+" -R, --reject=LIST comma-separated list of rejected "
+"extensions.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:610
+msgid ""
+" -D, --domains=LIST comma-separated list of accepted "
+"domains.\n"
+msgstr ""
+" -D, --domains=LIST comma-separated list of accepted "
+"domains.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:612
+msgid ""
+" --exclude-domains=LIST comma-separated list of rejected "
+"domains.\n"
+msgstr ""
+" --exclude-domains=LIST comma-separated list of rejected "
+"domains.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:614
+msgid ""
+" --follow-ftp follow FTP links from HTML documents.\n"
+msgstr ""
+" --follow-ftp follow FTP links from HTML documents.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:616
+msgid ""
+" --follow-tags=LIST comma-separated list of followed HTML "
+"tags.\n"
+msgstr ""
+" --follow-tags=LIST comma-separated list of followed HTML "
+"tags.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:618
+msgid ""
+" --ignore-tags=LIST comma-separated list of ignored HTML "
+"tags.\n"
+msgstr ""
+" --ignore-tags=LIST comma-separated list of ignored HTML "
+"tags.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:620
+msgid ""
+" -H, --span-hosts go to foreign hosts when recursive.\n"
+msgstr ""
+" -H, --span-hosts go to foreign hosts when recursive.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:622
+msgid " -L, --relative follow relative links only.\n"
+msgstr " -L, --relative follow relative links only.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:624
+msgid " -I, --include-directories=LIST list of allowed directories.\n"
+msgstr " -I, --include-directories=LIST list of allowed directories.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:626
+msgid " -X, --exclude-directories=LIST list of excluded directories.\n"
+msgstr " -X, --exclude-directories=LIST list of excluded directories.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:628
+msgid ""
+" -np, --no-parent don't ascend to the parent directory.\n"
+msgstr ""
+" -np, --no-parent don't ascend to the parent directory.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:632
+msgid "Mail bug reports and suggestions to <bug-wget@gnu.org>.\n"
+msgstr "Mail bug reports and suggestions to <bug-wget@gnu.org>.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:637
+#, c-format
+msgid "GNU Wget %s, a non-interactive network retriever.\n"
+msgstr "GNU Wget %s, a non-interactive network retriever.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:677
+msgid "Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.\n"
+msgstr "Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:679
+msgid ""
+"License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later\n"
+"<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>.\n"
+"This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it.\n"
+"There is NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later\n"
+"<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>.\n"
+"This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it.\n"
+"There is NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:684
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Originally written by Hrvoje Niksic <hniksic@xemacs.org>.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"Originally written by Hrvoje Niksic <hniksic@xemacs.org>.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:686
+msgid "Currently maintained by Micah Cowan <micah@cowan.name>.\n"
+msgstr "Currently maintained by Micah Cowan <micah@cowan.name>.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:733 src/main.c:802 src/main.c:899
+#, c-format
+msgid "Try `%s --help' for more options.\n"
+msgstr "Try ‘%s --help’ for more options.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:799
+#, c-format
+msgid "%s: illegal option -- `-n%c'\n"
+msgstr "%s: illegal option -- ‘-n%c’\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:854
+#, c-format
+msgid "Can't be verbose and quiet at the same time.\n"
+msgstr "Can't be verbose and quiet at the same time.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:860
+#, c-format
+msgid "Can't timestamp and not clobber old files at the same time.\n"
+msgstr "Can't timestamp and not clobber old files at the same time.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:868
+#, c-format
+msgid "Cannot specify both --inet4-only and --inet6-only.\n"
+msgstr "Cannot specify both --inet4-only and --inet6-only.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:878
+#, c-format
+msgid "Cannot specify -r, -p or -N if -O is given.\n"
+msgstr "Cannot specify -r, -p or -N if -O is given.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:886
+#, c-format
+msgid "Cannot specify both -k and -O if multiple URLs are given.\n"
+msgstr "Cannot specify both -k and -O if multiple URLs are given.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:894
+#, c-format
+msgid "%s: missing URL\n"
+msgstr "%s: missing URL\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:1020
+#, c-format
+msgid "No URLs found in %s.\n"
+msgstr "No URLs found in %s.\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:1038
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"FINISHED --%s--\n"
+"Downloaded: %d files, %s in %s (%s)\n"
+msgstr ""
+"FINISHED --%s--\n"
+"Downloaded: %d files, %s in %s (%s)\n"
+
+#: src/main.c:1047
+#, c-format
+msgid "Download quota of %s EXCEEDED!\n"
+msgstr "Download quota of %s EXCEEDED!\n"
+
+#: src/mswindows.c:97
+#, c-format
+msgid "Continuing in background.\n"
+msgstr "Continuing in background.\n"
+
+#: src/mswindows.c:290
+#, c-format
+msgid "Continuing in background, pid %lu.\n"
+msgstr "Continuing in background, pid %lu.\n"
+
+#: src/mswindows.c:292 src/utils.c:330
+#, c-format
+msgid "Output will be written to `%s'.\n"
+msgstr "Output will be written to ‘%s’.\n"
+
+#: src/mswindows.c:460 src/mswindows.c:467
+#, c-format
+msgid "%s: Couldn't find usable socket driver.\n"
+msgstr "%s: Couldn't find usable socket driver.\n"
+
+#: src/netrc.c:375
+#, c-format
+msgid "%s: %s:%d: warning: \"%s\" token appears before any machine name\n"
+msgstr "%s: %s:%d: warning: “%s” token appears before any machine name\n"
+
+#: src/netrc.c:406
+#, c-format
+msgid "%s: %s:%d: unknown token \"%s\"\n"
+msgstr "%s: %s:%d: unknown token “%s”\n"
+
+#: src/netrc.c:470
+#, c-format
+msgid "Usage: %s NETRC [HOSTNAME]\n"
+msgstr "Usage: %s NETRC [HOSTNAME]\n"
+
+#: src/netrc.c:480
+#, c-format
+msgid "%s: cannot stat %s: %s\n"
+msgstr "%s: cannot stat %s: %s\n"
+
+#: src/openssl.c:113
+msgid "WARNING: using a weak random seed.\n"
+msgstr "WARNING: using a weak random seed.\n"
+
+#: src/openssl.c:173
+msgid "Could not seed PRNG; consider using --random-file.\n"
+msgstr "Could not seed PRNG; consider using --random-file.\n"
+
+#: src/openssl.c:488
+msgid "ERROR"
+msgstr "ERROR"
+
+#: src/openssl.c:488
+msgid "WARNING"
+msgstr "WARNING"
+
+#: src/openssl.c:497
+#, c-format
+msgid "%s: No certificate presented by %s.\n"
+msgstr "%s: No certificate presented by %s.\n"
+
+#: src/openssl.c:518
+#, c-format
+msgid "%s: cannot verify %s's certificate, issued by `%s':\n"
+msgstr "%s: cannot verify %s's certificate, issued by ‘%s’:\n"
+
+#: src/openssl.c:526
+msgid " Unable to locally verify the issuer's authority.\n"
+msgstr " Unable to locally verify the issuer's authority.\n"
+
+#: src/openssl.c:530
+msgid " Self-signed certificate encountered.\n"
+msgstr " Self-signed certificate encountered.\n"
+
+#: src/openssl.c:533
+msgid " Issued certificate not yet valid.\n"
+msgstr " Issued certificate not yet valid.\n"
+
+#: src/openssl.c:536
+msgid " Issued certificate has expired.\n"
+msgstr " Issued certificate has expired.\n"
+
+#: src/openssl.c:568
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"%s: certificate common name `%s' doesn't match requested host name `%s'.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"%s: certificate common name ‘%s’ doesn't match requested host name ‘%s’.\n"
+
+#: src/openssl.c:581
+#, c-format
+msgid "To connect to %s insecurely, use `--no-check-certificate'.\n"
+msgstr "To connect to %s insecurely, use ‘--no-check-certificate’.\n"
+
+#: src/progress.c:239
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"%*s[ skipping %sK ]"
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"%*s[ skipping %sK ]"
+
+#: src/progress.c:453
+#, c-format
+msgid "Invalid dot style specification `%s'; leaving unchanged.\n"
+msgstr "Invalid dot style specification ‘%s’; leaving unchanged.\n"
+
+#: src/progress.c:947
+#, c-format
+msgid " eta %s"
+msgstr " eta %s"
+
+#: src/progress.c:962
+msgid " in "
+msgstr " in "
+
+#: src/ptimer.c:160
+#, c-format
+msgid "Cannot get REALTIME clock frequency: %s\n"
+msgstr "Cannot get REALTIME clock frequency: %s\n"
+
+#: src/recur.c:379
+#, c-format
+msgid "Removing %s since it should be rejected.\n"
+msgstr "Removing %s since it should be rejected.\n"
+
+#: src/res.c:392
+#, c-format
+msgid "Cannot open %s: %s"
+msgstr "Cannot open %s: %s"
+
+#: src/res.c:544
+msgid "Loading robots.txt; please ignore errors.\n"
+msgstr "Loading robots.txt; please ignore errors.\n"
+
+#: src/retr.c:652
+#, c-format
+msgid "Error parsing proxy URL %s: %s.\n"
+msgstr "Error parsing proxy URL %s: %s.\n"
+
+#: src/retr.c:660
+#, c-format
+msgid "Error in proxy URL %s: Must be HTTP.\n"
+msgstr "Error in proxy URL %s: Must be HTTP.\n"
+
+#: src/retr.c:746
+#, c-format
+msgid "%d redirections exceeded.\n"
+msgstr "%d redirections exceeded.\n"
+
+#: src/retr.c:881
+msgid ""
+"Giving up.\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Giving up.\n"
+"\n"
+
+#: src/retr.c:881
+msgid ""
+"Retrying.\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Retrying.\n"
+"\n"
+
+#: src/spider.c:74
+msgid ""
+"Found no broken links.\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Found no broken links.\n"
+"\n"
+
+#: src/spider.c:81
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Found %d broken link.\n"
+"\n"
+msgid_plural ""
+"Found %d broken links.\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr[0] ""
+"Found %d broken link.\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr[1] ""
+"Found %d broken links.\n"
+"\n"
+
+#: src/spider.c:91
+#, c-format
+msgid "%s\n"
+msgstr "%s\n"
+
+#: src/url.c:620
+msgid "No error"
+msgstr "No error"
+
+#: src/url.c:622
+msgid "Unsupported scheme"
+msgstr "Unsupported scheme"
+
+#: src/url.c:624
+msgid "Invalid host name"
+msgstr "Invalid host name"
+
+#: src/url.c:626
+msgid "Bad port number"
+msgstr "Bad port number"
+
+#: src/url.c:628
+msgid "Invalid user name"
+msgstr "Invalid user name"
+
+#: src/url.c:630
+msgid "Unterminated IPv6 numeric address"
+msgstr "Unterminated IPv6 numeric address"
+
+#: src/url.c:632
+msgid "IPv6 addresses not supported"
+msgstr "IPv6 addresses not supported"
+
+#: src/url.c:634
+msgid "Invalid IPv6 numeric address"
+msgstr "Invalid IPv6 numeric address"
+
+#: src/utils.c:328
+#, c-format
+msgid "Continuing in background, pid %d.\n"
+msgstr "Continuing in background, pid %d.\n"
+
+#: src/utils.c:376
+#, c-format
+msgid "Failed to unlink symlink `%s': %s\n"
+msgstr "Failed to unlink symlink ‘%s’: %s\n"
+
+#: src/xmalloc.c:63
+#, c-format
+msgid "%s: %s: Failed to allocate %ld bytes; memory exhausted.\n"
+msgstr "%s: %s: Failed to allocate %ld bytes; memory exhausted.\n"
--- /dev/null
+# Sed script that inserts the file called HEADER before the header entry.
+#
+# At each occurrence of a line starting with "msgid ", we execute the following
+# commands. At the first occurrence, insert the file. At the following
+# occurrences, do nothing. The distinction between the first and the following
+# occurrences is achieved by looking at the hold space.
+/^msgid /{
+x
+# Test if the hold space is empty.
+s/m/m/
+ta
+# Yes it was empty. First occurrence. Read the file.
+r HEADER
+# Output the file's contents by reading the next line. But don't lose the
+# current line while doing this.
+g
+N
+bb
+:a
+# The hold space was nonempty. Following occurrences. Do nothing.
+x
+:b
+}
--- /dev/null
+s/"\([^"]*\)"/“\1”/g
+s/`\([^`']*\)'/‘\1’/g
+s/ '\([^`']*\)' / ‘\1’ /g
+s/ '\([^`']*\)'$/ ‘\1’/g
+s/^'\([^`']*\)' /‘\1’ /g
+s/“”/""/g
--- /dev/null
+# Sed script that remove the POT-Creation-Date line in the header entry
+# from a POT file.
+#
+# The distinction between the first and the following occurrences of the
+# pattern is achieved by looking at the hold space.
+/^"POT-Creation-Date: .*"$/{
+x
+# Test if the hold space is empty.
+s/P/P/
+ta
+# Yes it was empty. First occurrence. Remove the line.
+g
+d
+bb
+:a
+# The hold space was nonempty. Following occurrences. Do nothing.
+x
+:b
+}
+2007-10-18 Micah Cowan <micah@cowan.name>
+
+ * Makefile.am: version.c should not be distributed.
+
+2007-10-15 Micah Cowan <micah@cowan.name>
+
+ * Makefile.am: Remove intermediary hg-id file generation, make
+ version.c-generation more portable.
+
+2007-10-14 Micah Cowan <micah@cowan.name>
+
+ * cmpt.c, cookies.c, ftp-basic.c, ftp-ls.c, ftp.c, hash.c,
+ host.c, html-parse.c, html-url.c, http-ntlm.c, http.c, init.c,
+ log.c, main.c, netrc.c, openssl.c, res.c, url.c, utils.c,
+ wget.h: Replace uses of ISSPACE, etc with c_isspace, etc.
+ * gnu-md5.c, gnu-md5.h: Removed, in deference to gnulib.
+ * Makefile.am: Removed gnu-md5.h from wget_SOURCES.
+ * gen-md5.c: Changed #inclusion of gnu-md5.h to md5.h (gnulib's).
+ * recur.c (download_child_p): Print error if unlink of
+ robots.txt fails.
+ * main.c (main): --spider or --delete-after now implies
+ --no-directories (thanks, Josh Williams).
+
+2007-10-14 Joshua David Williams <yurimxpxman@gmail.com>
+
+ * recur.c (download_child_p): Remove robots.txt if
+ --delete-after or --spider is on.
+
+2007-10-13 Micah Cowan <micah@cowan.name>
+
+ * Makefile.am: Make version.c depend on Wget dependencies (source
+ files, plus such things as LIBOBJS so we get things like
+ http-ntlm.c). Removed getopt.[ch], as we're now using gnulib for
+ these.
+
+2007-10-10 Micah Cowan <micah@cowan.name>
+
+ * http-ntlm.c: Include openssl/opensslv.h explicitly, instead of
+ hoping it'll be included by accident in openssl/des.h.
+
+2007-10-09 Gisle Vanem <gvanem@broadpark.no>
+
+ * mswindows.c: 'argc' and 'argv' in 'windows_main()' are no longer
+ needed. Hence simply the prototype. Free 'exec_name' at exit.
+
+2007-10-09 Micah Cowan <micah@cowan.name>
+
+ * gettext.h: Imported from /usr/share/gettext, fuller handling
+ of --disable-nls.
+ * wget.h: Remove logic for handling lack of NLS (now in
+ gettext.h).
+ * main.c: Use gettext's ENABLE_NLS rather than HAVE_NLS.
+ * Makefile.am: added @LIBINTL@ to LIBS (though it probably
+ belongs in LDADD, along with everything else currently assigned
+ to LIBS).
+
+2007-10-08 Micah Cowan <micah@cowan.name>
+
+ * http.c (http_loop): Add send_head_first conditional back
+ around code that needs it, but not around the last-modified
+ header-parsing stuff this time. Removed no-longer-useful (was it
+ ever?) restart_loop boolean, continuing unconditionally at end
+ of send_head_first conditional block (if we haven't jumped out).
+
2007-10-04 Micah Cowan <micah@cowan.name>
* http.c (http_loop): We've got_name if content_disposition
support isn't on; make sure we continue properly in that case,
even though we're not sending HEAD.
+ * Makefile.in: Removed, replaced by Makefile.am.
+ * Makefile.am: Converted from Makefile.in.
+
+2007-10-02 Gisle Vanem <gvanem@broadpark.no>
+
+ * ftp.c: Use "_listing" for MSDOS (".listing" is illegal).
+
+ * url.c: Update comment for 'filechr_not_windows'.
+
+ * utils.c: Include <process.h> for 'getpid()' on Watcom.
2007-10-02 Micah Cowan <micah@cowan.name>
--- /dev/null
+# Makefile for `wget' utility
+# Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003,
+# 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with Wget. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+# In addition, as a special exception, the Free Software Foundation
+# gives permission to link the code of its release of Wget with the
+# OpenSSL project's "OpenSSL" library (or with modified versions of it
+# that use the same license as the "OpenSSL" library), and distribute
+# the linked executables. You must obey the GNU General Public License
+# in all respects for all of the code used other than "OpenSSL". If you
+# modify this file, you may extend this exception to your version of the
+# file, but you are not obligated to do so. If you do not wish to do
+# so, delete this exception statement from your version.
+
+#
+# Version: @VERSION@
+#
+
+# The following line is losing on some versions of make!
+DEFS = @DEFS@ -DSYSTEM_WGETRC=\"$(sysconfdir)/wgetrc\" -DLOCALEDIR=\"$(localedir)\"
+LIBS = @LIBS@ @LIBSSL@ @LIBGNUTLS@ @LIBINTL@
+
+bin_PROGRAMS = wget
+wget_SOURCES = cmpt.c connect.c convert.c cookies.c ftp.c ftp-basic.c \
+ ftp-ls.c hash.c host.c html-parse.c html-url.c http.c \
+ init.c log.c main.c netrc.c progress.c ptimer.c recur.c \
+ res.c retr.c snprintf.c spider.c url.c \
+ utils.c xmalloc.c \
+ config-post.h connect.h convert.h cookies.h \
+ ftp.h gen-md5.h hash.h host.h html-parse.h \
+ http.h http-ntlm.h init.h log.h mswindows.h netrc.h \
+ options.h progress.h ptimer.h recur.h res.h retr.h \
+ spider.h ssl.h sysdep.h url.h utils.h wget.h xmalloc.h
+nodist_wget_SOURCES = version.c
+EXTRA_wget_SOURCES = mswindows.c
+LDADD = $(ALLOCA) $(LIBOBJS) ../lib/libgnu.a
+AM_CPPFLAGS = -I$(top_srcdir)/lib
+
+version.c: $(wget_SOURCES) $(LDADD) $(srcdir)/Makefile.am
+ echo 'const char *version_string = "@VERSION@"' > $@
+ -hg log -r . --template='" ({node|short})"\n' 2>/dev/null >> $@
+ echo ';' >> $@
+
+check_LIBRARIES = libunittest.a
+libunittest_a_SOURCES = $(wget_SOURCES) test.c test.h
+libunittest_a_CPPFLAGS = -DTESTING
+libunittest_a_LIBADD = $(ALLOCA) $(LIBOBJS)
+
+CLEANFILES = *~ *.bak core core.[0-9]* version.c
+++ /dev/null
-# Makefile for `wget' utility
-# Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003,
-# 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
-# (at your option) any later version.
-
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-# GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with Wget. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-
-# In addition, as a special exception, the Free Software Foundation
-# gives permission to link the code of its release of Wget with the
-# OpenSSL project's "OpenSSL" library (or with modified versions of it
-# that use the same license as the "OpenSSL" library), and distribute
-# the linked executables. You must obey the GNU General Public License
-# in all respects for all of the code used other than "OpenSSL". If you
-# modify this file, you may extend this exception to your version of the
-# file, but you are not obligated to do so. If you do not wish to do
-# so, delete this exception statement from your version.
-
-#
-# Version: @VERSION@
-#
-
-SHELL = /bin/sh
-
-top_builddir = ..
-
-top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
-srcdir = @srcdir@
-VPATH = @srcdir@
-
-prefix = @prefix@
-exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
-bindir = @bindir@
-sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@
-datadir = @datadir@
-localedir = $(datadir)/locale
-
-DESTDIR =
-
-CC = @CC@
-CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
-# The following line is losing on some versions of make!
-DEFS = @DEFS@ -DSYSTEM_WGETRC=\"$(sysconfdir)/wgetrc\" -DLOCALEDIR=\"$(localedir)\"
-CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@
-LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
-LIBS = @LIBS@ @LIBSSL@ @LIBGNUTLS@
-exeext = @EXEEXT@
-
-INCLUDES = -I. -I$(srcdir)
-
-COMPILE = $(CC) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) $(DEFS) $(CFLAGS)
-LINK = $(CC) $(CFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@
-INSTALL = @INSTALL@
-INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
-RM = rm -f
-ETAGS = etags
-
-# Conditional compiles
-ALLOCA = @ALLOCA@
-MD5_OBJ = @MD5_OBJ@
-OPIE_OBJ = @OPIE_OBJ@
-NTLM_OBJ = @NTLM_OBJ@
-SSL_OBJ = @SSL_OBJ@
-GETOPT_OBJ = @GETOPT_OBJ@
-
-OBJ = $(ALLOCA) cmpt.o connect.o convert.o cookies.o \
- ftp.o ftp-basic.o ftp-ls.o $(OPIE_OBJ) $(GETOPT_OBJ) hash.o \
- host.o html-parse.o html-url.o http.o $(NTLM_OBJ) init.o \
- log.o main.o $(MD5_OBJ) netrc.o progress.o ptimer.o recur.o \
- res.o retr.o safe-ctype.o snprintf.o spider.o $(SSL_OBJ) \
- url.o utils.o version.o xmalloc.o
-
-.SUFFIXES:
-.SUFFIXES: .c .o
-
-.c.o:
- $(COMPILE) -c $<
-
-# Dependencies for building
-
-wget$(exeext): $(OBJ)
- $(LINK) $(OBJ) $(LIBS)
-
-# We make object files depend on every header. Rather than attempt to
-# track dependencies, everything gets recompiled when a header
-# changes. With a program of Wget's size this doesn't waste much
-# time, and it's a lot safer than attempting to get all the
-# dependencies right.
-
-$(OBJ): config-post.h config.h connect.h convert.h cookies.h ftp.h \
- gen-md5.h getopt.h gnu-md5.h hash.h host.h html-parse.h \
- http-ntlm.h init.h log.h mswindows.h netrc.h options.h \
- progress.h ptimer.h recur.h res.h retr.h safe-ctype.h \
- spider.h ssl.h sysdep.h url.h utils.h wget.h xmalloc.h
-
-#
-# Dependencies for installing
-#
-
-install: install.bin
-
-uninstall: uninstall.bin
-
-install.bin: wget$(exeext)
- $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs $(DESTDIR)$(bindir)
- $(INSTALL_PROGRAM) wget$(exeext) $(DESTDIR)$(bindir)/wget$(exeext)
-
-uninstall.bin:
- $(RM) $(DESTDIR)$(bindir)/wget$(exeext)
-
-#
-# Dependencies for cleanup
-#
-
-clean:
- $(RM) *.o wget$(exeext) *~ *.bak core core.[0-9]*
-
-distclean: clean
- $(RM) Makefile config.h
-
-realclean: distclean
- $(RM) TAGS config.h.in
-
-#
-# Dependencies for maintenance
-#
-
-subdir = src
-
-Makefile: Makefile.in ../config.status
- cd .. && CONFIG_FILES=$(subdir)/$@ CONFIG_HEADERS= ./config.status
-
-TAGS: *.c *.h
- -$(ETAGS) *.c *.h
do
{
- c1 = TOLOWER (*p1++);
- c2 = TOLOWER (*p2++);
+ c1 = c_tolower (*p1++);
+ c2 = c_tolower (*p2++);
if (c1 == '\0')
break;
}
do
{
- c1 = TOLOWER (*p1++);
- c2 = TOLOWER (*p2++);
+ c1 = c_tolower (*p1++);
+ c2 = c_tolower (*p2++);
if (c1 == '\0' || c1 != c2)
return c1 - c2;
} while (--n > 0);
{
/* A white space in the format string matches 0 more or white
space in the input string. */
- if (ISSPACE (*fmt))
+ if (c_isspace (*fmt))
{
- while (ISSPACE (*rp))
+ while (c_isspace (*rp))
++rp;
++fmt;
continue;
case 'n':
case 't':
/* Match any white space. */
- while (ISSPACE (*rp))
+ while (c_isspace (*rp))
++rp;
break;
case 'p':
nptr += 2;
/* "0x" must be followed by at least one hex char. If not,
return 0 and place ENDPTR on 'x'. */
- if (!ISXDIGIT (*nptr))
+ if (!c_isxdigit (*nptr))
{
--nptr;
goto out;
#define REQUIRE_DIGITS(p) do { \
- if (!ISDIGIT (*p)) \
+ if (!c_isdigit (*p)) \
return false; \
- for (++p; ISDIGIT (*p); p++) \
+ for (++p; c_isdigit (*p); p++) \
; \
} while (0)
const char *colon = memchr (domain_b, ':', domain_e - domain_b);
if (!colon)
return 0;
- for (p = colon + 1; p < domain_e && ISDIGIT (*p); p++)
+ for (p = colon + 1; p < domain_e && c_isdigit (*p); p++)
port = 10 * port + (*p - '0');
if (p < domain_e)
/* Garbage following port number. */
char *value_b = NULL, *value_e = NULL;
/* Skip leading white-space. */
- while (*p && ISSPACE (*p))
+ while (*p && c_isspace (*p))
++p;
/* Ignore empty lines. */
if (!*p || *p == '#')
DEBUGP (("%s\n", escnonprint (line)));
/* The last line of output is the one that begins with "ddd ". */
- if (ISDIGIT (line[0]) && ISDIGIT (line[1]) && ISDIGIT (line[2])
+ if (c_isdigit (line[0]) && c_isdigit (line[1]) && c_isdigit (line[2])
&& line[3] == ' ')
{
strncpy (ftp_last_respline, line, sizeof (ftp_last_respline));
int skey_sequence = 0;
/* Extract the sequence from SEED. */
- for (; ISDIGIT (*seed); seed++)
+ for (; c_isdigit (*seed); seed++)
skey_sequence = 10 * skey_sequence + *seed - '0';
if (*seed == ' ')
++seed;
}
/* Parse the request. */
s = respline;
- for (s += 4; *s && !ISDIGIT (*s); s++)
+ for (s += 4; *s && !c_isdigit (*s); s++)
;
if (!*s)
return FTPINVPASV;
for (i = 0; i < 6; i++)
{
tmp[i] = 0;
- for (; ISDIGIT (*s); s++)
+ for (; c_isdigit (*s); s++)
tmp[i] = (*s - '0') + 10 * tmp[i];
if (*s == ',')
s++;
/* Parse the response. */
s = respline;
- for (s += 4; *s && !ISDIGIT (*s); s++)
+ for (s += 4; *s && !c_isdigit (*s); s++)
;
if (!*s)
return FTPINVPASV;
/* First, get the address family */
af = 0;
- for (; ISDIGIT (*s); s++)
+ for (; c_isdigit (*s); s++)
af = (*s - '0') + 10 * af;
if (af != 4 && af != 6)
/* Then, get the address length */
addrlen = 0;
- for (; ISDIGIT (*s); s++)
+ for (; c_isdigit (*s); s++)
addrlen = (*s - '0') + 10 * addrlen;
if (!*s || *s++ != ',')
for (i = 0; i < addrlen; i++)
{
tmp[i] = 0;
- for (; ISDIGIT (*s); s++)
+ for (; c_isdigit (*s); s++)
tmp[i] = (*s - '0') + 10 * tmp[i];
if (*s == ',')
s++;
/* Now, get the port length */
portlen = 0;
- for (; ISDIGIT (*s); s++)
+ for (; c_isdigit (*s); s++)
portlen = (*s - '0') + 10 * portlen;
if (!*s || *s++ != ',')
/* Finally, we get the port number */
tmpprt[0] = 0;
- for (; ISDIGIT (*s); s++)
+ for (; c_isdigit (*s); s++)
tmpprt[0] = (*s - '0') + 10 * tmpprt[0];
if (!*s || *s++ != ',')
}
tmpprt[1] = 0;
- for (; ISDIGIT (*s); s++)
+ for (; c_isdigit (*s); s++)
tmpprt[1] = (*s - '0') + 10 * tmpprt[1];
assert (s != NULL);
/* Finally, get the port number */
tport = 0;
- for (i = 1; ISDIGIT (*s); s++)
+ for (i = 1; c_isdigit (*s); s++)
{
if (i > 5)
{
if (params
&& 0 == strncasecmp (params, "type=", 5)
&& params[5] != '\0')
- return TOUPPER (params[5]);
+ return c_toupper (params[5]);
else
return 'I';
}
year = 0;
min = hour = sec = 0;
/* We must deal with digits. */
- if (ISDIGIT (*tok))
+ if (c_isdigit (*tok))
{
/* Suppose it's year. */
- for (; ISDIGIT (*tok); tok++)
+ for (; c_isdigit (*tok); tok++)
year = (*tok - '0') + 10 * year;
if (*tok == ':')
{
year = 0;
++tok;
/* Get the minutes... */
- for (; ISDIGIT (*tok); tok++)
+ for (; c_isdigit (*tok); tok++)
min = (*tok - '0') + 10 * min;
if (*tok == ':')
{
/* ...and the seconds. */
++tok;
- for (; ISDIGIT (*tok); tok++)
+ for (; c_isdigit (*tok); tok++)
sec = (*tok - '0') + 10 * sec;
}
}
#include "recur.h" /* for INFINITE_RECURSION */
/* File where the "ls -al" listing will be saved. */
+#ifdef MSDOS
+#define LIST_FILENAME "_listing"
+#else
#define LIST_FILENAME ".listing"
+#endif
typedef struct
{
res = str_to_wgint (s, (char **) &s, 10);
if (!*s)
return 0;
- while (*s && ISSPACE (*s))
+ while (*s && c_isspace (*s))
++s;
if (!*s)
return 0;
- if (TOLOWER (*s) != 'b')
+ if (c_tolower (*s) != 'b')
continue;
if (strncasecmp (s, "byte", 4))
continue;
if (target[0] != '/'
&& !(con->rs != ST_UNIX
- && ISALPHA (target[0])
+ && c_isalpha (target[0])
&& target[1] == ':')
&& con->rs != ST_OS400)
{
#include "gen-md5.h"
#ifdef HAVE_BUILTIN_MD5
-# include <gnu-md5.h>
+# include <md5.h>
typedef struct md5_ctx gen_md5_context_imp;
#endif
+++ /dev/null
-/* Getopt for GNU.
- NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU
- C Library. Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@gnu.org.
-
- Copyright (C) 1987, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99
- Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
- under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
- Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any
- later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- GNU General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
-\f
-/* This tells Alpha OSF/1 not to define a getopt prototype in <stdio.h>.
- Ditto for AIX 3.2 and <stdlib.h>. */
-#ifndef _NO_PROTO
-# define _NO_PROTO
-#endif
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#else
-# if !defined __STDC__ || !__STDC__
-/* This is a separate conditional since some stdc systems
- reject `defined (const)'. */
-# ifndef const
-# define const
-# endif
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-
-/* Comment out all this code if we are using the GNU C Library, and are not
- actually compiling the library itself. This code is part of the GNU C
- Library, but also included in many other GNU distributions. Compiling
- and linking in this code is a waste when using the GNU C library
- (especially if it is a shared library). Rather than having every GNU
- program understand `configure --with-gnu-libc' and omit the object files,
- it is simpler to just do this in the source for each such file. */
-
-#define GETOPT_INTERFACE_VERSION 2
-#if !defined _LIBC && defined __GLIBC__ && __GLIBC__ >= 2
-# include <gnu-versions.h>
-# if _GNU_GETOPT_INTERFACE_VERSION == GETOPT_INTERFACE_VERSION
-# define ELIDE_CODE
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#ifndef ELIDE_CODE
-
-
-/* This needs to come after some library #include
- to get __GNU_LIBRARY__ defined. */
-#ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__
-/* Don't include stdlib.h for non-GNU C libraries because some of them
- contain conflicting prototypes for getopt. */
-# include <stdlib.h>
-# include <unistd.h>
-#endif /* GNU C library. */
-
-#ifdef VMS
-# include <unixlib.h>
-# if HAVE_STRING_H - 0
-# include <string.h>
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#ifndef _
-/* This is for other GNU distributions with internationalized messages.
- When compiling libc, the _ macro is predefined. */
-# ifdef HAVE_LIBINTL_H
-# include <libintl.h>
-# define _(msgid) gettext (msgid)
-# else
-# define _(msgid) (msgid)
-# endif
-#endif
-
-/* This version of `getopt' appears to the caller like standard Unix `getopt'
- but it behaves differently for the user, since it allows the user
- to intersperse the options with the other arguments.
-
- As `getopt' works, it permutes the elements of ARGV so that,
- when it is done, all the options precede everything else. Thus
- all application programs are extended to handle flexible argument order.
-
- Setting the environment variable POSIXLY_CORRECT disables permutation.
- Then the behavior is completely standard.
-
- GNU application programs can use a third alternative mode in which
- they can distinguish the relative order of options and other arguments. */
-
-#include "getopt.h"
-
-/* For communication from `getopt' to the caller.
- When `getopt' finds an option that takes an argument,
- the argument value is returned here.
- Also, when `ordering' is RETURN_IN_ORDER,
- each non-option ARGV-element is returned here. */
-
-char *optarg;
-
-/* Index in ARGV of the next element to be scanned.
- This is used for communication to and from the caller
- and for communication between successive calls to `getopt'.
-
- On entry to `getopt', zero means this is the first call; initialize.
-
- When `getopt' returns -1, this is the index of the first of the
- non-option elements that the caller should itself scan.
-
- Otherwise, `optind' communicates from one call to the next
- how much of ARGV has been scanned so far. */
-
-/* 1003.2 says this must be 1 before any call. */
-int optind = 1;
-
-/* Formerly, initialization of getopt depended on optind==0, which
- causes problems with re-calling getopt as programs generally don't
- know that. */
-
-int __getopt_initialized;
-
-/* The next char to be scanned in the option-element
- in which the last option character we returned was found.
- This allows us to pick up the scan where we left off.
-
- If this is zero, or a null string, it means resume the scan
- by advancing to the next ARGV-element. */
-
-static char *nextchar;
-
-/* Callers store zero here to inhibit the error message
- for unrecognized options. */
-
-int opterr = 1;
-
-/* Set to an option character which was unrecognized.
- This must be initialized on some systems to avoid linking in the
- system's own getopt implementation. */
-
-int optopt = '?';
-
-/* Describe how to deal with options that follow non-option ARGV-elements.
-
- If the caller did not specify anything,
- the default is REQUIRE_ORDER if the environment variable
- POSIXLY_CORRECT is defined, PERMUTE otherwise.
-
- REQUIRE_ORDER means don't recognize them as options;
- stop option processing when the first non-option is seen.
- This is what Unix does.
- This mode of operation is selected by either setting the environment
- variable POSIXLY_CORRECT, or using `+' as the first character
- of the list of option characters.
-
- PERMUTE is the default. We permute the contents of ARGV as we scan,
- so that eventually all the non-options are at the end. This allows options
- to be given in any order, even with programs that were not written to
- expect this.
-
- RETURN_IN_ORDER is an option available to programs that were written
- to expect options and other ARGV-elements in any order and that care about
- the ordering of the two. We describe each non-option ARGV-element
- as if it were the argument of an option with character code 1.
- Using `-' as the first character of the list of option characters
- selects this mode of operation.
-
- The special argument `--' forces an end of option-scanning regardless
- of the value of `ordering'. In the case of RETURN_IN_ORDER, only
- `--' can cause `getopt' to return -1 with `optind' != ARGC. */
-
-static enum
-{
- REQUIRE_ORDER, PERMUTE, RETURN_IN_ORDER
-} ordering;
-
-/* Value of POSIXLY_CORRECT environment variable. */
-static char *posixly_correct;
-\f
-#ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__
-/* We want to avoid inclusion of string.h with non-GNU libraries
- because there are many ways it can cause trouble.
- On some systems, it contains special magic macros that don't work
- in GCC. */
-# include <string.h>
-# define my_index strchr
-#else
-
-#include <string.h>
-
-/* Avoid depending on library functions or files
- whose names are inconsistent. */
-
-#ifndef getenv
-extern char *getenv ();
-#endif
-
-static char *
-my_index (str, chr)
- const char *str;
- int chr;
-{
- while (*str)
- {
- if (*str == chr)
- return (char *) str;
- str++;
- }
- return 0;
-}
-
-/* If using GCC, we can safely declare strlen this way.
- If not using GCC, it is ok not to declare it. */
-#ifdef __GNUC__
-/* Note that Motorola Delta 68k R3V7 comes with GCC but not stddef.h.
- That was relevant to code that was here before. */
-# if (!defined __STDC__ || !__STDC__) && !defined strlen
-/* gcc with -traditional declares the built-in strlen to return int,
- and has done so at least since version 2.4.5. -- rms. */
-extern int strlen (const char *);
-# endif /* not __STDC__ */
-#endif /* __GNUC__ */
-
-#endif /* not __GNU_LIBRARY__ */
-\f
-/* Handle permutation of arguments. */
-
-/* Describe the part of ARGV that contains non-options that have
- been skipped. `first_nonopt' is the index in ARGV of the first of them;
- `last_nonopt' is the index after the last of them. */
-
-static int first_nonopt;
-static int last_nonopt;
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-/* Bash 2.0 gives us an environment variable containing flags
- indicating ARGV elements that should not be considered arguments. */
-
-/* Defined in getopt_init.c */
-extern char *__getopt_nonoption_flags;
-
-static int nonoption_flags_max_len;
-static int nonoption_flags_len;
-
-static int original_argc;
-static char *const *original_argv;
-
-/* Make sure the environment variable bash 2.0 puts in the environment
- is valid for the getopt call we must make sure that the ARGV passed
- to getopt is that one passed to the process. */
-static void
-__attribute__ ((unused))
-store_args_and_env (int argc, char *const *argv)
-{
- /* XXX This is no good solution. We should rather copy the args so
- that we can compare them later. But we must not use malloc(3). */
- original_argc = argc;
- original_argv = argv;
-}
-# ifdef text_set_element
-text_set_element (__libc_subinit, store_args_and_env);
-# endif /* text_set_element */
-
-# define SWAP_FLAGS(ch1, ch2) \
- if (nonoption_flags_len > 0) \
- { \
- char __tmp = __getopt_nonoption_flags[ch1]; \
- __getopt_nonoption_flags[ch1] = __getopt_nonoption_flags[ch2]; \
- __getopt_nonoption_flags[ch2] = __tmp; \
- }
-#else /* !_LIBC */
-# define SWAP_FLAGS(ch1, ch2)
-#endif /* _LIBC */
-
-/* Exchange two adjacent subsequences of ARGV.
- One subsequence is elements [first_nonopt,last_nonopt)
- which contains all the non-options that have been skipped so far.
- The other is elements [last_nonopt,optind), which contains all
- the options processed since those non-options were skipped.
-
- `first_nonopt' and `last_nonopt' are relocated so that they describe
- the new indices of the non-options in ARGV after they are moved. */
-
-#if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__
-static void exchange (char **);
-#endif
-
-static void
-exchange (argv)
- char **argv;
-{
- int bottom = first_nonopt;
- int middle = last_nonopt;
- int top = optind;
- char *tem;
-
- /* Exchange the shorter segment with the far end of the longer segment.
- That puts the shorter segment into the right place.
- It leaves the longer segment in the right place overall,
- but it consists of two parts that need to be swapped next. */
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
- /* First make sure the handling of the `__getopt_nonoption_flags'
- string can work normally. Our top argument must be in the range
- of the string. */
- if (nonoption_flags_len > 0 && top >= nonoption_flags_max_len)
- {
- /* We must extend the array. The user plays games with us and
- presents new arguments. */
- char *new_str = malloc (top + 1);
- if (new_str == NULL)
- nonoption_flags_len = nonoption_flags_max_len = 0;
- else
- {
- memset (__mempcpy (new_str, __getopt_nonoption_flags,
- nonoption_flags_max_len),
- '\0', top + 1 - nonoption_flags_max_len);
- nonoption_flags_max_len = top + 1;
- __getopt_nonoption_flags = new_str;
- }
- }
-#endif
-
- while (top > middle && middle > bottom)
- {
- if (top - middle > middle - bottom)
- {
- /* Bottom segment is the short one. */
- int len = middle - bottom;
- register int i;
-
- /* Swap it with the top part of the top segment. */
- for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
- {
- tem = argv[bottom + i];
- argv[bottom + i] = argv[top - (middle - bottom) + i];
- argv[top - (middle - bottom) + i] = tem;
- SWAP_FLAGS (bottom + i, top - (middle - bottom) + i);
- }
- /* Exclude the moved bottom segment from further swapping. */
- top -= len;
- }
- else
- {
- /* Top segment is the short one. */
- int len = top - middle;
- register int i;
-
- /* Swap it with the bottom part of the bottom segment. */
- for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
- {
- tem = argv[bottom + i];
- argv[bottom + i] = argv[middle + i];
- argv[middle + i] = tem;
- SWAP_FLAGS (bottom + i, middle + i);
- }
- /* Exclude the moved top segment from further swapping. */
- bottom += len;
- }
- }
-
- /* Update records for the slots the non-options now occupy. */
-
- first_nonopt += (optind - last_nonopt);
- last_nonopt = optind;
-}
-
-/* Initialize the internal data when the first call is made. */
-
-#if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__
-static const char *_getopt_initialize (int, char *const *, const char *);
-#endif
-static const char *
-_getopt_initialize (argc, argv, optstring)
- int argc;
- char *const *argv;
- const char *optstring;
-{
- /* Start processing options with ARGV-element 1 (since ARGV-element 0
- is the program name); the sequence of previously skipped
- non-option ARGV-elements is empty. */
-
- first_nonopt = last_nonopt = optind;
-
- nextchar = NULL;
-
- posixly_correct = getenv ("POSIXLY_CORRECT");
-
- /* Determine how to handle the ordering of options and nonoptions. */
-
- if (optstring[0] == '-')
- {
- ordering = RETURN_IN_ORDER;
- ++optstring;
- }
- else if (optstring[0] == '+')
- {
- ordering = REQUIRE_ORDER;
- ++optstring;
- }
- else if (posixly_correct != NULL)
- ordering = REQUIRE_ORDER;
- else
- ordering = PERMUTE;
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
- if (posixly_correct == NULL
- && argc == original_argc && argv == original_argv)
- {
- if (nonoption_flags_max_len == 0)
- {
- if (__getopt_nonoption_flags == NULL
- || __getopt_nonoption_flags[0] == '\0')
- nonoption_flags_max_len = -1;
- else
- {
- const char *orig_str = __getopt_nonoption_flags;
- int len = nonoption_flags_max_len = strlen (orig_str);
- if (nonoption_flags_max_len < argc)
- nonoption_flags_max_len = argc;
- __getopt_nonoption_flags =
- (char *) malloc (nonoption_flags_max_len);
- if (__getopt_nonoption_flags == NULL)
- nonoption_flags_max_len = -1;
- else
- memset (__mempcpy (__getopt_nonoption_flags, orig_str, len),
- '\0', nonoption_flags_max_len - len);
- }
- }
- nonoption_flags_len = nonoption_flags_max_len;
- }
- else
- nonoption_flags_len = 0;
-#endif
-
- return optstring;
-}
-\f
-/* Scan elements of ARGV (whose length is ARGC) for option characters
- given in OPTSTRING.
-
- If an element of ARGV starts with '-', and is not exactly "-" or "--",
- then it is an option element. The characters of this element
- (aside from the initial '-') are option characters. If `getopt'
- is called repeatedly, it returns successively each of the option characters
- from each of the option elements.
-
- If `getopt' finds another option character, it returns that character,
- updating `optind' and `nextchar' so that the next call to `getopt' can
- resume the scan with the following option character or ARGV-element.
-
- If there are no more option characters, `getopt' returns -1.
- Then `optind' is the index in ARGV of the first ARGV-element
- that is not an option. (The ARGV-elements have been permuted
- so that those that are not options now come last.)
-
- OPTSTRING is a string containing the legitimate option characters.
- If an option character is seen that is not listed in OPTSTRING,
- return '?' after printing an error message. If you set `opterr' to
- zero, the error message is suppressed but we still return '?'.
-
- If a char in OPTSTRING is followed by a colon, that means it wants an arg,
- so the following text in the same ARGV-element, or the text of the following
- ARGV-element, is returned in `optarg'. Two colons mean an option that
- wants an optional arg; if there is text in the current ARGV-element,
- it is returned in `optarg', otherwise `optarg' is set to zero.
-
- If OPTSTRING starts with `-' or `+', it requests different methods of
- handling the non-option ARGV-elements.
- See the comments about RETURN_IN_ORDER and REQUIRE_ORDER, above.
-
- Long-named options begin with `--' instead of `-'.
- Their names may be abbreviated as long as the abbreviation is unique
- or is an exact match for some defined option. If they have an
- argument, it follows the option name in the same ARGV-element, separated
- from the option name by a `=', or else the in next ARGV-element.
- When `getopt' finds a long-named option, it returns 0 if that option's
- `flag' field is nonzero, the value of the option's `val' field
- if the `flag' field is zero.
-
- The elements of ARGV aren't really const, because we permute them.
- But we pretend they're const in the prototype to be compatible
- with other systems.
-
- LONGOPTS is a vector of `struct option' terminated by an
- element containing a name which is zero.
-
- LONGIND returns the index in LONGOPT of the long-named option found.
- It is only valid when a long-named option has been found by the most
- recent call.
-
- If LONG_ONLY is nonzero, '-' as well as '--' can introduce
- long-named options. */
-
-int
-_getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring, longopts, longind, long_only)
- int argc;
- char *const *argv;
- const char *optstring;
- const struct option *longopts;
- int *longind;
- int long_only;
-{
- optarg = NULL;
-
- if (optind == 0 || !__getopt_initialized)
- {
- if (optind == 0)
- optind = 1; /* Don't scan ARGV[0], the program name. */
- optstring = _getopt_initialize (argc, argv, optstring);
- __getopt_initialized = 1;
- }
-
- /* Test whether ARGV[optind] points to a non-option argument.
- Either it does not have option syntax, or there is an environment flag
- from the shell indicating it is not an option. The later information
- is only used when the used in the GNU libc. */
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# define NONOPTION_P (argv[optind][0] != '-' || argv[optind][1] == '\0' \
- || (optind < nonoption_flags_len \
- && __getopt_nonoption_flags[optind] == '1'))
-#else
-# define NONOPTION_P (argv[optind][0] != '-' || argv[optind][1] == '\0')
-#endif
-
- if (nextchar == NULL || *nextchar == '\0')
- {
- /* Advance to the next ARGV-element. */
-
- /* Give FIRST_NONOPT & LAST_NONOPT rational values if OPTIND has been
- moved back by the user (who may also have changed the arguments). */
- if (last_nonopt > optind)
- last_nonopt = optind;
- if (first_nonopt > optind)
- first_nonopt = optind;
-
- if (ordering == PERMUTE)
- {
- /* If we have just processed some options following some non-options,
- exchange them so that the options come first. */
-
- if (first_nonopt != last_nonopt && last_nonopt != optind)
- exchange ((char **) argv);
- else if (last_nonopt != optind)
- first_nonopt = optind;
-
- /* Skip any additional non-options
- and extend the range of non-options previously skipped. */
-
- while (optind < argc && NONOPTION_P)
- optind++;
- last_nonopt = optind;
- }
-
- /* The special ARGV-element `--' means premature end of options.
- Skip it like a null option,
- then exchange with previous non-options as if it were an option,
- then skip everything else like a non-option. */
-
- if (optind != argc && !strcmp (argv[optind], "--"))
- {
- optind++;
-
- if (first_nonopt != last_nonopt && last_nonopt != optind)
- exchange ((char **) argv);
- else if (first_nonopt == last_nonopt)
- first_nonopt = optind;
- last_nonopt = argc;
-
- optind = argc;
- }
-
- /* If we have done all the ARGV-elements, stop the scan
- and back over any non-options that we skipped and permuted. */
-
- if (optind == argc)
- {
- /* Set the next-arg-index to point at the non-options
- that we previously skipped, so the caller will digest them. */
- if (first_nonopt != last_nonopt)
- optind = first_nonopt;
- return -1;
- }
-
- /* If we have come to a non-option and did not permute it,
- either stop the scan or describe it to the caller and pass it by. */
-
- if (NONOPTION_P)
- {
- if (ordering == REQUIRE_ORDER)
- return -1;
- optarg = argv[optind++];
- return 1;
- }
-
- /* We have found another option-ARGV-element.
- Skip the initial punctuation. */
-
- nextchar = (argv[optind] + 1
- + (longopts != NULL && argv[optind][1] == '-'));
- }
-
- /* Decode the current option-ARGV-element. */
-
- /* Check whether the ARGV-element is a long option.
-
- If long_only and the ARGV-element has the form "-f", where f is
- a valid short option, don't consider it an abbreviated form of
- a long option that starts with f. Otherwise there would be no
- way to give the -f short option.
-
- On the other hand, if there's a long option "fubar" and
- the ARGV-element is "-fu", do consider that an abbreviation of
- the long option, just like "--fu", and not "-f" with arg "u".
-
- This distinction seems to be the most useful approach. */
-
- if (longopts != NULL
- && (argv[optind][1] == '-'
- || (long_only && (argv[optind][2] || !my_index (optstring, argv[optind][1])))))
- {
- char *nameend;
- const struct option *p;
- const struct option *pfound = NULL;
- int exact = 0;
- int ambig = 0;
- int indfound = -1;
- int option_index;
-
- for (nameend = nextchar; *nameend && *nameend != '='; nameend++)
- /* Do nothing. */ ;
-
- /* Test all long options for either exact match
- or abbreviated matches. */
- for (p = longopts, option_index = 0; p->name; p++, option_index++)
- if (!strncmp (p->name, nextchar, nameend - nextchar))
- {
- if ((unsigned int) (nameend - nextchar)
- == (unsigned int) strlen (p->name))
- {
- /* Exact match found. */
- pfound = p;
- indfound = option_index;
- exact = 1;
- break;
- }
- else if (pfound == NULL)
- {
- /* First nonexact match found. */
- pfound = p;
- indfound = option_index;
- }
- else
- /* Second or later nonexact match found. */
- ambig = 1;
- }
-
- if (ambig && !exact)
- {
- if (opterr)
- fprintf (stderr, _("%s: option `%s' is ambiguous\n"),
- argv[0], argv[optind]);
- nextchar += strlen (nextchar);
- optind++;
- optopt = 0;
- return '?';
- }
-
- if (pfound != NULL)
- {
- option_index = indfound;
- optind++;
- if (*nameend)
- {
- /* Don't test has_arg with >, because some C compilers don't
- allow it to be used on enums. */
- if (pfound->has_arg)
- optarg = nameend + 1;
- else
- {
- if (opterr)
- {
- if (argv[optind - 1][1] == '-')
- /* --option */
- fprintf (stderr,
- _("%s: option `--%s' doesn't allow an argument\n"),
- argv[0], pfound->name);
- else
- /* +option or -option */
- fprintf (stderr,
- _("%s: option `%c%s' doesn't allow an argument\n"),
- argv[0], argv[optind - 1][0], pfound->name);
- }
-
- nextchar += strlen (nextchar);
-
- optopt = pfound->val;
- return '?';
- }
- }
- else if (pfound->has_arg == 1)
- {
- if (optind < argc)
- optarg = argv[optind++];
- else
- {
- if (opterr)
- fprintf (stderr,
- _("%s: option `%s' requires an argument\n"),
- argv[0], argv[optind - 1]);
- nextchar += strlen (nextchar);
- optopt = pfound->val;
- return optstring[0] == ':' ? ':' : '?';
- }
- }
- nextchar += strlen (nextchar);
- if (longind != NULL)
- *longind = option_index;
- if (pfound->flag)
- {
- *(pfound->flag) = pfound->val;
- return 0;
- }
- return pfound->val;
- }
-
- /* Can't find it as a long option. If this is not getopt_long_only,
- or the option starts with '--' or is not a valid short
- option, then it's an error.
- Otherwise interpret it as a short option. */
- if (!long_only || argv[optind][1] == '-'
- || my_index (optstring, *nextchar) == NULL)
- {
- if (opterr)
- {
- if (argv[optind][1] == '-')
- /* --option */
- fprintf (stderr, _("%s: unrecognized option `--%s'\n"),
- argv[0], nextchar);
- else
- /* +option or -option */
- fprintf (stderr, _("%s: unrecognized option `%c%s'\n"),
- argv[0], argv[optind][0], nextchar);
- }
- nextchar = (char *) "";
- optind++;
- optopt = 0;
- return '?';
- }
- }
-
- /* Look at and handle the next short option-character. */
-
- {
- char c = *nextchar++;
- char *temp = my_index (optstring, c);
-
- /* Increment `optind' when we start to process its last character. */
- if (*nextchar == '\0')
- ++optind;
-
- if (temp == NULL || c == ':')
- {
- if (opterr)
- {
- if (posixly_correct)
- /* 1003.2 specifies the format of this message. */
- fprintf (stderr, _("%s: illegal option -- %c\n"),
- argv[0], c);
- else
- fprintf (stderr, _("%s: invalid option -- %c\n"),
- argv[0], c);
- }
- optopt = c;
- return '?';
- }
- /* Convenience. Treat POSIX -W foo same as long option --foo */
- if (temp[0] == 'W' && temp[1] == ';')
- {
- char *nameend;
- const struct option *p;
- const struct option *pfound = NULL;
- int exact = 0;
- int ambig = 0;
- int indfound = 0;
- int option_index;
-
- /* This is an option that requires an argument. */
- if (*nextchar != '\0')
- {
- optarg = nextchar;
- /* If we end this ARGV-element by taking the rest as an arg,
- we must advance to the next element now. */
- optind++;
- }
- else if (optind == argc)
- {
- if (opterr)
- {
- /* 1003.2 specifies the format of this message. */
- fprintf (stderr, _("%s: option requires an argument -- %c\n"),
- argv[0], c);
- }
- optopt = c;
- if (optstring[0] == ':')
- c = ':';
- else
- c = '?';
- return c;
- }
- else
- /* We already incremented `optind' once;
- increment it again when taking next ARGV-elt as argument. */
- optarg = argv[optind++];
-
- /* optarg is now the argument, see if it's in the
- table of longopts. */
-
- for (nextchar = nameend = optarg; *nameend && *nameend != '='; nameend++)
- /* Do nothing. */ ;
-
- /* Test all long options for either exact match
- or abbreviated matches. */
- for (p = longopts, option_index = 0; p->name; p++, option_index++)
- if (!strncmp (p->name, nextchar, nameend - nextchar))
- {
- if ((unsigned int) (nameend - nextchar) == strlen (p->name))
- {
- /* Exact match found. */
- pfound = p;
- indfound = option_index;
- exact = 1;
- break;
- }
- else if (pfound == NULL)
- {
- /* First nonexact match found. */
- pfound = p;
- indfound = option_index;
- }
- else
- /* Second or later nonexact match found. */
- ambig = 1;
- }
- if (ambig && !exact)
- {
- if (opterr)
- fprintf (stderr, _("%s: option `-W %s' is ambiguous\n"),
- argv[0], argv[optind]);
- nextchar += strlen (nextchar);
- optind++;
- return '?';
- }
- if (pfound != NULL)
- {
- option_index = indfound;
- if (*nameend)
- {
- /* Don't test has_arg with >, because some C compilers don't
- allow it to be used on enums. */
- if (pfound->has_arg)
- optarg = nameend + 1;
- else
- {
- if (opterr)
- fprintf (stderr, _("\
-%s: option `-W %s' doesn't allow an argument\n"),
- argv[0], pfound->name);
-
- nextchar += strlen (nextchar);
- return '?';
- }
- }
- else if (pfound->has_arg == 1)
- {
- if (optind < argc)
- optarg = argv[optind++];
- else
- {
- if (opterr)
- fprintf (stderr,
- _("%s: option `%s' requires an argument\n"),
- argv[0], argv[optind - 1]);
- nextchar += strlen (nextchar);
- return optstring[0] == ':' ? ':' : '?';
- }
- }
- nextchar += strlen (nextchar);
- if (longind != NULL)
- *longind = option_index;
- if (pfound->flag)
- {
- *(pfound->flag) = pfound->val;
- return 0;
- }
- return pfound->val;
- }
- nextchar = NULL;
- return 'W'; /* Let the application handle it. */
- }
- if (temp[1] == ':')
- {
- if (temp[2] == ':')
- {
- /* This is an option that accepts an argument optionally. */
- if (*nextchar != '\0')
- {
- optarg = nextchar;
- optind++;
- }
- else
- optarg = NULL;
- nextchar = NULL;
- }
- else
- {
- /* This is an option that requires an argument. */
- if (*nextchar != '\0')
- {
- optarg = nextchar;
- /* If we end this ARGV-element by taking the rest as an arg,
- we must advance to the next element now. */
- optind++;
- }
- else if (optind == argc)
- {
- if (opterr)
- {
- /* 1003.2 specifies the format of this message. */
- fprintf (stderr,
- _("%s: option requires an argument -- %c\n"),
- argv[0], c);
- }
- optopt = c;
- if (optstring[0] == ':')
- c = ':';
- else
- c = '?';
- }
- else
- /* We already incremented `optind' once;
- increment it again when taking next ARGV-elt as argument. */
- optarg = argv[optind++];
- nextchar = NULL;
- }
- }
- return c;
- }
-}
-
-int
-getopt (argc, argv, optstring)
- int argc;
- char *const *argv;
- const char *optstring;
-{
- return _getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring,
- (const struct option *) 0,
- (int *) 0,
- 0);
-}
-
-int
-getopt_long (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index)
- int argc;
- char *const *argv;
- const char *options;
- const struct option *long_options;
- int *opt_index;
-{
- return _getopt_internal (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index, 0);
-}
-
-/* Like getopt_long, but '-' as well as '--' can indicate a long option.
- If an option that starts with '-' (not '--') doesn't match a long option,
- but does match a short option, it is parsed as a short option
- instead. */
-
-int
-getopt_long_only (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index)
- int argc;
- char *const *argv;
- const char *options;
- const struct option *long_options;
- int *opt_index;
-{
- return _getopt_internal (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index, 1);
-}
-
-#endif /* Not ELIDE_CODE. */
-\f
-#ifdef TEST
-
-/* Compile with -DTEST to make an executable for use in testing
- the above definition of `getopt'. */
-
-int
-main (argc, argv)
- int argc;
- char **argv;
-{
- int c;
- int digit_optind = 0;
-
- while (1)
- {
- int this_option_optind = optind ? optind : 1;
-
- c = getopt (argc, argv, "abc:d:0123456789");
- if (c == -1)
- break;
-
- switch (c)
- {
- case '0':
- case '1':
- case '2':
- case '3':
- case '4':
- case '5':
- case '6':
- case '7':
- case '8':
- case '9':
- if (digit_optind != 0 && digit_optind != this_option_optind)
- printf ("digits occur in two different argv-elements.\n");
- digit_optind = this_option_optind;
- printf ("option %c\n", c);
- break;
-
- case 'a':
- printf ("option a\n");
- break;
-
- case 'b':
- printf ("option b\n");
- break;
-
- case 'c':
- printf ("option c with value `%s'\n", optarg);
- break;
-
- case '?':
- break;
-
- default:
- printf ("?? getopt returned character code 0%o ??\n", c);
- }
- }
-
- if (optind < argc)
- {
- printf ("non-option ARGV-elements: ");
- while (optind < argc)
- printf ("%s ", argv[optind++]);
- printf ("\n");
- }
-
- exit (0);
-}
-
-#endif /* TEST */
+++ /dev/null
-/* Declarations for getopt.
- Copyright (C) 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
- under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
- Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any
- later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- GNU General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
-
-#ifndef _GETOPT_H
-#define _GETOPT_H 1
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-/* For communication from `getopt' to the caller.
- When `getopt' finds an option that takes an argument,
- the argument value is returned here.
- Also, when `ordering' is RETURN_IN_ORDER,
- each non-option ARGV-element is returned here. */
-
-extern char *optarg;
-
-/* Index in ARGV of the next element to be scanned.
- This is used for communication to and from the caller
- and for communication between successive calls to `getopt'.
-
- On entry to `getopt', zero means this is the first call; initialize.
-
- When `getopt' returns EOF, this is the index of the first of the
- non-option elements that the caller should itself scan.
-
- Otherwise, `optind' communicates from one call to the next
- how much of ARGV has been scanned so far. */
-
-extern int optind;
-
-/* Callers store zero here to inhibit the error message `getopt' prints
- for unrecognized options. */
-
-extern int opterr;
-
-/* Set to an option character which was unrecognized. */
-
-extern int optopt;
-
-/* Describe the long-named options requested by the application.
- The LONG_OPTIONS argument to getopt_long or getopt_long_only is a vector
- of `struct option' terminated by an element containing a name which is
- zero.
-
- The field `has_arg' is:
- no_argument (or 0) if the option does not take an argument,
- required_argument (or 1) if the option requires an argument,
- optional_argument (or 2) if the option takes an optional argument.
-
- If the field `flag' is not NULL, it points to a variable that is set
- to the value given in the field `val' when the option is found, but
- left unchanged if the option is not found.
-
- To have a long-named option do something other than set an `int' to
- a compiled-in constant, such as set a value from `optarg', set the
- option's `flag' field to zero and its `val' field to a nonzero
- value (the equivalent single-letter option character, if there is
- one). For long options that have a zero `flag' field, `getopt'
- returns the contents of the `val' field. */
-
-struct option
-{
- const char *name;
- /* has_arg can't be an enum because some compilers complain about
- type mismatches in all the code that assumes it is an int. */
- int has_arg;
- int *flag;
- int val;
-};
-
-/* Names for the values of the `has_arg' field of `struct option'. */
-
-#define no_argument 0
-#define required_argument 1
-#define optional_argument 2
-
-#if __STDC__
-#if defined(__GNU_LIBRARY__)
-/* Many other libraries have conflicting prototypes for getopt, with
- differences in the consts, in stdlib.h. To avoid compilation
- errors, only prototype getopt for the GNU C library. */
-extern int getopt (int argc, char *const *argv, const char *shortopts);
-#else /* not __GNU_LIBRARY__ */
-extern int getopt ();
-#endif /* not __GNU_LIBRARY__ */
-extern int getopt_long (int argc, char *const *argv, const char *shortopts,
- const struct option *longopts, int *longind);
-extern int getopt_long_only (int argc, char *const *argv,
- const char *shortopts,
- const struct option *longopts, int *longind);
-
-/* Internal only. Users should not call this directly. */
-extern int _getopt_internal (int argc, char *const *argv,
- const char *shortopts,
- const struct option *longopts, int *longind,
- int long_only);
-#else /* not __STDC__ */
-extern int getopt ();
-extern int getopt_long ();
-extern int getopt_long_only ();
-
-extern int _getopt_internal ();
-#endif /* not __STDC__ */
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}
-#endif
-
-#endif /* _GETOPT_H */
--- /dev/null
+/* Convenience header for conditional use of GNU <libintl.h>.
+ Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000-2002, 2004-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+ under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+ by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ Library General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+ License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+ Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
+ USA. */
+
+#ifndef _LIBGETTEXT_H
+#define _LIBGETTEXT_H 1
+
+/* NLS can be disabled through the configure --disable-nls option. */
+#if ENABLE_NLS
+
+/* Get declarations of GNU message catalog functions. */
+# include <libintl.h>
+
+/* You can set the DEFAULT_TEXT_DOMAIN macro to specify the domain used by
+ the gettext() and ngettext() macros. This is an alternative to calling
+ textdomain(), and is useful for libraries. */
+# ifdef DEFAULT_TEXT_DOMAIN
+# undef gettext
+# define gettext(Msgid) \
+ dgettext (DEFAULT_TEXT_DOMAIN, Msgid)
+# undef ngettext
+# define ngettext(Msgid1, Msgid2, N) \
+ dngettext (DEFAULT_TEXT_DOMAIN, Msgid1, Msgid2, N)
+# endif
+
+#else
+
+/* Solaris /usr/include/locale.h includes /usr/include/libintl.h, which
+ chokes if dcgettext is defined as a macro. So include it now, to make
+ later inclusions of <locale.h> a NOP. We don't include <libintl.h>
+ as well because people using "gettext.h" will not include <libintl.h>,
+ and also including <libintl.h> would fail on SunOS 4, whereas <locale.h>
+ is OK. */
+#if defined(__sun)
+# include <locale.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Many header files from the libstdc++ coming with g++ 3.3 or newer include
+ <libintl.h>, which chokes if dcgettext is defined as a macro. So include
+ it now, to make later inclusions of <libintl.h> a NOP. */
+#if defined(__cplusplus) && defined(__GNUG__) && (__GNUC__ >= 3)
+# include <cstdlib>
+# if (__GLIBC__ >= 2) || _GLIBCXX_HAVE_LIBINTL_H
+# include <libintl.h>
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Disabled NLS.
+ The casts to 'const char *' serve the purpose of producing warnings
+ for invalid uses of the value returned from these functions.
+ On pre-ANSI systems without 'const', the config.h file is supposed to
+ contain "#define const". */
+# define gettext(Msgid) ((const char *) (Msgid))
+# define dgettext(Domainname, Msgid) ((const char *) (Msgid))
+# define dcgettext(Domainname, Msgid, Category) ((const char *) (Msgid))
+# define ngettext(Msgid1, Msgid2, N) \
+ ((N) == 1 ? (const char *) (Msgid1) : (const char *) (Msgid2))
+# define dngettext(Domainname, Msgid1, Msgid2, N) \
+ ((N) == 1 ? (const char *) (Msgid1) : (const char *) (Msgid2))
+# define dcngettext(Domainname, Msgid1, Msgid2, N, Category) \
+ ((N) == 1 ? (const char *) (Msgid1) : (const char *) (Msgid2))
+# define textdomain(Domainname) ((const char *) (Domainname))
+# define bindtextdomain(Domainname, Dirname) ((const char *) (Dirname))
+# define bind_textdomain_codeset(Domainname, Codeset) ((const char *) (Codeset))
+
+#endif
+
+/* A pseudo function call that serves as a marker for the automated
+ extraction of messages, but does not call gettext(). The run-time
+ translation is done at a different place in the code.
+ The argument, String, should be a literal string. Concatenated strings
+ and other string expressions won't work.
+ The macro's expansion is not parenthesized, so that it is suitable as
+ initializer for static 'char[]' or 'const char[]' variables. */
+#define gettext_noop(String) String
+
+/* The separator between msgctxt and msgid in a .mo file. */
+#define GETTEXT_CONTEXT_GLUE "\004"
+
+/* Pseudo function calls, taking a MSGCTXT and a MSGID instead of just a
+ MSGID. MSGCTXT and MSGID must be string literals. MSGCTXT should be
+ short and rarely need to change.
+ The letter 'p' stands for 'particular' or 'special'. */
+#ifdef DEFAULT_TEXT_DOMAIN
+# define pgettext(Msgctxt, Msgid) \
+ pgettext_aux (DEFAULT_TEXT_DOMAIN, Msgctxt GETTEXT_CONTEXT_GLUE Msgid, Msgid, LC_MESSAGES)
+#else
+# define pgettext(Msgctxt, Msgid) \
+ pgettext_aux (NULL, Msgctxt GETTEXT_CONTEXT_GLUE Msgid, Msgid, LC_MESSAGES)
+#endif
+#define dpgettext(Domainname, Msgctxt, Msgid) \
+ pgettext_aux (Domainname, Msgctxt GETTEXT_CONTEXT_GLUE Msgid, Msgid, LC_MESSAGES)
+#define dcpgettext(Domainname, Msgctxt, Msgid, Category) \
+ pgettext_aux (Domainname, Msgctxt GETTEXT_CONTEXT_GLUE Msgid, Msgid, Category)
+#ifdef DEFAULT_TEXT_DOMAIN
+# define npgettext(Msgctxt, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N) \
+ npgettext_aux (DEFAULT_TEXT_DOMAIN, Msgctxt GETTEXT_CONTEXT_GLUE Msgid, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N, LC_MESSAGES)
+#else
+# define npgettext(Msgctxt, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N) \
+ npgettext_aux (NULL, Msgctxt GETTEXT_CONTEXT_GLUE Msgid, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N, LC_MESSAGES)
+#endif
+#define dnpgettext(Domainname, Msgctxt, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N) \
+ npgettext_aux (Domainname, Msgctxt GETTEXT_CONTEXT_GLUE Msgid, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N, LC_MESSAGES)
+#define dcnpgettext(Domainname, Msgctxt, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N, Category) \
+ npgettext_aux (Domainname, Msgctxt GETTEXT_CONTEXT_GLUE Msgid, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N, Category)
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+__inline
+#else
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+inline
+#endif
+#endif
+static const char *
+pgettext_aux (const char *domain,
+ const char *msg_ctxt_id, const char *msgid,
+ int category)
+{
+ const char *translation = dcgettext (domain, msg_ctxt_id, category);
+ if (translation == msg_ctxt_id)
+ return msgid;
+ else
+ return translation;
+}
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+__inline
+#else
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+inline
+#endif
+#endif
+static const char *
+npgettext_aux (const char *domain,
+ const char *msg_ctxt_id, const char *msgid,
+ const char *msgid_plural, unsigned long int n,
+ int category)
+{
+ const char *translation =
+ dcngettext (domain, msg_ctxt_id, msgid_plural, n, category);
+ if (translation == msg_ctxt_id || translation == msgid_plural)
+ return (n == 1 ? msgid : msgid_plural);
+ else
+ return translation;
+}
+
+/* The same thing extended for non-constant arguments. Here MSGCTXT and MSGID
+ can be arbitrary expressions. But for string literals these macros are
+ less efficient than those above. */
+
+#include <string.h>
+
+#define _LIBGETTEXT_HAVE_VARIABLE_SIZE_ARRAYS \
+ (__GNUC__ >= 3 || __GNUG__ >= 2 /* || __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L */ )
+
+#if !_LIBGETTEXT_HAVE_VARIABLE_SIZE_ARRAYS
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+
+#define pgettext_expr(Msgctxt, Msgid) \
+ dcpgettext_expr (NULL, Msgctxt, Msgid, LC_MESSAGES)
+#define dpgettext_expr(Domainname, Msgctxt, Msgid) \
+ dcpgettext_expr (Domainname, Msgctxt, Msgid, LC_MESSAGES)
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+__inline
+#else
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+inline
+#endif
+#endif
+static const char *
+dcpgettext_expr (const char *domain,
+ const char *msgctxt, const char *msgid,
+ int category)
+{
+ size_t msgctxt_len = strlen (msgctxt) + 1;
+ size_t msgid_len = strlen (msgid) + 1;
+ const char *translation;
+#if _LIBGETTEXT_HAVE_VARIABLE_SIZE_ARRAYS
+ char msg_ctxt_id[msgctxt_len + msgid_len];
+#else
+ char buf[1024];
+ char *msg_ctxt_id =
+ (msgctxt_len + msgid_len <= sizeof (buf)
+ ? buf
+ : (char *) malloc (msgctxt_len + msgid_len));
+ if (msg_ctxt_id != NULL)
+#endif
+ {
+ memcpy (msg_ctxt_id, msgctxt, msgctxt_len - 1);
+ msg_ctxt_id[msgctxt_len - 1] = '\004';
+ memcpy (msg_ctxt_id + msgctxt_len, msgid, msgid_len);
+ translation = dcgettext (domain, msg_ctxt_id, category);
+#if !_LIBGETTEXT_HAVE_VARIABLE_SIZE_ARRAYS
+ if (msg_ctxt_id != buf)
+ free (msg_ctxt_id);
+#endif
+ if (translation != msg_ctxt_id)
+ return translation;
+ }
+ return msgid;
+}
+
+#define npgettext_expr(Msgctxt, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N) \
+ dcnpgettext_expr (NULL, Msgctxt, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N, LC_MESSAGES)
+#define dnpgettext_expr(Domainname, Msgctxt, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N) \
+ dcnpgettext_expr (Domainname, Msgctxt, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N, LC_MESSAGES)
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+__inline
+#else
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+inline
+#endif
+#endif
+static const char *
+dcnpgettext_expr (const char *domain,
+ const char *msgctxt, const char *msgid,
+ const char *msgid_plural, unsigned long int n,
+ int category)
+{
+ size_t msgctxt_len = strlen (msgctxt) + 1;
+ size_t msgid_len = strlen (msgid) + 1;
+ const char *translation;
+#if _LIBGETTEXT_HAVE_VARIABLE_SIZE_ARRAYS
+ char msg_ctxt_id[msgctxt_len + msgid_len];
+#else
+ char buf[1024];
+ char *msg_ctxt_id =
+ (msgctxt_len + msgid_len <= sizeof (buf)
+ ? buf
+ : (char *) malloc (msgctxt_len + msgid_len));
+ if (msg_ctxt_id != NULL)
+#endif
+ {
+ memcpy (msg_ctxt_id, msgctxt, msgctxt_len - 1);
+ msg_ctxt_id[msgctxt_len - 1] = '\004';
+ memcpy (msg_ctxt_id + msgctxt_len, msgid, msgid_len);
+ translation = dcngettext (domain, msg_ctxt_id, msgid_plural, n, category);
+#if !_LIBGETTEXT_HAVE_VARIABLE_SIZE_ARRAYS
+ if (msg_ctxt_id != buf)
+ free (msg_ctxt_id);
+#endif
+ if (!(translation == msg_ctxt_id || translation == msgid_plural))
+ return translation;
+ }
+ return (n == 1 ? msgid : msgid_plural);
+}
+
+#endif /* _LIBGETTEXT_H */
+++ /dev/null
-/* md5.c - Functions to compute MD5 message digest of files or memory blocks
- according to the definition of MD5 in RFC 1321 from April 1992.
- Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
- This file is part of the GNU C library.
-
- The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
- published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the
- License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
- The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- Library General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- License along with the GNU C Library. If not, see
- <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
-
-/* Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995. */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-/* modified for Wget: depend on C89 */
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-
-#include "wget.h"
-#include "gnu-md5.h"
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# include <endian.h>
-# if __BYTE_ORDER == __BIG_ENDIAN
-# define WORDS_BIGENDIAN 1
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#ifdef WORDS_BIGENDIAN
-# define SWAP(n) \
- (((n) << 24) | (((n) & 0xff00) << 8) | (((n) >> 8) & 0xff00) | ((n) >> 24))
-#else
-# define SWAP(n) (n)
-#endif
-
-
-/* This array contains the bytes used to pad the buffer to the next
- 64-byte boundary. (RFC 1321, 3.1: Step 1) */
-static const unsigned char fillbuf[64] = { 0x80, 0 /* , 0, 0, ... */ };
-
-
-/* Initialize structure containing state of computation.
- (RFC 1321, 3.3: Step 3) */
-void
-md5_init_ctx (struct md5_ctx *ctx)
-{
- ctx->A = 0x67452301;
- ctx->B = 0xefcdab89;
- ctx->C = 0x98badcfe;
- ctx->D = 0x10325476;
-
- ctx->total[0] = ctx->total[1] = 0;
- ctx->buflen = 0;
-}
-
-/* Put result from CTX in first 16 bytes following RESBUF. The result
- must be in little endian byte order.
-
- IMPORTANT: On some systems it is required that RESBUF is correctly
- aligned for a 32 bits value. */
-void *
-md5_read_ctx (const struct md5_ctx *ctx, void *resbuf)
-{
- ((md5_uint32 *) resbuf)[0] = SWAP (ctx->A);
- ((md5_uint32 *) resbuf)[1] = SWAP (ctx->B);
- ((md5_uint32 *) resbuf)[2] = SWAP (ctx->C);
- ((md5_uint32 *) resbuf)[3] = SWAP (ctx->D);
-
- return resbuf;
-}
-
-/* Process the remaining bytes in the internal buffer and the usual
- prolog according to the standard and write the result to RESBUF.
-
- IMPORTANT: On some systems it is required that RESBUF is correctly
- aligned for a 32 bits value. */
-void *
-md5_finish_ctx (struct md5_ctx *ctx, void *resbuf)
-{
- /* Take yet unprocessed bytes into account. */
- md5_uint32 bytes = ctx->buflen;
- size_t pad;
-
- /* Now count remaining bytes. */
- ctx->total[0] += bytes;
- if (ctx->total[0] < bytes)
- ++ctx->total[1];
-
- pad = bytes >= 56 ? 64 + 56 - bytes : 56 - bytes;
- memcpy (&ctx->buffer[bytes], fillbuf, pad);
-
- /* Put the 64-bit file length in *bits* at the end of the buffer. */
- *(md5_uint32 *) &ctx->buffer[bytes + pad] = SWAP (ctx->total[0] << 3);
- *(md5_uint32 *) &ctx->buffer[bytes + pad + 4] = SWAP ((ctx->total[1] << 3) |
- (ctx->total[0] >> 29));
-
- /* Process last bytes. */
- md5_process_block (ctx->buffer, bytes + pad + 8, ctx);
-
- return md5_read_ctx (ctx, resbuf);
-}
-
-/* Unused in Wget */
-#if 0
-/* Compute MD5 message digest for bytes read from STREAM. The
- resulting message digest number will be written into the 16 bytes
- beginning at RESBLOCK. */
-int
-md5_stream (FILE *stream, void *resblock)
-{
- /* Important: BLOCKSIZE must be a multiple of 64. */
-#define BLOCKSIZE 4096
- struct md5_ctx ctx;
- char buffer[BLOCKSIZE + 72];
- size_t sum;
-
- /* Initialize the computation context. */
- md5_init_ctx (&ctx);
-
- /* Iterate over full file contents. */
- while (1)
- {
- /* We read the file in blocks of BLOCKSIZE bytes. One call of the
- computation function processes the whole buffer so that with the
- next round of the loop another block can be read. */
- size_t n;
- sum = 0;
-
- /* Read block. Take care for partial reads. */
- do
- {
- n = fread (buffer + sum, 1, BLOCKSIZE - sum, stream);
-
- sum += n;
- }
- while (sum < BLOCKSIZE && n != 0);
- if (n == 0 && ferror (stream))
- return 1;
-
- /* If end of file is reached, end the loop. */
- if (n == 0)
- break;
-
- /* Process buffer with BLOCKSIZE bytes. Note that
- BLOCKSIZE % 64 == 0
- */
- md5_process_block (buffer, BLOCKSIZE, &ctx);
- }
-
- /* Add the last bytes if necessary. */
- if (sum > 0)
- md5_process_bytes (buffer, sum, &ctx);
-
- /* Construct result in desired memory. */
- md5_finish_ctx (&ctx, resblock);
- return 0;
-}
-
-/* Compute MD5 message digest for LEN bytes beginning at BUFFER. The
- result is always in little endian byte order, so that a byte-wise
- output yields to the wanted ASCII representation of the message
- digest. */
-void *
-md5_buffer (const char *buffer, size_t len, void *resblock)
-{
- struct md5_ctx ctx;
-
- /* Initialize the computation context. */
- md5_init_ctx (&ctx);
-
- /* Process whole buffer but last len % 64 bytes. */
- md5_process_bytes (buffer, len, &ctx);
-
- /* Put result in desired memory area. */
- return md5_finish_ctx (&ctx, resblock);
-}
-#endif /* 0 */
-
-
-void
-md5_process_bytes (const void *buffer, size_t len, struct md5_ctx *ctx)
-{
- /* When we already have some bits in our internal buffer concatenate
- both inputs first. */
- if (ctx->buflen != 0)
- {
- size_t left_over = ctx->buflen;
- size_t add = 128 - left_over > len ? len : 128 - left_over;
-
- memcpy (&ctx->buffer[left_over], buffer, add);
- ctx->buflen += add;
-
- if (left_over + add > 64)
- {
- md5_process_block (ctx->buffer, (left_over + add) & ~63, ctx);
- /* The regions in the following copy operation cannot overlap. */
- memcpy (ctx->buffer, &ctx->buffer[(left_over + add) & ~63],
- (left_over + add) & 63);
- ctx->buflen = (left_over + add) & 63;
- }
-
- buffer = (const char *) buffer + add;
- len -= add;
- }
-
- /* Process available complete blocks. */
- if (len > 64)
- {
- md5_process_block (buffer, len & ~63, ctx);
- buffer = (const char *) buffer + (len & ~63);
- len &= 63;
- }
-
- /* Move remaining bytes in internal buffer. */
- if (len > 0)
- {
- memcpy (ctx->buffer, buffer, len);
- ctx->buflen = len;
- }
-}
-
-
-/* These are the four functions used in the four steps of the MD5 algorithm
- and defined in the RFC 1321. The first function is a little bit optimized
- (as found in Colin Plumbs public domain implementation). */
-/* #define FF(b, c, d) ((b & c) | (~b & d)) */
-#define FF(b, c, d) (d ^ (b & (c ^ d)))
-#define FG(b, c, d) FF (d, b, c)
-#define FH(b, c, d) (b ^ c ^ d)
-#define FI(b, c, d) (c ^ (b | ~d))
-
-/* Process LEN bytes of BUFFER, accumulating context into CTX.
- It is assumed that LEN % 64 == 0. */
-
-void
-md5_process_block (const void *buffer, size_t len, struct md5_ctx *ctx)
-{
- md5_uint32 correct_words[16];
- const md5_uint32 *words = (md5_uint32 *)buffer;
- size_t nwords = len / sizeof (md5_uint32);
- const md5_uint32 *endp = words + nwords;
- md5_uint32 A = ctx->A;
- md5_uint32 B = ctx->B;
- md5_uint32 C = ctx->C;
- md5_uint32 D = ctx->D;
-
- /* First increment the byte count. RFC 1321 specifies the possible
- length of the file up to 2^64 bits. Here we only compute the
- number of bytes. Do a double word increment. */
- ctx->total[0] += len;
- if (ctx->total[0] < len)
- ++ctx->total[1];
-
- /* Process all bytes in the buffer with 64 bytes in each round of
- the loop. */
- while (words < endp)
- {
- md5_uint32 *cwp = correct_words;
- md5_uint32 A_save = A;
- md5_uint32 B_save = B;
- md5_uint32 C_save = C;
- md5_uint32 D_save = D;
-
- /* First round: using the given function, the context and a constant
- the next context is computed. Because the algorithms processing
- unit is a 32-bit word and it is determined to work on words in
- little endian byte order we perhaps have to change the byte order
- before the computation. To reduce the work for the next steps
- we store the swapped words in the array CORRECT_WORDS. */
-
-#define OP(a, b, c, d, s, T) \
- do \
- { \
- a += FF (b, c, d) + (*cwp++ = SWAP (*words)) + T; \
- ++words; \
- CYCLIC (a, s); \
- a += b; \
- } \
- while (0)
-
- /* It is unfortunate that C does not provide an operator for
- cyclic rotation. Hope the C compiler is smart enough. */
-#define CYCLIC(w, s) (w = (w << s) | (w >> (32 - s)))
-
- /* Before we start, one word to the strange constants.
- They are defined in RFC 1321 as
-
- T[i] = (int) (4294967296.0 * fabs (sin (i))), i=1..64
- */
-
- /* Round 1. */
- OP (A, B, C, D, 7, 0xd76aa478);
- OP (D, A, B, C, 12, 0xe8c7b756);
- OP (C, D, A, B, 17, 0x242070db);
- OP (B, C, D, A, 22, 0xc1bdceee);
- OP (A, B, C, D, 7, 0xf57c0faf);
- OP (D, A, B, C, 12, 0x4787c62a);
- OP (C, D, A, B, 17, 0xa8304613);
- OP (B, C, D, A, 22, 0xfd469501);
- OP (A, B, C, D, 7, 0x698098d8);
- OP (D, A, B, C, 12, 0x8b44f7af);
- OP (C, D, A, B, 17, 0xffff5bb1);
- OP (B, C, D, A, 22, 0x895cd7be);
- OP (A, B, C, D, 7, 0x6b901122);
- OP (D, A, B, C, 12, 0xfd987193);
- OP (C, D, A, B, 17, 0xa679438e);
- OP (B, C, D, A, 22, 0x49b40821);
-
- /* For the second to fourth round we have the possibly swapped words
- in CORRECT_WORDS. Redefine the macro to take an additional first
- argument specifying the function to use. */
-#undef OP
-#define OP(f, a, b, c, d, k, s, T) \
- do \
- { \
- a += f (b, c, d) + correct_words[k] + T; \
- CYCLIC (a, s); \
- a += b; \
- } \
- while (0)
-
- /* Round 2. */
- OP (FG, A, B, C, D, 1, 5, 0xf61e2562);
- OP (FG, D, A, B, C, 6, 9, 0xc040b340);
- OP (FG, C, D, A, B, 11, 14, 0x265e5a51);
- OP (FG, B, C, D, A, 0, 20, 0xe9b6c7aa);
- OP (FG, A, B, C, D, 5, 5, 0xd62f105d);
- OP (FG, D, A, B, C, 10, 9, 0x02441453);
- OP (FG, C, D, A, B, 15, 14, 0xd8a1e681);
- OP (FG, B, C, D, A, 4, 20, 0xe7d3fbc8);
- OP (FG, A, B, C, D, 9, 5, 0x21e1cde6);
- OP (FG, D, A, B, C, 14, 9, 0xc33707d6);
- OP (FG, C, D, A, B, 3, 14, 0xf4d50d87);
- OP (FG, B, C, D, A, 8, 20, 0x455a14ed);
- OP (FG, A, B, C, D, 13, 5, 0xa9e3e905);
- OP (FG, D, A, B, C, 2, 9, 0xfcefa3f8);
- OP (FG, C, D, A, B, 7, 14, 0x676f02d9);
- OP (FG, B, C, D, A, 12, 20, 0x8d2a4c8a);
-
- /* Round 3. */
- OP (FH, A, B, C, D, 5, 4, 0xfffa3942);
- OP (FH, D, A, B, C, 8, 11, 0x8771f681);
- OP (FH, C, D, A, B, 11, 16, 0x6d9d6122);
- OP (FH, B, C, D, A, 14, 23, 0xfde5380c);
- OP (FH, A, B, C, D, 1, 4, 0xa4beea44);
- OP (FH, D, A, B, C, 4, 11, 0x4bdecfa9);
- OP (FH, C, D, A, B, 7, 16, 0xf6bb4b60);
- OP (FH, B, C, D, A, 10, 23, 0xbebfbc70);
- OP (FH, A, B, C, D, 13, 4, 0x289b7ec6);
- OP (FH, D, A, B, C, 0, 11, 0xeaa127fa);
- OP (FH, C, D, A, B, 3, 16, 0xd4ef3085);
- OP (FH, B, C, D, A, 6, 23, 0x04881d05);
- OP (FH, A, B, C, D, 9, 4, 0xd9d4d039);
- OP (FH, D, A, B, C, 12, 11, 0xe6db99e5);
- OP (FH, C, D, A, B, 15, 16, 0x1fa27cf8);
- OP (FH, B, C, D, A, 2, 23, 0xc4ac5665);
-
- /* Round 4. */
- OP (FI, A, B, C, D, 0, 6, 0xf4292244);
- OP (FI, D, A, B, C, 7, 10, 0x432aff97);
- OP (FI, C, D, A, B, 14, 15, 0xab9423a7);
- OP (FI, B, C, D, A, 5, 21, 0xfc93a039);
- OP (FI, A, B, C, D, 12, 6, 0x655b59c3);
- OP (FI, D, A, B, C, 3, 10, 0x8f0ccc92);
- OP (FI, C, D, A, B, 10, 15, 0xffeff47d);
- OP (FI, B, C, D, A, 1, 21, 0x85845dd1);
- OP (FI, A, B, C, D, 8, 6, 0x6fa87e4f);
- OP (FI, D, A, B, C, 15, 10, 0xfe2ce6e0);
- OP (FI, C, D, A, B, 6, 15, 0xa3014314);
- OP (FI, B, C, D, A, 13, 21, 0x4e0811a1);
- OP (FI, A, B, C, D, 4, 6, 0xf7537e82);
- OP (FI, D, A, B, C, 11, 10, 0xbd3af235);
- OP (FI, C, D, A, B, 2, 15, 0x2ad7d2bb);
- OP (FI, B, C, D, A, 9, 21, 0xeb86d391);
-
- /* Add the starting values of the context. */
- A += A_save;
- B += B_save;
- C += C_save;
- D += D_save;
- }
-
- /* Put checksum in context given as argument. */
- ctx->A = A;
- ctx->B = B;
- ctx->C = C;
- ctx->D = D;
-}
+++ /dev/null
-/* md5.h - Declaration of functions and data types used for MD5 sum
- computing library functions.
- Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
- NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C
- Library. Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu.
-
- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
- under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
- Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any
- later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- GNU General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
-
-#ifndef _MD5_H
-#define _MD5_H 1
-
-#include <limits.h>
-
-/* The following contortions are an attempt to use the C preprocessor
- to determine an unsigned integral type that is 32 bits wide. An
- alternative approach is to use autoconf's AC_CHECK_SIZEOF macro, but
- doing that would require that the configure script compile and *run*
- the resulting executable. Locally running cross-compiled executables
- is usually not possible. */
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# include <sys/types.h>
-typedef u_int32_t md5_uint32;
-#else
-# if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__
-# define UINT_MAX_32_BITS 4294967295U
-# else
-# define UINT_MAX_32_BITS 0xFFFFFFFF
-# endif
-
-/* If UINT_MAX isn't defined, assume it's a 32-bit type.
- This should be valid for all systems GNU cares about because
- that doesn't include 16-bit systems, and only modern systems
- (that certainly have <limits.h>) have 64+-bit integral types. */
-
-# ifndef UINT_MAX
-# define UINT_MAX UINT_MAX_32_BITS
-# endif
-
-# if UINT_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS
- typedef unsigned int md5_uint32;
-# else
-# if USHRT_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS
- typedef unsigned short md5_uint32;
-# else
-# if ULONG_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS
- typedef unsigned long md5_uint32;
-# else
- /* The following line is intended to evoke an error.
- Using #error is not portable enough. */
- "Cannot determine unsigned 32-bit data type."
-# endif
-# endif
-# endif
-#endif
-
-/* Structure to save state of computation between the single steps. */
-struct md5_ctx
-{
- md5_uint32 A;
- md5_uint32 B;
- md5_uint32 C;
- md5_uint32 D;
-
- md5_uint32 total[2];
- md5_uint32 buflen;
- char buffer[128];
-};
-
-/*
- * The following three functions are build up the low level used in
- * the functions `md5_stream' and `md5_buffer'.
- */
-
-/* Initialize structure containing state of computation.
- (RFC 1321, 3.3: Step 3) */
-extern void md5_init_ctx (struct md5_ctx *ctx);
-
-/* Starting with the result of former calls of this function (or the
- initialization function update the context for the next LEN bytes
- starting at BUFFER.
- It is necessary that LEN is a multiple of 64!!! */
-extern void md5_process_block (const void *buffer, size_t len,
- struct md5_ctx *ctx);
-
-/* Starting with the result of former calls of this function (or the
- initialization function update the context for the next LEN bytes
- starting at BUFFER.
- It is NOT required that LEN is a multiple of 64. */
-extern void md5_process_bytes (const void *buffer, size_t len,
- struct md5_ctx *ctx);
-
-/* Process the remaining bytes in the buffer and put result from CTX
- in first 16 bytes following RESBUF. The result is always in little
- endian byte order, so that a byte-wise output yields to the wanted
- ASCII representation of the message digest.
-
- IMPORTANT: On some systems it is required that RESBUF is correctly
- aligned for a 32 bits value. */
-extern void *md5_finish_ctx (struct md5_ctx *ctx, void *resbuf);
-
-
-/* Put result from CTX in first 16 bytes following RESBUF. The result is
- always in little endian byte order, so that a byte-wise output yields
- to the wanted ASCII representation of the message digest.
-
- IMPORTANT: On some systems it is required that RESBUF is correctly
- aligned for a 32 bits value. */
-extern void *md5_read_ctx (const struct md5_ctx *ctx, void *resbuf);
-
-
-#if 0 /* Unused in Wget */
-/* Compute MD5 message digest for bytes read from STREAM. The
- resulting message digest number will be written into the 16 bytes
- beginning at RESBLOCK. */
-extern int md5_stream (FILE *stream, void *resblock);
-#endif
-
-/* Compute MD5 message digest for LEN bytes beginning at BUFFER. The
- result is always in little endian byte order, so that a byte-wise
- output yields to the wanted ASCII representation of the message
- digest. */
-extern void *md5_buffer (const char *buffer, size_t len, void *resblock);
-
-#endif
# define countof(x) (sizeof (x) / sizeof ((x)[0]))
# endif
# include <ctype.h>
-# define TOLOWER(x) tolower ((unsigned char) (x))
+# define c_tolower(x) tolower ((unsigned char) (x))
# if __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L
# include <stdint.h> /* for uintptr_t */
# else
hash_string_nocase (const void *key)
{
const char *p = key;
- unsigned int h = TOLOWER (*p);
+ unsigned int h = c_tolower (*p);
if (h)
for (p += 1; *p != '\0'; p++)
- h = (h << 5) - h + TOLOWER (*p);
+ h = (h << 5) - h + c_tolower (*p);
return h;
}
int ch = *str++;
/* if ch is a number, add it to val. */
- if (ISXDIGIT (ch))
+ if (c_isxdigit (ch))
{
val <<= 4;
val |= XDIGIT_TO_NUM (ch);
for (i = 0; list[i]; i++)
{
for (j = strlen (list[i]), k = lw; j >= 0 && k >= 0; j--, k--)
- if (TOLOWER (list[i][j]) != TOLOWER (what[k]))
+ if (c_tolower (list[i][j]) != c_tolower (what[k]))
break;
/* The domain must be first to reach to beginning. */
if (j == -1)
# define xrealloc realloc
# define xfree free
-# undef ISSPACE
-# undef ISDIGIT
-# undef ISXDIGIT
-# undef ISALPHA
-# undef ISALNUM
-# undef TOLOWER
-# undef TOUPPER
-
-# define ISSPACE(x) isspace (x)
-# define ISDIGIT(x) isdigit (x)
-# define ISXDIGIT(x) isxdigit (x)
-# define ISALPHA(x) isalpha (x)
-# define ISALNUM(x) isalnum (x)
-# define TOLOWER(x) tolower (x)
-# define TOUPPER(x) toupper (x)
+# undef c_isspace
+# undef c_isdigit
+# undef c_isxdigit
+# undef c_isalpha
+# undef c_isalnum
+# undef c_tolower
+# undef c_toupper
+
+# define c_isspace(x) isspace (x)
+# define c_isdigit(x) isdigit (x)
+# define c_isxdigit(x) isxdigit (x)
+# define c_isalpha(x) isalpha (x)
+# define c_isalnum(x) isalnum (x)
+# define c_tolower(x) tolower (x)
+# define c_toupper(x) toupper (x)
struct hash_table {
int dummy;
However, "<foo" will work, as will "<!foo", "<", etc. In
other words an entity needs to be terminated by either a
non-alphanumeric or the end of string. */
-#define FITS(p, n) (p + n == end || (p + n < end && !ISALNUM (p[n])))
+#define FITS(p, n) (p + n == end || (p + n < end && !c_isalnum (p[n])))
/* Macros that test entity names by returning true if P is followed by
the specified characters. */
int digits = 0;
value = 0;
if (*p == 'x')
- for (++p; value < 256 && p < end && ISXDIGIT (*p); p++, digits++)
+ for (++p; value < 256 && p < end && c_isxdigit (*p); p++, digits++)
value = (value << 4) + XDIGIT_TO_NUM (*p);
else
- for (; value < 256 && p < end && ISDIGIT (*p); p++, digits++)
+ for (; value < 256 && p < end && c_isdigit (*p); p++, digits++)
value = (value * 10) + (*p - '0');
if (!digits)
return -1;
` '. */
if (flags & AP_TRIM_BLANKS)
{
- while (beg < end && ISSPACE (*beg))
+ while (beg < end && c_isspace (*beg))
++beg;
- while (end > beg && ISSPACE (end[-1]))
+ while (end > beg && c_isspace (end[-1]))
--end;
}
{
char *p = pool->contents + old_tail;
for (; *p; p++)
- *p = TOLOWER (*p);
+ *p = c_tolower (*p);
}
}
\f
/* Skip whitespace, if any. */
#define SKIP_WS(p) do { \
- while (ISSPACE (*p)) { \
+ while (c_isspace (*p)) { \
ADVANCE (p); \
} \
} while (0)
/* Skip non-whitespace, if any. */
#define SKIP_NON_WS(p) do { \
- while (!ISSPACE (*p)) { \
+ while (!c_isspace (*p)) { \
ADVANCE (p); \
} \
} while (0)
violated by, for instance, `%' in `width=75%'.
We'll be liberal and allow just about anything as
an attribute value. */
- while (!ISSPACE (*p) && *p != '>')
+ while (!c_isspace (*p) && *p != '>')
ADVANCE (p);
attr_value_end = p; /* <foo bar=baz qux=quix> */
/* ^ */
if (!refresh)
return;
- for (p = refresh; ISDIGIT (*p); p++)
+ for (p = refresh; c_isdigit (*p); p++)
timeout = 10 * timeout + *p - '0';
if (*p++ != ';')
return;
- while (ISSPACE (*p))
+ while (c_isspace (*p))
++p;
- if (!( TOUPPER (*p) == 'U'
- && TOUPPER (*(p + 1)) == 'R'
- && TOUPPER (*(p + 2)) == 'L'
+ if (!( c_toupper (*p) == 'U'
+ && c_toupper (*(p + 1)) == 'R'
+ && c_toupper (*(p + 2)) == 'L'
&& *(p + 3) == '='))
return;
p += 4;
- while (ISSPACE (*p))
+ while (c_isspace (*p))
++p;
entry = append_url (p, tag, attrind, ctx);
text = line_end;
/* Strip whitespace from the beginning and end of line. */
- while (line_beg < line_end && ISSPACE (*line_beg))
+ while (line_beg < line_end && c_isspace (*line_beg))
++line_beg;
- while (line_end > line_beg && ISSPACE (*(line_end - 1)))
+ while (line_end > line_beg && c_isspace (*(line_end - 1)))
--line_end;
if (line_beg == line_end)
#include <openssl/des.h>
#include <openssl/md4.h>
+#include <openssl/opensslv.h>
#include "wget.h"
#include "utils.h"
return false;
header += 4;
- while (*header && ISSPACE(*header))
+ while (*header && c_isspace(*header))
header++;
if (*header)
len = 14;
for (i=0; i<len; i++)
- pw[i] = TOUPPER (password[i]);
+ pw[i] = c_toupper (password[i]);
for (; i<14; i++)
pw[i] = 0;
return;
BOUNDED_TO_ALLOCA (header, p, name);
++p;
- while (ISSPACE (*p))
+ while (c_isspace (*p))
++p;
request_set_header (req, xstrdup (name), (char *) p, rel_name);
}
&& 0 == strncasecmp (b, name, name_len))
{
b += name_len + 1;
- while (b < e && ISSPACE (*b))
+ while (b < e && c_isspace (*b))
++b;
- while (b < e && ISSPACE (e[-1]))
+ while (b < e && c_isspace (e[-1]))
--e;
*begptr = b;
*endptr = e;
if (p < end && *p == '/')
{
++p;
- while (p < end && ISDIGIT (*p))
+ while (p < end && c_isdigit (*p))
++p;
if (p < end && *p == '.')
++p;
- while (p < end && ISDIGIT (*p))
+ while (p < end && c_isdigit (*p))
++p;
}
- while (p < end && ISSPACE (*p))
+ while (p < end && c_isspace (*p))
++p;
- if (end - p < 3 || !ISDIGIT (p[0]) || !ISDIGIT (p[1]) || !ISDIGIT (p[2]))
+ if (end - p < 3 || !c_isdigit (p[0]) || !c_isdigit (p[1]) || !c_isdigit (p[2]))
return -1;
status = 100 * (p[0] - '0') + 10 * (p[1] - '0') + (p[2] - '0');
if (message)
{
- while (p < end && ISSPACE (*p))
+ while (p < end && c_isspace (*p))
++p;
- while (p < end && ISSPACE (end[-1]))
+ while (p < end && c_isspace (end[-1]))
--end;
*message = strdupdelim (p, end);
}
HTTP spec. */
if (*hdr == ':')
++hdr;
- while (ISSPACE (*hdr))
+ while (c_isspace (*hdr))
++hdr;
if (!*hdr)
return false;
}
- if (!ISDIGIT (*hdr))
+ if (!c_isdigit (*hdr))
return false;
- for (num = 0; ISDIGIT (*hdr); hdr++)
+ for (num = 0; c_isdigit (*hdr); hdr++)
num = 10 * num + (*hdr - '0');
- if (*hdr != '-' || !ISDIGIT (*(hdr + 1)))
+ if (*hdr != '-' || !c_isdigit (*(hdr + 1)))
return false;
*first_byte_ptr = num;
++hdr;
- for (num = 0; ISDIGIT (*hdr); hdr++)
+ for (num = 0; c_isdigit (*hdr); hdr++)
num = 10 * num + (*hdr - '0');
- if (*hdr != '/' || !ISDIGIT (*(hdr + 1)))
+ if (*hdr != '/' || !c_isdigit (*(hdr + 1)))
return false;
*last_byte_ptr = num;
++hdr;
- for (num = 0; ISDIGIT (*hdr); hdr++)
+ for (num = 0; c_isdigit (*hdr); hdr++)
num = 10 * num + (*hdr - '0');
*entity_length_ptr = num;
return true;
{
const char *p = *source;
- while (ISSPACE (*p)) ++p;
+ while (c_isspace (*p)) ++p;
if (!*p)
{
*source = p;
/* Extract name. */
name->b = p;
- while (*p && !ISSPACE (*p) && *p != '=' && *p != separator) ++p;
+ while (*p && !c_isspace (*p) && *p != '=' && *p != separator) ++p;
name->e = p;
if (name->b == name->e)
return false; /* empty name: error */
- while (ISSPACE (*p)) ++p;
+ while (c_isspace (*p)) ++p;
if (*p == separator || !*p) /* no value */
{
xzero (*value);
/* *p is '=', extract value */
++p;
- while (ISSPACE (*p)) ++p;
+ while (c_isspace (*p)) ++p;
if (*p == '"') /* quoted */
{
value->b = ++p;
return false;
value->e = p++;
/* Currently at closing quote; find the end of param. */
- while (ISSPACE (*p)) ++p;
+ while (c_isspace (*p)) ++p;
while (*p && *p != separator) ++p;
if (*p == separator)
++p;
value->b = p;
while (*p && *p != separator) ++p;
value->e = p;
- while (value->e != value->b && ISSPACE (value->e[-1]))
+ while (value->e != value->b && c_isspace (value->e[-1]))
--value->e;
if (*p == separator) ++p;
}
#define BEGINS_WITH(line, string_constant) \
(!strncasecmp (line, string_constant, sizeof (string_constant) - 1) \
- && (ISSPACE (line[sizeof (string_constant) - 1]) \
+ && (c_isspace (line[sizeof (string_constant) - 1]) \
|| !line[sizeof (string_constant) - 1]))
#define SET_USER_AGENT(req) do { \
char *tmp = strchr (type, ';');
if (tmp)
{
- while (tmp > type && ISSPACE (tmp[-1]))
+ while (tmp > type && c_isspace (tmp[-1]))
--tmp;
*tmp = '\0';
}
/* Did we get the time-stamp? */
if (!got_head)
{
- bool restart_loop = false;
+ got_head = true; /* no more time-stamping */
if (opt.timestamping && !hstat.remote_time)
{
time_came_from_head = true;
}
- /* The time-stamping section. */
- if (opt.timestamping)
+ if (send_head_first)
{
- if (hstat.orig_file_name) /* Perform the following checks only
- if the file we're supposed to
- download already exists. */
+ /* The time-stamping section. */
+ if (opt.timestamping)
{
- if (hstat.remote_time &&
- tmr != (time_t) (-1))
+ if (hstat.orig_file_name) /* Perform the following
+ checks only if the file
+ we're supposed to
+ download already exists. */
{
- /* Now time-stamping can be used validly. Time-stamping
- means that if the sizes of the local and remote file
- match, and local file is newer than the remote file,
- it will not be retrieved. Otherwise, the normal
- download procedure is resumed. */
- if (hstat.orig_file_tstamp >= tmr)
+ if (hstat.remote_time &&
+ tmr != (time_t) (-1))
{
- if (hstat.contlen == -1
- || hstat.orig_file_size == hstat.contlen)
+ /* Now time-stamping can be used validly.
+ Time-stamping means that if the sizes of
+ the local and remote file match, and local
+ file is newer than the remote file, it will
+ not be retrieved. Otherwise, the normal
+ download procedure is resumed. */
+ if (hstat.orig_file_tstamp >= tmr)
{
- logprintf (LOG_VERBOSE, _("\
+ if (hstat.contlen == -1
+ || hstat.orig_file_size == hstat.contlen)
+ {
+ logprintf (LOG_VERBOSE, _("\
Server file no newer than local file `%s' -- not retrieving.\n\n"),
- hstat.orig_file_name);
- ret = RETROK;
- goto exit;
- }
- else
- {
- logprintf (LOG_VERBOSE, _("\
+ hstat.orig_file_name);
+ ret = RETROK;
+ goto exit;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ logprintf (LOG_VERBOSE, _("\
The sizes do not match (local %s) -- retrieving.\n"),
- number_to_static_string (hstat.orig_file_size));
+ number_to_static_string (hstat.orig_file_size));
+ }
}
- }
- else
- logputs (LOG_VERBOSE,
- _("Remote file is newer, retrieving.\n"));
+ else
+ logputs (LOG_VERBOSE,
+ _("Remote file is newer, retrieving.\n"));
- logputs (LOG_VERBOSE, "\n");
+ logputs (LOG_VERBOSE, "\n");
+ }
}
+
+ /* free_hstat (&hstat); */
+ hstat.timestamp_checked = true;
}
- /* free_hstat (&hstat); */
- hstat.timestamp_checked = true;
- restart_loop = true;
- }
-
- if (opt.spider)
- {
- if (opt.recursive)
+ if (opt.spider)
{
- if (*dt & TEXTHTML)
+ if (opt.recursive)
{
- logputs (LOG_VERBOSE, _("\
+ if (*dt & TEXTHTML)
+ {
+ logputs (LOG_VERBOSE, _("\
Remote file exists and could contain links to other resources -- retrieving.\n\n"));
- restart_loop = true;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ logprintf (LOG_VERBOSE, _("\
+Remote file exists but does not contain any link -- not retrieving.\n\n"));
+ ret = RETROK; /* RETRUNNEEDED is not for caller. */
+ goto exit;
+ }
}
- else
+ else
{
logprintf (LOG_VERBOSE, _("\
-Remote file exists but does not contain any link -- not retrieving.\n\n"));
+Remote file exists but recursion is disabled -- not retrieving.\n\n"));
ret = RETROK; /* RETRUNNEEDED is not for caller. */
goto exit;
}
}
- else
- {
- logprintf (LOG_VERBOSE, _("\
-Remote file exists but recursion is disabled -- not retrieving.\n\n"));
- ret = RETROK; /* RETRUNNEEDED is not for caller. */
- goto exit;
- }
- }
- if (send_head_first)
- {
got_name = true;
- restart_loop = true;
- }
-
- got_head = true; /* no more time-stamping */
- *dt &= ~HEAD_ONLY;
- count = 0; /* the retrieve count for HEAD is reset */
-
- if (restart_loop)
- continue;
- }
+ *dt &= ~HEAD_ONLY;
+ count = 0; /* the retrieve count for HEAD is reset */
+ continue;
+ } /* send_head_first */
+ } /* !got_head */
if ((tmr != (time_t) (-1))
&& ((hstat.len == hstat.contlen) ||
{
if (!p)
return false;
- while (ISSPACE (*p))
+ while (c_isspace (*p))
++p;
if (!*p
|| (p[0] == 'G' && p[1] == 'M' && p[2] == 'T')
- || ((p[0] == '+' || p[0] == '-') && ISDIGIT (p[1])))
+ || ((p[0] == '+' || p[0] == '-') && c_isdigit (p[1])))
return true;
else
return false;
}
#define SKIP_WS(x) do { \
- while (ISSPACE (*(x))) \
+ while (c_isspace (*(x))) \
++(x); \
} while (0)
((e) - (b) >= STRSIZE (literal) \
&& 0 == strncasecmp (b, literal, STRSIZE (literal)) \
&& ((e) - (b) == STRSIZE (literal) \
- || ISSPACE (b[STRSIZE (literal)])))
+ || c_isspace (b[STRSIZE (literal)])))
static bool
known_authentication_scheme_p (const char *hdrbeg, const char *hdrend)
{
/* We are called only with known schemes, so we can dispatch on the
first letter. */
- switch (TOUPPER (*au))
+ switch (c_toupper (*au))
{
case 'B': /* Basic */
*finished = true;
int ind;
/* Skip leading and trailing whitespace. */
- while (*line && ISSPACE (*line))
+ while (*line && c_isspace (*line))
++line;
- while (end > line && ISSPACE (end[-1]))
+ while (end > line && c_isspace (end[-1]))
--end;
/* Skip empty lines and comments. */
p = line;
cmdstart = p;
- while (p < end && (ISALNUM (*p) || *p == '_' || *p == '-'))
+ while (p < end && (c_isalnum (*p) || *p == '_' || *p == '-'))
++p;
cmdend = p;
/* Skip '=', as well as any space before or after it. */
- while (p < end && ISSPACE (*p))
+ while (p < end && c_isspace (*p))
++p;
if (p == end || *p != '=')
return line_syntax_error;
++p;
- while (p < end && ISSPACE (*p))
+ while (p < end && c_isspace (*p))
++p;
valstart = p;
static bool simple_atoi (const char *, const char *, int *);
static bool simple_atof (const char *, const char *, double *);
-#define CMP1(p, c0) (TOLOWER((p)[0]) == (c0) && (p)[1] == '\0')
+#define CMP1(p, c0) (c_tolower((p)[0]) == (c0) && (p)[1] == '\0')
-#define CMP2(p, c0, c1) (TOLOWER((p)[0]) == (c0) \
- && TOLOWER((p)[1]) == (c1) \
+#define CMP2(p, c0, c1) (c_tolower((p)[0]) == (c0) \
+ && c_tolower((p)[1]) == (c1) \
&& (p)[2] == '\0')
-#define CMP3(p, c0, c1, c2) (TOLOWER((p)[0]) == (c0) \
- && TOLOWER((p)[1]) == (c1) \
- && TOLOWER((p)[2]) == (c2) \
+#define CMP3(p, c0, c1, c2) (c_tolower((p)[0]) == (c0) \
+ && c_tolower((p)[1]) == (c1) \
+ && c_tolower((p)[2]) == (c2) \
&& (p)[3] == '\0')
}
/* Strip trailing whitespace. */
- while (val < end && ISSPACE (end[-1]))
+ while (val < end && c_isspace (end[-1]))
--end;
if (val == end)
return false;
- switch (TOLOWER (end[-1]))
+ switch (c_tolower (end[-1]))
{
case 'k':
--end, mult = 1024.0;
}
/* Skip leading and trailing whitespace. */
- while (val < end && ISSPACE (*val))
+ while (val < end && c_isspace (*val))
++val;
- while (val < end && ISSPACE (end[-1]))
+ while (val < end && c_isspace (end[-1]))
--end;
if (val == end)
return false;
const char *end = val + strlen (val);
/* Strip trailing whitespace. */
- while (val < end && ISSPACE (end[-1]))
+ while (val < end && c_isspace (end[-1]))
--end;
if (val == end)
return false;
}
- switch (TOLOWER (end[-1]))
+ switch (c_tolower (end[-1]))
{
case 's':
--end, mult = 1; /* seconds */
}
/* Skip leading and trailing whitespace. */
- while (val < end && ISSPACE (*val))
+ while (val < end && c_isspace (*val))
++val;
- while (val < end && ISSPACE (end[-1]))
+ while (val < end && c_isspace (end[-1]))
--end;
if (val == end)
goto err;
bool negative = false;
const char *p = beg;
- while (p < end && ISSPACE (*p))
+ while (p < end && c_isspace (*p))
++p;
if (p < end && (*p == '-' || *p == '+'))
{
negative integer cannot be represented as a positive number. */
if (!negative)
- for (; p < end && ISDIGIT (*p); p++)
+ for (; p < end && c_isdigit (*p); p++)
{
int next = (10 * result) + (*p - '0');
if (next < result)
result = next;
}
else
- for (; p < end && ISDIGIT (*p); p++)
+ for (; p < end && c_isdigit (*p); p++)
{
int next = (10 * result) - (*p - '0');
if (next > result)
const char *p = beg;
- while (p < end && ISSPACE (*p))
+ while (p < end && c_isspace (*p))
++p;
if (p < end && (*p == '-' || *p == '+'))
{
for (; p < end; p++)
{
char ch = *p;
- if (ISDIGIT (ch))
+ if (c_isdigit (ch))
{
if (!seen_dot)
result = (10 * result) + (ch - '0');
{
const char *p;
- for (p = s; *p && *p != ':' && !ISSPACE (*p); p++)
+ for (p = s; *p && *p != ':' && !c_isspace (*p); p++)
;
/* The header MUST contain `:' preceded by at least one
non-whitespace character. */
/* String escape functions. */
/* Return the number of non-printable characters in SOURCE.
- Non-printable characters are determined as per safe-ctype.c. */
+ Non-printable characters are determined as per c-ctype.c. */
static int
count_nonprint (const char *source)
const char *p;
int cnt;
for (p = source, cnt = 0; *p; p++)
- if (!ISPRINT (*p))
+ if (!c_isprint (*p))
++cnt;
return cnt;
}
{
case 8:
while ((c = *from++) != '\0')
- if (ISPRINT (c))
+ if (c_isprint (c))
*to++ = c;
else
{
break;
case 16:
while ((c = *from++) != '\0')
- if (ISPRINT (c))
+ if (c_isprint (c))
*to++ = c;
else
{
#endif /* HAVE_UNISTD_H */
#include <string.h>
#include <signal.h>
-#ifdef HAVE_NLS
+#ifdef ENABLE_NLS
# include <locale.h>
#endif
#include <assert.h>
#include "spider.h"
#include "http.h" /* for save_cookies */
-/* On GNU system this will include system-wide getopt.h. */
-#include "getopt.h"
+#include <getopt.h>
#ifndef PATH_SEPARATOR
# define PATH_SEPARATOR '/'
static void
i18n_initialize (void)
{
- /* HAVE_NLS implies existence of functions invoked here. */
-#ifdef HAVE_NLS
+ /* ENABLE_NLS implies existence of functions invoked here. */
+#ifdef ENABLE_NLS
/* Set the current locale. */
setlocale (LC_ALL, "");
/* Set the text message domain. */
bindtextdomain ("wget", LOCALEDIR);
textdomain ("wget");
-#endif /* HAVE_NLS */
+#endif /* ENABLE_NLS */
}
\f
/* Definition of command-line options. */
#ifdef WINDOWS
/* Drop extension (typically .EXE) from executable filename. */
- windows_main (&argc, (char **) argv, (char **) &exec_name);
+ windows_main ((char **) &exec_name);
#endif
/* Set option defaults; read the system wgetrc and ~/.wgetrc. */
before passing the value to setoptval. */
bool flag = true;
if (optarg)
- flag = (*optarg == '1' || TOLOWER (*optarg) == 'y'
- || (TOLOWER (optarg[0]) == 'o'
- && TOLOWER (optarg[1]) == 'n'));
+ flag = (*optarg == '1' || c_tolower (*optarg) == 'y'
+ || (c_tolower (optarg[0]) == 'o'
+ && c_tolower (optarg[1]) == 'n'));
setoptval (opt->type == OPT__PARENT ? "noparent" : "noclobber",
flag ? "0" : "1", opt->long_name);
break;
interoption dependency checks. */
if (opt.reclevel == 0)
- opt.reclevel = INFINITE_RECURSION; /* see recur.h for commentary on this */
+ opt.reclevel = INFINITE_RECURSION; /* see recur.h for commentary */
+
+ if (opt.spider || opt.delete_after)
+ opt.no_dirstruct = true;
if (opt.page_requisites && !opt.recursive)
{
}
void
-windows_main (int *argc, char **argv, char **exec_name)
+windows_main (char **exec_name)
{
char *p;
static void
ws_cleanup (void)
{
+ xfree ((char*)exec_name);
WSACleanup ();
}
void ws_changetitle (const char *);
void ws_percenttitle (double);
char *ws_mypath (void);
-void windows_main (int *, char **, char **);
+void windows_main (char **);
#endif /* MSWINDOWS_H */
quote = 0;
/* Skip leading whitespace. */
- while (*p && ISSPACE (*p))
+ while (*p && c_isspace (*p))
p ++;
/* If the line is empty, then end any macro definition. */
while (*p && last_token != tok_macdef)
{
/* Skip any whitespace. */
- while (*p && ISSPACE (*p))
+ while (*p && c_isspace (*p))
p ++;
/* Discard end-of-line comments; also, stop processing if
tok = p;
/* Find the end of the token, handling quotes and escapes. */
- while (*p && (quote ? *p != '"' : !ISSPACE (*p))){
+ while (*p && (quote ? *p != '"' : !c_isspace (*p))){
if (*p == '\\')
shift_left (p);
p ++;
{
const char *p = pattern, *n = string;
char c;
- for (; (c = TOLOWER (*p++)) != '\0'; n++)
+ for (; (c = c_tolower (*p++)) != '\0'; n++)
if (c == '*')
{
- for (c = TOLOWER (*p); c == '*'; c = TOLOWER (*++p))
+ for (c = c_tolower (*p); c == '*'; c = c_tolower (*++p))
;
for (; *n != '\0'; n++)
- if (TOLOWER (*n) == c && pattern_match (p, n))
+ if (c_tolower (*n) == c && pattern_match (p, n))
return true;
#ifdef ASTERISK_EXCLUDES_DOT
else if (*n == '.')
}
else
{
- if (c != TOLOWER (*n))
+ if (c != c_tolower (*n))
return false;
}
return *n == '\0';
if (res_retrieve_file (url, &rfile))
{
specs = res_parse_from_file (rfile);
+
+ /* Delete the robots.txt file if we chose to either delete the
+ files after downloading or we're just running a spider. */
+ if (opt.delete_after || opt.spider)
+ {
+ logprintf (LOG_VERBOSE, "Removing %s.\n", rfile);
+ if (unlink (rfile))
+ logprintf (LOG_NOTQUIET, "unlink: %s\n",
+ strerror (errno));
+ }
+
xfree (rfile);
}
else
#define EOL(p) ((p) >= lineend)
#define SKIP_SPACE(p) do { \
- while (!EOL (p) && ISSPACE (*p)) \
+ while (!EOL (p) && c_isspace (*p)) \
++p; \
} while (0)
lineend to a location preceding the first comment. Real line
ending remains in lineend_real. */
for (lineend = p; lineend < lineend_real; lineend++)
- if ((lineend == p || ISSPACE (*(lineend - 1)))
+ if ((lineend == p || c_isspace (*(lineend - 1)))
&& *lineend == '#')
break;
/* Ignore trailing whitespace in the same way. */
- while (lineend > p && ISSPACE (*(lineend - 1)))
+ while (lineend > p && c_isspace (*(lineend - 1)))
--lineend;
assert (!EOL (p));
field_b = p;
- while (!EOL (p) && (ISALNUM (*p) || *p == '-'))
+ while (!EOL (p) && (c_isalnum (*p) || *p == '-'))
++p;
field_e = p;
advance the pointer. */
#define DECODE_MAYBE(c, ptr) do { \
- if (c == '%' && ISXDIGIT (ptr[1]) && ISXDIGIT (ptr[2])) \
+ if (c == '%' && c_isxdigit (ptr[1]) && c_isxdigit (ptr[2])) \
{ \
char decoded = X2DIGITS_TO_NUM (ptr[1], ptr[2]); \
if (decoded != '/') \
+++ /dev/null
-/* <ctype.h> replacement macros.
-
- Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
- Contributed by Zack Weinberg <zackw@stanford.edu>.
-
-This file is part of the libiberty library.
-Libiberty is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
-License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
-version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
-Libiberty is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-Library General Public License for more details.
-
-You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
-License along with libiberty. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-
-In addition, as a special exception, the Free Software Foundation
-gives permission to link the code of its release of Wget with the
-OpenSSL project's "OpenSSL" library (or with modified versions of it
-that use the same license as the "OpenSSL" library), and distribute
-the linked executables. You must obey the GNU General Public License
-in all respects for all of the code used other than "OpenSSL". If you
-modify this file, you may extend this exception to your version of the
-file, but you are not obligated to do so. If you do not wish to do
-so, delete this exception statement from your version. */
-
-/* This is a compatible replacement of the standard C library's <ctype.h>
- with the following properties:
-
- - Implements all isxxx() macros required by C99.
- - Also implements some character classes useful when
- parsing C-like languages.
- - Does not change behavior depending on the current locale.
- - Behaves properly for all values in the range of a signed or
- unsigned char. */
-
-#include <config.h>
-#include <safe-ctype.h>
-#include <stdio.h> /* for EOF */
-
-/* Shorthand */
-#define bl _sch_isblank
-#define cn _sch_iscntrl
-#define di _sch_isdigit
-#define is _sch_isidst
-#define lo _sch_islower
-#define nv _sch_isnvsp
-#define pn _sch_ispunct
-#define pr _sch_isprint
-#define sp _sch_isspace
-#define up _sch_isupper
-#define vs _sch_isvsp
-#define xd _sch_isxdigit
-
-/* Masks. */
-#define L lo|is |pr /* lower case letter */
-#define XL lo|is|xd|pr /* lowercase hex digit */
-#define U up|is |pr /* upper case letter */
-#define XU up|is|xd|pr /* uppercase hex digit */
-#define D di |xd|pr /* decimal digit */
-#define P pn |pr /* punctuation */
-#define _ pn|is |pr /* underscore */
-
-#define C cn /* control character */
-#define Z nv |cn /* NUL */
-#define M nv|sp |cn /* cursor movement: \f \v */
-#define V vs|sp |cn /* vertical space: \r \n */
-#define T nv|sp|bl|cn /* tab */
-#define S nv|sp|bl|pr /* space */
-
-/* Are we ASCII? */
-#if '\n' == 0x0A && ' ' == 0x20 && '0' == 0x30 \
- && 'A' == 0x41 && 'a' == 0x61 && '!' == 0x21 \
- && EOF == -1
-
-const unsigned short _sch_istable[256] =
-{
- Z, C, C, C, C, C, C, C, /* NUL SOH STX ETX EOT ENQ ACK BEL */
- C, T, V, M, M, V, C, C, /* BS HT LF VT FF CR SO SI */
- C, C, C, C, C, C, C, C, /* DLE DC1 DC2 DC3 DC4 NAK SYN ETB */
- C, C, C, C, C, C, C, C, /* CAN EM SUB ESC FS GS RS US */
- S, P, P, P, P, P, P, P, /* SP ! " # $ % & ' */
- P, P, P, P, P, P, P, P, /* ( ) * + , - . / */
- D, D, D, D, D, D, D, D, /* 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 */
- D, D, P, P, P, P, P, P, /* 8 9 : ; < = > ? */
- P, XU, XU, XU, XU, XU, XU, U, /* @ A B C D E F G */
- U, U, U, U, U, U, U, U, /* H I J K L M N O */
- U, U, U, U, U, U, U, U, /* P Q R S T U V W */
- U, U, U, P, P, P, P, _, /* X Y Z [ \ ] ^ _ */
- P, XL, XL, XL, XL, XL, XL, L, /* ` a b c d e f g */
- L, L, L, L, L, L, L, L, /* h i j k l m n o */
- L, L, L, L, L, L, L, L, /* p q r s t u v w */
- L, L, L, P, P, P, P, C, /* x y z { | } ~ DEL */
-
- /* high half of unsigned char is locale-specific, so all tests are
- false in "C" locale */
- 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
- 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
- 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
- 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
-
- 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
- 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
- 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
- 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
-};
-
-const unsigned char _sch_tolower[256] =
-{
- 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15,
- 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31,
- 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47,
- 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63,
- 64,
-
- 'a', 'b', 'c', 'd', 'e', 'f', 'g', 'h', 'i', 'j', 'k', 'l', 'm',
- 'n', 'o', 'p', 'q', 'r', 's', 't', 'u', 'v', 'w', 'x', 'y', 'z',
-
- 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96,
-
- 'a', 'b', 'c', 'd', 'e', 'f', 'g', 'h', 'i', 'j', 'k', 'l', 'm',
- 'n', 'o', 'p', 'q', 'r', 's', 't', 'u', 'v', 'w', 'x', 'y', 'z',
-
- 123,124,125,126,127,
-
- 128,129,130,131, 132,133,134,135, 136,137,138,139, 140,141,142,143,
- 144,145,146,147, 148,149,150,151, 152,153,154,155, 156,157,158,159,
- 160,161,162,163, 164,165,166,167, 168,169,170,171, 172,173,174,175,
- 176,177,178,179, 180,181,182,183, 184,185,186,187, 188,189,190,191,
-
- 192,193,194,195, 196,197,198,199, 200,201,202,203, 204,205,206,207,
- 208,209,210,211, 212,213,214,215, 216,217,218,219, 220,221,222,223,
- 224,225,226,227, 228,229,230,231, 232,233,234,235, 236,237,238,239,
- 240,241,242,243, 244,245,246,247, 248,249,250,251, 252,253,254,255,
-};
-
-const unsigned char _sch_toupper[256] =
-{
- 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15,
- 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31,
- 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47,
- 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63,
- 64,
-
- 'A', 'B', 'C', 'D', 'E', 'F', 'G', 'H', 'I', 'J', 'K', 'L', 'M',
- 'N', 'O', 'P', 'Q', 'R', 'S', 'T', 'U', 'V', 'W', 'X', 'Y', 'Z',
-
- 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96,
-
- 'A', 'B', 'C', 'D', 'E', 'F', 'G', 'H', 'I', 'J', 'K', 'L', 'M',
- 'N', 'O', 'P', 'Q', 'R', 'S', 'T', 'U', 'V', 'W', 'X', 'Y', 'Z',
-
- 123,124,125,126,127,
-
- 128,129,130,131, 132,133,134,135, 136,137,138,139, 140,141,142,143,
- 144,145,146,147, 148,149,150,151, 152,153,154,155, 156,157,158,159,
- 160,161,162,163, 164,165,166,167, 168,169,170,171, 172,173,174,175,
- 176,177,178,179, 180,181,182,183, 184,185,186,187, 188,189,190,191,
-
- 192,193,194,195, 196,197,198,199, 200,201,202,203, 204,205,206,207,
- 208,209,210,211, 212,213,214,215, 216,217,218,219, 220,221,222,223,
- 224,225,226,227, 228,229,230,231, 232,233,234,235, 236,237,238,239,
- 240,241,242,243, 244,245,246,247, 248,249,250,251, 252,253,254,255,
-};
-
-#else
- #error "Unsupported host character set"
-#endif /* not ASCII */
+++ /dev/null
-/* <ctype.h> replacement macros.
-
- Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
- Contributed by Zack Weinberg <zackw@stanford.edu>.
-
-This file is part of the libiberty library.
-Libiberty is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
-License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
-version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
-Libiberty is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-Library General Public License for more details.
-
-You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
-License along with libiberty. If not, see
-<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-
-In addition, as a special exception, the Free Software Foundation
-gives permission to link the code of its release of Wget with the
-OpenSSL project's "OpenSSL" library (or with modified versions of it
-that use the same license as the "OpenSSL" library), and distribute
-the linked executables. You must obey the GNU General Public License
-in all respects for all of the code used other than "OpenSSL". If you
-modify this file, you may extend this exception to your version of the
-file, but you are not obligated to do so. If you do not wish to do
-so, delete this exception statement from your version. */
-
-/* This is a compatible replacement of the standard C library's <ctype.h>
- with the following properties:
-
- - Implements all isxxx() macros required by C99.
- - Also implements some character classes useful when
- parsing C-like languages.
- - Does not change behavior depending on the current locale.
- - Behaves properly for all values in the range of a signed or
- unsigned char.
-
- To avoid conflicts, this header defines the isxxx functions in upper
- case, e.g. ISALPHA not isalpha. */
-
-#ifndef SAFE_CTYPE_H
-#define SAFE_CTYPE_H
-
-/* Catch erroneous use of ctype macros. Files that really know what
- they're doing can disable this check by defining the
- I_REALLY_WANT_CTYPE_MACROS preprocessor constant. */
-
-#ifndef I_REALLY_WANT_CTYPE_MACROS
-
-/* We used to #define these to errors, but that loses when real
- ctype.h is included, usually by a library's (OpenSSL's) header
- which gets #included after wget.h. */
-
-#undef isalpha
-#undef isalnum
-#undef isblank
-#undef iscntrl
-#undef isdigit
-#undef isgraph
-#undef islower
-#undef isprint
-#undef ispunct
-#undef isspace
-#undef isupper
-#undef isxdigit
-
-#endif /* I_REALLY_WANT_CTYPE_MACROS */
-
-/* Categories. */
-
-enum {
- /* In C99 */
- _sch_isblank = 0x0001, /* space \t */
- _sch_iscntrl = 0x0002, /* nonprinting characters */
- _sch_isdigit = 0x0004, /* 0-9 */
- _sch_islower = 0x0008, /* a-z */
- _sch_isprint = 0x0010, /* any printing character including ' ' */
- _sch_ispunct = 0x0020, /* all punctuation */
- _sch_isspace = 0x0040, /* space \t \n \r \f \v */
- _sch_isupper = 0x0080, /* A-Z */
- _sch_isxdigit = 0x0100, /* 0-9A-Fa-f */
-
- /* Extra categories useful to cpplib. */
- _sch_isidst = 0x0200, /* A-Za-z_ */
- _sch_isvsp = 0x0400, /* \n \r */
- _sch_isnvsp = 0x0800, /* space \t \f \v \0 */
-
- /* Combinations of the above. */
- _sch_isalpha = _sch_isupper|_sch_islower, /* A-Za-z */
- _sch_isalnum = _sch_isalpha|_sch_isdigit, /* A-Za-z0-9 */
- _sch_isidnum = _sch_isidst|_sch_isdigit, /* A-Za-z0-9_ */
- _sch_isgraph = _sch_isalnum|_sch_ispunct, /* isprint and not space */
- _sch_iscppsp = _sch_isvsp|_sch_isnvsp /* isspace + \0 */
-};
-
-/* Character classification. */
-extern const unsigned short _sch_istable[256];
-
-#define _sch_test(c, bit) (_sch_istable[(c) & 0xff] & (unsigned short)(bit))
-
-#define ISALPHA(c) _sch_test(c, _sch_isalpha)
-#define ISALNUM(c) _sch_test(c, _sch_isalnum)
-#define ISBLANK(c) _sch_test(c, _sch_isblank)
-#define ISCNTRL(c) _sch_test(c, _sch_iscntrl)
-#define ISDIGIT(c) _sch_test(c, _sch_isdigit)
-#define ISGRAPH(c) _sch_test(c, _sch_isgraph)
-#define ISLOWER(c) _sch_test(c, _sch_islower)
-#define ISPRINT(c) _sch_test(c, _sch_isprint)
-#define ISPUNCT(c) _sch_test(c, _sch_ispunct)
-#define ISSPACE(c) _sch_test(c, _sch_isspace)
-#define ISUPPER(c) _sch_test(c, _sch_isupper)
-#define ISXDIGIT(c) _sch_test(c, _sch_isxdigit)
-
-#define ISIDNUM(c) _sch_test(c, _sch_isidnum)
-#define ISIDST(c) _sch_test(c, _sch_isidst)
-#define IS_VSPACE(c) _sch_test(c, _sch_isvsp)
-#define IS_NVSPACE(c) _sch_test(c, _sch_isnvsp)
-#define IS_SPACE_OR_NUL(c) _sch_test(c, _sch_iscppsp)
-
-/* Character transformation. */
-extern const unsigned char _sch_toupper[256];
-extern const unsigned char _sch_tolower[256];
-#define TOUPPER(c) _sch_toupper[(c) & 0xff]
-#define TOLOWER(c) _sch_tolower[(c) & 0xff]
-
-#endif /* SAFE_CTYPE_H */
{
char c;
/* Do nothing if '%' is not followed by two hex digits. */
- if (!h[1] || !h[2] || !(ISXDIGIT (h[1]) && ISXDIGIT (h[2])))
+ if (!h[1] || !h[2] || !(c_isxdigit (h[1]) && c_isxdigit (h[2])))
goto copychar;
c = X2DIGITS_TO_NUM (h[1], h[2]);
/* Don't unescape %00 because there is no way to insert it
{
if (*p == '%')
{
- if (ISXDIGIT (*(p + 1)) && ISXDIGIT (*(p + 2)))
+ if (c_isxdigit (*(p + 1)) && c_isxdigit (*(p + 2)))
return false;
else
/* Garbled %.. sequence: encode `%'. */
return SCHEME_INVALID;
}
-#define SCHEME_CHAR(ch) (ISALNUM (ch) || (ch) == '-' || (ch) == '+')
+#define SCHEME_CHAR(ch) (c_isalnum (ch) || (ch) == '-' || (ch) == '+')
/* Return 1 if the URL begins with any "scheme", 0 otherwise. As
currently implemented, it returns true if URL begins with
{
bool changed = false;
for (; *str; str++)
- if (ISUPPER (*str))
+ if (c_isupper (*str))
{
changed = true;
- *str = TOLOWER (*str);
+ *str = c_tolower (*str);
}
return changed;
}
if (port_b != port_e)
for (port = 0, pp = port_b; pp < port_e; pp++)
{
- if (!ISDIGIT (*pp))
+ if (!c_isdigit (*pp))
{
/* http://host:12randomgarbage/blah */
/* ^ */
enum {
filechr_not_unix = 1, /* unusable on Unix, / and \0 */
- filechr_not_windows = 2, /* unusable on MSDOS/Windows, one of \|/<>?:*" */
+ filechr_not_windows = 2, /* unusable on Windows, one of \|/<>?:*" */
filechr_control = 4 /* a control character, e.g. 0-31 */
};
for (q = TAIL (dest); q < TAIL (dest) + outlen; ++q)
{
if (opt.restrict_files_case == restrict_lowercase)
- *q = TOLOWER (*q);
+ *q = c_tolower (*q);
else
- *q = TOUPPER (*q);
+ *q = c_toupper (*q);
}
}
if (p[0] == '%')
{
- if (!ISXDIGIT(p[1]) || !ISXDIGIT(p[2]))
+ if (!c_isxdigit(p[1]) || !c_isxdigit(p[2]))
{
*c = '%';
return 1;
while (*p && *q
&& (pp = getchar_from_escaped_string (p, &ch1))
&& (qq = getchar_from_escaped_string (q, &ch2))
- && (TOLOWER(ch1) == TOLOWER(ch2)))
+ && (c_tolower(ch1) == c_tolower(ch2)))
{
p += pp;
q += qq;
#ifdef HAVE_MMAP
# include <sys/mman.h>
#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_PROCESS_H
+# include <process.h> /* getpid() */
+#endif
#ifdef HAVE_UTIME_H
# include <utime.h>
#endif
char *copy = xstrdup (s);
char *p = copy;
for (; *p; p++)
- *p = TOLOWER (*p);
+ *p = c_tolower (*p);
return copy;
}
res[++i] = NULL;
++s;
/* Skip the blanks following the ','. */
- while (ISSPACE (*s))
+ while (c_isspace (*s))
++s;
p = s;
}
char *strcopy = (char *) alloca (strlen (string) + 1);
char *p;
for (p = patcopy; *pattern; pattern++, p++)
- *p = TOLOWER (*pattern);
+ *p = c_tolower (*pattern);
*p = '\0';
for (p = strcopy; *string; string++, p++)
- *p = TOLOWER (*string);
+ *p = c_tolower (*string);
*p = '\0';
return fnmatch (patcopy, strcopy, flags);
#endif
for (; *d1 && *d2 && (*d1 == *d2); ++d1, ++d2)
;
else
- for (; *d1 && *d2 && (TOLOWER (*d1) == TOLOWER (*d2)); ++d1, ++d2)
+ for (; *d1 && *d2 && (c_tolower (*d1) == c_tolower (*d2)); ++d1, ++d2)
;
return *d1 == '\0' && (*d2 == '\0' || *d2 == '/');
else
{
for (i = strlen (string), j = strlen (tail); i >= 0 && j >= 0; i--, j--)
- if (TOLOWER (string[i]) != TOLOWER (tail[j]))
+ if (c_tolower (string[i]) != c_tolower (tail[j]))
break;
}
when end of string is reached. */
#define NEXT_CHAR(c, p) do { \
c = (unsigned char) *p++; \
-} while (ISSPACE (c))
+} while (c_isspace (c))
#define IS_ASCII(c) (((c) & 0x80) == 0)
+++ /dev/null
-char *version_string = "1.10+devel";
/* `gettext (FOO)' is long to write, so we use `_(FOO)'. If NLS is
unavailable, _(STRING) simply returns STRING. */
-#ifdef HAVE_NLS
-# define _(string) gettext (string)
-# ifdef HAVE_LIBINTL_H
-# include <libintl.h>
-# else /* not HAVE_LIBINTL_H */
- const char *gettext ();
-# endif /* not HAVE_LIBINTL_H */
-#else /* not HAVE_NLS */
-# define _(string) (string)
-# define ngettext(sing, plur, num) ((num) == 1 ? (sing) : (plur))
-#endif /* not HAVE_NLS */
+#include "gettext.h"
+#define _(string) gettext (string)
/* A pseudo function call that serves as a marker for the automated
extraction of messages, but does not call gettext(). The run-time
/* Include these, so random files need not include them. */
#include "sysdep.h"
/* locale independent replacement for ctype.h */
-#include "safe-ctype.h"
+#include "c-ctype.h"
/* Conditionalize the use of GCC's __attribute__((format)) and
__builtin_expect features using macros. */
/* Convert an ASCII hex digit to the corresponding number between 0
and 15. H should be a hexadecimal digit that satisfies isxdigit;
otherwise, the result is undefined. */
-#define XDIGIT_TO_NUM(h) ((h) < 'A' ? (h) - '0' : TOUPPER (h) - 'A' + 10)
+#define XDIGIT_TO_NUM(h) ((h) < 'A' ? (h) - '0' : c_toupper (h) - 'A' + 10)
#define X2DIGITS_TO_NUM(h1, h2) ((XDIGIT_TO_NUM (h1) << 4) + XDIGIT_TO_NUM (h2))
/* The reverse of the above: convert a number in the [0, 16) range to
+2007-10-05 Ralf Wildenhues <Ralf.Wildenhues@gmx.de>
+
+ * WgetTest.pm.in: wget is built in the build tree. Use an
+ absolute path to the binary.
+ * Makefile.in: Removed, replaced by Makefile.am.
+ * Makefile.am: Converted from Makefile.in.
+
2007-09-25 Micah Cowan <micah@cowan.name>
* Makefile.in: Use EXEEXT instead of exeext.
--- /dev/null
+# Makefile for `wget' utility
+# Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003,
+# 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with Wget. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+# In addition, as a special exception, the Free Software Foundation
+# gives permission to link the code of its release of Wget with the
+# OpenSSL project's "OpenSSL" library (or with modified versions of it
+# that use the same license as the "OpenSSL" library), and distribute
+# the linked executables. You must obey the GNU General Public License
+# in all respects for all of the code used other than "OpenSSL". If you
+# modify this file, you may extend this exception to your version of the
+# file, but you are not obligated to do so. If you do not wish to do
+# so, delete this exception statement from your version.
+
+#
+# Version: @VERSION@
+#
+
+PERL = perl
+PERLRUN = $(PERL) -I$(srcdir)
+
+.PHONY: test run-unit-tests run-px-tests
+
+check-local: test
+
+test: ../src/wget$(EXEEXT) run-unit-tests #run-px-tests
+
+../src/wget$(EXEEXT):
+ cd ../src && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS)
+
+run-unit-tests: unit-tests$(EXEEXT)
+ ./unit-tests$(EXEEXT)
+
+run-px-tests: WgetTest.pm
+ $(PERLRUN) $(srcdir)/Test-auth-basic.px && echo && echo
+ $(PERLRUN) $(srcdir)/Test-c-full.px && echo && echo
+ $(PERLRUN) $(srcdir)/Test-c-partial.px && echo && echo
+ $(PERLRUN) $(srcdir)/Test-c.px && echo && echo
+ $(PERLRUN) $(srcdir)/Test-E-k-K.px && echo && echo
+ $(PERLRUN) $(srcdir)/Test-E-k.px && echo && echo
+ $(PERLRUN) $(srcdir)/Test-ftp.px && echo && echo
+ $(PERLRUN) $(srcdir)/Test-HTTP-Content-Disposition-1.px && echo && echo
+ $(PERLRUN) $(srcdir)/Test-HTTP-Content-Disposition-2.px && echo && echo
+ $(PERLRUN) $(srcdir)/Test-HTTP-Content-Disposition.px && echo && echo
+ $(PERLRUN) $(srcdir)/Test-N-current-HTTP-CD.px && echo && echo
+ $(PERLRUN) $(srcdir)/Test-N-current.px && echo && echo
+ $(PERLRUN) $(srcdir)/Test-N-HTTP-Content-Disposition.px && echo && echo
+ $(PERLRUN) $(srcdir)/Test-N--no-content-disposition.px && echo && echo
+ $(PERLRUN) $(srcdir)/Test-N--no-content-disposition-trivial.px && echo && echo
+ $(PERLRUN) $(srcdir)/Test--no-content-disposition.px && echo && echo
+ $(PERLRUN) $(srcdir)/Test--no-content-disposition-trivial.px && echo && echo
+ $(PERLRUN) $(srcdir)/Test-N-old.px && echo && echo
+ $(PERLRUN) $(srcdir)/Test-nonexisting-quiet.px && echo && echo
+ $(PERLRUN) $(srcdir)/Test-noop.px && echo && echo
+ $(PERLRUN) $(srcdir)/Test-np.px && echo && echo
+ $(PERLRUN) $(srcdir)/Test-N.px && echo && echo
+ $(PERLRUN) $(srcdir)/Test-O-HTTP-Content-Disposition.px && echo && echo
+ $(PERLRUN) $(srcdir)/Test-O--no-content-disposition.px && echo && echo
+ $(PERLRUN) $(srcdir)/Test-O--no-content-disposition-trivial.px && echo && echo
+ $(PERLRUN) $(srcdir)/Test-O-nonexisting.px && echo && echo
+ $(PERLRUN) $(srcdir)/Test-O.px && echo && echo
+ $(PERLRUN) $(srcdir)/Test-Restrict-Lowercase.px && echo && echo
+ $(PERLRUN) $(srcdir)/Test-Restrict-Uppercase.px && echo && echo
+ $(PERLRUN) $(srcdir)/Test--spider-fail.px && echo && echo
+ $(PERLRUN) $(srcdir)/Test--spider-HTTP-Content-Disposition.px && echo && echo
+ $(PERLRUN) $(srcdir)/Test--spider--no-content-disposition.px && echo && echo
+ $(PERLRUN) $(srcdir)/Test--spider--no-content-disposition-trivial.px && echo && echo
+ $(PERLRUN) $(srcdir)/Test--spider.px && echo && echo
+ $(PERLRUN) $(srcdir)/Test--spider-r-HTTP-Content-Disposition.px && echo && echo
+ $(PERLRUN) $(srcdir)/Test--spider-r--no-content-disposition.px && echo && echo
+ $(PERLRUN) $(srcdir)/Test--spider-r--no-content-disposition-trivial.px && echo && echo
+ $(PERLRUN) $(srcdir)/Test--spider-r.px && echo && echo
+
+EXTRA_DIST = FTPServer.pm FTPTest.pm HTTPServer.pm HTTPTest.pm \
+ Test-auth-basic.px Test-c-full.px Test-c-partial.px \
+ Test-c.px Test-E-k-K.px Test-E-k.px Test-ftp.px \
+ Test-HTTP-Content-Disposition-1.px \
+ Test-HTTP-Content-Disposition-2.px \
+ Test-HTTP-Content-Disposition.px \
+ Test-N-current.px Test-N-old.px Test-nonexisting-quiet.px \
+ Test-noop.px Test-np.px Test-N.px \
+ Test-O-nonexisting.px Test-O.px \
+ Test-Restrict-Lowercase.px Test-Restrict-Uppercase.px \
+ Test--spider-fail.px Test--spider.px Test--spider-r.px
+
+check_PROGRAMS = unit-tests
+unit_tests_SOURCES =
+LDADD = ../src/libunittest.a @LIBSSL@ @LIBGNUTLS@
+
+CLEANFILES = *~ *.bak core core.[0-9]*
+++ /dev/null
-# Makefile for `wget' utility
-# Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003,
-# 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
-# (at your option) any later version.
-
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-# GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with Wget. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-
-# In addition, as a special exception, the Free Software Foundation
-# gives permission to link the code of its release of Wget with the
-# OpenSSL project's "OpenSSL" library (or with modified versions of it
-# that use the same license as the "OpenSSL" library), and distribute
-# the linked executables. You must obey the GNU General Public License
-# in all respects for all of the code used other than "OpenSSL". If you
-# modify this file, you may extend this exception to your version of the
-# file, but you are not obligated to do so. If you do not wish to do
-# so, delete this exception statement from your version.
-
-#
-# Version: @VERSION@
-#
-
-SHELL = /bin/sh
-
-top_builddir = ..
-
-top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
-srcdir = @srcdir@
-VPATH = @srcdir@
-
-prefix = @prefix@
-exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
-bindir = @bindir@
-sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@
-datadir = @datadir@
-localedir = $(datadir)/locale
-
-DESTDIR =
-
-CC = @CC@
-CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
-# The following line is losing on some versions of make!
-DEFS = @DEFS@ -DSYSTEM_WGETRC=\"$(sysconfdir)/wgetrc\" -DLOCALEDIR=\"$(localedir)\"
-CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@
-LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
-LIBS = @LIBS@ @LIBSSL@ @LIBGNUTLS@
-exeext = @EXEEXT@
-
-INCLUDES = -I. -I$(srcdir) -I$(srcdir)/../src
-
-COMPILE = $(CC) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) $(DEFS) $(CFLAGS)
-LINK = $(CC) $(CFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@
-INSTALL = @INSTALL@
-INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
-RM = rm -f
-ETAGS = etags
-
-# Conditional compiles
-ALLOCA = @ALLOCA@
-MD5_OBJ = @MD5_OBJ@
-OPIE_OBJ = @OPIE_OBJ@
-NTLM_OBJ = @NTLM_OBJ@
-SSL_OBJ = @SSL_OBJ@
-GETOPT_OBJ = @GETOPT_OBJ@
-
-
-all:
-
-.PHONY: test
-
-test: @top_srcdir@/src/wget run-unit-tests run-px-tests
-
-@top_srcdir@/src/wget:
- cd @top_srcdir@ && $(MAKE)
-
-run-unit-tests: unit-tests$(exeext)
- ./unit-tests$(exeext)
-
-run-px-tests: WgetTest.pm
- ./Test-auth-basic.px && echo && echo
- ./Test-c-full.px && echo && echo
- ./Test-c-partial.px && echo && echo
- ./Test-c.px && echo && echo
- ./Test-E-k-K.px && echo && echo
- ./Test-E-k.px && echo && echo
- ./Test-ftp.px && echo && echo
- ./Test-HTTP-Content-Disposition-1.px && echo && echo
- ./Test-HTTP-Content-Disposition-2.px && echo && echo
- ./Test-HTTP-Content-Disposition.px && echo && echo
- ./Test-N-current-HTTP-CD.px && echo && echo
- ./Test-N-current.px && echo && echo
- ./Test-N-HTTP-Content-Disposition.px && echo && echo
- ./Test-N--no-content-disposition.px && echo && echo
- ./Test-N--no-content-disposition-trivial.px && echo && echo
- ./Test--no-content-disposition.px && echo && echo
- ./Test--no-content-disposition-trivial.px && echo && echo
- ./Test-N-old.px && echo && echo
- ./Test-nonexisting-quiet.px && echo && echo
- ./Test-noop.px && echo && echo
- ./Test-np.px && echo && echo
- ./Test-N.px && echo && echo
- ./Test-O-HTTP-Content-Disposition.px && echo && echo
- ./Test-O--no-content-disposition.px && echo && echo
- ./Test-O--no-content-disposition-trivial.px && echo && echo
- ./Test-O-nonexisting.px && echo && echo
- ./Test-O.px && echo && echo
- ./Test-Restrict-Lowercase.px && echo && echo
- ./Test-Restrict-Uppercase.px && echo && echo
- ./Test--spider-fail.px && echo && echo
- ./Test--spider-HTTP-Content-Disposition.px && echo && echo
- ./Test--spider--no-content-disposition.px && echo && echo
- ./Test--spider--no-content-disposition-trivial.px && echo && echo
- ./Test--spider.px && echo && echo
- ./Test--spider-r-HTTP-Content-Disposition.px && echo && echo
- ./Test--spider-r--no-content-disposition.px && echo && echo
- ./Test--spider-r--no-content-disposition-trivial.px && echo && echo
- ./Test--spider-r.px && echo && echo
-
-WgetTest.pm: WgetTest.pm.in @top_srcdir@/config.status
- cd @top_srcdir@ && ./config.status
-
-#
-# Dependencies for test binary
-#
-
-TESTOBJ = $(ALLOCA) cmpt.o connect.o convert.o cookies.o \
- ftp.o ftp-basic.o ftp-ls.o $(OPIE_OBJ) $(GETOPT_OBJ) hash.o \
- host.o html-parse.o html-url.o http.o $(NTLM_OBJ) init.o \
- log.o main.o $(MD5_OBJ) netrc.o progress.o \
- ptimer.o recur.o res.o retr.o safe-ctype.o snprintf.o \
- spider.o $(SSL_OBJ) test.o url.o utils.o version.o xmalloc.o
-
-# We make object files depend on every header. Rather than attempt to
-# track dependencies, everything gets recompiled when a header
-# changes. With a program of Wget's size this doesn't waste much
-# time, and it's a lot safer than attempting to get all the
-# dependencies right.
-
-HEADERS = ../src/config-post.h ../src/config.h \
- ../src/connect.h ../src/convert.h ../src/cookies.h \
- ../src/ftp.h ../src/gen-md5.h ../src/getopt.h \
- ../src/gnu-md5.h ../src/hash.h ../src/host.h \
- ../src/html-parse.h ../src/http-ntlm.h ../src/init.h \
- ../src/log.h ../src/mswindows.h ../src/netrc.h \
- ../src/options.h ../src/progress.h \
- ../src/ptimer.h ../src/recur.h ../src/res.h \
- ../src/retr.h ../src/safe-ctype.h ../src/spider.h \
- ../src/ssl.h ../src/sysdep.h ../src/test.h \
- ../src/url.h ../src/utils.h ../src/wget.h \
- ../src/xmalloc.h
-
-alloca.o: ../src/alloca.c $(HEADERS)
- $(COMPILE) -DTESTING -c $<
-
-ccache.o: ../src/ccache.c $(HEADERS)
- $(COMPILE) -DTESTING -c $<
-
-cmpt.o: ../src/cmpt.c $(HEADERS)
- $(COMPILE) -DTESTING -c $<
-
-connect.o: ../src/connect.c $(HEADERS)
- $(COMPILE) -DTESTING -c $<
-
-convert.o: ../src/convert.c $(HEADERS)
- $(COMPILE) -DTESTING -c $<
-
-cookies.o: ../src/cookies.c $(HEADERS)
- $(COMPILE) -DTESTING -c $<
-
-ftp-basic.o: ../src/ftp-basic.c $(HEADERS)
- $(COMPILE) -DTESTING -c $<
-
-ftp.o: ../src/ftp.c $(HEADERS)
- $(COMPILE) -DTESTING -c $<
-
-ftp-ls.o: ../src/ftp-ls.c $(HEADERS)
- $(COMPILE) -DTESTING -c $<
-
-ftp-opie.o: ../src/ftp-opie.c $(HEADERS)
- $(COMPILE) -DTESTING -c $<
-
-gen-md5.o: ../src/gen-md5.c $(HEADERS)
- $(COMPILE) -DTESTING -c $<
-
-getopt.o: ../src/getopt.c $(HEADERS)
- $(COMPILE) -DTESTING -c $<
-
-gnu-md5.o: ../src/gnu-md5.c $(HEADERS)
- $(COMPILE) -DTESTING -c $<
-
-gnutls.o: ../src/gnutls.c $(HEADERS)
- $(COMPILE) -DTESTING -c $<
-
-hash.o: ../src/hash.c $(HEADERS)
- $(COMPILE) -DTESTING -c $<
-
-host.o: ../src/host.c $(HEADERS)
- $(COMPILE) -DTESTING -c $<
-
-html-parse.o: ../src/html-parse.c $(HEADERS)
- $(COMPILE) -DTESTING -c $<
-
-html-url.o: ../src/html-url.c $(HEADERS)
- $(COMPILE) -DTESTING -c $<
-
-http.o: ../src/http.c $(HEADERS)
- $(COMPILE) -DTESTING -c $<
-
-http-ntlm.o: ../src/http-ntlm.c $(HEADERS)
- $(COMPILE) -DTESTING -c $<
-
-init.o: ../src/init.c $(HEADERS)
- $(COMPILE) -DTESTING -c $<
-
-log.o: ../src/log.c $(HEADERS)
- $(COMPILE) -DTESTING -c $<
-
-main.o: ../src/main.c $(HEADERS)
- $(COMPILE) -DTESTING -c $<
-
-mswindows.o: ../src/mswindows.c $(HEADERS)
- $(COMPILE) -DTESTING -c $<
-
-netrc.o: ../src/netrc.c $(HEADERS)
- $(COMPILE) -DTESTING -c $<
-
-openssl.o: ../src/openssl.c $(HEADERS)
- $(COMPILE) -DTESTING -c $<
-
-progress.o: ../src/progress.c $(HEADERS)
- $(COMPILE) -DTESTING -c $<
-
-protocol.o: ../src/protocol.c $(HEADERS)
- $(COMPILE) -DTESTING -c $<
-
-ptimer.o: ../src/ptimer.c $(HEADERS)
- $(COMPILE) -DTESTING -c $<
-
-recur.o: ../src/recur.c $(HEADERS)
- $(COMPILE) -DTESTING -c $<
-
-res.o: ../src/res.c $(HEADERS)
- $(COMPILE) -DTESTING -c $<
-
-retr.o: ../src/retr.c $(HEADERS)
- $(COMPILE) -DTESTING -c $<
-
-safe-ctype.o: ../src/safe-ctype.c $(HEADERS)
- $(COMPILE) -DTESTING -c $<
-
-snprintf.o: ../src/snprintf.c $(HEADERS)
- $(COMPILE) -DTESTING -c $<
-
-spider.o: ../src/spider.c $(HEADERS)
- $(COMPILE) -DTESTING -c $<
-
-test.o: ../src/test.c $(HEADERS)
- $(COMPILE) -DTESTING -c $<
-
-url.o: ../src/url.c $(HEADERS)
- $(COMPILE) -DTESTING -c $<
-
-utils.o: ../src/utils.c $(HEADERS)
- $(COMPILE) -DTESTING -c $<
-
-version.o: ../src/version.c $(HEADERS)
- $(COMPILE) -DTESTING -c $<
-
-xmalloc.o: ../src/xmalloc.c $(HEADERS)
- $(COMPILE) -DTESTING -c $<
-
-
-unit-tests$(exeext): $(TESTOBJ)
- $(LINK) $(TESTOBJ) $(LIBS)
-
-#
-# Dependencies for cleanup
-#
-
-clean:
- $(RM) *.o unit-tests$(exeext) *~ *.bak core core.[0-9]*
-
-distclean: clean
- $(RM) Makefile
-
-realclean: distclean
-
-#
-# Dependencies for maintenance
-#
-
-subdir = tests
-
-Makefile: Makefile.in ../config.status
- cd .. && CONFIG_FILES=$(subdir)/$@ CONFIG_HEADERS= ./config.status
-
use Cwd;
use File::Path;
-our $WGETPATH = "@top_srcdir@/src/wget";
+our $WGETPATH = "@abs_top_builddir@/src/wget";
my @unexpected_downloads = ();
--- /dev/null
+% texinfo.tex -- TeX macros to handle Texinfo files.
+%
+% Load plain if necessary, i.e., if running under initex.
+\expandafter\ifx\csname fmtname\endcsname\relax\input plain\fi
+%
+\def\texinfoversion{2006-10-04.17}
+%
+% Copyright (C) 1985, 1986, 1988, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995,
+% 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free
+% Software Foundation, Inc.
+%
+% This texinfo.tex file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+% modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+% published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at
+% your option) any later version.
+%
+% This texinfo.tex file is distributed in the hope that it will be
+% useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
+% of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+% General Public License for more details.
+%
+% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+% along with this texinfo.tex file; see the file COPYING. If not, write
+% to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+% Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+%
+% As a special exception, when this file is read by TeX when processing
+% a Texinfo source document, you may use the result without
+% restriction. (This has been our intent since Texinfo was invented.)
+%
+% Please try the latest version of texinfo.tex before submitting bug
+% reports; you can get the latest version from:
+% http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ (the Texinfo home page), or
+% ftp://tug.org/tex/texinfo.tex
+% (and all CTAN mirrors, see http://www.ctan.org).
+% The texinfo.tex in any given distribution could well be out
+% of date, so if that's what you're using, please check.
+%
+% Send bug reports to bug-texinfo@gnu.org. Please include including a
+% complete document in each bug report with which we can reproduce the
+% problem. Patches are, of course, greatly appreciated.
+%
+% To process a Texinfo manual with TeX, it's most reliable to use the
+% texi2dvi shell script that comes with the distribution. For a simple
+% manual foo.texi, however, you can get away with this:
+% tex foo.texi
+% texindex foo.??
+% tex foo.texi
+% tex foo.texi
+% dvips foo.dvi -o # or whatever; this makes foo.ps.
+% The extra TeX runs get the cross-reference information correct.
+% Sometimes one run after texindex suffices, and sometimes you need more
+% than two; texi2dvi does it as many times as necessary.
+%
+% It is possible to adapt texinfo.tex for other languages, to some
+% extent. You can get the existing language-specific files from the
+% full Texinfo distribution.
+%
+% The GNU Texinfo home page is http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo.
+
+
+\message{Loading texinfo [version \texinfoversion]:}
+
+% If in a .fmt file, print the version number
+% and turn on active characters that we couldn't do earlier because
+% they might have appeared in the input file name.
+\everyjob{\message{[Texinfo version \texinfoversion]}%
+ \catcode`+=\active \catcode`\_=\active}
+
+\message{Basics,}
+\chardef\other=12
+
+% We never want plain's \outer definition of \+ in Texinfo.
+% For @tex, we can use \tabalign.
+\let\+ = \relax
+
+% Save some plain tex macros whose names we will redefine.
+\let\ptexb=\b
+\let\ptexbullet=\bullet
+\let\ptexc=\c
+\let\ptexcomma=\,
+\let\ptexdot=\.
+\let\ptexdots=\dots
+\let\ptexend=\end
+\let\ptexequiv=\equiv
+\let\ptexexclam=\!
+\let\ptexfootnote=\footnote
+\let\ptexgtr=>
+\let\ptexhat=^
+\let\ptexi=\i
+\let\ptexindent=\indent
+\let\ptexinsert=\insert
+\let\ptexlbrace=\{
+\let\ptexless=<
+\let\ptexnewwrite\newwrite
+\let\ptexnoindent=\noindent
+\let\ptexplus=+
+\let\ptexrbrace=\}
+\let\ptexslash=\/
+\let\ptexstar=\*
+\let\ptext=\t
+
+% If this character appears in an error message or help string, it
+% starts a new line in the output.
+\newlinechar = `^^J
+
+% Use TeX 3.0's \inputlineno to get the line number, for better error
+% messages, but if we're using an old version of TeX, don't do anything.
+%
+\ifx\inputlineno\thisisundefined
+ \let\linenumber = \empty % Pre-3.0.
+\else
+ \def\linenumber{l.\the\inputlineno:\space}
+\fi
+
+% Set up fixed words for English if not already set.
+\ifx\putwordAppendix\undefined \gdef\putwordAppendix{Appendix}\fi
+\ifx\putwordChapter\undefined \gdef\putwordChapter{Chapter}\fi
+\ifx\putwordfile\undefined \gdef\putwordfile{file}\fi
+\ifx\putwordin\undefined \gdef\putwordin{in}\fi
+\ifx\putwordIndexIsEmpty\undefined \gdef\putwordIndexIsEmpty{(Index is empty)}\fi
+\ifx\putwordIndexNonexistent\undefined \gdef\putwordIndexNonexistent{(Index is nonexistent)}\fi
+\ifx\putwordInfo\undefined \gdef\putwordInfo{Info}\fi
+\ifx\putwordInstanceVariableof\undefined \gdef\putwordInstanceVariableof{Instance Variable of}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMethodon\undefined \gdef\putwordMethodon{Method on}\fi
+\ifx\putwordNoTitle\undefined \gdef\putwordNoTitle{No Title}\fi
+\ifx\putwordof\undefined \gdef\putwordof{of}\fi
+\ifx\putwordon\undefined \gdef\putwordon{on}\fi
+\ifx\putwordpage\undefined \gdef\putwordpage{page}\fi
+\ifx\putwordsection\undefined \gdef\putwordsection{section}\fi
+\ifx\putwordSection\undefined \gdef\putwordSection{Section}\fi
+\ifx\putwordsee\undefined \gdef\putwordsee{see}\fi
+\ifx\putwordSee\undefined \gdef\putwordSee{See}\fi
+\ifx\putwordShortTOC\undefined \gdef\putwordShortTOC{Short Contents}\fi
+\ifx\putwordTOC\undefined \gdef\putwordTOC{Table of Contents}\fi
+%
+\ifx\putwordMJan\undefined \gdef\putwordMJan{January}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMFeb\undefined \gdef\putwordMFeb{February}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMMar\undefined \gdef\putwordMMar{March}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMApr\undefined \gdef\putwordMApr{April}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMMay\undefined \gdef\putwordMMay{May}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMJun\undefined \gdef\putwordMJun{June}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMJul\undefined \gdef\putwordMJul{July}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMAug\undefined \gdef\putwordMAug{August}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMSep\undefined \gdef\putwordMSep{September}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMOct\undefined \gdef\putwordMOct{October}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMNov\undefined \gdef\putwordMNov{November}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMDec\undefined \gdef\putwordMDec{December}\fi
+%
+\ifx\putwordDefmac\undefined \gdef\putwordDefmac{Macro}\fi
+\ifx\putwordDefspec\undefined \gdef\putwordDefspec{Special Form}\fi
+\ifx\putwordDefvar\undefined \gdef\putwordDefvar{Variable}\fi
+\ifx\putwordDefopt\undefined \gdef\putwordDefopt{User Option}\fi
+\ifx\putwordDeffunc\undefined \gdef\putwordDeffunc{Function}\fi
+
+% Since the category of space is not known, we have to be careful.
+\chardef\spacecat = 10
+\def\spaceisspace{\catcode`\ =\spacecat}
+
+% sometimes characters are active, so we need control sequences.
+\chardef\colonChar = `\:
+\chardef\commaChar = `\,
+\chardef\dashChar = `\-
+\chardef\dotChar = `\.
+\chardef\exclamChar= `\!
+\chardef\lquoteChar= `\`
+\chardef\questChar = `\?
+\chardef\rquoteChar= `\'
+\chardef\semiChar = `\;
+\chardef\underChar = `\_
+
+% Ignore a token.
+%
+\def\gobble#1{}
+
+% The following is used inside several \edef's.
+\def\makecsname#1{\expandafter\noexpand\csname#1\endcsname}
+
+% Hyphenation fixes.
+\hyphenation{
+ Flor-i-da Ghost-script Ghost-view Mac-OS Post-Script
+ ap-pen-dix bit-map bit-maps
+ data-base data-bases eshell fall-ing half-way long-est man-u-script
+ man-u-scripts mini-buf-fer mini-buf-fers over-view par-a-digm
+ par-a-digms rath-er rec-tan-gu-lar ro-bot-ics se-vere-ly set-up spa-ces
+ spell-ing spell-ings
+ stand-alone strong-est time-stamp time-stamps which-ever white-space
+ wide-spread wrap-around
+}
+
+% Margin to add to right of even pages, to left of odd pages.
+\newdimen\bindingoffset
+\newdimen\normaloffset
+\newdimen\pagewidth \newdimen\pageheight
+
+% For a final copy, take out the rectangles
+% that mark overfull boxes (in case you have decided
+% that the text looks ok even though it passes the margin).
+%
+\def\finalout{\overfullrule=0pt}
+
+% @| inserts a changebar to the left of the current line. It should
+% surround any changed text. This approach does *not* work if the
+% change spans more than two lines of output. To handle that, we would
+% have adopt a much more difficult approach (putting marks into the main
+% vertical list for the beginning and end of each change).
+%
+\def\|{%
+ % \vadjust can only be used in horizontal mode.
+ \leavevmode
+ %
+ % Append this vertical mode material after the current line in the output.
+ \vadjust{%
+ % We want to insert a rule with the height and depth of the current
+ % leading; that is exactly what \strutbox is supposed to record.
+ \vskip-\baselineskip
+ %
+ % \vadjust-items are inserted at the left edge of the type. So
+ % the \llap here moves out into the left-hand margin.
+ \llap{%
+ %
+ % For a thicker or thinner bar, change the `1pt'.
+ \vrule height\baselineskip width1pt
+ %
+ % This is the space between the bar and the text.
+ \hskip 12pt
+ }%
+ }%
+}
+
+% Sometimes it is convenient to have everything in the transcript file
+% and nothing on the terminal. We don't just call \tracingall here,
+% since that produces some useless output on the terminal. We also make
+% some effort to order the tracing commands to reduce output in the log
+% file; cf. trace.sty in LaTeX.
+%
+\def\gloggingall{\begingroup \globaldefs = 1 \loggingall \endgroup}%
+\def\loggingall{%
+ \tracingstats2
+ \tracingpages1
+ \tracinglostchars2 % 2 gives us more in etex
+ \tracingparagraphs1
+ \tracingoutput1
+ \tracingmacros2
+ \tracingrestores1
+ \showboxbreadth\maxdimen \showboxdepth\maxdimen
+ \ifx\eTeXversion\undefined\else % etex gives us more logging
+ \tracingscantokens1
+ \tracingifs1
+ \tracinggroups1
+ \tracingnesting2
+ \tracingassigns1
+ \fi
+ \tracingcommands3 % 3 gives us more in etex
+ \errorcontextlines16
+}%
+
+% add check for \lastpenalty to plain's definitions. If the last thing
+% we did was a \nobreak, we don't want to insert more space.
+%
+\def\smallbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\smallskipamount
+ \removelastskip\penalty-50\smallskip\fi\fi}
+\def\medbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\medskipamount
+ \removelastskip\penalty-100\medskip\fi\fi}
+\def\bigbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\bigskipamount
+ \removelastskip\penalty-200\bigskip\fi\fi}
+
+% For @cropmarks command.
+% Do @cropmarks to get crop marks.
+%
+\newif\ifcropmarks
+\let\cropmarks = \cropmarkstrue
+%
+% Dimensions to add cropmarks at corners.
+% Added by P. A. MacKay, 12 Nov. 1986
+%
+\newdimen\outerhsize \newdimen\outervsize % set by the paper size routines
+\newdimen\cornerlong \cornerlong=1pc
+\newdimen\cornerthick \cornerthick=.3pt
+\newdimen\topandbottommargin \topandbottommargin=.75in
+
+% Main output routine.
+\chardef\PAGE = 255
+\output = {\onepageout{\pagecontents\PAGE}}
+
+\newbox\headlinebox
+\newbox\footlinebox
+
+% \onepageout takes a vbox as an argument. Note that \pagecontents
+% does insertions, but you have to call it yourself.
+\def\onepageout#1{%
+ \ifcropmarks \hoffset=0pt \else \hoffset=\normaloffset \fi
+ %
+ \ifodd\pageno \advance\hoffset by \bindingoffset
+ \else \advance\hoffset by -\bindingoffset\fi
+ %
+ % Do this outside of the \shipout so @code etc. will be expanded in
+ % the headline as they should be, not taken literally (outputting ''code).
+ \setbox\headlinebox = \vbox{\let\hsize=\pagewidth \makeheadline}%
+ \setbox\footlinebox = \vbox{\let\hsize=\pagewidth \makefootline}%
+ %
+ {%
+ % Have to do this stuff outside the \shipout because we want it to
+ % take effect in \write's, yet the group defined by the \vbox ends
+ % before the \shipout runs.
+ %
+ \indexdummies % don't expand commands in the output.
+ \normalturnoffactive % \ in index entries must not stay \, e.g., if
+ % the page break happens to be in the middle of an example.
+ % We don't want .vr (or whatever) entries like this:
+ % \entry{{\tt \indexbackslash }acronym}{32}{\code {\acronym}}
+ % "\acronym" won't work when it's read back in;
+ % it needs to be
+ % {\code {{\tt \backslashcurfont }acronym}
+ \shipout\vbox{%
+ % Do this early so pdf references go to the beginning of the page.
+ \ifpdfmakepagedest \pdfdest name{\the\pageno} xyz\fi
+ %
+ \ifcropmarks \vbox to \outervsize\bgroup
+ \hsize = \outerhsize
+ \vskip-\topandbottommargin
+ \vtop to0pt{%
+ \line{\ewtop\hfil\ewtop}%
+ \nointerlineskip
+ \line{%
+ \vbox{\moveleft\cornerthick\nstop}%
+ \hfill
+ \vbox{\moveright\cornerthick\nstop}%
+ }%
+ \vss}%
+ \vskip\topandbottommargin
+ \line\bgroup
+ \hfil % center the page within the outer (page) hsize.
+ \ifodd\pageno\hskip\bindingoffset\fi
+ \vbox\bgroup
+ \fi
+ %
+ \unvbox\headlinebox
+ \pagebody{#1}%
+ \ifdim\ht\footlinebox > 0pt
+ % Only leave this space if the footline is nonempty.
+ % (We lessened \vsize for it in \oddfootingyyy.)
+ % The \baselineskip=24pt in plain's \makefootline has no effect.
+ \vskip 24pt
+ \unvbox\footlinebox
+ \fi
+ %
+ \ifcropmarks
+ \egroup % end of \vbox\bgroup
+ \hfil\egroup % end of (centering) \line\bgroup
+ \vskip\topandbottommargin plus1fill minus1fill
+ \boxmaxdepth = \cornerthick
+ \vbox to0pt{\vss
+ \line{%
+ \vbox{\moveleft\cornerthick\nsbot}%
+ \hfill
+ \vbox{\moveright\cornerthick\nsbot}%
+ }%
+ \nointerlineskip
+ \line{\ewbot\hfil\ewbot}%
+ }%
+ \egroup % \vbox from first cropmarks clause
+ \fi
+ }% end of \shipout\vbox
+ }% end of group with \indexdummies
+ \advancepageno
+ \ifnum\outputpenalty>-20000 \else\dosupereject\fi
+}
+
+\newinsert\margin \dimen\margin=\maxdimen
+
+\def\pagebody#1{\vbox to\pageheight{\boxmaxdepth=\maxdepth #1}}
+{\catcode`\@ =11
+\gdef\pagecontents#1{\ifvoid\topins\else\unvbox\topins\fi
+% marginal hacks, juha@viisa.uucp (Juha Takala)
+\ifvoid\margin\else % marginal info is present
+ \rlap{\kern\hsize\vbox to\z@{\kern1pt\box\margin \vss}}\fi
+\dimen@=\dp#1 \unvbox#1
+\ifvoid\footins\else\vskip\skip\footins\footnoterule \unvbox\footins\fi
+\ifr@ggedbottom \kern-\dimen@ \vfil \fi}
+}
+
+% Here are the rules for the cropmarks. Note that they are
+% offset so that the space between them is truly \outerhsize or \outervsize
+% (P. A. MacKay, 12 November, 1986)
+%
+\def\ewtop{\vrule height\cornerthick depth0pt width\cornerlong}
+\def\nstop{\vbox
+ {\hrule height\cornerthick depth\cornerlong width\cornerthick}}
+\def\ewbot{\vrule height0pt depth\cornerthick width\cornerlong}
+\def\nsbot{\vbox
+ {\hrule height\cornerlong depth\cornerthick width\cornerthick}}
+
+% Parse an argument, then pass it to #1. The argument is the rest of
+% the input line (except we remove a trailing comment). #1 should be a
+% macro which expects an ordinary undelimited TeX argument.
+%
+\def\parsearg{\parseargusing{}}
+\def\parseargusing#1#2{%
+ \def\argtorun{#2}%
+ \begingroup
+ \obeylines
+ \spaceisspace
+ #1%
+ \parseargline\empty% Insert the \empty token, see \finishparsearg below.
+}
+
+{\obeylines %
+ \gdef\parseargline#1^^M{%
+ \endgroup % End of the group started in \parsearg.
+ \argremovecomment #1\comment\ArgTerm%
+ }%
+}
+
+% First remove any @comment, then any @c comment.
+\def\argremovecomment#1\comment#2\ArgTerm{\argremovec #1\c\ArgTerm}
+\def\argremovec#1\c#2\ArgTerm{\argcheckspaces#1\^^M\ArgTerm}
+
+% Each occurence of `\^^M' or `<space>\^^M' is replaced by a single space.
+%
+% \argremovec might leave us with trailing space, e.g.,
+% @end itemize @c foo
+% This space token undergoes the same procedure and is eventually removed
+% by \finishparsearg.
+%
+\def\argcheckspaces#1\^^M{\argcheckspacesX#1\^^M \^^M}
+\def\argcheckspacesX#1 \^^M{\argcheckspacesY#1\^^M}
+\def\argcheckspacesY#1\^^M#2\^^M#3\ArgTerm{%
+ \def\temp{#3}%
+ \ifx\temp\empty
+ % Do not use \next, perhaps the caller of \parsearg uses it; reuse \temp:
+ \let\temp\finishparsearg
+ \else
+ \let\temp\argcheckspaces
+ \fi
+ % Put the space token in:
+ \temp#1 #3\ArgTerm
+}
+
+% If a _delimited_ argument is enclosed in braces, they get stripped; so
+% to get _exactly_ the rest of the line, we had to prevent such situation.
+% We prepended an \empty token at the very beginning and we expand it now,
+% just before passing the control to \argtorun.
+% (Similarily, we have to think about #3 of \argcheckspacesY above: it is
+% either the null string, or it ends with \^^M---thus there is no danger
+% that a pair of braces would be stripped.
+%
+% But first, we have to remove the trailing space token.
+%
+\def\finishparsearg#1 \ArgTerm{\expandafter\argtorun\expandafter{#1}}
+
+% \parseargdef\foo{...}
+% is roughly equivalent to
+% \def\foo{\parsearg\Xfoo}
+% \def\Xfoo#1{...}
+%
+% Actually, I use \csname\string\foo\endcsname, ie. \\foo, as it is my
+% favourite TeX trick. --kasal, 16nov03
+
+\def\parseargdef#1{%
+ \expandafter \doparseargdef \csname\string#1\endcsname #1%
+}
+\def\doparseargdef#1#2{%
+ \def#2{\parsearg#1}%
+ \def#1##1%
+}
+
+% Several utility definitions with active space:
+{
+ \obeyspaces
+ \gdef\obeyedspace{ }
+
+ % Make each space character in the input produce a normal interword
+ % space in the output. Don't allow a line break at this space, as this
+ % is used only in environments like @example, where each line of input
+ % should produce a line of output anyway.
+ %
+ \gdef\sepspaces{\obeyspaces\let =\tie}
+
+ % If an index command is used in an @example environment, any spaces
+ % therein should become regular spaces in the raw index file, not the
+ % expansion of \tie (\leavevmode \penalty \@M \ ).
+ \gdef\unsepspaces{\let =\space}
+}
+
+
+\def\flushcr{\ifx\par\lisppar \def\next##1{}\else \let\next=\relax \fi \next}
+
+% Define the framework for environments in texinfo.tex. It's used like this:
+%
+% \envdef\foo{...}
+% \def\Efoo{...}
+%
+% It's the responsibility of \envdef to insert \begingroup before the
+% actual body; @end closes the group after calling \Efoo. \envdef also
+% defines \thisenv, so the current environment is known; @end checks
+% whether the environment name matches. The \checkenv macro can also be
+% used to check whether the current environment is the one expected.
+%
+% Non-false conditionals (@iftex, @ifset) don't fit into this, so they
+% are not treated as enviroments; they don't open a group. (The
+% implementation of @end takes care not to call \endgroup in this
+% special case.)
+
+
+% At runtime, environments start with this:
+\def\startenvironment#1{\begingroup\def\thisenv{#1}}
+% initialize
+\let\thisenv\empty
+
+% ... but they get defined via ``\envdef\foo{...}'':
+\long\def\envdef#1#2{\def#1{\startenvironment#1#2}}
+\def\envparseargdef#1#2{\parseargdef#1{\startenvironment#1#2}}
+
+% Check whether we're in the right environment:
+\def\checkenv#1{%
+ \def\temp{#1}%
+ \ifx\thisenv\temp
+ \else
+ \badenverr
+ \fi
+}
+
+% Evironment mismatch, #1 expected:
+\def\badenverr{%
+ \errhelp = \EMsimple
+ \errmessage{This command can appear only \inenvironment\temp,
+ not \inenvironment\thisenv}%
+}
+\def\inenvironment#1{%
+ \ifx#1\empty
+ out of any environment%
+ \else
+ in environment \expandafter\string#1%
+ \fi
+}
+
+% @end foo executes the definition of \Efoo.
+% But first, it executes a specialized version of \checkenv
+%
+\parseargdef\end{%
+ \if 1\csname iscond.#1\endcsname
+ \else
+ % The general wording of \badenverr may not be ideal, but... --kasal, 06nov03
+ \expandafter\checkenv\csname#1\endcsname
+ \csname E#1\endcsname
+ \endgroup
+ \fi
+}
+
+\newhelp\EMsimple{Press RETURN to continue.}
+
+
+%% Simple single-character @ commands
+
+% @@ prints an @
+% Kludge this until the fonts are right (grr).
+\def\@{{\tt\char64}}
+
+% This is turned off because it was never documented
+% and you can use @w{...} around a quote to suppress ligatures.
+%% Define @` and @' to be the same as ` and '
+%% but suppressing ligatures.
+%\def\`{{`}}
+%\def\'{{'}}
+
+% Used to generate quoted braces.
+\def\mylbrace {{\tt\char123}}
+\def\myrbrace {{\tt\char125}}
+\let\{=\mylbrace
+\let\}=\myrbrace
+\begingroup
+ % Definitions to produce \{ and \} commands for indices,
+ % and @{ and @} for the aux/toc files.
+ \catcode`\{ = \other \catcode`\} = \other
+ \catcode`\[ = 1 \catcode`\] = 2
+ \catcode`\! = 0 \catcode`\\ = \other
+ !gdef!lbracecmd[\{]%
+ !gdef!rbracecmd[\}]%
+ !gdef!lbraceatcmd[@{]%
+ !gdef!rbraceatcmd[@}]%
+!endgroup
+
+% @comma{} to avoid , parsing problems.
+\let\comma = ,
+
+% Accents: @, @dotaccent @ringaccent @ubaraccent @udotaccent
+% Others are defined by plain TeX: @` @' @" @^ @~ @= @u @v @H.
+\let\, = \c
+\let\dotaccent = \.
+\def\ringaccent#1{{\accent23 #1}}
+\let\tieaccent = \t
+\let\ubaraccent = \b
+\let\udotaccent = \d
+
+% Other special characters: @questiondown @exclamdown @ordf @ordm
+% Plain TeX defines: @AA @AE @O @OE @L (plus lowercase versions) @ss.
+\def\questiondown{?`}
+\def\exclamdown{!`}
+\def\ordf{\leavevmode\raise1ex\hbox{\selectfonts\lllsize \underbar{a}}}
+\def\ordm{\leavevmode\raise1ex\hbox{\selectfonts\lllsize \underbar{o}}}
+
+% Dotless i and dotless j, used for accents.
+\def\imacro{i}
+\def\jmacro{j}
+\def\dotless#1{%
+ \def\temp{#1}%
+ \ifx\temp\imacro \ptexi
+ \else\ifx\temp\jmacro \j
+ \else \errmessage{@dotless can be used only with i or j}%
+ \fi\fi
+}
+
+% The \TeX{} logo, as in plain, but resetting the spacing so that a
+% period following counts as ending a sentence. (Idea found in latex.)
+%
+\edef\TeX{\TeX \spacefactor=1000 }
+
+% @LaTeX{} logo. Not quite the same results as the definition in
+% latex.ltx, since we use a different font for the raised A; it's most
+% convenient for us to use an explicitly smaller font, rather than using
+% the \scriptstyle font (since we don't reset \scriptstyle and
+% \scriptscriptstyle).
+%
+\def\LaTeX{%
+ L\kern-.36em
+ {\setbox0=\hbox{T}%
+ \vbox to \ht0{\hbox{\selectfonts\lllsize A}\vss}}%
+ \kern-.15em
+ \TeX
+}
+
+% Be sure we're in horizontal mode when doing a tie, since we make space
+% equivalent to this in @example-like environments. Otherwise, a space
+% at the beginning of a line will start with \penalty -- and
+% since \penalty is valid in vertical mode, we'd end up putting the
+% penalty on the vertical list instead of in the new paragraph.
+{\catcode`@ = 11
+ % Avoid using \@M directly, because that causes trouble
+ % if the definition is written into an index file.
+ \global\let\tiepenalty = \@M
+ \gdef\tie{\leavevmode\penalty\tiepenalty\ }
+}
+
+% @: forces normal size whitespace following.
+\def\:{\spacefactor=1000 }
+
+% @* forces a line break.
+\def\*{\hfil\break\hbox{}\ignorespaces}
+
+% @/ allows a line break.
+\let\/=\allowbreak
+
+% @. is an end-of-sentence period.
+\def\.{.\spacefactor=\endofsentencespacefactor\space}
+
+% @! is an end-of-sentence bang.
+\def\!{!\spacefactor=\endofsentencespacefactor\space}
+
+% @? is an end-of-sentence query.
+\def\?{?\spacefactor=\endofsentencespacefactor\space}
+
+% @frenchspacing on|off says whether to put extra space after punctuation.
+%
+\def\onword{on}
+\def\offword{off}
+%
+\parseargdef\frenchspacing{%
+ \def\temp{#1}%
+ \ifx\temp\onword \plainfrenchspacing
+ \else\ifx\temp\offword \plainnonfrenchspacing
+ \else
+ \errhelp = \EMsimple
+ \errmessage{Unknown @frenchspacing option `\temp', must be on/off}%
+ \fi\fi
+}
+
+% @w prevents a word break. Without the \leavevmode, @w at the
+% beginning of a paragraph, when TeX is still in vertical mode, would
+% produce a whole line of output instead of starting the paragraph.
+\def\w#1{\leavevmode\hbox{#1}}
+
+% @group ... @end group forces ... to be all on one page, by enclosing
+% it in a TeX vbox. We use \vtop instead of \vbox to construct the box
+% to keep its height that of a normal line. According to the rules for
+% \topskip (p.114 of the TeXbook), the glue inserted is
+% max (\topskip - \ht (first item), 0). If that height is large,
+% therefore, no glue is inserted, and the space between the headline and
+% the text is small, which looks bad.
+%
+% Another complication is that the group might be very large. This can
+% cause the glue on the previous page to be unduly stretched, because it
+% does not have much material. In this case, it's better to add an
+% explicit \vfill so that the extra space is at the bottom. The
+% threshold for doing this is if the group is more than \vfilllimit
+% percent of a page (\vfilllimit can be changed inside of @tex).
+%
+\newbox\groupbox
+\def\vfilllimit{0.7}
+%
+\envdef\group{%
+ \ifnum\catcode`\^^M=\active \else
+ \errhelp = \groupinvalidhelp
+ \errmessage{@group invalid in context where filling is enabled}%
+ \fi
+ \startsavinginserts
+ %
+ \setbox\groupbox = \vtop\bgroup
+ % Do @comment since we are called inside an environment such as
+ % @example, where each end-of-line in the input causes an
+ % end-of-line in the output. We don't want the end-of-line after
+ % the `@group' to put extra space in the output. Since @group
+ % should appear on a line by itself (according to the Texinfo
+ % manual), we don't worry about eating any user text.
+ \comment
+}
+%
+% The \vtop produces a box with normal height and large depth; thus, TeX puts
+% \baselineskip glue before it, and (when the next line of text is done)
+% \lineskip glue after it. Thus, space below is not quite equal to space
+% above. But it's pretty close.
+\def\Egroup{%
+ % To get correct interline space between the last line of the group
+ % and the first line afterwards, we have to propagate \prevdepth.
+ \endgraf % Not \par, as it may have been set to \lisppar.
+ \global\dimen1 = \prevdepth
+ \egroup % End the \vtop.
+ % \dimen0 is the vertical size of the group's box.
+ \dimen0 = \ht\groupbox \advance\dimen0 by \dp\groupbox
+ % \dimen2 is how much space is left on the page (more or less).
+ \dimen2 = \pageheight \advance\dimen2 by -\pagetotal
+ % if the group doesn't fit on the current page, and it's a big big
+ % group, force a page break.
+ \ifdim \dimen0 > \dimen2
+ \ifdim \pagetotal < \vfilllimit\pageheight
+ \page
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \box\groupbox
+ \prevdepth = \dimen1
+ \checkinserts
+}
+%
+% TeX puts in an \escapechar (i.e., `@') at the beginning of the help
+% message, so this ends up printing `@group can only ...'.
+%
+\newhelp\groupinvalidhelp{%
+group can only be used in environments such as @example,^^J%
+where each line of input produces a line of output.}
+
+% @need space-in-mils
+% forces a page break if there is not space-in-mils remaining.
+
+\newdimen\mil \mil=0.001in
+
+% Old definition--didn't work.
+%\parseargdef\need{\par %
+%% This method tries to make TeX break the page naturally
+%% if the depth of the box does not fit.
+%{\baselineskip=0pt%
+%\vtop to #1\mil{\vfil}\kern -#1\mil\nobreak
+%\prevdepth=-1000pt
+%}}
+
+\parseargdef\need{%
+ % Ensure vertical mode, so we don't make a big box in the middle of a
+ % paragraph.
+ \par
+ %
+ % If the @need value is less than one line space, it's useless.
+ \dimen0 = #1\mil
+ \dimen2 = \ht\strutbox
+ \advance\dimen2 by \dp\strutbox
+ \ifdim\dimen0 > \dimen2
+ %
+ % Do a \strut just to make the height of this box be normal, so the
+ % normal leading is inserted relative to the preceding line.
+ % And a page break here is fine.
+ \vtop to #1\mil{\strut\vfil}%
+ %
+ % TeX does not even consider page breaks if a penalty added to the
+ % main vertical list is 10000 or more. But in order to see if the
+ % empty box we just added fits on the page, we must make it consider
+ % page breaks. On the other hand, we don't want to actually break the
+ % page after the empty box. So we use a penalty of 9999.
+ %
+ % There is an extremely small chance that TeX will actually break the
+ % page at this \penalty, if there are no other feasible breakpoints in
+ % sight. (If the user is using lots of big @group commands, which
+ % almost-but-not-quite fill up a page, TeX will have a hard time doing
+ % good page breaking, for example.) However, I could not construct an
+ % example where a page broke at this \penalty; if it happens in a real
+ % document, then we can reconsider our strategy.
+ \penalty9999
+ %
+ % Back up by the size of the box, whether we did a page break or not.
+ \kern -#1\mil
+ %
+ % Do not allow a page break right after this kern.
+ \nobreak
+ \fi
+}
+
+% @br forces paragraph break (and is undocumented).
+
+\let\br = \par
+
+% @page forces the start of a new page.
+%
+\def\page{\par\vfill\supereject}
+
+% @exdent text....
+% outputs text on separate line in roman font, starting at standard page margin
+
+% This records the amount of indent in the innermost environment.
+% That's how much \exdent should take out.
+\newskip\exdentamount
+
+% This defn is used inside fill environments such as @defun.
+\parseargdef\exdent{\hfil\break\hbox{\kern -\exdentamount{\rm#1}}\hfil\break}
+
+% This defn is used inside nofill environments such as @example.
+\parseargdef\nofillexdent{{\advance \leftskip by -\exdentamount
+ \leftline{\hskip\leftskip{\rm#1}}}}
+
+% @inmargin{WHICH}{TEXT} puts TEXT in the WHICH margin next to the current
+% paragraph. For more general purposes, use the \margin insertion
+% class. WHICH is `l' or `r'.
+%
+\newskip\inmarginspacing \inmarginspacing=1cm
+\def\strutdepth{\dp\strutbox}
+%
+\def\doinmargin#1#2{\strut\vadjust{%
+ \nobreak
+ \kern-\strutdepth
+ \vtop to \strutdepth{%
+ \baselineskip=\strutdepth
+ \vss
+ % if you have multiple lines of stuff to put here, you'll need to
+ % make the vbox yourself of the appropriate size.
+ \ifx#1l%
+ \llap{\ignorespaces #2\hskip\inmarginspacing}%
+ \else
+ \rlap{\hskip\hsize \hskip\inmarginspacing \ignorespaces #2}%
+ \fi
+ \null
+ }%
+}}
+\def\inleftmargin{\doinmargin l}
+\def\inrightmargin{\doinmargin r}
+%
+% @inmargin{TEXT [, RIGHT-TEXT]}
+% (if RIGHT-TEXT is given, use TEXT for left page, RIGHT-TEXT for right;
+% else use TEXT for both).
+%
+\def\inmargin#1{\parseinmargin #1,,\finish}
+\def\parseinmargin#1,#2,#3\finish{% not perfect, but better than nothing.
+ \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}%
+ \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt
+ \def\lefttext{#1}% have both texts
+ \def\righttext{#2}%
+ \else
+ \def\lefttext{#1}% have only one text
+ \def\righttext{#1}%
+ \fi
+ %
+ \ifodd\pageno
+ \def\temp{\inrightmargin\righttext}% odd page -> outside is right margin
+ \else
+ \def\temp{\inleftmargin\lefttext}%
+ \fi
+ \temp
+}
+
+% @include file insert text of that file as input.
+%
+\def\include{\parseargusing\filenamecatcodes\includezzz}
+\def\includezzz#1{%
+ \pushthisfilestack
+ \def\thisfile{#1}%
+ {%
+ \makevalueexpandable
+ \def\temp{\input #1 }%
+ \expandafter
+ }\temp
+ \popthisfilestack
+}
+\def\filenamecatcodes{%
+ \catcode`\\=\other
+ \catcode`~=\other
+ \catcode`^=\other
+ \catcode`_=\other
+ \catcode`|=\other
+ \catcode`<=\other
+ \catcode`>=\other
+ \catcode`+=\other
+ \catcode`-=\other
+}
+
+\def\pushthisfilestack{%
+ \expandafter\pushthisfilestackX\popthisfilestack\StackTerm
+}
+\def\pushthisfilestackX{%
+ \expandafter\pushthisfilestackY\thisfile\StackTerm
+}
+\def\pushthisfilestackY #1\StackTerm #2\StackTerm {%
+ \gdef\popthisfilestack{\gdef\thisfile{#1}\gdef\popthisfilestack{#2}}%
+}
+
+\def\popthisfilestack{\errthisfilestackempty}
+\def\errthisfilestackempty{\errmessage{Internal error:
+ the stack of filenames is empty.}}
+
+\def\thisfile{}
+
+% @center line
+% outputs that line, centered.
+%
+\parseargdef\center{%
+ \ifhmode
+ \let\next\centerH
+ \else
+ \let\next\centerV
+ \fi
+ \next{\hfil \ignorespaces#1\unskip \hfil}%
+}
+\def\centerH#1{%
+ {%
+ \hfil\break
+ \advance\hsize by -\leftskip
+ \advance\hsize by -\rightskip
+ \line{#1}%
+ \break
+ }%
+}
+\def\centerV#1{\line{\kern\leftskip #1\kern\rightskip}}
+
+% @sp n outputs n lines of vertical space
+
+\parseargdef\sp{\vskip #1\baselineskip}
+
+% @comment ...line which is ignored...
+% @c is the same as @comment
+% @ignore ... @end ignore is another way to write a comment
+
+\def\comment{\begingroup \catcode`\^^M=\other%
+\catcode`\@=\other \catcode`\{=\other \catcode`\}=\other%
+\commentxxx}
+{\catcode`\^^M=\other \gdef\commentxxx#1^^M{\endgroup}}
+
+\let\c=\comment
+
+% @paragraphindent NCHARS
+% We'll use ems for NCHARS, close enough.
+% NCHARS can also be the word `asis' or `none'.
+% We cannot feasibly implement @paragraphindent asis, though.
+%
+\def\asisword{asis} % no translation, these are keywords
+\def\noneword{none}
+%
+\parseargdef\paragraphindent{%
+ \def\temp{#1}%
+ \ifx\temp\asisword
+ \else
+ \ifx\temp\noneword
+ \defaultparindent = 0pt
+ \else
+ \defaultparindent = #1em
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \parindent = \defaultparindent
+}
+
+% @exampleindent NCHARS
+% We'll use ems for NCHARS like @paragraphindent.
+% It seems @exampleindent asis isn't necessary, but
+% I preserve it to make it similar to @paragraphindent.
+\parseargdef\exampleindent{%
+ \def\temp{#1}%
+ \ifx\temp\asisword
+ \else
+ \ifx\temp\noneword
+ \lispnarrowing = 0pt
+ \else
+ \lispnarrowing = #1em
+ \fi
+ \fi
+}
+
+% @firstparagraphindent WORD
+% If WORD is `none', then suppress indentation of the first paragraph
+% after a section heading. If WORD is `insert', then do indent at such
+% paragraphs.
+%
+% The paragraph indentation is suppressed or not by calling
+% \suppressfirstparagraphindent, which the sectioning commands do.
+% We switch the definition of this back and forth according to WORD.
+% By default, we suppress indentation.
+%
+\def\suppressfirstparagraphindent{\dosuppressfirstparagraphindent}
+\def\insertword{insert}
+%
+\parseargdef\firstparagraphindent{%
+ \def\temp{#1}%
+ \ifx\temp\noneword
+ \let\suppressfirstparagraphindent = \dosuppressfirstparagraphindent
+ \else\ifx\temp\insertword
+ \let\suppressfirstparagraphindent = \relax
+ \else
+ \errhelp = \EMsimple
+ \errmessage{Unknown @firstparagraphindent option `\temp'}%
+ \fi\fi
+}
+
+% Here is how we actually suppress indentation. Redefine \everypar to
+% \kern backwards by \parindent, and then reset itself to empty.
+%
+% We also make \indent itself not actually do anything until the next
+% paragraph.
+%
+\gdef\dosuppressfirstparagraphindent{%
+ \gdef\indent{%
+ \restorefirstparagraphindent
+ \indent
+ }%
+ \gdef\noindent{%
+ \restorefirstparagraphindent
+ \noindent
+ }%
+ \global\everypar = {%
+ \kern -\parindent
+ \restorefirstparagraphindent
+ }%
+}
+
+\gdef\restorefirstparagraphindent{%
+ \global \let \indent = \ptexindent
+ \global \let \noindent = \ptexnoindent
+ \global \everypar = {}%
+}
+
+
+% @asis just yields its argument. Used with @table, for example.
+%
+\def\asis#1{#1}
+
+% @math outputs its argument in math mode.
+%
+% One complication: _ usually means subscripts, but it could also mean
+% an actual _ character, as in @math{@var{some_variable} + 1}. So make
+% _ active, and distinguish by seeing if the current family is \slfam,
+% which is what @var uses.
+{
+ \catcode`\_ = \active
+ \gdef\mathunderscore{%
+ \catcode`\_=\active
+ \def_{\ifnum\fam=\slfam \_\else\sb\fi}%
+ }
+}
+% Another complication: we want \\ (and @\) to output a \ character.
+% FYI, plain.tex uses \\ as a temporary control sequence (why?), but
+% this is not advertised and we don't care. Texinfo does not
+% otherwise define @\.
+%
+% The \mathchar is class=0=ordinary, family=7=ttfam, position=5C=\.
+\def\mathbackslash{\ifnum\fam=\ttfam \mathchar"075C \else\backslash \fi}
+%
+\def\math{%
+ \tex
+ \mathunderscore
+ \let\\ = \mathbackslash
+ \mathactive
+ $\finishmath
+}
+\def\finishmath#1{#1$\endgroup} % Close the group opened by \tex.
+
+% Some active characters (such as <) are spaced differently in math.
+% We have to reset their definitions in case the @math was an argument
+% to a command which sets the catcodes (such as @item or @section).
+%
+{
+ \catcode`^ = \active
+ \catcode`< = \active
+ \catcode`> = \active
+ \catcode`+ = \active
+ \gdef\mathactive{%
+ \let^ = \ptexhat
+ \let< = \ptexless
+ \let> = \ptexgtr
+ \let+ = \ptexplus
+ }
+}
+
+% @bullet and @minus need the same treatment as @math, just above.
+\def\bullet{$\ptexbullet$}
+\def\minus{$-$}
+
+% @dots{} outputs an ellipsis using the current font.
+% We do .5em per period so that it has the same spacing in the cm
+% typewriter fonts as three actual period characters; on the other hand,
+% in other typewriter fonts three periods are wider than 1.5em. So do
+% whichever is larger.
+%
+\def\dots{%
+ \leavevmode
+ \setbox0=\hbox{...}% get width of three periods
+ \ifdim\wd0 > 1.5em
+ \dimen0 = \wd0
+ \else
+ \dimen0 = 1.5em
+ \fi
+ \hbox to \dimen0{%
+ \hskip 0pt plus.25fil
+ .\hskip 0pt plus1fil
+ .\hskip 0pt plus1fil
+ .\hskip 0pt plus.5fil
+ }%
+}
+
+% @enddots{} is an end-of-sentence ellipsis.
+%
+\def\enddots{%
+ \dots
+ \spacefactor=\endofsentencespacefactor
+}
+
+% @comma{} is so commas can be inserted into text without messing up
+% Texinfo's parsing.
+%
+\let\comma = ,
+
+% @refill is a no-op.
+\let\refill=\relax
+
+% If working on a large document in chapters, it is convenient to
+% be able to disable indexing, cross-referencing, and contents, for test runs.
+% This is done with @novalidate (before @setfilename).
+%
+\newif\iflinks \linkstrue % by default we want the aux files.
+\let\novalidate = \linksfalse
+
+% @setfilename is done at the beginning of every texinfo file.
+% So open here the files we need to have open while reading the input.
+% This makes it possible to make a .fmt file for texinfo.
+\def\setfilename{%
+ \fixbackslash % Turn off hack to swallow `\input texinfo'.
+ \iflinks
+ \tryauxfile
+ % Open the new aux file. TeX will close it automatically at exit.
+ \immediate\openout\auxfile=\jobname.aux
+ \fi % \openindices needs to do some work in any case.
+ \openindices
+ \let\setfilename=\comment % Ignore extra @setfilename cmds.
+ %
+ % If texinfo.cnf is present on the system, read it.
+ % Useful for site-wide @afourpaper, etc.
+ \openin 1 texinfo.cnf
+ \ifeof 1 \else \input texinfo.cnf \fi
+ \closein 1
+ %
+ \comment % Ignore the actual filename.
+}
+
+% Called from \setfilename.
+%
+\def\openindices{%
+ \newindex{cp}%
+ \newcodeindex{fn}%
+ \newcodeindex{vr}%
+ \newcodeindex{tp}%
+ \newcodeindex{ky}%
+ \newcodeindex{pg}%
+}
+
+% @bye.
+\outer\def\bye{\pagealignmacro\tracingstats=1\ptexend}
+
+
+\message{pdf,}
+% adobe `portable' document format
+\newcount\tempnum
+\newcount\lnkcount
+\newtoks\filename
+\newcount\filenamelength
+\newcount\pgn
+\newtoks\toksA
+\newtoks\toksB
+\newtoks\toksC
+\newtoks\toksD
+\newbox\boxA
+\newcount\countA
+\newif\ifpdf
+\newif\ifpdfmakepagedest
+
+% when pdftex is run in dvi mode, \pdfoutput is defined (so \pdfoutput=1
+% can be set). So we test for \relax and 0 as well as \undefined,
+% borrowed from ifpdf.sty.
+\ifx\pdfoutput\undefined
+\else
+ \ifx\pdfoutput\relax
+ \else
+ \ifcase\pdfoutput
+ \else
+ \pdftrue
+ \fi
+ \fi
+\fi
+
+% PDF uses PostScript string constants for the names of xref targets,
+% for display in the outlines, and in other places. Thus, we have to
+% double any backslashes. Otherwise, a name like "\node" will be
+% interpreted as a newline (\n), followed by o, d, e. Not good.
+% http://www.ntg.nl/pipermail/ntg-pdftex/2004-July/000654.html
+% (and related messages, the final outcome is that it is up to the TeX
+% user to double the backslashes and otherwise make the string valid, so
+% that's what we do).
+
+% double active backslashes.
+%
+{\catcode`\@=0 \catcode`\\=\active
+ @gdef@activebackslashdouble{%
+ @catcode`@\=@active
+ @let\=@doublebackslash}
+}
+
+% To handle parens, we must adopt a different approach, since parens are
+% not active characters. hyperref.dtx (which has the same problem as
+% us) handles it with this amazing macro to replace tokens. I've
+% tinkered with it a little for texinfo, but it's definitely from there.
+%
+% #1 is the tokens to replace.
+% #2 is the replacement.
+% #3 is the control sequence with the string.
+%
+\def\HyPsdSubst#1#2#3{%
+ \def\HyPsdReplace##1#1##2\END{%
+ ##1%
+ \ifx\\##2\\%
+ \else
+ #2%
+ \HyReturnAfterFi{%
+ \HyPsdReplace##2\END
+ }%
+ \fi
+ }%
+ \xdef#3{\expandafter\HyPsdReplace#3#1\END}%
+}
+\long\def\HyReturnAfterFi#1\fi{\fi#1}
+
+% #1 is a control sequence in which to do the replacements.
+\def\backslashparens#1{%
+ \xdef#1{#1}% redefine it as its expansion; the definition is simply
+ % \lastnode when called from \setref -> \pdfmkdest.
+ \HyPsdSubst{(}{\realbackslash(}{#1}%
+ \HyPsdSubst{)}{\realbackslash)}{#1}%
+}
+
+\ifpdf
+ \input pdfcolor
+ \pdfcatalog{/PageMode /UseOutlines}%
+ % #1 is image name, #2 width (might be empty/whitespace), #3 height (ditto).
+ \def\dopdfimage#1#2#3{%
+ \def\imagewidth{#2}\setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}%
+ \def\imageheight{#3}\setbox2 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}%
+ % without \immediate, pdftex seg faults when the same image is
+ % included twice. (Version 3.14159-pre-1.0-unofficial-20010704.)
+ \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14
+ \immediate\pdfimage
+ \else
+ \immediate\pdfximage
+ \fi
+ \ifdim \wd0 >0pt width \imagewidth \fi
+ \ifdim \wd2 >0pt height \imageheight \fi
+ \ifnum\pdftexversion<13
+ #1.pdf%
+ \else
+ {#1.pdf}%
+ \fi
+ \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14 \else
+ \pdfrefximage \pdflastximage
+ \fi}
+ \def\pdfmkdest#1{{%
+ % We have to set dummies so commands such as @code, and characters
+ % such as \, aren't expanded when present in a section title.
+ \atdummies
+ \activebackslashdouble
+ \def\pdfdestname{#1}%
+ \backslashparens\pdfdestname
+ \pdfdest name{\pdfdestname} xyz%
+ }}%
+ %
+ % used to mark target names; must be expandable.
+ \def\pdfmkpgn#1{#1}%
+ %
+ \let\linkcolor = \Blue % was Cyan, but that seems light?
+ \def\endlink{\Black\pdfendlink}
+ % Adding outlines to PDF; macros for calculating structure of outlines
+ % come from Petr Olsak
+ \def\expnumber#1{\expandafter\ifx\csname#1\endcsname\relax 0%
+ \else \csname#1\endcsname \fi}
+ \def\advancenumber#1{\tempnum=\expnumber{#1}\relax
+ \advance\tempnum by 1
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname#1\endcsname{\the\tempnum}}
+ %
+ % #1 is the section text, which is what will be displayed in the
+ % outline by the pdf viewer. #2 is the pdf expression for the number
+ % of subentries (or empty, for subsubsections). #3 is the node text,
+ % which might be empty if this toc entry had no corresponding node.
+ % #4 is the page number
+ %
+ \def\dopdfoutline#1#2#3#4{%
+ % Generate a link to the node text if that exists; else, use the
+ % page number. We could generate a destination for the section
+ % text in the case where a section has no node, but it doesn't
+ % seem worth the trouble, since most documents are normally structured.
+ \def\pdfoutlinedest{#3}%
+ \ifx\pdfoutlinedest\empty
+ \def\pdfoutlinedest{#4}%
+ \else
+ % Doubled backslashes in the name.
+ {\activebackslashdouble \xdef\pdfoutlinedest{#3}%
+ \backslashparens\pdfoutlinedest}%
+ \fi
+ %
+ % Also double the backslashes in the display string.
+ {\activebackslashdouble \xdef\pdfoutlinetext{#1}%
+ \backslashparens\pdfoutlinetext}%
+ %
+ \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{\pdfoutlinedest}}#2{\pdfoutlinetext}%
+ }
+ %
+ \def\pdfmakeoutlines{%
+ \begingroup
+ % Thanh's hack / proper braces in bookmarks
+ \edef\mylbrace{\iftrue \string{\else}\fi}\let\{=\mylbrace
+ \edef\myrbrace{\iffalse{\else\string}\fi}\let\}=\myrbrace
+ %
+ % Read toc silently, to get counts of subentries for \pdfoutline.
+ \def\numchapentry##1##2##3##4{%
+ \def\thischapnum{##2}%
+ \def\thissecnum{0}%
+ \def\thissubsecnum{0}%
+ }%
+ \def\numsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
+ \advancenumber{chap\thischapnum}%
+ \def\thissecnum{##2}%
+ \def\thissubsecnum{0}%
+ }%
+ \def\numsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
+ \advancenumber{sec\thissecnum}%
+ \def\thissubsecnum{##2}%
+ }%
+ \def\numsubsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
+ \advancenumber{subsec\thissubsecnum}%
+ }%
+ \def\thischapnum{0}%
+ \def\thissecnum{0}%
+ \def\thissubsecnum{0}%
+ %
+ % use \def rather than \let here because we redefine \chapentry et
+ % al. a second time, below.
+ \def\appentry{\numchapentry}%
+ \def\appsecentry{\numsecentry}%
+ \def\appsubsecentry{\numsubsecentry}%
+ \def\appsubsubsecentry{\numsubsubsecentry}%
+ \def\unnchapentry{\numchapentry}%
+ \def\unnsecentry{\numsecentry}%
+ \def\unnsubsecentry{\numsubsecentry}%
+ \def\unnsubsubsecentry{\numsubsubsecentry}%
+ \readdatafile{toc}%
+ %
+ % Read toc second time, this time actually producing the outlines.
+ % The `-' means take the \expnumber as the absolute number of
+ % subentries, which we calculated on our first read of the .toc above.
+ %
+ % We use the node names as the destinations.
+ \def\numchapentry##1##2##3##4{%
+ \dopdfoutline{##1}{count-\expnumber{chap##2}}{##3}{##4}}%
+ \def\numsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
+ \dopdfoutline{##1}{count-\expnumber{sec##2}}{##3}{##4}}%
+ \def\numsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
+ \dopdfoutline{##1}{count-\expnumber{subsec##2}}{##3}{##4}}%
+ \def\numsubsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{% count is always zero
+ \dopdfoutline{##1}{}{##3}{##4}}%
+ %
+ % PDF outlines are displayed using system fonts, instead of
+ % document fonts. Therefore we cannot use special characters,
+ % since the encoding is unknown. For example, the eogonek from
+ % Latin 2 (0xea) gets translated to a | character. Info from
+ % Staszek Wawrykiewicz, 19 Jan 2004 04:09:24 +0100.
+ %
+ % xx to do this right, we have to translate 8-bit characters to
+ % their "best" equivalent, based on the @documentencoding. Right
+ % now, I guess we'll just let the pdf reader have its way.
+ \indexnofonts
+ \setupdatafile
+ \catcode`\\=\active \otherbackslash
+ \input \jobname.toc
+ \endgroup
+ }
+ %
+ \def\skipspaces#1{\def\PP{#1}\def\D{|}%
+ \ifx\PP\D\let\nextsp\relax
+ \else\let\nextsp\skipspaces
+ \ifx\p\space\else\addtokens{\filename}{\PP}%
+ \advance\filenamelength by 1
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \nextsp}
+ \def\getfilename#1{\filenamelength=0\expandafter\skipspaces#1|\relax}
+ \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14
+ \let \startlink \pdfannotlink
+ \else
+ \let \startlink \pdfstartlink
+ \fi
+ % make a live url in pdf output.
+ \def\pdfurl#1{%
+ \begingroup
+ % it seems we really need yet another set of dummies; have not
+ % tried to figure out what each command should do in the context
+ % of @url. for now, just make @/ a no-op, that's the only one
+ % people have actually reported a problem with.
+ %
+ \normalturnoffactive
+ \def\@{@}%
+ \let\/=\empty
+ \makevalueexpandable
+ \leavevmode\Red
+ \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}%
+ user{/Subtype /Link /A << /S /URI /URI (#1) >>}%
+ \endgroup}
+ \def\pdfgettoks#1.{\setbox\boxA=\hbox{\toksA={#1.}\toksB={}\maketoks}}
+ \def\addtokens#1#2{\edef\addtoks{\noexpand#1={\the#1#2}}\addtoks}
+ \def\adn#1{\addtokens{\toksC}{#1}\global\countA=1\let\next=\maketoks}
+ \def\poptoks#1#2|ENDTOKS|{\let\first=#1\toksD={#1}\toksA={#2}}
+ \def\maketoks{%
+ \expandafter\poptoks\the\toksA|ENDTOKS|\relax
+ \ifx\first0\adn0
+ \else\ifx\first1\adn1 \else\ifx\first2\adn2 \else\ifx\first3\adn3
+ \else\ifx\first4\adn4 \else\ifx\first5\adn5 \else\ifx\first6\adn6
+ \else\ifx\first7\adn7 \else\ifx\first8\adn8 \else\ifx\first9\adn9
+ \else
+ \ifnum0=\countA\else\makelink\fi
+ \ifx\first.\let\next=\done\else
+ \let\next=\maketoks
+ \addtokens{\toksB}{\the\toksD}
+ \ifx\first,\addtokens{\toksB}{\space}\fi
+ \fi
+ \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi
+ \next}
+ \def\makelink{\addtokens{\toksB}%
+ {\noexpand\pdflink{\the\toksC}}\toksC={}\global\countA=0}
+ \def\pdflink#1{%
+ \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]} goto name{\pdfmkpgn{#1}}
+ \linkcolor #1\endlink}
+ \def\done{\edef\st{\global\noexpand\toksA={\the\toksB}}\st}
+\else
+ \let\pdfmkdest = \gobble
+ \let\pdfurl = \gobble
+ \let\endlink = \relax
+ \let\linkcolor = \relax
+ \let\pdfmakeoutlines = \relax
+\fi % \ifx\pdfoutput
+
+
+\message{fonts,}
+
+% Change the current font style to #1, remembering it in \curfontstyle.
+% For now, we do not accumulate font styles: @b{@i{foo}} prints foo in
+% italics, not bold italics.
+%
+\def\setfontstyle#1{%
+ \def\curfontstyle{#1}% not as a control sequence, because we are \edef'd.
+ \csname ten#1\endcsname % change the current font
+}
+
+% Select #1 fonts with the current style.
+%
+\def\selectfonts#1{\csname #1fonts\endcsname \csname\curfontstyle\endcsname}
+
+\def\rm{\fam=0 \setfontstyle{rm}}
+\def\it{\fam=\itfam \setfontstyle{it}}
+\def\sl{\fam=\slfam \setfontstyle{sl}}
+\def\bf{\fam=\bffam \setfontstyle{bf}}\def\bfstylename{bf}
+\def\tt{\fam=\ttfam \setfontstyle{tt}}
+
+% Texinfo sort of supports the sans serif font style, which plain TeX does not.
+% So we set up a \sf.
+\newfam\sffam
+\def\sf{\fam=\sffam \setfontstyle{sf}}
+\let\li = \sf % Sometimes we call it \li, not \sf.
+
+% We don't need math for this font style.
+\def\ttsl{\setfontstyle{ttsl}}
+
+
+% Default leading.
+\newdimen\textleading \textleading = 13.2pt
+
+% Set the baselineskip to #1, and the lineskip and strut size
+% correspondingly. There is no deep meaning behind these magic numbers
+% used as factors; they just match (closely enough) what Knuth defined.
+%
+\def\lineskipfactor{.08333}
+\def\strutheightpercent{.70833}
+\def\strutdepthpercent {.29167}
+%
+\def\setleading#1{%
+ \normalbaselineskip = #1\relax
+ \normallineskip = \lineskipfactor\normalbaselineskip
+ \normalbaselines
+ \setbox\strutbox =\hbox{%
+ \vrule width0pt height\strutheightpercent\baselineskip
+ depth \strutdepthpercent \baselineskip
+ }%
+}
+
+
+% Set the font macro #1 to the font named #2, adding on the
+% specified font prefix (normally `cm').
+% #3 is the font's design size, #4 is a scale factor
+\def\setfont#1#2#3#4{\font#1=\fontprefix#2#3 scaled #4}
+
+
+% Use cm as the default font prefix.
+% To specify the font prefix, you must define \fontprefix
+% before you read in texinfo.tex.
+\ifx\fontprefix\undefined
+\def\fontprefix{cm}
+\fi
+% Support font families that don't use the same naming scheme as CM.
+\def\rmshape{r}
+\def\rmbshape{bx} %where the normal face is bold
+\def\bfshape{b}
+\def\bxshape{bx}
+\def\ttshape{tt}
+\def\ttbshape{tt}
+\def\ttslshape{sltt}
+\def\itshape{ti}
+\def\itbshape{bxti}
+\def\slshape{sl}
+\def\slbshape{bxsl}
+\def\sfshape{ss}
+\def\sfbshape{ss}
+\def\scshape{csc}
+\def\scbshape{csc}
+
+% Definitions for a main text size of 11pt. This is the default in
+% Texinfo.
+%
+\def\definetextfontsizexi{
+% Text fonts (11.2pt, magstep1).
+\def\textnominalsize{11pt}
+\edef\mainmagstep{\magstephalf}
+\setfont\textrm\rmshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
+\setfont\texttt\ttshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
+\setfont\textbf\bfshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
+\setfont\textit\itshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
+\setfont\textsl\slshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
+\setfont\textsf\sfshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
+\setfont\textsc\scshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
+\setfont\textttsl\ttslshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
+\font\texti=cmmi10 scaled \mainmagstep
+\font\textsy=cmsy10 scaled \mainmagstep
+
+% A few fonts for @defun names and args.
+\setfont\defbf\bfshape{10}{\magstep1}
+\setfont\deftt\ttshape{10}{\magstep1}
+\setfont\defttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep1}
+\def\df{\let\tentt=\deftt \let\tenbf = \defbf \let\tenttsl=\defttsl \bf}
+
+% Fonts for indices, footnotes, small examples (9pt).
+\def\smallnominalsize{9pt}
+\setfont\smallrm\rmshape{9}{1000}
+\setfont\smalltt\ttshape{9}{1000}
+\setfont\smallbf\bfshape{10}{900}
+\setfont\smallit\itshape{9}{1000}
+\setfont\smallsl\slshape{9}{1000}
+\setfont\smallsf\sfshape{9}{1000}
+\setfont\smallsc\scshape{10}{900}
+\setfont\smallttsl\ttslshape{10}{900}
+\font\smalli=cmmi9
+\font\smallsy=cmsy9
+
+% Fonts for small examples (8pt).
+\def\smallernominalsize{8pt}
+\setfont\smallerrm\rmshape{8}{1000}
+\setfont\smallertt\ttshape{8}{1000}
+\setfont\smallerbf\bfshape{10}{800}
+\setfont\smallerit\itshape{8}{1000}
+\setfont\smallersl\slshape{8}{1000}
+\setfont\smallersf\sfshape{8}{1000}
+\setfont\smallersc\scshape{10}{800}
+\setfont\smallerttsl\ttslshape{10}{800}
+\font\smalleri=cmmi8
+\font\smallersy=cmsy8
+
+% Fonts for title page (20.4pt):
+\def\titlenominalsize{20pt}
+\setfont\titlerm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep3}
+\setfont\titleit\itbshape{10}{\magstep4}
+\setfont\titlesl\slbshape{10}{\magstep4}
+\setfont\titlett\ttbshape{12}{\magstep3}
+\setfont\titlettsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep4}
+\setfont\titlesf\sfbshape{17}{\magstep1}
+\let\titlebf=\titlerm
+\setfont\titlesc\scbshape{10}{\magstep4}
+\font\titlei=cmmi12 scaled \magstep3
+\font\titlesy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep4
+\def\authorrm{\secrm}
+\def\authortt{\sectt}
+
+% Chapter (and unnumbered) fonts (17.28pt).
+\def\chapnominalsize{17pt}
+\setfont\chaprm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep2}
+\setfont\chapit\itbshape{10}{\magstep3}
+\setfont\chapsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep3}
+\setfont\chaptt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep2}
+\setfont\chapttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep3}
+\setfont\chapsf\sfbshape{17}{1000}
+\let\chapbf=\chaprm
+\setfont\chapsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep3}
+\font\chapi=cmmi12 scaled \magstep2
+\font\chapsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep3
+
+% Section fonts (14.4pt).
+\def\secnominalsize{14pt}
+\setfont\secrm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep1}
+\setfont\secit\itbshape{10}{\magstep2}
+\setfont\secsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep2}
+\setfont\sectt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep1}
+\setfont\secttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep2}
+\setfont\secsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstep1}
+\let\secbf\secrm
+\setfont\secsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep2}
+\font\seci=cmmi12 scaled \magstep1
+\font\secsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep2
+
+% Subsection fonts (13.15pt).
+\def\ssecnominalsize{13pt}
+\setfont\ssecrm\rmbshape{12}{\magstephalf}
+\setfont\ssecit\itbshape{10}{1315}
+\setfont\ssecsl\slbshape{10}{1315}
+\setfont\ssectt\ttbshape{12}{\magstephalf}
+\setfont\ssecttsl\ttslshape{10}{1315}
+\setfont\ssecsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstephalf}
+\let\ssecbf\ssecrm
+\setfont\ssecsc\scbshape{10}{1315}
+\font\sseci=cmmi12 scaled \magstephalf
+\font\ssecsy=cmsy10 scaled 1315
+
+% Reduced fonts for @acro in text (10pt).
+\def\reducednominalsize{10pt}
+\setfont\reducedrm\rmshape{10}{1000}
+\setfont\reducedtt\ttshape{10}{1000}
+\setfont\reducedbf\bfshape{10}{1000}
+\setfont\reducedit\itshape{10}{1000}
+\setfont\reducedsl\slshape{10}{1000}
+\setfont\reducedsf\sfshape{10}{1000}
+\setfont\reducedsc\scshape{10}{1000}
+\setfont\reducedttsl\ttslshape{10}{1000}
+\font\reducedi=cmmi10
+\font\reducedsy=cmsy10
+
+% reset the current fonts
+\textfonts
+\rm
+} % end of 11pt text font size definitions
+
+
+% Definitions to make the main text be 10pt Computer Modern, with
+% section, chapter, etc., sizes following suit. This is for the GNU
+% Press printing of the Emacs 22 manual. Maybe other manuals in the
+% future. Used with @smallbook, which sets the leading to 12pt.
+%
+\def\definetextfontsizex{%
+% Text fonts (10pt).
+\def\textnominalsize{10pt}
+\edef\mainmagstep{1000}
+\setfont\textrm\rmshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
+\setfont\texttt\ttshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
+\setfont\textbf\bfshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
+\setfont\textit\itshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
+\setfont\textsl\slshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
+\setfont\textsf\sfshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
+\setfont\textsc\scshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
+\setfont\textttsl\ttslshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
+\font\texti=cmmi10 scaled \mainmagstep
+\font\textsy=cmsy10 scaled \mainmagstep
+
+% A few fonts for @defun names and args.
+\setfont\defbf\bfshape{10}{\magstephalf}
+\setfont\deftt\ttshape{10}{\magstephalf}
+\setfont\defttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstephalf}
+\def\df{\let\tentt=\deftt \let\tenbf = \defbf \let\tenttsl=\defttsl \bf}
+
+% Fonts for indices, footnotes, small examples (9pt).
+\def\smallnominalsize{9pt}
+\setfont\smallrm\rmshape{9}{1000}
+\setfont\smalltt\ttshape{9}{1000}
+\setfont\smallbf\bfshape{10}{900}
+\setfont\smallit\itshape{9}{1000}
+\setfont\smallsl\slshape{9}{1000}
+\setfont\smallsf\sfshape{9}{1000}
+\setfont\smallsc\scshape{10}{900}
+\setfont\smallttsl\ttslshape{10}{900}
+\font\smalli=cmmi9
+\font\smallsy=cmsy9
+
+% Fonts for small examples (8pt).
+\def\smallernominalsize{8pt}
+\setfont\smallerrm\rmshape{8}{1000}
+\setfont\smallertt\ttshape{8}{1000}
+\setfont\smallerbf\bfshape{10}{800}
+\setfont\smallerit\itshape{8}{1000}
+\setfont\smallersl\slshape{8}{1000}
+\setfont\smallersf\sfshape{8}{1000}
+\setfont\smallersc\scshape{10}{800}
+\setfont\smallerttsl\ttslshape{10}{800}
+\font\smalleri=cmmi8
+\font\smallersy=cmsy8
+
+% Fonts for title page (20.4pt):
+\def\titlenominalsize{20pt}
+\setfont\titlerm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep3}
+\setfont\titleit\itbshape{10}{\magstep4}
+\setfont\titlesl\slbshape{10}{\magstep4}
+\setfont\titlett\ttbshape{12}{\magstep3}
+\setfont\titlettsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep4}
+\setfont\titlesf\sfbshape{17}{\magstep1}
+\let\titlebf=\titlerm
+\setfont\titlesc\scbshape{10}{\magstep4}
+\font\titlei=cmmi12 scaled \magstep3
+\font\titlesy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep4
+\def\authorrm{\secrm}
+\def\authortt{\sectt}
+
+% Chapter fonts (14.4pt).
+\def\chapnominalsize{14pt}
+\setfont\chaprm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep1}
+\setfont\chapit\itbshape{10}{\magstep2}
+\setfont\chapsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep2}
+\setfont\chaptt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep1}
+\setfont\chapttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep2}
+\setfont\chapsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstep1}
+\let\chapbf\chaprm
+\setfont\chapsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep2}
+\font\chapi=cmmi12 scaled \magstep1
+\font\chapsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep2
+
+% Section fonts (12pt).
+\def\secnominalsize{12pt}
+\setfont\secrm\rmbshape{12}{1000}
+\setfont\secit\itbshape{10}{\magstep1}
+\setfont\secsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep1}
+\setfont\sectt\ttbshape{12}{1000}
+\setfont\secttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep1}
+\setfont\secsf\sfbshape{12}{1000}
+\let\secbf\secrm
+\setfont\secsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep1}
+\font\seci=cmmi12
+\font\secsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep1
+
+% Subsection fonts (10pt).
+\def\ssecnominalsize{10pt}
+\setfont\ssecrm\rmbshape{10}{1000}
+\setfont\ssecit\itbshape{10}{1000}
+\setfont\ssecsl\slbshape{10}{1000}
+\setfont\ssectt\ttbshape{10}{1000}
+\setfont\ssecttsl\ttslshape{10}{1000}
+\setfont\ssecsf\sfbshape{10}{1000}
+\let\ssecbf\ssecrm
+\setfont\ssecsc\scbshape{10}{1000}
+\font\sseci=cmmi10
+\font\ssecsy=cmsy10
+
+% Reduced fonts for @acro in text (9pt).
+\def\reducednominalsize{9pt}
+\setfont\reducedrm\rmshape{9}{1000}
+\setfont\reducedtt\ttshape{9}{1000}
+\setfont\reducedbf\bfshape{10}{900}
+\setfont\reducedit\itshape{9}{1000}
+\setfont\reducedsl\slshape{9}{1000}
+\setfont\reducedsf\sfshape{9}{1000}
+\setfont\reducedsc\scshape{10}{900}
+\setfont\reducedttsl\ttslshape{10}{900}
+\font\reducedi=cmmi9
+\font\reducedsy=cmsy9
+
+% reduce space between paragraphs
+\divide\parskip by 2
+
+% reset the current fonts
+\textfonts
+\rm
+} % end of 10pt text font size definitions
+
+
+% We provide the user-level command
+% @fonttextsize 10
+% (or 11) to redefine the text font size. pt is assumed.
+%
+\def\xword{10}
+\def\xiword{11}
+%
+\parseargdef\fonttextsize{%
+ \def\textsizearg{#1}%
+ \wlog{doing @fonttextsize \textsizearg}%
+ %
+ % Set \globaldefs so that documents can use this inside @tex, since
+ % makeinfo 4.8 does not support it, but we need it nonetheless.
+ %
+ \begingroup \globaldefs=1
+ \ifx\textsizearg\xword \definetextfontsizex
+ \else \ifx\textsizearg\xiword \definetextfontsizexi
+ \else
+ \errhelp=\EMsimple
+ \errmessage{@fonttextsize only supports `10' or `11', not `\textsizearg'}
+ \fi\fi
+ \endgroup
+}
+
+
+% In order for the font changes to affect most math symbols and letters,
+% we have to define the \textfont of the standard families. Since
+% texinfo doesn't allow for producing subscripts and superscripts except
+% in the main text, we don't bother to reset \scriptfont and
+% \scriptscriptfont (which would also require loading a lot more fonts).
+%
+\def\resetmathfonts{%
+ \textfont0=\tenrm \textfont1=\teni \textfont2=\tensy
+ \textfont\itfam=\tenit \textfont\slfam=\tensl \textfont\bffam=\tenbf
+ \textfont\ttfam=\tentt \textfont\sffam=\tensf
+}
+
+% The font-changing commands redefine the meanings of \tenSTYLE, instead
+% of just \STYLE. We do this because \STYLE needs to also set the
+% current \fam for math mode. Our \STYLE (e.g., \rm) commands hardwire
+% \tenSTYLE to set the current font.
+%
+% Each font-changing command also sets the names \lsize (one size lower)
+% and \lllsize (three sizes lower). These relative commands are used in
+% the LaTeX logo and acronyms.
+%
+% This all needs generalizing, badly.
+%
+\def\textfonts{%
+ \let\tenrm=\textrm \let\tenit=\textit \let\tensl=\textsl
+ \let\tenbf=\textbf \let\tentt=\texttt \let\smallcaps=\textsc
+ \let\tensf=\textsf \let\teni=\texti \let\tensy=\textsy
+ \let\tenttsl=\textttsl
+ \def\curfontsize{text}%
+ \def\lsize{reduced}\def\lllsize{smaller}%
+ \resetmathfonts \setleading{\textleading}}
+\def\titlefonts{%
+ \let\tenrm=\titlerm \let\tenit=\titleit \let\tensl=\titlesl
+ \let\tenbf=\titlebf \let\tentt=\titlett \let\smallcaps=\titlesc
+ \let\tensf=\titlesf \let\teni=\titlei \let\tensy=\titlesy
+ \let\tenttsl=\titlettsl
+ \def\curfontsize{title}%
+ \def\lsize{chap}\def\lllsize{subsec}%
+ \resetmathfonts \setleading{25pt}}
+\def\titlefont#1{{\titlefonts\rm #1}}
+\def\chapfonts{%
+ \let\tenrm=\chaprm \let\tenit=\chapit \let\tensl=\chapsl
+ \let\tenbf=\chapbf \let\tentt=\chaptt \let\smallcaps=\chapsc
+ \let\tensf=\chapsf \let\teni=\chapi \let\tensy=\chapsy
+ \let\tenttsl=\chapttsl
+ \def\curfontsize{chap}%
+ \def\lsize{sec}\def\lllsize{text}%
+ \resetmathfonts \setleading{19pt}}
+\def\secfonts{%
+ \let\tenrm=\secrm \let\tenit=\secit \let\tensl=\secsl
+ \let\tenbf=\secbf \let\tentt=\sectt \let\smallcaps=\secsc
+ \let\tensf=\secsf \let\teni=\seci \let\tensy=\secsy
+ \let\tenttsl=\secttsl
+ \def\curfontsize{sec}%
+ \def\lsize{subsec}\def\lllsize{reduced}%
+ \resetmathfonts \setleading{16pt}}
+\def\subsecfonts{%
+ \let\tenrm=\ssecrm \let\tenit=\ssecit \let\tensl=\ssecsl
+ \let\tenbf=\ssecbf \let\tentt=\ssectt \let\smallcaps=\ssecsc
+ \let\tensf=\ssecsf \let\teni=\sseci \let\tensy=\ssecsy
+ \let\tenttsl=\ssecttsl
+ \def\curfontsize{ssec}%
+ \def\lsize{text}\def\lllsize{small}%
+ \resetmathfonts \setleading{15pt}}
+\let\subsubsecfonts = \subsecfonts
+\def\reducedfonts{%
+ \let\tenrm=\reducedrm \let\tenit=\reducedit \let\tensl=\reducedsl
+ \let\tenbf=\reducedbf \let\tentt=\reducedtt \let\reducedcaps=\reducedsc
+ \let\tensf=\reducedsf \let\teni=\reducedi \let\tensy=\reducedsy
+ \let\tenttsl=\reducedttsl
+ \def\curfontsize{reduced}%
+ \def\lsize{small}\def\lllsize{smaller}%
+ \resetmathfonts \setleading{10.5pt}}
+\def\smallfonts{%
+ \let\tenrm=\smallrm \let\tenit=\smallit \let\tensl=\smallsl
+ \let\tenbf=\smallbf \let\tentt=\smalltt \let\smallcaps=\smallsc
+ \let\tensf=\smallsf \let\teni=\smalli \let\tensy=\smallsy
+ \let\tenttsl=\smallttsl
+ \def\curfontsize{small}%
+ \def\lsize{smaller}\def\lllsize{smaller}%
+ \resetmathfonts \setleading{10.5pt}}
+\def\smallerfonts{%
+ \let\tenrm=\smallerrm \let\tenit=\smallerit \let\tensl=\smallersl
+ \let\tenbf=\smallerbf \let\tentt=\smallertt \let\smallcaps=\smallersc
+ \let\tensf=\smallersf \let\teni=\smalleri \let\tensy=\smallersy
+ \let\tenttsl=\smallerttsl
+ \def\curfontsize{smaller}%
+ \def\lsize{smaller}\def\lllsize{smaller}%
+ \resetmathfonts \setleading{9.5pt}}
+
+% Set the fonts to use with the @small... environments.
+\let\smallexamplefonts = \smallfonts
+
+% About \smallexamplefonts. If we use \smallfonts (9pt), @smallexample
+% can fit this many characters:
+% 8.5x11=86 smallbook=72 a4=90 a5=69
+% If we use \scriptfonts (8pt), then we can fit this many characters:
+% 8.5x11=90+ smallbook=80 a4=90+ a5=77
+% For me, subjectively, the few extra characters that fit aren't worth
+% the additional smallness of 8pt. So I'm making the default 9pt.
+%
+% By the way, for comparison, here's what fits with @example (10pt):
+% 8.5x11=71 smallbook=60 a4=75 a5=58
+%
+% I wish the USA used A4 paper.
+% --karl, 24jan03.
+
+
+% Set up the default fonts, so we can use them for creating boxes.
+%
+\definetextfontsizexi
+
+% Define these so they can be easily changed for other fonts.
+\def\angleleft{$\langle$}
+\def\angleright{$\rangle$}
+
+% Count depth in font-changes, for error checks
+\newcount\fontdepth \fontdepth=0
+
+% Fonts for short table of contents.
+\setfont\shortcontrm\rmshape{12}{1000}
+\setfont\shortcontbf\bfshape{10}{\magstep1} % no cmb12
+\setfont\shortcontsl\slshape{12}{1000}
+\setfont\shortconttt\ttshape{12}{1000}
+
+%% Add scribe-like font environments, plus @l for inline lisp (usually sans
+%% serif) and @ii for TeX italic
+
+% \smartitalic{ARG} outputs arg in italics, followed by an italic correction
+% unless the following character is such as not to need one.
+\def\smartitalicx{\ifx\next,\else\ifx\next-\else\ifx\next.\else
+ \ptexslash\fi\fi\fi}
+\def\smartslanted#1{{\ifusingtt\ttsl\sl #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx}
+\def\smartitalic#1{{\ifusingtt\ttsl\it #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx}
+
+% like \smartslanted except unconditionally uses \ttsl.
+% @var is set to this for defun arguments.
+\def\ttslanted#1{{\ttsl #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx}
+
+% like \smartslanted except unconditionally use \sl. We never want
+% ttsl for book titles, do we?
+\def\cite#1{{\sl #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx}
+
+\let\i=\smartitalic
+\let\slanted=\smartslanted
+\let\var=\smartslanted
+\let\dfn=\smartslanted
+\let\emph=\smartitalic
+
+% @b, explicit bold.
+\def\b#1{{\bf #1}}
+\let\strong=\b
+
+% @sansserif, explicit sans.
+\def\sansserif#1{{\sf #1}}
+
+% We can't just use \exhyphenpenalty, because that only has effect at
+% the end of a paragraph. Restore normal hyphenation at the end of the
+% group within which \nohyphenation is presumably called.
+%
+\def\nohyphenation{\hyphenchar\font = -1 \aftergroup\restorehyphenation}
+\def\restorehyphenation{\hyphenchar\font = `- }
+
+% Set sfcode to normal for the chars that usually have another value.
+% Can't use plain's \frenchspacing because it uses the `\x notation, and
+% sometimes \x has an active definition that messes things up.
+%
+\catcode`@=11
+ \def\plainfrenchspacing{%
+ \sfcode\dotChar =\@m \sfcode\questChar=\@m \sfcode\exclamChar=\@m
+ \sfcode\colonChar=\@m \sfcode\semiChar =\@m \sfcode\commaChar =\@m
+ \def\endofsentencespacefactor{1000}% for @. and friends
+ }
+ \def\plainnonfrenchspacing{%
+ \sfcode`\.3000\sfcode`\?3000\sfcode`\!3000
+ \sfcode`\:2000\sfcode`\;1500\sfcode`\,1250
+ \def\endofsentencespacefactor{3000}% for @. and friends
+ }
+\catcode`@=\other
+\def\endofsentencespacefactor{3000}% default
+
+\def\t#1{%
+ {\tt \rawbackslash \plainfrenchspacing #1}%
+ \null
+}
+\def\samp#1{`\tclose{#1}'\null}
+\setfont\keyrm\rmshape{8}{1000}
+\font\keysy=cmsy9
+\def\key#1{{\keyrm\textfont2=\keysy \leavevmode\hbox{%
+ \raise0.4pt\hbox{\angleleft}\kern-.08em\vtop{%
+ \vbox{\hrule\kern-0.4pt
+ \hbox{\raise0.4pt\hbox{\vphantom{\angleleft}}#1}}%
+ \kern-0.4pt\hrule}%
+ \kern-.06em\raise0.4pt\hbox{\angleright}}}}
+% The old definition, with no lozenge:
+%\def\key #1{{\ttsl \nohyphenation \uppercase{#1}}\null}
+\def\ctrl #1{{\tt \rawbackslash \hat}#1}
+
+% @file, @option are the same as @samp.
+\let\file=\samp
+\let\option=\samp
+
+% @code is a modification of @t,
+% which makes spaces the same size as normal in the surrounding text.
+\def\tclose#1{%
+ {%
+ % Change normal interword space to be same as for the current font.
+ \spaceskip = \fontdimen2\font
+ %
+ % Switch to typewriter.
+ \tt
+ %
+ % But `\ ' produces the large typewriter interword space.
+ \def\ {{\spaceskip = 0pt{} }}%
+ %
+ % Turn off hyphenation.
+ \nohyphenation
+ %
+ \rawbackslash
+ \plainfrenchspacing
+ #1%
+ }%
+ \null
+}
+
+% We *must* turn on hyphenation at `-' and `_' in @code.
+% Otherwise, it is too hard to avoid overfull hboxes
+% in the Emacs manual, the Library manual, etc.
+
+% Unfortunately, TeX uses one parameter (\hyphenchar) to control
+% both hyphenation at - and hyphenation within words.
+% We must therefore turn them both off (\tclose does that)
+% and arrange explicitly to hyphenate at a dash.
+% -- rms.
+{
+ \catcode`\-=\active \catcode`\_=\active
+ \catcode`\'=\active \catcode`\`=\active
+ %
+ \global\def\code{\begingroup
+ \catcode\rquoteChar=\active \catcode\lquoteChar=\active
+ \let'\codequoteright \let`\codequoteleft
+ %
+ \catcode\dashChar=\active \catcode\underChar=\active
+ \ifallowcodebreaks
+ \let-\codedash
+ \let_\codeunder
+ \else
+ \let-\realdash
+ \let_\realunder
+ \fi
+ \codex
+ }
+}
+
+\def\realdash{-}
+\def\codedash{-\discretionary{}{}{}}
+\def\codeunder{%
+ % this is all so @math{@code{var_name}+1} can work. In math mode, _
+ % is "active" (mathcode"8000) and \normalunderscore (or \char95, etc.)
+ % will therefore expand the active definition of _, which is us
+ % (inside @code that is), therefore an endless loop.
+ \ifusingtt{\ifmmode
+ \mathchar"075F % class 0=ordinary, family 7=ttfam, pos 0x5F=_.
+ \else\normalunderscore \fi
+ \discretionary{}{}{}}%
+ {\_}%
+}
+\def\codex #1{\tclose{#1}\endgroup}
+
+% An additional complication: the above will allow breaks after, e.g.,
+% each of the four underscores in __typeof__. This is undesirable in
+% some manuals, especially if they don't have long identifiers in
+% general. @allowcodebreaks provides a way to control this.
+%
+\newif\ifallowcodebreaks \allowcodebreakstrue
+
+\def\keywordtrue{true}
+\def\keywordfalse{false}
+
+\parseargdef\allowcodebreaks{%
+ \def\txiarg{#1}%
+ \ifx\txiarg\keywordtrue
+ \allowcodebreakstrue
+ \else\ifx\txiarg\keywordfalse
+ \allowcodebreaksfalse
+ \else
+ \errhelp = \EMsimple
+ \errmessage{Unknown @allowcodebreaks option `\txiarg'}%
+ \fi\fi
+}
+
+% @kbd is like @code, except that if the argument is just one @key command,
+% then @kbd has no effect.
+
+% @kbdinputstyle -- arg is `distinct' (@kbd uses slanted tty font always),
+% `example' (@kbd uses ttsl only inside of @example and friends),
+% or `code' (@kbd uses normal tty font always).
+\parseargdef\kbdinputstyle{%
+ \def\txiarg{#1}%
+ \ifx\txiarg\worddistinct
+ \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\ttsl}\gdef\kbdfont{\ttsl}%
+ \else\ifx\txiarg\wordexample
+ \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\ttsl}\gdef\kbdfont{\tt}%
+ \else\ifx\txiarg\wordcode
+ \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\tt}\gdef\kbdfont{\tt}%
+ \else
+ \errhelp = \EMsimple
+ \errmessage{Unknown @kbdinputstyle option `\txiarg'}%
+ \fi\fi\fi
+}
+\def\worddistinct{distinct}
+\def\wordexample{example}
+\def\wordcode{code}
+
+% Default is `distinct.'
+\kbdinputstyle distinct
+
+\def\xkey{\key}
+\def\kbdfoo#1#2#3\par{\def\one{#1}\def\three{#3}\def\threex{??}%
+\ifx\one\xkey\ifx\threex\three \key{#2}%
+\else{\tclose{\kbdfont\look}}\fi
+\else{\tclose{\kbdfont\look}}\fi}
+
+% For @indicateurl, @env, @command quotes seem unnecessary, so use \code.
+\let\indicateurl=\code
+\let\env=\code
+\let\command=\code
+
+% @uref (abbreviation for `urlref') takes an optional (comma-separated)
+% second argument specifying the text to display and an optional third
+% arg as text to display instead of (rather than in addition to) the url
+% itself. First (mandatory) arg is the url. Perhaps eventually put in
+% a hypertex \special here.
+%
+\def\uref#1{\douref #1,,,\finish}
+\def\douref#1,#2,#3,#4\finish{\begingroup
+ \unsepspaces
+ \pdfurl{#1}%
+ \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}%
+ \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt
+ \unhbox0 % third arg given, show only that
+ \else
+ \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}%
+ \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt
+ \ifpdf
+ \unhbox0 % PDF: 2nd arg given, show only it
+ \else
+ \unhbox0\ (\code{#1})% DVI: 2nd arg given, show both it and url
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \code{#1}% only url given, so show it
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \endlink
+\endgroup}
+
+% @url synonym for @uref, since that's how everyone uses it.
+%
+\let\url=\uref
+
+% rms does not like angle brackets --karl, 17may97.
+% So now @email is just like @uref, unless we are pdf.
+%
+%\def\email#1{\angleleft{\tt #1}\angleright}
+\ifpdf
+ \def\email#1{\doemail#1,,\finish}
+ \def\doemail#1,#2,#3\finish{\begingroup
+ \unsepspaces
+ \pdfurl{mailto:#1}%
+ \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}%
+ \ifdim\wd0>0pt\unhbox0\else\code{#1}\fi
+ \endlink
+ \endgroup}
+\else
+ \let\email=\uref
+\fi
+
+% Check if we are currently using a typewriter font. Since all the
+% Computer Modern typewriter fonts have zero interword stretch (and
+% shrink), and it is reasonable to expect all typewriter fonts to have
+% this property, we can check that font parameter.
+%
+\def\ifmonospace{\ifdim\fontdimen3\font=0pt }
+
+% Typeset a dimension, e.g., `in' or `pt'. The only reason for the
+% argument is to make the input look right: @dmn{pt} instead of @dmn{}pt.
+%
+\def\dmn#1{\thinspace #1}
+
+\def\kbd#1{\def\look{#1}\expandafter\kbdfoo\look??\par}
+
+% @l was never documented to mean ``switch to the Lisp font'',
+% and it is not used as such in any manual I can find. We need it for
+% Polish suppressed-l. --karl, 22sep96.
+%\def\l#1{{\li #1}\null}
+
+% Explicit font changes: @r, @sc, undocumented @ii.
+\def\r#1{{\rm #1}} % roman font
+\def\sc#1{{\smallcaps#1}} % smallcaps font
+\def\ii#1{{\it #1}} % italic font
+
+% @acronym for "FBI", "NATO", and the like.
+% We print this one point size smaller, since it's intended for
+% all-uppercase.
+%
+\def\acronym#1{\doacronym #1,,\finish}
+\def\doacronym#1,#2,#3\finish{%
+ {\selectfonts\lsize #1}%
+ \def\temp{#2}%
+ \ifx\temp\empty \else
+ \space ({\unsepspaces \ignorespaces \temp \unskip})%
+ \fi
+}
+
+% @abbr for "Comput. J." and the like.
+% No font change, but don't do end-of-sentence spacing.
+%
+\def\abbr#1{\doabbr #1,,\finish}
+\def\doabbr#1,#2,#3\finish{%
+ {\plainfrenchspacing #1}%
+ \def\temp{#2}%
+ \ifx\temp\empty \else
+ \space ({\unsepspaces \ignorespaces \temp \unskip})%
+ \fi
+}
+
+% @pounds{} is a sterling sign, which Knuth put in the CM italic font.
+%
+\def\pounds{{\it\$}}
+
+% @euro{} comes from a separate font, depending on the current style.
+% We use the free feym* fonts from the eurosym package by Henrik
+% Theiling, which support regular, slanted, bold and bold slanted (and
+% "outlined" (blackboard board, sort of) versions, which we don't need).
+% It is available from http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/eurosym.
+%
+% Although only regular is the truly official Euro symbol, we ignore
+% that. The Euro is designed to be slightly taller than the regular
+% font height.
+%
+% feymr - regular
+% feymo - slanted
+% feybr - bold
+% feybo - bold slanted
+%
+% There is no good (free) typewriter version, to my knowledge.
+% A feymr10 euro is ~7.3pt wide, while a normal cmtt10 char is ~5.25pt wide.
+% Hmm.
+%
+% Also doesn't work in math. Do we need to do math with euro symbols?
+% Hope not.
+%
+%
+\def\euro{{\eurofont e}}
+\def\eurofont{%
+ % We set the font at each command, rather than predefining it in
+ % \textfonts and the other font-switching commands, so that
+ % installations which never need the symbol don't have to have the
+ % font installed.
+ %
+ % There is only one designed size (nominal 10pt), so we always scale
+ % that to the current nominal size.
+ %
+ % By the way, simply using "at 1em" works for cmr10 and the like, but
+ % does not work for cmbx10 and other extended/shrunken fonts.
+ %
+ \def\eurosize{\csname\curfontsize nominalsize\endcsname}%
+ %
+ \ifx\curfontstyle\bfstylename
+ % bold:
+ \font\thiseurofont = \ifusingit{feybo10}{feybr10} at \eurosize
+ \else
+ % regular:
+ \font\thiseurofont = \ifusingit{feymo10}{feymr10} at \eurosize
+ \fi
+ \thiseurofont
+}
+
+% @registeredsymbol - R in a circle. The font for the R should really
+% be smaller yet, but lllsize is the best we can do for now.
+% Adapted from the plain.tex definition of \copyright.
+%
+\def\registeredsymbol{%
+ $^{{\ooalign{\hfil\raise.07ex\hbox{\selectfonts\lllsize R}%
+ \hfil\crcr\Orb}}%
+ }$%
+}
+
+% @textdegree - the normal degrees sign.
+%
+\def\textdegree{$^\circ$}
+
+% Laurent Siebenmann reports \Orb undefined with:
+% Textures 1.7.7 (preloaded format=plain 93.10.14) (68K) 16 APR 2004 02:38
+% so we'll define it if necessary.
+%
+\ifx\Orb\undefined
+\def\Orb{\mathhexbox20D}
+\fi
+
+
+\message{page headings,}
+
+\newskip\titlepagetopglue \titlepagetopglue = 1.5in
+\newskip\titlepagebottomglue \titlepagebottomglue = 2pc
+
+% First the title page. Must do @settitle before @titlepage.
+\newif\ifseenauthor
+\newif\iffinishedtitlepage
+
+% Do an implicit @contents or @shortcontents after @end titlepage if the
+% user says @setcontentsaftertitlepage or @setshortcontentsaftertitlepage.
+%
+\newif\ifsetcontentsaftertitlepage
+ \let\setcontentsaftertitlepage = \setcontentsaftertitlepagetrue
+\newif\ifsetshortcontentsaftertitlepage
+ \let\setshortcontentsaftertitlepage = \setshortcontentsaftertitlepagetrue
+
+\parseargdef\shorttitlepage{\begingroup\hbox{}\vskip 1.5in \chaprm \centerline{#1}%
+ \endgroup\page\hbox{}\page}
+
+\envdef\titlepage{%
+ % Open one extra group, as we want to close it in the middle of \Etitlepage.
+ \begingroup
+ \parindent=0pt \textfonts
+ % Leave some space at the very top of the page.
+ \vglue\titlepagetopglue
+ % No rule at page bottom unless we print one at the top with @title.
+ \finishedtitlepagetrue
+ %
+ % Most title ``pages'' are actually two pages long, with space
+ % at the top of the second. We don't want the ragged left on the second.
+ \let\oldpage = \page
+ \def\page{%
+ \iffinishedtitlepage\else
+ \finishtitlepage
+ \fi
+ \let\page = \oldpage
+ \page
+ \null
+ }%
+}
+
+\def\Etitlepage{%
+ \iffinishedtitlepage\else
+ \finishtitlepage
+ \fi
+ % It is important to do the page break before ending the group,
+ % because the headline and footline are only empty inside the group.
+ % If we use the new definition of \page, we always get a blank page
+ % after the title page, which we certainly don't want.
+ \oldpage
+ \endgroup
+ %
+ % Need this before the \...aftertitlepage checks so that if they are
+ % in effect the toc pages will come out with page numbers.
+ \HEADINGSon
+ %
+ % If they want short, they certainly want long too.
+ \ifsetshortcontentsaftertitlepage
+ \shortcontents
+ \contents
+ \global\let\shortcontents = \relax
+ \global\let\contents = \relax
+ \fi
+ %
+ \ifsetcontentsaftertitlepage
+ \contents
+ \global\let\contents = \relax
+ \global\let\shortcontents = \relax
+ \fi
+}
+
+\def\finishtitlepage{%
+ \vskip4pt \hrule height 2pt width \hsize
+ \vskip\titlepagebottomglue
+ \finishedtitlepagetrue
+}
+
+%%% Macros to be used within @titlepage:
+
+\let\subtitlerm=\tenrm
+\def\subtitlefont{\subtitlerm \normalbaselineskip = 13pt \normalbaselines}
+
+\def\authorfont{\authorrm \normalbaselineskip = 16pt \normalbaselines
+ \let\tt=\authortt}
+
+\parseargdef\title{%
+ \checkenv\titlepage
+ \leftline{\titlefonts\rm #1}
+ % print a rule at the page bottom also.
+ \finishedtitlepagefalse
+ \vskip4pt \hrule height 4pt width \hsize \vskip4pt
+}
+
+\parseargdef\subtitle{%
+ \checkenv\titlepage
+ {\subtitlefont \rightline{#1}}%
+}
+
+% @author should come last, but may come many times.
+% It can also be used inside @quotation.
+%
+\parseargdef\author{%
+ \def\temp{\quotation}%
+ \ifx\thisenv\temp
+ \def\quotationauthor{#1}% printed in \Equotation.
+ \else
+ \checkenv\titlepage
+ \ifseenauthor\else \vskip 0pt plus 1filll \seenauthortrue \fi
+ {\authorfont \leftline{#1}}%
+ \fi
+}
+
+
+%%% Set up page headings and footings.
+
+\let\thispage=\folio
+
+\newtoks\evenheadline % headline on even pages
+\newtoks\oddheadline % headline on odd pages
+\newtoks\evenfootline % footline on even pages
+\newtoks\oddfootline % footline on odd pages
+
+% Now make TeX use those variables
+\headline={{\textfonts\rm \ifodd\pageno \the\oddheadline
+ \else \the\evenheadline \fi}}
+\footline={{\textfonts\rm \ifodd\pageno \the\oddfootline
+ \else \the\evenfootline \fi}\HEADINGShook}
+\let\HEADINGShook=\relax
+
+% Commands to set those variables.
+% For example, this is what @headings on does
+% @evenheading @thistitle|@thispage|@thischapter
+% @oddheading @thischapter|@thispage|@thistitle
+% @evenfooting @thisfile||
+% @oddfooting ||@thisfile
+
+
+\def\evenheading{\parsearg\evenheadingxxx}
+\def\evenheadingxxx #1{\evenheadingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish}
+\def\evenheadingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{%
+\global\evenheadline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}}
+
+\def\oddheading{\parsearg\oddheadingxxx}
+\def\oddheadingxxx #1{\oddheadingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish}
+\def\oddheadingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{%
+\global\oddheadline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}}
+
+\parseargdef\everyheading{\oddheadingxxx{#1}\evenheadingxxx{#1}}%
+
+\def\evenfooting{\parsearg\evenfootingxxx}
+\def\evenfootingxxx #1{\evenfootingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish}
+\def\evenfootingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{%
+\global\evenfootline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}}
+
+\def\oddfooting{\parsearg\oddfootingxxx}
+\def\oddfootingxxx #1{\oddfootingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish}
+\def\oddfootingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{%
+ \global\oddfootline = {\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}%
+ %
+ % Leave some space for the footline. Hopefully ok to assume
+ % @evenfooting will not be used by itself.
+ \global\advance\pageheight by -12pt
+ \global\advance\vsize by -12pt
+}
+
+\parseargdef\everyfooting{\oddfootingxxx{#1}\evenfootingxxx{#1}}
+
+
+% @headings double turns headings on for double-sided printing.
+% @headings single turns headings on for single-sided printing.
+% @headings off turns them off.
+% @headings on same as @headings double, retained for compatibility.
+% @headings after turns on double-sided headings after this page.
+% @headings doubleafter turns on double-sided headings after this page.
+% @headings singleafter turns on single-sided headings after this page.
+% By default, they are off at the start of a document,
+% and turned `on' after @end titlepage.
+
+\def\headings #1 {\csname HEADINGS#1\endcsname}
+
+\def\HEADINGSoff{%
+\global\evenheadline={\hfil} \global\evenfootline={\hfil}
+\global\oddheadline={\hfil} \global\oddfootline={\hfil}}
+\HEADINGSoff
+% When we turn headings on, set the page number to 1.
+% For double-sided printing, put current file name in lower left corner,
+% chapter name on inside top of right hand pages, document
+% title on inside top of left hand pages, and page numbers on outside top
+% edge of all pages.
+\def\HEADINGSdouble{%
+\global\pageno=1
+\global\evenfootline={\hfil}
+\global\oddfootline={\hfil}
+\global\evenheadline={\line{\folio\hfil\thistitle}}
+\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
+\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage
+}
+\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
+
+% For single-sided printing, chapter title goes across top left of page,
+% page number on top right.
+\def\HEADINGSsingle{%
+\global\pageno=1
+\global\evenfootline={\hfil}
+\global\oddfootline={\hfil}
+\global\evenheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
+\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
+\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
+}
+\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSdouble}
+
+\def\HEADINGSafter{\let\HEADINGShook=\HEADINGSdoublex}
+\let\HEADINGSdoubleafter=\HEADINGSafter
+\def\HEADINGSdoublex{%
+\global\evenfootline={\hfil}
+\global\oddfootline={\hfil}
+\global\evenheadline={\line{\folio\hfil\thistitle}}
+\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
+\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage
+}
+
+\def\HEADINGSsingleafter{\let\HEADINGShook=\HEADINGSsinglex}
+\def\HEADINGSsinglex{%
+\global\evenfootline={\hfil}
+\global\oddfootline={\hfil}
+\global\evenheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
+\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
+\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
+}
+
+% Subroutines used in generating headings
+% This produces Day Month Year style of output.
+% Only define if not already defined, in case a txi-??.tex file has set
+% up a different format (e.g., txi-cs.tex does this).
+\ifx\today\undefined
+\def\today{%
+ \number\day\space
+ \ifcase\month
+ \or\putwordMJan\or\putwordMFeb\or\putwordMMar\or\putwordMApr
+ \or\putwordMMay\or\putwordMJun\or\putwordMJul\or\putwordMAug
+ \or\putwordMSep\or\putwordMOct\or\putwordMNov\or\putwordMDec
+ \fi
+ \space\number\year}
+\fi
+
+% @settitle line... specifies the title of the document, for headings.
+% It generates no output of its own.
+\def\thistitle{\putwordNoTitle}
+\def\settitle{\parsearg{\gdef\thistitle}}
+
+
+\message{tables,}
+% Tables -- @table, @ftable, @vtable, @item(x).
+
+% default indentation of table text
+\newdimen\tableindent \tableindent=.8in
+% default indentation of @itemize and @enumerate text
+\newdimen\itemindent \itemindent=.3in
+% margin between end of table item and start of table text.
+\newdimen\itemmargin \itemmargin=.1in
+
+% used internally for \itemindent minus \itemmargin
+\newdimen\itemmax
+
+% Note @table, @ftable, and @vtable define @item, @itemx, etc., with
+% these defs.
+% They also define \itemindex
+% to index the item name in whatever manner is desired (perhaps none).
+
+\newif\ifitemxneedsnegativevskip
+
+\def\itemxpar{\par\ifitemxneedsnegativevskip\nobreak\vskip-\parskip\nobreak\fi}
+
+\def\internalBitem{\smallbreak \parsearg\itemzzz}
+\def\internalBitemx{\itemxpar \parsearg\itemzzz}
+
+\def\itemzzz #1{\begingroup %
+ \advance\hsize by -\rightskip
+ \advance\hsize by -\tableindent
+ \setbox0=\hbox{\itemindicate{#1}}%
+ \itemindex{#1}%
+ \nobreak % This prevents a break before @itemx.
+ %
+ % If the item text does not fit in the space we have, put it on a line
+ % by itself, and do not allow a page break either before or after that
+ % line. We do not start a paragraph here because then if the next
+ % command is, e.g., @kindex, the whatsit would get put into the
+ % horizontal list on a line by itself, resulting in extra blank space.
+ \ifdim \wd0>\itemmax
+ %
+ % Make this a paragraph so we get the \parskip glue and wrapping,
+ % but leave it ragged-right.
+ \begingroup
+ \advance\leftskip by-\tableindent
+ \advance\hsize by\tableindent
+ \advance\rightskip by0pt plus1fil
+ \leavevmode\unhbox0\par
+ \endgroup
+ %
+ % We're going to be starting a paragraph, but we don't want the
+ % \parskip glue -- logically it's part of the @item we just started.
+ \nobreak \vskip-\parskip
+ %
+ % Stop a page break at the \parskip glue coming up. However, if
+ % what follows is an environment such as @example, there will be no
+ % \parskip glue; then the negative vskip we just inserted would
+ % cause the example and the item to crash together. So we use this
+ % bizarre value of 10001 as a signal to \aboveenvbreak to insert
+ % \parskip glue after all. Section titles are handled this way also.
+ %
+ \penalty 10001
+ \endgroup
+ \itemxneedsnegativevskipfalse
+ \else
+ % The item text fits into the space. Start a paragraph, so that the
+ % following text (if any) will end up on the same line.
+ \noindent
+ % Do this with kerns and \unhbox so that if there is a footnote in
+ % the item text, it can migrate to the main vertical list and
+ % eventually be printed.
+ \nobreak\kern-\tableindent
+ \dimen0 = \itemmax \advance\dimen0 by \itemmargin \advance\dimen0 by -\wd0
+ \unhbox0
+ \nobreak\kern\dimen0
+ \endgroup
+ \itemxneedsnegativevskiptrue
+ \fi
+}
+
+\def\item{\errmessage{@item while not in a list environment}}
+\def\itemx{\errmessage{@itemx while not in a list environment}}
+
+% @table, @ftable, @vtable.
+\envdef\table{%
+ \let\itemindex\gobble
+ \tablecheck{table}%
+}
+\envdef\ftable{%
+ \def\itemindex ##1{\doind {fn}{\code{##1}}}%
+ \tablecheck{ftable}%
+}
+\envdef\vtable{%
+ \def\itemindex ##1{\doind {vr}{\code{##1}}}%
+ \tablecheck{vtable}%
+}
+\def\tablecheck#1{%
+ \ifnum \the\catcode`\^^M=\active
+ \endgroup
+ \errmessage{This command won't work in this context; perhaps the problem is
+ that we are \inenvironment\thisenv}%
+ \def\next{\doignore{#1}}%
+ \else
+ \let\next\tablex
+ \fi
+ \next
+}
+\def\tablex#1{%
+ \def\itemindicate{#1}%
+ \parsearg\tabley
+}
+\def\tabley#1{%
+ {%
+ \makevalueexpandable
+ \edef\temp{\noexpand\tablez #1\space\space\space}%
+ \expandafter
+ }\temp \endtablez
+}
+\def\tablez #1 #2 #3 #4\endtablez{%
+ \aboveenvbreak
+ \ifnum 0#1>0 \advance \leftskip by #1\mil \fi
+ \ifnum 0#2>0 \tableindent=#2\mil \fi
+ \ifnum 0#3>0 \advance \rightskip by #3\mil \fi
+ \itemmax=\tableindent
+ \advance \itemmax by -\itemmargin
+ \advance \leftskip by \tableindent
+ \exdentamount=\tableindent
+ \parindent = 0pt
+ \parskip = \smallskipamount
+ \ifdim \parskip=0pt \parskip=2pt \fi
+ \let\item = \internalBitem
+ \let\itemx = \internalBitemx
+}
+\def\Etable{\endgraf\afterenvbreak}
+\let\Eftable\Etable
+\let\Evtable\Etable
+\let\Eitemize\Etable
+\let\Eenumerate\Etable
+
+% This is the counter used by @enumerate, which is really @itemize
+
+\newcount \itemno
+
+\envdef\itemize{\parsearg\doitemize}
+
+\def\doitemize#1{%
+ \aboveenvbreak
+ \itemmax=\itemindent
+ \advance\itemmax by -\itemmargin
+ \advance\leftskip by \itemindent
+ \exdentamount=\itemindent
+ \parindent=0pt
+ \parskip=\smallskipamount
+ \ifdim\parskip=0pt \parskip=2pt \fi
+ \def\itemcontents{#1}%
+ % @itemize with no arg is equivalent to @itemize @bullet.
+ \ifx\itemcontents\empty\def\itemcontents{\bullet}\fi
+ \let\item=\itemizeitem
+}
+
+% Definition of @item while inside @itemize and @enumerate.
+%
+\def\itemizeitem{%
+ \advance\itemno by 1 % for enumerations
+ {\let\par=\endgraf \smallbreak}% reasonable place to break
+ {%
+ % If the document has an @itemize directly after a section title, a
+ % \nobreak will be last on the list, and \sectionheading will have
+ % done a \vskip-\parskip. In that case, we don't want to zero
+ % parskip, or the item text will crash with the heading. On the
+ % other hand, when there is normal text preceding the item (as there
+ % usually is), we do want to zero parskip, or there would be too much
+ % space. In that case, we won't have a \nobreak before. At least
+ % that's the theory.
+ \ifnum\lastpenalty<10000 \parskip=0in \fi
+ \noindent
+ \hbox to 0pt{\hss \itemcontents \kern\itemmargin}%
+ \vadjust{\penalty 1200}}% not good to break after first line of item.
+ \flushcr
+}
+
+% \splitoff TOKENS\endmark defines \first to be the first token in
+% TOKENS, and \rest to be the remainder.
+%
+\def\splitoff#1#2\endmark{\def\first{#1}\def\rest{#2}}%
+
+% Allow an optional argument of an uppercase letter, lowercase letter,
+% or number, to specify the first label in the enumerated list. No
+% argument is the same as `1'.
+%
+\envparseargdef\enumerate{\enumeratey #1 \endenumeratey}
+\def\enumeratey #1 #2\endenumeratey{%
+ % If we were given no argument, pretend we were given `1'.
+ \def\thearg{#1}%
+ \ifx\thearg\empty \def\thearg{1}\fi
+ %
+ % Detect if the argument is a single token. If so, it might be a
+ % letter. Otherwise, the only valid thing it can be is a number.
+ % (We will always have one token, because of the test we just made.
+ % This is a good thing, since \splitoff doesn't work given nothing at
+ % all -- the first parameter is undelimited.)
+ \expandafter\splitoff\thearg\endmark
+ \ifx\rest\empty
+ % Only one token in the argument. It could still be anything.
+ % A ``lowercase letter'' is one whose \lccode is nonzero.
+ % An ``uppercase letter'' is one whose \lccode is both nonzero, and
+ % not equal to itself.
+ % Otherwise, we assume it's a number.
+ %
+ % We need the \relax at the end of the \ifnum lines to stop TeX from
+ % continuing to look for a <number>.
+ %
+ \ifnum\lccode\expandafter`\thearg=0\relax
+ \numericenumerate % a number (we hope)
+ \else
+ % It's a letter.
+ \ifnum\lccode\expandafter`\thearg=\expandafter`\thearg\relax
+ \lowercaseenumerate % lowercase letter
+ \else
+ \uppercaseenumerate % uppercase letter
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \else
+ % Multiple tokens in the argument. We hope it's a number.
+ \numericenumerate
+ \fi
+}
+
+% An @enumerate whose labels are integers. The starting integer is
+% given in \thearg.
+%
+\def\numericenumerate{%
+ \itemno = \thearg
+ \startenumeration{\the\itemno}%
+}
+
+% The starting (lowercase) letter is in \thearg.
+\def\lowercaseenumerate{%
+ \itemno = \expandafter`\thearg
+ \startenumeration{%
+ % Be sure we're not beyond the end of the alphabet.
+ \ifnum\itemno=0
+ \errmessage{No more lowercase letters in @enumerate; get a bigger
+ alphabet}%
+ \fi
+ \char\lccode\itemno
+ }%
+}
+
+% The starting (uppercase) letter is in \thearg.
+\def\uppercaseenumerate{%
+ \itemno = \expandafter`\thearg
+ \startenumeration{%
+ % Be sure we're not beyond the end of the alphabet.
+ \ifnum\itemno=0
+ \errmessage{No more uppercase letters in @enumerate; get a bigger
+ alphabet}
+ \fi
+ \char\uccode\itemno
+ }%
+}
+
+% Call \doitemize, adding a period to the first argument and supplying the
+% common last two arguments. Also subtract one from the initial value in
+% \itemno, since @item increments \itemno.
+%
+\def\startenumeration#1{%
+ \advance\itemno by -1
+ \doitemize{#1.}\flushcr
+}
+
+% @alphaenumerate and @capsenumerate are abbreviations for giving an arg
+% to @enumerate.
+%
+\def\alphaenumerate{\enumerate{a}}
+\def\capsenumerate{\enumerate{A}}
+\def\Ealphaenumerate{\Eenumerate}
+\def\Ecapsenumerate{\Eenumerate}
+
+
+% @multitable macros
+% Amy Hendrickson, 8/18/94, 3/6/96
+%
+% @multitable ... @end multitable will make as many columns as desired.
+% Contents of each column will wrap at width given in preamble. Width
+% can be specified either with sample text given in a template line,
+% or in percent of \hsize, the current width of text on page.
+
+% Table can continue over pages but will only break between lines.
+
+% To make preamble:
+%
+% Either define widths of columns in terms of percent of \hsize:
+% @multitable @columnfractions .25 .3 .45
+% @item ...
+%
+% Numbers following @columnfractions are the percent of the total
+% current hsize to be used for each column. You may use as many
+% columns as desired.
+
+
+% Or use a template:
+% @multitable {Column 1 template} {Column 2 template} {Column 3 template}
+% @item ...
+% using the widest term desired in each column.
+
+% Each new table line starts with @item, each subsequent new column
+% starts with @tab. Empty columns may be produced by supplying @tab's
+% with nothing between them for as many times as empty columns are needed,
+% ie, @tab@tab@tab will produce two empty columns.
+
+% @item, @tab do not need to be on their own lines, but it will not hurt
+% if they are.
+
+% Sample multitable:
+
+% @multitable {Column 1 template} {Column 2 template} {Column 3 template}
+% @item first col stuff @tab second col stuff @tab third col
+% @item
+% first col stuff
+% @tab
+% second col stuff
+% @tab
+% third col
+% @item first col stuff @tab second col stuff
+% @tab Many paragraphs of text may be used in any column.
+%
+% They will wrap at the width determined by the template.
+% @item@tab@tab This will be in third column.
+% @end multitable
+
+% Default dimensions may be reset by user.
+% @multitableparskip is vertical space between paragraphs in table.
+% @multitableparindent is paragraph indent in table.
+% @multitablecolmargin is horizontal space to be left between columns.
+% @multitablelinespace is space to leave between table items, baseline
+% to baseline.
+% 0pt means it depends on current normal line spacing.
+%
+\newskip\multitableparskip
+\newskip\multitableparindent
+\newdimen\multitablecolspace
+\newskip\multitablelinespace
+\multitableparskip=0pt
+\multitableparindent=6pt
+\multitablecolspace=12pt
+\multitablelinespace=0pt
+
+% Macros used to set up halign preamble:
+%
+\let\endsetuptable\relax
+\def\xendsetuptable{\endsetuptable}
+\let\columnfractions\relax
+\def\xcolumnfractions{\columnfractions}
+\newif\ifsetpercent
+
+% #1 is the @columnfraction, usually a decimal number like .5, but might
+% be just 1. We just use it, whatever it is.
+%
+\def\pickupwholefraction#1 {%
+ \global\advance\colcount by 1
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname{#1\hsize}%
+ \setuptable
+}
+
+\newcount\colcount
+\def\setuptable#1{%
+ \def\firstarg{#1}%
+ \ifx\firstarg\xendsetuptable
+ \let\go = \relax
+ \else
+ \ifx\firstarg\xcolumnfractions
+ \global\setpercenttrue
+ \else
+ \ifsetpercent
+ \let\go\pickupwholefraction
+ \else
+ \global\advance\colcount by 1
+ \setbox0=\hbox{#1\unskip\space}% Add a normal word space as a
+ % separator; typically that is always in the input, anyway.
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname{\the\wd0}%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \ifx\go\pickupwholefraction
+ % Put the argument back for the \pickupwholefraction call, so
+ % we'll always have a period there to be parsed.
+ \def\go{\pickupwholefraction#1}%
+ \else
+ \let\go = \setuptable
+ \fi%
+ \fi
+ \go
+}
+
+% multitable-only commands.
+%
+% @headitem starts a heading row, which we typeset in bold.
+% Assignments have to be global since we are inside the implicit group
+% of an alignment entry. Note that \everycr resets \everytab.
+\def\headitem{\checkenv\multitable \crcr \global\everytab={\bf}\the\everytab}%
+%
+% A \tab used to include \hskip1sp. But then the space in a template
+% line is not enough. That is bad. So let's go back to just `&' until
+% we encounter the problem it was intended to solve again.
+% --karl, nathan@acm.org, 20apr99.
+\def\tab{\checkenv\multitable &\the\everytab}%
+
+% @multitable ... @end multitable definitions:
+%
+\newtoks\everytab % insert after every tab.
+%
+\envdef\multitable{%
+ \vskip\parskip
+ \startsavinginserts
+ %
+ % @item within a multitable starts a normal row.
+ % We use \def instead of \let so that if one of the multitable entries
+ % contains an @itemize, we don't choke on the \item (seen as \crcr aka
+ % \endtemplate) expanding \doitemize.
+ \def\item{\crcr}%
+ %
+ \tolerance=9500
+ \hbadness=9500
+ \setmultitablespacing
+ \parskip=\multitableparskip
+ \parindent=\multitableparindent
+ \overfullrule=0pt
+ \global\colcount=0
+ %
+ \everycr = {%
+ \noalign{%
+ \global\everytab={}%
+ \global\colcount=0 % Reset the column counter.
+ % Check for saved footnotes, etc.
+ \checkinserts
+ % Keeps underfull box messages off when table breaks over pages.
+ %\filbreak
+ % Maybe so, but it also creates really weird page breaks when the
+ % table breaks over pages. Wouldn't \vfil be better? Wait until the
+ % problem manifests itself, so it can be fixed for real --karl.
+ }%
+ }%
+ %
+ \parsearg\domultitable
+}
+\def\domultitable#1{%
+ % To parse everything between @multitable and @item:
+ \setuptable#1 \endsetuptable
+ %
+ % This preamble sets up a generic column definition, which will
+ % be used as many times as user calls for columns.
+ % \vtop will set a single line and will also let text wrap and
+ % continue for many paragraphs if desired.
+ \halign\bgroup &%
+ \global\advance\colcount by 1
+ \multistrut
+ \vtop{%
+ % Use the current \colcount to find the correct column width:
+ \hsize=\expandafter\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname
+ %
+ % In order to keep entries from bumping into each other
+ % we will add a \leftskip of \multitablecolspace to all columns after
+ % the first one.
+ %
+ % If a template has been used, we will add \multitablecolspace
+ % to the width of each template entry.
+ %
+ % If the user has set preamble in terms of percent of \hsize we will
+ % use that dimension as the width of the column, and the \leftskip
+ % will keep entries from bumping into each other. Table will start at
+ % left margin and final column will justify at right margin.
+ %
+ % Make sure we don't inherit \rightskip from the outer environment.
+ \rightskip=0pt
+ \ifnum\colcount=1
+ % The first column will be indented with the surrounding text.
+ \advance\hsize by\leftskip
+ \else
+ \ifsetpercent \else
+ % If user has not set preamble in terms of percent of \hsize
+ % we will advance \hsize by \multitablecolspace.
+ \advance\hsize by \multitablecolspace
+ \fi
+ % In either case we will make \leftskip=\multitablecolspace:
+ \leftskip=\multitablecolspace
+ \fi
+ % Ignoring space at the beginning and end avoids an occasional spurious
+ % blank line, when TeX decides to break the line at the space before the
+ % box from the multistrut, so the strut ends up on a line by itself.
+ % For example:
+ % @multitable @columnfractions .11 .89
+ % @item @code{#}
+ % @tab Legal holiday which is valid in major parts of the whole country.
+ % Is automatically provided with highlighting sequences respectively
+ % marking characters.
+ \noindent\ignorespaces##\unskip\multistrut
+ }\cr
+}
+\def\Emultitable{%
+ \crcr
+ \egroup % end the \halign
+ \global\setpercentfalse
+}
+
+\def\setmultitablespacing{%
+ \def\multistrut{\strut}% just use the standard line spacing
+ %
+ % Compute \multitablelinespace (if not defined by user) for use in
+ % \multitableparskip calculation. We used define \multistrut based on
+ % this, but (ironically) that caused the spacing to be off.
+ % See bug-texinfo report from Werner Lemberg, 31 Oct 2004 12:52:20 +0100.
+\ifdim\multitablelinespace=0pt
+\setbox0=\vbox{X}\global\multitablelinespace=\the\baselineskip
+\global\advance\multitablelinespace by-\ht0
+\fi
+%% Test to see if parskip is larger than space between lines of
+%% table. If not, do nothing.
+%% If so, set to same dimension as multitablelinespace.
+\ifdim\multitableparskip>\multitablelinespace
+\global\multitableparskip=\multitablelinespace
+\global\advance\multitableparskip-7pt %% to keep parskip somewhat smaller
+ %% than skip between lines in the table.
+\fi%
+\ifdim\multitableparskip=0pt
+\global\multitableparskip=\multitablelinespace
+\global\advance\multitableparskip-7pt %% to keep parskip somewhat smaller
+ %% than skip between lines in the table.
+\fi}
+
+
+\message{conditionals,}
+
+% @iftex, @ifnotdocbook, @ifnothtml, @ifnotinfo, @ifnotplaintext,
+% @ifnotxml always succeed. They currently do nothing; we don't
+% attempt to check whether the conditionals are properly nested. But we
+% have to remember that they are conditionals, so that @end doesn't
+% attempt to close an environment group.
+%
+\def\makecond#1{%
+ \expandafter\let\csname #1\endcsname = \relax
+ \expandafter\let\csname iscond.#1\endcsname = 1
+}
+\makecond{iftex}
+\makecond{ifnotdocbook}
+\makecond{ifnothtml}
+\makecond{ifnotinfo}
+\makecond{ifnotplaintext}
+\makecond{ifnotxml}
+
+% Ignore @ignore, @ifhtml, @ifinfo, and the like.
+%
+\def\direntry{\doignore{direntry}}
+\def\documentdescription{\doignore{documentdescription}}
+\def\docbook{\doignore{docbook}}
+\def\html{\doignore{html}}
+\def\ifdocbook{\doignore{ifdocbook}}
+\def\ifhtml{\doignore{ifhtml}}
+\def\ifinfo{\doignore{ifinfo}}
+\def\ifnottex{\doignore{ifnottex}}
+\def\ifplaintext{\doignore{ifplaintext}}
+\def\ifxml{\doignore{ifxml}}
+\def\ignore{\doignore{ignore}}
+\def\menu{\doignore{menu}}
+\def\xml{\doignore{xml}}
+
+% Ignore text until a line `@end #1', keeping track of nested conditionals.
+%
+% A count to remember the depth of nesting.
+\newcount\doignorecount
+
+\def\doignore#1{\begingroup
+ % Scan in ``verbatim'' mode:
+ \obeylines
+ \catcode`\@ = \other
+ \catcode`\{ = \other
+ \catcode`\} = \other
+ %
+ % Make sure that spaces turn into tokens that match what \doignoretext wants.
+ \spaceisspace
+ %
+ % Count number of #1's that we've seen.
+ \doignorecount = 0
+ %
+ % Swallow text until we reach the matching `@end #1'.
+ \dodoignore{#1}%
+}
+
+{ \catcode`_=11 % We want to use \_STOP_ which cannot appear in texinfo source.
+ \obeylines %
+ %
+ \gdef\dodoignore#1{%
+ % #1 contains the command name as a string, e.g., `ifinfo'.
+ %
+ % Define a command to find the next `@end #1'.
+ \long\def\doignoretext##1^^M@end #1{%
+ \doignoretextyyy##1^^M@#1\_STOP_}%
+ %
+ % And this command to find another #1 command, at the beginning of a
+ % line. (Otherwise, we would consider a line `@c @ifset', for
+ % example, to count as an @ifset for nesting.)
+ \long\def\doignoretextyyy##1^^M@#1##2\_STOP_{\doignoreyyy{##2}\_STOP_}%
+ %
+ % And now expand that command.
+ \doignoretext ^^M%
+ }%
+}
+
+\def\doignoreyyy#1{%
+ \def\temp{#1}%
+ \ifx\temp\empty % Nothing found.
+ \let\next\doignoretextzzz
+ \else % Found a nested condition, ...
+ \advance\doignorecount by 1
+ \let\next\doignoretextyyy % ..., look for another.
+ % If we're here, #1 ends with ^^M\ifinfo (for example).
+ \fi
+ \next #1% the token \_STOP_ is present just after this macro.
+}
+
+% We have to swallow the remaining "\_STOP_".
+%
+\def\doignoretextzzz#1{%
+ \ifnum\doignorecount = 0 % We have just found the outermost @end.
+ \let\next\enddoignore
+ \else % Still inside a nested condition.
+ \advance\doignorecount by -1
+ \let\next\doignoretext % Look for the next @end.
+ \fi
+ \next
+}
+
+% Finish off ignored text.
+{ \obeylines%
+ % Ignore anything after the last `@end #1'; this matters in verbatim
+ % environments, where otherwise the newline after an ignored conditional
+ % would result in a blank line in the output.
+ \gdef\enddoignore#1^^M{\endgroup\ignorespaces}%
+}
+
+
+% @set VAR sets the variable VAR to an empty value.
+% @set VAR REST-OF-LINE sets VAR to the value REST-OF-LINE.
+%
+% Since we want to separate VAR from REST-OF-LINE (which might be
+% empty), we can't just use \parsearg; we have to insert a space of our
+% own to delimit the rest of the line, and then take it out again if we
+% didn't need it.
+% We rely on the fact that \parsearg sets \catcode`\ =10.
+%
+\parseargdef\set{\setyyy#1 \endsetyyy}
+\def\setyyy#1 #2\endsetyyy{%
+ {%
+ \makevalueexpandable
+ \def\temp{#2}%
+ \edef\next{\gdef\makecsname{SET#1}}%
+ \ifx\temp\empty
+ \next{}%
+ \else
+ \setzzz#2\endsetzzz
+ \fi
+ }%
+}
+% Remove the trailing space \setxxx inserted.
+\def\setzzz#1 \endsetzzz{\next{#1}}
+
+% @clear VAR clears (i.e., unsets) the variable VAR.
+%
+\parseargdef\clear{%
+ {%
+ \makevalueexpandable
+ \global\expandafter\let\csname SET#1\endcsname=\relax
+ }%
+}
+
+% @value{foo} gets the text saved in variable foo.
+\def\value{\begingroup\makevalueexpandable\valuexxx}
+\def\valuexxx#1{\expandablevalue{#1}\endgroup}
+{
+ \catcode`\- = \active \catcode`\_ = \active
+ %
+ \gdef\makevalueexpandable{%
+ \let\value = \expandablevalue
+ % We don't want these characters active, ...
+ \catcode`\-=\other \catcode`\_=\other
+ % ..., but we might end up with active ones in the argument if
+ % we're called from @code, as @code{@value{foo-bar_}}, though.
+ % So \let them to their normal equivalents.
+ \let-\realdash \let_\normalunderscore
+ }
+}
+
+% We have this subroutine so that we can handle at least some @value's
+% properly in indexes (we call \makevalueexpandable in \indexdummies).
+% The command has to be fully expandable (if the variable is set), since
+% the result winds up in the index file. This means that if the
+% variable's value contains other Texinfo commands, it's almost certain
+% it will fail (although perhaps we could fix that with sufficient work
+% to do a one-level expansion on the result, instead of complete).
+%
+\def\expandablevalue#1{%
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax
+ {[No value for ``#1'']}%
+ \message{Variable `#1', used in @value, is not set.}%
+ \else
+ \csname SET#1\endcsname
+ \fi
+}
+
+% @ifset VAR ... @end ifset reads the `...' iff VAR has been defined
+% with @set.
+%
+% To get special treatment of `@end ifset,' call \makeond and the redefine.
+%
+\makecond{ifset}
+\def\ifset{\parsearg{\doifset{\let\next=\ifsetfail}}}
+\def\doifset#1#2{%
+ {%
+ \makevalueexpandable
+ \let\next=\empty
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#2\endcsname\relax
+ #1% If not set, redefine \next.
+ \fi
+ \expandafter
+ }\next
+}
+\def\ifsetfail{\doignore{ifset}}
+
+% @ifclear VAR ... @end ifclear reads the `...' iff VAR has never been
+% defined with @set, or has been undefined with @clear.
+%
+% The `\else' inside the `\doifset' parameter is a trick to reuse the
+% above code: if the variable is not set, do nothing, if it is set,
+% then redefine \next to \ifclearfail.
+%
+\makecond{ifclear}
+\def\ifclear{\parsearg{\doifset{\else \let\next=\ifclearfail}}}
+\def\ifclearfail{\doignore{ifclear}}
+
+% @dircategory CATEGORY -- specify a category of the dir file
+% which this file should belong to. Ignore this in TeX.
+\let\dircategory=\comment
+
+% @defininfoenclose.
+\let\definfoenclose=\comment
+
+
+\message{indexing,}
+% Index generation facilities
+
+% Define \newwrite to be identical to plain tex's \newwrite
+% except not \outer, so it can be used within macros and \if's.
+\edef\newwrite{\makecsname{ptexnewwrite}}
+
+% \newindex {foo} defines an index named foo.
+% It automatically defines \fooindex such that
+% \fooindex ...rest of line... puts an entry in the index foo.
+% It also defines \fooindfile to be the number of the output channel for
+% the file that accumulates this index. The file's extension is foo.
+% The name of an index should be no more than 2 characters long
+% for the sake of vms.
+%
+\def\newindex#1{%
+ \iflinks
+ \expandafter\newwrite \csname#1indfile\endcsname
+ \openout \csname#1indfile\endcsname \jobname.#1 % Open the file
+ \fi
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{% % Define @#1index
+ \noexpand\doindex{#1}}
+}
+
+% @defindex foo == \newindex{foo}
+%
+\def\defindex{\parsearg\newindex}
+
+% Define @defcodeindex, like @defindex except put all entries in @code.
+%
+\def\defcodeindex{\parsearg\newcodeindex}
+%
+\def\newcodeindex#1{%
+ \iflinks
+ \expandafter\newwrite \csname#1indfile\endcsname
+ \openout \csname#1indfile\endcsname \jobname.#1
+ \fi
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{%
+ \noexpand\docodeindex{#1}}%
+}
+
+
+% @synindex foo bar makes index foo feed into index bar.
+% Do this instead of @defindex foo if you don't want it as a separate index.
+%
+% @syncodeindex foo bar similar, but put all entries made for index foo
+% inside @code.
+%
+\def\synindex#1 #2 {\dosynindex\doindex{#1}{#2}}
+\def\syncodeindex#1 #2 {\dosynindex\docodeindex{#1}{#2}}
+
+% #1 is \doindex or \docodeindex, #2 the index getting redefined (foo),
+% #3 the target index (bar).
+\def\dosynindex#1#2#3{%
+ % Only do \closeout if we haven't already done it, else we'll end up
+ % closing the target index.
+ \expandafter \ifx\csname donesynindex#2\endcsname \undefined
+ % The \closeout helps reduce unnecessary open files; the limit on the
+ % Acorn RISC OS is a mere 16 files.
+ \expandafter\closeout\csname#2indfile\endcsname
+ \expandafter\let\csname\donesynindex#2\endcsname = 1
+ \fi
+ % redefine \fooindfile:
+ \expandafter\let\expandafter\temp\expandafter=\csname#3indfile\endcsname
+ \expandafter\let\csname#2indfile\endcsname=\temp
+ % redefine \fooindex:
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname#2index\endcsname{\noexpand#1{#3}}%
+}
+
+% Define \doindex, the driver for all \fooindex macros.
+% Argument #1 is generated by the calling \fooindex macro,
+% and it is "foo", the name of the index.
+
+% \doindex just uses \parsearg; it calls \doind for the actual work.
+% This is because \doind is more useful to call from other macros.
+
+% There is also \dosubind {index}{topic}{subtopic}
+% which makes an entry in a two-level index such as the operation index.
+
+\def\doindex#1{\edef\indexname{#1}\parsearg\singleindexer}
+\def\singleindexer #1{\doind{\indexname}{#1}}
+
+% like the previous two, but they put @code around the argument.
+\def\docodeindex#1{\edef\indexname{#1}\parsearg\singlecodeindexer}
+\def\singlecodeindexer #1{\doind{\indexname}{\code{#1}}}
+
+% Take care of Texinfo commands that can appear in an index entry.
+% Since there are some commands we want to expand, and others we don't,
+% we have to laboriously prevent expansion for those that we don't.
+%
+\def\indexdummies{%
+ \escapechar = `\\ % use backslash in output files.
+ \def\@{@}% change to @@ when we switch to @ as escape char in index files.
+ \def\ {\realbackslash\space }%
+ %
+ % Need these in case \tex is in effect and \{ is a \delimiter again.
+ % But can't use \lbracecmd and \rbracecmd because texindex assumes
+ % braces and backslashes are used only as delimiters.
+ \let\{ = \mylbrace
+ \let\} = \myrbrace
+ %
+ % I don't entirely understand this, but when an index entry is
+ % generated from a macro call, the \endinput which \scanmacro inserts
+ % causes processing to be prematurely terminated. This is,
+ % apparently, because \indexsorttmp is fully expanded, and \endinput
+ % is an expandable command. The redefinition below makes \endinput
+ % disappear altogether for that purpose -- although logging shows that
+ % processing continues to some further point. On the other hand, it
+ % seems \endinput does not hurt in the printed index arg, since that
+ % is still getting written without apparent harm.
+ %
+ % Sample source (mac-idx3.tex, reported by Graham Percival to
+ % help-texinfo, 22may06):
+ % @macro funindex {WORD}
+ % @findex xyz
+ % @end macro
+ % ...
+ % @funindex commtest
+ %
+ % The above is not enough to reproduce the bug, but it gives the flavor.
+ %
+ % Sample whatsit resulting:
+ % .@write3{\entry{xyz}{@folio }{@code {xyz@endinput }}}
+ %
+ % So:
+ \let\endinput = \empty
+ %
+ % Do the redefinitions.
+ \commondummies
+}
+
+% For the aux and toc files, @ is the escape character. So we want to
+% redefine everything using @ as the escape character (instead of
+% \realbackslash, still used for index files). When everything uses @,
+% this will be simpler.
+%
+\def\atdummies{%
+ \def\@{@@}%
+ \def\ {@ }%
+ \let\{ = \lbraceatcmd
+ \let\} = \rbraceatcmd
+ %
+ % Do the redefinitions.
+ \commondummies
+ \otherbackslash
+}
+
+% Called from \indexdummies and \atdummies.
+%
+\def\commondummies{%
+ %
+ % \definedummyword defines \#1 as \string\#1\space, thus effectively
+ % preventing its expansion. This is used only for control% words,
+ % not control letters, because the \space would be incorrect for
+ % control characters, but is needed to separate the control word
+ % from whatever follows.
+ %
+ % For control letters, we have \definedummyletter, which omits the
+ % space.
+ %
+ % These can be used both for control words that take an argument and
+ % those that do not. If it is followed by {arg} in the input, then
+ % that will dutifully get written to the index (or wherever).
+ %
+ \def\definedummyword ##1{\def##1{\string##1\space}}%
+ \def\definedummyletter##1{\def##1{\string##1}}%
+ \let\definedummyaccent\definedummyletter
+ %
+ \commondummiesnofonts
+ %
+ \definedummyletter\_%
+ %
+ % Non-English letters.
+ \definedummyword\AA
+ \definedummyword\AE
+ \definedummyword\L
+ \definedummyword\OE
+ \definedummyword\O
+ \definedummyword\aa
+ \definedummyword\ae
+ \definedummyword\l
+ \definedummyword\oe
+ \definedummyword\o
+ \definedummyword\ss
+ \definedummyword\exclamdown
+ \definedummyword\questiondown
+ \definedummyword\ordf
+ \definedummyword\ordm
+ %
+ % Although these internal commands shouldn't show up, sometimes they do.
+ \definedummyword\bf
+ \definedummyword\gtr
+ \definedummyword\hat
+ \definedummyword\less
+ \definedummyword\sf
+ \definedummyword\sl
+ \definedummyword\tclose
+ \definedummyword\tt
+ %
+ \definedummyword\LaTeX
+ \definedummyword\TeX
+ %
+ % Assorted special characters.
+ \definedummyword\bullet
+ \definedummyword\comma
+ \definedummyword\copyright
+ \definedummyword\registeredsymbol
+ \definedummyword\dots
+ \definedummyword\enddots
+ \definedummyword\equiv
+ \definedummyword\error
+ \definedummyword\euro
+ \definedummyword\expansion
+ \definedummyword\minus
+ \definedummyword\pounds
+ \definedummyword\point
+ \definedummyword\print
+ \definedummyword\result
+ \definedummyword\textdegree
+ %
+ % We want to disable all macros so that they are not expanded by \write.
+ \macrolist
+ %
+ \normalturnoffactive
+ %
+ % Handle some cases of @value -- where it does not contain any
+ % (non-fully-expandable) commands.
+ \makevalueexpandable
+}
+
+% \commondummiesnofonts: common to \commondummies and \indexnofonts.
+%
+\def\commondummiesnofonts{%
+ % Control letters and accents.
+ \definedummyletter\!%
+ \definedummyaccent\"%
+ \definedummyaccent\'%
+ \definedummyletter\*%
+ \definedummyaccent\,%
+ \definedummyletter\.%
+ \definedummyletter\/%
+ \definedummyletter\:%
+ \definedummyaccent\=%
+ \definedummyletter\?%
+ \definedummyaccent\^%
+ \definedummyaccent\`%
+ \definedummyaccent\~%
+ \definedummyword\u
+ \definedummyword\v
+ \definedummyword\H
+ \definedummyword\dotaccent
+ \definedummyword\ringaccent
+ \definedummyword\tieaccent
+ \definedummyword\ubaraccent
+ \definedummyword\udotaccent
+ \definedummyword\dotless
+ %
+ % Texinfo font commands.
+ \definedummyword\b
+ \definedummyword\i
+ \definedummyword\r
+ \definedummyword\sc
+ \definedummyword\t
+ %
+ % Commands that take arguments.
+ \definedummyword\acronym
+ \definedummyword\cite
+ \definedummyword\code
+ \definedummyword\command
+ \definedummyword\dfn
+ \definedummyword\emph
+ \definedummyword\env
+ \definedummyword\file
+ \definedummyword\kbd
+ \definedummyword\key
+ \definedummyword\math
+ \definedummyword\option
+ \definedummyword\pxref
+ \definedummyword\ref
+ \definedummyword\samp
+ \definedummyword\strong
+ \definedummyword\tie
+ \definedummyword\uref
+ \definedummyword\url
+ \definedummyword\var
+ \definedummyword\verb
+ \definedummyword\w
+ \definedummyword\xref
+}
+
+% \indexnofonts is used when outputting the strings to sort the index
+% by, and when constructing control sequence names. It eliminates all
+% control sequences and just writes whatever the best ASCII sort string
+% would be for a given command (usually its argument).
+%
+\def\indexnofonts{%
+ % Accent commands should become @asis.
+ \def\definedummyaccent##1{\let##1\asis}%
+ % We can just ignore other control letters.
+ \def\definedummyletter##1{\let##1\empty}%
+ % Hopefully, all control words can become @asis.
+ \let\definedummyword\definedummyaccent
+ %
+ \commondummiesnofonts
+ %
+ % Don't no-op \tt, since it isn't a user-level command
+ % and is used in the definitions of the active chars like <, >, |, etc.
+ % Likewise with the other plain tex font commands.
+ %\let\tt=\asis
+ %
+ \def\ { }%
+ \def\@{@}%
+ % how to handle braces?
+ \def\_{\normalunderscore}%
+ %
+ % Non-English letters.
+ \def\AA{AA}%
+ \def\AE{AE}%
+ \def\L{L}%
+ \def\OE{OE}%
+ \def\O{O}%
+ \def\aa{aa}%
+ \def\ae{ae}%
+ \def\l{l}%
+ \def\oe{oe}%
+ \def\o{o}%
+ \def\ss{ss}%
+ \def\exclamdown{!}%
+ \def\questiondown{?}%
+ \def\ordf{a}%
+ \def\ordm{o}%
+ %
+ \def\LaTeX{LaTeX}%
+ \def\TeX{TeX}%
+ %
+ % Assorted special characters.
+ % (The following {} will end up in the sort string, but that's ok.)
+ \def\bullet{bullet}%
+ \def\comma{,}%
+ \def\copyright{copyright}%
+ \def\registeredsymbol{R}%
+ \def\dots{...}%
+ \def\enddots{...}%
+ \def\equiv{==}%
+ \def\error{error}%
+ \def\euro{euro}%
+ \def\expansion{==>}%
+ \def\minus{-}%
+ \def\pounds{pounds}%
+ \def\point{.}%
+ \def\print{-|}%
+ \def\result{=>}%
+ \def\textdegree{degrees}%
+ %
+ % We need to get rid of all macros, leaving only the arguments (if present).
+ % Of course this is not nearly correct, but it is the best we can do for now.
+ % makeinfo does not expand macros in the argument to @deffn, which ends up
+ % writing an index entry, and texindex isn't prepared for an index sort entry
+ % that starts with \.
+ %
+ % Since macro invocations are followed by braces, we can just redefine them
+ % to take a single TeX argument. The case of a macro invocation that
+ % goes to end-of-line is not handled.
+ %
+ \macrolist
+}
+
+\let\indexbackslash=0 %overridden during \printindex.
+\let\SETmarginindex=\relax % put index entries in margin (undocumented)?
+
+% Most index entries go through here, but \dosubind is the general case.
+% #1 is the index name, #2 is the entry text.
+\def\doind#1#2{\dosubind{#1}{#2}{}}
+
+% Workhorse for all \fooindexes.
+% #1 is name of index, #2 is stuff to put there, #3 is subentry --
+% empty if called from \doind, as we usually are (the main exception
+% is with most defuns, which call us directly).
+%
+\def\dosubind#1#2#3{%
+ \iflinks
+ {%
+ % Store the main index entry text (including the third arg).
+ \toks0 = {#2}%
+ % If third arg is present, precede it with a space.
+ \def\thirdarg{#3}%
+ \ifx\thirdarg\empty \else
+ \toks0 = \expandafter{\the\toks0 \space #3}%
+ \fi
+ %
+ \edef\writeto{\csname#1indfile\endcsname}%
+ %
+ \ifvmode
+ \dosubindsanitize
+ \else
+ \dosubindwrite
+ \fi
+ }%
+ \fi
+}
+
+% Write the entry in \toks0 to the index file:
+%
+\def\dosubindwrite{%
+ % Put the index entry in the margin if desired.
+ \ifx\SETmarginindex\relax\else
+ \insert\margin{\hbox{\vrule height8pt depth3pt width0pt \the\toks0}}%
+ \fi
+ %
+ % Remember, we are within a group.
+ \indexdummies % Must do this here, since \bf, etc expand at this stage
+ \def\backslashcurfont{\indexbackslash}% \indexbackslash isn't defined now
+ % so it will be output as is; and it will print as backslash.
+ %
+ % Process the index entry with all font commands turned off, to
+ % get the string to sort by.
+ {\indexnofonts
+ \edef\temp{\the\toks0}% need full expansion
+ \xdef\indexsorttmp{\temp}%
+ }%
+ %
+ % Set up the complete index entry, with both the sort key and
+ % the original text, including any font commands. We write
+ % three arguments to \entry to the .?? file (four in the
+ % subentry case), texindex reduces to two when writing the .??s
+ % sorted result.
+ \edef\temp{%
+ \write\writeto{%
+ \string\entry{\indexsorttmp}{\noexpand\folio}{\the\toks0}}%
+ }%
+ \temp
+}
+
+% Take care of unwanted page breaks:
+%
+% If a skip is the last thing on the list now, preserve it
+% by backing up by \lastskip, doing the \write, then inserting
+% the skip again. Otherwise, the whatsit generated by the
+% \write will make \lastskip zero. The result is that sequences
+% like this:
+% @end defun
+% @tindex whatever
+% @defun ...
+% will have extra space inserted, because the \medbreak in the
+% start of the @defun won't see the skip inserted by the @end of
+% the previous defun.
+%
+% But don't do any of this if we're not in vertical mode. We
+% don't want to do a \vskip and prematurely end a paragraph.
+%
+% Avoid page breaks due to these extra skips, too.
+%
+% But wait, there is a catch there:
+% We'll have to check whether \lastskip is zero skip. \ifdim is not
+% sufficient for this purpose, as it ignores stretch and shrink parts
+% of the skip. The only way seems to be to check the textual
+% representation of the skip.
+%
+% The following is almost like \def\zeroskipmacro{0.0pt} except that
+% the ``p'' and ``t'' characters have catcode \other, not 11 (letter).
+%
+\edef\zeroskipmacro{\expandafter\the\csname z@skip\endcsname}
+%
+% ..., ready, GO:
+%
+\def\dosubindsanitize{%
+ % \lastskip and \lastpenalty cannot both be nonzero simultaneously.
+ \skip0 = \lastskip
+ \edef\lastskipmacro{\the\lastskip}%
+ \count255 = \lastpenalty
+ %
+ % If \lastskip is nonzero, that means the last item was a
+ % skip. And since a skip is discardable, that means this
+ % -\skip0 glue we're inserting is preceded by a
+ % non-discardable item, therefore it is not a potential
+ % breakpoint, therefore no \nobreak needed.
+ \ifx\lastskipmacro\zeroskipmacro
+ \else
+ \vskip-\skip0
+ \fi
+ %
+ \dosubindwrite
+ %
+ \ifx\lastskipmacro\zeroskipmacro
+ % If \lastskip was zero, perhaps the last item was a penalty, and
+ % perhaps it was >=10000, e.g., a \nobreak. In that case, we want
+ % to re-insert the same penalty (values >10000 are used for various
+ % signals); since we just inserted a non-discardable item, any
+ % following glue (such as a \parskip) would be a breakpoint. For example:
+ %
+ % @deffn deffn-whatever
+ % @vindex index-whatever
+ % Description.
+ % would allow a break between the index-whatever whatsit
+ % and the "Description." paragraph.
+ \ifnum\count255>9999 \penalty\count255 \fi
+ \else
+ % On the other hand, if we had a nonzero \lastskip,
+ % this make-up glue would be preceded by a non-discardable item
+ % (the whatsit from the \write), so we must insert a \nobreak.
+ \nobreak\vskip\skip0
+ \fi
+}
+
+% The index entry written in the file actually looks like
+% \entry {sortstring}{page}{topic}
+% or
+% \entry {sortstring}{page}{topic}{subtopic}
+% The texindex program reads in these files and writes files
+% containing these kinds of lines:
+% \initial {c}
+% before the first topic whose initial is c
+% \entry {topic}{pagelist}
+% for a topic that is used without subtopics
+% \primary {topic}
+% for the beginning of a topic that is used with subtopics
+% \secondary {subtopic}{pagelist}
+% for each subtopic.
+
+% Define the user-accessible indexing commands
+% @findex, @vindex, @kindex, @cindex.
+
+\def\findex {\fnindex}
+\def\kindex {\kyindex}
+\def\cindex {\cpindex}
+\def\vindex {\vrindex}
+\def\tindex {\tpindex}
+\def\pindex {\pgindex}
+
+\def\cindexsub {\begingroup\obeylines\cindexsub}
+{\obeylines %
+\gdef\cindexsub "#1" #2^^M{\endgroup %
+\dosubind{cp}{#2}{#1}}}
+
+% Define the macros used in formatting output of the sorted index material.
+
+% @printindex causes a particular index (the ??s file) to get printed.
+% It does not print any chapter heading (usually an @unnumbered).
+%
+\parseargdef\printindex{\begingroup
+ \dobreak \chapheadingskip{10000}%
+ %
+ \smallfonts \rm
+ \tolerance = 9500
+ \everypar = {}% don't want the \kern\-parindent from indentation suppression.
+ %
+ % See if the index file exists and is nonempty.
+ % Change catcode of @ here so that if the index file contains
+ % \initial {@}
+ % as its first line, TeX doesn't complain about mismatched braces
+ % (because it thinks @} is a control sequence).
+ \catcode`\@ = 11
+ \openin 1 \jobname.#1s
+ \ifeof 1
+ % \enddoublecolumns gets confused if there is no text in the index,
+ % and it loses the chapter title and the aux file entries for the
+ % index. The easiest way to prevent this problem is to make sure
+ % there is some text.
+ \putwordIndexNonexistent
+ \else
+ %
+ % If the index file exists but is empty, then \openin leaves \ifeof
+ % false. We have to make TeX try to read something from the file, so
+ % it can discover if there is anything in it.
+ \read 1 to \temp
+ \ifeof 1
+ \putwordIndexIsEmpty
+ \else
+ % Index files are almost Texinfo source, but we use \ as the escape
+ % character. It would be better to use @, but that's too big a change
+ % to make right now.
+ \def\indexbackslash{\backslashcurfont}%
+ \catcode`\\ = 0
+ \escapechar = `\\
+ \begindoublecolumns
+ \input \jobname.#1s
+ \enddoublecolumns
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \closein 1
+\endgroup}
+
+% These macros are used by the sorted index file itself.
+% Change them to control the appearance of the index.
+
+\def\initial#1{{%
+ % Some minor font changes for the special characters.
+ \let\tentt=\sectt \let\tt=\sectt \let\sf=\sectt
+ %
+ % Remove any glue we may have, we'll be inserting our own.
+ \removelastskip
+ %
+ % We like breaks before the index initials, so insert a bonus.
+ \nobreak
+ \vskip 0pt plus 3\baselineskip
+ \penalty 0
+ \vskip 0pt plus -3\baselineskip
+ %
+ % Typeset the initial. Making this add up to a whole number of
+ % baselineskips increases the chance of the dots lining up from column
+ % to column. It still won't often be perfect, because of the stretch
+ % we need before each entry, but it's better.
+ %
+ % No shrink because it confuses \balancecolumns.
+ \vskip 1.67\baselineskip plus .5\baselineskip
+ \leftline{\secbf #1}%
+ % Do our best not to break after the initial.
+ \nobreak
+ \vskip .33\baselineskip plus .1\baselineskip
+}}
+
+% \entry typesets a paragraph consisting of the text (#1), dot leaders, and
+% then page number (#2) flushed to the right margin. It is used for index
+% and table of contents entries. The paragraph is indented by \leftskip.
+%
+% A straightforward implementation would start like this:
+% \def\entry#1#2{...
+% But this frozes the catcodes in the argument, and can cause problems to
+% @code, which sets - active. This problem was fixed by a kludge---
+% ``-'' was active throughout whole index, but this isn't really right.
+%
+% The right solution is to prevent \entry from swallowing the whole text.
+% --kasal, 21nov03
+\def\entry{%
+ \begingroup
+ %
+ % Start a new paragraph if necessary, so our assignments below can't
+ % affect previous text.
+ \par
+ %
+ % Do not fill out the last line with white space.
+ \parfillskip = 0in
+ %
+ % No extra space above this paragraph.
+ \parskip = 0in
+ %
+ % Do not prefer a separate line ending with a hyphen to fewer lines.
+ \finalhyphendemerits = 0
+ %
+ % \hangindent is only relevant when the entry text and page number
+ % don't both fit on one line. In that case, bob suggests starting the
+ % dots pretty far over on the line. Unfortunately, a large
+ % indentation looks wrong when the entry text itself is broken across
+ % lines. So we use a small indentation and put up with long leaders.
+ %
+ % \hangafter is reset to 1 (which is the value we want) at the start
+ % of each paragraph, so we need not do anything with that.
+ \hangindent = 2em
+ %
+ % When the entry text needs to be broken, just fill out the first line
+ % with blank space.
+ \rightskip = 0pt plus1fil
+ %
+ % A bit of stretch before each entry for the benefit of balancing
+ % columns.
+ \vskip 0pt plus1pt
+ %
+ % Swallow the left brace of the text (first parameter):
+ \afterassignment\doentry
+ \let\temp =
+}
+\def\doentry{%
+ \bgroup % Instead of the swallowed brace.
+ \noindent
+ \aftergroup\finishentry
+ % And now comes the text of the entry.
+}
+\def\finishentry#1{%
+ % #1 is the page number.
+ %
+ % The following is kludged to not output a line of dots in the index if
+ % there are no page numbers. The next person who breaks this will be
+ % cursed by a Unix daemon.
+ \def\tempa{{\rm }}%
+ \def\tempb{#1}%
+ \edef\tempc{\tempa}%
+ \edef\tempd{\tempb}%
+ \ifx\tempc\tempd
+ \ %
+ \else
+ %
+ % If we must, put the page number on a line of its own, and fill out
+ % this line with blank space. (The \hfil is overwhelmed with the
+ % fill leaders glue in \indexdotfill if the page number does fit.)
+ \hfil\penalty50
+ \null\nobreak\indexdotfill % Have leaders before the page number.
+ %
+ % The `\ ' here is removed by the implicit \unskip that TeX does as
+ % part of (the primitive) \par. Without it, a spurious underfull
+ % \hbox ensues.
+ \ifpdf
+ \pdfgettoks#1.%
+ \ \the\toksA
+ \else
+ \ #1%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \par
+ \endgroup
+}
+
+% Like plain.tex's \dotfill, except uses up at least 1 em.
+\def\indexdotfill{\cleaders
+ \hbox{$\mathsurround=0pt \mkern1.5mu.\mkern1.5mu$}\hskip 1em plus 1fill}
+
+\def\primary #1{\line{#1\hfil}}
+
+\newskip\secondaryindent \secondaryindent=0.5cm
+\def\secondary#1#2{{%
+ \parfillskip=0in
+ \parskip=0in
+ \hangindent=1in
+ \hangafter=1
+ \noindent\hskip\secondaryindent\hbox{#1}\indexdotfill
+ \ifpdf
+ \pdfgettoks#2.\ \the\toksA % The page number ends the paragraph.
+ \else
+ #2
+ \fi
+ \par
+}}
+
+% Define two-column mode, which we use to typeset indexes.
+% Adapted from the TeXbook, page 416, which is to say,
+% the manmac.tex format used to print the TeXbook itself.
+\catcode`\@=11
+
+\newbox\partialpage
+\newdimen\doublecolumnhsize
+
+\def\begindoublecolumns{\begingroup % ended by \enddoublecolumns
+ % Grab any single-column material above us.
+ \output = {%
+ %
+ % Here is a possibility not foreseen in manmac: if we accumulate a
+ % whole lot of material, we might end up calling this \output
+ % routine twice in a row (see the doublecol-lose test, which is
+ % essentially a couple of indexes with @setchapternewpage off). In
+ % that case we just ship out what is in \partialpage with the normal
+ % output routine. Generally, \partialpage will be empty when this
+ % runs and this will be a no-op. See the indexspread.tex test case.
+ \ifvoid\partialpage \else
+ \onepageout{\pagecontents\partialpage}%
+ \fi
+ %
+ \global\setbox\partialpage = \vbox{%
+ % Unvbox the main output page.
+ \unvbox\PAGE
+ \kern-\topskip \kern\baselineskip
+ }%
+ }%
+ \eject % run that output routine to set \partialpage
+ %
+ % Use the double-column output routine for subsequent pages.
+ \output = {\doublecolumnout}%
+ %
+ % Change the page size parameters. We could do this once outside this
+ % routine, in each of @smallbook, @afourpaper, and the default 8.5x11
+ % format, but then we repeat the same computation. Repeating a couple
+ % of assignments once per index is clearly meaningless for the
+ % execution time, so we may as well do it in one place.
+ %
+ % First we halve the line length, less a little for the gutter between
+ % the columns. We compute the gutter based on the line length, so it
+ % changes automatically with the paper format. The magic constant
+ % below is chosen so that the gutter has the same value (well, +-<1pt)
+ % as it did when we hard-coded it.
+ %
+ % We put the result in a separate register, \doublecolumhsize, so we
+ % can restore it in \pagesofar, after \hsize itself has (potentially)
+ % been clobbered.
+ %
+ \doublecolumnhsize = \hsize
+ \advance\doublecolumnhsize by -.04154\hsize
+ \divide\doublecolumnhsize by 2
+ \hsize = \doublecolumnhsize
+ %
+ % Double the \vsize as well. (We don't need a separate register here,
+ % since nobody clobbers \vsize.)
+ \vsize = 2\vsize
+}
+
+% The double-column output routine for all double-column pages except
+% the last.
+%
+\def\doublecolumnout{%
+ \splittopskip=\topskip \splitmaxdepth=\maxdepth
+ % Get the available space for the double columns -- the normal
+ % (undoubled) page height minus any material left over from the
+ % previous page.
+ \dimen@ = \vsize
+ \divide\dimen@ by 2
+ \advance\dimen@ by -\ht\partialpage
+ %
+ % box0 will be the left-hand column, box2 the right.
+ \setbox0=\vsplit255 to\dimen@ \setbox2=\vsplit255 to\dimen@
+ \onepageout\pagesofar
+ \unvbox255
+ \penalty\outputpenalty
+}
+%
+% Re-output the contents of the output page -- any previous material,
+% followed by the two boxes we just split, in box0 and box2.
+\def\pagesofar{%
+ \unvbox\partialpage
+ %
+ \hsize = \doublecolumnhsize
+ \wd0=\hsize \wd2=\hsize
+ \hbox to\pagewidth{\box0\hfil\box2}%
+}
+%
+% All done with double columns.
+\def\enddoublecolumns{%
+ \output = {%
+ % Split the last of the double-column material. Leave it on the
+ % current page, no automatic page break.
+ \balancecolumns
+ %
+ % If we end up splitting too much material for the current page,
+ % though, there will be another page break right after this \output
+ % invocation ends. Having called \balancecolumns once, we do not
+ % want to call it again. Therefore, reset \output to its normal
+ % definition right away. (We hope \balancecolumns will never be
+ % called on to balance too much material, but if it is, this makes
+ % the output somewhat more palatable.)
+ \global\output = {\onepageout{\pagecontents\PAGE}}%
+ }%
+ \eject
+ \endgroup % started in \begindoublecolumns
+ %
+ % \pagegoal was set to the doubled \vsize above, since we restarted
+ % the current page. We're now back to normal single-column
+ % typesetting, so reset \pagegoal to the normal \vsize (after the
+ % \endgroup where \vsize got restored).
+ \pagegoal = \vsize
+}
+%
+% Called at the end of the double column material.
+\def\balancecolumns{%
+ \setbox0 = \vbox{\unvbox255}% like \box255 but more efficient, see p.120.
+ \dimen@ = \ht0
+ \advance\dimen@ by \topskip
+ \advance\dimen@ by-\baselineskip
+ \divide\dimen@ by 2 % target to split to
+ %debug\message{final 2-column material height=\the\ht0, target=\the\dimen@.}%
+ \splittopskip = \topskip
+ % Loop until we get a decent breakpoint.
+ {%
+ \vbadness = 10000
+ \loop
+ \global\setbox3 = \copy0
+ \global\setbox1 = \vsplit3 to \dimen@
+ \ifdim\ht3>\dimen@
+ \global\advance\dimen@ by 1pt
+ \repeat
+ }%
+ %debug\message{split to \the\dimen@, column heights: \the\ht1, \the\ht3.}%
+ \setbox0=\vbox to\dimen@{\unvbox1}%
+ \setbox2=\vbox to\dimen@{\unvbox3}%
+ %
+ \pagesofar
+}
+\catcode`\@ = \other
+
+
+\message{sectioning,}
+% Chapters, sections, etc.
+
+% \unnumberedno is an oxymoron, of course. But we count the unnumbered
+% sections so that we can refer to them unambiguously in the pdf
+% outlines by their "section number". We avoid collisions with chapter
+% numbers by starting them at 10000. (If a document ever has 10000
+% chapters, we're in trouble anyway, I'm sure.)
+\newcount\unnumberedno \unnumberedno = 10000
+\newcount\chapno
+\newcount\secno \secno=0
+\newcount\subsecno \subsecno=0
+\newcount\subsubsecno \subsubsecno=0
+
+% This counter is funny since it counts through charcodes of letters A, B, ...
+\newcount\appendixno \appendixno = `\@
+%
+% \def\appendixletter{\char\the\appendixno}
+% We do the following ugly conditional instead of the above simple
+% construct for the sake of pdftex, which needs the actual
+% letter in the expansion, not just typeset.
+%
+\def\appendixletter{%
+ \ifnum\appendixno=`A A%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`B B%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`C C%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`D D%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`E E%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`F F%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`G G%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`H H%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`I I%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`J J%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`K K%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`L L%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`M M%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`N N%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`O O%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`P P%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`Q Q%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`R R%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`S S%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`T T%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`U U%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`V V%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`W W%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`X X%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`Y Y%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`Z Z%
+ % The \the is necessary, despite appearances, because \appendixletter is
+ % expanded while writing the .toc file. \char\appendixno is not
+ % expandable, thus it is written literally, thus all appendixes come out
+ % with the same letter (or @) in the toc without it.
+ \else\char\the\appendixno
+ \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi
+ \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi}
+
+% Each @chapter defines this as the name of the chapter.
+% page headings and footings can use it. @section does likewise.
+% However, they are not reliable, because we don't use marks.
+\def\thischapter{}
+\def\thissection{}
+
+\newcount\absseclevel % used to calculate proper heading level
+\newcount\secbase\secbase=0 % @raisesections/@lowersections modify this count
+
+% @raisesections: treat @section as chapter, @subsection as section, etc.
+\def\raisesections{\global\advance\secbase by -1}
+\let\up=\raisesections % original BFox name
+
+% @lowersections: treat @chapter as section, @section as subsection, etc.
+\def\lowersections{\global\advance\secbase by 1}
+\let\down=\lowersections % original BFox name
+
+% we only have subsub.
+\chardef\maxseclevel = 3
+%
+% A numbered section within an unnumbered changes to unnumbered too.
+% To achive this, remember the "biggest" unnum. sec. we are currently in:
+\chardef\unmlevel = \maxseclevel
+%
+% Trace whether the current chapter is an appendix or not:
+% \chapheadtype is "N" or "A", unnumbered chapters are ignored.
+\def\chapheadtype{N}
+
+% Choose a heading macro
+% #1 is heading type
+% #2 is heading level
+% #3 is text for heading
+\def\genhead#1#2#3{%
+ % Compute the abs. sec. level:
+ \absseclevel=#2
+ \advance\absseclevel by \secbase
+ % Make sure \absseclevel doesn't fall outside the range:
+ \ifnum \absseclevel < 0
+ \absseclevel = 0
+ \else
+ \ifnum \absseclevel > 3
+ \absseclevel = 3
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ % The heading type:
+ \def\headtype{#1}%
+ \if \headtype U%
+ \ifnum \absseclevel < \unmlevel
+ \chardef\unmlevel = \absseclevel
+ \fi
+ \else
+ % Check for appendix sections:
+ \ifnum \absseclevel = 0
+ \edef\chapheadtype{\headtype}%
+ \else
+ \if \headtype A\if \chapheadtype N%
+ \errmessage{@appendix... within a non-appendix chapter}%
+ \fi\fi
+ \fi
+ % Check for numbered within unnumbered:
+ \ifnum \absseclevel > \unmlevel
+ \def\headtype{U}%
+ \else
+ \chardef\unmlevel = 3
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ % Now print the heading:
+ \if \headtype U%
+ \ifcase\absseclevel
+ \unnumberedzzz{#3}%
+ \or \unnumberedseczzz{#3}%
+ \or \unnumberedsubseczzz{#3}%
+ \or \unnumberedsubsubseczzz{#3}%
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \if \headtype A%
+ \ifcase\absseclevel
+ \appendixzzz{#3}%
+ \or \appendixsectionzzz{#3}%
+ \or \appendixsubseczzz{#3}%
+ \or \appendixsubsubseczzz{#3}%
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \ifcase\absseclevel
+ \chapterzzz{#3}%
+ \or \seczzz{#3}%
+ \or \numberedsubseczzz{#3}%
+ \or \numberedsubsubseczzz{#3}%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \suppressfirstparagraphindent
+}
+
+% an interface:
+\def\numhead{\genhead N}
+\def\apphead{\genhead A}
+\def\unnmhead{\genhead U}
+
+% @chapter, @appendix, @unnumbered. Increment top-level counter, reset
+% all lower-level sectioning counters to zero.
+%
+% Also set \chaplevelprefix, which we prepend to @float sequence numbers
+% (e.g., figures), q.v. By default (before any chapter), that is empty.
+\let\chaplevelprefix = \empty
+%
+\outer\parseargdef\chapter{\numhead0{#1}} % normally numhead0 calls chapterzzz
+\def\chapterzzz#1{%
+ % section resetting is \global in case the chapter is in a group, such
+ % as an @include file.
+ \global\secno=0 \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0
+ \global\advance\chapno by 1
+ %
+ % Used for \float.
+ \gdef\chaplevelprefix{\the\chapno.}%
+ \resetallfloatnos
+ %
+ \message{\putwordChapter\space \the\chapno}%
+ %
+ % Write the actual heading.
+ \chapmacro{#1}{Ynumbered}{\the\chapno}%
+ %
+ % So @section and the like are numbered underneath this chapter.
+ \global\let\section = \numberedsec
+ \global\let\subsection = \numberedsubsec
+ \global\let\subsubsection = \numberedsubsubsec
+}
+
+\outer\parseargdef\appendix{\apphead0{#1}} % normally apphead0 calls appendixzzz
+\def\appendixzzz#1{%
+ \global\secno=0 \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0
+ \global\advance\appendixno by 1
+ \gdef\chaplevelprefix{\appendixletter.}%
+ \resetallfloatnos
+ %
+ \def\appendixnum{\putwordAppendix\space \appendixletter}%
+ \message{\appendixnum}%
+ %
+ \chapmacro{#1}{Yappendix}{\appendixletter}%
+ %
+ \global\let\section = \appendixsec
+ \global\let\subsection = \appendixsubsec
+ \global\let\subsubsection = \appendixsubsubsec
+}
+
+\outer\parseargdef\unnumbered{\unnmhead0{#1}} % normally unnmhead0 calls unnumberedzzz
+\def\unnumberedzzz#1{%
+ \global\secno=0 \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0
+ \global\advance\unnumberedno by 1
+ %
+ % Since an unnumbered has no number, no prefix for figures.
+ \global\let\chaplevelprefix = \empty
+ \resetallfloatnos
+ %
+ % This used to be simply \message{#1}, but TeX fully expands the
+ % argument to \message. Therefore, if #1 contained @-commands, TeX
+ % expanded them. For example, in `@unnumbered The @cite{Book}', TeX
+ % expanded @cite (which turns out to cause errors because \cite is meant
+ % to be executed, not expanded).
+ %
+ % Anyway, we don't want the fully-expanded definition of @cite to appear
+ % as a result of the \message, we just want `@cite' itself. We use
+ % \the<toks register> to achieve this: TeX expands \the<toks> only once,
+ % simply yielding the contents of <toks register>. (We also do this for
+ % the toc entries.)
+ \toks0 = {#1}%
+ \message{(\the\toks0)}%
+ %
+ \chapmacro{#1}{Ynothing}{\the\unnumberedno}%
+ %
+ \global\let\section = \unnumberedsec
+ \global\let\subsection = \unnumberedsubsec
+ \global\let\subsubsection = \unnumberedsubsubsec
+}
+
+% @centerchap is like @unnumbered, but the heading is centered.
+\outer\parseargdef\centerchap{%
+ % Well, we could do the following in a group, but that would break
+ % an assumption that \chapmacro is called at the outermost level.
+ % Thus we are safer this way: --kasal, 24feb04
+ \let\centerparametersmaybe = \centerparameters
+ \unnmhead0{#1}%
+ \let\centerparametersmaybe = \relax
+}
+
+% @top is like @unnumbered.
+\let\top\unnumbered
+
+% Sections.
+\outer\parseargdef\numberedsec{\numhead1{#1}} % normally calls seczzz
+\def\seczzz#1{%
+ \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\secno by 1
+ \sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Ynumbered}{\the\chapno.\the\secno}%
+}
+
+\outer\parseargdef\appendixsection{\apphead1{#1}} % normally calls appendixsectionzzz
+\def\appendixsectionzzz#1{%
+ \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\secno by 1
+ \sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Yappendix}{\appendixletter.\the\secno}%
+}
+\let\appendixsec\appendixsection
+
+\outer\parseargdef\unnumberedsec{\unnmhead1{#1}} % normally calls unnumberedseczzz
+\def\unnumberedseczzz#1{%
+ \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\secno by 1
+ \sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Ynothing}{\the\unnumberedno.\the\secno}%
+}
+
+% Subsections.
+\outer\parseargdef\numberedsubsec{\numhead2{#1}} % normally calls numberedsubseczzz
+\def\numberedsubseczzz#1{%
+ \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\subsecno by 1
+ \sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Ynumbered}{\the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno}%
+}
+
+\outer\parseargdef\appendixsubsec{\apphead2{#1}} % normally calls appendixsubseczzz
+\def\appendixsubseczzz#1{%
+ \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\subsecno by 1
+ \sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Yappendix}%
+ {\appendixletter.\the\secno.\the\subsecno}%
+}
+
+\outer\parseargdef\unnumberedsubsec{\unnmhead2{#1}} %normally calls unnumberedsubseczzz
+\def\unnumberedsubseczzz#1{%
+ \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\subsecno by 1
+ \sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Ynothing}%
+ {\the\unnumberedno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno}%
+}
+
+% Subsubsections.
+\outer\parseargdef\numberedsubsubsec{\numhead3{#1}} % normally numberedsubsubseczzz
+\def\numberedsubsubseczzz#1{%
+ \global\advance\subsubsecno by 1
+ \sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Ynumbered}%
+ {\the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno}%
+}
+
+\outer\parseargdef\appendixsubsubsec{\apphead3{#1}} % normally appendixsubsubseczzz
+\def\appendixsubsubseczzz#1{%
+ \global\advance\subsubsecno by 1
+ \sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Yappendix}%
+ {\appendixletter.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno}%
+}
+
+\outer\parseargdef\unnumberedsubsubsec{\unnmhead3{#1}} %normally unnumberedsubsubseczzz
+\def\unnumberedsubsubseczzz#1{%
+ \global\advance\subsubsecno by 1
+ \sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Ynothing}%
+ {\the\unnumberedno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno}%
+}
+
+% These macros control what the section commands do, according
+% to what kind of chapter we are in (ordinary, appendix, or unnumbered).
+% Define them by default for a numbered chapter.
+\let\section = \numberedsec
+\let\subsection = \numberedsubsec
+\let\subsubsection = \numberedsubsubsec
+
+% Define @majorheading, @heading and @subheading
+
+% NOTE on use of \vbox for chapter headings, section headings, and such:
+% 1) We use \vbox rather than the earlier \line to permit
+% overlong headings to fold.
+% 2) \hyphenpenalty is set to 10000 because hyphenation in a
+% heading is obnoxious; this forbids it.
+% 3) Likewise, headings look best if no \parindent is used, and
+% if justification is not attempted. Hence \raggedright.
+
+
+\def\majorheading{%
+ {\advance\chapheadingskip by 10pt \chapbreak }%
+ \parsearg\chapheadingzzz
+}
+
+\def\chapheading{\chapbreak \parsearg\chapheadingzzz}
+\def\chapheadingzzz#1{%
+ {\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000
+ \parindent=0pt\raggedright
+ \rm #1\hfill}}%
+ \bigskip \par\penalty 200\relax
+ \suppressfirstparagraphindent
+}
+
+% @heading, @subheading, @subsubheading.
+\parseargdef\heading{\sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Yomitfromtoc}{}
+ \suppressfirstparagraphindent}
+\parseargdef\subheading{\sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Yomitfromtoc}{}
+ \suppressfirstparagraphindent}
+\parseargdef\subsubheading{\sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Yomitfromtoc}{}
+ \suppressfirstparagraphindent}
+
+% These macros generate a chapter, section, etc. heading only
+% (including whitespace, linebreaking, etc. around it),
+% given all the information in convenient, parsed form.
+
+%%% Args are the skip and penalty (usually negative)
+\def\dobreak#1#2{\par\ifdim\lastskip<#1\removelastskip\penalty#2\vskip#1\fi}
+
+%%% Define plain chapter starts, and page on/off switching for it
+% Parameter controlling skip before chapter headings (if needed)
+
+\newskip\chapheadingskip
+
+\def\chapbreak{\dobreak \chapheadingskip {-4000}}
+\def\chappager{\par\vfill\supereject}
+\def\chapoddpage{\chappager \ifodd\pageno \else \hbox to 0pt{} \chappager\fi}
+
+\def\setchapternewpage #1 {\csname CHAPPAG#1\endcsname}
+
+\def\CHAPPAGoff{%
+\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
+\global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chapbreak
+\global\let\pagealignmacro=\chappager}
+
+\def\CHAPPAGon{%
+\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
+\global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chappager
+\global\let\pagealignmacro=\chappager
+\global\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSsingle}}
+
+\def\CHAPPAGodd{%
+\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage
+\global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chapoddpage
+\global\let\pagealignmacro=\chapoddpage
+\global\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSdouble}}
+
+\CHAPPAGon
+
+% Chapter opening.
+%
+% #1 is the text, #2 is the section type (Ynumbered, Ynothing,
+% Yappendix, Yomitfromtoc), #3 the chapter number.
+%
+% To test against our argument.
+\def\Ynothingkeyword{Ynothing}
+\def\Yomitfromtockeyword{Yomitfromtoc}
+\def\Yappendixkeyword{Yappendix}
+%
+\def\chapmacro#1#2#3{%
+ \pchapsepmacro
+ {%
+ \chapfonts \rm
+ %
+ % Have to define \thissection before calling \donoderef, because the
+ % xref code eventually uses it. On the other hand, it has to be called
+ % after \pchapsepmacro, or the headline will change too soon.
+ \gdef\thissection{#1}%
+ \gdef\thischaptername{#1}%
+ %
+ % Only insert the separating space if we have a chapter/appendix
+ % number, and don't print the unnumbered ``number''.
+ \def\temptype{#2}%
+ \ifx\temptype\Ynothingkeyword
+ \setbox0 = \hbox{}%
+ \def\toctype{unnchap}%
+ \gdef\thischapternum{}%
+ \gdef\thischapter{#1}%
+ \else\ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword
+ \setbox0 = \hbox{}% contents like unnumbered, but no toc entry
+ \def\toctype{omit}%
+ \gdef\thischapternum{}%
+ \gdef\thischapter{}%
+ \else\ifx\temptype\Yappendixkeyword
+ \setbox0 = \hbox{\putwordAppendix{} #3\enspace}%
+ \def\toctype{app}%
+ \xdef\thischapternum{\appendixletter}%
+ % We don't substitute the actual chapter name into \thischapter
+ % because we don't want its macros evaluated now. And we don't
+ % use \thissection because that changes with each section.
+ %
+ \xdef\thischapter{\putwordAppendix{} \appendixletter:
+ \noexpand\thischaptername}%
+ \else
+ \setbox0 = \hbox{#3\enspace}%
+ \def\toctype{numchap}%
+ \xdef\thischapternum{\the\chapno}%
+ \xdef\thischapter{\putwordChapter{} \the\chapno:
+ \noexpand\thischaptername}%
+ \fi\fi\fi
+ %
+ % Write the toc entry for this chapter. Must come before the
+ % \donoderef, because we include the current node name in the toc
+ % entry, and \donoderef resets it to empty.
+ \writetocentry{\toctype}{#1}{#3}%
+ %
+ % For pdftex, we have to write out the node definition (aka, make
+ % the pdfdest) after any page break, but before the actual text has
+ % been typeset. If the destination for the pdf outline is after the
+ % text, then jumping from the outline may wind up with the text not
+ % being visible, for instance under high magnification.
+ \donoderef{#2}%
+ %
+ % Typeset the actual heading.
+ \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000 \tolerance=5000 \parindent=0pt \raggedright
+ \hangindent=\wd0 \centerparametersmaybe
+ \unhbox0 #1\par}%
+ }%
+ \nobreak\bigskip % no page break after a chapter title
+ \nobreak
+}
+
+% @centerchap -- centered and unnumbered.
+\let\centerparametersmaybe = \relax
+\def\centerparameters{%
+ \advance\rightskip by 3\rightskip
+ \leftskip = \rightskip
+ \parfillskip = 0pt
+}
+
+
+% I don't think this chapter style is supported any more, so I'm not
+% updating it with the new noderef stuff. We'll see. --karl, 11aug03.
+%
+\def\setchapterstyle #1 {\csname CHAPF#1\endcsname}
+%
+\def\unnchfopen #1{%
+\chapoddpage {\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000
+ \parindent=0pt\raggedright
+ \rm #1\hfill}}\bigskip \par\nobreak
+}
+\def\chfopen #1#2{\chapoddpage {\chapfonts
+\vbox to 3in{\vfil \hbox to\hsize{\hfil #2} \hbox to\hsize{\hfil #1} \vfil}}%
+\par\penalty 5000 %
+}
+\def\centerchfopen #1{%
+\chapoddpage {\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000
+ \parindent=0pt
+ \hfill {\rm #1}\hfill}}\bigskip \par\nobreak
+}
+\def\CHAPFopen{%
+ \global\let\chapmacro=\chfopen
+ \global\let\centerchapmacro=\centerchfopen}
+
+
+% Section titles. These macros combine the section number parts and
+% call the generic \sectionheading to do the printing.
+%
+\newskip\secheadingskip
+\def\secheadingbreak{\dobreak \secheadingskip{-1000}}
+
+% Subsection titles.
+\newskip\subsecheadingskip
+\def\subsecheadingbreak{\dobreak \subsecheadingskip{-500}}
+
+% Subsubsection titles.
+\def\subsubsecheadingskip{\subsecheadingskip}
+\def\subsubsecheadingbreak{\subsecheadingbreak}
+
+
+% Print any size, any type, section title.
+%
+% #1 is the text, #2 is the section level (sec/subsec/subsubsec), #3 is
+% the section type for xrefs (Ynumbered, Ynothing, Yappendix), #4 is the
+% section number.
+%
+\def\sectionheading#1#2#3#4{%
+ {%
+ % Switch to the right set of fonts.
+ \csname #2fonts\endcsname \rm
+ %
+ % Insert space above the heading.
+ \csname #2headingbreak\endcsname
+ %
+ % Only insert the space after the number if we have a section number.
+ \def\sectionlevel{#2}%
+ \def\temptype{#3}%
+ %
+ \ifx\temptype\Ynothingkeyword
+ \setbox0 = \hbox{}%
+ \def\toctype{unn}%
+ \gdef\thissection{#1}%
+ \else\ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword
+ % for @headings -- no section number, don't include in toc,
+ % and don't redefine \thissection.
+ \setbox0 = \hbox{}%
+ \def\toctype{omit}%
+ \let\sectionlevel=\empty
+ \else\ifx\temptype\Yappendixkeyword
+ \setbox0 = \hbox{#4\enspace}%
+ \def\toctype{app}%
+ \gdef\thissection{#1}%
+ \else
+ \setbox0 = \hbox{#4\enspace}%
+ \def\toctype{num}%
+ \gdef\thissection{#1}%
+ \fi\fi\fi
+ %
+ % Write the toc entry (before \donoderef). See comments in \chapmacro.
+ \writetocentry{\toctype\sectionlevel}{#1}{#4}%
+ %
+ % Write the node reference (= pdf destination for pdftex).
+ % Again, see comments in \chapmacro.
+ \donoderef{#3}%
+ %
+ % Interline glue will be inserted when the vbox is completed.
+ % That glue will be a valid breakpoint for the page, since it'll be
+ % preceded by a whatsit (usually from the \donoderef, or from the
+ % \writetocentry if there was no node). We don't want to allow that
+ % break, since then the whatsits could end up on page n while the
+ % section is on page n+1, thus toc/etc. are wrong. Debian bug 276000.
+ \nobreak
+ %
+ % Output the actual section heading.
+ \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000 \tolerance=5000 \parindent=0pt \raggedright
+ \hangindent=\wd0 % zero if no section number
+ \unhbox0 #1}%
+ }%
+ % Add extra space after the heading -- half of whatever came above it.
+ % Don't allow stretch, though.
+ \kern .5 \csname #2headingskip\endcsname
+ %
+ % Do not let the kern be a potential breakpoint, as it would be if it
+ % was followed by glue.
+ \nobreak
+ %
+ % We'll almost certainly start a paragraph next, so don't let that
+ % glue accumulate. (Not a breakpoint because it's preceded by a
+ % discardable item.)
+ \vskip-\parskip
+ %
+ % This is purely so the last item on the list is a known \penalty >
+ % 10000. This is so \startdefun can avoid allowing breakpoints after
+ % section headings. Otherwise, it would insert a valid breakpoint between:
+ %
+ % @section sec-whatever
+ % @deffn def-whatever
+ \penalty 10001
+}
+
+
+\message{toc,}
+% Table of contents.
+\newwrite\tocfile
+
+% Write an entry to the toc file, opening it if necessary.
+% Called from @chapter, etc.
+%
+% Example usage: \writetocentry{sec}{Section Name}{\the\chapno.\the\secno}
+% We append the current node name (if any) and page number as additional
+% arguments for the \{chap,sec,...}entry macros which will eventually
+% read this. The node name is used in the pdf outlines as the
+% destination to jump to.
+%
+% We open the .toc file for writing here instead of at @setfilename (or
+% any other fixed time) so that @contents can be anywhere in the document.
+% But if #1 is `omit', then we don't do anything. This is used for the
+% table of contents chapter openings themselves.
+%
+\newif\iftocfileopened
+\def\omitkeyword{omit}%
+%
+\def\writetocentry#1#2#3{%
+ \edef\writetoctype{#1}%
+ \ifx\writetoctype\omitkeyword \else
+ \iftocfileopened\else
+ \immediate\openout\tocfile = \jobname.toc
+ \global\tocfileopenedtrue
+ \fi
+ %
+ \iflinks
+ {\atdummies
+ \edef\temp{%
+ \write\tocfile{@#1entry{#2}{#3}{\lastnode}{\noexpand\folio}}}%
+ \temp
+ }%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ %
+ % Tell \shipout to create a pdf destination on each page, if we're
+ % writing pdf. These are used in the table of contents. We can't
+ % just write one on every page because the title pages are numbered
+ % 1 and 2 (the page numbers aren't printed), and so are the first
+ % two pages of the document. Thus, we'd have two destinations named
+ % `1', and two named `2'.
+ \ifpdf \global\pdfmakepagedesttrue \fi
+}
+
+
+% These characters do not print properly in the Computer Modern roman
+% fonts, so we must take special care. This is more or less redundant
+% with the Texinfo input format setup at the end of this file.
+%
+\def\activecatcodes{%
+ \catcode`\"=\active
+ \catcode`\$=\active
+ \catcode`\<=\active
+ \catcode`\>=\active
+ \catcode`\\=\active
+ \catcode`\^=\active
+ \catcode`\_=\active
+ \catcode`\|=\active
+ \catcode`\~=\active
+}
+
+
+% Read the toc file, which is essentially Texinfo input.
+\def\readtocfile{%
+ \setupdatafile
+ \activecatcodes
+ \input \jobname.toc
+}
+
+\newskip\contentsrightmargin \contentsrightmargin=1in
+\newcount\savepageno
+\newcount\lastnegativepageno \lastnegativepageno = -1
+
+% Prepare to read what we've written to \tocfile.
+%
+\def\startcontents#1{%
+ % If @setchapternewpage on, and @headings double, the contents should
+ % start on an odd page, unlike chapters. Thus, we maintain
+ % \contentsalignmacro in parallel with \pagealignmacro.
+ % From: Torbjorn Granlund <tege@matematik.su.se>
+ \contentsalignmacro
+ \immediate\closeout\tocfile
+ %
+ % Don't need to put `Contents' or `Short Contents' in the headline.
+ % It is abundantly clear what they are.
+ \def\thischapter{}%
+ \chapmacro{#1}{Yomitfromtoc}{}%
+ %
+ \savepageno = \pageno
+ \begingroup % Set up to handle contents files properly.
+ \raggedbottom % Worry more about breakpoints than the bottom.
+ \advance\hsize by -\contentsrightmargin % Don't use the full line length.
+ %
+ % Roman numerals for page numbers.
+ \ifnum \pageno>0 \global\pageno = \lastnegativepageno \fi
+}
+
+
+% Normal (long) toc.
+\def\contents{%
+ \startcontents{\putwordTOC}%
+ \openin 1 \jobname.toc
+ \ifeof 1 \else
+ \readtocfile
+ \fi
+ \vfill \eject
+ \contentsalignmacro % in case @setchapternewpage odd is in effect
+ \ifeof 1 \else
+ \pdfmakeoutlines
+ \fi
+ \closein 1
+ \endgroup
+ \lastnegativepageno = \pageno
+ \global\pageno = \savepageno
+}
+
+% And just the chapters.
+\def\summarycontents{%
+ \startcontents{\putwordShortTOC}%
+ %
+ \let\numchapentry = \shortchapentry
+ \let\appentry = \shortchapentry
+ \let\unnchapentry = \shortunnchapentry
+ % We want a true roman here for the page numbers.
+ \secfonts
+ \let\rm=\shortcontrm \let\bf=\shortcontbf
+ \let\sl=\shortcontsl \let\tt=\shortconttt
+ \rm
+ \hyphenpenalty = 10000
+ \advance\baselineskip by 1pt % Open it up a little.
+ \def\numsecentry##1##2##3##4{}
+ \let\appsecentry = \numsecentry
+ \let\unnsecentry = \numsecentry
+ \let\numsubsecentry = \numsecentry
+ \let\appsubsecentry = \numsecentry
+ \let\unnsubsecentry = \numsecentry
+ \let\numsubsubsecentry = \numsecentry
+ \let\appsubsubsecentry = \numsecentry
+ \let\unnsubsubsecentry = \numsecentry
+ \openin 1 \jobname.toc
+ \ifeof 1 \else
+ \readtocfile
+ \fi
+ \closein 1
+ \vfill \eject
+ \contentsalignmacro % in case @setchapternewpage odd is in effect
+ \endgroup
+ \lastnegativepageno = \pageno
+ \global\pageno = \savepageno
+}
+\let\shortcontents = \summarycontents
+
+% Typeset the label for a chapter or appendix for the short contents.
+% The arg is, e.g., `A' for an appendix, or `3' for a chapter.
+%
+\def\shortchaplabel#1{%
+ % This space should be enough, since a single number is .5em, and the
+ % widest letter (M) is 1em, at least in the Computer Modern fonts.
+ % But use \hss just in case.
+ % (This space doesn't include the extra space that gets added after
+ % the label; that gets put in by \shortchapentry above.)
+ %
+ % We'd like to right-justify chapter numbers, but that looks strange
+ % with appendix letters. And right-justifying numbers and
+ % left-justifying letters looks strange when there is less than 10
+ % chapters. Have to read the whole toc once to know how many chapters
+ % there are before deciding ...
+ \hbox to 1em{#1\hss}%
+}
+
+% These macros generate individual entries in the table of contents.
+% The first argument is the chapter or section name.
+% The last argument is the page number.
+% The arguments in between are the chapter number, section number, ...
+
+% Chapters, in the main contents.
+\def\numchapentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}}
+%
+% Chapters, in the short toc.
+% See comments in \dochapentry re vbox and related settings.
+\def\shortchapentry#1#2#3#4{%
+ \tocentry{\shortchaplabel{#2}\labelspace #1}{\doshortpageno\bgroup#4\egroup}%
+}
+
+% Appendices, in the main contents.
+% Need the word Appendix, and a fixed-size box.
+%
+\def\appendixbox#1{%
+ % We use M since it's probably the widest letter.
+ \setbox0 = \hbox{\putwordAppendix{} M}%
+ \hbox to \wd0{\putwordAppendix{} #1\hss}}
+%
+\def\appentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{\appendixbox{#2}\labelspace#1}{#4}}
+
+% Unnumbered chapters.
+\def\unnchapentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{#1}{#4}}
+\def\shortunnchapentry#1#2#3#4{\tocentry{#1}{\doshortpageno\bgroup#4\egroup}}
+
+% Sections.
+\def\numsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosecentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}}
+\let\appsecentry=\numsecentry
+\def\unnsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosecentry{#1}{#4}}
+
+% Subsections.
+\def\numsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsecentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}}
+\let\appsubsecentry=\numsubsecentry
+\def\unnsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsecentry{#1}{#4}}
+
+% And subsubsections.
+\def\numsubsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsubsecentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}}
+\let\appsubsubsecentry=\numsubsubsecentry
+\def\unnsubsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsubsecentry{#1}{#4}}
+
+% This parameter controls the indentation of the various levels.
+% Same as \defaultparindent.
+\newdimen\tocindent \tocindent = 15pt
+
+% Now for the actual typesetting. In all these, #1 is the text and #2 is the
+% page number.
+%
+% If the toc has to be broken over pages, we want it to be at chapters
+% if at all possible; hence the \penalty.
+\def\dochapentry#1#2{%
+ \penalty-300 \vskip1\baselineskip plus.33\baselineskip minus.25\baselineskip
+ \begingroup
+ \chapentryfonts
+ \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}%
+ \endgroup
+ \nobreak\vskip .25\baselineskip plus.1\baselineskip
+}
+
+\def\dosecentry#1#2{\begingroup
+ \secentryfonts \leftskip=\tocindent
+ \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}%
+\endgroup}
+
+\def\dosubsecentry#1#2{\begingroup
+ \subsecentryfonts \leftskip=2\tocindent
+ \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}%
+\endgroup}
+
+\def\dosubsubsecentry#1#2{\begingroup
+ \subsubsecentryfonts \leftskip=3\tocindent
+ \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}%
+\endgroup}
+
+% We use the same \entry macro as for the index entries.
+\let\tocentry = \entry
+
+% Space between chapter (or whatever) number and the title.
+\def\labelspace{\hskip1em \relax}
+
+\def\dopageno#1{{\rm #1}}
+\def\doshortpageno#1{{\rm #1}}
+
+\def\chapentryfonts{\secfonts \rm}
+\def\secentryfonts{\textfonts}
+\def\subsecentryfonts{\textfonts}
+\def\subsubsecentryfonts{\textfonts}
+
+
+\message{environments,}
+% @foo ... @end foo.
+
+% @point{}, @result{}, @expansion{}, @print{}, @equiv{}.
+%
+% Since these characters are used in examples, it should be an even number of
+% \tt widths. Each \tt character is 1en, so two makes it 1em.
+%
+\def\point{$\star$}
+\def\result{\leavevmode\raise.15ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\Rightarrow$\hfil}}
+\def\expansion{\leavevmode\raise.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\mapsto$\hfil}}
+\def\print{\leavevmode\lower.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\dashv$\hfil}}
+\def\equiv{\leavevmode\lower.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\ptexequiv$\hfil}}
+
+% The @error{} command.
+% Adapted from the TeXbook's \boxit.
+%
+\newbox\errorbox
+%
+{\tentt \global\dimen0 = 3em}% Width of the box.
+\dimen2 = .55pt % Thickness of rules
+% The text. (`r' is open on the right, `e' somewhat less so on the left.)
+\setbox0 = \hbox{\kern-.75pt \reducedsf error\kern-1.5pt}
+%
+\setbox\errorbox=\hbox to \dimen0{\hfil
+ \hsize = \dimen0 \advance\hsize by -5.8pt % Space to left+right.
+ \advance\hsize by -2\dimen2 % Rules.
+ \vbox{%
+ \hrule height\dimen2
+ \hbox{\vrule width\dimen2 \kern3pt % Space to left of text.
+ \vtop{\kern2.4pt \box0 \kern2.4pt}% Space above/below.
+ \kern3pt\vrule width\dimen2}% Space to right.
+ \hrule height\dimen2}
+ \hfil}
+%
+\def\error{\leavevmode\lower.7ex\copy\errorbox}
+
+% @tex ... @end tex escapes into raw Tex temporarily.
+% One exception: @ is still an escape character, so that @end tex works.
+% But \@ or @@ will get a plain tex @ character.
+
+\envdef\tex{%
+ \catcode `\\=0 \catcode `\{=1 \catcode `\}=2
+ \catcode `\$=3 \catcode `\&=4 \catcode `\#=6
+ \catcode `\^=7 \catcode `\_=8 \catcode `\~=\active \let~=\tie
+ \catcode `\%=14
+ \catcode `\+=\other
+ \catcode `\"=\other
+ \catcode `\|=\other
+ \catcode `\<=\other
+ \catcode `\>=\other
+ \escapechar=`\\
+ %
+ \let\b=\ptexb
+ \let\bullet=\ptexbullet
+ \let\c=\ptexc
+ \let\,=\ptexcomma
+ \let\.=\ptexdot
+ \let\dots=\ptexdots
+ \let\equiv=\ptexequiv
+ \let\!=\ptexexclam
+ \let\i=\ptexi
+ \let\indent=\ptexindent
+ \let\noindent=\ptexnoindent
+ \let\{=\ptexlbrace
+ \let\+=\tabalign
+ \let\}=\ptexrbrace
+ \let\/=\ptexslash
+ \let\*=\ptexstar
+ \let\t=\ptext
+ \let\frenchspacing=\plainfrenchspacing
+ %
+ \def\endldots{\mathinner{\ldots\ldots\ldots\ldots}}%
+ \def\enddots{\relax\ifmmode\endldots\else$\mathsurround=0pt \endldots\,$\fi}%
+ \def\@{@}%
+}
+% There is no need to define \Etex.
+
+% Define @lisp ... @end lisp.
+% @lisp environment forms a group so it can rebind things,
+% including the definition of @end lisp (which normally is erroneous).
+
+% Amount to narrow the margins by for @lisp.
+\newskip\lispnarrowing \lispnarrowing=0.4in
+
+% This is the definition that ^^M gets inside @lisp, @example, and other
+% such environments. \null is better than a space, since it doesn't
+% have any width.
+\def\lisppar{\null\endgraf}
+
+% This space is always present above and below environments.
+\newskip\envskipamount \envskipamount = 0pt
+
+% Make spacing and below environment symmetrical. We use \parskip here
+% to help in doing that, since in @example-like environments \parskip
+% is reset to zero; thus the \afterenvbreak inserts no space -- but the
+% start of the next paragraph will insert \parskip.
+%
+\def\aboveenvbreak{{%
+ % =10000 instead of <10000 because of a special case in \itemzzz and
+ % \sectionheading, q.v.
+ \ifnum \lastpenalty=10000 \else
+ \advance\envskipamount by \parskip
+ \endgraf
+ \ifdim\lastskip<\envskipamount
+ \removelastskip
+ % it's not a good place to break if the last penalty was \nobreak
+ % or better ...
+ \ifnum\lastpenalty<10000 \penalty-50 \fi
+ \vskip\envskipamount
+ \fi
+ \fi
+}}
+
+\let\afterenvbreak = \aboveenvbreak
+
+% \nonarrowing is a flag. If "set", @lisp etc don't narrow margins; it will
+% also clear it, so that its embedded environments do the narrowing again.
+\let\nonarrowing=\relax
+
+% @cartouche ... @end cartouche: draw rectangle w/rounded corners around
+% environment contents.
+\font\circle=lcircle10
+\newdimen\circthick
+\newdimen\cartouter\newdimen\cartinner
+\newskip\normbskip\newskip\normpskip\newskip\normlskip
+\circthick=\fontdimen8\circle
+%
+\def\ctl{{\circle\char'013\hskip -6pt}}% 6pt from pl file: 1/2charwidth
+\def\ctr{{\hskip 6pt\circle\char'010}}
+\def\cbl{{\circle\char'012\hskip -6pt}}
+\def\cbr{{\hskip 6pt\circle\char'011}}
+\def\carttop{\hbox to \cartouter{\hskip\lskip
+ \ctl\leaders\hrule height\circthick\hfil\ctr
+ \hskip\rskip}}
+\def\cartbot{\hbox to \cartouter{\hskip\lskip
+ \cbl\leaders\hrule height\circthick\hfil\cbr
+ \hskip\rskip}}
+%
+\newskip\lskip\newskip\rskip
+
+\envdef\cartouche{%
+ \ifhmode\par\fi % can't be in the midst of a paragraph.
+ \startsavinginserts
+ \lskip=\leftskip \rskip=\rightskip
+ \leftskip=0pt\rightskip=0pt % we want these *outside*.
+ \cartinner=\hsize \advance\cartinner by-\lskip
+ \advance\cartinner by-\rskip
+ \cartouter=\hsize
+ \advance\cartouter by 18.4pt % allow for 3pt kerns on either
+ % side, and for 6pt waste from
+ % each corner char, and rule thickness
+ \normbskip=\baselineskip \normpskip=\parskip \normlskip=\lineskip
+ % Flag to tell @lisp, etc., not to narrow margin.
+ \let\nonarrowing = t%
+ \vbox\bgroup
+ \baselineskip=0pt\parskip=0pt\lineskip=0pt
+ \carttop
+ \hbox\bgroup
+ \hskip\lskip
+ \vrule\kern3pt
+ \vbox\bgroup
+ \kern3pt
+ \hsize=\cartinner
+ \baselineskip=\normbskip
+ \lineskip=\normlskip
+ \parskip=\normpskip
+ \vskip -\parskip
+ \comment % For explanation, see the end of \def\group.
+}
+\def\Ecartouche{%
+ \ifhmode\par\fi
+ \kern3pt
+ \egroup
+ \kern3pt\vrule
+ \hskip\rskip
+ \egroup
+ \cartbot
+ \egroup
+ \checkinserts
+}
+
+
+% This macro is called at the beginning of all the @example variants,
+% inside a group.
+\def\nonfillstart{%
+ \aboveenvbreak
+ \hfuzz = 12pt % Don't be fussy
+ \sepspaces % Make spaces be word-separators rather than space tokens.
+ \let\par = \lisppar % don't ignore blank lines
+ \obeylines % each line of input is a line of output
+ \parskip = 0pt
+ \parindent = 0pt
+ \emergencystretch = 0pt % don't try to avoid overfull boxes
+ \ifx\nonarrowing\relax
+ \advance \leftskip by \lispnarrowing
+ \exdentamount=\lispnarrowing
+ \else
+ \let\nonarrowing = \relax
+ \fi
+ \let\exdent=\nofillexdent
+}
+
+% If you want all examples etc. small: @set dispenvsize small.
+% If you want even small examples the full size: @set dispenvsize nosmall.
+% This affects the following displayed environments:
+% @example, @display, @format, @lisp
+%
+\def\smallword{small}
+\def\nosmallword{nosmall}
+\let\SETdispenvsize\relax
+\def\setnormaldispenv{%
+ \ifx\SETdispenvsize\smallword
+ \smallexamplefonts \rm
+ \fi
+}
+\def\setsmalldispenv{%
+ \ifx\SETdispenvsize\nosmallword
+ \else
+ \smallexamplefonts \rm
+ \fi
+}
+
+% We often define two environments, @foo and @smallfoo.
+% Let's do it by one command:
+\def\makedispenv #1#2{
+ \expandafter\envdef\csname#1\endcsname {\setnormaldispenv #2}
+ \expandafter\envdef\csname small#1\endcsname {\setsmalldispenv #2}
+ \expandafter\let\csname E#1\endcsname \afterenvbreak
+ \expandafter\let\csname Esmall#1\endcsname \afterenvbreak
+}
+
+% Define two synonyms:
+\def\maketwodispenvs #1#2#3{
+ \makedispenv{#1}{#3}
+ \makedispenv{#2}{#3}
+}
+
+% @lisp: indented, narrowed, typewriter font; @example: same as @lisp.
+%
+% @smallexample and @smalllisp: use smaller fonts.
+% Originally contributed by Pavel@xerox.
+%
+\maketwodispenvs {lisp}{example}{%
+ \nonfillstart
+ \tt\quoteexpand
+ \let\kbdfont = \kbdexamplefont % Allow @kbd to do something special.
+ \gobble % eat return
+}
+% @display/@smalldisplay: same as @lisp except keep current font.
+%
+\makedispenv {display}{%
+ \nonfillstart
+ \gobble
+}
+
+% @format/@smallformat: same as @display except don't narrow margins.
+%
+\makedispenv{format}{%
+ \let\nonarrowing = t%
+ \nonfillstart
+ \gobble
+}
+
+% @flushleft: same as @format, but doesn't obey \SETdispenvsize.
+\envdef\flushleft{%
+ \let\nonarrowing = t%
+ \nonfillstart
+ \gobble
+}
+\let\Eflushleft = \afterenvbreak
+
+% @flushright.
+%
+\envdef\flushright{%
+ \let\nonarrowing = t%
+ \nonfillstart
+ \advance\leftskip by 0pt plus 1fill
+ \gobble
+}
+\let\Eflushright = \afterenvbreak
+
+
+% @quotation does normal linebreaking (hence we can't use \nonfillstart)
+% and narrows the margins. We keep \parskip nonzero in general, since
+% we're doing normal filling. So, when using \aboveenvbreak and
+% \afterenvbreak, temporarily make \parskip 0.
+%
+\envdef\quotation{%
+ {\parskip=0pt \aboveenvbreak}% because \aboveenvbreak inserts \parskip
+ \parindent=0pt
+ %
+ % @cartouche defines \nonarrowing to inhibit narrowing at next level down.
+ \ifx\nonarrowing\relax
+ \advance\leftskip by \lispnarrowing
+ \advance\rightskip by \lispnarrowing
+ \exdentamount = \lispnarrowing
+ \else
+ \let\nonarrowing = \relax
+ \fi
+ \parsearg\quotationlabel
+}
+
+% We have retained a nonzero parskip for the environment, since we're
+% doing normal filling.
+%
+\def\Equotation{%
+ \par
+ \ifx\quotationauthor\undefined\else
+ % indent a bit.
+ \leftline{\kern 2\leftskip \sl ---\quotationauthor}%
+ \fi
+ {\parskip=0pt \afterenvbreak}%
+}
+
+% If we're given an argument, typeset it in bold with a colon after.
+\def\quotationlabel#1{%
+ \def\temp{#1}%
+ \ifx\temp\empty \else
+ {\bf #1: }%
+ \fi
+}
+
+
+% LaTeX-like @verbatim...@end verbatim and @verb{<char>...<char>}
+% If we want to allow any <char> as delimiter,
+% we need the curly braces so that makeinfo sees the @verb command, eg:
+% `@verbx...x' would look like the '@verbx' command. --janneke@gnu.org
+%
+% [Knuth]: Donald Ervin Knuth, 1996. The TeXbook.
+%
+% [Knuth] p.344; only we need to do the other characters Texinfo sets
+% active too. Otherwise, they get lost as the first character on a
+% verbatim line.
+\def\dospecials{%
+ \do\ \do\\\do\{\do\}\do\$\do\&%
+ \do\#\do\^\do\^^K\do\_\do\^^A\do\%\do\~%
+ \do\<\do\>\do\|\do\@\do+\do\"%
+}
+%
+% [Knuth] p. 380
+\def\uncatcodespecials{%
+ \def\do##1{\catcode`##1=\other}\dospecials}
+%
+% [Knuth] pp. 380,381,391
+% Disable Spanish ligatures ?` and !` of \tt font
+\begingroup
+ \catcode`\`=\active\gdef`{\relax\lq}
+\endgroup
+%
+% Setup for the @verb command.
+%
+% Eight spaces for a tab
+\begingroup
+ \catcode`\^^I=\active
+ \gdef\tabeightspaces{\catcode`\^^I=\active\def^^I{\ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ }}
+\endgroup
+%
+\def\setupverb{%
+ \tt % easiest (and conventionally used) font for verbatim
+ \def\par{\leavevmode\endgraf}%
+ \catcode`\`=\active
+ \tabeightspaces
+ % Respect line breaks,
+ % print special symbols as themselves, and
+ % make each space count
+ % must do in this order:
+ \obeylines \uncatcodespecials \sepspaces
+}
+
+% Setup for the @verbatim environment
+%
+% Real tab expansion
+\newdimen\tabw \setbox0=\hbox{\tt\space} \tabw=8\wd0 % tab amount
+%
+\def\starttabbox{\setbox0=\hbox\bgroup}
+
+% Allow an option to not replace quotes with a regular directed right
+% quote/apostrophe (char 0x27), but instead use the undirected quote
+% from cmtt (char 0x0d). The undirected quote is ugly, so don't make it
+% the default, but it works for pasting with more pdf viewers (at least
+% evince), the lilypond developers report. xpdf does work with the
+% regular 0x27.
+%
+\def\codequoteright{%
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname SETcodequoteundirected\endcsname\relax
+ '%
+ \else
+ \char'15
+ \fi
+}
+%
+% and a similar option for the left quote char vs. a grave accent.
+% Modern fonts display ASCII 0x60 as a grave accent, so some people like
+% the code environments to do likewise.
+%
+\def\codequoteleft{%
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname SETcodequotebacktick\endcsname\relax
+ `%
+ \else
+ \char'22
+ \fi
+}
+%
+\begingroup
+ \catcode`\^^I=\active
+ \gdef\tabexpand{%
+ \catcode`\^^I=\active
+ \def^^I{\leavevmode\egroup
+ \dimen0=\wd0 % the width so far, or since the previous tab
+ \divide\dimen0 by\tabw
+ \multiply\dimen0 by\tabw % compute previous multiple of \tabw
+ \advance\dimen0 by\tabw % advance to next multiple of \tabw
+ \wd0=\dimen0 \box0 \starttabbox
+ }%
+ }
+ \catcode`\'=\active
+ \gdef\rquoteexpand{\catcode\rquoteChar=\active \def'{\codequoteright}}%
+ %
+ \catcode`\`=\active
+ \gdef\lquoteexpand{\catcode\lquoteChar=\active \def`{\codequoteleft}}%
+ %
+ \gdef\quoteexpand{\rquoteexpand \lquoteexpand}%
+\endgroup
+
+% start the verbatim environment.
+\def\setupverbatim{%
+ \let\nonarrowing = t%
+ \nonfillstart
+ % Easiest (and conventionally used) font for verbatim
+ \tt
+ \def\par{\leavevmode\egroup\box0\endgraf}%
+ \catcode`\`=\active
+ \tabexpand
+ \quoteexpand
+ % Respect line breaks,
+ % print special symbols as themselves, and
+ % make each space count
+ % must do in this order:
+ \obeylines \uncatcodespecials \sepspaces
+ \everypar{\starttabbox}%
+}
+
+% Do the @verb magic: verbatim text is quoted by unique
+% delimiter characters. Before first delimiter expect a
+% right brace, after last delimiter expect closing brace:
+%
+% \def\doverb'{'<char>#1<char>'}'{#1}
+%
+% [Knuth] p. 382; only eat outer {}
+\begingroup
+ \catcode`[=1\catcode`]=2\catcode`\{=\other\catcode`\}=\other
+ \gdef\doverb{#1[\def\next##1#1}[##1\endgroup]\next]
+\endgroup
+%
+\def\verb{\begingroup\setupverb\doverb}
+%
+%
+% Do the @verbatim magic: define the macro \doverbatim so that
+% the (first) argument ends when '@end verbatim' is reached, ie:
+%
+% \def\doverbatim#1@end verbatim{#1}
+%
+% For Texinfo it's a lot easier than for LaTeX,
+% because texinfo's \verbatim doesn't stop at '\end{verbatim}':
+% we need not redefine '\', '{' and '}'.
+%
+% Inspired by LaTeX's verbatim command set [latex.ltx]
+%
+\begingroup
+ \catcode`\ =\active
+ \obeylines %
+ % ignore everything up to the first ^^M, that's the newline at the end
+ % of the @verbatim input line itself. Otherwise we get an extra blank
+ % line in the output.
+ \xdef\doverbatim#1^^M#2@end verbatim{#2\noexpand\end\gobble verbatim}%
+ % We really want {...\end verbatim} in the body of the macro, but
+ % without the active space; thus we have to use \xdef and \gobble.
+\endgroup
+%
+\envdef\verbatim{%
+ \setupverbatim\doverbatim
+}
+\let\Everbatim = \afterenvbreak
+
+
+% @verbatiminclude FILE - insert text of file in verbatim environment.
+%
+\def\verbatiminclude{\parseargusing\filenamecatcodes\doverbatiminclude}
+%
+\def\doverbatiminclude#1{%
+ {%
+ \makevalueexpandable
+ \setupverbatim
+ \input #1
+ \afterenvbreak
+ }%
+}
+
+% @copying ... @end copying.
+% Save the text away for @insertcopying later.
+%
+% We save the uninterpreted tokens, rather than creating a box.
+% Saving the text in a box would be much easier, but then all the
+% typesetting commands (@smallbook, font changes, etc.) have to be done
+% beforehand -- and a) we want @copying to be done first in the source
+% file; b) letting users define the frontmatter in as flexible order as
+% possible is very desirable.
+%
+\def\copying{\checkenv{}\begingroup\scanargctxt\docopying}
+\def\docopying#1@end copying{\endgroup\def\copyingtext{#1}}
+%
+\def\insertcopying{%
+ \begingroup
+ \parindent = 0pt % paragraph indentation looks wrong on title page
+ \scanexp\copyingtext
+ \endgroup
+}
+
+\message{defuns,}
+% @defun etc.
+
+\newskip\defbodyindent \defbodyindent=.4in
+\newskip\defargsindent \defargsindent=50pt
+\newskip\deflastargmargin \deflastargmargin=18pt
+
+% Start the processing of @deffn:
+\def\startdefun{%
+ \ifnum\lastpenalty<10000
+ \medbreak
+ \else
+ % If there are two @def commands in a row, we'll have a \nobreak,
+ % which is there to keep the function description together with its
+ % header. But if there's nothing but headers, we need to allow a
+ % break somewhere. Check specifically for penalty 10002, inserted
+ % by \defargscommonending, instead of 10000, since the sectioning
+ % commands also insert a nobreak penalty, and we don't want to allow
+ % a break between a section heading and a defun.
+ %
+ \ifnum\lastpenalty=10002 \penalty2000 \fi
+ %
+ % Similarly, after a section heading, do not allow a break.
+ % But do insert the glue.
+ \medskip % preceded by discardable penalty, so not a breakpoint
+ \fi
+ %
+ \parindent=0in
+ \advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent
+ \exdentamount=\defbodyindent
+}
+
+\def\dodefunx#1{%
+ % First, check whether we are in the right environment:
+ \checkenv#1%
+ %
+ % As above, allow line break if we have multiple x headers in a row.
+ % It's not a great place, though.
+ \ifnum\lastpenalty=10002 \penalty3000 \fi
+ %
+ % And now, it's time to reuse the body of the original defun:
+ \expandafter\gobbledefun#1%
+}
+\def\gobbledefun#1\startdefun{}
+
+% \printdefunline \deffnheader{text}
+%
+\def\printdefunline#1#2{%
+ \begingroup
+ % call \deffnheader:
+ #1#2 \endheader
+ % common ending:
+ \interlinepenalty = 10000
+ \advance\rightskip by 0pt plus 1fil
+ \endgraf
+ \nobreak\vskip -\parskip
+ \penalty 10002 % signal to \startdefun and \dodefunx
+ % Some of the @defun-type tags do not enable magic parentheses,
+ % rendering the following check redundant. But we don't optimize.
+ \checkparencounts
+ \endgroup
+}
+
+\def\Edefun{\endgraf\medbreak}
+
+% \makedefun{deffn} creates \deffn, \deffnx and \Edeffn;
+% the only thing remainnig is to define \deffnheader.
+%
+\def\makedefun#1{%
+ \expandafter\let\csname E#1\endcsname = \Edefun
+ \edef\temp{\noexpand\domakedefun
+ \makecsname{#1}\makecsname{#1x}\makecsname{#1header}}%
+ \temp
+}
+
+% \domakedefun \deffn \deffnx \deffnheader
+%
+% Define \deffn and \deffnx, without parameters.
+% \deffnheader has to be defined explicitly.
+%
+\def\domakedefun#1#2#3{%
+ \envdef#1{%
+ \startdefun
+ \parseargusing\activeparens{\printdefunline#3}%
+ }%
+ \def#2{\dodefunx#1}%
+ \def#3%
+}
+
+%%% Untyped functions:
+
+% @deffn category name args
+\makedefun{deffn}{\deffngeneral{}}
+
+% @deffn category class name args
+\makedefun{defop}#1 {\defopon{#1\ \putwordon}}
+
+% \defopon {category on}class name args
+\def\defopon#1#2 {\deffngeneral{\putwordon\ \code{#2}}{#1\ \code{#2}} }
+
+% \deffngeneral {subind}category name args
+%
+\def\deffngeneral#1#2 #3 #4\endheader{%
+ % Remember that \dosubind{fn}{foo}{} is equivalent to \doind{fn}{foo}.
+ \dosubind{fn}{\code{#3}}{#1}%
+ \defname{#2}{}{#3}\magicamp\defunargs{#4\unskip}%
+}
+
+%%% Typed functions:
+
+% @deftypefn category type name args
+\makedefun{deftypefn}{\deftypefngeneral{}}
+
+% @deftypeop category class type name args
+\makedefun{deftypeop}#1 {\deftypeopon{#1\ \putwordon}}
+
+% \deftypeopon {category on}class type name args
+\def\deftypeopon#1#2 {\deftypefngeneral{\putwordon\ \code{#2}}{#1\ \code{#2}} }
+
+% \deftypefngeneral {subind}category type name args
+%
+\def\deftypefngeneral#1#2 #3 #4 #5\endheader{%
+ \dosubind{fn}{\code{#4}}{#1}%
+ \defname{#2}{#3}{#4}\defunargs{#5\unskip}%
+}
+
+%%% Typed variables:
+
+% @deftypevr category type var args
+\makedefun{deftypevr}{\deftypecvgeneral{}}
+
+% @deftypecv category class type var args
+\makedefun{deftypecv}#1 {\deftypecvof{#1\ \putwordof}}
+
+% \deftypecvof {category of}class type var args
+\def\deftypecvof#1#2 {\deftypecvgeneral{\putwordof\ \code{#2}}{#1\ \code{#2}} }
+
+% \deftypecvgeneral {subind}category type var args
+%
+\def\deftypecvgeneral#1#2 #3 #4 #5\endheader{%
+ \dosubind{vr}{\code{#4}}{#1}%
+ \defname{#2}{#3}{#4}\defunargs{#5\unskip}%
+}
+
+%%% Untyped variables:
+
+% @defvr category var args
+\makedefun{defvr}#1 {\deftypevrheader{#1} {} }
+
+% @defcv category class var args
+\makedefun{defcv}#1 {\defcvof{#1\ \putwordof}}
+
+% \defcvof {category of}class var args
+\def\defcvof#1#2 {\deftypecvof{#1}#2 {} }
+
+%%% Type:
+% @deftp category name args
+\makedefun{deftp}#1 #2 #3\endheader{%
+ \doind{tp}{\code{#2}}%
+ \defname{#1}{}{#2}\defunargs{#3\unskip}%
+}
+
+% Remaining @defun-like shortcuts:
+\makedefun{defun}{\deffnheader{\putwordDeffunc} }
+\makedefun{defmac}{\deffnheader{\putwordDefmac} }
+\makedefun{defspec}{\deffnheader{\putwordDefspec} }
+\makedefun{deftypefun}{\deftypefnheader{\putwordDeffunc} }
+\makedefun{defvar}{\defvrheader{\putwordDefvar} }
+\makedefun{defopt}{\defvrheader{\putwordDefopt} }
+\makedefun{deftypevar}{\deftypevrheader{\putwordDefvar} }
+\makedefun{defmethod}{\defopon\putwordMethodon}
+\makedefun{deftypemethod}{\deftypeopon\putwordMethodon}
+\makedefun{defivar}{\defcvof\putwordInstanceVariableof}
+\makedefun{deftypeivar}{\deftypecvof\putwordInstanceVariableof}
+
+% \defname, which formats the name of the @def (not the args).
+% #1 is the category, such as "Function".
+% #2 is the return type, if any.
+% #3 is the function name.
+%
+% We are followed by (but not passed) the arguments, if any.
+%
+\def\defname#1#2#3{%
+ % Get the values of \leftskip and \rightskip as they were outside the @def...
+ \advance\leftskip by -\defbodyindent
+ %
+ % How we'll format the type name. Putting it in brackets helps
+ % distinguish it from the body text that may end up on the next line
+ % just below it.
+ \def\temp{#1}%
+ \setbox0=\hbox{\kern\deflastargmargin \ifx\temp\empty\else [\rm\temp]\fi}
+ %
+ % Figure out line sizes for the paragraph shape.
+ % The first line needs space for \box0; but if \rightskip is nonzero,
+ % we need only space for the part of \box0 which exceeds it:
+ \dimen0=\hsize \advance\dimen0 by -\wd0 \advance\dimen0 by \rightskip
+ % The continuations:
+ \dimen2=\hsize \advance\dimen2 by -\defargsindent
+ % (plain.tex says that \dimen1 should be used only as global.)
+ \parshape 2 0in \dimen0 \defargsindent \dimen2
+ %
+ % Put the type name to the right margin.
+ \noindent
+ \hbox to 0pt{%
+ \hfil\box0 \kern-\hsize
+ % \hsize has to be shortened this way:
+ \kern\leftskip
+ % Intentionally do not respect \rightskip, since we need the space.
+ }%
+ %
+ % Allow all lines to be underfull without complaint:
+ \tolerance=10000 \hbadness=10000
+ \exdentamount=\defbodyindent
+ {%
+ % defun fonts. We use typewriter by default (used to be bold) because:
+ % . we're printing identifiers, they should be in tt in principle.
+ % . in languages with many accents, such as Czech or French, it's
+ % common to leave accents off identifiers. The result looks ok in
+ % tt, but exceedingly strange in rm.
+ % . we don't want -- and --- to be treated as ligatures.
+ % . this still does not fix the ?` and !` ligatures, but so far no
+ % one has made identifiers using them :).
+ \df \tt
+ \def\temp{#2}% return value type
+ \ifx\temp\empty\else \tclose{\temp} \fi
+ #3% output function name
+ }%
+ {\rm\enskip}% hskip 0.5 em of \tenrm
+ %
+ \boldbrax
+ % arguments will be output next, if any.
+}
+
+% Print arguments in slanted roman (not ttsl), inconsistently with using
+% tt for the name. This is because literal text is sometimes needed in
+% the argument list (groff manual), and ttsl and tt are not very
+% distinguishable. Prevent hyphenation at `-' chars.
+%
+\def\defunargs#1{%
+ % use sl by default (not ttsl),
+ % tt for the names.
+ \df \sl \hyphenchar\font=0
+ %
+ % On the other hand, if an argument has two dashes (for instance), we
+ % want a way to get ttsl. Let's try @var for that.
+ \let\var=\ttslanted
+ #1%
+ \sl\hyphenchar\font=45
+}
+
+% We want ()&[] to print specially on the defun line.
+%
+\def\activeparens{%
+ \catcode`\(=\active \catcode`\)=\active
+ \catcode`\[=\active \catcode`\]=\active
+ \catcode`\&=\active
+}
+
+% Make control sequences which act like normal parenthesis chars.
+\let\lparen = ( \let\rparen = )
+
+% Be sure that we always have a definition for `(', etc. For example,
+% if the fn name has parens in it, \boldbrax will not be in effect yet,
+% so TeX would otherwise complain about undefined control sequence.
+{
+ \activeparens
+ \global\let(=\lparen \global\let)=\rparen
+ \global\let[=\lbrack \global\let]=\rbrack
+ \global\let& = \&
+
+ \gdef\boldbrax{\let(=\opnr\let)=\clnr\let[=\lbrb\let]=\rbrb}
+ \gdef\magicamp{\let&=\amprm}
+}
+
+\newcount\parencount
+
+% If we encounter &foo, then turn on ()-hacking afterwards
+\newif\ifampseen
+\def\amprm#1 {\ampseentrue{\bf\ }}
+
+\def\parenfont{%
+ \ifampseen
+ % At the first level, print parens in roman,
+ % otherwise use the default font.
+ \ifnum \parencount=1 \rm \fi
+ \else
+ % The \sf parens (in \boldbrax) actually are a little bolder than
+ % the contained text. This is especially needed for [ and ] .
+ \sf
+ \fi
+}
+\def\infirstlevel#1{%
+ \ifampseen
+ \ifnum\parencount=1
+ #1%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+}
+\def\bfafterword#1 {#1 \bf}
+
+\def\opnr{%
+ \global\advance\parencount by 1
+ {\parenfont(}%
+ \infirstlevel \bfafterword
+}
+\def\clnr{%
+ {\parenfont)}%
+ \infirstlevel \sl
+ \global\advance\parencount by -1
+}
+
+\newcount\brackcount
+\def\lbrb{%
+ \global\advance\brackcount by 1
+ {\bf[}%
+}
+\def\rbrb{%
+ {\bf]}%
+ \global\advance\brackcount by -1
+}
+
+\def\checkparencounts{%
+ \ifnum\parencount=0 \else \badparencount \fi
+ \ifnum\brackcount=0 \else \badbrackcount \fi
+}
+\def\badparencount{%
+ \errmessage{Unbalanced parentheses in @def}%
+ \global\parencount=0
+}
+\def\badbrackcount{%
+ \errmessage{Unbalanced square braces in @def}%
+ \global\brackcount=0
+}
+
+
+\message{macros,}
+% @macro.
+
+% To do this right we need a feature of e-TeX, \scantokens,
+% which we arrange to emulate with a temporary file in ordinary TeX.
+\ifx\eTeXversion\undefined
+ \newwrite\macscribble
+ \def\scantokens#1{%
+ \toks0={#1}%
+ \immediate\openout\macscribble=\jobname.tmp
+ \immediate\write\macscribble{\the\toks0}%
+ \immediate\closeout\macscribble
+ \input \jobname.tmp
+ }
+\fi
+
+\def\scanmacro#1{%
+ \begingroup
+ \newlinechar`\^^M
+ \let\xeatspaces\eatspaces
+ % Undo catcode changes of \startcontents and \doprintindex
+ % When called from @insertcopying or (short)caption, we need active
+ % backslash to get it printed correctly. Previously, we had
+ % \catcode`\\=\other instead. We'll see whether a problem appears
+ % with macro expansion. --kasal, 19aug04
+ \catcode`\@=0 \catcode`\\=\active \escapechar=`\@
+ % ... and \example
+ \spaceisspace
+ %
+ % Append \endinput to make sure that TeX does not see the ending newline.
+ % I've verified that it is necessary both for e-TeX and for ordinary TeX
+ % --kasal, 29nov03
+ \scantokens{#1\endinput}%
+ \endgroup
+}
+
+\def\scanexp#1{%
+ \edef\temp{\noexpand\scanmacro{#1}}%
+ \temp
+}
+
+\newcount\paramno % Count of parameters
+\newtoks\macname % Macro name
+\newif\ifrecursive % Is it recursive?
+
+% List of all defined macros in the form
+% \definedummyword\macro1\definedummyword\macro2...
+% Currently is also contains all @aliases; the list can be split
+% if there is a need.
+\def\macrolist{}
+
+% Add the macro to \macrolist
+\def\addtomacrolist#1{\expandafter \addtomacrolistxxx \csname#1\endcsname}
+\def\addtomacrolistxxx#1{%
+ \toks0 = \expandafter{\macrolist\definedummyword#1}%
+ \xdef\macrolist{\the\toks0}%
+}
+
+% Utility routines.
+% This does \let #1 = #2, with \csnames; that is,
+% \let \csname#1\endcsname = \csname#2\endcsname
+% (except of course we have to play expansion games).
+%
+\def\cslet#1#2{%
+ \expandafter\let
+ \csname#1\expandafter\endcsname
+ \csname#2\endcsname
+}
+
+% Trim leading and trailing spaces off a string.
+% Concepts from aro-bend problem 15 (see CTAN).
+{\catcode`\@=11
+\gdef\eatspaces #1{\expandafter\trim@\expandafter{#1 }}
+\gdef\trim@ #1{\trim@@ @#1 @ #1 @ @@}
+\gdef\trim@@ #1@ #2@ #3@@{\trim@@@\empty #2 @}
+\def\unbrace#1{#1}
+\unbrace{\gdef\trim@@@ #1 } #2@{#1}
+}
+
+% Trim a single trailing ^^M off a string.
+{\catcode`\^^M=\other \catcode`\Q=3%
+\gdef\eatcr #1{\eatcra #1Q^^MQ}%
+\gdef\eatcra#1^^MQ{\eatcrb#1Q}%
+\gdef\eatcrb#1Q#2Q{#1}%
+}
+
+% Macro bodies are absorbed as an argument in a context where
+% all characters are catcode 10, 11 or 12, except \ which is active
+% (as in normal texinfo). It is necessary to change the definition of \.
+
+% It's necessary to have hard CRs when the macro is executed. This is
+% done by making ^^M (\endlinechar) catcode 12 when reading the macro
+% body, and then making it the \newlinechar in \scanmacro.
+
+\def\scanctxt{%
+ \catcode`\"=\other
+ \catcode`\+=\other
+ \catcode`\<=\other
+ \catcode`\>=\other
+ \catcode`\@=\other
+ \catcode`\^=\other
+ \catcode`\_=\other
+ \catcode`\|=\other
+ \catcode`\~=\other
+}
+
+\def\scanargctxt{%
+ \scanctxt
+ \catcode`\\=\other
+ \catcode`\^^M=\other
+}
+
+\def\macrobodyctxt{%
+ \scanctxt
+ \catcode`\{=\other
+ \catcode`\}=\other
+ \catcode`\^^M=\other
+ \usembodybackslash
+}
+
+\def\macroargctxt{%
+ \scanctxt
+ \catcode`\\=\other
+}
+
+% \mbodybackslash is the definition of \ in @macro bodies.
+% It maps \foo\ => \csname macarg.foo\endcsname => #N
+% where N is the macro parameter number.
+% We define \csname macarg.\endcsname to be \realbackslash, so
+% \\ in macro replacement text gets you a backslash.
+
+{\catcode`@=0 @catcode`@\=@active
+ @gdef@usembodybackslash{@let\=@mbodybackslash}
+ @gdef@mbodybackslash#1\{@csname macarg.#1@endcsname}
+}
+\expandafter\def\csname macarg.\endcsname{\realbackslash}
+
+\def\macro{\recursivefalse\parsearg\macroxxx}
+\def\rmacro{\recursivetrue\parsearg\macroxxx}
+
+\def\macroxxx#1{%
+ \getargs{#1}% now \macname is the macname and \argl the arglist
+ \ifx\argl\empty % no arguments
+ \paramno=0%
+ \else
+ \expandafter\parsemargdef \argl;%
+ \fi
+ \if1\csname ismacro.\the\macname\endcsname
+ \message{Warning: redefining \the\macname}%
+ \else
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname \the\macname\endcsname \relax
+ \else \errmessage{Macro name \the\macname\space already defined}\fi
+ \global\cslet{macsave.\the\macname}{\the\macname}%
+ \global\expandafter\let\csname ismacro.\the\macname\endcsname=1%
+ \addtomacrolist{\the\macname}%
+ \fi
+ \begingroup \macrobodyctxt
+ \ifrecursive \expandafter\parsermacbody
+ \else \expandafter\parsemacbody
+ \fi}
+
+\parseargdef\unmacro{%
+ \if1\csname ismacro.#1\endcsname
+ \global\cslet{#1}{macsave.#1}%
+ \global\expandafter\let \csname ismacro.#1\endcsname=0%
+ % Remove the macro name from \macrolist:
+ \begingroup
+ \expandafter\let\csname#1\endcsname \relax
+ \let\definedummyword\unmacrodo
+ \xdef\macrolist{\macrolist}%
+ \endgroup
+ \else
+ \errmessage{Macro #1 not defined}%
+ \fi
+}
+
+% Called by \do from \dounmacro on each macro. The idea is to omit any
+% macro definitions that have been changed to \relax.
+%
+\def\unmacrodo#1{%
+ \ifx #1\relax
+ % remove this
+ \else
+ \noexpand\definedummyword \noexpand#1%
+ \fi
+}
+
+% This makes use of the obscure feature that if the last token of a
+% <parameter list> is #, then the preceding argument is delimited by
+% an opening brace, and that opening brace is not consumed.
+\def\getargs#1{\getargsxxx#1{}}
+\def\getargsxxx#1#{\getmacname #1 \relax\getmacargs}
+\def\getmacname #1 #2\relax{\macname={#1}}
+\def\getmacargs#1{\def\argl{#1}}
+
+% Parse the optional {params} list. Set up \paramno and \paramlist
+% so \defmacro knows what to do. Define \macarg.blah for each blah
+% in the params list, to be ##N where N is the position in that list.
+% That gets used by \mbodybackslash (above).
+
+% We need to get `macro parameter char #' into several definitions.
+% The technique used is stolen from LaTeX: let \hash be something
+% unexpandable, insert that wherever you need a #, and then redefine
+% it to # just before using the token list produced.
+%
+% The same technique is used to protect \eatspaces till just before
+% the macro is used.
+
+\def\parsemargdef#1;{\paramno=0\def\paramlist{}%
+ \let\hash\relax\let\xeatspaces\relax\parsemargdefxxx#1,;,}
+\def\parsemargdefxxx#1,{%
+ \if#1;\let\next=\relax
+ \else \let\next=\parsemargdefxxx
+ \advance\paramno by 1%
+ \expandafter\edef\csname macarg.\eatspaces{#1}\endcsname
+ {\xeatspaces{\hash\the\paramno}}%
+ \edef\paramlist{\paramlist\hash\the\paramno,}%
+ \fi\next}
+
+% These two commands read recursive and nonrecursive macro bodies.
+% (They're different since rec and nonrec macros end differently.)
+
+\long\def\parsemacbody#1@end macro%
+{\xdef\temp{\eatcr{#1}}\endgroup\defmacro}%
+\long\def\parsermacbody#1@end rmacro%
+{\xdef\temp{\eatcr{#1}}\endgroup\defmacro}%
+
+% This defines the macro itself. There are six cases: recursive and
+% nonrecursive macros of zero, one, and many arguments.
+% Much magic with \expandafter here.
+% \xdef is used so that macro definitions will survive the file
+% they're defined in; @include reads the file inside a group.
+\def\defmacro{%
+ \let\hash=##% convert placeholders to macro parameter chars
+ \ifrecursive
+ \ifcase\paramno
+ % 0
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
+ \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}}%
+ \or % 1
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
+ \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt
+ \noexpand\braceorline
+ \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname}%
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname##1{%
+ \egroup\noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}}%
+ \else % many
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
+ \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt
+ \noexpand\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname}%
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname##1{%
+ \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname ##1,}%
+ \expandafter\expandafter
+ \expandafter\xdef
+ \expandafter\expandafter
+ \csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname
+ \paramlist{\egroup\noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}}%
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \ifcase\paramno
+ % 0
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
+ \noexpand\norecurse{\the\macname}%
+ \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}\egroup}%
+ \or % 1
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
+ \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt
+ \noexpand\braceorline
+ \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname}%
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname##1{%
+ \egroup
+ \noexpand\norecurse{\the\macname}%
+ \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}\egroup}%
+ \else % many
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
+ \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt
+ \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname}%
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname##1{%
+ \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname ##1,}%
+ \expandafter\expandafter
+ \expandafter\xdef
+ \expandafter\expandafter
+ \csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname
+ \paramlist{%
+ \egroup
+ \noexpand\norecurse{\the\macname}%
+ \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}\egroup}%
+ \fi
+ \fi}
+
+\def\norecurse#1{\bgroup\cslet{#1}{macsave.#1}}
+
+% \braceorline decides whether the next nonwhitespace character is a
+% {. If so it reads up to the closing }, if not, it reads the whole
+% line. Whatever was read is then fed to the next control sequence
+% as an argument (by \parsebrace or \parsearg)
+\def\braceorline#1{\let\macnamexxx=#1\futurelet\nchar\braceorlinexxx}
+\def\braceorlinexxx{%
+ \ifx\nchar\bgroup\else
+ \expandafter\parsearg
+ \fi \macnamexxx}
+
+
+% @alias.
+% We need some trickery to remove the optional spaces around the equal
+% sign. Just make them active and then expand them all to nothing.
+\def\alias{\parseargusing\obeyspaces\aliasxxx}
+\def\aliasxxx #1{\aliasyyy#1\relax}
+\def\aliasyyy #1=#2\relax{%
+ {%
+ \expandafter\let\obeyedspace=\empty
+ \addtomacrolist{#1}%
+ \xdef\next{\global\let\makecsname{#1}=\makecsname{#2}}%
+ }%
+ \next
+}
+
+
+\message{cross references,}
+
+\newwrite\auxfile
+
+\newif\ifhavexrefs % True if xref values are known.
+\newif\ifwarnedxrefs % True if we warned once that they aren't known.
+
+% @inforef is relatively simple.
+\def\inforef #1{\inforefzzz #1,,,,**}
+\def\inforefzzz #1,#2,#3,#4**{\putwordSee{} \putwordInfo{} \putwordfile{} \file{\ignorespaces #3{}},
+ node \samp{\ignorespaces#1{}}}
+
+% @node's only job in TeX is to define \lastnode, which is used in
+% cross-references. The @node line might or might not have commas, and
+% might or might not have spaces before the first comma, like:
+% @node foo , bar , ...
+% We don't want such trailing spaces in the node name.
+%
+\parseargdef\node{\checkenv{}\donode #1 ,\finishnodeparse}
+%
+% also remove a trailing comma, in case of something like this:
+% @node Help-Cross, , , Cross-refs
+\def\donode#1 ,#2\finishnodeparse{\dodonode #1,\finishnodeparse}
+\def\dodonode#1,#2\finishnodeparse{\gdef\lastnode{#1}}
+
+\let\nwnode=\node
+\let\lastnode=\empty
+
+% Write a cross-reference definition for the current node. #1 is the
+% type (Ynumbered, Yappendix, Ynothing).
+%
+\def\donoderef#1{%
+ \ifx\lastnode\empty\else
+ \setref{\lastnode}{#1}%
+ \global\let\lastnode=\empty
+ \fi
+}
+
+% @anchor{NAME} -- define xref target at arbitrary point.
+%
+\newcount\savesfregister
+%
+\def\savesf{\relax \ifhmode \savesfregister=\spacefactor \fi}
+\def\restoresf{\relax \ifhmode \spacefactor=\savesfregister \fi}
+\def\anchor#1{\savesf \setref{#1}{Ynothing}\restoresf \ignorespaces}
+
+% \setref{NAME}{SNT} defines a cross-reference point NAME (a node or an
+% anchor), which consists of three parts:
+% 1) NAME-title - the current sectioning name taken from \thissection,
+% or the anchor name.
+% 2) NAME-snt - section number and type, passed as the SNT arg, or
+% empty for anchors.
+% 3) NAME-pg - the page number.
+%
+% This is called from \donoderef, \anchor, and \dofloat. In the case of
+% floats, there is an additional part, which is not written here:
+% 4) NAME-lof - the text as it should appear in a @listoffloats.
+%
+\def\setref#1#2{%
+ \pdfmkdest{#1}%
+ \iflinks
+ {%
+ \atdummies % preserve commands, but don't expand them
+ \edef\writexrdef##1##2{%
+ \write\auxfile{@xrdef{#1-% #1 of \setref, expanded by the \edef
+ ##1}{##2}}% these are parameters of \writexrdef
+ }%
+ \toks0 = \expandafter{\thissection}%
+ \immediate \writexrdef{title}{\the\toks0 }%
+ \immediate \writexrdef{snt}{\csname #2\endcsname}% \Ynumbered etc.
+ \writexrdef{pg}{\folio}% will be written later, during \shipout
+ }%
+ \fi
+}
+
+% @xref, @pxref, and @ref generate cross-references. For \xrefX, #1 is
+% the node name, #2 the name of the Info cross-reference, #3 the printed
+% node name, #4 the name of the Info file, #5 the name of the printed
+% manual. All but the node name can be omitted.
+%
+\def\pxref#1{\putwordsee{} \xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]}
+\def\xref#1{\putwordSee{} \xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]}
+\def\ref#1{\xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]}
+\def\xrefX[#1,#2,#3,#4,#5,#6]{\begingroup
+ \unsepspaces
+ \def\printedmanual{\ignorespaces #5}%
+ \def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #3}%
+ \setbox1=\hbox{\printedmanual\unskip}%
+ \setbox0=\hbox{\printedrefname\unskip}%
+ \ifdim \wd0 = 0pt
+ % No printed node name was explicitly given.
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname SETxref-automatic-section-title\endcsname\relax
+ % Use the node name inside the square brackets.
+ \def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #1}%
+ \else
+ % Use the actual chapter/section title appear inside
+ % the square brackets. Use the real section title if we have it.
+ \ifdim \wd1 > 0pt
+ % It is in another manual, so we don't have it.
+ \def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #1}%
+ \else
+ \ifhavexrefs
+ % We know the real title if we have the xref values.
+ \def\printedrefname{\refx{#1-title}{}}%
+ \else
+ % Otherwise just copy the Info node name.
+ \def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #1}%
+ \fi%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ %
+ % Make link in pdf output.
+ \ifpdf
+ \leavevmode
+ \getfilename{#4}%
+ {\turnoffactive
+ % See comments at \activebackslashdouble.
+ {\activebackslashdouble \xdef\pdfxrefdest{#1}%
+ \backslashparens\pdfxrefdest}%
+ %
+ \ifnum\filenamelength>0
+ \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}%
+ goto file{\the\filename.pdf} name{\pdfxrefdest}%
+ \else
+ \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}%
+ goto name{\pdfmkpgn{\pdfxrefdest}}%
+ \fi
+ }%
+ \linkcolor
+ \fi
+ %
+ % Float references are printed completely differently: "Figure 1.2"
+ % instead of "[somenode], p.3". We distinguish them by the
+ % LABEL-title being set to a magic string.
+ {%
+ % Have to otherify everything special to allow the \csname to
+ % include an _ in the xref name, etc.
+ \indexnofonts
+ \turnoffactive
+ \expandafter\global\expandafter\let\expandafter\Xthisreftitle
+ \csname XR#1-title\endcsname
+ }%
+ \iffloat\Xthisreftitle
+ % If the user specified the print name (third arg) to the ref,
+ % print it instead of our usual "Figure 1.2".
+ \ifdim\wd0 = 0pt
+ \refx{#1-snt}{}%
+ \else
+ \printedrefname
+ \fi
+ %
+ % if the user also gave the printed manual name (fifth arg), append
+ % "in MANUALNAME".
+ \ifdim \wd1 > 0pt
+ \space \putwordin{} \cite{\printedmanual}%
+ \fi
+ \else
+ % node/anchor (non-float) references.
+ %
+ % If we use \unhbox0 and \unhbox1 to print the node names, TeX does not
+ % insert empty discretionaries after hyphens, which means that it will
+ % not find a line break at a hyphen in a node names. Since some manuals
+ % are best written with fairly long node names, containing hyphens, this
+ % is a loss. Therefore, we give the text of the node name again, so it
+ % is as if TeX is seeing it for the first time.
+ \ifdim \wd1 > 0pt
+ \putwordsection{} ``\printedrefname'' \putwordin{} \cite{\printedmanual}%
+ \else
+ % _ (for example) has to be the character _ for the purposes of the
+ % control sequence corresponding to the node, but it has to expand
+ % into the usual \leavevmode...\vrule stuff for purposes of
+ % printing. So we \turnoffactive for the \refx-snt, back on for the
+ % printing, back off for the \refx-pg.
+ {\turnoffactive
+ % Only output a following space if the -snt ref is nonempty; for
+ % @unnumbered and @anchor, it won't be.
+ \setbox2 = \hbox{\ignorespaces \refx{#1-snt}{}}%
+ \ifdim \wd2 > 0pt \refx{#1-snt}\space\fi
+ }%
+ % output the `[mynode]' via a macro so it can be overridden.
+ \xrefprintnodename\printedrefname
+ %
+ % But we always want a comma and a space:
+ ,\space
+ %
+ % output the `page 3'.
+ \turnoffactive \putwordpage\tie\refx{#1-pg}{}%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \endlink
+\endgroup}
+
+% This macro is called from \xrefX for the `[nodename]' part of xref
+% output. It's a separate macro only so it can be changed more easily,
+% since square brackets don't work well in some documents. Particularly
+% one that Bob is working on :).
+%
+\def\xrefprintnodename#1{[#1]}
+
+% Things referred to by \setref.
+%
+\def\Ynothing{}
+\def\Yomitfromtoc{}
+\def\Ynumbered{%
+ \ifnum\secno=0
+ \putwordChapter@tie \the\chapno
+ \else \ifnum\subsecno=0
+ \putwordSection@tie \the\chapno.\the\secno
+ \else \ifnum\subsubsecno=0
+ \putwordSection@tie \the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno
+ \else
+ \putwordSection@tie \the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno
+ \fi\fi\fi
+}
+\def\Yappendix{%
+ \ifnum\secno=0
+ \putwordAppendix@tie @char\the\appendixno{}%
+ \else \ifnum\subsecno=0
+ \putwordSection@tie @char\the\appendixno.\the\secno
+ \else \ifnum\subsubsecno=0
+ \putwordSection@tie @char\the\appendixno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno
+ \else
+ \putwordSection@tie
+ @char\the\appendixno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno
+ \fi\fi\fi
+}
+
+% Define \refx{NAME}{SUFFIX} to reference a cross-reference string named NAME.
+% If its value is nonempty, SUFFIX is output afterward.
+%
+\def\refx#1#2{%
+ {%
+ \indexnofonts
+ \otherbackslash
+ \expandafter\global\expandafter\let\expandafter\thisrefX
+ \csname XR#1\endcsname
+ }%
+ \ifx\thisrefX\relax
+ % If not defined, say something at least.
+ \angleleft un\-de\-fined\angleright
+ \iflinks
+ \ifhavexrefs
+ \message{\linenumber Undefined cross reference `#1'.}%
+ \else
+ \ifwarnedxrefs\else
+ \global\warnedxrefstrue
+ \message{Cross reference values unknown; you must run TeX again.}%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \else
+ % It's defined, so just use it.
+ \thisrefX
+ \fi
+ #2% Output the suffix in any case.
+}
+
+% This is the macro invoked by entries in the aux file. Usually it's
+% just a \def (we prepend XR to the control sequence name to avoid
+% collisions). But if this is a float type, we have more work to do.
+%
+\def\xrdef#1#2{%
+ \expandafter\gdef\csname XR#1\endcsname{#2}% remember this xref value.
+ %
+ % Was that xref control sequence that we just defined for a float?
+ \expandafter\iffloat\csname XR#1\endcsname
+ % it was a float, and we have the (safe) float type in \iffloattype.
+ \expandafter\let\expandafter\floatlist
+ \csname floatlist\iffloattype\endcsname
+ %
+ % Is this the first time we've seen this float type?
+ \expandafter\ifx\floatlist\relax
+ \toks0 = {\do}% yes, so just \do
+ \else
+ % had it before, so preserve previous elements in list.
+ \toks0 = \expandafter{\floatlist\do}%
+ \fi
+ %
+ % Remember this xref in the control sequence \floatlistFLOATTYPE,
+ % for later use in \listoffloats.
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname floatlist\iffloattype\endcsname{\the\toks0{#1}}%
+ \fi
+}
+
+% Read the last existing aux file, if any. No error if none exists.
+%
+\def\tryauxfile{%
+ \openin 1 \jobname.aux
+ \ifeof 1 \else
+ \readdatafile{aux}%
+ \global\havexrefstrue
+ \fi
+ \closein 1
+}
+
+\def\setupdatafile{%
+ \catcode`\^^@=\other
+ \catcode`\^^A=\other
+ \catcode`\^^B=\other
+ \catcode`\^^C=\other
+ \catcode`\^^D=\other
+ \catcode`\^^E=\other
+ \catcode`\^^F=\other
+ \catcode`\^^G=\other
+ \catcode`\^^H=\other
+ \catcode`\^^K=\other
+ \catcode`\^^L=\other
+ \catcode`\^^N=\other
+ \catcode`\^^P=\other
+ \catcode`\^^Q=\other
+ \catcode`\^^R=\other
+ \catcode`\^^S=\other
+ \catcode`\^^T=\other
+ \catcode`\^^U=\other
+ \catcode`\^^V=\other
+ \catcode`\^^W=\other
+ \catcode`\^^X=\other
+ \catcode`\^^Z=\other
+ \catcode`\^^[=\other
+ \catcode`\^^\=\other
+ \catcode`\^^]=\other
+ \catcode`\^^^=\other
+ \catcode`\^^_=\other
+ % It was suggested to set the catcode of ^ to 7, which would allow ^^e4 etc.
+ % in xref tags, i.e., node names. But since ^^e4 notation isn't
+ % supported in the main text, it doesn't seem desirable. Furthermore,
+ % that is not enough: for node names that actually contain a ^
+ % character, we would end up writing a line like this: 'xrdef {'hat
+ % b-title}{'hat b} and \xrdef does a \csname...\endcsname on the first
+ % argument, and \hat is not an expandable control sequence. It could
+ % all be worked out, but why? Either we support ^^ or we don't.
+ %
+ % The other change necessary for this was to define \auxhat:
+ % \def\auxhat{\def^{'hat }}% extra space so ok if followed by letter
+ % and then to call \auxhat in \setq.
+ %
+ \catcode`\^=\other
+ %
+ % Special characters. Should be turned off anyway, but...
+ \catcode`\~=\other
+ \catcode`\[=\other
+ \catcode`\]=\other
+ \catcode`\"=\other
+ \catcode`\_=\other
+ \catcode`\|=\other
+ \catcode`\<=\other
+ \catcode`\>=\other
+ \catcode`\$=\other
+ \catcode`\#=\other
+ \catcode`\&=\other
+ \catcode`\%=\other
+ \catcode`+=\other % avoid \+ for paranoia even though we've turned it off
+ %
+ % This is to support \ in node names and titles, since the \
+ % characters end up in a \csname. It's easier than
+ % leaving it active and making its active definition an actual \
+ % character. What I don't understand is why it works in the *value*
+ % of the xrdef. Seems like it should be a catcode12 \, and that
+ % should not typeset properly. But it works, so I'm moving on for
+ % now. --karl, 15jan04.
+ \catcode`\\=\other
+ %
+ % Make the characters 128-255 be printing characters.
+ {%
+ \count1=128
+ \def\loop{%
+ \catcode\count1=\other
+ \advance\count1 by 1
+ \ifnum \count1<256 \loop \fi
+ }%
+ }%
+ %
+ % @ is our escape character in .aux files, and we need braces.
+ \catcode`\{=1
+ \catcode`\}=2
+ \catcode`\@=0
+}
+
+\def\readdatafile#1{%
+\begingroup
+ \setupdatafile
+ \input\jobname.#1
+\endgroup}
+
+\message{insertions,}
+% including footnotes.
+
+\newcount \footnoteno
+
+% The trailing space in the following definition for supereject is
+% vital for proper filling; pages come out unaligned when you do a
+% pagealignmacro call if that space before the closing brace is
+% removed. (Generally, numeric constants should always be followed by a
+% space to prevent strange expansion errors.)
+\def\supereject{\par\penalty -20000\footnoteno =0 }
+
+% @footnotestyle is meaningful for info output only.
+\let\footnotestyle=\comment
+
+{\catcode `\@=11
+%
+% Auto-number footnotes. Otherwise like plain.
+\gdef\footnote{%
+ \let\indent=\ptexindent
+ \let\noindent=\ptexnoindent
+ \global\advance\footnoteno by \@ne
+ \edef\thisfootno{$^{\the\footnoteno}$}%
+ %
+ % In case the footnote comes at the end of a sentence, preserve the
+ % extra spacing after we do the footnote number.
+ \let\@sf\empty
+ \ifhmode\edef\@sf{\spacefactor\the\spacefactor}\ptexslash\fi
+ %
+ % Remove inadvertent blank space before typesetting the footnote number.
+ \unskip
+ \thisfootno\@sf
+ \dofootnote
+}%
+
+% Don't bother with the trickery in plain.tex to not require the
+% footnote text as a parameter. Our footnotes don't need to be so general.
+%
+% Oh yes, they do; otherwise, @ifset (and anything else that uses
+% \parseargline) fails inside footnotes because the tokens are fixed when
+% the footnote is read. --karl, 16nov96.
+%
+\gdef\dofootnote{%
+ \insert\footins\bgroup
+ % We want to typeset this text as a normal paragraph, even if the
+ % footnote reference occurs in (for example) a display environment.
+ % So reset some parameters.
+ \hsize=\pagewidth
+ \interlinepenalty\interfootnotelinepenalty
+ \splittopskip\ht\strutbox % top baseline for broken footnotes
+ \splitmaxdepth\dp\strutbox
+ \floatingpenalty\@MM
+ \leftskip\z@skip
+ \rightskip\z@skip
+ \spaceskip\z@skip
+ \xspaceskip\z@skip
+ \parindent\defaultparindent
+ %
+ \smallfonts \rm
+ %
+ % Because we use hanging indentation in footnotes, a @noindent appears
+ % to exdent this text, so make it be a no-op. makeinfo does not use
+ % hanging indentation so @noindent can still be needed within footnote
+ % text after an @example or the like (not that this is good style).
+ \let\noindent = \relax
+ %
+ % Hang the footnote text off the number. Use \everypar in case the
+ % footnote extends for more than one paragraph.
+ \everypar = {\hang}%
+ \textindent{\thisfootno}%
+ %
+ % Don't crash into the line above the footnote text. Since this
+ % expands into a box, it must come within the paragraph, lest it
+ % provide a place where TeX can split the footnote.
+ \footstrut
+ \futurelet\next\fo@t
+}
+}%end \catcode `\@=11
+
+% In case a @footnote appears in a vbox, save the footnote text and create
+% the real \insert just after the vbox finished. Otherwise, the insertion
+% would be lost.
+% Similarily, if a @footnote appears inside an alignment, save the footnote
+% text to a box and make the \insert when a row of the table is finished.
+% And the same can be done for other insert classes. --kasal, 16nov03.
+
+% Replace the \insert primitive by a cheating macro.
+% Deeper inside, just make sure that the saved insertions are not spilled
+% out prematurely.
+%
+\def\startsavinginserts{%
+ \ifx \insert\ptexinsert
+ \let\insert\saveinsert
+ \else
+ \let\checkinserts\relax
+ \fi
+}
+
+% This \insert replacement works for both \insert\footins{foo} and
+% \insert\footins\bgroup foo\egroup, but it doesn't work for \insert27{foo}.
+%
+\def\saveinsert#1{%
+ \edef\next{\noexpand\savetobox \makeSAVEname#1}%
+ \afterassignment\next
+ % swallow the left brace
+ \let\temp =
+}
+\def\makeSAVEname#1{\makecsname{SAVE\expandafter\gobble\string#1}}
+\def\savetobox#1{\global\setbox#1 = \vbox\bgroup \unvbox#1}
+
+\def\checksaveins#1{\ifvoid#1\else \placesaveins#1\fi}
+
+\def\placesaveins#1{%
+ \ptexinsert \csname\expandafter\gobblesave\string#1\endcsname
+ {\box#1}%
+}
+
+% eat @SAVE -- beware, all of them have catcode \other:
+{
+ \def\dospecials{\do S\do A\do V\do E} \uncatcodespecials % ;-)
+ \gdef\gobblesave @SAVE{}
+}
+
+% initialization:
+\def\newsaveins #1{%
+ \edef\next{\noexpand\newsaveinsX \makeSAVEname#1}%
+ \next
+}
+\def\newsaveinsX #1{%
+ \csname newbox\endcsname #1%
+ \expandafter\def\expandafter\checkinserts\expandafter{\checkinserts
+ \checksaveins #1}%
+}
+
+% initialize:
+\let\checkinserts\empty
+\newsaveins\footins
+\newsaveins\margin
+
+
+% @image. We use the macros from epsf.tex to support this.
+% If epsf.tex is not installed and @image is used, we complain.
+%
+% Check for and read epsf.tex up front. If we read it only at @image
+% time, we might be inside a group, and then its definitions would get
+% undone and the next image would fail.
+\openin 1 = epsf.tex
+\ifeof 1 \else
+ % Do not bother showing banner with epsf.tex v2.7k (available in
+ % doc/epsf.tex and on ctan).
+ \def\epsfannounce{\toks0 = }%
+ \input epsf.tex
+\fi
+\closein 1
+%
+% We will only complain once about lack of epsf.tex.
+\newif\ifwarnednoepsf
+\newhelp\noepsfhelp{epsf.tex must be installed for images to
+ work. It is also included in the Texinfo distribution, or you can get
+ it from ftp://tug.org/tex/epsf.tex.}
+%
+\def\image#1{%
+ \ifx\epsfbox\undefined
+ \ifwarnednoepsf \else
+ \errhelp = \noepsfhelp
+ \errmessage{epsf.tex not found, images will be ignored}%
+ \global\warnednoepsftrue
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \imagexxx #1,,,,,\finish
+ \fi
+}
+%
+% Arguments to @image:
+% #1 is (mandatory) image filename; we tack on .eps extension.
+% #2 is (optional) width, #3 is (optional) height.
+% #4 is (ignored optional) html alt text.
+% #5 is (ignored optional) extension.
+% #6 is just the usual extra ignored arg for parsing this stuff.
+\newif\ifimagevmode
+\def\imagexxx#1,#2,#3,#4,#5,#6\finish{\begingroup
+ \catcode`\^^M = 5 % in case we're inside an example
+ \normalturnoffactive % allow _ et al. in names
+ % If the image is by itself, center it.
+ \ifvmode
+ \imagevmodetrue
+ \nobreak\bigskip
+ % Usually we'll have text after the image which will insert
+ % \parskip glue, so insert it here too to equalize the space
+ % above and below.
+ \nobreak\vskip\parskip
+ \nobreak
+ \line\bgroup
+ \fi
+ %
+ % Output the image.
+ \ifpdf
+ \dopdfimage{#1}{#2}{#3}%
+ \else
+ % \epsfbox itself resets \epsf?size at each figure.
+ \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfxsize=#2\relax \fi
+ \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfysize=#3\relax \fi
+ \epsfbox{#1.eps}%
+ \fi
+ %
+ \ifimagevmode \egroup \bigbreak \fi % space after the image
+\endgroup}
+
+
+% @float FLOATTYPE,LABEL,LOC ... @end float for displayed figures, tables,
+% etc. We don't actually implement floating yet, we always include the
+% float "here". But it seemed the best name for the future.
+%
+\envparseargdef\float{\eatcommaspace\eatcommaspace\dofloat#1, , ,\finish}
+
+% There may be a space before second and/or third parameter; delete it.
+\def\eatcommaspace#1, {#1,}
+
+% #1 is the optional FLOATTYPE, the text label for this float, typically
+% "Figure", "Table", "Example", etc. Can't contain commas. If omitted,
+% this float will not be numbered and cannot be referred to.
+%
+% #2 is the optional xref label. Also must be present for the float to
+% be referable.
+%
+% #3 is the optional positioning argument; for now, it is ignored. It
+% will somehow specify the positions allowed to float to (here, top, bottom).
+%
+% We keep a separate counter for each FLOATTYPE, which we reset at each
+% chapter-level command.
+\let\resetallfloatnos=\empty
+%
+\def\dofloat#1,#2,#3,#4\finish{%
+ \let\thiscaption=\empty
+ \let\thisshortcaption=\empty
+ %
+ % don't lose footnotes inside @float.
+ %
+ % BEWARE: when the floats start float, we have to issue warning whenever an
+ % insert appears inside a float which could possibly float. --kasal, 26may04
+ %
+ \startsavinginserts
+ %
+ % We can't be used inside a paragraph.
+ \par
+ %
+ \vtop\bgroup
+ \def\floattype{#1}%
+ \def\floatlabel{#2}%
+ \def\floatloc{#3}% we do nothing with this yet.
+ %
+ \ifx\floattype\empty
+ \let\safefloattype=\empty
+ \else
+ {%
+ % the floattype might have accents or other special characters,
+ % but we need to use it in a control sequence name.
+ \indexnofonts
+ \turnoffactive
+ \xdef\safefloattype{\floattype}%
+ }%
+ \fi
+ %
+ % If label is given but no type, we handle that as the empty type.
+ \ifx\floatlabel\empty \else
+ % We want each FLOATTYPE to be numbered separately (Figure 1,
+ % Table 1, Figure 2, ...). (And if no label, no number.)
+ %
+ \expandafter\getfloatno\csname\safefloattype floatno\endcsname
+ \global\advance\floatno by 1
+ %
+ {%
+ % This magic value for \thissection is output by \setref as the
+ % XREFLABEL-title value. \xrefX uses it to distinguish float
+ % labels (which have a completely different output format) from
+ % node and anchor labels. And \xrdef uses it to construct the
+ % lists of floats.
+ %
+ \edef\thissection{\floatmagic=\safefloattype}%
+ \setref{\floatlabel}{Yfloat}%
+ }%
+ \fi
+ %
+ % start with \parskip glue, I guess.
+ \vskip\parskip
+ %
+ % Don't suppress indentation if a float happens to start a section.
+ \restorefirstparagraphindent
+}
+
+% we have these possibilities:
+% @float Foo,lbl & @caption{Cap}: Foo 1.1: Cap
+% @float Foo,lbl & no caption: Foo 1.1
+% @float Foo & @caption{Cap}: Foo: Cap
+% @float Foo & no caption: Foo
+% @float ,lbl & Caption{Cap}: 1.1: Cap
+% @float ,lbl & no caption: 1.1
+% @float & @caption{Cap}: Cap
+% @float & no caption:
+%
+\def\Efloat{%
+ \let\floatident = \empty
+ %
+ % In all cases, if we have a float type, it comes first.
+ \ifx\floattype\empty \else \def\floatident{\floattype}\fi
+ %
+ % If we have an xref label, the number comes next.
+ \ifx\floatlabel\empty \else
+ \ifx\floattype\empty \else % if also had float type, need tie first.
+ \appendtomacro\floatident{\tie}%
+ \fi
+ % the number.
+ \appendtomacro\floatident{\chaplevelprefix\the\floatno}%
+ \fi
+ %
+ % Start the printed caption with what we've constructed in
+ % \floatident, but keep it separate; we need \floatident again.
+ \let\captionline = \floatident
+ %
+ \ifx\thiscaption\empty \else
+ \ifx\floatident\empty \else
+ \appendtomacro\captionline{: }% had ident, so need a colon between
+ \fi
+ %
+ % caption text.
+ \appendtomacro\captionline{\scanexp\thiscaption}%
+ \fi
+ %
+ % If we have anything to print, print it, with space before.
+ % Eventually this needs to become an \insert.
+ \ifx\captionline\empty \else
+ \vskip.5\parskip
+ \captionline
+ %
+ % Space below caption.
+ \vskip\parskip
+ \fi
+ %
+ % If have an xref label, write the list of floats info. Do this
+ % after the caption, to avoid chance of it being a breakpoint.
+ \ifx\floatlabel\empty \else
+ % Write the text that goes in the lof to the aux file as
+ % \floatlabel-lof. Besides \floatident, we include the short
+ % caption if specified, else the full caption if specified, else nothing.
+ {%
+ \atdummies
+ %
+ % since we read the caption text in the macro world, where ^^M
+ % is turned into a normal character, we have to scan it back, so
+ % we don't write the literal three characters "^^M" into the aux file.
+ \scanexp{%
+ \xdef\noexpand\gtemp{%
+ \ifx\thisshortcaption\empty
+ \thiscaption
+ \else
+ \thisshortcaption
+ \fi
+ }%
+ }%
+ \immediate\write\auxfile{@xrdef{\floatlabel-lof}{\floatident
+ \ifx\gtemp\empty \else : \gtemp \fi}}%
+ }%
+ \fi
+ \egroup % end of \vtop
+ %
+ % place the captured inserts
+ %
+ % BEWARE: when the floats start floating, we have to issue warning
+ % whenever an insert appears inside a float which could possibly
+ % float. --kasal, 26may04
+ %
+ \checkinserts
+}
+
+% Append the tokens #2 to the definition of macro #1, not expanding either.
+%
+\def\appendtomacro#1#2{%
+ \expandafter\def\expandafter#1\expandafter{#1#2}%
+}
+
+% @caption, @shortcaption
+%
+\def\caption{\docaption\thiscaption}
+\def\shortcaption{\docaption\thisshortcaption}
+\def\docaption{\checkenv\float \bgroup\scanargctxt\defcaption}
+\def\defcaption#1#2{\egroup \def#1{#2}}
+
+% The parameter is the control sequence identifying the counter we are
+% going to use. Create it if it doesn't exist and assign it to \floatno.
+\def\getfloatno#1{%
+ \ifx#1\relax
+ % Haven't seen this figure type before.
+ \csname newcount\endcsname #1%
+ %
+ % Remember to reset this floatno at the next chap.
+ \expandafter\gdef\expandafter\resetallfloatnos
+ \expandafter{\resetallfloatnos #1=0 }%
+ \fi
+ \let\floatno#1%
+}
+
+% \setref calls this to get the XREFLABEL-snt value. We want an @xref
+% to the FLOATLABEL to expand to "Figure 3.1". We call \setref when we
+% first read the @float command.
+%
+\def\Yfloat{\floattype@tie \chaplevelprefix\the\floatno}%
+
+% Magic string used for the XREFLABEL-title value, so \xrefX can
+% distinguish floats from other xref types.
+\def\floatmagic{!!float!!}
+
+% #1 is the control sequence we are passed; we expand into a conditional
+% which is true if #1 represents a float ref. That is, the magic
+% \thissection value which we \setref above.
+%
+\def\iffloat#1{\expandafter\doiffloat#1==\finish}
+%
+% #1 is (maybe) the \floatmagic string. If so, #2 will be the
+% (safe) float type for this float. We set \iffloattype to #2.
+%
+\def\doiffloat#1=#2=#3\finish{%
+ \def\temp{#1}%
+ \def\iffloattype{#2}%
+ \ifx\temp\floatmagic
+}
+
+% @listoffloats FLOATTYPE - print a list of floats like a table of contents.
+%
+\parseargdef\listoffloats{%
+ \def\floattype{#1}% floattype
+ {%
+ % the floattype might have accents or other special characters,
+ % but we need to use it in a control sequence name.
+ \indexnofonts
+ \turnoffactive
+ \xdef\safefloattype{\floattype}%
+ }%
+ %
+ % \xrdef saves the floats as a \do-list in \floatlistSAFEFLOATTYPE.
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname floatlist\safefloattype\endcsname \relax
+ \ifhavexrefs
+ % if the user said @listoffloats foo but never @float foo.
+ \message{\linenumber No `\safefloattype' floats to list.}%
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \begingroup
+ \leftskip=\tocindent % indent these entries like a toc
+ \let\do=\listoffloatsdo
+ \csname floatlist\safefloattype\endcsname
+ \endgroup
+ \fi
+}
+
+% This is called on each entry in a list of floats. We're passed the
+% xref label, in the form LABEL-title, which is how we save it in the
+% aux file. We strip off the -title and look up \XRLABEL-lof, which
+% has the text we're supposed to typeset here.
+%
+% Figures without xref labels will not be included in the list (since
+% they won't appear in the aux file).
+%
+\def\listoffloatsdo#1{\listoffloatsdoentry#1\finish}
+\def\listoffloatsdoentry#1-title\finish{{%
+ % Can't fully expand XR#1-lof because it can contain anything. Just
+ % pass the control sequence. On the other hand, XR#1-pg is just the
+ % page number, and we want to fully expand that so we can get a link
+ % in pdf output.
+ \toksA = \expandafter{\csname XR#1-lof\endcsname}%
+ %
+ % use the same \entry macro we use to generate the TOC and index.
+ \edef\writeentry{\noexpand\entry{\the\toksA}{\csname XR#1-pg\endcsname}}%
+ \writeentry
+}}
+
+\message{localization,}
+% and i18n.
+
+% @documentlanguage is usually given very early, just after
+% @setfilename. If done too late, it may not override everything
+% properly. Single argument is the language abbreviation.
+% It would be nice if we could set up a hyphenation file here.
+%
+\parseargdef\documentlanguage{%
+ \tex % read txi-??.tex file in plain TeX.
+ % Read the file if it exists.
+ \openin 1 txi-#1.tex
+ \ifeof 1
+ \errhelp = \nolanghelp
+ \errmessage{Cannot read language file txi-#1.tex}%
+ \else
+ \input txi-#1.tex
+ \fi
+ \closein 1
+ \endgroup
+}
+\newhelp\nolanghelp{The given language definition file cannot be found or
+is empty. Maybe you need to install it? In the current directory
+should work if nowhere else does.}
+
+
+% @documentencoding should change something in TeX eventually, most
+% likely, but for now just recognize it.
+\let\documentencoding = \comment
+
+
+% Page size parameters.
+%
+\newdimen\defaultparindent \defaultparindent = 15pt
+
+\chapheadingskip = 15pt plus 4pt minus 2pt
+\secheadingskip = 12pt plus 3pt minus 2pt
+\subsecheadingskip = 9pt plus 2pt minus 2pt
+
+% Prevent underfull vbox error messages.
+\vbadness = 10000
+
+% Don't be so finicky about underfull hboxes, either.
+\hbadness = 2000
+
+% Following George Bush, just get rid of widows and orphans.
+\widowpenalty=10000
+\clubpenalty=10000
+
+% Use TeX 3.0's \emergencystretch to help line breaking, but if we're
+% using an old version of TeX, don't do anything. We want the amount of
+% stretch added to depend on the line length, hence the dependence on
+% \hsize. We call this whenever the paper size is set.
+%
+\def\setemergencystretch{%
+ \ifx\emergencystretch\thisisundefined
+ % Allow us to assign to \emergencystretch anyway.
+ \def\emergencystretch{\dimen0}%
+ \else
+ \emergencystretch = .15\hsize
+ \fi
+}
+
+% Parameters in order: 1) textheight; 2) textwidth;
+% 3) voffset; 4) hoffset; 5) binding offset; 6) topskip;
+% 7) physical page height; 8) physical page width.
+%
+% We also call \setleading{\textleading}, so the caller should define
+% \textleading. The caller should also set \parskip.
+%
+\def\internalpagesizes#1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8{%
+ \voffset = #3\relax
+ \topskip = #6\relax
+ \splittopskip = \topskip
+ %
+ \vsize = #1\relax
+ \advance\vsize by \topskip
+ \outervsize = \vsize
+ \advance\outervsize by 2\topandbottommargin
+ \pageheight = \vsize
+ %
+ \hsize = #2\relax
+ \outerhsize = \hsize
+ \advance\outerhsize by 0.5in
+ \pagewidth = \hsize
+ %
+ \normaloffset = #4\relax
+ \bindingoffset = #5\relax
+ %
+ \ifpdf
+ \pdfpageheight #7\relax
+ \pdfpagewidth #8\relax
+ \fi
+ %
+ \setleading{\textleading}
+ %
+ \parindent = \defaultparindent
+ \setemergencystretch
+}
+
+% @letterpaper (the default).
+\def\letterpaper{{\globaldefs = 1
+ \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt
+ \textleading = 13.2pt
+ %
+ % If page is nothing but text, make it come out even.
+ \internalpagesizes{46\baselineskip}{6in}%
+ {\voffset}{.25in}%
+ {\bindingoffset}{36pt}%
+ {11in}{8.5in}%
+}}
+
+% Use @smallbook to reset parameters for 7x9.25 trim size.
+\def\smallbook{{\globaldefs = 1
+ \parskip = 2pt plus 1pt
+ \textleading = 12pt
+ %
+ \internalpagesizes{7.5in}{5in}%
+ {\voffset}{.25in}%
+ {\bindingoffset}{16pt}%
+ {9.25in}{7in}%
+ %
+ \lispnarrowing = 0.3in
+ \tolerance = 700
+ \hfuzz = 1pt
+ \contentsrightmargin = 0pt
+ \defbodyindent = .5cm
+}}
+
+% Use @smallerbook to reset parameters for 6x9 trim size.
+% (Just testing, parameters still in flux.)
+\def\smallerbook{{\globaldefs = 1
+ \parskip = 1.5pt plus 1pt
+ \textleading = 12pt
+ %
+ \internalpagesizes{7.4in}{4.8in}%
+ {-.2in}{-.4in}%
+ {0pt}{14pt}%
+ {9in}{6in}%
+ %
+ \lispnarrowing = 0.25in
+ \tolerance = 700
+ \hfuzz = 1pt
+ \contentsrightmargin = 0pt
+ \defbodyindent = .4cm
+}}
+
+% Use @afourpaper to print on European A4 paper.
+\def\afourpaper{{\globaldefs = 1
+ \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt
+ \textleading = 13.2pt
+ %
+ % Double-side printing via postscript on Laserjet 4050
+ % prints double-sided nicely when \bindingoffset=10mm and \hoffset=-6mm.
+ % To change the settings for a different printer or situation, adjust
+ % \normaloffset until the front-side and back-side texts align. Then
+ % do the same for \bindingoffset. You can set these for testing in
+ % your texinfo source file like this:
+ % @tex
+ % \global\normaloffset = -6mm
+ % \global\bindingoffset = 10mm
+ % @end tex
+ \internalpagesizes{51\baselineskip}{160mm}
+ {\voffset}{\hoffset}%
+ {\bindingoffset}{44pt}%
+ {297mm}{210mm}%
+ %
+ \tolerance = 700
+ \hfuzz = 1pt
+ \contentsrightmargin = 0pt
+ \defbodyindent = 5mm
+}}
+
+% Use @afivepaper to print on European A5 paper.
+% From romildo@urano.iceb.ufop.br, 2 July 2000.
+% He also recommends making @example and @lisp be small.
+\def\afivepaper{{\globaldefs = 1
+ \parskip = 2pt plus 1pt minus 0.1pt
+ \textleading = 12.5pt
+ %
+ \internalpagesizes{160mm}{120mm}%
+ {\voffset}{\hoffset}%
+ {\bindingoffset}{8pt}%
+ {210mm}{148mm}%
+ %
+ \lispnarrowing = 0.2in
+ \tolerance = 800
+ \hfuzz = 1.2pt
+ \contentsrightmargin = 0pt
+ \defbodyindent = 2mm
+ \tableindent = 12mm
+}}
+
+% A specific text layout, 24x15cm overall, intended for A4 paper.
+\def\afourlatex{{\globaldefs = 1
+ \afourpaper
+ \internalpagesizes{237mm}{150mm}%
+ {\voffset}{4.6mm}%
+ {\bindingoffset}{7mm}%
+ {297mm}{210mm}%
+ %
+ % Must explicitly reset to 0 because we call \afourpaper.
+ \globaldefs = 0
+}}
+
+% Use @afourwide to print on A4 paper in landscape format.
+\def\afourwide{{\globaldefs = 1
+ \afourpaper
+ \internalpagesizes{241mm}{165mm}%
+ {\voffset}{-2.95mm}%
+ {\bindingoffset}{7mm}%
+ {297mm}{210mm}%
+ \globaldefs = 0
+}}
+
+% @pagesizes TEXTHEIGHT[,TEXTWIDTH]
+% Perhaps we should allow setting the margins, \topskip, \parskip,
+% and/or leading, also. Or perhaps we should compute them somehow.
+%
+\parseargdef\pagesizes{\pagesizesyyy #1,,\finish}
+\def\pagesizesyyy#1,#2,#3\finish{{%
+ \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \hsize=#2\relax \fi
+ \globaldefs = 1
+ %
+ \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt
+ \setleading{\textleading}%
+ %
+ \dimen0 = #1
+ \advance\dimen0 by \voffset
+ %
+ \dimen2 = \hsize
+ \advance\dimen2 by \normaloffset
+ %
+ \internalpagesizes{#1}{\hsize}%
+ {\voffset}{\normaloffset}%
+ {\bindingoffset}{44pt}%
+ {\dimen0}{\dimen2}%
+}}
+
+% Set default to letter.
+%
+\letterpaper
+
+
+\message{and turning on texinfo input format.}
+
+% Define macros to output various characters with catcode for normal text.
+\catcode`\"=\other
+\catcode`\~=\other
+\catcode`\^=\other
+\catcode`\_=\other
+\catcode`\|=\other
+\catcode`\<=\other
+\catcode`\>=\other
+\catcode`\+=\other
+\catcode`\$=\other
+\def\normaldoublequote{"}
+\def\normaltilde{~}
+\def\normalcaret{^}
+\def\normalunderscore{_}
+\def\normalverticalbar{|}
+\def\normalless{<}
+\def\normalgreater{>}
+\def\normalplus{+}
+\def\normaldollar{$}%$ font-lock fix
+
+% This macro is used to make a character print one way in \tt
+% (where it can probably be output as-is), and another way in other fonts,
+% where something hairier probably needs to be done.
+%
+% #1 is what to print if we are indeed using \tt; #2 is what to print
+% otherwise. Since all the Computer Modern typewriter fonts have zero
+% interword stretch (and shrink), and it is reasonable to expect all
+% typewriter fonts to have this, we can check that font parameter.
+%
+\def\ifusingtt#1#2{\ifdim \fontdimen3\font=0pt #1\else #2\fi}
+
+% Same as above, but check for italic font. Actually this also catches
+% non-italic slanted fonts since it is impossible to distinguish them from
+% italic fonts. But since this is only used by $ and it uses \sl anyway
+% this is not a problem.
+\def\ifusingit#1#2{\ifdim \fontdimen1\font>0pt #1\else #2\fi}
+
+% Turn off all special characters except @
+% (and those which the user can use as if they were ordinary).
+% Most of these we simply print from the \tt font, but for some, we can
+% use math or other variants that look better in normal text.
+
+\catcode`\"=\active
+\def\activedoublequote{{\tt\char34}}
+\let"=\activedoublequote
+\catcode`\~=\active
+\def~{{\tt\char126}}
+\chardef\hat=`\^
+\catcode`\^=\active
+\def^{{\tt \hat}}
+
+\catcode`\_=\active
+\def_{\ifusingtt\normalunderscore\_}
+\let\realunder=_
+% Subroutine for the previous macro.
+\def\_{\leavevmode \kern.07em \vbox{\hrule width.3em height.1ex}\kern .07em }
+
+\catcode`\|=\active
+\def|{{\tt\char124}}
+\chardef \less=`\<
+\catcode`\<=\active
+\def<{{\tt \less}}
+\chardef \gtr=`\>
+\catcode`\>=\active
+\def>{{\tt \gtr}}
+\catcode`\+=\active
+\def+{{\tt \char 43}}
+\catcode`\$=\active
+\def${\ifusingit{{\sl\$}}\normaldollar}%$ font-lock fix
+
+% If a .fmt file is being used, characters that might appear in a file
+% name cannot be active until we have parsed the command line.
+% So turn them off again, and have \everyjob (or @setfilename) turn them on.
+% \otherifyactive is called near the end of this file.
+\def\otherifyactive{\catcode`+=\other \catcode`\_=\other}
+
+% Used sometimes to turn off (effectively) the active characters even after
+% parsing them.
+\def\turnoffactive{%
+ \normalturnoffactive
+ \otherbackslash
+}
+
+\catcode`\@=0
+
+% \backslashcurfont outputs one backslash character in current font,
+% as in \char`\\.
+\global\chardef\backslashcurfont=`\\
+\global\let\rawbackslashxx=\backslashcurfont % let existing .??s files work
+
+% \realbackslash is an actual character `\' with catcode other, and
+% \doublebackslash is two of them (for the pdf outlines).
+{\catcode`\\=\other @gdef@realbackslash{\} @gdef@doublebackslash{\\}}
+
+% In texinfo, backslash is an active character; it prints the backslash
+% in fixed width font.
+\catcode`\\=\active
+@def@normalbackslash{{@tt@backslashcurfont}}
+% On startup, @fixbackslash assigns:
+% @let \ = @normalbackslash
+
+% \rawbackslash defines an active \ to do \backslashcurfont.
+% \otherbackslash defines an active \ to be a literal `\' character with
+% catcode other.
+@gdef@rawbackslash{@let\=@backslashcurfont}
+@gdef@otherbackslash{@let\=@realbackslash}
+
+% Same as @turnoffactive except outputs \ as {\tt\char`\\} instead of
+% the literal character `\'.
+%
+@def@normalturnoffactive{%
+ @let\=@normalbackslash
+ @let"=@normaldoublequote
+ @let~=@normaltilde
+ @let^=@normalcaret
+ @let_=@normalunderscore
+ @let|=@normalverticalbar
+ @let<=@normalless
+ @let>=@normalgreater
+ @let+=@normalplus
+ @let$=@normaldollar %$ font-lock fix
+ @unsepspaces
+}
+
+% Make _ and + \other characters, temporarily.
+% This is canceled by @fixbackslash.
+@otherifyactive
+
+% If a .fmt file is being used, we don't want the `\input texinfo' to show up.
+% That is what \eatinput is for; after that, the `\' should revert to printing
+% a backslash.
+%
+@gdef@eatinput input texinfo{@fixbackslash}
+@global@let\ = @eatinput
+
+% On the other hand, perhaps the file did not have a `\input texinfo'. Then
+% the first `\' in the file would cause an error. This macro tries to fix
+% that, assuming it is called before the first `\' could plausibly occur.
+% Also turn back on active characters that might appear in the input
+% file name, in case not using a pre-dumped format.
+%
+@gdef@fixbackslash{%
+ @ifx\@eatinput @let\ = @normalbackslash @fi
+ @catcode`+=@active
+ @catcode`@_=@active
+}
+
+% Say @foo, not \foo, in error messages.
+@escapechar = `@@
+
+% These look ok in all fonts, so just make them not special.
+@catcode`@& = @other
+@catcode`@# = @other
+@catcode`@% = @other
+
+
+@c Local variables:
+@c eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
+@c page-delimiter: "^\\\\message"
+@c time-stamp-start: "def\\\\texinfoversion{"
+@c time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
+@c time-stamp-end: "}"
+@c End:
+
+@c vim:sw=2:
+
+@ignore
+ arch-tag: e1b36e32-c96e-4135-a41a-0b2efa2ea115
+@end ignore
--- /dev/null
+# Makefile for `wget' utility
+# Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+# In addition, as a special exception, the Free Software Foundation
+# gives permission to link the code of its release of Wget with the
+# OpenSSL project's "OpenSSL" library (or with modified versions of it
+# that use the same license as the "OpenSSL" library), and distribute
+# the linked executables. You must obey the GNU General Public License
+# in all respects for all of the code used other than "OpenSSL". If you
+# modify this file, you may extend this exception to your version of the
+# file, but you are not obligated to do so. If you do not wish to do
+# so, delete this exception statement from your version.
+
+#
+# Version: @VERSION@
+#
+
+EXTRA_DIST = dist-wget download.html download-netscape.html \
+ rmold.pl update_po_files.sh wget.spec
+++ /dev/null
-# Makefile for `wget' utility
-# Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
-# (at your option) any later version.
-
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-# GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-
-# In addition, as a special exception, the Free Software Foundation
-# gives permission to link the code of its release of Wget with the
-# OpenSSL project's "OpenSSL" library (or with modified versions of it
-# that use the same license as the "OpenSSL" library), and distribute
-# the linked executables. You must obey the GNU General Public License
-# in all respects for all of the code used other than "OpenSSL". If you
-# modify this file, you may extend this exception to your version of the
-# file, but you are not obligated to do so. If you do not wish to do
-# so, delete this exception statement from your version.
-
-#
-# Version: @VERSION@
-#
-
-SHELL = /bin/sh
-
-top_builddir = ..
-
-srcdir = @srcdir@
-VPATH = @srcdir@
-
-RM = rm -f
-
-all:
-
-clean:
-
-distclean: clean
- $(RM) Makefile
-
-realclean: distclean
-
+2007-10-15 Gisle Vanem <giva@bgnett.no>
+
+ * config-compiler.h: Adjust for OpenWacom 1.7's _Bool fix.
+
+2007-10-05 Ralf Wildenhues <Ralf.Wildenhues@gmx.de>
+
+ * Makefile.in: Removed, replaced by Makefile.am.
+ * Makefile.am: Converted from Makefile.in.
+
2007-09-24 Christopher Lewis <chris@christopherlewis.com>
* config-compiler.h: Fix compiler warnings related to
--- /dev/null
+# Makefile for `wget' utility
+# Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+# In addition, as a special exception, the Free Software Foundation
+# gives permission to link the code of its release of Wget with the
+# OpenSSL project's "OpenSSL" library (or with modified versions of it
+# that use the same license as the "OpenSSL" library), and distribute
+# the linked executables. You must obey the GNU General Public License
+# in all respects for all of the code used other than "OpenSSL". If you
+# modify this file, you may extend this exception to your version of the
+# file, but you are not obligated to do so. If you do not wish to do
+# so, delete this exception statement from your version.
+
+#
+# Version: @VERSION@
+#
+
+# This file is just a stub, so that the build subprocess in `windows'
+# succeeds. This directory is not used under Unix builds, normally
+# affected by Makefile.in.
+
+EXTRA_DIST = config-compiler.h config.h Makefile.doc \
+ Makefile.src Makefile.src.bor Makefile.src.mingw \
+ Makefile.top Makefile.top.bor Makefile.top.mingw
+++ /dev/null
-# Makefile for `wget' utility
-# Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
-# (at your option) any later version.
-
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-# GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-
-# In addition, as a special exception, the Free Software Foundation
-# gives permission to link the code of its release of Wget with the
-# OpenSSL project's "OpenSSL" library (or with modified versions of it
-# that use the same license as the "OpenSSL" library), and distribute
-# the linked executables. You must obey the GNU General Public License
-# in all respects for all of the code used other than "OpenSSL". If you
-# modify this file, you may extend this exception to your version of the
-# file, but you are not obligated to do so. If you do not wish to do
-# so, delete this exception statement from your version.
-
-#
-# Version: @VERSION@
-#
-
-# This file is just a stub, so that the build subprocess in `windows'
-# succeeds. This directory is not used under Unix builds, normally
-# affected by Makefile.in.
-
-SHELL = /bin/sh
-
-top_builddir = ..
-
-srcdir = @srcdir@
-VPATH = @srcdir@
-
-RM = rm -f
-
-all:
-
-clean:
-
-distclean: clean
- $(RM) Makefile
-
-realclean: distclean
-
#define HAVE_STDINT_H 1
#define HAVE_INTTYPES_H 1
-/* Watcom 1.6 do have <stdbool.h>, but definition of '_Bool' is missing! */
-/* #define HAVE_STDBOOL_H 1 */
+/* OpenWatcom 1.6 do have <stdbool.h>, but definition of '_Bool' is missing! */
+/* This was fixed in OpenWatcom 1.7 */
+#if __WATCOMC__ >= 1270
+#define HAVE_STDBOOL_H 1
+#define HAVE__BOOL 1
+#endif
+
#define HAVE_STRTOLL 1
#define HAVE_UINT32_T 1
#undef HAVE_UTIME_H
projects / wget / commitdiff